Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi
    The New Zealand Government: A United States SEC Registered Corporation  |  Who Owns New Zealand's Banks - And Australia's Banks - Anyone's Banks?
 
Wake Up Kiwi
 
Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi

· Home / Introduction

CURRENT AFFAIRS

· Current Events & Breaking News

· Cabal / Illuminati / NWO Watch

· Mainstream Media Manipulation

· Banking Crimes & Criminals

· Political Crimes & Criminals

· Feature Articles

· Positive Developments

ILLUMINATI / NWO

· NWO Globalist Agenda

· Secret Societies & The Illuminati

· Conspiracy To Rule The World

· What / Who Is "The Crown"?

· Agenda 21/2030 In New Zealand

· Surveillance Society/Police State

· 'Terrorism' & Engineered Wars

· Eugenics / Depopulation Agenda

· Religion As A Tool For Control

· Common Law Vs Statute Law

SCIENCE / TECHNOLOGY

· The Climate Change Scam

· Chemtrails & Geoengineering

· Suppressed Science

· Positive New Technologies

· Cures, Health & Wellbeing

· Dangerous & Dirty Technology

· Spiritual Aspects & Metaphysics

· The Extra-Terrestrial Presence

HISTORY

· Suppressed / Hidden History

· Real New Zealand History

· The Opal File: NZ / AUS History

· 150+ NWO Globalist Quotes

MISCELLANEOUS

· Political Commentary

· Positive Resources

· Resistance, Resources & Links

· Contact



Newsletter archive - click here

Site Search:































Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
News Archives



 

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
For ANZAC Day: All Wars Are Bankers' Wars
April 25 2024 | From: MichaelRivero / Various

A very eloquent and relatively concise video discourse on how and why the title of this piece is so tragically true, followed by a very detailed article for those who wish to read more.

This really is a must see / must read piece to be aware of the real history of banking and warmongering over the last 100 years - along with the how and why such nefarious plans were implemented; and to what ends.



This exposes the same plan that is being rolled out globally, not just in the United States.

Landings at Normandy - 666: In 1944, on the 6th day of the 6th month at 6am, Allied troops set out on landing craft, arriving ashore at Normandy in occupied France in one of the most significant events of the Second World War. Was there more to the "sacrifice" made by those brave young men that day than they realised?


Related: The Reality Of War: Memorial Day Normalizes Satanic Human Sacrifice


"The common enemy of all human kind are private central banks issuing the public currency as a loan at interest, and as history will show, they will do anything up to, and including global war - to keep their lock on yours and your children's economic wellbeing and productivity.

We are not a free society. Media will tell us that we are free, but we are not free.

We are slaves, our slave chains are made of paper - and that paper is the Federal Reserve note [including the central bankster issued debt-based-notes of every other country]."

Too few of our leaders have tried to stand up to this system of enslavement, usually with lethal results. But if all of the people of the world stood up at the same time and said "No more private central banks", it will come crashing down, just as slavery did, just as rule by divine right did and we will be embarking on a new era in human history where the emphasis on human development is on the people and not on the money junkies.


Related: Nothing To Celebrate In ANZAC: The Bloody History Of The British Empire

[Note: This does not mean we should not remember the dead, who were duped into giving their lives for lies.]



"Banking was conceived in iniquity and was born in sin. The Bankers own the Earth. Take it away from them, but leave them the power to create deposits, and with the flick of a pen they will create enough deposits to buy it back again.

However, take it away from them, and all the fortunes like mine will disappear, and they ought to disappear, for this world would be a happier and better world to live in. But if you wish to remain slaves of the Bankers and pay for the cost of your own slavery, let them continue to create deposits."


- Sir Josiah Stamp, President of the Bank of England in the 1920s, the second richest man in Britain


All Wars Are Bankers Wars





I know many people have a great deal of difficulty comprehending just how many wars are started for no other purpose than to force private central banks onto nations, so let me share a few examples, so that you understand why the US Government is mired in so many wars against so many foreign nations. There is ample precedent for this.

The United States fought the American Revolution primarily over King George III's Currency act, which forced the colonists to conduct their business only using printed bank notes borrowed from the Bank of England at interest.




Interest Bearing bank note from the Bank of England, 1764

Related: The Secretive Bank Of England - Controlling The World's Money Supply + Banking Data Dump


"The bank hath benefit of interest on all moneys which it creates out of nothing."

- William Paterson, founder of the Bank of England in 1694



King George III


After the revolution, the new United States adopted a radically different economic system in which the government issued its own value-based money, so that private banks like the Bank of England were not siphoning off the wealth of the people through interest-bearing bank notes.


"The refusal of King George 3rd to allow the colonies to operate an honest money system, which freed the ordinary man from the clutches of the money manipulators, was probably the prime cause of the revolution."

- Benjamin Franklin, Founding Father

Following the revolution, the US Government actually took steps to keep the bankers out of the new government!


"Any person holding any office or any stock in any institution in the nature of a bank for issuing or discounting bills or notes payable to bearer or order, cannot be a member of the House whilst he holds such office or stock."

- Third Congress of the United States Senate, 23rd of December, 1793, signed by the President, George Washington

But bankers are nothing if not dedicated to their schemes to acquire your wealth, and know full well how easy it is to corrupt a nation's leaders.

Just one year after Mayer Amschel Rothschild had uttered his infamous "Let me issue and control a nation's money and I care not who makes the laws", the bankers succeeded in setting up a new Private Central Bank called the First Bank of the United States, largely through the efforts of the Rothschild's chief US supporter, Alexander Hamilton.



Alexander Hamilton


Founded in 1791, by the end of its twenty year charter the First Bank of the United States had almost ruined the nation's economy, while enriching the bankers.

Congress refused to renew the charter and signaled their intention to go back to a state issued value based currency on which the people paid no interest at all to any banker.

This resulted in a threat from Nathan Mayer Rothschild against the US Government, "Either the application for renewal of the charter is granted, or the United States will find itself involved in a most disastrous war."

Congress still refused to renew the charter for the First Bank of the United States, whereupon Nathan Mayer Rothschild railed,
"Teach those impudent Americans a lesson! Bring them back to colonial status!"

The British Prime Minister at the time, Spencer Perceval was adamently opposed to war with the United States, primarily because the majority of England's military might was occupied with the ongoing Napoleonic wars.

Spencer Perceval was concerned that Britain might not prevail in a new American war, a concern shared by many in the British government.



The First Bank of the United States

Related: The Federal Reserve Cartel: The Eight Families + 7 Not-So-Secret Homes Of Super Secret Societies

Then, Spencer Perceval was assassinated (the only British Prime Minister to be assassinated in office) and replaced by Robert Banks Jenkinson, the 2nd Earl of Liverpool, who was fully supportive of a war to recapture the colonies.



Click for larger image of the Geneva Gazette for July 1, 1812, reporting on the assassination of Spencer Perceval together with the declaration of the War of 1812



"If my sons did not want wars, there would be none."

- Gutle Schnaper, wife of Mayer Amschel Rothschild and mother of his five sons

Financed at virtually no interest by the
Rothschild controlled Bank of England, Britain then provoked the war of 1812 to recolonize the United States and force them back into the slavery of the Bank of England, or to plunge the United States into so much debt they would be forced to accept a new private central bank.

And the plan worked. Even though the War of 1812 was won by the United States, Congress was forced to grant a new charter for yet another private bank issuing the public currency as loans at interest, the Second Bank of the United States.

Once again, private bankers were in control of the nation's money supply and cared not who made the laws or how many British and American soldiers had to die for it.




The Second Bank of the United States



Bank Note from the Second Bank of the United States


Once again the nation was plunged into debt, unemployment, and poverty by the predations of the private central bank, and in 1832 Andrew Jackson successfully campaigned for his second term as President under the slogan, "Jackson And No Bank!"



True to his word, Jackson succeeds in blocking the renewal of the charter for the Second Bank of the United States.


"Gentlemen! I too have been a close observer of the doings of the Bank of the United States. I have had men watching you for a long time, and am convinced that you have used the funds of the bank to speculate in the breadstuffs of the country.

When you won, you divided the profits amongst you, and when you lost, you charged it to the bank. You tell me that if I take the deposits from the bank and annul its charter I shall ruin ten thousand families. That may be true, gentlemen, but that is your sin!

Should I let you go on, you will ruin fifty thousand families, and that would be my sin! You are a den of vipers and thieves. I have determined to rout you out, and by the Eternal, (bringing his fist down on the table) I will rout you out!"

- Andrew Jackson, shortly before ending the charter of the Second Bank of the United States.

From the original minutes of the Philadelphia committee of citizens sent to meet with President Jackson (February 1834), according to Andrew Jackson and the Bank of the United States (1928) by Stan V. Henkels




News report of Jackson shutting down the Second Bank of the United States, Geneva Gazette, October 2, 1833




President Zachary Taylor, ca 1850




President James Buchanon




President Abraham Lincoln



Shortly after President Jackson (the only American President to actually pay off the National Debt) ended the Second Bank of the United States, there was an attempted assassination which failed when both pistols used by the assassin, Richard Lawrence, failed to fire.

Lawrence later said that with Jackson dead, "Money would be more plenty."

President Zachary Taylor opposed the creation of a new Private Central Bank, owing to the historical abuses of the First and Second Banks of the United States.


"The idea of a national bank is dead, and will not be revived in my time."

- Zachary Taylor

Taylor died on July 9, 1850 after eating a bowl of cherries and milk rumored to have been poisoned. The symptoms he displayed are consistent with acute arsenic poisoning.

President James Buchanan also opposed a private central bank. During the panic of 1857 he attempted to set limits on banks issuing more loans than they had actual funds, and to require all issued bank notes to be backed by Federal Government assets.

He was poisoned with arsenic and survived, although 38 other people at the dinner died.

The public school system is as subservient to the bankers' wishes to keep certain history from you, just as the corporate media is subservient to Monsanto's wishes to keep the dangers of GMOs from you, and the global warming cult's wishes to conceal from you that the Earth has actually been cooling for the last 16 years.

Thus is should come as little surprise that much of the real reasons for the events of the Civil War are not well known to the average American.


"The few who understand the system will either be so interested in its profits or be so dependent upon its favours that there will be no opposition from that class, while on the other hand, the great body of people, mentally incapable of comprehending the tremendous advantage that capital derives from the system, will bear its burdens without complaint, and perhaps without even suspecting that the system is inimical to their interests."

- The Rothschild brothers of London writing to associates in New York, 1863

When the Confederacy seceded from the United States, the bankers once again saw the opportunity for a rich harvest of debt, and offered to fund Lincoln's efforts to bring the south back into the union, but at 30% interest.

Lincoln remarked that he would not free the black man by enslaving the white man to the bankers and using his authority as President, issued a new government currency, the greenback. This was a direct threat to the wealth and power of the central bankers, who quickly responded.




Lincoln's Greenback - Click for larger image


"If this mischievous financial policy, which has its origin in North America, shall become endurated down to a fixture, then that Government will furnish its own money without cost.

It will pay off debts and be without debt. It will have all the money necessary to carry on its commerce. It will become prosperous without precedent in the history of the world.

The brains, and wealth of all countries will go to North America. That country must be destroyed or it will destroy every monarchy on the globe."


- The London Times responding to Lincoln's decision to issue government Greenbacks to finance the Civil War, rather than agree to private banker's loans at 30% interest.

In 1872 New York bankers sent a letter to every bank in the United States, urging them to fund newspapers that opposed government-issued money (Lincoln's greenbacks).

"Dear Sir: It is advisable to do all in your power to sustain such prominent daily and weekly newspapers... as will oppose the issuing of greenback paper money, and that you also withhold patronage or favors from all applicants who are not willing to oppose the Government issue of money. Let the Government issue the coin and the banks issue the paper money of the country...

[T]o restore to circulation the Government issue of money, will be to provide the people with money, and will therefore seriously affect your individual profit as bankers and lenders."

- Triumphant plutocracy; the story of American public life from 1870 to 1920, by Lynn Wheeler


"It will not do to allow the greenback, as it is called, to circulate as money any length of time, as we cannot control that." -- Triumphant plutocracy; the story of American public life from 1870 to 1920, by Lynn Wheeler "Slavery is likely to be abolished by the war power, and chattel slavery destroyed.

This, I and my European friends are in favor of, for slavery is but the owning of labor and carries with it the care for the laborer, while the European plan, led on by England, is for capital to control labor by controlling the wages. THIS CAN BE DONE BY CONTROLLING THE MONEY."


- Triumphant plutocracy; the story of American public life from 1870 to 1920, by Lynn Wheeler

Goaded by the private bankers, much of Europe supported the Confederacy against the Union, with the expectation that victory over Lincoln would mean the end of the Greenback. France and Britain considered an outright attack on the United States to aid the confederacy, but were held at bay by Russia, which had just ended the serfdom system and had a state central bank similar to the system the United States had been founded on.



Tsar Alexander II of Russia, who prevented France and Britain from invading the US during the civil war.




President James Garfield




President William McKinley



Left free of European intervention, the Union won the war, and Lincoln announced his intention to go on issuing greenbacks.

Following Lincoln's assassination, the Greenbacks were pulled from circulation and the American people forced to go back to an economy based on bank notes borrowed at interest from the private bankers.

Tsar Alexander II, who authorized Russian military assistance to Lincoln, was subsequently the victim of multiple attempts on his life in 1866, 1879, and 1880, until his assassination in 1881.

With the end of Lincoln's Greenbacks, the US could no longer create its own interest free money and was manipulated during the term of President Ruthford B. Hayes into borrowing from the Rothschilds banking system in 1878, restoring to the Rothschilds control of the US economy they had lost under Andrew Jackson.


Messrs. Rothschild & Sons to Mr. Sherman.
[Cable message.]

April 12,1878.
Hon. John Sherman,
Secretary of the Treasury, Washington D. C.:

Very pleased we have entered into relations again with American Government. Shall do our best to make the business successful.

ROTHSCHILDS.


James A. Garfield was elected President in 1880 on a platform of government control of the money supply.



"The chief duty of the National Government in connection with the currency of the country is to coin money and declare its value.

Grave doubts have been entertained whether Congress is authorized by the Constitution to make any form of paper money legal tender.

The present issue of United States notes has been sustained by the necessities of war; but such paper should depend for its value and currency upon its convenience in use and its prompt redemption in coin at the will of the holder, and not upon its compulsory circulation.

These notes are not money, but promises to pay money. If the holders demand it, the promise should be kept."


- James Garfield

"By the experience of commercial nations in all ages it has been found that gold and silver afford the only safe foundation for a monetary system.

Confusion has recently been created by variations in the relative value of the two metals, but I confidently believe that arrangements can be made between the leading commercial nations which will secure the general use of both metals.

Congress should provide that the compulsory coinage of silver now required by law may not disturb our monetary system by driving either metal out of circulation.

If possible, such an adjustment should be made that the purchasing power of every coined dollar will be exactly equal to its debt-paying power in all the markets of the world."


- James Garfield

"He who controls the money supply of a nation controls the nation."

- James Garfield

Garfield was shot on July 2, 1881 and died of his wounds several weeks later. Chester A. Arthur succeeded Garfield as President.

In 1896, William McKinley was elected President in the middle of a depression-driven debate over gold-backed government currency versus bank notes borrowed at interest from private banks.

McKinley favored gold-backed currencies and a balanced government budget which would free the public from accumulating debt.



"Our financial system needs some revision; our money is all good now, but its value must not further be threatened.

It should all be put upon an enduring basis, not subject to easy attack, nor its stability to doubt or dispute. Our currency should continue under the supervision of the Government.

The several forms of our paper money offer, in my judgment, a constant embarrassment to the Government and a safe balance in the Treasury."


- William McKinley

McKinley was shot by an out-of-work anarchist on September 14, 1901, in Buffalo, NY, succumbing to his wounds a few days later. He was suceeded in office by Theodore Roosevelt.

Finally, in 1913, the Private Central Bankers of Europe, in particular the Rothschilds of Great Britain and the Warburgs of Germany, met with their American financial collaborators on Jekyll Island, Georgia to form a new banking cartel with the express purpose of forming the Third Bank of the United States, with the aim of placing complete control of the United States money supply once again under the control of private bankers.





Owing to hostility over the previous banks, the name was changed to "The Federal Reserve" system in order to grant the new bank a quasi-governmental image, but in fact it is a privately owned bank, no more "Federal" than Federal Express.



The Federal Reserve; it is neither "Federal" nor does it have any actual "Reserves", creating as it does money out of thin air.

Related:
30 Plus Cold Hard Facts About The IRS: An Agent Of A Foreign Corporation - A Collection Entity For The Federal Reserve Bank

In 2012, the Federal Reserve attempted to rebuff a Freedom of Information Lawsuit by Bloomberg News on the grounds that as a private banking corporation and not actually a part of the government, the Freedom of Information Act did not apply to the "trade secret" operations of the Federal Reserve.


"When you or I write a check, there must be sufficient funds in our account to cover the check; but when the Federal Reserve writes a check, there is no bank deposit on which that check is drawn. When the Federal Reserve writes a check, it is creating money." -- From the Boston Federal Reserve Bank pamphlet, "Putting it Simply."

"Neither paper currency nor deposits have value as commodities. Intrinsically, a 'dollar' bill is just a piece of paper. Deposits are merely book entries."

- "Modern Money Mechanics Workbook" - Federal Reserve of Chicago, 1975

"I am afraid the ordinary citizen will not like to be told that the banks can and do create money. And they who control the credit of the nation direct the policy of Governments and hold in the hollow of their hand the destiny of the people."

- Reginald McKenna, as Chairman of the Midland Bank, addressing stockholders in 1924


"States, most especially the large hegemonic ones, such as the United States and Great Britain, are controlled by the international central banking system, working through secret agreements at the Bank for International Settlements (BIS), and operating through national central banks (such as the Bank of England and the Federal Reserve)...

The same international banking cartel that controls the United States today previously controlled Great Britain and held it up as the international hegemon.

When the British order faded, and was replaced by the United States, the US ran the global economy. However, the same interests are served.

States will be used and discarded at will by the international banking cartel; they are simply tools."


- Andrew Gavin Marshall

1913 proved to be a transformative year for the nation's economy, first with the passage of the 16th "income tax" Amendment and the false claim that it had been ratified.


"I think if you were to go back and and try to find and review the ratification of the 16th amendment, which was the internal revenue, the income tax, I think if you went back and examined that carefully, you would find that a sufficient number of states never ratified that amendment."

- U.S. District Court Judge James C. Fox, Sullivan Vs. United States, 2003.

Later that same year, and apparently unwilling to risk another questionable amendment, Congress passed the Federal Reserve Act over Christmas holiday 1913, while members of Congress opposed to the measure were at home.

This was a very underhanded deal, as the Constitution explicitly vests Congress with the authority to issue the public currency, does not authorize its delegation, and thus should have required a new Amendment to transfer that authority to a private bank.

But pass it Congress did, and President Woodrow Wilson signed it as he promised the bankers he would in exchange for generous campaign contributions.



News report of Wilson's signing the Federal Reserve Act. Under the Constitution, only a new Amendment could transfer the government's authority to create the currency to a private party.




President Woodrow Wilson



Woodrow Wilson later regretted that decision.


"I am a most unhappy man. I have unwittingly ruined my country.

A great industrial nation is now controlled by its system of credit.

We are no longer a government by free opinion, no longer a government by conviction and the vote of the majority, but
a government by the opinion and duress of a small group of dominant men."

- Woodrow Wilson 1919

Thomas Edison, arguably the most brilliant man of the age, was also well aware of the fraud of private central banks.



"People who will not turn a shovel full of dirt on the project nor contribute a pound of material, will collect more money from the United States than will the People who supply all the material and do all the work.

This is the terrible thing about interest ...

But here is the point: If the Nation can issue a dollar bond it can issue a dollar bill.

The element that makes the bond good makes the bill good also.

The difference between the bond and the bill is that the bond lets the money broker collect twice the amount of the bond and an additional 20%.

Whereas the currency, the honest sort provided by the Constitution pays nobody but those who contribute in some useful way.

It is absurd to say our Country can issue bonds and cannot issue currency.

Both are promises to pay, but one fattens the usurer and the other helps the People.

If the currency issued by the People were no good, then the bonds would be no good, either.

It is a terrible situation when the Government, to insure the National Wealth, must go in debt and submit to ruinous interest charges at the hands of men who control the fictitious value of gold."

- Thomas A. Edison

The next year, World War One started, and it is important to remember that prior to the creation of the Federal Reserve, there was no such thing as a world war.



In 1913, the Rothschild KM was able to establish a beachhead by bribing crooked, treasonous members of Congress to pass the illegal, Unconstitutional Federal Reserve Act on Christmas Eve without a required quorum. The Act was then signed by a crooked, bought off President, who was a traitor to America, like the members of Congress who voted for it.

Related: The Rothschild’s Global Crime Syndicate And How It Works



Archduke Franz Ferdinand, whose assassination triggered World War One




Hitler as TIME's man of the year




World War One started between Austria-Hungary and Serbia with the assassination of Archduke Ferdinand.

Although the war started between Austria-Hungary and Serbia, it quickly shifted to focus on Germany, whose industrial capacity was seen as an economic threat to Great Britain, who saw the decline of the British Pound as a result of too much emphasis on financial activity to the neglect of agriculture, industrial development, and infrastructure (not unlike the present day United States).

Although pre-war Germany had a private central bank, it was heavily restricted and inflation kept to reasonable levels.

Under government control, investment was guaranteed to internal economic development, and Germany was seen as a major power.

So, in the media of the day, Germany was portrayed as the prime opponent of World War One, and not just defeated, but its industrial base flattened.

Following the Treaty of Versailles, Germany was ordered to pay the war costs of all the participating nations, even though Germany had not actually started the war.

This amounted to three times the value of all of Germany itself.

Germany's private central bank, to whom Germany had gone deeply into debt to pay the costs of the war, broke free of government control, and massive inflation followed (mostly triggered by currency speculators), permanently trapping the German people in endless debt.

When the Weimar Republic collapsed economically, it opened the door for the National Socialists to take power.

Their first financial move was to issue their own state currency which was not borrowed from private central bankers.

Freed from having to pay interest on the money in circulation, Germany blossomed and quickly began to rebuild its industry.

The media called it "The German Miracle".

TIME magazine lionized Hitler for the amazing improvement in life for the German people and the explosion of German industry, and even named him TIME Magazine's Man Of The Year in 1938.

Once again, Germany's industrial output became a threat to Great Britain.

Germany's state-issued value based currency was also a direct threat to the wealth and power of the private central banks, and as early as 1933 they started to organize a global boycott against Germany to strangle this upstart ruler who thought he could break free of private central bankers!

 


"Should Germany merchandise (do business) again in the next 50 years we have led this war (WW1) in vain."

- Winston Churchill in The Times (1919)


"We will force this war upon Hitler, if he wants it or not."

- Winston Churchill (1936 broadcast)

"Germany becomes too powerful. We have to crush it."

- Winston Churchill (November 1936 speaking to US - General Robert E. Wood)

"This war is an English war and its goal is the destruction of Germany."

- Winston Churchill (- Autumn 1939 broadcast)





Click on the image above to view a larger version in a new window


As had been the case in World War One, Great Britain and other nations threatened by Germany's economic power looked for an excuse to go to war, and as public anger in Germany grew over the boycott, Hitler foolishly gave them that excuse. Years later, in a spirit of candor, the real reasons for that war were made clear.


"The war wasn't only about abolishing fascism, but to conquer sales markets. We could have, if we had intended so, prevented this war from breaking out without doing one shot, but we didn't want to."

- Winston Churchill to Truman (Fultun, USA March 1946)

"Germany's unforgivable crime before WW2 was its attempt to loosen its economy out of the world trade system and to build up an independent exchange system from which the world-finance couldn't profit anymore. ...We butchered the wrong pig."

-Winston Churchill (The Second World War - Bern, 1960)


As a side note, we need to step back before WW2 and recall Marine Major General Smedley Butler. In 1933, Wall Street bankers and financiers had bankrolled the successful coups by both Hitler and Mussolini. Brown Brothers Harriman in New York was financing Hitler right up to the day war was declared with Germany.



Marine Corps Major General Smedley Butler



And they decided that a fascist dictatorship in the United States based on the one on Italy would be far better for their business interests than Roosevelt's "New Deal" which threatened massive wealth re-distribution to recapitalize the working and middle class of America.

So the Wall Street tycoons recruited General Butler to lead the overthrow of the US Government and install a "Secretary of General Affairs" who would be answerable to Wall Street and not the people, would crush social unrest and shut down all labor unions.

General Butler pretended to go along with the scheme but then exposed the plot to Congress. Congress, then as now in the pocket of the Wall Street bankers, refused to act.

When Roosevelt learned of the planned coup he demanded the arrest of the plotters, but the plotters simply reminded Roosevelt that if any one of them were sent to prison, their friends on Wall Street would deliberately collapse the still-fragile economy and
blame him for it.

Roosevelt was thus unable to act until the start of WW2, at which time he prosecuted many of the plotters under the Trading With The Enemy act.

The Congressional minutes into the coup were finally declassified in 1967, but rumors of the attempted coup became the inspiration for the movie, "Seven Days in May" but with the true financial villains erased from the script.


"I spent 33 years and four months in active military service as a member of our country's most agile military force - the Marine Corps.

I served in all commissioned ranks from second lieutenant to Major General. And during that period I spent more of my time being a high - class muscle man for Big Business, for Wall Street and for the bankers.

In short, I was a racketeer, a gangster for capitalism. "I suspected I was just a part of a racket at the time.

Now I am sure of it.

Like all members of the military profession I never had an original thought until I left the service. My mental faculties remained in suspended animation while I obeyed the orders of the higher-ups. This is typical with everyone in the military service.

Thus I helped make Mexico and especially Tampico safe for American oil interests in 1914. I helped make Haiti and Cuba a decent place for the National City Bank boys to collect revenues in.

I helped in the raping of half a dozen Central American republics for the benefit of Wall Street. The record of racketeering is long.

I helped purify Nicaragua for the international banking house of Brown Brothers in 1909-12. I brought light to the Dominican Republic for American sugar interests in 1916.

In China in 1927 I helped see to it that the Standard Oil went its way unmolested. During those years, I had, as the boys in the back room would say, a swell racket.

I was rewarded with honors, medals and promotion. Looking back on it, I feel I might have given Al Capone a few hints. The best he could do was to operate his racket in three city districts. I operated on three continents."


- General Smedley Butler, former US Marine Corps Commandant,1935




President John F. Kennedy

As President, John F. Kennedy understood the predatory nature of private central banking. He understood why Andrew fought so hard to end the Second Bank of the United States. So Kennedy wrote and signed Executive Order 11110 which ordered the US Treasury to issue a new public currency, the United States Note.




Presidents Kennedy and Soekarno

Kennedy was working with President Soekarno of Indonesia who was at that time the signatory for the Global Collateral Accounts which were intended to be used for humanitarian purposes but which were subverted at the time of the Bretton-Woods agreement at the end of WWII.

The intention of Kennedy and Soekarno was to end the reign of the globalist privately owned central banking system - which is the main reason that Kennedy was killed, and for his part Soekarno remained under house arrest for the rest of his life
.

The efforts to regain control of the Global Collateral Accounts are now being led by Neil Keenan.

The West had been stealing from the Collateral Accounts for nearly 100 years but this has now been stopped by Neil Keenan and his associates, who have gone to considerable expense and risk in their mission to ensure the Global Collateral Accounts are accessible - for the humanitarian purposes for which they were established.



Kennedy's United States Note - with the lack of reference to the FEDERAL RESERVE

Kennedy's United States Notes were not borrowed from the Federal Reserve but created by the US Government and backed by the silver stockpiles held by the US Government. It represented a return to the system of economics the United States had been founded on, and was perfectly legal for Kennedy to do.

All told, some four and one half billion dollars went into public circulation, eroding interest payments to the Federal Reserve and loosening their control over the nation.
Five months later John F. Kennedy was assassinated in Dallas Texas, and the United States Notes pulled from circulation and destroyed (except for samples held by collectors).



John J. McCloy

John J. McCloy, President of the Chase Manhattan Bank, and President of the World Bank, was named to the Warren Commission, presumably to make certain the banking dimensions behind the assassination were concealed from the public.

As we enter the eleventh year of what future history will most certainly describe as World War Three, we need to examine the financial dimensions behind the wars.

Towards the end of World War Two, when it became obvious that the allies were going to win and dictate the post war environment, the major world economic powers met at Bretton Woods, a luxury resort in New Hampshire in July of 1944, and hammered out the Bretton Woods agreement for international finance.

The British Pound lost its position as the global trade and reserve currency to the US dollar (part of the price demanded by Roosevelt in exchange for the US entry into the war). Absent the economic advantages of being the world's "go-to" currency, Britain was forced to nationalize the Bank of England in 1946.

The Bretton Woods agreement, ratified in 1945, in addition to making the dollar the global reserve and trade currency, obligated the signatory nations to tie their currencies to the dollar. The nations that ratified Bretton Woods did so on two conditions.
The first was that the Federal Reserve would refrain from over-printing the dollar as a means to loot real products and produce from other nations in exchange for ink and paper; basically an imperial tax.

That assurance was backed up by the second requirement, which was that the US dollar would always be convertible to gold at $35 per ounce.



The Bretton Woods resort, New Hampshire

The Federal Reserve, being a private bank and not answerable to the US Government, did start overprinting paper dollars, and much of the perceived prosperity of the 1950s and 1960s was the result of foreign nations' obligations to accept the paper notes as being worth gold at the rate of $35 an ounce.

Then in 1970, France looked at the huge pile of paper notes sitting in their vaults, for which real French products like wine and cheese had been traded, and notified the United States government that they would exercise their option under Bretton Woods to return the paper notes for gold at the $35 per ounce exchange rate.

The United States had nowhere near the gold to redeem the paper notes, so on August 15th, 1971, Richard Nixon "temporarily" suspended the gold convertibility of the US Federal Reserve Notes.




Nixon announced the end of gold convertability

Later termed the "Nixon shock", this move effectively ended Bretton Woods and many global currencies started to delink from the US dollar.




The "Nixon Shock"

Related: WaterGate Was PedoGate; 70% Of Top US Officials Compromised

Worse, since the United States had collateralized their loans with the nation's gold reserves, it quickly became apparent that the US Government did not in fact have enough gold to cover the outstanding debts.

Foreign nations began to get very nervous about their loans to the US and understandably were reluctant to loan any additional money to the United States without some form of collateral.

So Richard Nixon started the environmental movement, with the EPA and its various programs such as "wilderness zones", Roadless areas", Heritage rivers", "Wetlands", all of which took vast areas of public lands and made them off limits to the American people who were technically the owners of those lands.

But Nixon had little concern for the environment and the real purpose of this land grab under the guise of the environment was to pledge those pristine lands and their vast mineral resources as collateral on the national debt. This was part of the forerunner to the UN Agernda 21 "Sustainability" farce.

The plethora of different programs was simply to conceal the true scale of how much American land was being pledged to foreign lenders as collateral on the government's debts; eventually almost 25% of the nation itself.

All of this is illegal as the Enclave Clause of the Constitution limits the Federal Government to owning the land under Federal Government buildings and military bases, and that Enclave Clause was written into the Constitution by the Founding Fathers to specifically to prevent the Federal Government simply seizing the land belonging to the people to sell off, pledge as collateral, or rent!


Related: Agenda 21: Awareness And Activism + UN 2030 Agenda Decoded: Blueprint For The Global Enslavement Of Humanity Under Corporate Masters

With open lands for collateral already in short supply, the US Government embarked on a new program to shore up sagging international demand for the dollar.

The United States approached the world's oil producing nations, mostly in the Middle East, and offered them a deal. In exchange for only selling their oil for dollars, the United States would guarantee the military safety of those oil-rich nations.

The oil rich nations would agree to spend and invest their US paper dollars inside the United States, in particular in US Treasury Bonds, redeemable through future generations of US taxpayers.

The concept was labeled the "petrodollar". In effect, the US, no longer able to back the dollar with gold, was now backing it with oil.

Other peoples' oil. And that necessity to keep control over those oil nations to prop up the dollar has shaped America's foreign policy in the region ever since.

But as America's manufacturing and agriculture has declined, the oil producing nations faced a dilemma. Those piles of US Federal Reserve notes were not able to purchase much from the United States because the United States had little (other than real estate) anyone wanted to buy.

Europe's cars and aircraft were superior and less costly, while experiments with GMO food crops led to nations refusing to buy US food exports.

Israel's constant belligerence against its neighbors caused them to wonder if the US could actually keep their end of the petrodollar arrangement. Oil producing nations started to talk of selling their oil for whatever currency the purchasers chose to use.




Saddam Hussein

Related: Why Do We Allow Private Banks & Families To Control The World’s Money? +The Truth Is Out: "Money" Is Just An IOU, And The Banks Are Rolling In It

Iraq, already hostile to the United States following Desert Storm, demanded the right to sell their oil for Euros in 2000 and in 2002, the United Nations agreed to allow it under the "Oil for food" program instituted following Desert Storm.

One year later the United States re-invaded Iraq under the lie of Saddam's nuclear weapons, lynched Saddam Hussein, and placed Iraq's oil back on the world market only for US dollars.

The clear US policy shift following 9-11, away from being an impartial broker of peace in the Mideast to one of unquestioned support for Israel's aggressions only further eroded confidence in the Petrodollar deal and even more oil producing nations started openly talking of oil trade for other global currencies.



Gaddafi

Over in Libya, Muammar Gaddafi had instituted a state-owned central bank and a value based trade currency, the Gold Dinar.



Also see: Libya: From Africa’s Richest State Under Gaddafi, to Failed State After NATO Intervention

Gaddafi announced that Libya's oil was for sale, but only for the Gold Dinar. Other African nations, seeing the rise of the Gold Dinar and the Euro, even as the US dollar continued its inflation-driven decline, flocked to the new Libyan currency for trade.

This move had the potential to seriously undermine the global hegemony of the dollar. French President Nicolas Sarkozy reportedly went so far as to call Libya a “threat” to the financial security of the world.

So,
the United States invaded Libya, brutally murdered Qaddafi (the object lesson of Saddam's lynching not being enough of a message, apparently), imposed a private central bank, and returned Libya's oil output to dollars only. The gold that was to have been made into the Gold Dinars is, as of last report, unaccounted for.




General Wesley Clark blew the whistle on US plans to conquer the oil-rich Middle East, to attack and take over 7 countries in 5 years.

According to General Wesley Clark, the master plan for the "dollarification" of the world's oil nations included seven targets, Iraq, Syria, Lebanon, Libya, Somalia, Sudan, and Iran (Venezuela, which dared to sell their oil to China for the Yuan, is a late addition).

What is notable about the original seven nations originally targeted by the US is that none of them are members of the Bank for International Settlements, the private central bankers private central bank, located in Switzerland.

This meant that these nations were deciding for themselves how to run their nations' economies, rather than submit to the international private banks.

Now the bankers' gun sights are on Iran, which dares to have a government central bank and sell their oil for whatever currency they choose.

The war agenda is, as always, to force Iran's oil to be sold only for dollars and to force them to accept a privately owned central bank.

Malaysia, one of the few remaining nations without a Rothschild central bank, is now being invaded by a force claimed to be "Al Qaeda" and has suffered numerous suspicious losses of its commercial passenger jets.

With the death of President Hugo Chavez, plans to impose a US and banker friendly regime on Venezuela are clearly being implemented.




Germany's gold bullion. Where is it?

The German government recently asked for the return of some of their gold bullion from the Bank of France and the New York Federal Reserve. France has said it will take 5 years to return Germany's gold. The United States has said they will need 8 years to return Germany's gold.

This suggests strongly that the Bank of France and the NY Federal Reserve have used the deposited gold for other purposes, most likely to cover gold futures contracts used to artificially suppress the price of gold to keep investors in the equities markets, and the Central Banks are scrambling to find new gold to cover the shortfall and prevent a gold run.

So it is inevitable that suddenly France invades Mali, ostensibly to combat Al Qaeda, with the US joining in. Mali just happens to be one of the world's largest gold producers with gold accounting for 80% of Mali exports. War for the bankers does not get more obvious than that!

Mexico has demanded a physical audit of their gold bullion stored at the Bank of England, and along with Venezuela's vast oil reserves (larger than Saudi Arabia), Venezuela's gold mines are a prize lusted after by all the Central Banks that played fast and loose with other peoples' gold bullion.

So we can expect regime change if not outright invasion soon.

You have been raised by a public school system and media that constantly assures you that the reasons for all these wars and assassinations are many and varied.

The US claims to bring democracy to the conquered lands (they haven't; the usual result of a US overthrow is the imposition of a dictatorship, such as the 1953 CIA overthrow of Iran's democratically elected government of Mohammad Mosaddegh and the imposition of the Shah, or the 1973 CIA overthrow of Chile's democratically elected government of President Salvador Allende, and the imposition of Augusto Pinochet), or to save a people from a cruel oppressor, revenge for 9-11, or that tired worn-out catch all excuse for invasion, weapons of mass destruction. Assassinations are always passed off as "crazed lone nuts" to obscure the real agenda.



Related: ANZACs - Cannon Fodder No More

The real agenda is simple. It is enslavement of the people by creation of a false sense of obligation.

That obligation is false because the Private Central Banking system, by design, always creates more debt than money with which to pay that debt.

Private Central Banking is not science, it is a religion; a set of arbitrary rules created to benefit the priesthood, meaning the owners of the Private Central Bank.

The fraud persists, with often lethal results, because the people are tricked into believing that this is the way life is suppoed to be and no alternative exists or should be dreamt of.

The same was true of two earlier systems of enslavement, Rule by Divine Right and Slavery, both systems built to trick people into obedience, and both now recognized by modern civilizatyion as illegitimate.

Now we are entering a time in human history where we will recognize that rule by debt, or rule by Private Central Bankers issuing the public currency as a loan at interest, is equally illegitimate.

It only works as long as people allow themselves to believe that this is the way life is supposed to be.







Related: Central Banks Are Trojan Horses, Looting Their Host Nations

But understand this above all; Private Central Banks do not exist to serve the people, the community, or the nation. Private Central Banks exist to serve their owners, to make them rich beyond the dreams of Midas and all for the cost of ink, paper, and the right bribe to the right official.

Behind all these wars, all these assassinations, the hundred million horrible deaths from all the wars lies a single policy of dictatorship. The private central bankers allow rulers to rule only on the condition that the people of a nation be enslaved to the private central banks.

Failing that, said ruler will be killed, and their nation invaded by those other nations enslaved to private central banks.

The so-called "clash of civilizations" we read about on the corporate media is really a war between banking systems, with the private central bankers forcing themselves onto the rest of the world, no matter how many millions must die for it.

Indeed the constant hatemongering against Muslims lies in a simple fact. Like the ancient Christians (prior to the Knights Templars private banking system) , Muslims forbid usury, or the lending of money at interest. And that is the reason our government and media insist they must be killed or converted. They refuse to submit to currencies issued at interest. They refuse to be debt slaves.

So off to war your children must go, to spill their blood for the money-junkies' gold. We barely survived the last two world wars. In the nuclear/bioweapon age, are the private central bankers willing to risk incinerating the whole planet just to feed their greed?

Apparently so. This brings us to the current situation in the Ukraine, Russia, and China.

The European Union had been courting the government of the Ukraine to merge with the EU, and more to the point, entangle their economy with the private-owned European Central Bank.




Related: Exposed: The Nazi Roots Of The European Union

The government of the Ukraine was considering the move, but had made no commitments. Part of their concern lay with the conditions in other EU nations enslaved to the ECB, notably Cyprus, Greece, Spain, and Italy. So they were properly cautious.

Then Russia stepped in with a better deal and the Ukraine, exercising the basic choice all consumers have to choose the best product at the best price, dropped the EU and announced they were going to go with Russia's offer.

It was at that point that agents provocateurs flooded into the Ukraine, covertly funded by intelligence agency fronts like CANVAS and USAID, stirring up trouble, while the western media proclaimed this was a popular revolution. Snipers shot at people and this violence was blamed on then-President Yanukovich.

However a leaked recording of a phone call between the EU's Catherine Ashton and Estonia's Foreign Minister Urmas Paet confirmed the snipers were working for the overthrow plotters, not the Ukrainian government. Urmas Paet has confirmed the authenticity of that phone call.

This is a classic pattern of covert overthrow we have seen many times before.

Since the end of WW2, the US has covertly tried to overthrow the governments of 56 nations, succeeding 25 times.

Examples include the 1953 overthrow of Iran's elected government of Mohammed Mossadegh and the imposition of the Shah, the 1973 overthrow of Chile's elected government of Salvador Allende and the imposition of the Pinochet dictatorship, and of course,
the current overthrow of Ukraine's elected government of Yanukovich and the imposition of the current unelected government, which is already gutting the Ukraine's wealth to hand to the western bankers.





Brazil, Russia, India, China, and South Africa have formed a parallel financial system called BRICS, officially launched on January 1, 2015.
As of this writing some 80 nations are ready to trade with BRICS in transactions that do not involve the US dollar.

Despite US economic warfare against both Russia and China, the Ruble and Yuan are seen as more attractive for international trade and banking than the US dollar,
hence the US attempt to fan the Ukraine crisis into war with Russia, and attempts to provoke North Korea as a back door to war with China.

The US Corporate Government: "These are the enemies of everything we hold dear in America: Your children must kill them for us..."

Flag waving and propaganda aside, all modern wars are wars by and for the private bankers, fought and bled for by third parties unaware of the true reason they are expected to gracefully be killed and croppled for.

The process is quite simple. As soon as the Private Central Bank issues its currency as a loan at interest, the public is forced deeper and deeper into debt.

When the people are reluctant to borrow any more, that is when the Keynesian economists demand the government borrow more to keep the pyramid scheme working.

When both the people and government refuse to borrow any more, that is when wars are started, to plunge everyone even deeper into debt to pay for the war, then after the war to borrow more to rebuild.

When the war is over, the people have about the same as they did before the war, except the graveyards are far larger and everyone is in debt to the private bankers for the next century. This is why Brown Brothers Harriman in New York was funding the rise of Adolf Hitler.

As long as Private Central Banks are allowed to exist, inevitably as the night follows day there will be poverty, hopelessness, and millions of deaths in endless World Wars, until the Earth itself is sacrificed in flames to Mammon.

The path to true peace on Earth lies in the abolishment of all private central banking everywhere, and a return to the state-issued value-based currencies that allow nations and people to become prosperous.


"Banks do not have an obligation to promote the public good."

- Alexander Dielius, CEO, Germany, Austrian, Eastern Europe Goldman Sachs, 2010


"I am just a banker doing God's work."

- Lloyd Blankfein, CEO, Goldman Sachs, 2009




From the film "The International" which tells the story of the take-down of the corrupt Bank of Credit and Commerce International which was the 7th largest private bank in the world.


'The question the people of the world should be asking is not whether to raise debt ceilings, but rather why our governments, which are authorised to create and issue interest-free money, instead borrow that money at interest from a privately-owned central banking system, thereby plunging future generations into debt slavery to that bank?'



Three steps from Private Central Bank to World War:


Step 1: Enslave the nation to a private Central Bank issuing the public currency as a loan at interest to trap the people in unpayable debt

Step 2: When the people cannot borrow any more, have the government borrow on their behalf (and without their permissiono) to keep the pyramid scheme working

Step 3: When both the people and the government can no longer borrow, start a world war to conquer other nations wealth to "balance the books"




An Revealing Look at the Interests of the United Nations bodies of NATO and the WTO:




Click the image above to open a larger version in a new browser window


Related Articles:

Central Banking Exposed: Central Banks Only Care About Debt, Profit And Control

The Great Transition: The Shadow Ruling Force Behind The Central Banks Secrecy Is Repugnant In A Free And Open Society


The Jacinda Papers & Ardern’s Great Kiwi Reset + Canada Shows How The End Of COVID Is Going To Bring A Long-Overdue Reckoning For The So-Called Liberal Leaders Who Are Still Trying To Use It To Oppress Their People And Steal Their Freedoms

Hell's Top Banker Explains "How To Destroy The Global Economy"

The Federal Reserve And The Bank Of England Financed The 3rd Reich + International Red Cross Report Confirms The Holocaust Of Six Million Jews Is A Hoax

Reserve Bank Funding Agreement Ratified - But Who / What The Hell Is "The Reserve Bank Of New Zealand"? 

A Discourse On The Little-Known History Of The Global Banking System

Forgotten History: US Bankers Financing US Enemies - And Why It Is Important Now

Bankers Beware: The First Of Many Salvos

Anna von Reitz: The Banking System Including Specifics On The World Bank And Karen Hudes

The Business Of Journalists Is To Destroy The Truth & Americans Think The Media Is More Destructive Than Banks & Corporations + The Normals vs. Conspiracy Theorists

The Crown Of England Is Owned And Operated By The Vatican



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Chemicals Are Making Us Sterile And Dumb
April 24 2025 | From: Sott / Various

Over the last seventy-five years, men have seen a sharp reduction in reproductive capacity, and evidence suggests that commonly found chemicals are to blame.



Related: A Generation Of Poisoning With Gender-Bender Chemicals Has Created A New Class Of Youth Who Fail To Recognize Gender At All

If that news isn't stark enough for the future of humankind, these chemicals are also making us dumber.
A recent piece in the New York Times drew attention to an important issue: endocrine-disrupting chemicals in everyday consumer products are killing or disabling sperm and making men sterile.

The numbers are extremely troubling. Scientists say that approximately 90% of sperm in a typical young man are misshapen, meaning they are unable to swim correctly. Additionally, sperm counts have decreased sharply over the last seventy-five years. As one researcher bluntly stated, "Not everyone who wants to reproduce will be able to."

Our grandfathers may not have been able to understand our smart phones, but their ability to produce offspring vastly outpaced our own.

There's a great deal of evidence to suggest endocrine-disrupting chemicals are the major cause of this problem. They're found in plastics, pesticides, and many other products. Quite simply, these chemicals disrupt the proper functioning of hormones.



Related: Amalgam Fillings: 'It Is Toxic And We're Told To Put It In'

One study by Canadian scientists found that adding endocrine disruptors to Lake Ontario turned male fathead minnows into intersexual fish (fish with both male and female characteristics), which are unable to reproduce. Unfortunately, it is far from the only study positing a link between chemicals and infertility.

The mayhem caused by these chemicals appears to happen in utero, when endocrine disruptors mimic certain hormones and confuse the biological process that turns a fetus into a male.

Chemical exposure, unfortunately, affects far more than just reproductive health. A recent study discussed in The Atlantic details the damage that certain environmental contaminants - including endocrine disruptors, but also lead, ethanol, mercury, arsenic, and more - can have on the brain. These effects include lower IQs, ADHD, autism spectrum disorder, and more.

"Our very great concern," the authors of the new study write, "is that children worldwide are being exposed to unrecognized toxic chemicals that are silently eroding intelligence, disrupting behaviors, truncating future achievements, and damaging societies."

The authors also note that genetic factors account for only 30 to 40% of all cases of brain development disorders. They suggest that environmental exposures to industrial chemicals are causing a "silent pandemic of neurodevelopmental toxicity."



Comment: Protecting children from the "global, silent pandemic of neurodevelopmental toxicity"

What are federal regulators doing to deal with the rise in infertility and this "silent pandemic" of brain disorders? Not much. Humans have made, found, or used over 50 million unique chemicals, yet federal regulators have tested only 200. And only five of those were deemed harmful enough to be subject to new regulations.

This isn't simply a case of federal agencies being asleep at the wheel. Sometimes it's plain old corruption, as we'll see in the next piece in this week's Pulse of Natural Health.



Related Articles:

Endocrine Disruptors: What are they & how you can avoid them

Hormone disruptors: Everyday poisons in everyday life

Men under threat from 'gender bending' chemicals

Common Plastic Chemicals Leading to Miscarriages, Infertility

A new study has found that pesticide exposure may lead to abnormal sperm development

Landmark study exposes the impact of hormone-disrupting chemicals on you, your family and the environment


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

It’s Time to Take The Gaia Hypothesis Seriously
April 23 2025 | From: Nautilus / Various

Can a planet be alive? Lynn Margulis, a giant of late 20th-century biology, who had an incandescent intellect that veered toward the unorthodox, thought so. She and chemist James Lovelock together theorized that life must be a planet-altering phenomenon and the distinction between the “living” and “nonliving” parts of Earth is not as clear-cut as we think.



Many members of the scientific community derided their theory, called the Gaia hypothesis, as pseudoscience, and questioned their scientific integrity.

But now Margulis and Lovelock may have their revenge. Recent scientific discoveries are giving us reason to take this hypothesis more seriously. At its core is an insight about the relationship between planets and life that has changed our understanding of both, and is shaping how we look for life on other worlds.

Studying Earth’s global biosphere together, Margulis and Lovelock realized that it has some of the properties of a life form. It seems to display “homeostasis,” or self‐regulation. Many of Earth’s life‐sustaining qualities exhibit remarkable stability.

The temperature range of the climate; the oxygen content of the atmosphere; the pH, chemistry, and salinity of the ocean - all these are biologically mediated.

All have, for hundreds of millions of years, stayed within a range where life can thrive. Lovelock and Margulis surmised that the totality of life is interacting with its environments in ways that regulate these global qualities. They recognized that Earth is, in a sense, a living organism. Lovelock named this creature Gaia.


“Life and Earth have been co-evolving in a continuing dance."

Margulis and Lovelock showed that the Darwinian picture of biological evolution is incomplete. Darwin identified the mechanism by which life adapts due to changes in the environment, and thus allowed us to see that all life on Earth is a continuum, a proliferation, a genetic diaspora from a common root.



Related: 50 Years Of Near Death Experience Research Suggests That The “Soul” Is Real + 7,000 Souls Recall Their ‘Life’ Between Lives During Regression Hypnosis, The Similarities Are Astounding

In the Darwinian view, Earth was essentially a stage with a series of changing backdrops to which life had to adjust. Yet, what or who was changing the sets?

Margulis and Lovelock proposed that the drama of life does not unfold on the stage of a dead Earth, but that, rather, the stage itself is animated, part of a larger living entity, Gaia, composed of the biosphere together with the “nonliving” components that shape, respond to, and cycle through the biota of Earth.

Yes, life adapts to environmental change, shaping itself through natural selection. Yet life also pushes back and changes the environment, alters the planet.

This is now as obvious as the air you are breathing, which has been oxygenated by life. So evolution is not a series of adaptations to inanimate events, but a system of feedbacks, an exchange.

Life has not simply molded itself to the shifting contours of a dynamic Earth. Rather, life and Earth have shaped each other as they’ve co-evolved.



Related: Discovery Of Massive Volcanic CO2 Emissions Puts Damper On Global Warming Theory & Climate Change Hoax Collapses As New Science Finds Human Activity Has Virtually Zero Impact On Global Temperatures

When you start looking at the planet in this way, then you see coral reefs, limestone cliffs, deltas, bogs, and islands of bat guano as parts of this larger animated entity. You realize that the entire skin of Earth, and its depths as well, are indeed alive.

The acceptance of the Gaia hypothesis was, and remains, slow, halting, and incomplete. There are several reasons for this. One is just the usual inertia, the standard conservative reluctance to accept new ways of thinking. Yet Gaia was also accused of being vague and shifting.

Some complained that the “Gaians” had failed to present an original, well‐defined, testable scientific proposition. How can you evaluate, oppose, or embrace an idea that is not clearly stated, or that seems to mean different things to different people? There was certainly some truth to this.

Gaia has been stated many different ways. Also, it didn’t help that Margulis and Lovelock were more than willing to mix science with philosophy and poetry, and they didn’t mind controversy; in fact, I’d say they enjoyed and courted it.



Related: In Harmony With All Life: The Open Source Way + Lifting The Veil: Merging Science And Spirituality

The truth is, despite its widespread moniker, Gaia is not really a hypothesis. It’s a perspective, an approach from within which to pursue the science of life on a planet, a living planet, which is not the same as a planet with life on it - that’s really the point, simple but profound.

Because life is not a minor afterthought on an already functioning Earth, but an integral part of the planet’s evolution and behavior.

Over the last few decades, the Gaians have pretty much won the battle. The opposition never actually surrendered or admitted defeat, but mainstream earth science has dropped its disciplinary shields and joined forces with chemistry, climatology, theoretical biology, and several other “‐ologies” and renamed itself “earth system science.”

The Gaia approach, prompted by the space-age comparison of Earth with its apparently lifeless neighbors, has led to a deepening realization of how thoroughly altered our planet is by its inhabitants.



Related: Six Activities That Will Enrich Your Soul + The Benefits Of Mindfulness

When we compare the life story of Earth to that of its siblings, we see that very early on in its development, as soon as the sterilizing impact rain subsided so that life could get a toehold, Earth started down a different path. Ever since that juncture, life and Earth have been co-evolving in a continuing dance.

As we’ve studied Earth with space-age tools, seen her whole from a distance, drilled the depths of the ocean floor, and, with the magic glasses of multispectral imaging, mapped the global biogeochemical cycles of elements, nutrients, and energy, we’ve learned that life’s influence is more profound and pervasive than we ever suspected.

All this oxygen we take for granted is the byproduct of life intervening in our planet’s geochemical cycles: harvesting solar energy to split water molecules, keeping the hydrogen atoms and reacting them with CO2 to make organic food and body parts, but spitting the oxygen back out.

In Earth’s upper atmosphere some of this oxygen, under the influence of ultraviolet light, is transformed into ozone, O3, which shields Earth’s surface from deadly ultraviolet, making the land surface habitable.

When it appeared, this shield allowed life to leave the ocean and the continents to become green with forests. That’s right: It was life that rendered the once deadly continents habitable for life.



Related: How Science Arrived At The Doorstep Of Spirituality

The more we look through a Gaian lens, the more we see that nearly every aspect of our planet has been biologically distorted beyond recognition. Earth’s rocks contain more than 4,000 different minerals (the crystalline molecules that make up rocks).

This is a much more varied smorgasbord of mineral types than we have seen on any other world. Geochemists studying the mineral history of Earth have concluded that by far the majority of these would not exist without the presence of life on our planet.

So, on Earth’s life‐altered surface, the very rocks themselves are biological byproducts. A big leap in this mineral diversity occurred after life oxygenated Earth’s atmosphere, leading to a plethora of new oxidized minerals that sprinkled colorful rocks throughout Earth’s sediments.

Observed on a distant planet, such vast and varied mineral diversity could be a sign of a living world, so this is a potential biosignature (or Gaiasignature) we can add to the more commonly cited Lovelock criterion of searching for atmospheric gases that have been knocked out of equilibrium by life.



Related: Secret Space Program Disclosure: Founders Of Solar Warden SSP With William Tompkins

In fact, minerals and life seem to have fed off each other going all the way back to the beginning. Evidence has increased that minerals were vital catalysts and physical substrates for the origin of life on Earth. Is it really a huge leap, then, to regard the mineral surface of Earth as part of a global living system, part of the body of Gaia?

What about plate tectonics and the dynamics of Earth’s deep interior? At first glance this seems like a giant mechanical system - a heat engine - that does not depend upon biology, but rather (lucky for life), supports it.

Also, although we’re probably still largely ignorant about the deeply buried parts of Earth’s biosphere, it’s unlikely there are any living organisms deeper than a couple of miles down in the crust, where it gets too hot for organic molecules.

Yet, just as we’ve found that life’s sway has extended into the upper atmosphere, creating the ozone layer that allowed the biosphere to envelop the continents, more and more we see that life has also influenced these deeper subterranean realms.

Over its long life, Gaia has altered not just the skin but also the guts of Earth, pulling carbon from the mantle and piling it on the surface in sedimentary rocks, and sequestering massive amounts of nitrogen from the air into ammonia stored inside the crystals of mantle rocks.


“Life itself, once it gets started, can make or keep a planet habitable."

By controlling the chemical state of the atmosphere, life has also altered the rocks it comes into contact with, and so oxygenated the crust and mantle of Earth. This changes the material properties of the rocks, how they bend and break, squish, fold, and melt under various forces and conditions.

All the clay minerals produced by Earth’s biosphere soften Earth’s crust - the crust of a lifeless planet is harder - helping to lubricate the plate tectonic engine.

The wetness of Earth seems to explain why plate tectonics has persisted on Earth and not on its dry twin, Venus.



Related: Gene Roddenberry Based Star Trek On Secret US Navy Space Fleet

One of the more extreme claims of the Gaia camp, at present neither proven nor refuted, is that the influence of life over the eons has helped Earth hold on to her life‐giving water, while Venus and Mars, lifeless through most of their existence, lost theirs.

If so, then life may indeed be responsible for Earth’s plate tectonics. One of the original architects of plate tectonic theory, Norm Sleep from Stanford, has become thoroughly convinced that life is deeply implicated in the overall physical dynamics of Earth, including the “nonliving” interior domain.

In describing the cumulative, long-term influence of life on geology, continent building, and plate tectonics, he wrote, “The net effect is Gaian. That is, life has modified Earth to its advantage.” The more we study Earth, the more we see this. Life has got Earth in its clutches. Earth is a biologically modulated planet through and through. In a nontrivial way, it is a living planet.



Related: Mars Slave Labour Controversy Builds With More Whistleblower Testimony

Now, 40 years after Viking landed on Mars, we’ve learned that planets are common, including those similar in size to Earth and at the right distance from their stars to allow oceans of liquid water.

Also, Lovelock’s radical idea to pay attention to the atmosphere and look for drastic departures from the expected mixture of gases now forms the cornerstone of our life‐detection strategies.

Gaian thinking has crept into our ideas about evolution and the habitability of exoplanets, revising notions of the “habitable zone.” We’re realizing that it is not enough to determine basic physical properties of a planet, its size and distance from a star, in order to determine its habitability.



Related: The US Space Force Just Swore In Its First “Chief Of Space Operations” + Navy Patents UFO-Like Compact Nuclear Fusion Reactor And Hybrid Space / Sea Crafts

Life itself, once it gets started, can make or keep a planet habitable. Perhaps, in some instances, life can also destroy the habitability of a planet, as it almost did on Earth during the Great Oxygenation Event (sometimes called the oxygen catastrophe) of 2.1 billion years ago.

As my colleague Colin Goldblatt, a sharp young climate modeler from the University of Victoria, once said, “The defining characteristic of Earth is planetary scale life. Earth teaches us that habitability and inhabitance are inseparable.”

In my 2003 book Lonely Planets, I described what I call the “Living Worlds hypothesis,” which is Gaian thinking applied to astrobiology. Perhaps life everywhere is intrinsically a planetary‐scale phenomenon with a cosmological life span - that is, a life expectancy measured in billions of years, the timescale that defines the lives of planets, stars, and the universe.



Related: Astonishing Russian Document Reveals A Face-To-Face Interaction With A UFO & 5 Alien Beings

Organisms and species do not have cosmological life spans. Gaia does, and this is perhaps a general property of living worlds. Influenced greatly by Lovelock and Margulis, I’ve argued that we are unlikely to find surface life on a planet that has not severely and flagrantly altered its own atmosphere.

According to this idea, a planet cannot be “slightly alive” any more than a person can (at least not for long), and an aged planet such as Mars, if it is not obviously, conspicuously alive like Earth, is probably completely dead. 

If the little whiffs of methane recently reported by the Curiosity rover turn out to be the signs of pockets of Martian life on an otherwise generally dead world, this would prove that my Living Worlds hypothesis is wrong, and that life can take on very non-Gaia-like forms elsewhere.



Related: Call For UN Probe After 'Bear Pictured Walking On Mars'

But a living world may require more than temporary little pockets of water and energy as surely exist underground on Mars. It may require continuous and vigorous internally driven geological activity. I believe that only a planet that is “alive” in the geological sense is likely to be “alive” in the biological sense.

Without plate tectonics, without deep, robust global biogeochemical cycles which life could feed off and, eventually, entrain itself within, life may never have been able to establish itself as a permanent feature of Mars, as it did on Earth.

As far as we can tell, around the time when life was starting on Earth, both Venus and Mars shared the same characteristics that enabled life to get going here: They were wet, they were rocky, they had thick atmospheres and vigorous geologic activity.

Comparative planetology seems to be telling us that the conditions needed for the origin of life might be the norm for rocky worlds. One real possibility is that Mars or Venus also had an origin of life, but that life did not stick, couldn’t persist, on either of these worlds.



Related: An Ancient Device Too Advanced To Be Real Gives Up Its Secrets At Last + Is This Proof Of Aliens In Peru?

It was not able to take root and become embedded as a permanent planetary feature, as it did on Earth. This may be a common outcome: planets that have an origin of life, perhaps even several, but that never develop a robust and self‐sustaining global biosphere.

What is really rare and unusual about Earth is that beneficial conditions for life have persisted over billions of years. This may have been more than luck.

When we stop thinking of planets as merely objects or places where living beings may or may not be present, but rather as themselves living or nonliving entities, it can color the way we think about the origin of life. Perhaps life is something that happens not on a planet but to a planet: It is something that a planet becomes.

Think of life as analogous to a fire. If you’ve ever tried to start a campfire, you know it’s easy to ignite some sparks and a little flicker of flame, but then it’s hard to keep these initial flames going. At first you have to tend to the fire, blowing until you’re faint, to supply more oxygen, or it will just die out.



Related: Darwinism Is “Full Of Holes” And Obsolete As A Scientific Theory, Declares Yale Professor + Mysterious Fossil Footprints May Cast Doubt On Human Evolution Timeline

That’s always the tricky part: keeping it burning before it has really caught on. Then it reaches a critical point, where the fire is really roaring. It’s got a bed of hot coals and its heat is generating its own circulation pattern, sucking in oxygen, fanning its own flames. At that point it becomes self-sustaining, and you can go grab a beer and watch for shooting stars.

I wonder if the first life on a planet isn’t like those first sparks and those unsteady little flames.

The earliest stages of life may be extremely vulnerable, and there may be a point where, once life becomes a planetary phenomenon, enmeshed in the global flows that support and fuel it, it feeds back on itself and becomes more like a self‐sustaining fire, one that not only draws in its own air supply, but turns itself over and replenishes its own fuel. A mature biosphere seems to create the conditions for life to continue and flourish.


“Life is something that happens not on a planet, but to a planet.."



Related: Endgame: Disclosure, The Antarctic Atlantis And New Ancient Extra-Terrestrial Ruins

A “living worlds” perspective implies that after billions of years, life will either be absent from a planet or, as on Earth, have thoroughly taken over and become an integral part of all global processes. Signs of life will be everywhere.

Once life has taken hold of a planet, once it has become a planetary‐scale entity (a global organism, if you will), it may be very hard to kill.

Certainly life has seen Earth through many huge changes, some quite traumatic. Life here is remarkably robust and persistent. It seems to have a kind of immortality. Call it quasi‐immortality, because the planet won’t be around forever, and it may not be habitable for its entire lifetime. Individuals are here for but an instant.

Whole species come and go, usually in timescales barely long enough to get the planet’s attention. Yet life as a whole persists. This gives us a different way to think about ourselves.



Related: Seven Signs You May Be Experiencing A Dark Night Of The Soul

The scientific revolution has revealed us, as individuals, to be incredibly tiny and ephemeral, and our entire existence, not just as individuals but even as a species, to be brief and insubstantial against the larger temporal backdrop of cosmic evolution.

If, however, we choose to identify with the biosphere, then we, Gaia, have been here for quite some time, for perhaps 3 billion years in a universe that seems to be about 13 billion years old. We’ve been alive for a quarter of all time. That’s something.

The origin of life on Earth was not just the beginning of the evolution of species, the fount of diversity that eventually begat algae blooms, aspen groves, barrier reefs, walrus huddles, and gorilla troops.

From a planetary evolution perspective, this development was a major branching point that opened up a gateway to a fundamentally different future. Then, when life went global, and went deep, planet Earth headed irreversibly down the path not taken by its siblings.



Related: Our Electromagnetic Fields Connect To All Living Systems In An Extraordinary Way + Finding Inner Peace In Calamitous Times

Now, very recently, out of this biologically altered Earth, another kind of change has suddenly emerged and is rewriting the rules of planetary evolution. On the nightside of Earth, the lights are switching on, indicating that something new is happening and someone new is home. Has another gateway opened? Could the planet be at a new branching point?

The view from space sheds light on the multitude of rapid changes inscribed on our planet by our industrial society. The orbital technology enabling this observation is itself one of the strange and striking aspects of the transition now gripping Earth.

If up to now the defining characteristic of Earth has been planetary‐scale life, then what about these planetary‐scale lights? Might this spreading, luminous net be part of a new defining characteristic?


Related:

Scientists Explain How Earth’s Magnetic Field Connects All Living Systems

A Biologist Believes That Trees Speak A Language We Can Learn

The Incredible Hidden Life Of Trees

Amazing Science Lesson: Environmentalists Declare War On Photosynthesis In Stupefying Effort To Exterminate All Recognizable Life On Planet Earth

Carbon Dioxide Revealed As The “Miracle Molecule Of Life” For Re-Greening The Planet & Leonardo DiCaprio’s War On Carbon Is Actually A War Against All Plants, Rainforests And Ecosystems On The Entire Planet

US Patent 6506148 B2 Confirms Human Nervous System Manipulation Through Your Computer & TV + Biological Effects Of Living Near A Cell Phone Tower


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
What Is Globalism And Where Is It Going?
April 22 2025 | From: JonRappoport / Various

“Above all, the Globalist elite considers the human being is nothing more than a biological machine - a machine that is badly programmed, desperately in need of a complete overhaul and restructuring at the level of mind.” - The Underground, Jon Rappoport



Over the years, I have written much about Globalism. During the 2016 US presidential election, Donald Trump spoke of it often, and in derogatory terms.

Related:
Governments: The Enemy Of Freedom & Globalists Interviewed: They Admitted They Controlled The Government

He brought back, for the public, the concept, which had receded from press coverage. You could say he let the cat out of the bag.

So here I thought I would publish, in a series, some of the important material I’ve written on the subject. People need to be aware of the elite movement called Globalism and its aims and strategies.

1. “Over the weekend, thousands of protesters across multiple countries condemned impending [Globalist] trade deals promoted by governments and their corporate partners.

Though the protests received little coverage from mainstream media, they stretched from Paris to Warsaw.” (Carey Wedler, Blacklisted News, 10/19/16)

Now that the election is over, it’s important to review a few facts about Globalism. It was a centerpiece of controversy during the run-up to the vote.



Related: The Individual Versus Globalism

Globalism isn’t just an abstract word or idea. It gives survival to some, and tries to take it away from others. It lights on populations like a storm of locusts. It undermines jobs and work. It steals. It is designed to make chaos.

Globalism is based on the elite conviction that “the best people” should rule over everyone else for the greater good. “We’re not trying to do harm. We’re spreading the wealth.”

We can find the seeds of Globalism in Plato and his ancient dialogue called The Republic. Plato made his final philosophic stand on that work. Step by step, he establishes that The Good, which is highest concept in the universe, which exists in a realm of “pure ideas” apart from the daily round of existence, must be accessed and understood, if society is to meet up with its best destiny.

But, naturally, not all people are able to fathom The Good or translate it into action here in this human realm. Only the few can grasp it - and they must rise to the top and rule.

So, in the end, there is a fascist paradise. It rebuffs all attempts at dilution.

This is how Plato, the humane philosopher, the champion of the individual and freedom and independent thought, painted himself into a terrible corner. But never mind. Down through the centuries, “the wisest of men” have taken their cue from him and built nations and civilizations based on their (self-serving) version of The Good.



Related: "The End Game Is A New World Order"- Former Canadian Minister Of Defence Speaks Out + The Globalists Say It In Their Own Words

And in the process, they have used propagandists to convince populations that rule from above is only carried out as altruistic service…

When a system has been devised, planned, launched, and maintained by criminals to undermine a nation, they are naturally going to defend it by saying:


"It’s good for everyone AND THERE IS NO OTHER WAY TO MANAGE HUMAN AFFAIRS. BESIDES, WE CAN’T STOP IT NOW. THAT WOULD CAUSE WIDESPREAD CHAOS.”

In exactly the same way, a massive prison housing nothing but innocent people would superficially look like “chaos,” if the airtight security system were turned off.

The truth about the Globalist prison is simple. The underlying operation takes jobs away from America, in this instance, and sends them to Third World hell holes, where the same products are manufactured by the same companies, for pennies, using slave workers who labor in toxic environmental conditions that destroy their health.

Isn’t that easy to understand?

The American companies in those hell holes then sell the products back to Americans without paying taxes, tariffs, or penalties of any kind. The defenders of Globalism claim selling back the products cheaply is good for the American consumer. This is a lie, because many of those consumers no longer have jobs. Or they work at much lower wages than they used to, because the companies they worked for left America and went to the hell holes.



Related: Globalism: A Psychological GPS System For The Masses

All in all, this arrangement is obviously designed to torpedo the national economy. It’s not an accident. It’s not an unintended consequence. The Globalists may be criminals, but they aren’t stupid criminals.

But what about the US companies who left America and set up shop overseas? Can’t they read the handwriting on the wall? Can’t they realize their base of consumers in the US is shrinking?

The companies are, in fact, stupid. They’re betting on short-term success vs. long-term collapse, and they’re going to lose. They plunge ahead with their eyes closed - because they can’t bring themselves to believe that the system they’re part of could have been fashioned with ultimate failure in mind.

The anti-Globalism movement is MUCH bigger than Trump, so no matter what you think of him, whether you believe in his honesty or not, the ideas he is bringing forward are having an immense impact on the populace - because the populace has figured out the Globalist game. They see and feel the destruction. They see and feel what is happening to jobs. Their jobs. They see the brutal reality, and they want no part of it.

They want America to endure. They want America to prosper. They want a free market. They don’t want their country reduced to Third World status.

All the politically correct humanitarian lingo in the universe is not going to change these basic realities. Globalism - the export of jobs, the rapid expansion of the Welfare State, the launching of senseless wars to pave the way for corporate plunder, the immigrant-flood through open borders - is a nation killer. It’s built to be a killer.

Decimating nations is an intentional precursor to ruling the planet from above by the Globalists-in-charge. “What we destroy we will resurrect on our own terms.”

No nation on Earth has a pure and clean history. But no nation deserves to be leveled and destroyed. The founding ideas of the original American Republic were and are the best ideas about government ever forwarded in human history. They imply:

Severely limited federal power. Free individuals. Independent individuals. Individuals who choose their own dreams and destinies. Individuals who work to achieve those dreams.

The so-called liberal press, and the academic institutions of America, have sold out completely. They are on board with what they can see of the Globalist agenda. The press will never challenge that agenda. They are grotesque cowards of the first order.



Related: Is The Globalist "Reset" Failing? The Elites May Have Overplayed Their Hand

I have met some of them during my 30-plus years of working as a reporter. Behind their perfumed fronts, they give off a stench.

America is America. For the most part, its people are decent. Their leaders have betrayed them time and time again, without a second thought, without a shred of remorse.

The so-called populist movement which is growing by leaps and bounds, which got its legs under it with Ron Paul, must not come to a halt, no matter who sits in the White House, not matter what he does.

The future is now.


2. Globalist corporations are blind in the face of doom.

People don’t fully appreciate the capacity of mega-corporations. The 300 largest companies account for roughly 25% of all international trade.

And, even more startling, these behemoths are operating their production lines at half-strength. Why? Because only 1.5 billion people in the world have enough money to rate as true consumers.

So these corporations, which are the leading lights of the Globalist agenda, are looking and hoping for many more customers.

Meanwhile, Rockefeller Globalists are hyping the pseudoscience of manmade warming, in order to convince nations to cut their energy production. That plan, of course, would further erode the ability of mega-corporations to find new consumers. Indeed, Globalists are all for wrecking economies and deepening poverty - aims which infect the lifeblood of corporations.



Related: The Khazarian Bankster Cult That Hijacked The World & Worthless Pieces Of Paper - Interest On Fake Money Is Confiscating Your Freedom

We are looking at a huge crack - a contradiction - in the very foundation of the Globalism.

And if you want to take this farther, the notion of radical depopulation across the planet would do even graver harm to corporate dreams and ambitions. Far fewer consumers.

There are wild and woolly solutions. For example, provide a basic income to every human on Earth; or make governments the sole payer to corporations for their products, which are then dispensed to the population in a mad universal welfare scheme. In either case, you would have a new currency system.

Governments would openly and blandly create money out of thin air, as needed, to fund these harebrained schemes. Governments already invent money, but this would be occurring on a far larger scale, and without any pretense of legitimacy.

Given the propensity of governments to run their programs according to dizzyingly incompetent guidelines, I see no way the mega-corporations would welcome these “innovations.”



Related: The Globalists Are Openly Admitting To Their Population Control Agenda - And That's A Bad Sign

In short, the corporations are buying a pie-in-the-sky con. They insist on believing the favors and concocted advantages the Globalists are offering them in the marketplace are wonderful; but in fact, the long-term situation is a no-win. It’s a narrowing road, and a crack-up is coming.

Globalists are shrinking the worldwide consumer base. They want a chaos-ridden dystopia, which they will control with an iron hand. In that scenario, the mega-corporations will also shrink to shadows of their former selves. Their usefulness will rapidly decay.

Memo to CEOs: why don’t you try waking up? Your whole elite movement is a walking contradiction, and you’re on the downside.

Why don’t these CEOs awaken? Because their short-term greed exceeds their long-term vision. For them, it’s an easier way to live. Take the money and run.

3. "Some even believe we are part of a secret cabal working against the best interests of the United States, characterizing my family and me as ‘internationalists’ and of conspiring with others around the world to build a more integrated global political and economic structure - one world, if you will. If that is the charge, I stand guilty, and I am proud of it.” David Rockefeller, Memoirs, 2003



Related: When The Rockefeller Trilateral Commission Exposed Its Own Secret

The man who wrote those words represents a family that has dominated banking, oil, modern medicine, behind-the-scenes politics, and powerhouses of Globalism (e.g., the Council on Foreign Relations) for a century.

Globalism asserts that no nation can be independent from “the family” of other nations, as if it were a matter of fact beyond dispute. A nation claiming its sovereignty thus becomes a lunatic traitor to the natural order of things.

What really binds nations to one another is propaganda, and treaties which are based on the same propaganda, resulting in (temporary) engorged super-profits for mega-corporations.

Globalism is a secular piece of messianic hype. A Disneyesque altruism is the prow of the ship. Spend 10 minutes educating any street hustler on Globalist principles, and he would recognize it as a standard con.

Obama’s warning to the Brits, that their withdrawing from the Globalist European Union would put them at the back of the line in negotiating a separate trade treaty with the United States, was sheer fiction.



Related: Is Brexit The First Domino To Fall In The Liberation Of The Planet?

Britain, or any nation, that has goods to sell and a desire to buy will find trade partners. An agreement could be scratched out on a napkin over dinner.

Impending trade deals like the TPP and TTIP are thousands of pages and take so long to negotiate, because the heavy hitters at the table are looking for new ingenious ways to cut and paste the world into larger profits for themselves.

Globalism, hiding behind thousands of academic analyses, picks up jobs from one nation, where wages are reasonable and working conditions are tolerable, and dumps them in hell holes where wages are nearly invisible and conditions are poisonous. It’s that simple, and any moron could see how the industrial nations like the US would suffer…if by nations we meant people.

Instead of criminal corporations and criminal investors. But all this is layered over with “share and care” sop.

The United States government could repeal the NAFTA, CAFTA, and GATT trade treaties tomorrow, and throw current TPP and TTIP negotiating documents out the window…and all would be well. Better. Much better.

For instance, without NAFTA, US producers wouldn’t have been able to flood Mexico with cheap corn, throwing 1.5 million Mexican corn farmers into bankruptcy, leading many of them to cross the border and come to the US to find work.

No US President since Nixon has disturbed the march of Globalist “free trade.” All Presidents since then have been on board with the Rockefeller plan. And the US economy - which is to say, jobs - has thus faltered.

The 2008 financial crash was only one factor in the decline. The promise of cheap imports for sale in the US - the justification for free trade - doesn’t work when people here have no jobs and no purchasing power.

Major media, fronting for free-trade, have panicked over Donald Trump’s claim that he’ll reject Globalism.

They would have panicked over Bernie Sander’s similar promise, if they thought he had any chance of defeating Hillary Clinton for the Democratic nomination. The media have their orders from on high - the deck is stacked, the cards were dealt long ago.

Hillary Clinton’s pathetic promises about creating jobs reveal nothing of substance. Small tax breaks for small businesses that “share profits with employees,” the “removal of government red tape,” “funding breakthroughs in scientific and medical research,” “expanding job training opportunities”- the truth is, her basic method for stimulating the economy has always been: find a war, any war, and fight it.


4. From GlobalisationGuide.org: “What does globalization mean to Australia?”


“Australian corporations participate in the oppression of workers and peasants in poor countries in Asia. Australian mining and forestry companies are involved in extracting wealth from countries such as Papua New Guinea, Irian Jaya and Indonesia, sometimes relying on military support to suppress local opposition.”

“The Australian support for trade liberalisation, particularly in agriculture, has been used to open up markets in poor countries where Australia’s commodity exports put local subsistence farmers out of work.”

“Australia has opened its own markets to goods made in countries that allow child labour, or forbid the formation of free trade unions.”

“The Australian government has opposed efforts to include environmental and labour protection clauses in World Trade Organisation agreements.”

“Australia should support reform of the WTO to make it more equitable for poor nations of the world.”

“Australia places few restrictions on the operations of transnational organisations, which take wealth from…[our] country, and are not managed in the interests of Australia.”


5. This is a bombshell. It’s a crucial piece of history that has been ignored by mass media.

I’ve published this interview before. Here I want to make new comments.

First of all, David Rockefeller’s Trilateral Commission was born in 1973, in part because the Globalist plan to ensure “free trade” (no tariffs paid by predatory mega-corporations) had run into a glitch.

That glitch was President Richard Nixon. He began laying tariffs on certain goods imported into the US, in order to level the playing field and protect American companies. Nixon, a substantial crook in other respects, went off-script in this case and actually started a movement to reject the Globalist vision.

After Nixon’s ouster from the White House, Gerald Ford became president, and he chose David’s brother, Nelson Rockefeller as his vice-president. It was a sign Globalism and free trade were back on track.

But David Rockefeller and his sidekick, Brzezinski, wanted more. They wanted a man in the White House whom they’d created from scratch. That man was a peanut farmer no one had ever heard of: Jimmy Carter.

Through their media connections, David and Brzezinski vaulted Carter into the spotlight. He won the Democratic nomination (1976), spread a syrupy message of love and coming together after the Watergate debacle, and soon he was ensconced in the Oval Office.

Flash forward to 1978, the second year of Carter’s presidency. An interview took place.



Related: The Federal Reserve Cartel: The Eight Families + 7 Not-So-Secret Homes Of Super Secret Societies

It’s a close-up snap shot of a remarkable moment. It’s a through-the-looking-glass secret - in the form of a conversation between a reporter, Jeremiah Novak, and two Trilateral Commission members, Karl Kaiser and Richard Cooper.

The interview concerned the issue of who exactly, during President Carter’s administration, was formulating and controlling US economic and political policy.

The careless and off-hand attitude of Trilateralists Kaiser and Cooper is astonishing. It’s as if they’re saying, “What we’re revealing is already out in the open, it’s too late to do anything about it, why are you so worked up, we’ve already won…”

NOVAK (the reporter): Is it true that a private [Trilateral committee] led by Henry Owen of the US and made up of [Trilateral] representatives of the US, UK, West Germany, Japan, France and the EEC is coordinating the economic and political policies of the Trilateral countries [which would include the US]?


COOPER: Yes, they have met three times.

NOVAK: Yet, in your recent paper you state that this committee should remain informal because to formalize ‘this function might well prove offensive to some of the Trilateral and other countries which do not take part.’ Who are you afraid of?

KAISER: Many countries in Europe would resent the dominant role that West Germany plays at these [Trilateral] meetings.

COOPER: Many people still live in a world of separate nations [!], and they would resent such coordination [of policy].

NOVAK: But this [Trilateral] committee is essential to your whole policy. How can you keep it a secret or fail to try to get popular support [for its decisions on how Trilateral member nations will conduct their economic and political policies]?

COOPER: Well, I guess it’s the press’ job to publicize it.

NOVAK: Yes, but why doesn’t President Carter come out with it and tell the American people that [US] economic and political power is being coordinated by a [Trilateral] committee made up of Henry Owen and six others? After all, if [US] policy is being made on a multinational level, the people should know.

COOPER: President Carter and Secretary of State Vance have constantly alluded to this in their speeches.

KAISER: It just hasn’t become an issue.

SOURCE: “Trilateralism: The Trilateral Commission and Elite Planning for World Management,” ed. by Holly Sklar, 1980. South End Press, Boston. Pages 192-3.

Of course, although Kaiser and Cooper claimed everything being manipulated by the Trilateral Commission committee was already out in the open, it wasn’t.

Their interview slipped under the mainstream media radar, which is to say, it was ignored and buried. It didn’t become a scandal on the level of, say, Watergate, although its essence was far larger than Watergate.

US economic and political policy run by a Globalist committee of the Trilateral Commission - the Commission had been created in 1973 as an “informal discussion group” by David Rockefeller and his sidekick, Brzezinski, who would become Jimmy Carter’s National Security Advisor.

Shortly after Carter won the presidential election, his aide, Hamilton Jordan, said that if after the inauguration, Cy Vance and Brzezinski came on board as secretary of state and national security adviser, “We have lost. And I will quit.”

Lost - because both men were powerful members of the Trilateral Commission and their appointment to key positions would signal a surrender of White House control to the Commission.




Related: NWO: Totalitarianism And The Five Stages Of Dehumanization + Why 2022 Is 1973: Klaus Schwab Is Zbigniew Brzezinski

Vance and Brzezinski were appointed secretary of state and national security adviser, as Jordan feared. But he didn’t quit. He became Carter’s chief of staff.

Flash forward again, to the Obama administration.

In the run-up to his inauguration after the 2008 presidential election, Obama was tutored by the Globalist co-founder of the Trilateral Commission, Zbigniew Brzezinski.

Four years before birthing the Commission with his boss of bosses, David Rockefeller, Brzezinski wrote:


“[The] nation state as a fundamental unit of man’s organized life has ceased to be the principal creative force. International banks and multinational corporations are acting and planning in terms that are far in advance of the political concepts of the nation state.”

Goodbye, separate nations. Hello, global government.

Any doubt on the question of Trialteral goals is answered by David Rockefeller himself, in his Memoirs (2003): “Some even believe we are part of a secret cabal working against the best interests of the United States, characterizing my family and me as ‘internationalists’ and of conspiring with others around the world to build a more integrated global political and economic structure - one world, if you will. If that is the charge, I stand guilty, and I am proud of it.”

Patrick Wood, author of Trilaterals Over Washington and Technocracy Rising, points out there are only 87 members of the Trilateral Commission who live in America.

Obama appointed eleven of them to posts in his administration. For example:

Tim Geithner, Treasury Secretary;

James Jones, National Security Advisor;

Paul Volker, Chairman, Economic Recovery Committee;

Dennis Blair, Director of National Intelligence.


Here is the payoff. The US Trade Representative (appointed by Obama in 2013), who was responsible for negotiating the Globalist TPP (Trans-Pacific Partnership) treaty with 11 other nations, was Michael Froman, a former member of the Trilateral Commission.



Related: The Transatlantic Trade & Investment Partnership (TTIP) Is Dead + Earthquakes

Don’t let the word “former” fool you. Commission members resign when they take positions in the Executive Branch of government. And when they serve in vital positions, such as US Trade Representative, they aren’t there by accident. They’re operatives with a specific agenda.

Flash forward one more time. Trump, who squashed the Globalist TPP treaty as soon as he was inaugurated, has been busy making staff appointments. Patrick Wood writes (2/6/17):


“According to a White House press release, the first member of the Trilateral Commission has entered the Trump administration as the Deputy Assistant to the President for International Economic Affairs, where he will sit on the National Security Council:

Kenneth I. Juster will serve as Deputy Assistant to the President for International Economic Affairs. He will coordinate the Administration’s international economic policy and integrate it with national security and foreign policy. He will also be the President’s representative and lead U.S. negotiator (“Sherpa”) for the annual G-7, G-20, and APEC Summits.”

Juster’s duties will take him into the heart of high-level negotiations with foreign governments on economic policy.

Keep your eye on Mr. Juster. Will he take actions in line with Trump’s avowed anti-Globalist stance? Or will Juster work as one more Globalist Trilateral operative in the center of American decision-making?

If the answer is “operative,” does Trump know this? Does he condone what Mr. Juster will do? Or is this a case of secret infiltration, on behalf of the most powerful Globalist group in the world, the Trilateral Commission?

6. Globalized media. It’s nice plan. Let’s examine it.

The new technocratic media is based on profiling users. There is no impactful news unless each member of the audience is surveilled and analyzed on the basis of what he already likes and wants.

Shocking? It’s to be expected. How else would technocrats parlay the untold hours they’ve spent sizing up their consumers/users? Several years ago, I wrote:


“Tech blather has already begun, since Jeff Bezos, CEO of Amazon, bought the Washington Post at a fire sale. Jeff Genius will invent new ways to transmit the news to ‘people on the go’ and make the Post a smashing success. Mobile devices. Multiple platforms. Digital taking over from print. Ads customized to fit readers’ interests (profiling). News stories customized to fit readers’ interests (more profiling).”

In other words, non-news. If you thought media were irrelevant and deceptive before, you haven’t seen anything. The “new news” will create millions of virtual bubbles in which profiled users can float contentedly, under the cozy cottage roofs of their favorite little separate paradigms.



Reated: Responding To The “Nothing To Hide” Argument In Support Of Mass Surveillance + We Are All Targeted Individuals Now with Dr. Katherine Horton

The tech giant Apple has waded into this territory with an app that will deliver news to users.

Yahoo:


“Apple News, part of the upcoming iOS 9 operating system, aims to be the primary news source for users of the iPhone and iPad… Apple says its news app ‘follows over a million topics and pulls relevant stories based on your specific interests’…

Joshua Benton of the Nieman Journalism Lab said the app will be important because ‘through the awesome power of default, Apple distribution puts it in an entirely other league. This [news] app will be on hundreds of millions of devices within 24 hours of its debut’.”

Translation: Profiling their users down to their toenails, Apple will present them with virtual bubbles of news they want to see and read.

Not just one overall presentation for all; no, different “news outlets” for Apple’s audiences.

This introduces a whole new layer of mind control.

“You’re an Obama fan? Here are stories confirming your belief in the Prophet.”

“You want neo-con on the rocks with a conservative Republican twist? Here’s some war footage that’ll warm your heart.”

“Do you believe ‘government gridlock’ is our biggest concern? Congress can’t get anything done? We’ve got headlines for that from here to the moon.”

“Tuned into celeb gossip? Here’s your world in three minutes.”

The idea: convince users, one day at a time, that what they already believe is important IS the news of the day.

It’s Decentralized Centralization. One media giant carving its global audience up into little pieces and delivering them a whole host of different algorithmically appropriate lies and fluff and no-context psyops.

And for “fringe users?” “You’re doubtful about GMOs? Well, look at what Whole Foods is planning for their healthier produce section. Cheer up.”



Related: Genetics Are The New Eugenics: How GMO’s Reduce The Human Population & This Major Report On GMO Safety Has Just One Small Problem: Undisclosed Conflicts Of Interest

Nothing about Maui voters declaring a temporary ban on devastatingly toxic Monsanto/Dow experiments or the dangers of Roundup. “You’re anti-vaccine? Sorry, you don’t count. You’re not a recognized demographic. But here’s a piece about a little unvaccinated boy who was involved in car crash on the I5.”

Does this sound like science fiction? It isn’t. It’s the mainstream look of the near-future (if they could get away with it). Search engines are already “personalizing” your inquiries. US ABC national news is climbing in the ratings because it’s giving viewers “lighter stories,” and spending less time on thorny issues like the Middle East.

The mainstream news business is desperately looking for audience; and treating every “user” as a profiled social-construct-bundle of superficial preferences is their answer.

“Mr. X, we’ve studied the little virtual bubble you live in, and now we can sell you your own special brand of truth.”

“Hello, audience. We’re going to pitch you on becoming full-fledged obsessed consumers, as if there is no other worthy goal in life - and then we’re going to profile you from top to bottom, to find out exactly what kind of obsessed consumer you are, so we can hit you and trigger you with information that uniquely stimulates your adrenal glands…”

The one-two punch.

Any actual event occurring in the world would be pre-digested by robot media editors and profilers, and then split up into variously programmed bits of information for different audiences.

Who cares what really happened? In the new world, there is no ‘what really happened’. That’s a gross misnomer. A faulty idea. A metaphysical error. No, there is only a multi-forked media tongue that simultaneously spits out a dozen or a hundred variations of the same event…because different viewers want and expect different realities.

In 1984, Orwell’s Big Brother was issuing a single voice into the homes of the population. That was old-school. That was primitive technology. That was achieving unity by hammering unity into people’s skulls. This, now, is the frontier of unity through diversity.


“We want to make all of you into androids, through basic PR and propaganda and a pathetic excuse for education. However, we recognize you’ll become different varieties of androids, and we’ll serve that outcome with technological sophistication. Trust us. We care about what you prefer.”


User A: “Wow, did you see the coverage of the border war in Chula Vista?”

User B: “War? They had a fantastic exhibit of drones down there. At least a hundred different types. And then I watched an old WW2 movie about aerial combat.”

User C: “Chula Vista? They had a great food show. This woman made a lemon pie. I could practically taste it.”

User D: “That wasn’t a border war. It was a drill. And then afterwards, these cops gave a demonstration of all their gear. Vests, shields, communication devices, flash-bangs, auto rifles with silencers, batons. I watch drills all over the country. Love them.”

User E: “Chula Vista? The only thing I saw on the news was ‘sunny and mild’ this week. I watch all the weather channels. I love them.”

BUT when a Big One comes along, like the 2016 national election in the US, the separate tunes come together and ring as one. Then the overriding need to extend Globalism’s goals (in the person of Hillary Clinton) blot out every other priority. Then the major media twist whatever they need to twist. Then it’s the same bubble for everyone.

One problem, though. Major media have been lanced thousands of times by alt news sites, and by Wikileaks and Project Veritas. This attack has exposed the truth and the Clinton crimes.

And alt news reflects the growing interest of the public in what’s actually happening on many fronts.



Related: The Carbonaro Effect: Magician Reveals How Fake News Media Indoctrinates The Gullible Masses With Junk Science

The technocratic plan for the news is failing. It was a nice plan, but…It’s turning out to be a dud.

Alt media are forcing public awareness of one giant scandal after another: Hillary/Obama support for ISIS; pro-vaccine liars; the collapse of Obamacare; the GMO hustle; pesticide damage…on and on and on.

The result? Major media are being backed into a corner, where they must defend lies and build the same monolithic lies for EVERYONE all the time. The idea of creating separate news for each profiled user is ALREADY collapsing.

Major media are playing defense against the rest of the world.

It’s quite a party. And it has no expiration date.

A final note: Trump, Wikileaks, Project Veritas, Drudge, and many alt news sites created a perfect storm in 2016, raining down on major media. It was and is unprecedented. The mainstream press has been exposed down to its roots, as never before.

The lying, the collusion, the arrogant sense of entitlement, the desperation, the corruption - it’s all there to see, for anyone who has eyes and a few working brain cells. Expect more to come, regardless of the outcome of the election. The train has really left the station…


7. Zbigniew Brzezinski wrote, four years before birthing the TC with his godfather, David Rockefeller:


“[The] nation state as a fundamental unit of man’s organized life has ceased to be the principal creative force. International banks and multinational corporations are acting and planning in terms that are far in advance of the political concepts of the nation state.”

Several other noteworthy Trilateral members: George HW Bush; Bill Clinton; Dick Cheney; Al Gore. The first three men helped sink the US further into debt by fomenting wars abroad; and Gore’s cap and trade blueprint would destroy industrial economies, while vastly increasing the numbers of people in Third World countries who have no access to modern sources of energy.

Does all this offer a clue as to why the US economy has failed to recover from the Wall Street debacle of 2008, why the federal bailout was a handout to super-rich criminals, and why Obama took actions which prevented a recovery?

A closer look at Tim Geithner’s circle of economic advisers reveals the chilling Trilateral effect: Paul Volker; Alan Greenspan; E. Gerald Corrigan (director, Goldman Sachs); and Peter G Peterson (former CEO, Lehman Brothers, former chairman of the Council on Foreign Relations). These men are all Trilateral members.

How many foxes in the hen house do we need, before we realize their Globalist Trilateral agenda is controlling the direction of our economy?

The TC has no interest in building up the American economy. They want to torpedo it, as part of the end-game of creating a new international currency, ushering in a de facto Globalist management system for the whole planet.


8. Now consider the vast propaganda efforts of the past 40 years, on so many levels, to install the idea that all nations and peoples of the world are a single Collective.

From a very high level of political and economic power, this propaganda op has had the objective of grooming the population for a planet that is one coagulated mass, run and managed by one force. A central engine of that force is the Trilateral Commission.

How does a shadowy group like the TC accomplish its goal? One basic strategy is: destabilize nations; ruin their economies; ratify trade treaties that effectively send millions and millions of manufacturing jobs off to places where virtual slave labor does the work; adding insult to injury, export the cheap products of those slave-factories back to the nations who lost the jobs and undercut their domestic manufacturers, forcing them to close their doors and fire still more employees.

And then solve that economic chaos by bringing order. What kind of order?

Eventually, one planet, with national borders erased, under one management system, with a planned global economy, “to restore stability,” “for the good of all, for lasting harmony.”

The top Trilateral players, in 2008, had their man in the White House, another formerly obscure individual like Jimmy Carter: Barack Obama. They had new trade treaties on the planning table.

Obama was tasked with doing whatever was necessary to bring those treaties, like the TPP, home. To get them passed. To get them ratified. No excuses.



Related: Declass Begins, CNN Complicit In Capitol Raid + Trump Declassifies 'Foot-High' Stack Of Russiagate, Obamagate Documents; Set For Release Within Days

That’s why, over a year ago, when anti-TPP criticism and rhetoric were reaching a crescendo, when Obama was seeking Congressional fast-track authority for the treaty, he was in a sweat and a panic. He and his cabinet were on the phones night and day, scrambling and scraping for votes in Congress. This was the Big One. This was why he was the President. To make this happen.

His Trilateral bosses were watching. These men run US policy, when and where it counts. They don’t like failure.

This is also why, after Obama was inaugurated for his first term, he shocked and astonished his own advisors, who expected him, as the first order of business, to address the unemployment issue in America. He shocked them by ignoring the number-one concern of Americans, and instead decided to opt for his disastrous national health insurance policy - Obamacare.

Obama never had any intention of trying to dig America out of the crash of 2008. That wasn’t why he was put in the Oval Office.

He could, and would, pretend to bring back the economy, with fudged numbers and distorted standards. But really and truly, create good-paying jobs for many, many Americans? Not on the TC agenda. Not in the cards.

It was counter-productive to the TC plan: torpedo the economy further.

Obama is on the move. He’s traveling to far-flung places, trying to shore up global consensus on the TPP treaty. His people are working around the clock to round up the necessary votes for TPP ratification in Congress. Obama plans to sneak through the treaty during Congress’ lame-duck session after the November election, before newly elected Congressional members take office.

Pushing through Globalist trade treaties: this is why he was put in the White House. This is his appointed task. This is his real job. His bosses are watching.

“I pledge allegiance to the Trilateral Commission, and to the domination for which it stands, one planet, indivisible, with tyranny and poverty and top-down order for all…”

[Update: the TPP was dead on arrival, after Trump was elected].


9. "Technocratic human beings are spiritually dead. They are capable of anything, no matter how heinous, because they do not reflect upon or question the ultimate goal.” - Chris Hedges


“River and ocean turbines for electricity; hydrogen power; urban farms; massive water desalination—these are just a few of the means for making an abundant non-technocratic future. By any rational standard, technocratic idiocy is already obsolete.”

- The Underground, Jon Rappoport

Again, thanks to Patrick Wood and his book, Technocracy Rising, for expanding my insight into these areas.



Related: A Deeper Understanding Of Technocracy & Seven Things I Would Do If I Wanted To Keep Poor People Poor

Consider the term “scientific humanism.” The Oxford Dictionary offers this definition:


“A form of humanist theory and practice that is based on the principles and methods of science; specifically the doctrine that human beings should employ scientific methods in studying human life and behaviour, in order to direct the welfare and future of mankind in a rational and beneficial manner…Origin mid-19th century.”

That definition gives you a good general meaning for “technocracy.”

Understanding the mindset of Globalist technocrats is necessary; they believe that since they can plan the shape of society, they should plan the shape of society.

Politicians are outmoded along this new evolutionary path. They will fade into extinction. Instead, engineers will take their place.

Human beings (all eight billion) will be accounted for. They will receive energy quotas. Because a master map exists for the amount of global energy available at any moment, every human will be permitted to consume just so much energy during a defined time period.

This is the technocratic “big picture.”



Related: New Zealand’s Reputation Stained By Corruption - Case In Point: The Turitea Wind Farm

Wherever you see the Surveillance State, you see technocracy. The claim that surveillance is being utilized to prevent terror attacks is a cover story. In fact, there can be no all-embracing technocracy without real-time tracking of every citizen’s energy consumption.

But technocracy goes much farther than this. Humans are viewed as mis-programmed biological machines in need of basic corrections. Their tendency to engage in conflict needs to be curbed. Whatever they do, say, or think that runs counter to the tight organizing of “peaceful and harmonious” society from above is, a priori, irrational and must be eradicated at the level of Mind.

The necessary reprogramming would be achieved through genetic, electronic, and chemical means. Though never admitting it publicly, dyed in the wool technocrats see no reason to maintain the human population at its current level. Elimination of large numbers of “biological machines” would make their job easier.

Heraldic fairy tales about “transhuman” transformation are used to put a wondrous face on technocracy. For example, we’re told that soon it will be possible to connect a human brain with a super-computer and download “spiritual wisdom, knowledge, and talents” directly to the human.

Technocratic premise: society itself is a game board, and someone has to be in charge; who better than engineers with an overall plan?

So-called “advances” in human life will begin by stating the basic “rights” people are entitled to. For example, “an optimum state of social existence.” What this really means is “pegs in holes.” People will be fitted into slots that yield up the “largest amount of possible collective happiness.”



Click on the image above to open a larger versioon in a new window


Related: The Transhumanist Agenda And The [Attempted] Future Of Humanity

It’s all about The Plan. Freedom? Freedom to choose? Never heard of it. Instead, what the individual is given from above is satisfactory to him because he has been engineered to believe it is. That’s the plan.

Smart-grid, sustainable development, green economy, land use, community planning, climate change, education in values, and other campaigns are signals and steps toward the far shore of technocracy. They all point to putting “pegs in holes.” They all ultimately involve quotas for energy consumption.

They all involve the assumption that, since there is only so much to go around, a higher authority must decide who gets what. Food, water, shelter, jobs, luxuries, energy…

Clue: scientists and engineers can arbitrarily say what science is, and therefore they can say The Plan is “scientific.”

If you say, “Well, look, there are genuine ways to vastly increase the amount of available water and energy and clean food,” you would be running against the technocratic blueprint.

Opting for abundance is not welcomed. Abundance cuts the chords of The Plan. Scarcity must rule and it must be promoted. The lack of all essentials must be cited as the reason for imposing technocratic answers. There is no way around it.

The irony is, when you talk to really hard-core environmentalists about the means for achieving abundance through alternative technologies, they balk and grow angry.

They don’t want technological solutions - and yet, the powers behind them, where the big money is, are, in fact, all about technology - technology of a certain kind, which is based on planning out a society in which permanent and growing scarcity is MAINTAINED AND PROMOTED as the immutable reality.

It’s quite mad, quite insane. But when has that ever stopped the men who are quite sure they should sit on thrones?

Vast abundance is more than a vision. It is a reachable possibility. The history of actual science and technology confirms that both essential materials and available human innovation were always downplayed as shortages - until some individual came along and demonstrated that a new way of doing things would break through the shortage.

Corporations, governments, think-thanks, and universities try to limit, curb, and bury inventions that open up the future to abundance. Technocrats are in a race to “plan society” before those inventions leak out into the public and make them, the technocrats, obsolete.

But they are obsolete. They just haven’t figured it out yet.

But we can figure it out.


10. Elites who invent reality need an unimpeachable operation, headed up by people who are relentlessly promoted as the sanest, most intelligent, competent, and caring representatives of the human race. Guess who that would be?” (The Magician Awakes, Jon Rappoport)

In 1976, the great critic of 20th-century society, Ivan Illich, wrote:


“Modern medicine is a negation of health. It isn’t organized to serve human health, but only itself, an institution. It makes more people sick than it heals.”

The medical cartel is the answer to the question: what do you with the population of Earth once they are living under a Globalist oligarchy?

It’s all about managing lives, from womb to grave, and no institution serves that management better than Medicine.

First of all, you have a system that dispenses toxic drugs in an endless stream, killing in the US alone, by conservative estimate, 100,000 people per year. On top of that, medical drugs cause anywhere from two to four millions severe adverse effects annually.

Beyond this straight-out destruction, there is the turmoil, suffering, grieving, and confusion that extends in ripples, from each one of the deaths and injuries, to families, friends, and co-workers. The overall effect? Demoralization and the inability to see and think past the emotional pain - which is exactly what you want if you are a psychopath running a planet.

The medical cartel (drug companies, public health agencies, medical schools, doctors) wants to assure cradle-to-grave treatment of every person.

This means 30 or 40 diagnoses of illnesses and mental disorders during a lifetime, and treatment with toxic drugs. It also means medical issues are at the forefront of every person’s mind as he/she wends through life, believing that Disease is the most important aspect of living.

People become proud, yes, proud of their diagnoses and treatment. They wear the diagnoses like badges of honor, and every social communication is an occasion for displaying badges and discussing treatments and comparing notes.


“You know, at first my doctor thought it was ADHD, but then he did one of those new brain scans, and realized it was Bipolar with a trace of genetically inherited Oppositional Defiance Disorder. Once he had the ODD under control with a major tranquilizer, he could go after the Bipolar. But then I developed tremors. So he implanted a chip…”

It’s not only a sick society, it’s a society about sickness.



Related: A Quick Review Of Fake Medical Diagnostic Tests + Author Exposes The “Vaccine Deep State”- A Massive Criminal Fraud And Embezzlement Ring Inside The CDC

Medical care is free, if by free one means: paid for by extraordinary levels of taxation.

The basic collectivist slogan, “We’re all in this together,” achieves its most fervent support from the axiom that Disease is our primary opportunity to help each other by accepting awesome tax burdens.

Of course, huge segments of the world population won’t be able to participate in modern, up-to-date, cutting-edge “care.” For them, there are several solutions.

The first is vaccines seeded with chemicals and genes that reduce fertility and potency. As birth rates gradually decline, cover stories are invented to explain the phenomenon: stress; rising employment rates; the social effects of urbanization; the dissolution of the nuclear family.

The second solution is epidemics that purportedly kill off large numbers of people. These epidemics are routine frauds, based on concocted science.

In the poverty-stricken Third World, announced epidemics are nothing more than cover stories; people aren’t dying because of germs; they’re dying because their water is contaminated, because of overcrowding, lack of basic sanitation, generation-to-generation starvation.



They’re dying because their fertile growing lands have been stolen. While medical experts crow about attacking the germ of the moment with (toxic) drugs and vaccines, these actual causes of death can be ignored and even enhanced.

Meanwhile, in industrialized technological sectors of the planet, psychiatry ascends to new heights of control over the educated classes. Although no so-called mental disorder has ever been diagnosed by a real laboratory test, the experts who dominate the field continue to invent new disorders at the drop of a hat.

Psychiatric patients believe they have brain conditions that must be treated with (highly toxic) drugs. The patients also believe their own aspirations are limited by their disorders, and so they acquiesce to a psychiatric model that circumscribes their lives.

At the top-end of society, new medical inventions are applied to the wealthy. Genetic enhancement is the most highly touted of these. Despite the fact that, as yet, there are no genetic treatments for any disease that work across the board, experiments will be done to extend life, to seed the unborn with special talents, to cure a wide variety of illnesses.

There will be efforts to substitute technological components for biological nature. Limbs, organs, whole body systems, brains.

The workability of high-tech pieces is not really the issue. The aim is simply to involve the rich in the entire grand experiment, thereby swallowing them up as well in a medical paradigm of existence.

At the front door of medical cartel operations, a person will be enrolled in the system while in utero, and a path will be laid out that extends all the way to the grave. Once he is on record with a medical ID package, he will be tracked and treated and tweaked without let-up.

Finally, the inevitable proposal and program will come into view. Why risk natural birth, which is already considered a medical event? Why not create birth in a laboratory?

And if, at any point in life, a person experiences doubts and regrets about his membership in the universal medical control apparatus, he can obtain a prescription for drugs that target “pleasure centers,” and then check out of his worries and anxieties.

Huxley’s Brave New World would move in like a wave on a beach.



Related: Brave New World And Individual Power & How The Elite Dominate The World: They Buy Politicians, And Incumbents Almost Always Win

At every way-stop toward that day, sophistication, elegance, assurance, and concern will be the watchwords of the practicing doctor, the secular priest in this drama of human dismantling.

And yet, for those who remember, who know what the Individual is, who know what freedom is, who know what imagination and creative power are, the rigging and distorting and flattening and collectivizing will look like nothing more than a horrible cartoon.

And these people who remember will lead a revolution like no revolution ever seen before.

Or we can defect from, and withdraw our consent to, this mad matrix now.


Related Articles:

The ‘Great Reset’: A Technocratic Agenda That Waited Years For A Global Crisis To Exploit & Globalists Will Need Another Crisis As Their Reset Agenda Fails

Four Things Globalists Think You’re Too Stupid To Understand

Eleven Common Symptoms Of The Global Depopulation Slow Kill

The Global Fascist State: Physical Control Of The Global Population Is Impossible



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Pythagoras’ Theorem Has Been Upgraded To 3D And Now Requires A 120 Page Proof
April 21 2025 | From: WonderfulEngineering / Various

The one theorem that almost anyone who has ever studied Mathematics remembers is the Pythagoras’ theorem.



It is the most well-known theorem for about 2,500 years now and has allowed the mankind to evolve in a myriad of ways.

Related: Sacred Geometry and the Art of Scriptural Writing

Its applications are limitless and range from construction to even evaluating the atomic structure of a crystal. However, up until now, it was bound to 2D only.

For the last 5 years, an aerospace and aeronautics engineer Luis Teia has been on a quest to understand the Pythagoras’ theorem in 3D. Using his paper, “Pythagoras triples explained via central squares” that was published in the 2015 edition of Australian Senior Mathematics Journal, he has derived the proof.



Related: The Fibonacci Sequence: What Is The Golden Ratio?

Okay, sounds amazing but what on Earth does it really mean? Before we jump into the details, the 2D proof of the theorem required about half a page, right? For the 3D proof, a book of 120 pages is required – that’s how complex it is.

The geometrical part was drawn by making use of CAD and the algebra covers the 2/3rd of the book. Both, 2D and 3D, proofs are interconnected and the 3D proof is, in fact, built using the 2D one in a particular way.



Related: 50 Years Of Near Death Experience Research Suggests That The “Soul” Is Real + 7,000 Souls Recall Their ‘Life’ Between Lives During Regression Hypnosis, The Similarities Are Astounding

The right-hand side of the theorem is rotated by 90 degrees and the blue square transforms into a blue octahedron. For those who do not know, an octahedron is the 3D equivalent of a square.

This implies that while the 2D proof is based on squares, the 3D proof relies on octahedrons. One can spot the presence of 2D theorem by understanding that right-angle triangle (shaded) is present.

The 3D variables are in fact governed by the 2D. The detailed explanations can be found in Teia’s book,  X3+Y3=Z3: The Proof
.

The benefits of this? This recent understanding can help us in reaching an enhanced 3D version of our current geometry and would help mankind embark on our technological leap similar to the one that Pythagoras helped achieved about 2.5 millennia ago.


Related Articles:


How To Become A Freethinker: A Practical Guide + 7 Lessons You Should Learn Early In Life

When Life Gets Too Complicated: Minimalist Living: How To Enjoy Life More With Less

Ten Ways To Easily Boost Your Serotonin Levels And Live A Happier Life

Apocalypse Now - Falling Idols And Spiritual Adversaries



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Occult Holidays And Sabbats: Why Holidays Are Satanic Rituals
April 20 2025 | From: PrepareForChange / Various

As we have repeatedly stated, the Satanist believes that numbers contain inherent power.



Thus, they literally order their lives by occult numerology – such numerology also is a key component in astrology, another system of divining that Satanists observe very closely. The occult calendar is divided into four (4) segments of 13 weeks each.

Related: Eighteen Reasons Why I Don’t Celebrate Halloween

The number, “13” is considered divine by the occultist for a couple of reasons:
  1. The Bible assigns ‘13‘ the meaning of “rebellion against constituted authority”, plus the depravity that caused Satan to rebel against God.
  2. The occultist assigns ‘6‘ to represent the number of man, and the number ‘7‘ to represent the number of divine perfection. Thus, as a person climbs that “Jacob’s Ladder” toward self-perfection in the realm of the occult, the number ‘13‘ represents the state of divine perfection, self-achieved perfection, and Illumination (6+7 = 13).

Thus, the occult calendar is comprised of four periods of 13 weeks each. We list these periods for you, below.



Note all timings are based on Northern hemisphere seasons

Related: The Occult Meanings of Birthday: Why You Should Stop Celebrating Your Birthday

Then, after listing them, we shall come back to talk about each of them in detail.


1. Winter Solstice – 13 Weeks – Minor Sabbath

a. December 21 – Yule
b. December 21-22 – Winter Solstice/Yule.
One of the Illuminati’s Human Sacrifice Nights
c. February 1 and 2 – Candlemas and Imbolg, a.k.a.
Groundhog’s Day. One of the Illuminati’s Human Sacrifice Nights
d. February 14 – Valentine’s Day



2. Spring Equinox – 13 Weeks – Minor Sabbath But Does Require Human Sacrifice

a. March 21-22 – Goddess Ostara – Note: Easter is the first Sunday after the first new moon after Ostara. March 21 is one of the Illuminati’s Human Sacrifice Nights
b. April 1 – All Fool’s Day, precisely 13 weeks since New Year’s Day!
c. April 19 – May 1 – Blood Sacrifice To The Beast.
Fire sacrifice is required on April 19.
d. April 30 – May 1 – Beltaine Festival, also called Walpurgis Night. This is the highest day on the Druidic Witch’s Calendar.



May 1 is the Illuminati’s second most sacred holiday. Human sacrifice is required


3. Summer Solstice – 13 Weeks – When The Sun Reaches Its Northernmost Point In Its Journey Across The Sky

a. June 21 – 22 – Summer Solstice
b. June 21 –
Litha is one of the Illuminati’s Human Sacrifice Nights
c. July 4, America’s Independence Day, is 13 days after Day of Litha and 66 days from April 30
d. July 19 – 13 days before Lughnasa
e. July 31 – August 1 – Lughnasa, Great Sabbat Festival. August –
One of the Illuminati’s Human Sacrifice Nights


4. Autumnal Equinox – 13 Weeks – Minor Sabbath But Does Require Human Sacrifice

a. September 21 – Mabon – one of the Illuminati’s Human Sacrifice Nights
b. September 21 -22 – Autumnal Equinox
c. October 31 – Samhain, also known as Halloween, or All Hallows Eve. This date is the Illuminati’s highest day of human sacrifice

Isn’t it interesting how the “profane” – you and me – are led like a flock of sheep to observe the important festival days of the Mysteries’ Religion?

You may not understand that you are ordering your year after pagan holidays, but you are! The annual calendar for the entire Western world is ordered by these Satanic festival times and days.



Related: The Occult (Hidden) Messages in Leonardo Da Vinci’s “Last Supper”

Now that we have seen the entire occult calendar, let us go back to the significant holidays to see how the Western world has slipped into a worship of the same pagan holidays and are using many of the same pagan symbols that are so important to the pagan worshipper.

The human sacrifice required during many of these occult dates needs to contain the following elements, each one of which is exaggerated to the highest possible degree:

1. Trauma, stress, and mental anguish, sheer terror

2. The final act in the drama should be destruction by a fire; preferably a conflagration.

3. People must die as human sacrifices, especially children, since Lord Satan looks upon a younger human sacrifice as his most desirable


Specific Dates Within the Occult Calendar

1. Winter Solstice – 13 weeks

a. December 21- 22

Yule – When the sun begins its northward trek in the sky, and days began to grow longer again, pagans celebrated the Winter Solstice by burning the Yule log.

Since the sun had reversed itself and was now rising in the sky, pagans believed this was a sign that the human sacrifices carried out in Samhain (Halloween) had been accepted by the gods.

We continue to sing:


"Deck the halls with boughs of holly… troll the ancient Yuletide carol… See the blazing Yule before us. Fa la la la la la la la.”

- “Pagan Traditions of the Holidays”, David Ingraham, p. 71

The Roman Catholic Church later changed the day of celebration to December 25, calling it Christmas.

Consider the pagan roots of our popular symbols of Christmas:

(1) Christmas Tree – The sacred tree of the winter-god; Druids believed the spirit of their gods resided in the tree. Most ancient pagans knew the tree represented Nimrod reincarnated into Tammuz! Pagans also looked upon the tree as a phallic symbol.

(2) Star – Pentalpha, the five-pointed star. The pentalpha is a powerful symbol of Satan, second only to the hexagram. The star is the sacred symbol of Nimrod, and has nothing whatsoever to do with Christianity.

(3) Candles represent the sun-gods’ newly-born fire. Pagans the world over love and use candles in their rituals and ceremonies. Certain colors are also thought to represent specific powers. The extensive use of candles is usually a very good indication that the service is pagan, no matter what the outward trappings might be.

(4) Mistletoe is the sacred plant of the Druids, symbolizing pagan blessings of fertility; thus, kissing under the mistletoe is the first step in the reproductive cycle! Witches also use the white berries in potions.

(5) Wreaths are circular, and so they represent the female sexual organs. Wreaths are associated with fertility and the “circle of life”.

(6) Santa Claus – Former Satanists have told me that “Santa” is an anagram for “Satan. In the New Age, the god, “Sanat Kamura“, is most definitely an anagram for “Satan“. The mythical attributes and powers ascribed to Santa are eerily close to those possessed by Jesus Christ.

(7) Reindeer are horned animals representing the “horned-god” or the “stag-god” of pagan religion! Santa’s traditional number of reindeer in his team is eight (8); in Satanic gematria, eight is the number of “new beginnings”, or the cycle of reincarnation. The Illuminati views the number “eight” as a symbol of their New World Order.

(8) Elves are imp-like creatures who are Santa’s (Satan’s) little helpers. They are also demons.

(9) Green and Red are the traditional colors of the season, as they are the traditional pagan colors of winter. Green is Satan’s favorite color, so it is appropriate it should be one of the traditional colors for Christmas; red is the color of human blood, Satan’s highest form of sacrifice – for this reason, Communism adopted red as it main color!

(10) December 25 is known as the “nativity” of the sun. This date is the birthday of Tammuz, the son, the reincarnation of the sun god. Traditionally, December 21 is known as Yule. The Roman Catholic Church moved the celebration of Yule to December 25.

(11) December 25 is also known to the Romans as “Saturnalia“, a time of deliberate debauchery. Drinking through repeated toasting – known as ‘wassail’ – was a key to the debauchery of this celebration. Fornication was symbolized by the mistletoe, and the entire event was finished with a Great Feast, the Christmas Dinner.



Related:
The Occult Origins Of Christmas

(12) Even the name, “Christmas” is pagan! “Christi” meant “Christ“, while “Mas” meant Mass. Since all pagan Masses are commemorating “death”, the name, “Christmas” literally means the “death of Christ“. A deeper meaning lies in the mention of “Christ” without specifying Jesus. Thus, Antichrist is in view here; the pagans celebrate “Christmas” as a celebration of their coming Antichrist, who will deal a death blow to the Jesus Christ of Christianity.

Early American Christian Pilgrims refused to celebrate this day.

b. February 1 and 2

Candlemas and Imbolg, popularly called Groundhog’s Day.

The popular “Punxsutawney Phil” groundhog comes out of his burrow to divine the next few weeks of weather. If he sees his shadow, we will have 6 more weeks of bad weather until Spring finally arrives; if he does not see his shadow, the next 7 weeks before Spring will be good weather. Notice this pagan tradition features both the number ‘6’ and ‘7’, which when added, equals ’13’.

What most people do not realize is that the pagan view of Groundhog’s Day (Imbolg) represents the Earth Mother.

Consider these uncanny parallels between the Groundhog and the Earth Mother:

1. As the Earth goddess sleeps inside the earth during the winter season, so does the Groundhog

2. Both the Earth goddess and the Groundhog bridge the two time periods: Winter and Spring

3. Both the goddess and the Groundhog are “earth” creatures

4. Both the goddess and the Groundhog “awaken” in Springtime

5. Both the Earth goddess and the Groundhog complete the “cycle of reincarnation”

6. Annually, both the Earth goddess and the Groundhog represent the cycle of “rebirth” and “renewal”

The name, “Groundhog” was substituted for the Satanic name of the holiday, Imbolg, a night requiring human sacrifice.

c. February 14

Valentine’s Day – is a pagan festival that encourages love and physical lust.

It is celebrated precisely 13 days after Imbolg, thus imprinting upon it the number ’13’, Satan’s number of extreme rebellion. While most people view this day as the day to honor your wife or your lover, this celebration is steeped in paganism.

Consider the camouflaged occult gods in Valentine’s Day:

1. Cupid, the son of Venus, is really Tammuz, son of Semiramis

2. Venus, daughter of Jupiter, is really Semiramis herself. Jupiter is the head deity, a sun god – Nimrod, Semiramis’ husband, is considered a sun god in the Babylonian Mysteries.

Listen to a pagan author describe February, the month in which Valentine’s Day falls.


"The name of this month comes from the Roman goddess Februa and St. Febronia (from Febris, the fever of love). She is the patroness of the passion of love … Her orgiastic rites are celebrated on 14 February – still observed as St. Valentine’s Day – when, in Roman times, young men would draw billets naming their female partners…

This is a time of clear vision into other worlds, expressed by festivals of purification. On 1 February is the celebration of the cross-quarter day, or fire festival (Imbolc) a purificatory festival. It is followed on the 2nd by its Christian counterpart, Candlemas, the purification of the Virgin Mary.”

- “The Pagan Book of Days”, Nigel Pennick

Valentine’s Day is a day of “orgiastic rites” in which the pagans encouraged the flow of lustful passion.


2. Spring Equinox – 13 weeks

Minor Sabbath but does require human sacrifice.

a. March 21-22

Goddess Ostara (Ishtar, also spelled, “Eostre”), for whom “Easter” is named – March 21 is one of the Illuminati’s Human Sacrifice Nights.

Easter is a shifting date using the common practice of Astrology; it is celebrated on the first Sunday after the first new moon after Ostara.



Naughty chickens

This date also has nothing to do with the resurrection of our Lord Jesus Christ! Rather, this day in the pagan tradition celebrates the return of Semiramis into her reincarnated form of the Spring Goddess. The pagans even have an equivalent to our Good Friday!

It is “Easter Friday”, and has historically been timed to be the third full moon from the start of the year. Since the marrying of pagan Easter to Jesus’ resurrection, Good Friday is permanently fixed on the Friday prior to Easter.

Easter is steeped in the Babylonian Mysteries, the single most evil idolatrous system ever invented by Satan!

All throughout the prophetic Scriptures, we see God declaring His final judgment upon wicked Babylon! Yet, every year, Christian pastors intone “Easter” as though it were Christian. Many Independent Baptist preachers have begun referring to this day celebrating Jesus‘ resurrection as “Resurrection Sunday”, in order to separate the day from the pagan celebration.

The Babylonian goddess, Ishtar, is the one for whom Easter is named; [“Pagan Traditions of Holidays”, p. 9] in reality, she was Semiramis, wife of Nimrod, and the real founder of the Satanic Babylonian Mysteries.



After Nimrod died, Semiramis created the legend that he was really her Divine Son born to her in a Virgin Birth. She is considered to be the co-founder of all occult religions, along with Nimrod.

Easter – the day of Ishtar – is celebrated widely among various cultures and religions on earth.

1. Babylon – Ishtar (Easter) also called the Moon Goddess
2. Catholics – Virgin Mary (Queen of Heaven)
3. Chinese – Shingmoo
4. Druids – Virgo Paritura
5. Egypt – Isis
6. The Pagan Ephesians – Dianna
7. Etruscans – Nutria
8. Germans (Ancient) – Hertha
9. Greeks – Aphrodite/Ceres
10. India – Isi/Indrani
11. Ancient Jews – Ashtaroth (Queen of Heaven)
12. Krishna – Devaki
13. Rome – Venus/Fortuna
14. Scandinavians – Disa
15. Sumerians – Nana

- “America’s Occult Holidays“, Doc Marquis and Sam Pollard

The Babylonians celebrated the day as the return of Ishtar (Easter), the goddess of Spring.

This day celebrated the rebirth, or reincarnation, of Nature and the goddess of Nature. According to Babylonian legend, a huge egg fell from heaven, landing in the Euphrates River.

The goddess, Ishtar (Easter) broke out of this egg. Later, the feature of an egg nesting was introduced, a nest where the egg could incubate until hatched. A “wicker” or reed basket was conceived in which to place the Ishtar egg.

The Easter Egg Hunt was conceived because, if anyone found her egg while she was being “reborn”, she would bestow a blessing upon that lucky person! Because this was a joyous Spring festival, eggs were colored with bright Spring colors. [Ibid.]


The Easter Bunny


"The Goddess’ totem, the Moon-hare, would lay eggs for good children to eat… Eostre’s hare was the shape that Celts imagined on the surface of the full moon…”

- “Pagan Traditions of Holidays”, p. 10.

Do not bother to tell me that bunnies do not lay eggs, for I know that; we are dealing with a legend here, and an occult legend at that. These types of legends traditionally play loose and fast with facts.

Thus, “Easter” – Eostre, or Ishtar – was a goddess of fertility. Since the bunny is a creature that procreates quickly, it symbolized the sexual act; the egg symbolized “birth” and “renewal”. Together, the Easter Bunny and Easter Egg symbolizes the sex act and its offspring, Semiramis and Tammuz.

Thus, it is a very serious spiritual matter, indeed, when christian churches incorporate “Resurrection Eggs” as part of their Easter celebration.

At the very least, these churches are confusing the minds of their precious young children, by blurring the dividing line between pagan symbols and their meanings and Christian meanings of Resurrection Day.



Young children who participated in “Resurrection Eggs” in church will be conditioned later in their life to accept the fullness of the pagan tradition revolving around the same symbols.

At worst, a church participating in the pagan Easter tradition by promoting “Resurrection Eggs” and perhaps an Easter Egg Hunt, is guilty of combining Christianity with paganism, the very lethal cocktail the Lord Jesus will always reject!

Remember our key verse:


"Wherefore come out from among them, and be ye separate, saith the Lord, and touch not the unclean thing.”

If your church has “Resurrection Eggs”, that is a church you should consider leaving immediately; if the Senior Pastor is Liberal enough to use “Resurrection Eggs” in his Resurrection Day celebrations, he is probably Liberal in Doctrine and Theology, but may not be far enough along for you to see it yet.


Other Pagan Ingredients

Easter Offerings are derived from the tradition where the priests and priestesses would bring offerings to the pagan temples for Easter.

They brought freshly-cut Spring flowers and candies to place on the altar of the idol they worshipped. They would also bake Hot Cross Buns, decorating them with crosses symbolizing the cross of Wotan, or some other pagan god; these crosses were not originally the cross of Jesus Christ.

This is another instance where Satan counterfeited a pagan tradition that could later be passed off as “Christian” in a church seriously compromised by Syncretization.

In fact, the first instance of Hot Cross Buns can be traced back to about 1,500 BC, to Cecrops, the Founder of Athens [Marquis, p. 18] Later pagans used not just the shape of a Pentalpha star, but also the Hot Cross Bun.

Another popular Easter offering were freshly made or purchased clothes! The priests would wear their best clothes, while the Vestal Virgins would wear newly-made white dresses.

They would also wear headgear, like bonnets, while many would adorn themselves in garlands of Spring flowers. They would carry wicker baskets filled with foods and candies to offer to the pagan gods and goddesses.

Easter Sunrise Services were originated by the priest serving the Babylonian Ishtar to symbolically hasten the reincarnation of Ishtar/Easter. Once again, we see how Satan knew that Jesus’ rising from the grave would be discovered in the early sunrise hours, and that the Christian Church would want to hold Sunrise Services to celebrate.

Satan and his demons know and believe God’s Word and its prophecies literally, and they are allowed a certain amount of foreknowledge. Just as Satan counterfeited the Divine birth of a male child to a Virgin Mother fully 1,000 years before Jesus was actually born, so he counterfeited this Sunrise Service.

Lent is purely pagan, and yet has been accepted by the Roman Catholic Church and apostate christian churches as “christian”.

If the church you are attending celebrates Lent, you need to inform the Senior Pastor of the pagan roots of this tradition; if he will not listen you should leave that church, for if they will accept Lent as “Christian”, you can bet they are very Liberal in critical Biblical areas as well.

Lent is a commemoration of Tammuz’ death; the legend of his death says that he was killed by a wild boar when he was 40 years old. Therefore, Lent celebrates 1 day for each year of Tammuz’ life. [Marquis, “America’s Occult Holidays”] Participants are to express their sorrow over Tammuz’ untimely death by weeping, fasting, and self-chastisement.

Lent was commemorated for exactly 40 days prior to the celebration of Ishtar/Esotre and other goddesses by the following cultures: Babylonians, Roman Catholics, Koordistan, Mexicans, Ancient Israel, and today, Liberal, apostate Protestant churches.

We can see God’s anger over this commemoration of Lent in Ezekiel 8:14-18; God’s judgment for this commemoration is described in Ezekiel 9, a chapter we suggest you read carefully, for God has stated that He will similarly punish any nation who does not “hear and obey” His commands (Jeremiah 12:17).

b. April 1

– All Fool’s Day, precisely 13 weeks since New Year’s Day!

c. April 19 – May 1

Blood Sacrifice To The Beast, a most critical 13-day period. Fire sacrifice is required on April 19.

April 19 is the first day of the 13-day Satanic ritual day relating to fire – the fire god, Baal, or Molech/Nimrod (the Sun God), also known as the Roman god, Saturn (Satan/Devil). This day is a major human sacrifice day, demanding fire sacrifice with an emphasis on children. This day is one of the most important human sacrifice days, and as such, has had some very important historic events occur on this day.

Remember, the Illuminati considers war to be a most propitious way to sacrifice, for it kills both children and adults.

Some of the very important historic dates that were staged according to this blood sacrifice day are:

(1). April 19, 1775 – Battle of Lexington & Concord, which made the Masonic-led Revolutionary War inevitable

(2). April 19, 1943 – After trapping the last Jewish Resistance Fighters in a storm drain in Warsaw, and holding them for several days, Nazi Storm Troopers began to pour fire into each end of the storm drain, using flame-throwers. They continued pouring the fire into the drain until all fighters were dead. Blood sacrifice brought about by a fiery conflagration.

(3) April 19, 1993 – 50 years later, to the day, government troops, tanks, and other military equipment stormed the compound of David Koresh and his followers at Waco, Texas. Certainly, this operation fulfilled the basic requirements for a human sacrifice: trauma, fire, and young sacrificial victims.

(4) April 19, 1995 – Oklahoma City bombing – Once again, many young children were killed this day

April 19 of any year in the 20th Century is a day of fearful contemplation, for it seems that, as we head into the final stretch of time, Satan is becoming more and more bold, and is using April 19 more often.

d. April 30 – May 1

– Beltaine Festival, also called “Walpurgis Night“.

This is the highest day on the Druidic Witch’s Calendar, while May 1 is the Illuminati’s second most sacred holiday.

Human sacrifice is required.

Since the celebration officially began the night before Beltaine, the tradition has developed among occultists to celebrate Beltaine as a 2-day ceremony. This tradition was strong enough that Adolf Hitler decided to kill himself [as the cover story goes] on April 30 at 3:30pm, thus creating a “333” and placing his suicide sacrifice within the Beltaine time frame.

Great bonfires are lit on the Eve of Beltaine, April 30, in order to welcome the Earth Goddess. Participants hope to gain favor with this goddess so she will bless their families with procreative fertility.

We find it interesting that the Royal House of Windsor lights a Beltaine “Balefire” every year [“America’s Occult Holidays”, Doc Marquis, p. 30]



Related: May 1st: The Day The Illuminati Slavery System Transferred From Monarchies To The Corporations

The “Maypole” originated from the celebration of Beltaine. Since fertility is being asked of the Earth Goddess, the Maypole is the phallic symbol and the circular dance around the pole forms the circle that is symbolic of the female sex organ.

Four six-foot alternating red and white ribbons were connected to the pole; the men would dance counterclockwise, while the ladies danced clockwise. The union of the intertwining red and white ribbons symbolized the act of copulation – remember, this is a “fertility” celebration day!

To demonstrate their occult, Illuminist ties, Communists have always celebrated “May Day”. If you have not been taught how the Illuminati created Communism, and for which purpose, you need to hear our Seminar 2, “America Determines The Flow of History”.


3. Summer Solstice – 13 Weeks

When the sun reaches its northernmost point in its journey across the sky.

a. June 21 – 22 – Summer Solstice
b. June 21 – Litha is one of the Illuminati’s Human Sacrifice Nights
c. July 4, America’s Independence Day, is 13 days after Day of Litha and 66 days from April 30
d. July 19 – 13 days before Lughnasa
e. July 31 – August 1 – Lughnasa, Great Sabbat Festival. August – One of the Illuminati’s Human Sacrifice Nights



4. Autumnal Equinox – 13 Weeks

Minor Sabbath but does require human sacrifice.

a. September 21

Mabon – one of the Illuminati’s Human Sacrifice Nights.

b. September 21 -22 – Autumnal Equinox

From this date through Halloween, occultists believe the veil separating the earthly dimension from the demonic realm gets progressively thinner, with the thinnest night being October 31; this thinning of the separating veil makes it easier for the demonic realm to enter the earthly dimension.

Thus, on Halloween, evil spirits, ghosts, witches, hobgoblins, black cats, fairies, and demons of all sorts were believed to be running amok across the land. They had to be back in their spiritual dimension before midnight, Halloween, for the separating veil would then get thicker.

Once again, I reiterate, this is occult belief, not mine! October is a most propitious month to the Illuminati.

c. October 31 – Samhain

Also known as Halloween, or All Hallows Eve as designated by the Catholic Church. This date is the Illuminati’s highest day of human sacrifice.

Halloween has been changed over the past 30 years in two important ways. First, children have been encouraged to participate by donning such inoffensive costumes as Barbie, Wonder Woman, Batman and Superman. Secondly, adult costuming and parties have reached a tremendous apex and has become a most macabre day of celebration.

Historically, Halloween is the deadliest holiday ever celebrated in human history. This Satanic night is dedicated to the Celtic Lord of the Dead, also symbolized by the Horned-god and the Stag-god.

The Druids celebrated Samhain as a 3-day fire festival, building huge bonfires, thought to ward off demons that roamed around; additionally, the fires provided the means by which the required human sacrifice would be presented to the sun god. In enormous wicker baskets, the priests caged both human and animal sacrifices, which they then lowered into the flames.

The priests would carefully watch the manner in which the victim died in order to predict whether the future held good or evil. [“Pagan Traditions of the Holidays”, p. 71]


Origin of Popular Halloween Traditions

Sweets and Trick or Treat

This pagan practice is over 2,000 years old. For the sake of their safety and well-being, people put outside their home sweets, the best mutton legs, vegetables, eggs, and poultry, honey and even wine, so the wandering evil spirits would consume them on their way back to the netherworld.



Failure to “treat” these evil spirits might result in a curse being put on the home! The people literally believed that, when these spirits came to your door, they would trick you if you did not treat them.


"The American version of Halloween came from Ireland … The potato famine in 1840 brought thousands of immigrants from the Emerald Isle. With them came goblins, jack-0-lanterns, bonfires, apples, nuts, and pranks…

The Irish are also responsible for bringing trick or treating to great popularity in America. In Ireland on October 31, peasants went from house to house to receive offerings to their Druid god, Muck Olla. This procession stopped at each house to tell the farmer his prosperity was due to the benevolence of Muck Olla … or else misfortune might befall the farmer and his crops.

Few farmers risked any such displeasure of the pagan deity, so the procession returned home with eggs, butter, potatoes, and in some cases, coins … To the Irish farmers this was no joke; they greatly feared the Celtic god might destroy their homes and barns … Trick or treat is part of this pagan heritage.”

- “Pagan Traditions of the Holidays”. p. 78-79



Horrifying Costumes

People would also take burning wisps from the bonfire and wave them around to frighten the many evil spirits roaming the earth; in case the burning wisp alone would not work, revelers clothed themselves in the most hideous and terrifying costumes.

These people believed that, if you dressed in a terrifying costume and went trooping around with the spirits all night, they would think you were one of them and would leave you alone.
[“Halloween and Satanism”, Phil Philips, p. 26-27]



Huge Bonfires

Satan’s obsession with fire has produced human obsession with building huge bonfires. As we stated earlier, these bonfires were practical, in that they provided the means by which the priests sacrificed the human and animal sacrifices so crucial to Halloween.

When the last fires died out, people would race each other down the hills shouting;


"The Devil gets the last one down”.

- Philips, p. 27-28


Divinations

Samhain (Halloween) was also the time to engage the Devil’s assistance in divining the future. Questions concerning marriage, luck, health, and the time of one’s death were most popular subjects of divination.

In Scotland, young people assembled for games and pulled shoots out of the ground to ascertain which of them would marry during the coming year, and in what order the marriages should occur.


Snap Apple Night

Apples have long been a token of love and fertility. At Halloween parties, people bobbed for apples in tubs of water. If a boy came up with an apple between his teeth, he was assured of the love of his girl. The Snap Apple game was one in which the boys delighted. Each boy, in his turn, would spring up to attempt to bite an apple that was being twirled on the end of a stick; the first boy to succeed would be the first to marry.

Apple seeds were also used to tell fortunes. Peeling an apple in one long piece was supposed to tell a young girl about her future. The girl would swing the apple peal three times around her head, then throw it over her left shoulder.

If the peeling fell unbroken, the girl would examine the shape into which it fell to see if she could ascertain the initials of her future husband!


Witch’s Familiar Spirits

Owls, bats, cats and toads are an essential part of Halloween, and for a very good reason: they are known as “the witch’s familiars”.

A divining familiar was the species of animal whose shape Satan would assume to aid the witch in divining the future. A witch would closely watch the animal’s movements – whether slow or fast – and she would see the direction in which the animal moved and the kinds of sounds it made, in order to foretell the length of life and/or an impending illness.



It's okay bro, you're not possesed

Other “familiar spirit” shapes include hens, geese, small dogs, rats, butterflies, wasps crickets, and snails. Witches considered these creatures to be demon-possessed and controlled.

If you look closely at most Halloween decorations, you will see these animals, but now you know they represent demon possessed creatures! [“Pagan Traditions of Holidays”, p. 75-76]


Jack-O-Lantern and Trick-or-Treat

Various names for Jack-O-Lantern were ‘Lantern Men’, ‘Hob-O-Langer’, and “Will-O-The-Wisp”.


"The ‘Lantern Men’ got their name from pale eerie lights that appeared over bogs and marshes in England. These ghostly lights, which bobbed along like a lantern in someone’s hand, were called ‘Corpse Candles’. Candles were said to be signals from the souls of men lost at sea."


- “Halloween and Satanism”, Philips, p. 33-34




"Celts often hollowed out a turnip and carved a grotesque face on it to fool demons. They carried such lanterns to light their way in the dark and to ward off evil spirits… While the turnip continues to be popular in Europe today, the pumpkin has replaced it in America. ‘Jack’ is a nickname for ‘John’, which is a common slang word meaning ‘man’. Jack-O-Lanterns literally means ‘man with a lantern’."

- Pagan Traditions of the Holidays”, p. 79-80


Druid Trick-or-Treat

The Druids originated the practice of hollowing out the Jack-O-Lanterns and filling them with human fat.

Whenever a raiding party came to a home to demand of the husband that someone inside be surrendered as a human sacrifice, they would light a Jack-O-Lantern filled with human fat; if the husband relented and provided one of his loved ones as a sacrifice, the Druid party would leave Jack-O-Lantern on the porch.

This lantern would be tell the other raiding parties and the demonic host that this party had surrendered a human for sacrifice and that the remaining people inside were to be left alone. Guaranteeing that no one else in the house would be killed that night was the “Treat”.

If the husband refused to surrender one of his loved ones, a “Trick” would be placed upon the house. The members of the raiding party would draw a large hexagram using human blood on the front door; they got the blood for the hexagram from a dead body they dragged around with them using a cabletow.

The demonic host would be attracted to this hexagram and would invade the house, causing one or more of the inhabitants to either go insane or die from fright. [“America’s Occult Holidays”, p. 20]

This is the true origin of “Trick-or-Treat” and the Jack-O-Lantern. Do you really want to take your kids “Trick-or-Treating”?


Forbidden Practices Specially Associated With Halloween

God lists Satanic practices that He absolutely forbids, on the pain of death!

Every one of them is uniquely associated with Halloween!

1. Enchantment – Act of influencing by charms and incantation using the practice of magical arts.

2. Witchcraft – Dealing with demonic spirits, using their prescribed methods, commonly called rituals and the “magick arts”. The Bible forbids it, as in Galatians 5:19-20. Today, thanks to “Harry Potter and The Lord of the Rings, witchcraft is skyrocketing in popularity. TV shows that depict witches are “Bewitched” and “Buffy The Vampire Slayer”, to just mention a couple. Go to a video store sometime and walk down the “Horror” aisle, where you will see the popularity of Witchcraft in America today.

3. Sorcery – Use of power gained from the prescribed rituals demanded by the demonic host. Once the witch or wizard performs the particular ritual correctly, the demonic host is required to provide the power to accomplish that action desired by the witch.

4. Divination – Fortune telling and seeing into the future. God wants us to trust in Him and His power, and not worry about tomorrow. Satan, on the other hand, loves to get people consumed by the idea that they can know what lies ahead of them.

5. Wizardry – The art or practices of a wizard, sorcery. A wizard or witch is one skilled in the magick arts, a sorcerer.

6. Necromancy – Communication with the dead. Specifically, conjuring up the spirits of the dead for purposes of magically revealing the future or influencing the course of events.

7. Charm – The practice of putting a spell on someone in order to change or control their mind and/or behavior. Wizards love to get their enemies “one-on-one” because they can “charm” them through the use of ritual done before the meeting, and by the demonic host residing within him.

Adolf Hitler followed this practice closely as he dealt with the leaders of Europe, Britain, and Russia. British Prime Minister Chamberlain was totally charmed by Hitler as he sought to appease the German dictator in Munich in 1938; Chamberlain was so totally “charmed” by Hitler, he enthusiastically proclaimed after returning from Munich that he had achieved “peace in our time”.

When dealing with a powerful member of the Illuminati, do not attempt to meet with him, nor place any confidence in the testimony of people who have met with him. A “charm” ritual is easily performed and results in the leader exuding confidence, character, and sincerity they most assuredly do not possess.

8. Stargazing or Astrology – Divination of the supposed influence of the stars and other heavenly bodies upon human lives and the affairs of nations. Occultists literally order their lives according to Astrology and numerics.

9. Soothsaying – foretelling events and prophesying through a spirit other than the Holy Spirit.

10. Prognostication – To foretell from signs and symptoms, also prophesying without the Holy Spirit.

11. Magic – Tapping into the power of the demonic realm through the use of prescribed ritual so that the action carried out is accomplished through demonic power.

All these activities are uniquely associated with the activities and traditions of Halloween!

Christians have no business participating in Halloween. To do so is to act against a great number of Scriptures in which God uses the strongest possible language to forbid it. In fact, in most instances, God decreed that people practicing these activities be put to death!

Yet, we see many churches having Halloween parties in which many of these pagan practices are followed! The Apostle Paul gave us strong warning that should stop us dead in our tracks. Listen:


"Let no one delude and deceive you with empty excuses and groundless arguments for these sins, for through these things the wrath of God comes upon the sons of rebellion and disobedience.”

- Ephesians 5:6

Stop listening to people giving you “empty excuses and groundless arguments for these sins”, for if you go ahead and participate in this most evil holiday, God shall surely not look away.

One final note on Halloween: if you have been paying attention, you will know that these practices form the heart and soul of the Harry Potter novels and movies.



Harry Potter is a wizard, and he comes from a family of witches and wizards [Generational Witchcraft].

His entire existence within these novels revolves around the Hogwarts School of Wizardry and Witchcraft, where Harry and his friends learn all of these 11 forbidden practices.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The Large Families That Rule The World
April 19 2025 | From: PravdaReport / Various

Some people have started realizing that there are large financial groups that dominate the world. Forget the political intrigues, conflicts, revolutions and wars. It is not pure chance. Everything has been planned for a long time.



Some call it "conspiracy theories" or New World Order. Anyway, the key to understanding the current political and economic events is a restricted core of families who have accumulated more wealth and power.

Related: Why Rome (the Holy Roman Empire) Still Rules the World

We are speaking of 6, 8 or maybe 12 families who truly dominate the world. Know that it is a mystery difficult to unravel.

We will not be far from the truth by citing Goldman Sachs, Rockefellers, Loebs Kuh and Lehmans in New York, the Rothschilds of Paris and London, the Warburgs of Hamburg, Paris and Lazards Israel Moses Seifs Rome.

Many people have heard of the Bilderberg Group, Illuminati or the Trilateral Commission. But what are the names of the families who run the world and have control of states and international organizations like the UN, NATO or the IMF?



Related: Psychopaths Rule Us

To try to answer this question, we can start with the easiest: inventory, the world's largest banks, and see who the shareholders are and who make the decisions.

The world's largest companies are now: Bank of America, JP Morgan, Citigroup, Wells Fargo, Goldman Sachs and Morgan Stanley.

Let us now review who their shareholders are.


Bank of America:



Related: A Discourse On The Little-Known History Of The Global Banking System

State Street Corporation, Vanguard Group, BlackRock, FMR (Fidelity), Paulson, JP Morgan, T. Rowe, Capital World Investors, AXA, Bank of NY, Mellon.


JP Morgan:



Related: Anna von Reitz: The Banking System Including Specifics On The World Bank And Karen Hudes

State Street Corp., Vanguard Group, FMR, BlackRock, T. Rowe, AXA, Capital World Investor, Capital Research Global Investor, Northern Trust Corp. and Bank of Mellon.


Citigroup:



Related: The House of Rockefeller

State Street Corporation, Vanguard Group, BlackRock, Paulson, FMR, Capital World Investor, JP Morgan, Northern Trust Corporation, Fairhome Capital Mgmt and Bank of NY Mellon.

Wells Fargo:



Related: An Illustrated History Of The House Of Rothschild: 1743 - 2006 & The Illuminati Grand Plan

Berkshire Hathaway, FMR, State Street, Vanguard Group, Capital World Investors, BlackRock, Wellington Mgmt, AXA, T. Rowe and Davis Selected Advisers.

We can see that now there appears to be a nucleus present in all banks: State Street Corporation, Vanguard Group, BlackRock and FMR (Fidelity). To avoid repeating them, we will now call them the "big four"


Goldman Sachs:



Related: Why Were The Heads Of NZ’s Department Of Conservation & Hong Kong’s Goldman Sachs Touring Parts Of Fiordland Recently In A Six-Helicopter Entourage?

"The big four," Wellington, Capital World Investors, AXA, Massachusetts Financial Service and T. Rowe.



Morgan Stanley:



Related: Former Morgan Stanley Chief Asia Economist: "Don't Listen To The Ruling Elite, The World Economy Is In Real Trouble"

"The big four," Mitsubishi UFJ, Franklin Resources, AXA, T. Rowe, Bank of NY Mellon e Jennison Associates. Rowe, Bank of NY Mellon and Jennison Associates.

We can just about always verify the names of major shareholders. To go further, we can now try to find out the shareholders of these companies and shareholders of major banks worldwide.


Bank of NY Mellon:




Davis Selected, Massachusetts Financial Services, Capital Research Global Investor, Dodge, Cox, Southeatern Asset Mgmt. and ... "The big four."


State Street Corporation:




Related: Bankers Beware: The First Of Many Salvos

(One of the "big four")

Massachusetts Financial Services, Capital Research Global Investor, Barrow Hanley, GE, Putnam Investment and ... The "big four" (shareholders themselves!).

BlackRock:



Related: The Actual Structure And Bloodline Families Comprising The Leadership Of The Illuminati

(Another One of the "big four")

PNC, Barclays e CIC. Who is behind the PNC? FMR (Fidelity), BlackRock, State Street, etc. And behind Barclays? BlackRock.

And we could go on for hours, passing by tax havens in the Cayman Islands, Monaco or the legal domicile of Shell companies in Liechtenstein. A network where companies are always the same, but never a name of a family.

In short: the eight largest U.S. financial companies (JP Morgan, Wells Fargo, Bank of America, Citigroup, Goldman Sachs, U.S. Bancorp, Bank of New York Mellon and Morgan Stanley) are 100% controlled by ten shareholders and we have four companies always present in all decisions: BlackRock, State Street, Vanguard and Fidelity.



Related: The Federal Reserve Cartel: The Eight Families + 7 Not-So-Secret Homes Of Super Secret Societies

In addition, the Federal Reserve is comprised of 12 banks, represented by a board of seven people, which comprises representatives of the "big four," which in turn are present in all other entities.

In short, the Federal Reserve is controlled by four large private companies: BlackRock, State Street, Vanguard and Fidelity. These companies control U.S. monetary policy (and world) without any control or "democratic" choice. These companies launched and participated in the current worldwide economic crisis and managed to become even more enriched.

To finish, a look at some of the companies controlled by this "big four" group:


Alcoa Inc.

Altria Group Inc.

American International Group Inc.

AT&T Inc.

Boeing Co.

Caterpillar Inc.

Coca-Cola Co.

DuPont & Co.

Exxon Mobil Corp.

General Electric Co.

General Motors Corporation

Hewlett-Packard Co.

Home Depot Inc.

Honeywell International Inc.

Intel Corp.

International Business Machines Corp

Johnson & Johnson


JP Morgan Chase & Co.

McDonald's Corp.

Merck & Co. Inc.

Microsoft Corp.

3M Co.

Pfizer Inc.

Procter & Gamble Co.

United Technologies Corp.

Verizon Communications Inc.

Wal-Mart Stores Inc.



Time Warner

Walt Disney

Viacom

Rupert Murdoch's News Corporation

CBS Corporation

NBC Universal


The same "big four" control the vast majority of European companies counted on the stock exchange.




Related: Why Do We Allow Private Banks & Families To Control The World’s Money? +The Truth Is Out: Money Is Just An IOU, And The Banks Are Rolling In It

In addition, all these people run the large financial institutions, such as the IMF, the European Central Bank or the World Bank, and were "trained" and remain "employees" of the "big four" that formed them.

The names of the families that control the "big four", never appear.


Related Articles:

Who Owns New Zealand's Banks - And Australia's Banks - Anyone's Banks?


Former Kissinger CEO Says The World Is Run By 30 Families

The Actual Structure And Bloodline Families Comprising The Leadership Of The Illuminati


A Few Inconvenient Truths About The 'British Royal Family': The Queen's Speech - Decyphered

The History And Mission Of The Nazi-Illuminati Bush (Scher(f)f) Crime Family

Bolivia Announces Complete Ban On Rothschild Owned Banks

Resurrecting War Criminal George W. Bush

It Is Time to Get Over Our ‘BAR Bias’

The Masonic Symbolism of the U.S. Capitol


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Confronting A Tyrannical System Without Firing A Single Shot
April 18 2025 | From: Geopolitics / Various

If you take it to heart all that’s been happening inside the United States, the European Union, and in the Middle East, you’ll fall into a depression which you may not be able to recover in time.



“I’m exhausted trying to figure out what’s the truth,” said Margaret Treis.

Related: Tyranny And Free Speech

Understand that inducing psychological stress on the population is one of the potent weapons of the enemy. Forcing you to raise the white flag of surrender by projecting their total control of the government and institutions should be too obvious by now.

We believe that the best response other than confronting the enemy head on would be to elevate ourselves into a winning position, and not stick around with the same system that they are already in full control of.



Related: NWO: Totalitarianism And The Five Stages Of Dehumanization + Why 2022 Is 1973: Klaus Schwab Is Zbigniew Brzezinski

It is absolutely unwise to try to reform a system that can be hijacked by any aggressive forces, anytime they want.

Establishing a parallel system that does away with all the limitations of the old, like the internet in lieu of the corporate media, is the only way to go.

Other options will surely come when the mind has rested. So, you may opt for a long vacation for the time being, like what Louis Marinelli of the Independent California Movement is doing.


The Leader of ‘Calexit’ Just Announced He’s Abandoning the Movement and Settling Permanently in Russia

"Natasha Bertrand Apr. 17, 2017, 6:31 PM

The leader of California separatist group Yes California announced in a 1,600-word statement on Monday that he “intends to make Russia” his “new home” and is therefore withdrawing his petition for a “Calexit” referendum.

Louis Marinelli

Louis Marinelli, who has spearheaded the Calexit campaign since 2015,  set up a makeshift embassy in Moscow in December in partnership with far-right Russian nationalists who enjoy Kremlin support while promoting secessionist movements in Europe.

“I have found in Russia a new happiness, a life without the albatross of frustration and resentment towards ones’ homeland, and a future detached from the partisan divisions and animosity that has thus far engulfed my entire adult life,” Marinelli wrote on Monday.

“Consequently, if the people of Russia would be so kind as to welcome me here on a permanent basis, I intend to make Russia my new home.”

He added that he will “not return to California in the forseeable future,” so “it is only proper” that he withdraw the Calexit ballot initiative petition and “allow a new petition, free from ties to me and drafted by others, to be resubmitted at future date of their choosing.”

… “We don’t think that Russia needs to be an enemy of California, or that it even is one to begin with,” Marinelli said. “The idea that Russia is an enemy of the US - that’s a Cold War mentality.”

Marinelli, who campaigned for Democratic candidate Bernie Sanders but said he ultimately voted for President Donald Trump, described Yes California as a progressive initiative aimed at establishing a “liberal republic” independent of the United States…

Marinelli reiterated on Monday that he does “not wish to live under the American flag,” adding that his “frustrations” with the American political system have now pointed him toward Russia.

“I had long planned to eventually return to occupied California and struggle for her independence from the United States so we could build the kind of country that reflects our progressive values,” Marinelli wrote. “However, while my frustration, disappointment and disillusionment with the United States remains, these feelings now point me in a different direction.”

He added that he hopes that “after the false allegations about me vanish, and after this period of anti-Russian hysteria subsides,” it will be “said of this campaign that we spoke the truth” and “set in motion a series of events that led California to independence from the United States.”

- BusinessInsider

The whole idea is not to fall to the “if you can’t beat them, join them” trap. That’s only reserved for the weak, and traitors to freedom and humanity itself.

We must take this opportunity to rise instead, and show the enemies of freedom what erect human beings are truly capable of. We should stop feeding evil and all that it represents, by creating another world of good and wise.

If in the course of living independently off-the-grid, the fascist corporate government will come knocking at your door, with the full intent of doing you harm - that should be the best time you give them hell. But before that even happens, you can increase your winnability by engaging a greater number of people into your cause.



Related: A Masterclass In Propaganda & Transgressing The Logic Of The New Tyrannical Normal

Imagine, if others are seeing the benefits and real value of your efforts along the way, and be open to engage them in a collaborative fashion, you should be able to pack a bigger punch to the old system.

As long-time guests on this website have known, we are already making healthcare virtually free by employing eTherapy protocols described in our healthcare website.

That should free everyone from the high costs of hospitalization and danger of mainstream medicine. The delay in the constructions of nuclear fusion-fission hybrid system around the globe is not acceptable. Not everyone could replicate Keshe plasma and other even more effective systems.



Related: Ardern And The Necessity Of Kindness + Countering “The Great Reset”: “Exit Globalization”, Refuse “Digital Tyranny” And “Global Governance”

However, one can also do a “brute force” approach and buy a complete industrial type HHO system; add a second alternator, or solar panels, to your car; explore the use of supercapacitors in parallel with the installed car battery, so that you can have enough DC power on demand, to split water into HHO gas and be free from oil cartels for good.

An independent food production can also be done with vertical farming for urban dwellers, and permaculture if adequate farmland is available. Establishing a local exchange trading system [LETS] should facilitate the exchange of goods and services away from the bankers.



Related: The Global Fascist State: Physical Control Of The Global Population Is Impossible

These three independent sources of food, healthcare, and energy alone are enough to free oneself from corporate tyranny which continue to plague the population. Having a parallel debt-free system for exchange should bankrupt the corrupt system for good.

Again, that’s for people who are not ready yet for a protracted civil war, or when war veterans remain apathetic to the whole situation. A surgical covert operation targeting specific personalities would have been the most preferable course of action.

Nobody said that all of the above are going to be easy. No real revolution actually is. But there’s nothing worse than prolonging the agony.


Related Articles:

The Darkening Clouds Of Totalitarianism


Archbishop Carlo Maria Viganò Calls On People Of Faith To Unite In A Worldwide Anti-Globalist Alliance To Free Humanity From The Totalitarian Regime & WEF Founder Klaus Schwab Announces ‘Great Narrative’ Project

The Monetary System: Downward Slide Into Tyranny, Slavery, And Self-Destruction

Socialism Equals Triumph For Corporate Criminals

Fear Is Contagious And Used To Control You & The Fascist Scale Revisited


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
The Very Short Explanation Of Everything: [The Hidden History Of Debt Slavery In The “USA”]
April 17 2025 | From: Omnithought

In March of 1933, a bank operative elected as President (FDR) declared the United States of America, Inc. insolvent. A process of debt assumption expedited by the use of similar names fraud was instituted as a means to seize assets and bankrupt millions of Americans and their states of the union.



In November of 1999, this bankruptcy ended.  The United States of America, Inc. emerged from bankruptcy the same way you might, battered and worn and clipped clean, sporting a bad credit rating, but still alive even though its enemies had gratuitously vacated its public offices and shanghaied its people into foreign jurisdictions.

Related: Exposé On Cabal-Driven Worldwide Terrorism Implemented By The United States And It's Allies

In March 2009, the purported “successor” to the United States of America,Inc. - another governmental services corporation dba UNITED STATES, INC. declared itself insolvent - but amazingly, the banks continued to loan it vast amounts of money even after it declared insolvency.


This was done to:

1. Create insurmountable debt to force liquidation (not just bankruptcy) of the UNITED STATES and all its sureties including the STATE OF______ and ________COUNTY and JOHN HENRY DOE, and

2. Give the banks an excuse to claim virtually all private property in America without paying much more than the administrative cost of doing so.



The banks had cause to know they were lending money to a bankrupt entity. They also had cause to know that more than $20 trillion has been embezzled out of this country.

Faced with this reality, I complained to the head of this whole corporate shooting match, Pope Benedict XVI. His response? “Nobody told me!” He promptly retired from his office as Roman Pontiff and handed the heavy lifting to FRANCISCUS.




Related: The Crown Of England Is Owned And Operated By The Vatican

So, I claimed back my property and good name and claimed all the fifty states owed to the United States of America, Inc. and put the entire country back on the game board.  Then, I rolled the entire thing back into the flag ship, the united States of America Trading Company.

Then I followed up and in the name of Jesus, the Nazorean, acting as His Fiduciary, I placed His Credit on the books of the Vatican Chancery Court which is the bank for the Holy See and the highest Equity Court on Earth.

Mr. Obama met with Pope Francis on April 15. It doesn’t take rocket science to figure out the topic of conversation.  Mr. Obummer and his mostly British pals will be asking the Roman Pontiff to find in their favor and commandeer the United States of America, Inc., once again, so that their fraud game and false claims can continue.


The Roman Pontiff no longer has a say.

The united States of America is a Trading Company and always has been. It doesn’t deal in commerce and isn’t subject to the Roman Pontiff. I already by-passed the United States of America, Inc. and placed the actual assets of this country back in our undelegated international domain.



Related: Former Presidents Warn About The “Invisible Government” Running The United States

Francis is also precluded from assuming any ownership position with respect to the United States of America, Inc., (which is a derelict corporation owned by the Holy See) because of the records placed before the Holy See and my claim against the value of the entire Unam Sanctam Trust.

They claimed to own everything in Jesus’ Name - Corpus Christi, the dead body of Christ. Fine. So we placed the infinite credit that they self-admittedly owe to Jesus squarely on the books of their corporation and demanded full settlement and closure for the next 1000 years.

They don’t own the United States of America, Inc. anymore. Jesus does. I am his Bondswoman and Fiduciary. I have called their bluff with a Royal Flush.




Related: Princeton Researchers Conclude United States Political System Has Been Almost Completely Usurped

So Mr. Obummer’s begging trip must fall on deaf ears and Pope Francis’ prediction that he would not be in office - as Roman Pontiff - for very long, has indeed come true.

Behold, I am the new ‘Roman Pontiff’ and I am dispensing with all this fraud and debt in short order.

Last but not least, we have already figured out how to diffuse the so-called “Debt Bomb” that the perpetrators left behind in an effort to cover their tracks - and do so without harming anyone.

The way is clear for Mankind to have a glorious future and the long-foretold 1000 years of peace has come.

Related: The Importance Being Awake


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Study Confirms: The More You Use Facebook, The Worse You Feel
April 16 2025 | From: HBR

The average Facebook user spends almost an hour on the site every day, according to data provided by the company last year. A Deloitte survey found that for many smartphone users, checking social media apps are the first thing they do in the morning - often before even getting out of bed.



Of course, social interaction is a healthy and necessary part of human existence. Thousands of studies have concluded that most human beings thrive when they have strong, positive relationships with other human beings.

Related: The Stakes For Trump And All Of Us + Facebook's Zuckerberg Lobbies For New World Order

The challenge is that most of the work on social interaction has been conducted using “real world,” face-to-face social networks, in contrast to the types of online relationships that are increasingly common. So, while we know that old-fashioned social interaction is healthy, what about social interaction that is completely mediated through an electronic screen? When you wake up in the morning and tap on that little blue icon, what impact does it have on you?

Prior research has shown that the use of social media may detract from face-to-face relationships, reduce investment in meaningful activities, increase sedentary behavior by encouraging more screen time, lead to internet addiction, and erode self-esteem through unfavorable social comparison.

Self-comparison can be a strong influence on human behavior, and because people tend to display the most positive aspects of their lives on social media, it is possible for an individual to believe that their own life compares negatively to what they see presented by others.



Related: Facebook Knows A Whole Lot About Your Offline Life + The World's Best Security Engineers Are Working On Flappy Bird

But some skeptics have wondered if perhaps people with lower well-being are more likely to use social media, rather than social media causing lower well-being. Moreover, other studies have found that social media use has a positive impact on well-being through increased social support and reinforcement of  real world relationships.

We wanted to get a clearer picture of the relationship between social media use and well-being. In our study, we used three waves of data from 5,208 adults from a national longitudinal panel maintained by the Gallup organization, coupled with several different measures of Facebook usage, to see how well-being changed over time in association with Facebook use.

Our measures of well-being included life satisfaction, self-reported mental health, self-reported physical health, and body-mass index (BMI). Our measures of Facebook use included liking others’ posts, creating one’s own posts, and clicking on links. We also had measures of respondents’ real-world social networks.



Related: Why Now? Tangled Webs: Google, Microsoft, Facebook, The Internet Giveaway, And The Wild, Wild West Of Information

In each wave, respondents were asked to name up to four friends with whom they discuss important matters and up to four friends with whom they spend their free time, so that each participant could name up to a total of eight unique individuals.

Our approach had three strengths that set it apart from most of the previous work on the topic. First, we had three waves of data for many of our respondents over a period of two years. This allowed us to track how changes in social media use were associated with changes in well-being.

Most studies done to date only use one period of data, limiting interpretations of conclusions to simple associations. Second, we had objective measures of Facebook use, pulled directly from participants’ Facebook accounts, rather than measures based on a person’s self-report.

Third, in addition to the Facebook data, we had information regarding the respondents’ real-world social networks, which would allow us to directly compare the two influences (face-to-face networks and online interactions).



Related: In Connected World, Users Are Getting Reared As Slaughter Animals + Facebook Employees Are Quitting Because Of Users Being Censored

Of course, our study has limitations too, including that we could not be certain about how fully representative it was because not everyone in the Gallup sample allowed us access to their Facebook data.

Overall, our results showed that, while real-world social networks were positively associated with overall well-being, the use of Facebook was negatively associated with overall well-being. These results were particularly strong for mental health; most measures of Facebook use in one year predicted a decrease in mental health in a later year.

We found consistently that both liking others’ content and clicking links significantly predicted a subsequent reduction in self-reported physical health, mental health, and life satisfaction.

Our models included measures of real-world networks and adjusted for baseline Facebook use. When we accounted for a person’s level of initial well-being, initial real-world networks, and initial level of Facebook use, increased use of Facebook was still associated with a likelihood of diminished future well-being.



Related: Mark Zuckerberg Is Claimed To Be David Rockefeller’s Grandson - Facebook Started With $500 Million From The C.I.A.

This provides some evidence that the association between Facebook use and compromised well-being is a dynamic process.

Although we can show that Facebook use seems to lead to diminished well-being, we cannot definitively say how that occurs. We did not see much difference between the three types of activity we measured -  liking, posting, and clicking links, (although liking and clicking were more consistently significant) - and the impact on the user.

This was interesting, because while we expected that “liking” other people’s content would be more likely to lead to negative self-comparisons and thus decreases in well-being, updating one’s own status and clicking links seemed to have a similar effect (although the nature of status updates can ostensibly be the result of social comparison-tailoring your own Facebook image based on how others will perceive it).



Related: Facebook To Become Left-Wing Propaganda Echo Chamber With Orwellian Plan To Label Independent Journalism “Fake” + Facebook Jumps On ‘Fake News’ Fact-Checker Train, Will ‘Roll Out’ With PolitiFact

Overall our results suggests that well-being declines are also matter of quantity of use rather than only quality of use. If this is the case, our results contrast with previous research arguing that the quantity of social media interaction is irrelevant, and that only the quality of those interactions matter.

These results then may be relevant for other forms of social media. While many platforms expose the user to the sort of polished profiles of others that can lead to negative self-comparison, the issue of quantity of usage will be an issue for any social media platform.  

While screen time in general can be problematic, the tricky thing about social media is that while we are using it, we get the impression that we are engaging in meaningful social interaction. Our results suggest that the nature and quality of this sort of connection is no substitute for the real world interaction we need for a healthy life.

The full story when it comes to online social media use is surely complex. Exposure to the carefully curated images from others’ lives leads to negative self-comparison, and the sheer quantity of social media interaction may detract from more meaningful real-life experiences.  What seems quite clear, however, is that online social interactions are no substitute for the real thing.


Related Articles:

The Zuckerberg Dossier: Facebook Insider Confesses All - Mark Zuckerberg Is A Fraud Used By The CIA

Act Leader David Seymour: Kiwis Need To Resist An 'Orwellian Future' & Zuckerberg Complains About FCC’s Lack Of Free Speech Regulations - Wants More Silencing Of Voices, But Especially Conservative Voices

Harvard Professor Exposes Google And Facebook & NZ Police Trialled Facial Recognition Tech Without Clearance


Will Google’s Social Credit System Determine Your Future?

Boycott Facebook, Twitter, And Google. Here’s Why

What Seven Creepy Patents Reveal About Facebook

How Facebook Has Become The Strategic Media Mouthpiece For The Global Elite & The Impact Of Social Media On Young People's Mental Health


Is Social Media The New Tobacco?


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Ten Sure-Fire Ways To Live A Stressful Life
April 15 2025 | From: TheUnboundedSpirit / Various

Observe people around you and you’ll see that most of them are stressed out.



Stress in the modern world is a normal, everyday phenomenon, and only a few manage to overcome it and find inner peace and clarity.

Related:
Having Depression And Anxiety Means Having A Brain Constantly At War With Itself

If you feel that stress is missing from your life, and you’d like to change that so that you can better fit in with society and be considered by your fellow human beings as a normal, unhealthy person, here are some powerful, sure-fire ways to live a stressful life:


1. Compare Yourself to Others

You are a uniquely beautiful individual who has special gifts to contribute to the world. If you learn to accept yourself as you are and spontaneously express your mind and heart, you’ll feel content and complete.

But that’s not what you want. What you want is to be stressed, and what’s the best way to achieve that other than focusing on your flaws and comparing yourself to others, such as celebrities and internet personas, who always look shiny, beautiful, and happy?

Most people have learned from early childhood to compare themselves to others and this way they manage to always keep their stress levels high. Learn from their example and you’ll soon start hating yourself, which will definitely make you experience unbearable suffering.


2. Follow Orders

Another great way to attract stress into your life is to stop paying attention to your inner voice. Instead, listen only to the voices of others and obey to what they tell you.



Related: Why You Really Really Should Disobey

No matter what people are trying to impose on you, just passively accept it, and of course don’t forget to be thankful to them. Don’t think for yourself or make decisions of your own - let others do the thinking for you and decide for your destiny.

This way you’ll throw your freedom away, and before you realize it you’ll have no control over your life, which will do wonders to help fill your psyche with anguish that will torment you each and every moment of your life.



3. Eat Crap

We need to have a healthy body to experience life to the fullest. The basic way to keep your body healthy is to eat nutritious food. However, health and stress don’t go hand-in-hand, so be sure to not eat well, no matter what, and you’ll see your stress levels rise slowly yet steadily.

There are two main dietary steps that you need to take in order to ruin your health. First, be sure to consume processed foods as well as increase your animal protein and sugar intake. Then, to make things worse, restrict your intake of organic, whole, nutrient-packed foods, such as grains, legumes, seeds, nuts, fruits and vegetables as much as you can - if possible, don’t eat any of them!



Related: GE Food Venture: Chronically Dependent On Deception

By filling your body with toxins and depriving it of vital nutrients, it won’t take long until you’ll start experiencing the tremendous consequences that this simple yet easy strategy can have on your health - it will immensely complicate your life, bringing you more suffering than you could have ever imagined!


4. Sit All Day Long

Eating unhealthy is perhaps the best way to mess up with your physical organism, but if you’d like that extra push that will make your life even worse pretty quickly, I have another great suggestion for you: move your body as less as possible.

This is an easy thing to achieve, if you are determined to do so - just sit, a lot. When a friend asks you to go for a walk together, find an excuse not to join him or her. When you feel like working out, don’t do it, for exercise is stress relieving, and you don’t want to waste your precious stressful energy.



Related: What Is Natural Health? A Comprehensive Guide to Living Healthy

Helpful tip: To make your sitting time effortless, stay rooted on your couch in front of a TV screen and let yourself be hypnotized by Television’s superficial, nonsensical audiovisual content. Believe it or not, this simple tactic will tremendously help to keep you seated for hours upon hours without you even realizing it!


5. Undersleep

Another sure-fire way to live a stressful life is to not sleep as much as your body needs to relax and recharge its batteries. Sleep less - as less as possible - so that you’ll feel physically and mentally weak. This will keep you constantly tired, agitated and confused.

By undersleeping, you’ll play havoc with your body and mind, which will make your life extremely complicated, so that you won’t be able to function properly in your everyday life and you’ll have to waste most of your time and energy trying to cope with all sorts of psychosomatic health issues.



Related: Pineal Gland: How To Detox The Part Of Your Brain That Controls Sleep, Aging And Your State Of Mind

If you find it difficult to undersleep, I’d highly recommend you to spend every couple of days partying and getting wasted, or, if you’re not so much into partying and alcoholic drinks, just spend much of your night time in front of an electronic screen, absorbing the blue light that it emanates, which will undoubtedly mess up with your organism’s circadian rhythm.


6. Be Judgmental

Stress is to a great extent the result of how we view the world around us. For example, if we perceive the people we come in contact with as enemies, then we’re bound to feel much more stressful when we socially interact with others than if we perceived them as friends.

A powerful yet oftentimes neglected tactic to make the world seem like a hellish experience is to develop a judgmental attitude towards people.



Related: Developing A Non-Judgmental Attitude

So from today, be sure to judge people harshly, call them names, gossip about them, and argue against them as much as you can to prove your egoistic superiority over them.

Being judgmental will not only complicate your relationships, but will fill your psyche with so much toxic energy that will transform you into a super-stressed person who won’t be able to stay calm and relaxed around people and who certainly won’t be kind and loving towards them.


7. Keep Yourself Busy

Many people complain that the modern way of living is unbelievably stressful and they are trying their best to simplify their lives, so that they can have more peace of mind as well as more time to pursue their passions.

These people, however, are not like you at all, and you shouldn’t pay any attention to them. You want stress, and the fast-paced, chaotic modern way of living is something to make the most of!



Related: Feeling Upset Or Distressed? Here Are Some Simple Self-Soothing Practices To Calm Yourself Down

From now on, keep yourself continuously busy, by overworking and being distracted by things that don’t contribute to your well-being. Never let your mind chill and be quiet - no, you don’t want this!

Overthink, especially about the future, so that you’re anxious about what will come next, and you’ll be unable to focus on the present and enjoy the simple yet precious things that life brings on your way. By doing so, I assure you that stress will become your middle name.



8. Hide Behind a Social Mask

To be honest means to feel confident with who you are and to be able to communicate your sincere thoughts and emotions to other people. But honesty has a serious side-effect that you need to avoid at all costs: a relaxed state of mind.

People who are honest tend to be less fearful and are able to form better, more genuine relationships with others, both of which lead to improved well-being.



Since what you want to achieve is the exact opposite, be sure to hide who you are from others as best as you can. This way, you’ll be chronically stressed, out of fear that people might get a glimpse of your inner world.

In addition, people won’t like to spend any time with you, realizing that you are not open to a heart-to-heart communication. The result will be that you’ll feel alienated in a seemingly cold world, which will make you more stressed than you’ve ever been before!


9. Complain, Complain, Complain

In life, we’re regularly faced with problems and challenges that we need to deal with, if we wish to grow and mature into wiser individuals. Indeed, those who use critical thinking to find solutions to their problems and take concrete action to overcome whatever obstacles they are facing, are usually the ones who ultimately manage to live a fulfilled life.

You, however, need problems, because problems equal stress. So why use critical thinking and try to make a positive change in your life? It’s utterly pointless.



Related: Stress Hijacks Your Immune System Making You Physically Ill: Study

Do none of these! Instead, just complain to those around you for the messed up life you’re living, and even blame them for that.

Whether others are truly to blame or not doesn’t matter - what matters is that you passively accept all suffering and react to it just by complaining, which ultimately won’t do anything to help you overcome any problems that you might be facing. The result? A flood of stress running through your veins.



10. Fill Your Space With Clutter

Over the last few years the minimalism movement has been growing dramatically, because more and more people realize the importance of owning less material stuff in living simply and stress-free. But you shouldn’t care about those minimalists! Differentiate yourself by increasing your possessions and hence complicating your life!

Starting today, do your best to collect as much unimportant stuff as you can, both in your house and work space, and remember not to give away or throw out stuff that you don’t need anymore. Trust me, this easy yet often neglected way will immerse yourself in stress in just a few days!



Remember: Don’t hide your possessions - place them right in front of your eyes, so that you can’t avoid being distracted by them all the time.

By doing so, you’ll soon start feeling overwhelmed by stress, without realizing how much of it is actually caused by all the clutter that you’ve gathered around you.

This guide is guaranteed to fill you with a constant mental stream of worries and concerns. Re-read it until you fully grasp all the ideas contained in it, and be sure to diligently implement them in your everyday life to see optimal results.

Related: Thirty One Life Lessons I’ve Learned In 31 Years + Twenty Harsh Truths To Help You Get Your Shit Together


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Research Shocks Scientists: Human Emotion Physically Shapes Reality
April 14 2025 | From: LifeCoachCode / Various

Three different studies, done by different teams of scientists proved something really extraordinary.



But when a new research connected these 3 discoveries, something shocking was realized, something hiding in plain sight.

Related: Biophotons: The Human Body Emits, Communicates With, And Is Made From Light

Human emotion literally shapes the world around us. Not just our perception of the world, but reality itself.

In the first experiment, human DNA, isolated in a sealed container, was placed near a test subject. Scientists gave the donor emotional stimulus and fascinatingly enough, the emotions affected their DNA in the other room.

In the presence of negative emotions the DNA tightened. In the presence of positive emotions the coils of the DNA relaxed.

The scientists concluded that “Human emotion produces effects which defy conventional laws of physics.”



Related: This Is How Your ‘Aura’ Affects Your Health & Those Around You + Magnetic Fields Of The Human Body And Their Functions

In the second, similar but unrelated experiment, different group of scientists extracted Leukocytes (white blood cells) from donors and placed into chambers so they could measure electrical changes.

In this experiment, the donor was placed in one room and subjected to “emotional stimulation” consisting of video clips, which generated different emotions in the donor.

The DNA was placed in a different room in the same building. Both the donor and his DNA were monitored and as the donor exhibited emotional peaks or valleys (measured by electrical responses), the DNA exhibited the IDENTICAL RESPONSES AT THE EXACT SAME TIME.



Related: The Biocrystal, Human Energy Field And Hyperdimensional Water

There was no lag time, no transmission time. The DNA peaks and valleys EXACTLY MATCHED the peaks and valleys of the donor in time.

The scientists wanted to see how far away they could separate the donor from his DNA and still get this effect. They stopped testing after they separated the DNA and the donor by 50 miles and STILL had the SAME result. No lag time; no transmission time.

The DNA and the donor had the same identical responses in time. The conclusion was that the donor and the DNA can communicate beyond space and time.



Related: The Human Aura And DNA: How You Choose Your Genes

The third experiment proved something pretty shocking! Scientists observed the effect of DNA on our physical world.

Light photons, which make up the world around us, were observed inside a vacuum. Their natural locations were completely random.

Human DNA was then inserted into the vacuum. Shockingly the photons were no longer acting random. They precisely followed the geometry of the DNA.



Related: On Changes In The Earth’s Vibrational Frequency, Known As The Schumann Resonance Frequency


Scientists who were studying this, described the photons behaving “surprisingly and counter-intuitively”. They went on to say that “We are forced to accept the possibility of some new field of energy!”

They concluded that human DNA literally shape the behavior of light photons that make up the world around us!

So when a new research was done, and all of these 3 scientific claims were connected together, scientists were shocked.

They came to a stunning realization that if our emotions affect our DNA and our DNA shapes the world around us, than our emotions physically change the world around us.



Related: Let There Be Light: First Individual Particle Of Light Ever Seen + The Birth Of Quantum Holography - Making Holograms Of Single Light Particles

And not just that, we are connected to our DNA beyond space and time. We create our reality by choosing it with our feelings.

Science has already proven some pretty mindblowing facts about The Universe we live in. All we have to do is connect the dots.


Related Articles:

Animal Communication + Study On Human-Pet Bonding Says You May Be Under A Spell

How Thoughts Create Atoms And Emotions Formulate Time

Emotional Intelligence: The Social Skills You Weren't Taught In School

Energy Follows Thought

Dr. Russell Blaylock Explains Why The Masses Are Becoming Cognitively Retarded And Incapable Of Rational Thought

New Mind-Blowing Experiment Confirms That Reality Doesn’t Exist If You Are Not Looking At It



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

A Zen Master Explains Why “Positive Thinking” Is Terrible Advice
April 13 2025 | From: ThePowerOfIdeas / Various

Have you ever been told to just “think positive” and your problems will go away? Or that to achieve your goals in life, all you have to do is visualize it with positive intent?



It’s a philosophy that’s been popular for decades thanks to books like How to win Friends and Influence People and Think and Grow Rich. 

Related: The "Institutional Corruption" Of Psychiatry: A Conversation With Authors Of ''Psychiatry Under The Influence''

In fact, according to spiritual guru, Osho, it might just be one of the biggest “bullshit philosophies” there is.


Why “Positive Thinking” Won’t Help You Out

When asked what he thinks of the “positive thinking” movement, Osho believes that it’s doing more harm than good. Why? Because it means we’re denying reality and being dishonest to ourselves:


"The philosophy of positive thinking means being untruthful; it means being dishonest. It means seeing a certain thing and yet denying what you have seen; it means deceiving yourself and others.”

“Positive thinking is the only bullshit philosophy that America has contributed to human thought – nothing else. Dale Carnegie, Napoleon Hill, and the Christian priest, Vincent Peale – all these people have filled the whole American mind with this absolutely absurd idea of a positive philosophy.

And it appeals particularly to mediocre minds…

Dale Carnegie’s book, How to Win Friends and Influence People, has been sold in numbers just next to the Christian Bible. No other book has been able to reach that popularity.

The Christian Bible should not be a competitor in fact, because it is more or less given free, forced on people. But Dale Carnegie’s book people have been purchasing; it has not been given to you free. And it has created a certain kind of ideology which has given birth to many books of a similar kind. But to me it is nauseating.

… Dale Carnegie started this whole school of positive philosophy, positive thinking: Don’t see the negative part, don’t see the darker side. But by your not seeing it, do you think it disappears? You are just befooling yourself. You cannot change reality. The night will still be there; you can think that it is daytime for twenty-four hours, but by your thinking it, it is not going to be light twenty-four hours a day.

The negative is as much part of life as the positive. They balance each other.”

He also used this opportunity to throw shade at the enormously popular book Think and Grow Rich:


"About Napoleon Hill I remember… he himself was a poor man. That would have been enough proof to disprove his whole philosophy. He became rich by selling the book, Think and Grow Rich.

But it was not positive thinking that was making him rich – it was fools around the world who were purchasing the book, it was his work, his labor, his effort. But in the very beginning days, when his book came out, he used to stand in bookstores to persuade people to purchase the book.

And it happened that Henry Ford came in his latest model car and went into the bookshop to find something light to read. And Napoleon Hill did not want to miss this chance. He went forwards with his book and he said, “A great book has just been published – you will be happy with it. And it is not only a book, it is a sure method of success.”

Henry Ford looked at the man and said, “Are you the writer of the book?”

Napoleon Hill said proudly, “Yes, I am the writer of the book.” And he can be proud: that book he has written is a piece of art. And to create a piece of art out of crap is real mastery.

Henry Ford, without touching the book, just asked one question, “Have you come in your own car or on the bus?”

Napoleon Hill could not understand what he meant. He said, “Of course, I came on the bus.”

Henry Ford said, ”Look outside. That is my private car, and I am Henry Ford. You are befooling others; you don’t have even a private car and you write a book called Think and Grow Rich! And I have grown rich without thinking, so I don’t want to bother with it. You think and grow rich! – and when you grow rich then you come to me. That will be the proof. The book is not the proof.”

And it is said that Napoleon Hill never could gather up the courage to meet this old man, Henry Ford, again, even though he became a little richer. But compared to Henry Ford he was always a poor man and was bound to remain a poor man, always. But Henry Ford’s logic was clear.

No. I do not believe in any philosophy of positive thinking.”




Related: The Bullshit Philosophy Of Positive Thinking


The Half-Truth is Dangerous

Osho says that forcing yourself to think positive all the time is simply denying the reality of our lives, and it will eventually come around and bite us:


"You ask me: Am I against positive philosophy? Yes, because I am also against negative philosophy.

I have to be against both because both choose only half the fact, and both try to ignore the other half.

And remember: a half-truth is far more dangerous than a whole lie, because the whole lie will be discovered by you sooner or later. How long can it remain undiscovered by you? A lie, of course, is a lie; it is just a palace made of playing cards – a little breeze and the whole palace disappears.

But the half-truth is dangerous. You may never discover it, you may continue to think it is the whole truth. So the real problem is not the whole lie, the real problem is the half-truth pretending to be the whole truth; and that is what these people are doing.”



Related: The Mandela Effect: Did You Know There’s A Term For When You’re Totally Positive Something Happened Even Though It Didn’t?


The Negative Ideas of Your Mind Have to be Released, Not Repressed

Osho goes onto say that it’s harmful to repress negative emotions:


"The negative ideas of your mind have to be released, not repressed by positive ideas. You have to create a consciousness which is neither positive nor negative. That will be the pure consciousness.

In that pure consciousness you will live the most natural and blissful life…

You don’t like a person, you don’t like many things; you don’t like yourself, you don’t like the situation you are in. All this garbage goes on collecting in the unconscious, and on the surface a hypocrite is born, who says, “I love everybody, love is the key to blissfulness.” But you don’t see any bliss in that person’s life. He is holding the whole of hell within himself.

He can deceive others, and if he goes on deceiving long enough, he can deceive himself too. But it won’t be a change. It is simply wasting life – which is immensely valuable because you cannot get it back.

Positive thinking is simply the philosophy of hypocrisy – to give it the right name. When you are feeling like crying, it teaches you to sing. You can manage if you try, but those repressed tears will come out at some point, in some situation.

There is a limitation to repression. And the song that you were singing was absolutely meaningless; you were not feeling it, it was not born out of your heart.”



Related Articles:

Fifty Small Ways To Increase Your Happiness

Nature’s Prozac: Nutrition For Mental Health

Neuroscience Says Listening To This Song Reduces Anxiety By Up To 65 Percent + The Miracle Of 528 Hz Solfeggio And Fibonacci Numbers

Researcher Uncovers What May Be The Real Cause Of Depression

Three Reasons Why Positive Thinking Is Making You More Miserable, And How To Have True Happiness In Life



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Republic Or Democracy And Self-Governance
April 12 2025 | From: Omnithought / Various

What exactly is a Republic? Have you ever even asked this question, or anything close to it?



Did you know that a Republic indicates that a Republican form of government is how the government is organized, and from that it is recognized and commonly accepted that the people are Self-Governing in a Republic and thus are, “Free from Things Public,” (Libera Res Publica, or Republic as stated in the Latin). In such a Republic the people are IN their private capacity going about their private business.

Related: Starve The Beast

Comment: This article is very American and Christian in nature. However, it should be noted though that Western law is actually based largely upon Bibllical principles and references.


Republic Governance

A Republican form of government supports and protects the unalienable common rights of the people, who by the way, are the people that make up that very same government. For in a True Republic it is the People who ARE the government, not the people serving in government offices.

This is what is truly meant when it is said, a Government of the people, by the people, and for the people.

So then, government is OF the people, and not OF the “Duly Elected” Public Servants that serve in the Public Offices as Servants of the People. These very same Public Servants have been INTRUSTED with the authority and ordination of the People by Oath to carry out the Will of the People.

In no other way is this possible much less, and more importantly Lawful! Therefore, Public Servants are Agents and Servants FOR the Government and are not the Government!



Related: 8 Ways Control Freak Government Is Sabotaging Freedom And Making Life More Difficult For Us

So then, not out of disrespect for the sacrifices that one makes to serve in a Public capacity, all Public Servants should never be referred to as “The Government” or being OF Government, or, Government anything.

Wherefore, this directly implies that they still in their Private Capacity whilst serving in a Public Office and are using their Private capacity in a Public Office, which is an absolute no-no.

If such a thing were done, then this clearly is an indictable offense for conflict of interest at the very least as, “No man can serve two masters,” applies flawlessly to expose any criminal activities being kept hidden from the All Seeing Eye of the Public.

Can you see from this how Public and Private things are not to be commingled? When one is in and of the PUBLIC then they are to be in and of the PUBLIC only. Their private capacity is to be completely and totally separated from their PUBLIC capacity.

Again, they are the Servants and Agents FOR the People in a PUBLIC capacity ONLY, and the Private People ARE always the Government, never the agents and servants.



Related: Mathematical Report Proves Human Society Is Too Complex To Be Ruled By A Government

It is most unfortunate that this knowledge and under standing has become greatly confused in these modern times. The distinction between these two capacities is immeasurably important.

I hope that IF you do not see and under stand this very important fact-of-life, which is the way things are intended to work properly, that you will come to see and under stand this very important fact-of-life, its intent, and its purpose, and how it relates to government of the people, by the people and for the people.

For, “To Govern,” means CONTROL, and “Ment,” means MIND. In other words, to govern oneself is to, “Control [your] mind” and not have your mind controlled by others, or anything foreign to what you have naturally been created and born to do.



Related: The Rise And Rise Of Control-Freak Government

To have your mind be or become subject to the will and control of any other who is intended to be your equal directly violates, “We hold these truths to be SELF-EVIDENT that all men are created equal.” Equals are never intended to rule over equals, else how are they equals, for this very literally violates your unalienable right to, “Life, liberty and pursuit of happiness.”

Furthermore, and just as important, neither are you to have your mind be controlled by the desires of your own body made of flesh. This is the untaught meaning for, “Subdue the Earth and all that is in it,” which is referring to your body made of flesh and all of your thoughts and desires, which is the sum of who you truly are.

In other words, “Subdue your Body by taking every thought into capacity unto the obedience of Christ as a Joint Heir with Christ the Heir of ALL things, for God makes the Heir, not man.”

In other words, control your thoughts and you will be GOVERNING your mind in honor of the mandate to be SELF-GOVERNING.



Related: Governments: The Enemy Of Freedom & Globalists Interviewed: They Admitted They Controlled The Government

This is only possible when you do not allow your thoughts to control, manipulate and drive your mind and desires by the passions and powers of the flesh and its five husbands, your five senses.

For if one cannot, or is unwilling to self-govern, then this is when one is in need of outside governance and administration just as Teddy Roosevelt said and warned the people.

For if one is going to truly ascend into all of the duties, obligations and responsibilities of Self-Governing, then how can this be accomplished without one being in control of their own mind?

I cannot count the number of times when I have heard people speaking of government in a disparaging manner, inferring that government is an evil group of people who are seeking to control them, their property, and their mind. How cowardly an accusation is this?



Related: Inflation: The Most Evil Threat = Governments Robbing Their Citizens

Let me explain just how cowardly this is in light of it is much easier to blame others, or something else, rather than take ownership of the folly, mistakes and gross errors that one has made.

What about your-own God-given responsibility to control your own mind? Do you think that does not exist? Well, have you ever considered these so-called out-of-control Public Servants are in places of power as a result of our lack of control of our own minds with the gifts that we have already been given and have received?

What gifts?! So, you claim you have not received any such gifts, and that they are a figment of one’s imagination… okay, then fine. Be a perpetual slave then, but cease and desist from complaining about your choice, because that is the decision you have made by the denial of the gifts you have already received.

For if you wish to deny and be in denial of, “You have already been given everything you need for Life and Godliness,” then who can possibly show and/or convince you that you do have these things by virtue of the mere fact of you being Born?



Related: Government Versus Anarchy

There are certain gifts that were indeed gifted to you the day you were born, and they are all WITHIN you. So then, it is up to you to discover them, as only you can discover them and no one else can show them to you, much less reveal them to you if you refuse to do your own investigation in to the matter for the sake of your-own benefit and peace.

Is it not the lack of recognizing our duties and responsibilities for Self-Governance that are indeed upon our shoulders as Joint Heirs WITH Christ the very key to all things that appear to be wrong in the world? The government is upon the shoulders of Christ is it not? “Christ is all and in all,” is He not?

Is it possible and most likely that the purpose of the so-called out-of-control Public Servants is to teach the hard facts-of-life pertaining to what it means to fail at self-governance? Since it is true that the power for one to govern themselves is WITHIN, and Christ in you is your only hope of manifesting that glory, then who is responsible?



Related: How A Secretive Elite Created The EU To Build A World Government

Who is at fault? Who is negligent? Who is making the mistake of looking for a source and/or people to blame outside of them, when they should be looking directly into the eyes of their reflection in the mirror saying, “YOU! YOU HAVE DONE THIS TO ME AND NO ONE ELSE!”

Do you have the guts to really fess up to that level of responsibility, or are you going to choose to avoid it and bury your head in the latest and greatest distraction to keep from thinking and considering the indictment that I have just expressed herein?

Have you ever considered that government officials can only be doing what you are failing to do for yourself, because you have allowed for a void to exist by your-own lack of Self-Governance? I should not have to quote the awesome example for this very thing spoken of in the 21st paragraph of former President Theodore “Teddy” Roosevelt’s, Jamestown Exposition speech given April 26, of 1907.



It is one of my most favorites of all time as its meaning is most precious and very revealing. Again, this paragraph sums up this exact point, precisely and without need of negotiation. Nevertheless, I have digressed far enough into this connecting point.

A pure Republic allows and perpetuates the people’s God-given unalienable rights and power of choice with full disclosure of what the consequences and information is for each choice. In other words, no knowledge is withheld, or kept hidden.

All knowledge and consequences are in plain sight! And, as of this posting, that reality is still a dream, unfortunately, as the people have never fully come into the knowledge and under standing of what a Republic and Republican form of government is truly about.



Related: Former CIA Agent Blows Whistle On Secret Shadow Government

Nevertheless, the people of a Republic can and do retain their right to choose, or they can honorably waive it for what ever reason they deem to be most profitable for their own sake, and if also necessary, for the sake of others. For the gain of one in their life is also a gain to all lives that pass-through and/or enter into their sphere of influence of that one life.


Democractic Governance

Now, what about Democracy? How does self-governance fit into DEMOCRACY? Are you aware that Democracy is the next thing to “Socialism” which is another form of “Communism?”

Well, this might be a shock to some of you, but such forms of government do not support Self-Governance, and they never can. That means any form of government that is not a Republican form of government can never  have all the liberties of a Republican form of government present and still remain functional, even at the most minuscule level.

Unfortunately, many people in these modern times of ours confuse the two forms of government quite often, because of grave misunderstandings due to the purposeful misinformation taught and perpetuated by Public education facilities and the major News Media, but more importantly resulting from the lack of desire for the people to want to know the truth no matter what the cost is to them personally, and then to dedicate themselves to living by that truth.



Related: Open Source Government: True Government Of The People, By The People And For The People

This is why knowledge and consequences for choices and decisions appear to be being withheld.

The ugly truth is… we have all chosen to allow ourselves to become distracted from our natural God-given duties and responsibilities to be self-governing.

So then, no matter what the reason, for fickleness, or for folly, we have not taken our duties and responsibilities with all the passion and fire necessary to maintain a Republican form of government…..of Control of our-own Minds.

Rather, we have all chosen to allow ourselves to be susceptible to any outside source of governance, manipulation and/or coercion.

No wonder at the close of the Constitutional Convention in Philadelphia on September 18, 1787, Benjamin Franklin’s reply to Mrs. Powel’s question of, “Well, Doctor, what have we got, a Republic, or a Monarchy?” was, “A Republic IF YOU CAN KEEP IT!”



Related: 10 Government Rulers Who Have Told Us A “Secret Government” Rules The Earth

Based upon historical fact and the current conditions that are now present with the United States, I hereby firmly conclude that Benjamin Franklin knew full well the pitfalls and challenges that the people were facing and most importantly their willful lack FOR self-governance.

Therefore, it is very clear to me that Doctor Franklin’s opinion of the people overcoming the needed flaws of character and shortcomings to maintain the great American Republic was unlikely, and less than favorable to its success. Hence, this is why Doctor Franklin used the key challenging words, “IF YOU CAN KEEP IT,” to give notice and warning to the people in the most ominous of natures.

Literally, I firmly think that Doctor Franklin was saying, “I dare you to prove me wrong.” 

Well, so far, we, as a people, have not succeeded at that now, have we? Who here can honestly speak that such insight was in error, or grossly negligent of understanding the condition and character of the people? But, do not get me wrong about Benjamin Franklin.



Related: The World Economy Explained With Just Two Cows

He did not say this to bate and provoke us to anger, but to inspire and encourage us to meet the challenge head on by facing who and what we truly are!

He knew then as some know now, this is the only way that true liberty can ever be experienced in this physical form. Therefore, Benjamin Franklin would not be more pleased than the people proving him wrong by their acts and deeds in support of maintaining and perpetuating the greatest of all Republics ever known to Mankind.

Did you know that, “Democracy,” means “Priest rule,” or, “Ruled by the Priest?” Priest? Huh? What Priests? Since when are politicians, judges and bureaucrats priest? Perhaps a better question is, “Who could these Priests possibly be in this modern present moment?”

The class of priest that is being referred to here should be well-known to many of you by now. However, due to the plethora of distractions all around us each and everyday, it is very possible that you may not know, even though I have made an issue of this very point in past writings.

Let me put it to you this way, “Woe, to you lawyers, For you have taken away the key to knowledge.” (How many of you have ever questioned what this key to knowledge is, much less sought after it to find and discover it for yourselves?)



Related: Have You Ever Felt Like The Government Doesn’t Really Care What You Think?

“You did not enter in yourselves, and those who were entering in you hindered.”
In other words, the people who have discovered who and what your kind of priesthood actually is, and its devilish purpose, you go after them directly…lying and manufacturing fabrications in order to maintain your lies and deceits for fear of being exposed.

Yes, folks, in to-days modern world these very priests bare the title of, “ESQUIRE” as members of the Court of Saint James of the Middle Temple BAR of the Knights Templar.

This is part of the reason why the original 13th amendment of the Constitution FOR the united States of America outlawed any one who held a title of nobility from being able to serve the people in a Public Office.


Esquire is indeed a title of nobility. They were fully aware that these pious-pukers were of a priesthood that is foreign to the Law and Commandments of the Most High God, which are fully supported by the Law of the Air, as well as the Law of the Land; not by the Law of the Sea.



In other words, to-day’s ATTORNEY’S, with the exception of Title-42 Lawyers, are exactly the same as the Pharisee’s of old. After all, “There is nothing new under the sun,” is there?

Only the names, terms and words have been changed in order to repackage and deploy the exact same tactics to different generations that have not remembered, or been taught their history.

That is part of the diabolical plan of confusion and misdirection that is at the heart of those that wish to, “Kill the Heir,” (Joint Heirs with Christ) so that the inheritance may become THEIRS.

If you get my underlying point with this connection, then you must also see that this is at the heart of the Spiritual Warfare that has been taking place on this planet ever since mankind found himself domiciled and inhabited on this Earth.



Related: CAFR (Comprehensive Annual Financial Report) Collateral Accounts: Taxes And Government Fraud Against Citizens Around The World

But, you still think that Democracy is not a bad thing, eh? Well, consider that Noah Webster said Democracy is, “Often the most tyrannical government on earth.” With the recent history of the United States, how can anyone deny this and remain with honor much less look at themselves in the mirror?

The Legislative Democracy of the United States has become totally and entirely imperialistic. Who among us cannot see this to be true? More importantly, how is it that anyone cannot see this?

Furthermore, it is very clear that the Forefathers of the great American Republic cherished liberty, N-O-T Democracy! Despite any such beliefs to the contrary, there is no liberty under a Democracy.

Karl Marx even said, “Democracy is the road to socialism.” YIKES!



Related: In Socialist Theocracy, Getting ‘Woke’ Brings Absolution

So then, from Democracy that masquerades AS Government things can only go in one direction, or do you still say otherwise? For all of the facts support irrevocably it is all downhill from a Democracy just as we have witnessed with this nation since the War of Aggression by the North.

Moreover, Plato even postulated, “Dictatorship naturally arises out of democracy.”

This very quote in consideration of the power of the Executive Order that the Command-in-Chief of the Military [Dictatorship] wields should enable you to connect the dots without a problem.

I should not have to ask the question what is the difference between the two of these and how they are connected, because there is no difference. The only question remaining to be answered is, do you see this, or not?

So then, Democracy is made to look like a Republican form of Government, but it is actually a “Mob Rule” form of government giving the impression of representation and rule by it’s citizens.




Related: Radicalisation Awareness Kit: Government's New Booklet For Schools Links Green Activism, 'Alternative Music' To Terrorism

This is why you get to cast a vote that does not count, resulting in the fact that you never actually do lawfully “Elect” a Public Servant anymore.

Mark my words, this is one of the most deceptive means of hidden rule that ought to be plainly known and common knowledge by now, because all of the history that one can self-educate themselves with reveals these facts to everyone so they can clearly see and know the difference.

In this regard, there is no one without excuse for not knowing and under standing the difference between these two forms of government.


Related Articles:

Are You A Mind-Controlled CIA Stooge? + The Term “Conspiracy Theory” Was Invented By The CIA In Order To Prevent Disbelief Of Official Government Stories

Does The Local Government Act Amendment Bill Result In Amalgamation By Stealth? Local Body Developments

And Now The Government Are Coming For Whistleblowers: New Law Targets People Who Leak Classified Information

The Secret Government Rulebook For Labeling You A Terrorist

The Government's Disregard For Evidence Is An Own Goal

How Billionaires Use Non-Profits To Bypass Governments And Force Their Agendas On Humanity

A Constitutional Timebomb: Is New Zealand’s Government And Court System Unlawful?

The Proof Is In: The US Government Is The Most Complete Criminal Organization In Human History


Young People Feel Betrayed By New Zealand Government

‘The Black Spider Memos': Prince Charles, Secrecy And The British Government

Sauron Rules in Washington

How Information Is Controlled by Washington, Israel, and Trolls, Leading to Our Destruction

A Government of Morons

US has “longstanding tradition” of aggression under invented pretexts


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Carbon Dioxide Revealed As The “Miracle Molecule Of Life” For Re-Greening The Planet & Leonardo DiCaprio’s War On Carbon Is Actually A War Against All Plants, Rainforests And Ecosystems On The Entire Planet
April 11 2025 | From: NaturalNews / Various

The “War on Carbon” is rooted in the most outrageously dangerous, dishonest and degenerate anti-science bunk that’s ever been shoveled into the minds of the masses. Far from being a “pollutant,” carbon dioxide is the “Miracle Molecule of Life” for re-greening the planet through reforestation.



This essential molecule supports the entire web of life on our planet, and without it, all plants, animals and humans would die.

Related: Inconvenient Reality: Al Gore’s Global Climate Apocalypse Never Took Place - He Now Says It Did But You Just Couldn’t Tell + Hero EPA Administrator Speaks Out Against Junk Science – Denies CO2 Is Primary Contributor To ‘Global Warming’!

Yet, despise this undeniable scientific fact, nearly all climate change activists and “environmentalists” have been brainwashed into believing that carbon dioxide is an evil gas that will destroy the planet.

They have been brainwashed into believing exactly the opposite of what is true.

That’s the power of the dishonest media, corrupted science and government-run science myths and depopulation narratives that function as not just a war on facts, but even a war on logic and reason.



Related: Monster snowstorm in Colorado forces postponement of climate change & global warming rally

Quite literally, environmentalists across the world now think the very molecule that all plant life depends on is evil and destructive. They want to eliminate it from the planet. Yet if they succeed, they will murder us all, and there won’t be a single human left alive on the entire planet. Is that what they want?


Climate Change Cultists Are Working to Destroy All Plant, Animal and Human life On the Entire Planet

If the CO2 slanderers get their way, they will drive CO2 toward zero and end up killing all plant life and human life on the planet, which seems to be part of the actual hidden goal of the globalists who openly talk about depopulation of the planet. (Yes, they hate humanity that much.)

These dangerous climate change cultists threaten all life on the planet, yet they ridiculously claim to be protecting life while complaining that there are “billions too many” humans living today.



Related: Al Gore Asks For 15 Trillion Dollars As “Global Warming” Protest Cancelled Due To Blizzards!

Scientifically stated, climate change alarmists are “photosynthesis deniers” who deny the role of CO2 in supporting virtually all known plant life on the planet. Without CO2, nearly all plants die in less than 24 hours. All forests would be dead. All food crops dead. All wetlands dead. A “mass extinction event,” courtesy of the idiotic mind of Al Gore.

Sadly, these people are scientifically illiterate on the subject of CO2, and this includes Bill Nye, Neil DeGrasse Tyson, Barack Obama, Al Gore and all the rest of the climate change alarmists who have no scientific background whatsoever in climatology or atmospheric chemistry.

Far from being science proponents, they are actually science clowns whose alarmist predictions of apocalypse and mass death actually describe what would happen if they eliminate CO2 from the atmosphere. If anything, our planet needs more carbon dioxide, not less, to support rainforests, food products and the re-greening of deserts and semi-arid regions. (See the full video below for details.)



The North Western Courier 1951 - www.weathermodificationhistory.com

Related: Geo-engineering Smoking Gun From 1951

For my own credentials as a scientist, I’m known as the Health Ranger, author of the #1 bestselling Amazon.com science book Food Forensics, as well as the founder and lab science director of CWC Labs, an internationally accredited (ISO-17025) analytical science lab that’s steeped in both organic and inorganic chemistry.

I’m the founder of the Natural Science Journal which has published scientific results for hundreds of water samples collected from across the USA, identifying heavy metals pollution (lead, copper, etc.), and I’m the recipient of two U.S. patents on science innovations, including this invention of “Cesium Eliminator” which removes radionuclides from the body following a nuclear accident.



Related: The CIA, Weather Warfare, and Climate Terrorism

More importantly, unlike Bill Nye and Neil DeGrasse Tyson, I’m not a sellout prostitute to the twisted science narratives of the delusional status quo. As an independent thinker, I’m a real scientist, unlike the climate change cultists who are little more than obedient conformists (which, by definition, is anti-science behavior).

Watch this new video on carbon dioxide to educate yourself about the reality of why CO2 is the “green” molecule for our planet:







Leonardo DiCaprio’s War On Carbon Is Actually A War Against All Plants, Rainforests And Ecosystems On The Entire Planet

When you hear the word carbon dioxide or CO2, what’s the first thought that springs to mind? If you are like most people, the answer will be “a pollutant.” For years scientists, the United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), and the mainstream media have reported that the leading cause of climate change is heightened levels of CO2 in the atmosphere.

We have been told that CO2 is the villain wreaking havoc on all life on earth. Some climate alarmists such as Al Gore and Leonardo DiCaprio even started a war on CO2 to make the world a better, greener place. Though we have been told that the science is clear and the climate debate is over, scientific proof of this hypothesis in non-existent.

Related: What Happened To David Bellamy?

To the contrary, a world without CO2 is a goner. CO2 is partially made from carbon. Without carbon, life doesn’t exist. Our body, vitamins, and hormones are made of carbon.

The health-promoting cannabidiols (CBDs) in your hemp extract are made of carbon. Furthermore, plants need CO2 for their photosynthesis. While the list goes on, you get the gist. Carbon is essential to ALL life.

If we let climate change advocates have their way, we should eliminate all CO2, which would mean the end of civilization.

Even though these people call for a better world, what these scientists are really asking for is the suffocation and murder of all life on earth.



Related: BBC shunned me for denying climate change

If CO2 levels were to drop to zero, then the world would be a desolate place. Today, L.A. and other major metropoles around the world are thriving with life. These cities are packed with people, trees, grass, plants, animals, and insects.

Take away CO2, and you’ll take away life.


Have We Been Brainwashed and Tricked Into Believing the Opposite of What’s True?

As stated by Adams, climate change alarmists are not only scientifically wrong and illiterate, they are insane. In the past, when our world was flourishing, CO2 levels were 15 times higher.



Related: Geoengineering and Weather Modification Exposed

These “environmentalists,” however, claim that today’s carbon dioxide levels are at a record high. Although today our world is coping with the 410 part per million CO2 in the atmosphere, double the amount and the world would be more lush and green since plants are starving for CO2.


“Yet, despise this undeniable scientific fact, nearly all climate change activists and “environmentalists” have been brainwashed into believing that carbon dioxide is an evil gas that will destroy the planet.

They have been brainwashed into believing exactly the opposite of what is true.

That’s the power of the dishonest media, corrupted science and government-run science myths and depopulation narratives that function as not just a war on facts, but even a war on logic and reason,”
Adams wrote in a recent article.

Imagine a world where deserts could grow forests, fresh foods become more abundant and affordable, and jungles flourishing with life. You get it, right? CO2 is far from a pollutant; it is the “miracle molecule of life."


Related Articles:

Let's Review 50 Years Of Dire Climate Forecasts And What Actually Happened & New Zealand Climate Commission’s Radical Plan

Do You Know What We Are Breathing In From Weather Geoengineering Efforts?

Exposing The Bogus "97% Consensus" Claim Over Climate Change 'Science' & Top-Level Climate Modeler Spills The Beans On The ‘Nonsense’ Of ‘Global Warming Crisis’

Geoengineering And Weather Modification Exposed

Same Media That Once Deemed Chemtrails A Conspiracy Theory Now Openly Promotes Chemtrailing The Entire Planet To “End Climate Change” & Global Geoengineering (Chemtrails) Experiment Pushed By Bill Gates Also Funded By Nazi-Linked Alfred P. Sloan Foundation, Linked To Eugenics And Depopulation

UN IPCC Scientist Blows Whistle On Lies About Climate, Sea Level

Green Gestapo Says You're Mentally Ill If You Challenge Climate Change + Over 30,000 Scientists Say 'Catastrophic Man-Made Global Warming' Is A Complete Hoax And Science Lie

The Real Green Glossary: FAQ & The Great “Global Warming / Climate Change” Alarm Is Part Of The WEF’s “Great Reset”



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Mind Control Theories And Techniques Used By Mass Media
April 10 2025 | From: WorldTruth / Various

Mass media is the most powerful tool used by the ruling class to manipulate the masses. It shapes and molds opinions and attitudes and defines what is normal and acceptable.



TThis article looks at the workings of mass media through the theories of its major thinkers, its power structure and the techniques it uses, in order to understand its true role in society.


Related: Corporate Mass Media Controls Your Mind

A number of articles on this site discuss occult symbolism found in objects of popular culture. From these articles arise many legitimate questions relating to the purpose of those symbols and the motivations of those who place them there, but it is impossible for me to provide satisfactory answers to these questions without mentioning many other concepts and facts.

I’ve therefore decided to write this article to supply the theoretical and methodological background of the analyzes presented on this site as well as introducing the main scholars of the field of mass communications.



Related: The One-Eye Sign: Its Origins And Occult Meaning

Some people read my articles and think I’m saying “Lady Gaga wants to control our minds”. That is not the case. She is simply a small part of the huge system that is the mass media.



Programming Through Mass Media

Mass media are media forms designed to reach the largest audience possible. They include television, movies, radio, newspapers, magazines, books, records, video games and the internet.

Many studies have been conducted in the past century to measure the effects of mass media on the population in order to discover the best techniques to influence it.

From those studies emerged the science of Communications, which is used in marketing, public relations and politics.



Related: Hidden Truths About The Mainstream News Media

Mass communication is a necessary tool to insure the functionality of a large democracy; it is also a necessary tool for a dictatorship. It all depends on its usage.

In the 1958 preface for A Brave New World, Aldous Huxley paints a rather grim portrait of society. He believes it is controlled by an “impersonal force”, a ruling elite, which manipulates the population using various methods.



"Impersonal forces over which we have almost no control seem to be pushing us all in the direction of the Brave New Worldian nightmare; and this impersonal pushing is being consciously accelerated by representatives of commercial and political organizations who have developed a number of new techniques for manipulating, in the interest of some minority, the thoughts and feelings of the masses.”

- Aldous Huxley, Preface to A Brave New World

His bleak outlook is not a simple hypothesis or a paranoid delusion. It is a documented fact, present in the world’s most important studies on mass media. Here are some of them:


Elite Thinkers

Walter Lippmann



Related: Brave New World And Individual Power & How The Elite Dominate The World: They Buy Politicians, And Incumbents Almost Always Win

Walter Lippmann, an American intellectual, writer and two-time Pulitzer Prize winner brought forth one of the first works concerning the usage of mass media in America. 

In Public Opinion (1922), Lippmann compared the masses to a “great beast” and a “bewildered herd” that needed to be guided by a governing class. He described the ruling elite as “a specialized class whose interests reach beyond the locality.

This class is composed of experts, specialists and bureaucrats. According to Lippmann, the experts, who often are referred to as “elites,” are to be a machinery of knowledge that circumvents the primary defect of democracy, the impossible ideal of the “omnicompetent citizen."

The trampling and roaring “bewildered herd” has its function: to be “the interested spectators of action,” i.e. not participants. Participation is the duty of “the responsible man”, which is not the regular citizen.



Related: Television Mind Control Exposed

Mass media and propaganda are therefore tools that must be used by the elite to rule the public without physical coercion. One important concept presented by Lippmann is the “manufacture of consent”, which is, in short, the manipulation of public opinion to accept the elite’s agenda.

It is Lippmann’s opinion that the general public is not qualified to reason and to decide on important issues. It is therefore important for the elite to decide ”for its own good” and then sell those decisions to the masses.


“That the manufacture of consent is capable of great refinements no one, I think, denies.

The process by which public opinions arise is certainly no less intricate than it has appeared in these pages, and the opportunities for manipulation open to anyone who understands the process are plain enough. . . . as a result of psychological research, coupled with the modern means of communication, the practice of democracy has turned a corner.

A revolution is taking place, infinitely more significant than any shifting of economic power. . . . Under the impact of propaganda, not necessarily in the sinister meaning of the word alone, the old constants of our thinking have become variables.

It is no longer possible, for example, to believe in the original dogma of democracy; that the knowledge needed for the management of human affairs comes up spontaneously from the human heart.

Where we act on that theory we expose ourselves to self-deception, and to forms of persuasion that we cannot verify. It has been demonstrated that we cannot rely upon intuition, conscience, or the accidents of casual opinion if we are to deal with the world beyond our reach.”


–Walter Lippmann, Public Opinion 

It might be interesting to note that Lippmann is one of the founding fathers of the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR), the most influential foreign policy think tank in the world.



Related: The Council on Foreign Relations

This fact should give you a small hint of the mind state of the elite concerning the usage of media.


“Political and economic power in the United States is concentrated in the hands of a “ruling elite” that controls most of U.S.-based multinational corporations, major communication media, the most influential foundations, major private universities and most public utilities.

Founded in 1921, the Council of Foreign Relations is the key link between the large corporations and the federal government. It has been called a “school for statesmen” and “comes close to being an organ of what C. Wright Mills has called the Power Elite – a group of men, similar in interest and outlook shaping events from invulnerable positions behind the scenes.

The creation of the United Nations was a Council project, as well as the International Monetary Fund and the World Bank.”


– Steve Jacobson, Mind Control in the United States

Some current members of the CFR include David Rockefeller, Dick Cheney, Barack Obama, Hilary Clinton, mega-church pastor Rick Warren and the CEOs of major corporations such as CBSNike,Coca-Cola and Visa.


Carl Jung



Related: Monarch Mind Control & The MK-Ultra Program

Carl Jung is the founder of analytical psychology (also known an Jungian psychology), which emphasizes understanding the psyche by exploring dreams, art, mythology, religion, symbols and philosophy.

The Swiss therapist is at the origin of many psychological concepts used today such as the Archetype, the Complex, the Persona, the Introvert/Extrovert and Synchronicity. He was highly influenced by the occult background of his family.

Carl Gustav, his grandfather, was an avid Freemason (he was Grand Master) and Jung himself discovered that some of his ancestors were Rosicrucians.




Related: The Rosicrucians

This might explain his great interest in Eastern and Western philosophy, alchemy, astrology and symbolism. One of  his most important (and misunderstood) concept was theCollective Unconscious.


"My thesis, then, is as follows: In addition to our immediate consciousness, which is of a thoroughly personal nature and which we believe to be the only empirical psyche (even if we tack on the personal unconscious as an appendix), there exists a second psychic system of a collective, universal, and impersonal nature which is identical in all individuals.

This collective unconscious does not develop individually but is inherited. It consists of pre-existent forms, the archetypes, which can only become conscious secondarily and which give definite form to certain psychic contents.”


– Carl Jung, The Concept of the Collective Unconscious

The collective unconscious transpires through the existence of similar symbols and mythological figures in different civilizations. 

Archetypal symbols 
seem to be embedded in our collective subconscious, and, when exposed to them, we demonstrate natural attraction and fascination.

Occult symbols can therefore exert a great impact on people, even if many individuals were never personally introduced to the symbol’s esoteric meaning. Mass media thinkers, such as Edward D. Bernays, found in this concept a great way to manipulate the public’s personal and collective unconscious.




1955 Time Magazine cover featuring Carl Jung. Looks a little like Avatar, doesn’t it?


Edward  Bernays



Edward Bernays is considered to be the “father of public relations” and used concepts discovered by his uncle Sigmund Freud to manipulate the public using the subconscious.

He shared Walter Lippmann’s view of the general population by considering it irrational and subject to the “herd instinct”. In his opinion, the masses need to be manipulated by an invisible government to insure the survival of democracy.


“The conscious and intelligent manipulation of the organized habits and opinions of the masses is an important element in democratic society. Those who manipulate this unseen mechanism of society constitute an invisible government which is the true ruling power of our country.

We are governed, our minds are molded, our tastes formed, our ideas suggested, largely by men we have never heard of. This is a logical result of the way in which our democratic society is organized. Vast numbers of human beings must cooperate in this manner if they are to live together as a smoothly functioning society.

Our invisible governors are, in many cases, unaware of the identity of their fellow members in the inner cabinet.”

– Edward Bernays, Propaganda

Bernay’s trailblazing marketing campaigns profoundly changed the functioning of American society.

He basically created “consumerism” by creating a culture wherein Americans bought for pleasure instead of buying for survival. For this reason, he was considered by Life Magazine to be in the Top 100 most influential Americans of the 20th century.


Harold Lasswell



In 1939-1940, the University of Chicago was the host of a series of secret seminars on communications. These think tanks were funded by the Rockefeller foundation and involved the most prominent researchers in the fields of communications and sociological studies.

One of these scholars was Harold Lasswell, a leading American political scientist and communications theorist, specializing in the analysis of propaganda.

He was also of the opinion that a democracy, a government ruled by the people, could not sustain itself without a specialized elite shaping and molding public opinion through propaganda.

In his Encyclopaedia of the Social Sciences, Lasswell explained that when elites lack the requisite force to compel obedience, social managers must turn to “a whole new technique of control, largely through propaganda.”

He added the conventional justification: We must recognize the:


“Ignorance and stupidity [of] … the masses and not succumb to democratic dogmatisms about men being the best judges of their own interests.”

Lasswell extensively studied the field of content analysis in order to understand the effectiveness of different types of propaganda.  In his essay Contents of Communication, Lasswell explained that, in order to understand the meaning of a message (i.e. a movie, a speech, a book, etc.), one should take into account the frequency with which certain symbols appear in the message, the direction in which the symbols try to persuade the audience’s opinion, and the intensity of the symbols used.

Lasswell was famous for his media analysis model based on: Who (says) What (to) Whom (in) What Channel (with) What Effect

By this model, Lasswell indicates that in order to properly analyze a media product, one must look at who produced the product (the people who ordered its creation),  who was it aimed at (the target audience) and what were the desired effects of this product (to inform, to convince, to sell, etc.) on the audience.



Related: Was Michael Jackson’s Neverland Ranch A Mind-Control Programming Site?

Using a Rihanna video as an example, the analysis would be as follows: WHO PRODUCED: Vivendi Universal; WHAT: pop artist Rihanna; TO WHOM: consumers between the ages of 9 and 25; WHAT CHANNEL: music video; and WHAT EFFECT: selling the artist, her song, her image and her message.

The analyzes of videos and movies on The Vigilant Citizen place a great importance on the “who is behind” the messages communicated to the public. The term “Illuminati” is often used to describe this small elite group covertly ruling the masses.

Although the term sounds quite caricatured and conspiratorial, it aptly describes the elite’s affinities with secret societies and occult knowledge.



Related: Nine Indisputable Truths About “Conspiracy Theorists”

However, I personally detest using the term “conspiracy theory” to describe what is happening in the mass media. If all the facts concerning the elitist nature of the industry are readily available to the public, can it still be considered a  “conspiracy theory”?

There used to be a variety of viewpoints, ideas and opinions in popular culture. The consolidation of media corporations has, however, produced a standardization of the cultural industry. Ever wondered why all recent music sounds the same and all recent movies look the same? The following is part of the answer:


Media Ownership



As depicted in the graph above, the number of corporations owning the majority of U.S. media outlets went from 50 to 5 in less than 20 years. Here are the top corporations evolving around the world and the assets they own.


“A list of the properties controlled by AOL Time Warner takes ten typed pages listing 292 separate companies and subsidiaries. Of these, twenty-two are joint ventures with other major corporations involved in varying degrees with media operations.

These partners include 3Com, eBay, Hewlett-Packard, Citigroup, Ticketmaster, American Express, Homestore, Sony, Viva, Bertelsmann, Polygram, and Amazon.com.

Some of the more familiar fully owned properties of Time Warner include Book-of-the-Month Club; Little, Brown publishers; HBO, with its seven channels; CNN; seven specialized and foreign-language channels; Road Runner; Warner Brothers Studios; Weight Watchers; Popular Science; and fifty-two different record labels.”

– Ben Bagdikan, The New Media Monopoly



AOL Time Warner owns:

64 magazines, including Time, Life, People, MAD Magazine and DC Comics
Warner Bros, New Line and Fine Line Features in cinema
More than 40 music labels including Warner Bros, Atlantic and Elektra
Many television networks such as WB Networks, HBO, Cinemax, TNT, Cartoon Network andCNN
Madonna, Sean Paul, The White Stripes




Viacom owns:

CBS, MTV, MTV2, UPN, VH1, Showtime, Nickelodeon, Comedy Central, TNN, CMT and BET Paramount Pictures, Nickelodeon Movies, MTV Films Blockbuster Videos 1800 screens in theaters through Famous Players




"Disney ownership of a hockey team called The Mighty Ducks of Anaheim does not begin to describe the vastness of the kingdom. Hollywood is still its symbolic heart, with eight movie production studios and distributors:

Walt Disney Pictures, Touchstone Pictures, Miramax, Buena Vista Home Video, Buena Vista Home Entertainment, Buena Vista International, Hollywood Pictures, and Caravan Pictures.
The Walt Disney Company controls eight book house imprints under Walt Disney Company Book Publishing and ABC Publishing Group; seventeen magazines; the ABC Television Network, with ten owned and operated stations of its own including in the five top markets; thirty radio stations, including all the major markets; eleven cable channels, including Disney, ESPN (jointly), A&E, and the History Channel; thirteen international broadcast channels stretching from Australia to Brazil; seven production and sports units around the world; and seventeen Internet sites, including the ABC group, ESPN.sportszone, NFL.com, NBAZ.com, and NASCAR.com.

Its five music groups include the Buena Vista, Lyric Street, and Walt Disney labels, and live theater productions growing out of the movies The Lion King, Beauty and the Beast, and King David.”


– Ibid

The Walt Disney Company owns:

ABC, Disney Channel, ESPN, A&E, History Channel
Walt Disney Pictures, Touchstone Pictures, Hollywood Pictures, Miramax Film Corp., Dimensionand Buena Vista InternationalMiley Cyrus/ Hannah Montana, Selena Gomez, Jonas Brothers





Vivendi Universal owns:

27% of US music sales, labels include: Interscope, Geffen, A&M, Island, Def Jam, MCA, Mercury, Motown and Universal Universal Studios, Studio Canal, Polygram Films, Canal +Numerous internet and cell phone companies Lady Gaga, The Black Eyed Peas, Lil Wayne, Rihanna, Mariah Carey, Jay-Z




Sony owns:


Columbia Pictures, Screen Gems, Sony Pictures Classics
15% of US Music sales, labels include Columbia, Epic, Sony, Arista, Jive and RCA Records
Beyonce, Shakira, Michael Jackson, Alicia Keys, Christina Aguilera
A limited number of actors in the cultural industry means a limited amount of viewpoints and ideas making their way to the general public.

It also means that a single message can easily saturate all forms of media to generate consent (i.e. “there are weapons of mass destruction in Iraq”).  



The Standardization of Human Thought

The merger of media companies in the last decades generated a small oligarchy of media conglomerates. The TV shows we follow, the music we listen to, the movies we watch and the newspapers we read are all produced by FIVE corporations.

The owners of those conglomerates have close ties with the world’s elite and, in many ways, they ARE the elite. By owning all of the possible outlets having the potential to reach the masses, these conglomerates have the power to create in the minds of the people a single and cohesive world view, engendering a “standardization of human thought”.

Even movements or styles that are considered marginal are, in fact, extensions of mainstream thinking. Mass medias produce their own rebels who definitely look the part but are still part of the establishment and do not question any of it.



Related: The New Mind Control: “Subliminal Stimulation”; Controlling People Without Their Knowledge

Artists, creations and ideas that do not fit the mainstream way of thinking are mercilessly rejected and forgotten by the conglomerates, which in turn makes them virtually disappear from society itself.


However, ideas that are deemed to be valid and desirable to be accepted by society are skillfully marketed to the masses in order to make them become self-evident norm.   In 1928, Edward Bernays already saw the immense potential of motion pictures to standardize thought:


"The American motion picture is the greatest unconscious carrier of propaganda in the world today. It is a great distributor for ideas and opinions. The motion picture can standardize the ideas and habits of a nation.

Because pictures are made to meet market demands, they reflect, emphasize and even exaggerate broad popular tendencies, rather than stimulate new ideas and opinions.

The motion picture avails itself only of ideas and facts which are in vogue. As the newspaper seeks to purvey news, it seeks to purvey entertainment.”


– Edward Bernays, Propaganda

These facts were flagged as dangers to human freedom in the 1930?s by thinkers of the school of Frankfurt such as Theodor Adorno and Herbert Marcuse. They identified three main problems with the cultural industry.


The Industry Can:

1. Reduce human beings to the state of mass by hindering the development of emancipated individuals, who are capable of making rational decisions;

2. Replace the legitimate drive for autonomy and self-awareness by the safe laziness of conformism and passivity; and

3. Validate the idea that men actually seek to escape the absurd and cruel world in which they live by losing themselves in a hypnotic state self-satisfaction.



The notion of escapism is even more relevant today with advent of online video games, 3D movies and home theaters.

The masses, constantly seeking state-of-the-art entertainment, will resort to high-budget products that can only be produced by the biggest media corporations of the world.

These products contain carefully calculated messages and symbols which are nothing more and nothing less than entertaining propaganda. The public have been trained to LOVE its propaganda to the extent that it spends its hard-earned money to be exposed to it.



Related: A Masterclass In Propaganda & Transgressing The Logic Of The New Tyrannical Normal

Propaganda (used in both political, cultural and commercial sense) is no longer the coercive or authoritative communication form found in dictatorships: It has become the synonym of entertainment and pleasure.


"In regard to propaganda the early advocates of universal literacy and a free press envisaged only two possibilities: the propaganda might be true, or it might be false.

They did not foresee what in fact has happened, above all in our Western capitalist democracies - the development of a vast mass communications industry, concerned in the main neither with the true nor the false, but with the unreal, the more or less totally irrelevant. In a word, they failed to take into account man’s almost infinite appetite for distractions.”


– Aldous Huxley, Preface to A Brave New World

A single piece of media often does not have a lasting effect on the human psyche. Mass media, however, by its omnipresent nature, creates a living environment we evolve in on a daily basis. It defines the norm and excludes the undesirable.

The same way carriage horses wear blinders so they can only see what is right in front of them, the masses can only see where they are supposed to go.


“It is the emergence of mass media which makes possible the use of propaganda techniques on a societal scale.

The orchestration of press, radio and television to create a continuous, lasting and total environment renders the influence of propaganda virtually unnoticed precisely because it creates a constant environment. Mass media provides the essential link between the individual and the demands of the technological society.”


– Jacques Ellul

One of the reasons mass media successfully influences society is due to the extensive amount of research on cognitive sciences and human nature that has been applied to it.  


Manipulation Techniques


"Publicity is the deliberate attempt to manage the public’s perception of a subject. The subjects of publicity include people (for example, politicians and performing artists), goods and services, organizations of all kinds, and works of art or entertainment.”

The drive to sell products and ideas to the masses has lead to an unprecedented amount of research on human behavior and on the human psyche.



Related: Five Damaging Lies Advertisements Desperately Want You To Believe

Cognitive sciences, psychology, sociology, semiotics, linguistics and other related fields were and still are extensively researched through well-funded studies.


“No group of sociologists can approximate the ad teams in the gathering and processing of exploitable social data. The ad teams have billions to spend annually on research and testing of reactions, and their products are magnificent accumulations of material about the shared experience and feelings of the entire community.”


– Marshal McLuhan, The Extensions of Man

The results of those studies are applied to advertisements, movies, music videos and other media in order to make them as influential as possible.

The art of marketing is highly calculated and scientific because it must reach both the individual and the collective consciousness.



Related: The Ten Most Dangerous Threats To Humanity That Must Be Defeated For Us To Live As Free, Conscious Beings

In high-budget cultural products, a video is never “just a video,” Images, symbols and meanings are strategically placed in order to generate a desired effect.


"It is with knowledge of the human being, his tendencies, his desires, his needs, his psychic mechanisms, his automatisms as well as knowledge of social psychology and analytical psychology that propaganda refines its techniques.”


– Propagandes, Jacques Ellul (free translation)

Today’s propaganda almost never uses rational or logical arguments. It directly taps into a human’s most primal needs and instincts in order to generate an emotional and irrational response.

. If we always thought rationally, we probably wouldn’t buy 50% of what we own.

Babies and children are constantly found in advertisements targeting women for a specific reason: studies have shown that images of children trigger in women an instinctual need to nurture, to care and to protect, ultimately leading to a sympathetic bias towards the advertisement.

Sex is ubiquitous in mass media, as it draws and keeps the viewer’s attention. It directly connects to our animal need to breed and to reproduce, and, when triggered, this instinct can instantly overshadow any other rational thoughts in our brain.



Subliminal Perception

What if the messages described above were able to reach directly the viewers’ subconscious mind, without the viewers even realizing what is happening? That is the goal of subliminal perception.



Related: Former CNN Host Piers Morgan Blasts The Crazy Left: “Liberals Have Become Unbearable” Which Is Why Trump Populism “Is Rising” + Subliminal Messages In Advertising: How They Affect Your Mind

The phrase subliminal advertising was coined in 1957 by the US market researcher James Vicary, who said he could get moviegoers to “drink Coca-Cola” and “eat popcorn” by flashing those messages onscreen for such a short time that viewers were unaware.


"Subliminal perception is a deliberate process created by communications technicians, by which you receive and respond to information and instructions without being consciously aware of the instructions”


– Steve Jacobson, Mind Control in the United States

This technique is often used in marketing and we all know that sex sells.



Although some sources claim that subliminal advertising is ineffective or even an urban myth, the documented usage of this technique in mass media proves that creators believe in its powers.

Recent studies have also proven its effectiveness, especially when the message is negative.


”A team from University College London, funded by the Wellcome Trust, found that it [subliminal perception] was particularly good at instilling negative thoughts.

There has been much speculation about whether people can process emotional information unconsciously, for example pictures, faces and words,” said Professor Nilli Lavie, who led the research.

We have shown that people can perceive the emotional value of subliminal messages and have demonstrated conclusively that people are much more attuned to negative words.”

A famous example of subliminal messaging in political communications is in George Bush’s advertisement against Al Gore in 2000.

Right after the name of Gore is mentioned, the ending of the word “bureaucrats” – “rats” – flashes on the screen for a split second.




The discovery of this trickery caused quite a stir and, even if there are no laws against subliminal messaging in the U.S., the advertisement was taken off the air.

As seen in many articles on The Vigilant Citizen, subliminal and semi-subliminal messages are often used in movies and music videos to communicate messages and ideas to the viewers.


Desensitization

In the past, when changes were imposed on populations, they would take to the streets, protest and even riot. The main reason for this clash was due to the fact that the change was clearly announced by the rulers and understood by the population. It was sudden and its effects could clearly be analyzed and evaluated.

Today, when the elite needs a part of its agenda to be accepted by the public, it is done through desensitization.

The agenda, which might go against the public best interests,  is slowly, gradually and repetitively introduced to the world through movies (by involving it within the plot), music videos (who make it cool and sexy) or the news (who present it as a solution to today’s problems).



Related: How Mnemonic Is Used To Program And Control Your Mind

After several years of exposing the masses to a particular agenda, the elite openly presents the concept the world and, due to mental programming, it is greeted with general indifference and is passively accepted. This technique originates from psychotherapy.


"The techniques of psychotherapy, widely practiced and accepted as a means of curing psychological disorders, are also methods of controlling people.

They can be used systematically to influence attitudes and behavior. Systematic desensitization is a method used to dissolve anxiety so the the patient (public) is no longer troubled by a specific fear, a fear of violence for example. […]

People adapt to frightening situations if they are exposed to them enough”.


– Steven Jacobson, Mind Control in the United States

Predictive programming is often found in the science fiction genre. It presents a specific image of the future – the one that is desired by the elite – and ultimately becomes in the minds of men an inevitability.

A decade ago, the public was being desensitized to war against the Arab world. Today, the population is gradually being exposed to the existence of mind control, of transhumanism and of an Illuminati elite.



Related: How To Become Immune To Mind Control | How TV Affects Your Brain Chemistry For The Worse

Emerging from the shadows, those concepts are now everywhere in popular culture. This is what Alice Bailey describes as the “externalization of the hierarchy”: the hidden rulers slowly revealing themselves.


Occult Symbolism in Pop Culture



Metropolis – a movie by the elite, for the elite?

Related: “Order Out Of Chaos”: How The Elite’s Plans Were Foretold In Popular Culture

Contrarily to the information presented above, documentation on occult symbolism is rather hard to find. This should not come as a surprise as the term “occult”, literally means “hidden".

It also means “reserved to those in the know” as it is only communicated to those who are deemed worthy of the knowledge. It is not taught in schools nor is it discussed in the media. It is thus considered marginal or even ridiculous by the general population.

Occult knowledge is NOT, however, considered ridiculous in occult circles. It is considered timeless and sacred. There is a long tradition of hermetic and occult knowledge being taught through secret societies originating from ancient Egyptians, to Eastern Mystics, to the Knights Templar to modern day Freemasons.



Related: We Are Surrounded By Masonic Symbols: How Modern Logos Are Linked To Secret Societies

Even if the nature and the depth of this knowledge was most probably modified and altered throughout the centuries, mystery schools kept their main features, which are highly symbolicritualistic and metaphysical

Those characteristics, which were an intricate part of ancient civilizations, have totally been evacuated from modern society to be replaced by pragmatic materialism. For this reason, there lies an important gap of understanding between the pragmatic average person and the ritualistic establishment.


"If this inner doctrine were always concealed from the masses, for whom a simpler code had been devised, is it not highly probable that the exponents of every aspect of modern civilization – philosophic, ethical, religious, and scientific-are ignorant of the true meaning of the very theories and tenets on which their beliefs are founded?

Do the arts and sciences that the race has inherited from older nations conceal beneath their fair exterior a mystery so great that only the most illumined intellect can grasp its import? Such is undoubtedly the case.”


– Manly P. Hall, Secret Teachings of All Ages

The “simpler code” devised for the masses used to be organized religions. It is now becoming the Temple of the Mass Media and it preaches on a daily basis extreme materialism, spiritual vacuosity and a self-centered, individualistic existence.



Related: Social Engineering - The War On The Higher Mind Of Humans: Here’s Why You Should Consider Converting Your Music To A=432 Hz

This is exactly the opposite of the attributes required to become a truly free individual, as taught by all great philosophical schools of thought. Is a dumbed-down population easier to deceive and to manipulate?


“These blind slaves are told they are “free” and “highly educated” even as they march behind signs that would cause any medieval peasant to run screaming away from them in panic-stricken terror.

The symbols that modern man embraces with the naive trust of an infant would be tantamount to billboards reading, ‘This way to your death and enslavement,’ to the understanding of the traditional peasant of antiquity”


– Michael A. Hoffman II, Secret Societies and Psychological Warfare

This article examined the major thinkers in the field of mass media, the media power structure and the techniques used to manipulate the masses.  The  “mass population” versus “ruling class” dichotomy described in many articles is not a “conspiracy theory” (again, I hate that term), but a reality that has been clearly stated in the works of some of the 20th century’s most influential men.

Lippmann, Bernays and Lasswell have all declared that the public are not fit to decide their own fate, which is the inherent goal of democracy. Instead, they called for a cryptocracy, a hidden government, a ruling class in charge of the “bewildered herd.”



Related: Is The Globalist "Reset" Failing? The Elites May Have Overplayed Their Hand

As their ideas continue to be applied to society, it is increasingly apparent that an ignorant population is not an obstacle that the rulers must deal with: It is something that is DESIRABLE and, indeed, necessary, to insure total leadership.

An ignorant population does not know its rights, does not seek a greater understanding of issues and does not question authorities.

It simply follows trends. Popular culture caters to and nurtures ignorance by continually serving up brain-numbing entertainment and spotlighting degenerate celebrities to be idolized.



Related: The War On Reality: How Globalists Occupy Your Mind To Control Everything

Many people ask me: “Is there a way to stop this?”

Yes, there is.  STOP BUYING THEIR CRAP AND READ A BOOK.


"If a nation expects to be ignorant and free, it expects what never was and never will be.”


– Thomas Jefferson


Related Articles:

The Mainstream Media Lies

Cultural Imperialism And Perception Management: How Hollywood Hides 'US Government' War Crimes

In Socialist Theocracy, Getting ‘Woke’ Brings Absolution

Resetting Politics And The Media

Four Words: Weapons Of Media Lies & When Corporate Power Is Your Real Government, Corporate Media Is State Media



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Mainstream Media Insults The Public's Intelligence On Vaccines & Vaccinated Vs. Unvaccinated Pilot Study: Early Vaccination Sees Exponential Increase In Chronic Disorders + Lies, Vaccines And The New Zealand Media
April 9 2025 | From: Sott / GreenMedInfo / WavesNZ / Various

Mainstream media and medical groups, typically funded or backed by Big Pharma, cast parents who are skeptical about vaccines as conspiracy theorists whose backward beliefs put the public at risk.



Vaccine skeptics cast vaccine promoters as paid shills, hired by Big Pharma to cover up documented vaccine-related injuries.

Related: Taking a Stand: 22,000 Nurses Refuse “Mandatory” Vaccinations

In mainstream and progressive media coverage (Mother Jones, Alternet, Huffington Post, Truthout, Progressive, The Nation) there is zero tolerance for critical debate about vaccine safety. Question why the hepatitis B vaccine is routinely given to babies at birth - for a disease mainly transmitted through sex and I.V. drug use - and you're labeled "anti-science."

Suggest that some vaccines, including those such as the highly promoted HPV Gardasil and Cervarix (both of which have been linked to adverse reactions and death) are not exactly "life-saving," and you might as well yell "bring back polio."

The media routinely discredits parents of vaccine-injured children, accusing them of not knowing anything about medicine (except raising their own challenged child of course) and of "imagining" or even causing their child's deficits.

Progressive news sites that would never defend corporate media coverage of Monsanto or GMOs drink the vaccines-are-safe Kool-Aid. Last month, Jezebel ran this headline: "Robert De Niro and Robert F. Kennedy Jr. Call Vaccines Dangerous, Which They Are Not."



Related: Kennedy, De Niro Challenge: $100,000 To The first Person Who Can Find A Scientific Study Proving Thimerosal (Mercury) Is Safe To Inject Into Children

In a 2015 article, the Atlantic sneered that "Vaccines Are Profitable, So What?" And the Daily Beast has gone so far as to praise Paul Offit, perhaps the nation's most extreme vaccine promoter.



Comment: According to Robert F, Kennedy Jr: Dr. Offit is a "thorough charlatan, a snake oil salesman and he has everyone flimflammed. That made me angry. After that, I learned that he was also venal."

RS: What do you mean "venal"?


RFK, JR: Well, my original assumption was that he was lying in service to the vaccine program. I later learned that vaccines were a lavishly profitable enterprise for Dr. Offit.

RS: How so?

RFK, JR: He is on permanent retainer to Merck to "right vaccine wrongs". And, both Merck and the CDC have rewarded his service with extraordinarily lucrative opportunities. In 1999, the CDC allowed him to sit on the committee that voted the rotavirus vaccine onto the schedule, even though he was working on his own rotavirus patent.

Electing not to recuse himself, he cast his vote to add rotavirus to the schedule. That version of the rotavirus vaccine caused so many agonizing childhood deaths from intussusception that the CDC had to withdraw it a year later, making room for Offit's version, a turn of events that made him a vaccine tycoon.

His rotavirus vaccine patent sold for $182 million; his cut was at least $29 million. When I learned about this caper and his other money schemes, I just thought, "Well, he's a hoodlum."

RS: He's also a misogynist and a bully.

RFK, JR: It's disturbing because the media treats him like a deity. And, like all bullies, he's a coward. He dismisses women who question him as superstitious hysterics.

He lobs vicious bombs at the mothers of vaccine-injured children from the editorial pages and national TV shows which give him a platform for his poison. But, he refuses to debate me or anyone else who knows what they are talking about.

RS: Do you think, when Paul Offit says that babies could safely be given 10,000 vaccines at the same time, that he really believes that?

RFK, JR: I don't feel competent to psychoanalyze Offit. It's hard to look into another person's mind. And Offit's brain has got to be a really dark and scary zip code where I don't really want to spend time. In his defense, we all have some capacity for self-deception and it's possible that Offit is as gifted at deceiving himself as he is at deceiving the public.

Upton Sinclair observed that, "It's difficult to get a man to understand something, when his salary depends upon his not understanding it." But I do think it's more likely that he knows that what he's saying is dishonest. For years, he claimed Bill Thompson's 2004 study was "the definitive proof" of thimerosal safety.

He's been silent about that since Thompson disavowed his own study. That suggests a purposeful mendacity. Like a lot of other people, Offit seems to have made the self-serving calculation that all of the dead and damaged children are just collateral damage - unfortunate sacrifices in a program that serves the greater good.

RS: Is that even a legitimate moral calculation?

RFK, JR: You mean to kill one child in order to save fifty? Ethicists and theologians could argue the point. But that isn't Offit's real moral dilemma.

Offit's moral Donnybrook is his absolutist defense of the industry position that all vaccines are always safe for all people and that the safety of thimerosal is unassailable. That approach has unnecessarily damaged vulnerable subgroups that could easily have been protected and sacrificed millions of kids, not for the greater good but for the bottom line.

As the vaccine industry's lead pitchman for thimerosal, Offit's been extraordinarily successful at crafting a persuasive alternative to fact-based reality and selling it like a carnival barker. He has made himself the high priest of the weird dogma that it's somehow safe to inject mercury into babies.

One wants to ask these progressive sites: Do you really think Pharma has never steered us wrong, just for the sake of profit? What about all the drugs that had to be pulled from the market, after Pharma insisted they were safe?

Drugs like Vioxx, Baycol, Trovan, Meridia, Seldane, Hismanal, Darvon, Raxar, Redux, Mylotarg, Lotronex, Propulsid, phenylpropanolamine (PPA), Prexige, phenacetin, Oraflex, Omniflox, Posicor, Serzone and Duract?



Related: How Big Pharma Gets Away With Selling 'P' / Methamphetamine To Children: By Renaming It 'Adderall'

The fact is vaccines are not all safe. That's why the National Vaccine Injury Compensation (VICP) program, established to provide monetary compensation to victims of vaccine injuries, exists. The VICP website states:



"Most people who get vaccines have no serious problems. In very rare cases, a vaccine can cause a serious problem, such as a severe allergic reaction.

In these instances, the National Vaccine Injury Compensation Program (VICP) may provide financial compensation to individuals who file a petition and are found to have been injured by a VICP-covered vaccine."

Even the very pro-Pharma Forbes reports:


"It's true that there have been 24,000 reports of adverse events with Gardasil" and "106 deaths."
But the author of the Forbes article rationalizes:

"There have also been 60,000 reports of adverse events with the mumps, measles, and rubella vaccine, and 26,000 following vaccination with . . . Prevnar, for pneumococcus bacteria."

We ask: Do two wrongs make a right, Forbes?

The CDC maintains a Vaccine Adverse Event Reporting System (VAERS) where people can see for themselves the adverse effects and deaths related to a particular vaccine. A search for people who have died from the measles vaccines MEA, MER, MM, MMR or MMRV revealed 416 deaths. Last summer, the mainstream science outlet



Related: MMR Vaccine, Autism, CDC Coverup

EurekaAlert submitted that reading VAERS info "may not build public trust or adherence."

That is an understatement.


Profiteering and Conflicts of Interest Not Even Hidden

There is no question vaccines are profitable. In some states, Blue Cross Blue Shield gives doctors bonuses for the vaccines they give patients. And an increasing number of drugstore chains now offer vaccines.


Comment: Doctors pushing vaccines receive 'Merck Vaccination Service Awards'

Where does your doctor's allegiance lie? Does your healthcare professional listen to your needs and wants as a parent or are they nothing more than affiliate distributors for pharmaceutical companies?

It was reported by independent journalist recently that some doctors offices are now demanding their patients sign an immunization contract. What's an immunization contract you ask?

The contract - created outside of law and denying informed consent - requires prospective patients to agree, by signature, to allow 25 vaccines to be injected into their child over a series of visits.

Also uncovered in the same investigation, doctors can receive up to $225 per service achieved in the insurance provider category of "childhood immunization [combo 2]".



Related:
Boston Herald calls for government-run execution squads to MASS MURDER naturopaths, scientists and journalists who oppose mercury in immunizations

There are brazen and unhidden conflicts of interest between mainstream media and vaccine makers who influence reporting and discourage healthy debate about vaccine safety. Mike Papantonio, of the America's Lawyer TV show, reports:


"According to a 2009 study by Fairness and Accuracy in Reporting, with the exception of CBS, every major media outlet in the United States shares at least one board member with at least one drug company. These board members wake up, they go to a meeting at Merck or Pfizer, and then they have their driver take them over to a meeting at a TV station."

The Gates Foundation is deeply entangled with vaccine makers, as are our own government agencies, including the CDC.



Related: Vaccination is Not Immunization

It's clearly a fox-guarding-the-henhouse situation. The vaccine industry also "gives millions to the Academy of Pediatrics for conferences, grants, medical education classes and even helped build their headquarters," reports CBS.

In 2013, the Journal of Epidemiology and Community Health reported that the seriousness with which academics portrayed the 2009-2010 swine flu outbreak was shaped proportionately by how much funding they had received from Pharma.



What Does the Science Say?

When you read the scientific papers published about vaccine safety - and especially about links to childhood autism - it seems as if they are all written by four scientists who know each other and who work for Big Vac.

Despite overwhelming evidence that the mercury used in vaccines, thimerosal, is harmful to children and to pregnant women and the elderly, the official position of pro-vaccine scientists is "it was totally safe but we took it out anyway."

Robert F. Kennedy Jr., chairman of The World Mercury Project, disagrees. Vaccines containing thimerosal are neither safe, nor is thimerosal gone from vaccines he claims.



Related: RFK gives eye-opening interview on the dangers of vaccines on Tucker Carlson


Kennedy offers $100,000 to anyone who can find a published study indexed in PubMed proving mercury levels in vaccines are harmless for infants and developing fetuses at the levels they are given.

Though they are scientists, pro-vaccine researchers use embarrassing non-logic in their vaccine defenses - they actually employ the "Raven Paradox" which many of us learned in Logic 101.

It declares that "all ravens are black; that bird is black; it must be a raven." In other words, according to logic-challenged researchers: "Mercury is safe - and it doesn't cause autism - so all vaccines are safe."


Meanwhile, the pro-vaccine scientists seldom, if ever, address the more complicated scientific questions surrounding vaccines - such as other metals used in them, like aluminum.

Or whether the current series of multiple vaccines administered to children today could overwhelm their immune systems. Or whether live vaccines or disease antibodies could paradoxically cause the disease they're intended to prevent.




Related: Science paper accidentally admits most flu shots don't work

According to published articles, it's not just the thimerosal but metals in general, such as the currently used aluminum in vaccines, that are under suspicion. Such metals can cross the child's blood brain barrier and set off increased oxidative stress which is linked to autism, say journal reports.

Oxidative stress is an imbalance between the production of free radicals and the ability of the body to counteract or detoxify their harmful effects through neutralization by antioxidants.

Too many vaccines given too closely together to children that are too young also increases the stress, say those who question vaccines and vaccine schedules.

When a scientific paper appears to clearly show a link between childhood vaccines recommended in the U.S. and impaired neurodevelopment, pro-vaccine scientists savage it.




Related: Premature Babies Are Knowingly Harmed Or Killed With Vaccines To Comply With Vaccination Schedule

A 2010 paper published in Acta Neurobiologiae Experimentalis, a quarterly peer-reviewed scientific journal covering neuroscience, found that "rhesus macaque infants receiving the complete U.S. childhood vaccine schedule" did not "undergo the maturational changes over time in amygdala volume that was observed in unexposed animals."

Why does the amygdala matter? The researchers wrote:



"Neuropathological and neuroimaging studies of individuals with an ASD [autism spectrum disorder] . . . have provided growing evidence of a central role for the amygdala." Specifically, it is enlarged in such children "compared with neurotypical controls."

Pro-vaccine scientists pounced. Not enough monkeys were used to establish a scientific finding, said one scientist. Opposite findings about the amygdala have been reached, which invalidate the study, said another scientist.

One angry scientist was even willing to discredit the monkey study by claiming that monkeys are not a valid model for human disease - thus annulling millions of experiments including the ones on which human drugs are approved! Of course, many in the animal welfare community have questioned the validity of animal "models."



Insulting Illogic

On behalf of Pharma, mainstream science and media set up a strawman called "vaccines cause autism." Then they knocked it down and declared vaccines safe.

It is an insult to the public's intelligence, especially in light of clear injuries that exist, including those documented in the VAERS database - not to mention injured people, especially parents of injured children.



Related: Are we asking the right questions about vaccination and children’s health?

The National Vaccine Injury Compensation Program alone has awarded $3.18 billion in 16,000 claims since 1988.

Do vaccine injury cases prove that vaccines are always unsafe and should always be avoided? Of course not. But those cases do prove that vaccines are not "completely safe" as the well-funded vaccine dogma continues to insultingly tell us.




Vaccine Dangers Being Hidden From the Public

Dr. Suzanne Humphries explains how vaccines became the norm in modern medicine. She also explains why you rarely hear about any risks or dangers associated with them. Find out how those issues are being kept from the public.





Related Articles:

A new idea that has nothing to do with government

Bend Over: The Unpopular Opinion on Vaccines

Australian Couple Seeks Compensation for Vaccine-injured Daughter

Kim Kardashian now pushing dangerous morning sickness drugs linked to devastating birth defects




Vaccinated Vs. Unvaccinated Pilot Study: Early Vaccination Sees Exponential Increase In Chronic Disorders

The move towards mandatory vaccination is no longer a conspiracy theory. California Senate Bill 277 snapped families into a reality where informed consent and health freedom do not apply.

Presently, the American people are facing 173 vaccine-related bills in 40 states. The language of many of the new bills aims to increase tracking, target non-vaccinating families, force vaccine schedules, and further persecute families who choose not to accept vaccines; the private products of for-profit, legally protected pharmaceutical companies.

Related: First ever vaccinated vs. unvaccinated kid study erased from internet - wonder why?

The corporate media and medical industries have thrown their full influence behind Big Pharma’s transparent ‘safe and effective’ messaging. At the same time, both industries are simultaneously censoring discussions around the fraud, dangers, mounting injuries, and criminal behavior inherent within the vaccine industry and those pushing for mandatory vaccination.

A central point of contention, and human rights violation, is the fact that historically, no true study has been conducted between vaccinated versus unvaccinated populations. However, such a study has now come to fruition. 


The Study

Having worked on the study for 15 years, from its original conception to completion, Dr. Anthony Mawson and his coauthors have now had their work published in the Journal of Translational Science.The study, titled, ‘Pilot comparative study on the health of vaccinated and unvaccinated 6- to 12- year-old U.S. children’. [1]

Since long-term health outcomes of the current vaccination schedule haven’t been studied, Dr. Mawson and his coauthors set out to compare vaccinated and unvaccinated children across a broad range of health outcomes.



Related: Sweden outlaws coercive mandatory vaccines laws, citing violations of the Swedish Constitution

The study was designed as a cross-sectional survey of homeschooling mothers on their vaccinated and unvaccinated biological children ages 6 to 12. It included mothers of 666 children ranging from fully vaccinated, partially vaccinated and unvaccinated.

The mothers were asked to indicate on a list of more than 40 acute and chronic illnesses all those for which her child or children had received a diagnosis by a physician among other questions. 





Direct Order | Soldiers Ordered to Take Anthrax Vax That Caused Brain Damage

“DIRECT ORDER” An Award-Winning Documentary Tells the Story of Members of the Military who were Ordered Against their Will to Take the Controversial Anthrax Vaccine.

Federal regulators approved a plan by biotechnology company, VaxGen to test its experimental anthrax vaccine on about 100 people.








The Results

The vaccinated children were significantly more likely than the unvaccinated to have been diagnosed with the following: allergic rhinitis, other allergies, eczema/atopic dermatitis, a learning disability, autism spectrum disorder, any neurodevelopmental disorder (NDD) (i.e., learning disability, ADHD or ASD) and chronic illness. 

The following is a breakdown of the specific results for vaccinated children: 

Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) was 4.7-fold higher in vaccinated children

ADHD risk was 4.7-fold higher

Learning disability risk was 3.7-fold higher 

Vaccinated children in the study were 3.7 times more likely to have been diagnosed with some kind of (NDD).

Preterm birth and vaccination was associated with 6.6-fold increased odds of NDD

Vaccinated children were also significantly more likely to be diagnosed with an immune-related disorder. The risk of allergic rhinitis (commonly known as hay fever) was over 30 times higher in vaccinated children, while the risk of other allergies was increased 3.9 fold and the eczema risk was increased 2.4 fold.


The Conclusion 

Given the current global climate as described in this article’s introduction, the study highlighted three extremely noteworthy conclusions as follows:  

“…the strength and consistency of the findings, the apparent “dose-response” relationship between vaccination status and several forms of chronic illness, and the significant association between vaccination and NDDs all support the possibility that some aspect of the current vaccination program could be contributing to risks of childhood morbidity.

Vaccination also remained significantly associated with neurodevelopmental disorders after controlling for other factors…”

“…preterm birth coupled with vaccination was associated with an apparent synergistic increase in the odds of neurodevelopmental disorder above that of vaccination alone.” 


While all three conclusions should be, and are, resonating deeply within the masses of health professionals and parents, the study’s third conclusion is especially timely and relevant beyond its stated assertion.

Over the last year, numerous medical whistleblowers and scientific research papers have warned and demonstrated that routine vaccine injury to preterm infants in hospital neonatal intensive care units (NICU) is occurring. Whistleblower nurses Michelle Rowton James and Joanne [last name unavailable] publicly spotlighted how inhuman and commonplace NICU vaccine injury have rooted in the culture of establishment medicine.



Related: Dirty Vaccines: Every Human Vaccine Tested Was Contaminated With Metals and Debris in New Study

While three major studies [2],[3],[4] have corroborated the nurse’s whistleblowing admissions. Meanwhile, in April 2017 The Institute for Pure and Applied Knowledge (IPAK) released a statement asking for all Americans to join them in their call for a ban on vaccination of infants in the NICU. Speaking on the call to action Dr. James Lyons-Weiler, PhD, CEO, and Director of IPAK, stated: 


"We’ve asked the biomedical community to produce studies that show ill effect of vaccines on neonates, and they have not produced them.

There is currently a clash happening between religious-like vaccine dogma and increasingly aware segments of the public, research, and medical communities. In the balance hangs the opportunity for a truly open discussion on vaccines and a rare chance to reform a pharmaceutically-dominated medical community that has lost its way.

Giving the current trend, the consequences of not seizing the opportunity for open dialogue appears to lead down a road of mandatory medicine and censorship of exponentially mounting human injury and mortality.

Put simply, the battle now rages between openness and transparency versus the protection, through omission and overt censorship, of Big Pharma’s business model and need for ever-expanding bottom lines at all costs.




Bombshell: Study Proves Unvaccinated Children Are Healthier

Studies put to question the safety of current vaccination practices. Celeste McGovern joins Rob Dew and Owen Shroyer to discuss the first ever study comparing the health levels of vaccinated and unvaccinated children.





See the archived studies here.



Lies, Vaccines And The New Zealand Media


Another day, another poorly-written and ill-advised scare story in New Zealand’s fabulous ‘print media’. This time, a piece in the Dominion Post claiming measles ‘could have been eradicated by now if it were not for anti-vaccine campaigners and conspiracy theorists’. Nothing to do with faulty live-virus vaccines, is it?



According to the article, posted on Stuff.co.nz, the measles vaccine is safe, and the reason people are refusing it is because of a ‘study’ by Dr Andrew Wakefield that was ‘discredited’ and led to him being struck off the register by the GMC. That or because they listen to ‘conspiracy theorists’.

Related: Timaru school opts out of vaccine programme

No mention, of course, that it wasn’t a study – it was a small case series – or that his co-author who was also struck off the register, Dr John Walker-Smith, was exonerated and the case overturned two years ago, following an appeal.

The entire trial against the doctors was dismissed as faulty and the General Medical Council admonished for a trial that was full of ‘inadequate and superficial reasoning and, in a number of instances, a wrong conclusion’.

The Dominion Post piece states that we were struck off the charities register for promoting a view that vaccination was ‘ineffective and dangerous’ – again, this is not true. The reason for our removal from the register was that we were viewed as promoting a viewpoint rather than advancing education (one of the categories for being on the register).

While we disagree with the basis of the decision, the reality is that it makes little difference to who we are and what we do – we are still a charitable organisation and still work hard to ensure parents have the information necessary to make an informed decision about vaccination.



Click on the image above to open a larger version in a new window

Related: Measles myths blamed for outbreaks

So, to the data.

The Ministry of Health tell us that New Zealand has a 93% uptake of vaccination by age two. This is worth remembering when reading the following paragraphs.

According to the article, there were 274 cases of pertussis (whooping cough) in Auckland in 2012, and a further 328 on the West Coast in the same year. In reality, according to the Public Health Surveillance Report for the year on pertussis, there were a total of 5,389 cases reported up until the 7th December 2012 for that year, the majority of which were in vaccinated persons.

According to the report, 252 cases were reported in Auckland up until that date for the year, and the West Coast had just 139 cases. Of the over 5,000 cases reported for the year, there were just two deaths – one in a premature infant too young to be vaccinated, and one in a child with ‘underlying health conditions’.

The data is also available online for the year 2013, so why 2012 was highlighted in the article is something of a mystery…

On to measles. According to Helen Petousis-Harris of the Immunisation Advisory Centre, measles could be eradicated in New Zealand if it weren’t for us pesky ‘anti-immunisation’ groups.

This statement is laughable for a number of reasons (not least that WAVESnz is not an ‘anti-immunisation’ group, but a group lobbying for informed choice and freedom of choice in health decisions).

Firstly, we have 93% uptake of vaccinations in this country by age two, which includes MMR at 15 months. Given the theoretical ‘herd immunity threshold’, or number of vaccinated persons needed to eliminate the disease amongst a population is generally accepted as being somewhere around 92-94%, it’s somewhat astonishing we’re still seeing these outbreaks, don’t you think?



Related:
No Vaccines Necessary, that's the truth

Sounds to me that it’s less a case of rogue families making their own minds up about the health of their families, and more a case of a vaccine that simply does not work the way the media and government would have us believe.

Yes, those naughty parents who think for themselves and decide not to vaccinate make a very convenient scapegoat for a vaccine that simply does not work the way we’re told it does.

According to the 2012 report, the latest available, there were a total of 68 cases of measles reported for that year. Of those, 21 were in children aged under 15 months, which we will discount when assessing vaccination efficacy as they aren’t eligible for vaccination according to the New Zealand schedule (though one was reported to have had a single dose anyway!).

That leaves us with 47 cases of measles in persons aged 15 months and over, 17 of whom had had at least one or two doses of a measles vaccine, with 20 reporting no vaccination and 10 with unknown vaccination status.

Surely, if the vaccine worked so well, we’d see the vast majority of those cases in unvaccinated people, rather than an almost 50/50 split? And while it could be argued that this does lean towards better odds being vaccinated than not given the higher population of vaccinated individuals, one has to question how exactly that works given the vaccine datasheet claims 95% efficacy against measles…



Related: Documents Indicate That the Chicken Pox Vaccination Has Been Added to the MMR Without Our Knowledge

Despite the claims of the pro-vaccine lobbyists, vaccination does not guarantee you won’t get the virus in the first place, as those vaccinated individuals who contract the disease have discovered. Nor does not getting vaccinated guarantee you will get it – and if you do, the chances of it being a serious disease in a healthy individual replete with Vitamin A are extremely low.

It’s worth noting now that the vaccine contains live attenuated measles virus (as well as live rubella and mumps).

The datasheet itself contains warnings about not vaccinating immune-compromised individuals due to risk of infection, notes that the rubella component can be ‘shed’ and spread by recently-vaccinated individuals, and while it states that there are ‘no reports’ of transmission of the measles component from recent vaccinees, it doesn’t mean that it can’t happen.

What it does mention, however, is that a common side-effect is fever or a ‘measles-like rash’ or both (which of course can’t be measles, it’s all a coincidence, it just looks like measles!). Very interesting… could it be that the vaccine itself is responsible for some of these outbreaks?



Related: Dirty Vaccines: What the Industry Knows and Isn't Telling You

Next, to call organisations such as ourselves as ‘anti-immunisation’ is misleading to say the least – we have no problem with immunisation. In fact, it is something we actively encourage. Immunisation simply means to ‘make immune’, not ‘to vaccinate’, which often doesn’t lead to any significant ‘immunity’ at all.

We actively advocate for and encourage long-term breastfeeding, good nutrition, healthy lifestyles, sleep, exercise, and generally supporting the body’s natural immune system so that we can all live happy, health lives. All of which can be classed as a form of ‘immunisation’ and protection against these diseases the media love to hype so very much.

Lastly, it’s worth pointing out the glaringly obvious part that the fear-and-blame piece has left out: what to do if your child DOES contract either measles or pertussis (the terror illnesses du jour), and how to prevent them becoming the terrible diseases they’d have us believe…

Dr Suzanne Humphries has written a fantastic piece on pertussis and how to treat it using Vitamin C, which can be found here: The Vitamin C treatment for Whooping Cough - Suzanne Humphries, MD

And it would be worth any interested party investigating the link between Vitamin A deficiency and severity of measles infection, as well as the use of Vitamin A in the treatment of measles.



More info here: Measles on Hysteria Street

So, what is really to blame for an uptick in measles cases lately? Is it, despite very high rates of vaccination that should be buoying us up with the mythical ‘herd immunity’ we hear so much about, the naughty few who choose to think for themselves and opt out of vaccination?

Is it terrible organisations such as WAVESnz who promote freedom of choice in healthcare? Is it a nearly 16-year-old case series written by an English doctor who has been thrashed in every media outlet globally since that time, who most people haven’t even looked at and most believe is a fraud?

Or could it be a failing live-virus vaccine that simply does not work the way we’re told it does, which is causing illness throughout the community, and which parents are beginning to question despite the poorly-written anti-choice propaganda churned out by the corporate-owned media on a near daily basis?


Related Articles:


Australian parents who don’t vaccinate their children will be fined $14 per week by the authoritarian regime

HPV Vaccine Warning: Why This Doctor Says This Vaccine 'Must Be Stopped Immediately'

Controlled opposition in the Truth Movement


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Cover Stories Are Used To Control Explanations & Medical Propaganda Headlines For Gullible Minds
April 8 2025 | From: PaulCraigRoberts / JonRappoport / Various

Years ago James Jesus Angleton left me with the impression that when an intelligence agency, such as the CIA, pulls off an assassination, bombing, or any event with which the agency does not wish to be associated, the agency uses the media to control the explanation by quickly putting into place a cover story that, along with several others, has been prepared in advance.



I suggested that the new story that “the Saudis did 9/11” was put into play to take the place of the worn and battered first cover story: Is the Saudi 9/11 Story Part Of The Deception?

Related: Martin Luther King’s Death Disappears Down the Memory Hole. “He Was Assassinated by a U.S. Government Conspiracy”

When the Oswald cover story for JFK’s assassination came under heavy suspicion, other cover stories appeared in the media. One was that the Mafia killed JFK, because he was having affairs with their molls.

The fact that it made no sense did not stop many from believing it. It did not occur to people more gullible than thoughtful that a gangster would simply get another woman and not take the risk of assassinating the US president over a woman.

The last thing the Mafia would want would be for Attorney General Robert Kennedy to bring the law down on the Mafia like a ton of bricks.

Another cover story was that Castro did it. This made even less sense. JFK had nixed the Joint Chiefs/CIA plan to invade Cuba, and he had refused air cover to the CIA’s Bay of Pigs invasion. JFK would certainly not be on Castro’s hit list.



Related: The Boston Marathon Bombing After Four Years

Another cover story was that Lyndon Johnson was behind Kennedy’s assassination. As I wrote, there is no doubt that LBJ covered up the Joint Chiefs / CIA / Secret Service plot against JFK, as any president would have done, because the alternative was to destroy the American people’s confidence in the US military and security agencies.

The Chief Justice of the Supreme Court also covered up the plot, as did the Warren Commission, the media, and the Congress.

The “Johnson did it” story is the most preposterous of all. The Joint Chiefs, CIA, Secret Service, Chief Justice, Congress, and Media are not going to participate in the murder of a President and its coverup just for the sake of the VP’s personal ambition. The idea that so many strong institutions would permit a VP to murder a President for no reason other than the personal ambition of the VP is beyond absurdity.



Related: Was Elvis Really in ‘Home Alone’? An Investigation

Speaking of cover stories, I wonder if that is what we are witnessing in the leaked information to the New York Times about the Manchester Bombing. The only point of the leak is to set the story in place. The British complaints about the leaked information serve to disguise the leak’s purpose.

Setting a story in place early crowds out other explanations. Remember, the government claims to have had no warning of 9/11 but knew instantly who did it and set the story in place. The same for the Paris events, the Nice event, the Boston Marathon bombing, and I think all the others.

Authorities quickly come up with a story and names of those responsible.

The alleged perpetrators or patsies, take your choice, are always dead and, thereby, unable to deny that they did it or say who put them up to it. The only exception that comes to mind is the younger brother who has been associated with the Boston Marathon bombing.



Related: The Oklahoma City Bombing After 22 Years

Despite two police attempts to shoot him to death, he inconveniently survived, but has never been seen or heard from. At his orchestrated trial, his court appointed attorney confessed for him, and the jury convicted on her confession.

Remember, Oswald was shot dead by Jack Ruby before Oswald was questioned by police.

There is no explanation for an armed private citizen being inside the jail with Oswald and positioned to shoot him at close range. Clearly, Oswald was not to be permitted to give his story. And no patsy since has either.

Related: The CIA and the assassination of Bob Marley




Medical Propaganda Headlines For Gullible Minds

Warning: don’t use common sense in judging medical pronouncements. You’ll lapse from The Holy Order of Mystical Research.



Medical public-relations people keep a steady stream of stories flowing to the press, day after day.

Related: 6 ways that the medical system makes us ill before kindergarten

Aside from filling space, their main function is to assure the public that “advances are always being made” and “good things are right around the corner.” It’s much better, for example, than, “Well, this month we didn’t discover a single important datum. Here’s hoping for better luck in July.”

A brief examination of medical-story headlines reveals that these stories are lacking in a little thing called reality; or they announce something so obvious it hardly merits mention, much less a full-blown study to establish what any person with a few working brain cells already knows.

Here are a few such headlines from a popular medical site (medicalnewstoday). They represent a mere few days’ worth of vital…baloney:

HOW DOES POOR SLEEP AFFECT OUR ABILITY TO LEARN? A STUDY INVESTIGATES.

Well, poor sleep makes it harder to concentrate the next day. End of study. Thanks. We’re newly enlightened. Where’s my check?



Related: Gynecologist Gives 10 Reasons Women Should Quit Taking Birth Control Pills

LONELINESS MAY HARM SLEEP QUALITY FOR YOUNG ADULTS.

Another stunning revelation. The boy is lonely. He doesn’t sleep well. We never would have imagined such a connection without a meticulous study.

CHRONIC PAIN AMPLIFIES THE BRAIN’S REACTION TO NEW INJURIES.

The insights keep coming. A person already in a state of chronic pain reacts more severely to new pain than a person who isn’t suffering from chronic pain. Give the researchers a Nobel and a trip to Disneyland.

RESEARCHERS PINPOINT HOW DIESEL FUMES COULD CAUSE ‘FLARE-UP’ OF RESPIRATORY SYMPTOMS.

Someone with respiratory disease could experience trouble when breathing diesel fumes. Wow. A mind-bending correlation. And we need to know the exact mechanism of the flare-up because…?

Researchers are going to develop a drug that will eliminate the problem? “Do you have TB? Now you can walk through diesel fumes without a reaction.” Sure. The drug is called Thorazine. You’ll still have a severe reaction, but you won’t know it. Or anything else.



Related: Mandatory Gender Pronouns For Children??! Bill 89 Is Out Of Control

Here are two related headlines:

LARGE META-ANALYSIS IDENTIFIES NEW GENES ASSOCIATED WITH INTELLIGENCE.

GENES RESPONSIBLE FOR SEVERE CONGENITAL HEART DISEASE IDENTIFIED BY RESEARCHERS.

I love stories about “breakthroughs” in gene research. First of all, try to find one version of gene therapy for any disease that works across the board. Good luck.

But you can find thousands of articles about “advances” in the research. They hint at glorious innovations coming to your neighborhood soon.

So let me know when this genetic discovery about heart disease results in a treatment that actually reverses the condition.

And as for genes associated with intelligence, it’s easy as pie to make claims, as long as you don’t have to try to increase IQ with an injection.



Related: The Truth About Gender

Getting the point? Researchers can obtain all sorts of money to do studies that then posit some correlation between a condition and various gaggles of genes - as long as they don’t have come up with an actual gene therapy that works. It’s a great con. Nice work if they can get it, and they can.

THE SECRET TO COMBATING PANCREATIC CANCER MAY LIE IN SUPPRESSION OF A COMMON PROTEIN.

Yes, it may. Or it may not. Who can say? We’ll have to wait and see. Give the researchers another decade. Meanwhile, read about lots of “maybes.”

It’s possible that a steady diet of “maybe” articles will increase your intelligence, help you sleep better at night, reverse heart disease, and decrease your reaction to diesel fumes.

It’s also possible the articles will turn you into a creature with the IQ of a tree-dwelling sloth.


Related Articles:


Brainwashing And The New Vocabulary: 12 Words & Phrases We Never Want To Hear Again & Just Like 9/11 Did, COVID-19 Is Shifting Human Consciousness In A Major Way

Bill Nye the Eugenics Guy Suggests Parents Should Be Penalized For Having ‘Extra Kids’

Homebirth: The Opportunity of a Lifetime

The man who's asking: do we need midwives?

JFK: Dylan Strikes Again & Diana Mystery White Fiat Uno Driver Breaks His Silence - Why He Won’t Talk To Police

Shareholder lawsuit: delightful weapon against drug companies


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Three Questions You’re Not Supposed To Ask About Life In A Sick Society
April 7 2025 | From: WakingTimes / Various

“It is no measure of health to be well adjusted to a profoundly sick society.” - J. Krishnamurti



Society is directed by a never-ending mainstream narrative which is always evolving, and always reaching new dramatic peaks in sensationalism and hype. They fill your mind with topics they select, they keep your attention on these topics, and they invite and encourage you to argue amongst each other about these topics.

Related: What Happens When You Rebel Against The Herd

In this way our collective attention is permanently commandeered, preventing us from diving too deeply into matters which have more than a superficial impact on day-today life.

Free-thinking is the ability and willingness to explore of ideas and areas of the mind which are yet undiscovered or are off-limits.

It is a vanishing art that is deliberately being stamped out by a control system which demands conformity, acquiescence and obedience of body, mind, and spirit.

For your consideration, here are three questions you’re not supposed to ask about life in our profoundly sick society.



1. Who Owns the Money Supply, and the World’s Debt?

Pretty much the entire world is in financial debt, an insidious form of slavery which enables the exploitation of human beings and of all things in nature. It’s maddening when you think about it. The United States alone supposedly owes some $20 trillion, while the world at large owes a shocking $215 trillion?

But to whom, precisely?



Related: Why Do We Allow Private Banks & Families To Control The World’s Money? +The Truth Is Out: "Money" Is Just An IOU, And The Banks Are Rolling In It

Money is just a medium of exchange which facilitates transactions between people. In and of itself it has no intrinsic value as we could just as easily use sea shells instead of dollar bills and still be able to get things done.

But today’s money is the property of private third-parties who rent it out to national governments, who then use the labor of their citizens as collateral against these loans. This is a highly refined form of slavery, which has already put future unborn generations of human beings in debt.

But who, exactly does the human race owe? Who are our debt-slave masters?


2. Who Owns Your Body?

Ownership means having the explicit right to use, control and dispose of something in the manner of your choosing.

The one thing you are born with that you take with you to your death is your own body, but do you own it? If not you, then who does own your body?

If this question were already settled in our society then there wouldn’t be ever-increasing pressure on those who choose to refuse vaccines.

Children battling cancer and other serious illnesses wouldn’t be forced to take chemo and radiation under penalty of law and under threat of being taken from their parents.



Related: Fear Is Contagious And Used To Control You & The Fascist Scale Revisited

Water wouldn’t be fluoridated without our consent. Natural medicines wouldn’t be outlawed under threat of fines and prison time.

We are rapidly approaching a time when people will be required by law to take psychotropic medications as citizens were in Aldous Huxley’s dystopian classic, Brave New World.

Do you own your body, or does it belong to the state?


3.  Why is the Exploration of Consciousness Restricted and Illegal?

The most effective prisons are not material, but are constructed inside the mind. Perception, opinion and understanding are all dynamic concepts, not at all static.

These can all change in the blink of an eye just because a new idea or experience resonates with you in a special way. Our evolution depends on our ability to expand the frontiers of what’s possible, and when the mind is held in confinement by an entrenched system and powerful cultural paradigm, progress, even happiness, is stunted.



Related: How Science Arrived At The Doorstep Of Spirituality

In this societal trap you are given free rein to debase your consciousness and your spirit with alcohol, dangerous drugs, pharmaceuticals, television, pornography, theatrical violence, and then some, yet many natural medicines which elevate consciousness and provide a window into the soul are illegal.


"This is the way freedom is hijacked - not all at once, out in the open, but stealthily, little by little, behind closed doors, and with our own agreement.

How will we be able to resist when so many of us have already willingly handed over the keys to our own consciousness to the state and accepted without protest that it is OK to be told what we may and may not do, what we may and may not explore, even what we may and may not experience, with this most precious, sapient, unique, and individual part of ourselves?

If we are willing to accept that then we can be persuaded to accept anything.”

- Graham Hancock



Related Articles:

The Ten Most Dangerous Threats To Humanity That Must Be Defeated For Us To Live As Free, Conscious Beings


Why Do We Condemn Others For Being ‘Less Awake’ Or ‘Less Conscious?’

These Five Traits Can Only Be Found In Genuine Empaths & Psychic Abilities Everyone Can Unlock

Is Australia Becoming A Fascist State? & Study Says DTP Vaccine Associated With 212% Increased Infant Mortality Risk


“Herd Stupidity”: The Manufactured Covid Crisis, The Gene-based mRNA “Vaccine” And “The Pinnacles Of Wealth And Power” + Information Security Expert On Revealed Pfizer Agreements: ‘There’s Good Reason Pfizer Fought To Hide The Details Of These Contracts’

Thousands Of Medical Studies Found To Be Useless + Medical-Drug Destruction Of Life, By The Numbers & Herd Immunity Used For Fear And Guilt

Ghost Money, Burnt Money And Dead Money


You Are Being Programmed: Five Ways Your Thoughts Are Being Driven Against Your Own Self-Interest


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The Vision Of Technocracy
March 6 2025 | From: JonRappoport / Various

“Well, boys, we’ve got this strange thing called THE INDIVIDUAL. Could somebody tell me what he is? He’s not conforming to our algorithms. He’s all over the place. And while we’re at it, what the hell is this IMAGINATION? It keeps slipping out of our grasp, it doesn’t fit the plan…”



Technocrats say they want to wipe out poverty, war, and inequality. But in order to achieve these lofty goals (or pretend to), they need to re-program humans.

Related: Globalism, Socialism, Technocracy: Three Names For The Same Thing

Technocracy is the basic agenda and plan for ruling global society from above, so we need to understand it from several angles.

Consider a group of enthusiastic forward-looking engineers in the early 20th century. They work for a company that has a contract to manufacture a locomotive. This is a highly complex piece of equipment.

On one level, workers are required to make the components to spec. Then they must put them all together. These tasks are formidable. On another level, various departments of the company must coordinate their efforts. This is also viewed as a technological job. Organizing is considered a technology.

When the locomotive is finished and delivered, and when it runs on its tracks and pulls a train, a great and inspiring victory is won.

And then… the engineers begin to think about the implications. Suppose the locomotive was society itself? Suppose society was the finished product? Couldn’t society be put together in a coordinated fashion? And couldn’t the “technology of organizing things” be utilized for the job?



Related: A Deeper Understanding Of Technocracy & Seven Things I Would Do If I Wanted To Keep Poor People Poor

Why bother with endlessly arguing and lying politicians? Why should they be in charge? Isn’t that an obvious losing proposition? Of course it is.

Engineers could lay out and build a future society that would benefit all people. Disease and poverty could be wiped out. Eliminating them would be part of the blueprint.

This “insight” hit engineers and technicians like a ton of bricks. Of course! All societies had been failures for the same reason: The wrong people were in charge.

Armed with this new understanding, engineers of every stripe began to see what was needed. A revolution in thinking about societal organization. Science was the new king. And science would rule.

Of course, for an engineered world to work, certain decisions would have to be made about the role of the individual. Every individual. You couldn’t have an air-tight plan if every human were free to pursue his own objectives. Too many variables. Too much confusion. Too much conflict.

Well, that problem could be solved. The individual’s actions would be tailored to fit the coordinated operations of the planned society.

The individual would be “one of the components of the locomotive.” His life would be connected to other lives to produce an exemplary shape.



Related: Technocracy: A Scientific Dictatorship

Yes, this could imply a few problems, but those problems could be worked out. They would have to be worked out, because the overriding goal was the forming of a world organization. What would you do if one bolt (an individual human) in one wheel of a locomotive was the wrong size? You would go back and correct the error. You would re-make the bolt.

Among technocrats, the overall vision superseded the glaring need to “remake” individuals who would fit in. It was perfectly all right to re-program the individual.

Other people entered the game. High-echelon Globalists saw technocracy as a system they could use to control the population. Essentially, an already-misguided vision of a future technocratic utopia was hijacked. Something bad was made much worse.

In a nutshell, this is the history of technocracy. A locomotive is a society? No. That was the first fatally flawed idea. Everything that followed was increasingly bizarre.

Unfortunately, many people in our world believe in Globalism, if you could call a partial vague view a legitimate belief.

They dreamily float on all the propaganda cover stories - greatest good for the greatest number of people; no more poverty; equality of sharing; reducing the carbon footprint; a green economy; “sustainable development”; international cooperation; engineering production and consumption of goods and services for the betterment of everyone; and all of this delivered from a central platform of altruistic guidance.

If you track down the specifics that sit under these cover stories, you discover a warped system of planning that expresses control over the global population. The collective utopia turns out to be a sham. Waking up is hard to do? Breaking up is hard to do? They must be done.

A workable technological fix is a very nice achievement when the project is a machine. But transferring that glow of victory to the whole of society is an illusion. Anything that calls itself education would tackle the illusion as the first order of business.



Related: Mind Control Theories And Techniques Used By Mass Media

Engineering society requires engineering humans. That is the fatal flaw. It’s called mind control. Any genuine artist, any builder of communities, any sane activist, any honorable visionary stands outside technocracy, and is not part of this program. Instead, his thrust is toward more individual freedom and a more open society with greater decentralization of power.

Decentralization is the key.

The use of technology does not imply living inside its control. The use of technology does not imply that society should be laid out like a giant machine with fitted parts.

Those futurists who have offered “overall plans” for the disposition of society generally ignore or sidestep the issue of who is going to administer the plan. To say this is an error is a vast understatement.

Where is one far-reaching center of power in our world that would run society with a primary concern for the freedom of the individual?

We are looking at an inherent contradiction. All such centers of power are, first and foremost, dedicated to their own survival. And after that, they are dedicated to control of the territory they believe they own.

THE INDIVIDUAL is a messy thing that needs to be sidelined or dealt with as a disruptive element.



Related: The Transhumanist Agenda And The [Attempted] Future Of Humanity

I speak to those people who understand that the idea of the free, independent, powerful, and creative individual is being delined, shelved, sent down the memory hole. This is no accident. This isn’t just a devolutionary trend. Technocrats see this as a necessary action, in order to “clean up” their equation for the civilization they’re building.

The individual is a slippery variable that throws a monkey wrench into formulas.

Imagination never dies. It belongs to the individual. It isn’t property of the group. It enables solutions that eradicate problems and get out ahead of problems before they raise their heads.

Time and time again, the individual, as he wends his way through life, encounters persons and organizations that consider imagination a negative. In the clearly defined shapes of society, imagination must take a back seat to planning.

Is the individual resistant to such manipulations, or does he give in? This is the key question.

Does the individual view society as an operation that can potentially lift up individuals and empower them? Or does he give in to the idea that society should create more and more dependent people?



Related: It's Official: This Is Straight Out Of Orwell's 1984...

The individual can be a source of spreading freedom, or he can defend the notion that there are an endless number of “entitlements” that must be honored.

Technocracy promotes entitlements as a doorway into the future. Its ultimate entitlement goes this way: you have the right to be re-programmed to believe you have a slot in the future world; we will make this slot as attractive as possible; you will serve the overall good as we engineer it.

That is the fundamental justification for the Welfare State. It’s the justification for a future technocratic policy which will assign citizens energy quotas. A citizen would be permitted to consume a set amount of energy in a given time period. (So-called smart meters are a step in that direction. The meters enable more specific measurements of energy consumption.)

This is how technocracy imagines the future…


Related Articles:

A Skeptical Look At The ‘Great Reset’: A Technocratic Agenda That Waited Years For A Global Crisis To Exploit & The Global Takeover Is Underway

The Reasons Why The Globalists Are Destined To Lose

Total Individual Control Technology – Insider Exposes How You And Your DNA Are Being Targeted & Psychotechnology: How Artificial Intelligence Is Designed To Change Humanity

The “Great Reset” Elite Coup: Taking Control By Destroying Cash - Reshaping The Human “Individual”

Brave New World And Individual Power & How The Elite Dominate The World: They Buy Politicians, And Incumbents Almost Always Win

Responding To The “Nothing To Hide” Argument In Support Of Mass Surveillance + We Are All Targeted Individuals Now with Dr. Katherine Horton

The Individual Versus The Fake Collective



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Exposed: The Nazi Roots Of The European Union
April 5 2025 | From: JonRappoport / Various

This is an intelligence briefing. Here I present the bare bones of what has been happening before our eyes… if we would see it.



Once upon a time, there was an industrial combine in Nazi Germany called IG Farben. It was the largest chemical/pharmaceutical octopus in the world. It owned companies, and it had favorable business agreements with companies from England to Central America to Japan.

Related: 2016 - How The Nazi’s Won WWII And Are Running The USA

The author of The Devil’s Chemists, Josiah DuBois, traveled to Guatemala, on a fact-finding mission, in the early days of World War 2, and returned with the comment that, as far as he could tell, Guatemala was “a wholly owned subsidiary of Farben.”

The pharmaceutical empire was and is one of the major forces behind the European Union (EU). It is no accident that these drug corporations wield such power. They aren’t only involved in controlling the medical cartel; they are political planners.

This is how and why Big Pharma fits so closely with what is loosely referred to as the New World Order. The aim of enrolling every human in a cradle-to-grave system of disease diagnosis and toxic drug treatment has a larger purpose: to debilitate, to weaken populations.

This is a political goal. It facilitates control.



Related: Same Media That Once Deemed Chemtrails A Conspiracy Theory Now Openly Promotes Chemtrailing The Entire Planet To “End Climate Change” & Global Geoengineering (Chemtrails) Experiment Pushed By Bill Gates Also Funded By Nazi-Linked Alfred P. Sloan Foundation, Linked To Eugenics And Depopulation

IG Farben’s main component companies, at the outbreak of World War 2, were Bayer, BASF, and Hoechst. They were chemical and drug companies. Farben put Hitler over the top in Germany as head of State, and the war was designed to lead to a united Europe that would be dominated by the Farben nexus.

The loss of the war didn’t derail that plan. It was shifted into an economic blueprint, which became, eventually, the European Union.

The European Commission’s first president was Walter Hallstein, the Nazi lawyer who, during the war, had been in charge of post-war legal planning for the new Europe.

As the Rath Foundation reports: In 1939, on the brink of the war, Hallstein had stated, “The creation of the New Law [of the Nazis] is ONLY the task of the law-makers!”



Related: European Union In Decay & More

In 1957, with his reputation sanitized, Hallstein spoke the words in this manner: “The European Commission has full and unlimited power for all decisions related to the architecture of this European community.”

Post-war, IG Farben was broken up into separate companies, but those companies (Bayer, Hoechst, and BASF) came roaring back, attaining new profit highs.

I refer you to the explosive book, The Nazi Roots of the Brussels EU, by Paul Anthony Taylor, Aleksandra Niedzwiecki, Dr. Matthias Rath, and August Kowalczyk. You can also read it at relay-of-life.com. It is a dagger in the heart of the EU.

At the Rath Foundation, you can also read Joseph Borkin’s classic, “The Crime and Punishment of IG Farben.”

In 1992, I was deeply engaged in researching the specific devastating effects of medical drugs. Eventually, I concluded that, at the highest levels of power, these drugs weren’t destructive by accident. They were intended to cause harm.



Related: How Rockefeller Founded Big Pharma And Waged War On Natural Cures

This was covert chemical warfare against the population of the planet. The Rockefeller-Standard Oil-Farben connection was a primary piece of the puzzle.

It was, of course, Rockefeller (and Carnegie) power that had forced the birth of pharmaceutical medicine in America, with the publication of the 1910 Flexner Report.

The Report was used to excoriate and marginalize Chiropractic, Homeopathy, Naturopathy, and other forms of traditional natural practice, in favor of what would become the modern juggernaut of drug-based treatment.



Related: Five Historical Vaccine Scandals Suppressed By The Establishment & FDA Admits Vaccines Contaminated With Serious Viruses Including Cancer + Measles Vaccination Is Not Protecting Against Measles

In an article about the FDA, “Medical Murder in the Matrix,” I point out the fact that this federal agency has permitted at least 100,000 deaths of Americans, per year, from the direct effects of drugs it, the FDA, has certified as safe. (See, for example, JAMA, July 26, 2000, ‘Is US Health Really the Best in the World,’ Dr. Barbara Starfield.)

The FDA knows these death figures. “Unintended” and “accidental” can no longer be applied to this ongoing holocaust.

The pharmaceutical industry itself also knows those death figures.

To understand the dimensions and history of the ongoing chemical warfare against the population, in the form of medical drugs (and of course pesticides), one must factor in the original octopus, IG Farben.

World War 2 never ended. It simply shifted its strategies.



Related: Were Hitler & Nazism Zionist Creations?

In any fascist system, the bulk of the people working inside the system, including scientists, refuse to believe the evidence of what is happening before their own eyes. They insist they are doing good.

They believe they are on the right side. They see greater top-down control as necessary and correct. They adduce “reasonable” explanations for inflicted harm and death.

World War 2 is still underway. The battleground has been changed, and the means are far cleverer.

Sun Tzu wrote: “Hence to fight and conquer in all your battles is not supreme excellence; supreme excellence consists in breaking the enemy’s resistance without fighting… The best victory is when the opponent surrenders of its own accord before there are any actual hostilities…It is best to win without fighting.”

This is what has been happening: invisible warfare.


Related Articles:

European Union In Decay & More

A Nazi In The (Pocket) Is Worth Four In The Bush (Family)

The Federal Reserve And The Bank Of England Financed The 3rd Reich + International Red Cross Report Confirms The Holocaust Of Six Million Jews Is A Hoax

Propaganda Techniques Of Empire + P.C. Language Control And The Rise Of The Third Reich

1899 Merck Manual Shows Natural And Food - Based Medicine Once Reigned Supreme + The Healing Web


1080 Was Added To Water Supplies By Germany In WW2 As A Chemical Weapon Says A US Manufacturer – But The New Zealand Authorities Are Dropping It Aerially Into Our Waterways


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

A Primer For The Propagandised: Fear Is The Mind-Killer & Whistleblower: Newspaper Industry Chiefs Criminally Negligent Over Covid Scaremongering + Much More
April 4 2025 | From OffGuardian / UKColumn / Various

Totalitarianism, if not fought against, could triumph anywhere.” - George Orwell



The noose is dangling gently around our necks. Every day, they cinch it tighter. By the time we realize it’s strangling us, it will be too late.

Related: 10 Things We Have Learned During the Covid Coup


“The future will be about finding a way to reduce the population…

Of course, we will not be able to execute people or build camps. We get rid of them by making them believe it is for their own good…

We will find or cause something, a pandemic targeting certain people, a real economic crisis or not, a virus affecting the old or the elderly, it doesn’t matter, the weak and the fearful will succumb to it.

The stupid will believe in it and ask to be treated. We will have taken care of having panned the treatment, a treatment that will be the solution.

The selection of idiots will therefore be done by itself: they will go to the slaughterhouse alone.”

- Jacques Attali 1981 Bilderberg. The guy who promoted Macron for his presidency

Those who – gradually and gleefully – sacrifice their freedoms, their autonomy, their individuality, their livelihoods, and their relationships on the altar of the “common good” have forgotten this is the pattern followed by every totalitarian regime in history.

Everyone wonders how ordinary Germans could have been manipulated to participate or stand dumbstruck while their government was transformed into a genocidal juggernaut.

This is how. Read Sebastian Haffner’s Defying Hitler memoir to see how this can happen anywhere - including here.

Everyone wonders how Russians could have permitted and even zealously reported fellow citizens for imprisonment and execution under Article 58, the penal code invented to incarcerate anyone who dared express the slightest whisper of noncompliance under Stalin’s homicidal state.



Related: Covid Vaccine Facts Reference List

This is how. Read Aleksandr Solzhenitsyn’s meticulously documented The Gulag Archipelago to witness this progression of authoritarian lunacy.

Everyone wonders how Hutus could have suddenly started axing their Tutsi neighbors to death after being inundated with waves of anti-Tutsi propaganda from Radio Télévision Libre des Mille Collines.

Read Philip Gourevitch’s We Wish to Inform You That Tomorrow We Will Be Killed with Our Families: Stories from Rwanda.

The list goes on. And on. And on. From Machiavelli’s The Prince to Étienne de la Boetie’s The Politics of Obedience: The Discourse of Voluntary Servitude to Edward Herman’s and Noam Chomsky’s Manufacturing Consent (and accompanying documentary) to BBC’s The Century of the Self, mechanisms of mass control have been chronicled for millennia.

George Orwell wrote:


"As far as the mass of the people go, the extraordinary swings of opinion which occur nowadays, the emotions which can be turned on and off like a tap, are the result of newspaper and radio hypnosis."



Related: 20 Mechanisms Of Injury

Can you imagine what master propagandist Edward Bernays would have done with access to today’s mainstream media conglomerate combined with the global surveillance infrastructure of Big Tech?

And you really think that’s not happening now - with another century of psychological, neurological, and technological research under their belts?

The present ability to curate reality and coerce obedience is unprecedented, far beyond what Orwell envisioned in 1984, Bradbury in Fahrenheit 451, Huxley in Brave New World, and Burgess in A Clockwork Orange.

A textbook example of Problem Reaction Solution, the current tsunami of worldwide hysteria is the latest and potentially most threatening example of mass control in history.



Related: Report: Government Scientific Advisors Admit They Used ‘Totalitarian’ Fear Tactics To Control People During Pandemic

The recipe is simple. Take a naturally occurring phenomenon, say a seasonal virus, and exaggerate its threat far beyond every imagining - despite exhaustive evidence to the contrary.

Suppress, silence, ostracize, and demonize every individual who dares present facts that expose the false mono-narrative.

Whip up a witches’ brew of anger, envy, and, most importantly, fear, escalating emotions to a boil so as to short-circuit our faculties of reason and logic.

Isolate us from one another, supplant real-world interactions with virtual feuds, label nonconformists as a threat to the group, and pump the public with a disinformation campaign designed to confuse and atomize.

In essence, foster a cultlike mentality that shuts down thought to guarantee assent.

Cultivate and wield our cognitive biases - especially ingroup bias, conformity bias, and authority bias - against us in a comprehensive divide-and-conquer policy that keeps us too busy squabbling amongst each other to recognize and unite against those corralling us into a Matrix-like collective delusion that enables the powerful to extract our resources for their own gain.



Related: The COVID-19 RT-PCR Test: How To Mislead All Humanity - Using A “Test” To Lock Down Society + Former Pfizer Science Officer Reveals Great COVID-19 Scam

This ideological mass psychosis is religion - not science.

If this were about science, the Media - Pharmaceutical - Big-Tech complex would not be memory-holing every dissenting voice, vilifying every thought criminal, and censoring every legitimate inquiry in quest of the truth
.

Mark Twain said:


"It’s easier to fool people than to convince them that they have been fooled.”



Facebook Whistleblowers Expose LEAKED INTERNAL DOCS Detailing New Effort to Secretly Censor Vaccine Concerns on a Global Scale

Two Facebook Insiders have come forward with internal company documents detailing a plan to curb “vaccine hesitancy” (VH) on a global scale.



Related Articles:

Facebook Whistleblowers Reveal Secret 'Filter' for 'Liberty-Based' and 'Religious-Based' 'Objections & Skepticism,' Including 'Vaccine Passports'

Fauci Finally Admits COVID-19 May Have Come From Wuhan Lab, 'Not Convinced' Of Natural Origin

Questions Over Social Media Censorship of Wuhan Lab Leak After Fauci Admits Possibility

Full analysis: Vaccines confirmed to be efficient extermination weapons… all human beings have the right to resist in self-defense


Facebook No Longer Banning Posts Suggesting COVID-19 Was Man-Made

Fauci In 2012: Gain-Of-Function Research 'Worth Risk Of Lab Accident Sparking Pandemic'




He also said:


"In religion and politics people’s beliefs and convictions are in almost every case gotten at second-hand, and without examination, from authorities who have not themselves examined the questions at issue but have taken them at second-hand from other non-examiners, whose opinions about them were not worth a brass farthing.”

The next time you’re watching the news, reading a social media post, listening to a friend repeat a scripted talking point, pay attention. Learn to identify the earmarks of propaganda, the clickbait used to trigger your emotions, the mechanisms employed to engineer your cognitive biases.

Don’t let your pride prevent you from seeing - and admitting - the Emperor is naked. We are losing our last sliver of opportunity to resist authoritarianism.

This is not a partisan issue.

Those who wish to control us have made it such because disunited lemmings are easier to steer than independent, critical thinkers.



Related: The Top Four Reasons Why Many People, Doctors And Scientists Refuse To Take The COVID Vaccine & A New Zealand Doctor Speaks Out Against COVID Policies

This is a human issue. This is about crushing the middle class - the backbone of a democratic republic - and transferring trillions from the middle and lower classes to the ruling plutocracy.

This is about demolishing the foundations of a free society and building it back - not better, but better-controlled.

I will close by recommending a series of illuminating videos on menticide (“the systematic effort to undermine and destroy a person’s values and beliefs … to induce radically different ideas”) throughout history by Academy of Ideas.

This analysis of mass psychosis is nonpartisan and of value to every thinking human being.

Is a Mass Psychosis the Greatest Threat to Humanity?

The Mass Psychosis and the Demons of Dostoevsky

The Manufacturing of a Mass Psychosis – Can Sanity Return to an Insane World?


Dare to question.

Dare to disbelieve.

Dare to defy ideology in favor of science while you still can.



Related Articles:

Caught Red-Handed: CDC Changes Test Thresholds To Virtually Eliminate New COVID Cases Among Vaxx'd

CV was not the bioweapon - the V is the depopulation program!

Moderna Chief Medical Officer Confirms mRNA Injection For COVID-19 Can Change Your Genetic Code

Increased Covid Outbreaks and Deaths from Mass-Jabbing


This Is Getting Too Real.. Why Is Nobody Talking About This

Covid restrictions mean Australians have never looked so imprisoned

All New Zealanders Should Know About This!

British writer under fire for scathing review of New Zealand's COVID-19 border measures

FDA Examination Finds Substandard Conditions at Contractor’s Plant for J&J Vaccine Production

South Dakota’s Noem Bans Vaccine Passports

After Son Takes His Own Life, Father Warns Against Extended Pandemic Lockdowns

The Lockdown Paradigm Is Collapsing

European Drug Regulator Slaps Safety Warning on J&J Jab Due to Blood-Clot Links

Pregnant Women Should Not Get a COVID Vaccine

Leaked Documents Reveal Cases of Adverse Reactions to Chinese-Made COVID-19 Vaccines

Covid Vaccine More Dangerous than Covid

The Covidian Cult Exposed: Six Conditions Of Mind Control

Chicago Tribune: Professors Investigating COVID Vaccine Link To Abnormal Periods

CDC ‘Looking At’ Whether Masks Are Still Needed Outdoors

US Drop in Vaccine Demand Has Some Places Turning Down Doses

Officials Probing Oregon Woman’s Death After Getting Johnson & Johnson Shot

Whistleblower: Newspaper Industry Chiefs Criminally Negligent Over Covid Scaremongering

We publish the below anonymously for self-evident reasons.



Working for what is essentially the propaganda unit of our government is something I am deeply ashamed of.

Related: 1,000 Lawyers and 10,000 Doctors Have Filed a Major Lawsuit for Violations of the Nuremberg Code

I have been a journalist at newspapers across the UK for 25 years and feel the industry I work in has grossly let down the public during this alleged pandemic.

To protect my position as a legacy media journalist, I am unwilling to say where I work, whom I work for, or who I am, but I am sharing these thoughts with UK Column readers to hopefully give them an insight into how and why my industry has got things so badly wrong.

For the last year I have been deeply troubled by what has been happening and would gladly quit my industry if it wasn’t for having to support my family on a good wage - but I feel like my soul is dying as a result.

What I used to hold in high regard, legacy media newspapers, have revealed themselves to be an enormous echo chamber begging readers every day to lock down harder, socially distance further, mask up more often, and to - above all else - get vaccinated as soon as humanly possible.



Related: Message To Doctors By Ontario College of Physicians & Surgeons Shows Desperation to Silence Them

Despite this relentless messaging to comply, not one mention has ever been made in any of the titles I work for of the government’s Yellow Card Scheme that has recorded more than 1,000 deaths shortly after vaccine, to date.

As the Government’s own website says, only 10% of vaccine injuries are ever recorded, so we can make that 10,000 deaths and counting.

Meanwhile, we have columnists crowing about getting their vaccines, and relentless fearmongering editorials that may as well have been written by Chris Whitty himself.

I am disgusted by it all but I do have a handful of colleagues who share my concerns - but we are powerless to do anything, with managers either too scared or too programmed by the propaganda to allow for anything more than occasional snippets of alternative narrative to appear.


Wartime Delusions

The only explanation I can think of for myself, being the only one of my colleagues trying to get counter-narrative in the news pages, is that many of them think their responsibility is to save lives in a time of crisis, as if they were on a wartime footing, and that anything challenging the official narrative would end up with more deaths.





They Have an Undercover Footage - The Media Don't want You to See





Related:

Five Doctors Agree that COVID-19 Injections are Bioweapons and Discuss What to do About It

Norway: Risk of Dying From AstraZeneca Higher Than of COVID-19

India’s Health Ambassador Dies One Day After Taking COVID-19 Vaccine

Dr. Christiane Northrup, “What’s In the COVID-19 Vaccines?”

Vaccine Passports Used To Create A Lesser Class of Citizens?

Connecticut Publishes Moderna COVID Vax Ingredients: DEADLY POISON “SM-102 – Not for Human or Veterinary Use”

Navarro: ‘Sociopath’ Fauci Will ‘Be Gone Within 90 Days’ Over Wuhan Lab Funding

Washington Post Journalist Forced to Eat Crow Over Wuhan Lab Leak Theory



It is ironic that their ignorance, cowardice and/or lack of journalistic integrity, probably born out of fear of the virus and/or fear of what others might think of them, is costing thousands of lives of the most vulnerable in our society and the rapid loss of our freedoms.


And it has left children at the cusp of having to receive this vaccine without informed consent being given to their parents.

It is our duty to present both sides of a story impartially, and in that task we have failed to such an extent that I feel there has been criminal negligence from those at the top of the industry, who must take responsibility for the skewed narrative we have offered for more than a year now.

I have had many sleepless nights thinking about the horrors that are happening in hospitals and care homes - and more recently as a result of the vaccines - as a result of the Covid protocols that we as a newspaper industry are turning a blind eye to, or are playing down the significance of.

And the devastating fear programming of children that we have become a part of is something that is equally cruel and criminal.



Related: The Business Of Journalists Is To Destroy The Truth & Americans Think The Media Is More Destructive Than Banks & Corporations + The Normals vs. Conspiracy Theorists

I must also add that it has become common practice to describe anything bad that happens in society to be “due to Covid."

No, it is not! It is due to the draconian restrictions that our economy has had its heart ripped out, it is these restrictions that have left the elderly to die alone and in despair within hospitals and care homes.

It’s not Covid doing that, but the regulations imposed.


The Role of the Press in Bringing About the Hate-Filled Society

Through ignorance and a desire to make things seem as terrible as possible - in the misguided belief this would save lives - it has meant we have fanned the flames of fear and helped create the society that the government psychologists wanted, with non-compliance being the subject of social disapproval.

In fact it has gone much further than that, with non-compliance avidly hated by many who do conform.

The vitriol and scorn from many of our reader comments to stories is extreme - to the extent they wish anyone breaking regulations “catch the virus and die”.




The “Panic Paper” – The Corona Virus Blueprint

A crystal clear explanation of the Corona Fraud. We’ve been talking about many of these issues since as far back as March, but here they are all in one place.

The timeline of the Great Con with a special focus on Germany. Applies to all countries.





Related: The WHO, the CDC and the Davos WEF: The New Nuremberg Trials of 2021. Crimes Against Humanity





These comments are sickening to read and show that much of the public has been deeply programmed by the fear propaganda and psychological manipulation that we, the press, perpetuate on behalf of our government.

There are only a very few journalists who think as I do: certainly none of the managers I work with are willing to speak up or are able to grasp that the government is not working in our best interests.

Or perhaps they are motivated by their pay cheques to keep the official narrative going?

From being relatively proud of being a journalist, I have become truly disgusted with my profession and the cowardice and ignorance of several of my colleagues, and the downright propaganda appearing in the titles I work for.

There are many more good people than bad within my industry, I would like to stress, but they are clueless as to narratives outside the legacy media bubble and this is a dereliction of duty on their behalf.

The C-word is also a problem: Conspiracy.



Related: No Jab for Me – And Here Are 35 Reasons Why

The word is enough to send most journalists climbing the walls in outrage or fear, and they will carry out as much cognitive dissonance as necessary to block out any information that suggests anything conspiratorial could be happening, especially as this conspiracy is on such a grand scale.

Like most people, I experienced adrenaline-dump levels of fear when news of Covid-19 broke and the now-proved-to-be-fake news came out of people lying dead on the street in Wuhan.


If They Get Jabbed After Watching This They Are Beyond Saving





Related:
The Covid Con Game and End Game


Paying the Piper

But I quickly woke up to what was really going on by seeking out content from medical experts of the highest level - that was being so ruthlessly censored by the tech giants which our newspapers are beholden to, as most of the traffic to our websites come from Facebook and Twitter.

The vast majority of my colleagues have not done this research and remain under the impression we are in the middle of a deadly pandemic.

How can they be so ignorant, some may ask.

The simple answer is they build their beliefs from the very same newspapers that are selling the fear and propaganda.

Our newspapers are like salesmen desperate for everything that moves to be vaccinated, and it is a grotesque role we are playing.

Let’s Play “Spot a Lie” in the Two Articles Below by Helen & Friends

My favourite is this one: “Implying that all adverse events that occur after a vaccine is devious; one could just as well say deaths after eating marmite on toast for breakfast were all caused by the marmite and toast”.





Related: NZ Lawyer Tells Prime Minister Her Pfizer Vaccine Claims Are Misleading And Deceptive + Massive Anti-Lockdown Protests Rage Worldwide

Well, what can I say, make sure you take a marmite sandwich with you to eat when you go for your covid shot.

In case of any adverse reaction, or death, it is more likely that it would be due to your marmite sandwich (or your husband murdering you or that you committed suicide (which is partially true, as you did go for this injection, in spite of all the reported deaths.).)

As you know all vaccines, esp this covid mRNA injection, are SAFE & Effective (Repeat with me, safe & effective.) and the risk is equivalent to eating a marmite toast!

So, they can’t make it any clearer for you, whatever happens to you after this injection it won’t be due to this injection! If you are that stupid, please do go ahead and get your injection, the IQ of the remaining population will be increased in no time! By the way, from a fb post:

Sudden unexplained deaths so far, in New Zealand, following experimental Covid gene therapy:

1. Napier port worker

2. Pauline Hanna/Polkinghorne Auckland DHB

3. 63 yr old port working in Richmond

4. Tauranga Port worker- A male in late 30's

5. 32 yr old Hamilton woman

6. 65 yr old Fielding nurse at Palmerston North hospital collapses then dies.


"The eight most common myths about Covid vaccines."

And the spin: Dr Helen Petousis-Harris: The eight most common myths about Covid vaccines


Related Articles:

Pfizer Vaccine Confirmed to Cause Neurodegenerative Diseases: Study

Pfizer’s Criminal Record. Largest Medical “Fraudulent Marketing” Case in US History

Half Of NIH/CDC Refuse The COVID Vaccine, Joining Billions of Anti-Vaxxers

NHS Consultant of 30 years warns against vaccinating healthy children

'Many' NZ pilots not taking up Covid-19 vaccination, union says

Pfizer, AstraZeneca COVID Vaccines Probed in Europe after Reports of Heart Inflammation, Rare Nerve Disorder

Covid 19 coronavirus: Customs sacks nine border workers for refusing vaccine

Stay Away From The Vaxxed, It Is Official, From Pfizer’s Own Documents

Defence Force service members told to get vaccinated or face being fired

Israeli People Committee’s Report Find Catastrophic Side Effects Of Pfizer Vaccine To Every System In Human Body

COVID-19: Australian journalist Adam Creighton blasts NZ's 'mass psychogenic illness' after third lockdown

Dr. Mike Yeadon, Former Pfizer VP Speaks Out On Dangers Of mRNA Injections

Covid Vaccine: The Same Pattern Everywhere? Mass Vaccination triggers sharp spike in Cases and Deaths

10,570 Dead 405,259 Injuries: European Database of Adverse Drug Reactions for COVID-19 “Vaccines”

“The Human Bomb”: Effects of mRNA “Vaccination” on Unvaccinated People?

Supreme Court: Pfizer, Moderna et al. may own your genes once you’re injected with their lab-created mRNA, DNA

What’s Not Being Said About the Pfizer Coronavirus Vaccine. “Human Guinea Pigs”?

US Woman paralyzed after Pfizer ‘vaccine’

Covid 19 coronavirus: Quarter of New Zealand unvaccinated not a deal-breaker, says Immunisation Advisory Centre

Coronavirus: 'Dumb good luck', not expert management, behind NZ's COVID-19 success - expert

Covid 19 coronavirus: Nelson mayor Rachel Reese cancels screening of Covid vaccination video

Covid-19: NZ's Medsafe in touch with Europe after handful of vaccine-linked deaths among frailest patients

Covid 19 coronavirus: High Court hears arguments questioning legality of vaccine rollout

COVID-19: New Zealand's Pfizer vaccine approval challenged in High Court

Pfizer-BioNTech Vaccine Developer Says People Will Need Third COVID Shot & One Every Year

Sue Grey: Our country and democracy have been hijacked, our freedoms and assets being rapidly eroded

NZ Ministry of Health Uses Myth Of Asymptomatic Transmission to Justify Face Masks

Fact Checking Chris Hipkins Re: "Disrespectful People Handing Out Anti-Mask Misinformation"

Former Pfizer VP Blows Lid on Vaccine Scheme: “Entirely Possible This Will Be Used For Massive-Scale Depopulation”

Pfizer Document Admits Vaccine Side Effects Transfer To The Unvaccinated

Pfizer Admits That Shedding Can Occur and Non-Jabbed Can be Exposed by Inhalation or Skin Contact

Covid 19 coronavirus: Govt makes urgent law change after High Court ruling on legality of vaccine rollout

French Drug Assessment Center Demands Removal of All Four Widely Used COVID Vaccines

Here’s why Bill Gates wants indemnity… Are you willing to take the risk?

Leigh Dundas speech - (Health and Freedom 2021)

COVID PCR Test Swabs are as dangerous as inhaling Asbestos

The FDA cover-up that led to the approval of the Pfizer vaccine


Combine that with the complete failure to allow for any significant counter-argument to mass vaccination and lockdown, and it is clear we are not carrying out the role of journalists.

Indeed, for several years now, our titles have been filled with centrally-produced content hammering home the message that we must all get our jabs for everything.

We are a PR machine for big pharma, it’s as simple as that, and it is truly depressing. I have been close to tears many times over the past year because of the propaganda we are delivering that has caused so much suffering.

Journalists are no more and no less than a reflection of the public they are supposed to serve, and perhaps that is why those who do try and challenge the established “truth” on asymptomatic spreading, vaccine efficacy, and the effectiveness of the PCR test are attacked by those within their own industry.

Recently, I asked one reporter employed by another company, and who has covered Covid regularly, what they knew about the PCR test and how medical experts across the world are branding it as not fit for purpose.



Related: The New mRNA COVID Vaccines Inject An Operating System Into Your Body - Not A Conspiracy Theory, Moderna Admits It & Open Letter to NZ MPs - Lockdown Is A Disastrous Error

This reporter - who is usually one of the best I know for digging down into stories - did not have a clue what I was talking about.

Global censorship can be the only explanation for this.

That censorship is what many of my colleagues are blissfully unaware of (or they think it is only for deleting hate speech) and it is helping governments across the world to impose these devastating impositions without resistance from the public.


Pity the Public

I may come across as angry in this report but my overriding emotion is that of sadness for the public we have so badly let down.

The vast majority of my colleagues build their views on what is happening from the legacy media and fact checkers (I use that term as loosely as possible), and are completely ignorant of the thousands of doctors worldwide who have formed groups calling out the huge holes in the official narrative.

When I have confronted managers with my concerns about the propaganda we are publishing, I have been tarred as a conspiracy theorist who denies the existence of the virus.




The Fauci Gain Of Function Research Bombshell

The obvious information that Infowars brought you a year ago has come to fruition: The weaponized virus escaped a lab.

Its rollout was mismanaged by Dr. Fauci, who knows more than he will reveal.

And it is being used as the Trojan Horse for the United Nation’s Great Reset Agenda to depopulate and de-industrialize humanity.






Related Articles:

Spike Protein Key Factor In Vaccine Deaths

Fauci and the NIH caught funding China’s covid bioweapons research

NIH established a “public health emergency” loophole, enabling Chinese scientists to exploit moratorium on gain-of-function coronavirus research

Tucker Carlson Calls For Investigation Into Fauci Wuhan Lab Connection

Rand Paul Confronts Fauci On Funding Gain of Function Research at Wuhan Lab


Fauci Behind Wuhan COVID-19 Leak, WaPo Reporter Tells Joe Rogan

Moderna boss: mRNA jabs are rewriting the Genetic Code, “We call it information therapy”

Fauci Lied To Congress About Gain-of-Function Research

Latest CDC Data Show Reports of Adverse Events After COVID Vaccines Surpass 200,000, Including 943 Among 12- to 17-Year-Olds

Nobel Prize Winner Reveals – COVID Vaccine Is ‘Creating Variants’

As I warned: RNA gold rush; new genetic products in the pipeline




How wrong they are. I am a realist, not theorist, and, yes, I do believe there is a virus about, a flu-like disease that is causing no more deaths in this country than the majority of years going back to 2000 when the figures are age-adjusted to account for our more aged population in recent years.

I do not want to come across as belittling the illness, which does appear to have long-term devastating effects for many, but the excess deaths are at a level that do not justify the lockdowns or mass vaccinations, not least because of so many examples of countries and US states suffering no worse problems without locking down.

The rolling counts of deaths across seasons screamed out by our front-page headlines are grossly misleading and do not take into account the vast levels of misdiagnosis.

[Comment: More to the point, New Zealand - Where are all the dead people - if this is a pandemic?]

I do not know one reporter other than myself who has asked health officials about the unreliability of the PCR test.

The lack of knowledge among my peers is deeply frustrating and, again, I must blame censorship for this, as the people I work with are otherwise fantastic journalists who want to be accurate and fair.



Related: Fully Vaccinated Individuals Are Testing Positive For The Coronavirus: More Examples Emerge


Zombie Writing Produces Zombie Readers

The tone of stories is another issue I would like to address.

It is key that it be balanced and without offering opinion in news articles - but most of our Covid reporting is littered with examples of how we must obey or else!

I have had a close family member appeal to me to seek mental health treatment as I am questioning the Covid narrative, and I have lost several friends as result of my opinions.

And I fear that this closed-minded attitude is rife within the world of journalism.

This is a “pandemic” that cannot be questioned within the legacy media, and I would urge readers to stop consuming content about Covid from this dying industry, if they haven’t already.

Manipulation and downright lies fill the columns of our newspapers, with critical thinking and the journalistic skills of following the money and asking who benefits (cui bono) being all but non-existent when it comes to the vaccine roll-out.

I am still within this industry and fully accept the scorn and hatred I may attract for taking a pay cheque from this propaganda unit I work for.



Related: Rand Paul Continues Fauci Feud; “He Could Be Culpable For The Entire Pandemic”

I will continue to try and change opinions from within, and hope that the public will start looking away from our papers for the truth.

My closing remark would be this, in the hope that some editors within the legacy media are reading this. Please, please, please, let there be debate.

Do not allow for censorship to take hold in your titles. And, as a message to my fellow reporters, do not fall prey to the cowardly act of self-censorship to protect your reputation.

There is too much at stake to allow for debate to be silenced as the screw is tightened and freedoms are eroded to levels that were once unimaginable.

Families are being torn apart and my industry is responsible for that.


Related Articles:

The CoVaxx-19 Scorecard: Bleeding, Blood-Clots and the Whole Nine Yards

Why Are Hydroxychloroquine and Ivermectin Being Officially Suppressed?

World's Most Vaccinated Nation Sees Active COVID Cases Double In Under A Week

Biden White House Partners With McDonald’s To Promote COVID Vaccine As ‘Hesitancy Grows’

Smoking Gun Video: Fauci Project Manager Confesses to Creating Covid-19

Are Lockdowns Affecting Children?

American Pravda: "The Truth" and "The Whole Truth" About the Origins of Covid-19

Michigan Woman Died of ‘Complications’ After Getting COVID-19 Vaccine: Family

The Government Is Not Reporting Huge Numbers of Covid Vaccine Deaths

CDC Specifies PCR Test Cycle Threshold For Vaccinated Individuals: What Does This Mean?

COVID: Vaccinated people shedding and spreading genetic disaster to unvaccinated women?

19,916 ‘eye disorders’ including blindness following COVID vaccine reported in Europe

MINISTRY OF TRUTH: 12 state attorneys general demand Big Tech platforms eliminate all speech from people injured by vaccines

CDC Changes Rules for Counting Breakthrough Cases, as More Fully Vaccinated People Test Positive

Vaccine Passports Illegal, Infections and Deaths after Vaccines, Government and Media Lies, the “Booster” Myth

Halt COVID Vaccine, Prominent Scientist Tells CDC

COVID Vaccine can worsen disease; mainstream study; not on the evening news

The Proof Is In: Tony Fauci Is Responsible for the Creation of the Covid-19 Virus

Evidence of Self Spreading Vaccines Being Used For Depopulation

Fauci's Claim That Masks Stopped The Flu Is Undermined By The WHO's Own Data


Professor Explains Flaw in Many Models Used for COVID-19 Lockdown Policies

COVID vaccine deaths: the numbers point to a catastrophe

Mandatory mRNA in the 2007 movie Vexille Predictive Programming

Senior NHS Board Member Warns: Stop The Genocide Or Our Children Are Next

The truth is outecutive admits that they their vaccine is not designed to end the pandemic

EXPERTS AGREE - VACCINE WILL MAKE YOU SICK - CANCER, ALZHEIMER'S, MULTIPLE SCLEROSIS, LOU GEHRIG'S

Moderna Victim Confirms Her Destruction

Bill And Melinda Gates Getting Divorce

Bill and Melinda Gates Announce Divorce After 27 Years

EXTERMINATION machine unmasked: Why vaccinated people are making HEALTHY people sick, Pfizer document admits vaccinated people “shed” infectious particles, the spike protein is the bioweapon

Vaccine Free - 111 Stories of Unvaccinated Children

Over 200 doctors call for global vitamin D distribution because it inexpensively reduces covid infections, hospitalizations and deaths

Gordon Chang: Communist China Has Committed ‘Mass Murder’ of Americans

The novel coronavirus’ spike protein plays additional key role in illness

Are Lockdowns Affecting Children?

Nurse Warns To Stay Away From Vaccinated People

Health Ranger posts new microscopy photos of covid swabs, covid masks and mysterious red and blue fibers

Why Are Cytotoxic Carbon NanoTubes or NanoWorms Found In mRNA Vaccines?

Florida Education Minister Urges Schools To Drop Mask Mandates

Mask Mandates for Children Mostly Harmful: Professor of Medicine

Arrest Warrants For State Politicians Issued by GG (Australia)

"The Plague... I Don't Know When It'll Happen But It's Coming" And He Called Fauci A Monster!! IQ 220 MegaGenius Deepstater Red Pills The World For 4 Hours Straight In Historical 2008 Video

As was clear from day one, Covid is about massive pay packages for Big Pharma  CEOs and an excuse for government erosion of civil liberty

Nurse in Halifax Breaks Her Silence

Why Did Twitter Censor An Eminent Infectious Disease Expert For His Opinion On COVID Vaccines?

"There Is Zero Evidence" - Scientists Question Need For COVID 'Booster Shots' As Vaccine Makers Lock In Sales

Why Can’t We Question COVID’s Origins?

7,766 DEAD 330,218 Injuries: European Database of Adverse Drug Reactions for COVID-19 “Vaccines”

Perspectives on the Pandemic #13

Michigan Woman Died of ‘Complications’ After Getting COVID-19 Vaccine: Family

Doctor Explains Viral Shedding From the Experimental Medical Procedure (COVID Vaccine)

Influenza Vaccination Linked to Higher COVID Death Rates

Why do we always need to learn things the hard way? Summary, key lessons and conclusions

Pennsylvania University Study Finds MRNA Vaccines Gives 5-10% Of Recipients Severe Adverse Reactions

CDC Investigating Heart Inflammation in COVID-19 Vaccinated Teens, Young Adults

7,157 Fully Vaccinated Americans Have Contracted COVID-19, 88 Dead: CDC

Canadian Cops Refuse To Enforce Ontario's New 'Police State' COVID-Lockdown Laws

Moderna Chief Medical Officer Confirms mRNA Injection For COVID-19 Can Change Your Genetic Code

Urgent – Connecticut Publishes Moderna COVID Vax Ingredients: Deadly Poison “SM-102 – Not for Human or Veterinary Use”

No More Lockdown by Van Morrison - Music from The state51 Conspiracy

Texas Sues Biden for Ignoring COVID-19 Rules at the Southern Border

Texas Ended Lockdowns & Mask Mandates; Now Locked-Down States Are Where COVID Is Growing Most

Rand Paul Calls For Biden To Burn Face Mask On Live TV

Establishment Fail: Only 20% Of Population Fully Vaccinated For COVID In Many Red States

Vaccine Refusal

The Failure of Imperial College Lockdown Modeling Is Far Worse than We Knew

UK Hospital Labels Man COVID-Positive Without Test, Prevents Family Visitation

Woman’s Testimony

The Corona Jab Serum & It's Effects On Human DNA & Brain Hacking! Are You Ready To Blow Your Mind?

Covid Vaccine will only sterilize 60-70% of the population

Irish Government Admits COVID-19 is a Fake Hoax Scam which does not even exist

Breast-fed Baby passes away after being poisoned by Mother who had taken the Pfizer Covid Vaccine

8 Ways mRNA COVID Vaccine Can Kill You

Vaccine Zoomed With Microscope Appears To Show Living Cells/Organisms Mixed In

Covid swabs and masks appear to contain “hooks” and strange fibers that can be inhaled directly into the lungs

Do you know what's coming next?

5 Doctors Agree that COVID-19 mRNA Experimental Shots Are Bioweapons and Discuss What to Do About It

Hundreds of US Scientists May Be Compromised by China: NIH

7,157 Fully Vaccinated Americans Have Contracted COVID-19, 88 Dead: CDC

7,766 DEAD, 330,218 Injuries: European Database of Adverse Drug Reactions for COVID-19 “Vaccines”

Vaccine passports are a TRAP that sets the stage for Communism rollout across America

Researchers launch study to explore connection between irregular menstruations and coronavirus vaccines

Australian police officer rushed to the hospital due to BLOOD CLOTS days after receiving the Pfizer coronavirus vaccine

Democrat senators wage war on “anti-vaxxers” with shocking HIT LIST of targeted truth-tellers

There Is No COVID-19 and Only Nano Worms Killing People - Nano Worms Detected in "COVID Test Kit" and in Face Mask

Doctor examines large number of masks to check internet rumours of “worms” in the masks

The Center for Public Integrity pays a “journalist” to harass and terrorize family members of vaccine skeptics, all while claiming to protect the “public trust”

Ex GAVI Vaccine Scientist Claims COVID Vaccines May Create “Highly Infectious Variants”

COVID-19: An Overview of the Evidence

Influenza Vaccination Linked to Higher COVID Death Rates

The Covid-19 “Experimental” mRNA Vaccine. Are You Being Told the Truth?

Vaccine Passport – The Biggest Attack on Personal Freedom Since the Creation of the EU

Masking and Microns. A Virus can Easily “Squeeze Through” the Pores of A Surgical Mask

The Global Deep State: A New World Order Brought to You by COVID-19

Video: “Blood Clots and Beyond”

Bombshell Interview about Covid-19 Vaccine

6000% Increase in Reported Vaccine Deaths 1st Quarter 2021 Compared to 1st Quarter 2020

Vaccine Shedding Causing Miscarriages and Blood Clots in Unvaccinated Females

Parents Elect New School Board, Immediately Strike Down Mask Mandates

Watchdog cancels licence of lawyer leading tower lockdown lawsuit

Priests speak out: the moral case against vaccine passports

Dr Naomi Wolf on Vaccine Passports and why they Equal Slavery - The Daily Clout

Covaids 1984 and the Kill Gates Globalist Dictatorship

Is The Covaids Insanity Actually Getting Worse?

UK: Leading politician thrown out of pub for supporting lockdowns

Meta-Analysis of 65 Studies Reveals Face Masks Induce Mask-Induced Exhaustion Syndrome (MIES)

Dr Andrew Kaufman address in Copenhagen

They are paying people $1300 to take selfies while getting 'vaccinated" MK ultra at work

Depopulation agenda in full swing warning do not come near vaxxed people

Nurse warns stay away from vaxxed people

Systematically Flawed Mortality Statistics Should Not Be Guiding Science, Medicine or Public Policy

Is The ‘Leaked Email’ Outlining Trudeau’s Crazy COVID Plan For 2021 Real?

US to Share AstraZeneca COVID-19 Vaccine With Other Countries

Steve Deace on ‘Faucian Bargain’: Second Opinions About COVID-19 Denied to Americans

Why Are We Vaccinating People on the Brink of Death?

Facebook Bans Australian Member of Parliament For Anti-Lockdown Posts

Private School Won’t Employ People Who Took Covid Vaccine

Humanity on its Feet | Oracle Films | London 24.04.2021

Doctors Worldwide are Exposing the Corona Vaccine Side Effects

VIDEO: # 3 Jiu-Jitsu Fighter In The World Craig Jones Unable To Fight After COVID Vaccine Causes Fluid Buildup Around His Stomach

Austin Suburb Unanimously Rejects Masks For Public School Children – Watch

Joe Rogan Is Right: Science Shows Young People Have Mild COVID Symptoms, But Violent Adverse Reactions to Covid-19 GMO Injections

Woman Paralyzed from Neck Down Following 2nd Dose of Pfizer Covid Jab

“Vaccidents” now wrecking roadways with stroked-out vaccine takers who lose brain function behind the wheel

No evidence ivermectin is a miracle drug against COVID-19

Cov-19 Immunity in 19 Minutes

The Pushback

Choosing Your Place In History In The COVID Era

MSM is lying about India

The Fight Against Forced Vaccination with Ana Garner & Dr. Peter McCullough

Spooky fibers in maks and test swabs? Wait ’til you read the science

Majority Of US Companies Will Require Workers To Provide Proof Of Vaccination

Significant Jump This Week in Reported Injuries, Deaths After COVID Vaccine

At Least 9,245 Americans Tested Positive for COVID-19 After Vaccination; 132 Dead

Open Your Eyes Depopulation in Real Time

NewMexicoStandsUp

WARNING from these very established and credible Doctors. Stay away from the VACCINATED!

Something Strange Is Happening to Women After The Vaxx

Italian Woman Dies 19 Days After AstraZeneca Jab, Family Launch Legal Case

Vaccine passports 'serious concern' for humanity's 'freedoms' and 'social interaction'

Two Year Old Dies After Being Given Two COVID Shots

COVID & Vaccination Connection to Nazi History

113 Page Book of COVID Vaccine Deaths and Injuries

Medic: 100% Sure That Masks She Examined Had Living Organisms On Them! 5 Different Brands! Parasites?

The Myth of Asymptomatic Transmission Has Led to Homosapienophobia

Pfizer Vaccine Zoomed w/ Microscope?! Are Living Cells/ Organisms Mixed In?

8 Ways Covid Vaccines Can Kill You - Dr Sherri Tenpenny

Foundation for the Defense of People's Rights

Final, Irrefutable Proof that the Covid-19 Pandemic Never Existed

FINAL WARNING FROM EX Pfizer Vice Chief Scientific Advisor and VP, Dr. Michael Yeadon

John Kirwan asks how Moana Pasifika will recruit players from NZ and internationally

Doctor Offers FREE Book to the Public on Curing Respiratory Virus Infections through Hydrogen Peroxide Nebulization

Canadian Doctor Defies Gag Order and Tells the Public How the Moderna COVID Injections Killed and Permanently Disabled Indigenous People in His Community

India Used For BS-19 Propaganda to Push Desperate "V" Rollout

FDA Will Not Authorize or Approve Any COVID Vaccine

Arizona Lawmaker Tests Positive for Virus After Being Fully Vaccinated

Stay Away from Vaxxed People | Nurse Warns

COVID-19 Narratives, Politicization of Science, and the Republic’s Willing Subjugation

‘Vaccine Passports’ Inch Closer As Canadian Prime Minister Says They Are “To Be Expected”

Large Meta Analysis: Mask Wearing May Lead To Health “Consequences In Many Medical Fields”

Gov. Whitmer declares the entire state of Michigan to be a VACCINE PRISON CAMP … obey or stay locked down forever

Medical Journals Corrupt to the Core

The Mass Psychosis and the Demons of Dostoevsky

Is a Mass Psychosis the Greatest Threat to Humanity?

How Evil Caught the World - Eugenics is Back

Canadian Pastor who stood down ‘Gestapo’ on Easter now has a warrant for his arrest!

How is This a Thing?

The Game Is Up Brave Irish Journalist Speaks Out

Pharmageddon: The Crony Capitalist, Corporate Genocide

The Great COVAIDS War of 2021

I'm Losing Patience with the Zombies

A Syringe Full of Death

Corona Investigative Committee: International Legal Offensive Part 1 - In Conversation With Lawyers from Germany, Italy, Great Britain, United States, Canada, Austria, Argentina, Uruguay, Chile

Dr. Joseph Mercola: Why I’m Removing All Articles Related To Vitamin D, C And Zinc And COVID-19

Austrian Court Rules PCR Unsuited For COVID, Lockdowns Unlawful

10 Covid-Skeptic Memes to Get You Through the Day

Analysis of NZ serology study

Fact-checking Covid vaccine experts

Injecting evidence into the vaccine spin

Nine Customs border workers fired for refusing jab

Lawyer Sue Grey on 'No Jab No Job'

Niall Ferguson: How Ike's 1950s America Beat The 'Asian Flu' With Science & Common Sense

Florida Gov. DeSantis Suspends Local COVID-19 Emergency Orders, Bans Vaccine Passports

The novel coronavirus’ spike protein plays additional key role in illness


Pfizer Document Admits Vaccine Side Effects Transfer To The Unvaccinated

Miami School Asks Staff Not to Take COVID Jab; Global Media Assault Follows; Pfizer Trial May Support School's Concerns

India’s “COVID outbreak” & the need for scientific integrity – not sensationalism

A video by Dr Sherri Tenpenny - How Spike Proteins Work

Self Spreading “Vaccines” - NOT a conspiracy theory

Biological Weapons exposed in NZ

Gates Foundation, DARPA funding self-replicating, weaponized vaccine technology that began under Apartheid, to exterminate Blacks… and now it’s powering the covid vax

Dr. Mercola Makes Shocking Covid-19 Shot Prediction

UT Bioweapons Dept. Study: Do Not Take The Covid Shots

The Covid-19 “Experimental” mRNA Vaccine. Are You Being Told the Truth?

The WHO Confirms that the Covid-19 PCR Test is Flawed: Estimates of “Positive Cases” are Meaningless. The Lockdown Has No Scientific Basis

Halt Covid Vaccine, Prominent Scientist Tells CDC

Survival of the Smartest

Learn Why the 1986 Vaccine Protection Act Does Not Protect Covid-19 Injections

Farmers Sue Biden Administration Over ‘Racist’ COVID Relief Plan

The Narrative On Lockdowns And Masks Fails Yet Again

Texas Senate Hearing; COVID Vaccines DID have Animal Trials, All were halted because they Kept Dying

Sweden Records More Than 30K Cases Of Side Effects Tied To COVID Jabs

Two Months After Biden Blasted "Neanderthal Thinking", Texas Reports Zero COVID Deaths

Connecticut form requires health care professionals to sign away their lives saying “I voluntarily assume full responsibility for any reactions” caused by covid vaccines

A Final Warning to Humanity from Former Pfizer Chief Scientist Michael Yeadon

More Proof the Coronavirus is a Hoax and was Planned for Years

India- Covid deaths are all lies

Message To Doctors By Ontario College of Physicians & Surgeons Shows Desperation to Silence Them

Why Did Facebook Censor Two Renowned Oxford Professors Sharing Information About Face Masks?

Manitoba Chief Microbiologist & Lab Specialist: 56% of Positive “Cases” Are Not Infectious

Nanoparticles in Covid "Vaccines" will link you with DARPA/Gates DNA Technology

Researchers find 1,000 different proteins in AstraZeneca’s covid vaccine linked to deadly blood clots

Why is this substance in the Moderna COVID vaccine?

Biden’s CDC Director Says Lab Origin of COVID-19 a “Possibility”

Censored By YouTube - Fight Like Hell Against Vaccine Passports

COVID-19 Public Health Response Act 2020

Declaration of Canadian Physicians for Science and Truth

Connecticut Publishes Moderna COVID Vax Ingredients: Deadly Poison “SM-102 – Not for Human or Veterinary Use”

Connecticut Warns Moderna VAX Contains Deadly Poison

Vaccine Passports Used To Create A Lesser Class of Citizens?

Censored By YouTube- Fight Like Hell Against Vaccine Passports

The Vaccine Passport: An Instrument of Social Control. The Rise of “Utilitarian Extremism”, and How to Recognize It

Impact of COVID Vaccinations on Mortality

Rand Paul Says He Won’t Get COVID-19 Vaccine: ‘Show Me Evidence’

The Slaughter of the Gullible and the Innocent

Canadian Doctors Speak out against corona virus nonsense

SHEDDING/TRANSMISSION -THE GENOCIDE OF HUMANITY.. LATEST INFO ON THE 'SPIKE PROTEIN'

All About the Nasal Swab

TV Anchor Exposes How Covid-19 News was Censored

Video: They Lied And People Died

General Flynn Believes COVID Was A “Weaponized Operation” By China

CA Dem Gov Newsom Ordered To Pay $1.35 Million For COVID-19 Discrimination Against Churches

Mom of 2 Who Drank Alcohol Daily Amid the Pandemic Shares How She Achieved Sobriety

Senate Passes Hawley, Braun Bill for Biden Admin to Declassify Intel on Wuhan Lab

COVID Vaccine revelation sinks like a stone; disappears

FIND A DOCTOR WHO WILL PRESCRIBE IVERMECTIN, HYDROXYCHLOROQUINE AND EARLY OUTPATIENT TREATMENTS FOR COVID-19

Doctors, Parents Sue HHS Over COVID-19 Vaccine Emergency Use Authorization in Children Under 16

Flu Season Exposed As a Fabrication and Plot By Governments, Deliberately Causing Illness To Promote Vaccinations

DR. LEE MERRIT, 1200% INCREASE IN VACCINE DEATHS

Biden: Some US Intel Members Believe COVID-19 Came From Chinese ‘Laboratory Accident’

Mother Warns of Lockdown Impact After Losing Son to Overdose

Model Dies Days After Receiving AstraZeneca Covid Vaccine

New York Times COVID Reporter Says It's "Racist" To Discuss Wuhan Lab Leak Theory

More Good News on Ivermectin

Time is Running Out - We Must Act Now

Iowa, Alabama Governors Sign Laws Banning Vaccine Passports

How the CDC Is Manipulating Data to Prop-up “Vaccine Effectiveness”

The FDA cover-up that led to the approval of the Pfizer vaccine

The Mysterious Death of Dr. Fauci’s Most Notable Critic

PCR TESTS ARE POISON

39-Year-Old British Fashion Model Dies After Getting COVID-19 Shot in Cyprus

Over 10,000 COVID-19 Infections Recorded in Americans Who Received a Vaccine: CDC

Alabama Governor Signs Bill Into Law Banning COVID-19 Vaccine Passports

The Battle to Suppress Hydroxychloroquine as a Cheap and Effective Drug for the Treatment of Covid-19

Covid Vaccine: The Same Pattern Everywhere?

If People Get Jabbed After Watching This They Are Beyond Saving

Covid-19 Vaccines Lead to New Infections and Mortality: The Evidence is Overwhelming

Preventive x-ray shows breast cancer symptoms in vaccinated women

Heart Inflammation After COVID-19 Vaccination Seen Across US

More Scientists Demand Lab Leak Investigation; Claim They Were Ostracised For Presenting Research Backing The Scenario

French Ambulance Man and Nurses ALERT Massive Increase in Deaths following the Shot

Scientist Discovers What May Cause COVID-19 Vaccine-Linked Blood Clots

EXCLUSIVE: Deep state planning false flag attack in order to blame “anti-vaxxers” and gun owners

German Scientist Discovers What Causes Rare Blood Clots In Some AstraZeneca Jab Recipients

US Sitting On 'Raft' Of Unexamined Virus Intel; Former Official Says 'Almost No Evidence' Of Natural Origin

Video: How COVID Vaccines Can Cause Blood Clots and More: Dr. Sucharit Bhakdi

9 New ‘Vaccine Billionaires’ Amass Combined Net Worth of $19.3 Billion During Pandemic

I’m a doctor, but Covid’s broken my faith in medical research. I can’t believe anything I read or accept any mainstream facts

CCP Virus Likely Came From Chinese Lab: Former State Department Contractor

Senate Passes Resolution Urging Probe to ‘Get to the Bottom’ of CCP Virus Origin


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Six Issues That Are Agenda 21 & Agenda 21 In One Easy Lesson
April 3 2025 | From: AmericanPolicyCenter / Various

Every day, in meetings at all levels of government, representatives of Non-Governmental Organizations (NGOs), planning groups, surround elected representatives and insist that their policies have nothing to do with international agendas.



They regularly publish reports and rail against anyone even mentioning the names Agenda 21 or the new Agenda 2030. “No, no, no,” they insist. “Those people are just crazy conspiracy theorists. Ours is just a local plan for our community.”

Related: Leaked plans for Auckland suburbs: will apartments be built in your backyard?

Elected Representatives are often confused. Issues and policies suddenly appear in front of them with sample, ready-made legislation. And then the unending pressure begins for them to pass it.

There is confusion, uncertainty and there is the herd mentality to pass legislation. And it’s passed without knowledge of its origins, its purpose, and especially a lack of understanding of its consequences. “Just do it,” goes the mantra.

What most of these legislators fail to understand is the direct relationship much of this legislation has with a much larger agenda. Most legislation interconnects with other pieces and parts contained in other legislation.

Like the children’s song goes…”the toe bone’s connected to the ankle bone…”  And it’s done so well, wrapped in innocent-sounding, positive wrapping, so that most elected representatives will argue vigorously that they passed no such thing. 

And most of all, they will answer, Agenda 21, never heard of it. Just local. Just local. Just local.



Related: Agenda 21: Awareness And Activism + UN 2030 Agenda Decoded: Blueprint For The Global Enslavement Of
Humanity Under Corporate Masters

Well, let me show you how it works and how the toe bone gets connected to the ankle bone ending up with the Frankenstein monster.

Here are six issues that are rarely connected to Agenda 21 and Sustainable Development (especially when we are assured that Agenda 21 has nothing to do with local, state or federal government policy).

However, these seemingly unrelated policies, once implemented, help enforce the stated Agenda 21 goal of “reorganizing human society.”


Issue 1: Global Warming / Climate Change

 It has been so discredited in the true scientific community that proponents have become almost hysterical in their continued attempts to enforce Climate Change policy.

Most recently the Justice Department is considering legal action against “deniers.”  Why don’t they stop, even to question if their science is sound?



Related: Green Gestapo Says You're Mentally Ill If You Challenge Climate Change + Over 30,000 Scientists Say
'Catastrophic Man-Made Global Warming' Is A Complete Hoax And Science Lie


They instead use great energy to attack any scientist who does dare ask questions or finds data contrary to the “official” line.

Why is it so vitally important that they continue to promote something that clearly is, to say the least, questionable?

It’s because all of Agenda 21 policy is built on the premise that man is destroying the Earth. Climate Change is their “proof.” To eliminate that premise is to remove all credibility and purpose for their entire agenda

They are willing to go to any length, even lies, to keep the climate change foot on our throats.

On the local level this translates into planning policy that controls energy use and the efforts to cut down on the use of cars, enforcement of the building of expensive light rail train systems and bike paths and installation of smart meters, etc.

But don’t take my word for it. I’ll let them speak for themselves:


“No matter if the science of global warming is all phony… climate change provides the greatest opportunity to bring about justice and equality in the world.”

- Christine Stewart (Former Canadian Minister of the Environment)


“We’ve got to ride this global warming issue. Even if the theory of global warming is wrong, we will be doing the right thing in terms of economic and environmental policy.” Timothy Wirth (President, UN Foundation)

“It doesn’t matter what is true. It only matters what people believe is true.”

- Paul Watson (Co-Founder of Green Peace.)



Related: Why Your City Is Going to S***


Issue 2: Fear of Over Population

This is the central driving force behind nearly every Sustainable policy initiative. It’s the real force behind Stack and Pack Smart Growth cities.

The fact is, in developed nations populations are actually going down. The only real growth in the US population in recent years has been from immigration, legal or otherwise.

Open border immigration policy is actually implementation of Agenda 21 as part of the drive to destroy national sovereignty and “nation states.”

Environmentalists insist that the borders must be open to allow as many to immigrate here as possible.

They argue that the U.S. has a greater ability to control them and protect the environment than if we left them in third world countries. That’s because the Greens already have a stranglehold over our nation’s industry through massive environmental regulations.

In the face of their fear of overpopulation, however, studies have shown that there is no world wide over population crisis. In fact one study insists that we could put the entire population of the world in an area the size of Texas with a population density of Paris, France. 



Related: The Paris Climate Conference, What’s The Real Agenda? + Undercover Police Crack Down On Freedom Of
Speech In Paris


Over population, and its accompanying environmental degradation, is a problem primarily in countries where the poor are deprived by government to improve their conditions. Nations that refuse to legalize private property ownership for the masses, for example, are a primary reason for growing poverty.

Meanwhile, Sustainablists work to keep these nations from developing or increasing energy use, thereby keeping them poor. Green regulations stop the building of infrastructure.

They panic at the idea of increased energy use in developing nations. Instead of working to solve the real problems – the root of poverty- they exploit the excuse of over population and advocate enforcing polices to drastically reduce populations. China’s brutal one child policy of forced abortions and sterilization has become their model.

Do you think I’m joking? Then consider these quotes from the Sustainablists:


“Childbearing should be a punishable crime against society, unless the parents hold a government license. All potential parents should be required to use contraceptive chemicals, the government issuing antidotes to citizens chosen for childbearing.”

- David Brower (Sierra Club)


“A reasonable estimate for an industrialized world society at the present North American material standard of living would be 1 billion. At a more frugal European standard of living, 2 to 3 billion would be possible.”

- United Nations Global Biodiversity Assessment


Issue 3: The Destruction of the Free Market System


We have heard statement after statement from the UN; from members of Congress; the news media; and from Hollywood, all deriding the free market system as evil, corrupt and a tool of the rich to hold down the poor.

So now, after deciding that the poor are expendable for the sake of stopping overpopulation, suddenly the planners are worried about them – if it leads to their ability to raid our bank accounts.



Related: Do Financial Markets Still Exist?

So are they really worried about protecting the environment – or are they actually  honoring the tactics of Jesse James?

Redistribution of wealth is behind every policy that comes out of the UN, and now the Obama Administration as well. The EPA is the attack dog to shut down entire industries like coal.

It has become very difficult to operate a manufacturing business in the US, and nearly impossible to start a new one. Environmental protection is always the excuse, even when Obama’s own State Department said the Keystone Pipeline was not an environmental threat.

A couple of years ago, radical greens, wielding torches, demonstrated outside the home of the head of the Keystone pipeline company. Visions of the terror of the Dark Agenda?

At the UN’s Rio + 20 Summit held in 2012, the idea of “Zero Economic Growth” was advocated – just to keep things fair. It was stated that even the building of new roads upsets the status quo and disrupts a well ordered society.

Such idiotic ideas are the driving force behind Sustainable Development. Again, images of the Dark Ages come to mind.



Related: Agenda 21: What Sustainable Development Really Means For You

Yet, consider “local” planning programs that cut off access roads, and again, discourage cars. What about the EPA’s war on industry. Pretty hard to have economic growth without industry.

The timber industry is killed and communities die. Dams are torn down and farmers disappear. Zero Economic Growth in the making. Just local?

Again, not my words, let them tell you themselves:


“We must make this an insecure and inhospitable place for capitalists and their projects. We must reclaim the roads and plowed lands, halt dam construction, tear down existing dams, free shackled rivers and return to wilderness millions of acres of presently settled land.”

- Dave Foreman, (Earth First)


“Global sustainability requires the deliberate quest of poverty, reduced resource consumption and set levels of mortality control” Professor Maurice King (Population Control Advocate)

“We believe planning should be a tool for allocating resources…and eliminating the great inequalities of wealth and power in our society… because the free market has proven itself incapable of doing this.”

- Plannersnetwork.org Statement of Principles. the American Planning Association is a member and supporter of these principles


Issue 4: Cheap Energy is the Enemy of the Earth

To the average person the drive to stop any ability to obtain cheap energy makes no sense. People are hurting economically. Jobs are lost. Energy costs are skyrocketing.

Any attempt to drill oil, fracking of shale gas, and mining coal are all vigorously blocked by government and green policy. Yet the government spends billions of dollars on “alternative energy” such as wind and solar, which provides less than 3% of our energy needs.



Related: Amazing Science Lesson: Environmentalists Declare War On Photosynthesis In Stupefying Effort To
Exterminate All Recognizable Life On Planet Earth


Why? What is the motivation to put such shackles on the US economic engine? 

The excuse is that energy use drives up CO2 emissions and accelerates global warming – the excuse necessary to “harmonize” the US into the socialist, Sustainable global noose.

Many current state and local policies now are moving to increase taxes at the gas pump to keep energy costs high. In addition, Obama issued an Executive Order to ban any off shore drilling of oil.

So, just as the consumer started to get a break at the pump, higher taxes and Obama’s action forcd prices back up. As the prices rise the “planners” will insist that the only solution is to enforce the building of expensive public transportation.

But, according to some anti-energy advocates, the fear of cheap energy goes beyond environmental protection – energy availability helps build wealth for individuals and removes them from the rolls of the dependent – the opposite goal of sustainable policy.


“Giving society cheap, abundant energy is the worst thing that could ever happen to the planet.”


- Prof. Paul Ehrlich Professor of Population Studies, Stanford University)


“Complex technology of any sort is an assault on human dignity. It would be little short of disastrous for us to discover a source of clean, cheap, abundant energy, because of what we might do with it.”

- Amory Lovins (Rocky Mountain Institute)

“The prospect of cheap fusion energy is the worst thing that could happen to the planet.”

- Jeremy Rifkin (Greenhouse Crisis Foundation)


Issue 5: Common Core

Many people see the reorganization of the public school issue as separate from Agenda 21. It’s not. Those who are promoting what they call the Agenda for the 21st Century understand that it is going to be a long drawn out process.

To “reform” a nation created on the ideals of limited government, free enterprise and individual liberty into one that unquestioningly accepts government top down control will take time and a determined effort.



Related: UN Adopts Global Common Core Education To Ensure Their Vision Of Global Totalitarianism

There’s no room in a Sustainablist society for those who believe that we were born with our rights and that government’s job is to protect those rights. The sustainable system says government will grant us our rights.

To enforce such a radical turn around of our society requires that the children be indoctrinated to accept it.

The effort started in earnest in the 1990's under the Clinton Administration through the massive growth of the Department of Education in such programs as Goals 2000, School To Work and Workforce Development Boards.

The original Western education system effectively provided an overall academic education from which students could choose their own futures. No longer.

Today, the new curriculum has morphed into what is called Common Core. It’s a State run central curriculum that revamps schools into little more than job training and indoctrination centers.

Because, you see, today’s public education system is also designed to strip the children of their attitudes, values and beliefs that parents may have instilled, and indoctrinate them into accepting global values – global citizenship and a global economy based on the sustainable agenda.

Little of civics and history are taught in today’s classroom. But text books contain whole chapters on the Five Pillars of Islam, while ignoring the 10 Commandments of Christianity. 



Related: Unschooling: Radical Education That Produces Free Human Beings Instead Of Slaves

The children are fed an unending diet of the evils of capitalism; the selfishness of individualism, and the social justice of redistribution of wealth.

It punishes students for possessing individuality and is designed to eliminate such natural human tendencies. That is the “common” in Common Core. Common values, common goals, common future. Don’t rock the boat of a well ordered society.

Common Core is the nationally dictated curriculum necessary for the acceptance and implementation of Agenda 21.  

Of course, we still elect local school boards pretending they have some say over the curriculum. It makes us all feel safer for our children.

How, then do we explain the surge of Bernie Sanders and the Tsunami of Socialism?

Well, today nearly every adult up to the age of 40 has gone thought this indoctrination, trained to accept a future chosen for them by someone else.

The education system was fully outlined in a very detailed letter to Hillary Clinton from Marc Tucker of the National Center on Education and the Economy in November, 1992, immediately after Bill. Clinton was elected President.


Said Tucker: “First, a vision of the kind of national – not federal – human resources development system the nation could have. This is interwoven with a new approach to governing that should inform that vision.

What is essential is that we create a seamless web of opportunities to develop one’s skills that literally extends from cradle to grave and is the same system for everyone…” coordinated by “a system of labor market boards at the local, state, and federal levels” where curriculum and “job matching” will be handled by counselors “accessing the integrated computer-based program.”



Related: Schools: The New "Animal Farm"


Issue 6: Healthcare

How is healthcare connected to Agenda 21? Simply Google “Sustainable Medicine” and you will find more than 5,850,000 English language references to the subject. Read through the ideas expressed there and you will find nearly every provision of Obamacare.

An expert on Sustainable Medicine, the late Dr. Madeleine Cosman, put it this way: “Sustainable Medicine + Sustainable Development = Duty to Die.”

Sustainable medicine makes decisions through visioning councils that determine what shall be done or not done to each body in its group in its native habitat.

Sustainable medicine experts do not refer to citizens in sovereign nations, but to “humans” in their “settlements.”

Sustainable medicine is the pivot around which all other Sustainable Development revolves. Principle #1 of the Rio Declaration that introduced Agenda 21 is that all humans must live in harmony with nature.

The translation means rationing healthcare, low technology for health care treatment and emphasis on medical care not cure. And that, of course, will lead to population reduction, as called for in Agenda 21.



Related: Eleven Common Symptoms Of The Global Depopulation Slow Kill

These are the issues that are not usually discussed or connected to Agenda 21.

Yet they are being implemented, step by step, by local planners in policies that are approved by befuddled elected representatives.

It’s all driven through pressure from private NGO groups and funded by federal grants. That’s how it’s done, constantly driven a little bit with each innocent sounding idea. Then, without warning, Frankenstein rises from behind the smokescreen, toe bones and anklebones fully operational.

People must understand and connect these dots to everyday issues so they can clearly see the root and long term goals of these policies that are affecting our personal lives.

Elected representatives at every level of government must come to understand that legislative actions have consequences far beyond their understanding.

Agenda 21 is the “common core” and it has already invaded every level of our society. Our battle cry must be to stop this monster or watch freedom perish.


Related Articles:

Are California Smart Meters Causing Fires?

CA Fires: Clear Evidence Santa Rosa Destroyed For Agenda 21/2030 Development

California Firestorms: Geoengineered Catastrophe

Nobody in California is Talking About This!

Must Watch: The California Wild Fires & Agenda 21



Agenda 21 In One Easy Lesson

1. Reduce world population to about 500 million.

2. Collect those 500 million into tightly managed and controlled (stacked-and-packed) 'cities'.

3. Make the majority of the world's land mass off-limits to all but the elite.



Awareness of Agenda 21 and Sustainable Development is racing across the nation as citizens in community after community are learning what their local council and city planners are actually up to.

Related: Agenda 21, in under 5 minutes

As awareness grows, many people complain that elected officials just won’t read detailed reports or watch long videos.

Here is something that is quick, and easy to read that we can hand out.

Do not allow this to be your only knowledgemof this very complex subject. Research, know your details; discover the NGO players inbyour community; identify who is victimized by the policies and recruit them to your fight; and then kill Agenda 21.

That’s how it must be done. The information below is only your first step. Happy hunting
.


What is Sustainable Development?

According to its authors, the objective of sustainable development is to integrate economic, social and environmental policies in order to achieve reduced consumption, social equity, and the preservation and restoration of biodiversity.

Sustainablists insist that every societal decision be based on environmental impact, focusing on three components; global land use, global education, and global population control and reduction.



Related: Agenda 2030 Translator: Decoding The UN’s New ‘Sustainable’ Development Goals


Social Equity (Social Injustice)

Social justice is described as the right and opportunity of all people “to benefit equally from the resources afforded us by society and the environment.”

Redistribution of wealth.

Private property is a social injustice since not everyone can build wealth from it. National sovereignty is a social injustice. Universal health care is a social injustice. All part of Agenda 21 policy.


Economic Prosperity

Public Private Partnerships (PPP). Special dealings between government and certain, chosen corporations which get tax breaks, grants and the government’s power to implement sustainable policy.

Government-sanctioned monopolies.

Local Sustainable Development policies include:

Smart Growth, Wildlands Project, Resilient Cities, Regional Visioning Projects, STAR Sustainable Communities, Green jobs, Green Building Codes, “Going Green,” Alternative Energy, Local Visioning, facilitators, regional planning, historic preservation, conservation easements, development rights, sustainable farming, comprehensive planning, growth management, consensus.



Related: More Confessions Of An Economic Hit Man: "This Time, They’re Coming For Your Democracy"


Who is Behind it?

Local Councils, Governments, Planning Councils, Planning Groups, aided by Mayors, Administrators and many private
organizations and other government agencies. Foundation and government $$$$ grants drive the process.

Remember, Governments and Local Councils are nothing more than private companies, a piece of paper with a tax number.

It is the salaried individuals who will fine and tax you, restrict what you can do on your own land, and if you don't conform, they will confiscate your property and even jail you. Why - their jobs and their salaries are more important than you.


Where Did it Originate?

The term Sustainable Development was first introduced to the world in the pages a 1987 report (Our Common Future) produced by the United Nations World Commission on Environmental and Development, authored by Gro Harlem Brundtland, VP of the World Socialist Party.



Related: Subversive mission of the United Nation’s strong arm, ICLEI

The term was first offered as official UN policy in 1992, in a document called UN Sustainable Development Agenda 21, issued at the UN’s Earth Summit, today referred to simply as Agenda 21.


What Gives Agenda 21 Ruling Authority?

More than 178 nations adopted Agenda 21 as official policy during a signing ceremony at the Earth Summit. US president George H.W. Bush signed the document for the US. In signing, each nation pledge to adopt the goals of Agenda 21.

In 1995, President Bill Clinton, in compliance with Agenda 21, signed Executive Order #12858 to create the President’s Council on Sustainable Development in order to “harmonize” environmental policy with UN directives as outlined in Agenda 21.

The EO directed all agencies of the Federal Governments to work with state and local community governments in a joint effort “reinvent” government using the guidelines outlined in Agenda 21.

As a result, Sustainable Development is now emerging as government policy in every town, county and state in the West.


Revealing Quotes From the Planners


“Agenda 21 proposes an array of actions which are intended to be implemented by EVERY person on Earth... it calls for specific changes in the activities of ALL people...

Effective execution of Agenda 21 will REQUIRE a profound reorientation of ALL humans, unlike anything the world has ever experienced... ”


-
Agenda 21: The Earth Summit Strategy to Save Our Planet (Earthpress, 1993)


Agenda 21 and Private Property


“Land... cannot be treated as an ordinary asset, controlled by individuals and subject to the pressures and inefficiencies of the market.

Private land ownership is also a principal instrument of accumulation andconcentration of wealth, therefore contributes to social injustice.”

-
From the report from the 1976 UN’s Habitat I Conference.


“Private land use decisions are often driven by strong economic incentives that result in several ecological and aesthetic consequences...The key to overcoming it is through public policy...”


- Report from the President’s Council on Sustainable Development, page 112.

“Current lifestyles and consumption patterns of the affluent middle class – involving high meat intake, use of fossil fuels, appliances, home and work air conditioning, and suburban housing are not sustainable.”

- Maurice Strong, Secretary General of the UN’s Earth Summit, 1992. “Individual rights will have to take a back seat to the collective.”


Harvey Ruvin, Vice Chairman, ICLEI. The Wildlands Project: “We must make this place an insecure and inhospitable place for Capitalists and their projects – we must reclaim the roads and plowed lands, halt dam construction, tear down existing dams, free shackled rivers and return to wilderness millions of tens of millions of acres or presently settled land.”

- Dave Foreman, Earth First


What is Not Sustainable?


“Ski runs, grazing of livestock, plowing of soil, building fences, industry, single family homes, paves and tarred roads, logging activities, dams and reservoirs, power line construction, and economic systems that fail to set proper value on the environment.”

- UN’s Biodiversity Assessment Report



Related: Fourteen Ways To Protect Yourself From The New World Order (NWO) Agenda


Hide Agenda 21’s UN Roots From the People

"Participating in a UN advocated planning process would very likely bring out many of the conspiracy- fixated groups and individuals in our society...

This segment of our society who fear ‘one-world government’ and a UN invasion of the United States through which our individual freedom would be stripped away would actively work to defeat any elected official who joined ‘the conspiracy’ by undertaking"
- LA21.


Related Articles:

Inevitable NIMBY backlash begins

Palmy Beyond Petrol

We Need To Be Prepared For This UN Agenda 30


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Proven: Monsanto Knew The Dangers Of Its Chemicals But Kept Selling Them Anyway & Gene Editing Drives Into Dangerous Unknown Territory
April 2 2025 | From: NaturalNews / Scoop / Various

It’s taken almost 50 years to come to fruition, but there’s now solid proof to show that the world’s most evil corporation,
Monsanto, deliberately sold deadly chemicals on the consumer market that it knew all along were harmful to humans.



As part of the epic Poison Papers archive, which we’ve covered previously, thousands of pages of internal documents highlight how Monsanto was fully aware that a family of chemicals known as PCBs or polychlorinated biphenyls, were not only detrimental to human health, but also environmentally persistent – meaning they don’t biodegrade that easily.

Related: Monsanto Loses Lawsuit And $289 Million & Bayer Needs More Than An Aspirin To Cure Its Monsanto-Sized
Headache


Monsanto has apparently known since the 1950s that PCBs weren’t exactly safe, and yet the Missouri-based corporation continued to sell these products regardless.

And thanks to the tireless work of investigative journalist Peter von Stackelberg and Oregon-based amateur investigator Carol Van Strum, it’s now all on the record.


“As I got deeper and deeper into it, I couldn’t continue to ignore the fact that there was something seriously wrong with the industry and the regulatory system,” von Stackelberg, who first started reporting on the dirty deeds of the chemical industry several decades ago, told Inlander about what he uncovered.


Spokane, Washington, Sues Monsanto Following PCB Revelation

One of von Stackelberg’s discoveries pertained to PCB chemicals manufactured by Monsanto that he revealed were carelessly dumped into Washington’s Spokane River by the chemical giant.

The resultant PCB contamination of this body of water has been problematic for quite some time as a result of this – which, thanks to these new revelations, is finally allowing the city to seek justice.



Related: Incriminating Documents Reveal Monsanto Knew They Were Poisoning The Environment With Their PCBs

According to reports, the City of Spokane is filing a lawsuit against Monsanto that it hopes will lead to a retrieval of funds necessary to remediate the contamination.

Von Stackelberg also put on a special event to talk about it entitled, “Monsanto, PCBs and the Spokane River,” which took place at Gonzaga University back in September.


Many Chemical Companies Have Been Lying About the safety of Their Products, von Stackeberg Says

The unfortunate reality is that this doesn’t stop with Monsanto.

Von Stackelberg’s laborious research throughout the 1980s led him on a rabbit trail of discoveries, including the fact that many different chemical companies at the time were pulling the same shenanigans as Monsanto when it came to lying about the safety and effectiveness of their products.

After hearing rumors that his local provincial government in Saskatchewan was mulling over a ban on more than 100 chemicals commonly used in agriculture, von Stackelberg got to work.

What he discovered was that many of these approved chemicals had been given the green light by a corrupt testing lab in the United States known as Industrial Bio-Test (IBT) Laboratories.



Related: Chemicals Are Making Us Sterile And Dumb


“The list of chemicals was actually jaw dropping in terms of the ones where there were serious questions about the safety studies,” von Stackelberg recalls.

Inspired by what he had uncovered, von Stackelberg then decided to take a closer look at various other chemicals used in food, drugs, and more – only to discover that these, too, had questionable safety backing based on potentially fraudulent science.

In the end, von Stackelberg’s work resulted in multiple criminal charges being filed against IBT. But unfortunately, this legal action didn’t change the practices of the industry for the better, as they’ve only continued on with their lies and deception up to this very day.


The whole thing sort of faded away and 40 years later, we’re still dealing with the pollution, the corruption, the fraud and so on,says von Stackelberg.

“I call IBT the original sin of the EPA regulatory system. It’s never been something I would say can be trusted.”

For more related news, be sure to check out MonsantoMafia.com.


Related Articles:

Bayer Slashes 12000 Jobs as Monsanto Takeover Turns Sour

Glyphosate warnings go mainstream as the dangerous truth about this toxic herbicide can no longer be denied

Glyphosate

First-ever comprehensive project finds that 93% of Americans have glyphosate in their bodies

The List of Products and Foods that Have Tested Positive for Monsanto’s Carcinogenic Glyphosate

Study: Dangerous Pesticide Found In 75 Percent Of Global Honey



Gene Editing Drives Into Dangerous Unknown Territory

The Royal Society Te Apārangi is inviting feedback on scenarios for the use of gene editing in the primary industry sector.



Are they leading New Zealand agriculture and horticulture into dangerous unknown territory when they promote genetically engineered Gene Drives without regulation?

Related: Dangerous gene-edited “Crispr” crops classified as GMO by EU – has all the U.S. biotech shills squirming like worms coated in pesticide


“This thin veil of consultation is hyped with cultish obsession on gene drives that permits no dissention” said Claire Bleakley, President of GE Free NZ.

New Zealand has developed in the laboratory plants and animals which have reached a point where to get a return on the investments and patents commercialization of the GMO’s is the next step.

However, it appears that the Crown Research Institutes and private investors are not willing to undertake safety studies to show that their GMO’s are safe so they are launching a massive advertorial media drive trying to undermine the regulatory process.


“This pretense is to force feed the public with glossy pictures and possibilities of new products using a MarkII genetic engineering technology, that does not have the dangers and failures of transgenic genetic engineering,” said Ms. Bleakley



Related: Transgenic Wars - How GMOs Impact Livestock And Human Health Around The Globe

Gene drives are synthetically made enzymes made using laboratory procedures. They act like scissors, cutting out, altering, pasting, silencing and rewriting the cells information.

These changes, when made in pest species, can persist in nature until the organism is driven to extinction. There are unknown and unconsidered dangers on the impacts if the GE constructs spread to non-target populations.

Evidence in the last few years show that changes to organisms using genetic engineered gene drives are not precise or easy to develop and have many unknown risks to the cells and the developing organism.

These change are permanent, and inherited. When eaten the constructs can be absorbed by the gut resulting in abnormalities in blood and organs as well as causing auto immune reactions.


“The hype around the ease and precision of gene drives for gene editing of plants contradicts the complex changes that occur and pose unknown risks to people, the environment and ecosystems” said Claire Bleakley, “Once released they are released permanently in the environment and cannot be recalled.”

The EU has declared them GMO’s so has New Zealand law, requiring them to be regulated. We call on the Government to not fall for the hype and ensure the GE drives are kept regulated.

It is imperative that all advanced technologies derived through in-vitro techniques are fully regulated under the HSNO Act and have full governmental oversight.

Related: Hidden Health Dangers: A Former Agbiotech Insider Wants His GMO Crops Pulled


“Indeed, anyone who is pro-science should understand that science is meant to study nature, not to modify it - and certainly not to predict, in the face of strong evidence, the absence of unintended effects.


The real anti-science movement is not on the streets. It is, as I discovered, in the laboratories of corporate America.”

- Dr Caius Rommens - Former team leader at Monsanto




Glyphosate Warnings Go Mainstream as the Dangerous Truth About This Toxic Herbicide Can No Longer be Denied



Related Articles:

France Bans Monsantos Roundup 360 Weedkiller After Court Ruling

The science is pouring in: You’re probably eating Roundup herbicide in “excessive” levels

The World is Manipulated: GMO is Genetic Genocide - War is Big Profits

Scathing Report Accuses the Pentagon of Developing an Agricultural Bioweapon

Hidden Health Dangers: A Former Agbiotech Insider Wants His GMO Crops Pulled


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
The Secret Meaning of April Fool’s Day - Including: Bread And Circus, Medication And Conditioning, Omission And Denial
April 1 2025 | From: GnosticWarrior / Various

April Fools’ Day is a special day dedicated to playing practical jokes and pranks.



In English- speaking countries it is known as an April fool; in France, an April fish; in Scotland, he is an April gawk.

Related: Tracing back the ancient origins of April Fools’ Day

But most people who partake in the foolish fun have no idea why we still celebrate this day filled with gags.

It makes you wonder who is being played the fool here.

The secret meaning of April Fools’ Day surrounds the story of the old Gnostic, pagan celebrations, and Christ being Crucified.

My research shows that it was created by the Church in order to fool and ridicule the followers of various rites that were celebrated on April 1st surrounding the competing cults of the Roman Saturnulia and the Druidical rites.

April Fool’s Day is but a corruption of All Fool’s Day; and that it is borrowed from the Roman “Festum Fatuorum,” Feast of Fools, a Fool‘s Holiday.

A sort of foolish Christian propaganda they would employ to play jokes on who they may have thought were pagan fools.




Bread and Circus, Medication and Conditioning, Omission and Denial

This is Big Sports and Entertainment have been designed to keep the masses appeased so they don’t have time to become concerned about how the Establishment is ripping them off at every level nor any inclination to be motivated to stop them from doing so.

And it's not a new trick but a variation on a theme developed by the elite in Roman times.

This is where the great schism lies. The awake and aware have snapped out of the control system. Those who haven't are being tooled around like puppets on a million nano strings. When you don't know, you don't know that you don't know...and are very easy to keep being fooled.

When you've woken up, the world is completely reversed from everything you were told and believed before. You now know that you now know! And everything rights itself and all is clear.

It takes some cobweb clearing to get a handle on the real picture but it happens, and in a relative hurry.

Truth not only defends itself, but drives itself.



The Romans came up with the idea that if you keep the people fed, watered and entertained - distracted - the 'elite' can get away with anything, behind the scenes. Today we have professional sports hysteria, mass media movies, mindless reality TV and music filling that role nicely, while subconsciously programming the masses with the themes and thoughtforms the elite decide on to further their agendas


"Bread and circuses" (or bread and games; from Latin: panem et circenses) is metonymic for a superficial means of appeasement. In the case of politics, the phrase is used to describe the generation of public approval, not through exemplary or excellent public service or public policy, but through diversion; distraction; or the mere satisfaction of the immediate, shallow requirements of a populace, as an offered "palliative."

Its originator, Juvenal, used the phrase to decry the selfishness of common people and their neglect of wider concerns.
The phrase also implies the erosion or ignorance of civic duty amongst the concerns of the commoner.

Much of the violence and filth we have to live with can be directly attributed to this powerful mind-kontrol system which operates by the power of 60 HZ conditioned susceptibility, hypnosis for many. Hollywood superstars are paid big money because what they do is important to the Establishment Hierarchy, in terms of mind-kontrolling the masses and much of the world.

How do they maintain this illusion? Mental conditioning is the name of the game for the designers and propagators of the matrix.


Distraction: The Major Mass Media Cartel

This is best described as the Controlled Major Mass Media (CMMM). It uses an Intel proprietary to vet every single story carried by the news networks which actually function as a virtual and illegal Monopoly.



This Khazarian Mafia proprietary is a major Investment House that claims to be on the Vanguard of progressive investments.


Distraction: Mass Entertainment

This is based on the sophisticated mind-kontrol served up by Hollywood and the Television networks and movie theaters. It controls the culture, values and mores of the group mind and and keeps the massed sedated and satiated.

When folks experience frequent “shoot em up” action scenario’s sitting in front of large screen TVs and in movie theaters and frequently see the impossible, this satiates their expectations and exhausts their motivation to actually change society for the better.



Related: The Secret Meeting That Changed Rap Music And Destroyed A Generation & The Troubling Case Of Paz de la Huerta And Her (Now Deleted) Instagram Account

Many have become so “programmed” mentally by the TV and movies that they have trouble distinguishing between fantasy and reality and easily accept their mind-kontrolled state.

Once the pattern is established in its captive subjects, the more you can pour the lies on without them being noticed.
Also disguised is the fact that their every intention for humanity is for control and exploitation....at any cost or consequence to these expendable "human resources".

To achieve this conditioning requires quite an effort on their part, because we are ultimately irrepressible and they know that. It's like chemtrails. If they don't keep spraying the required concentration of their toxic soup the effects start to wane, like the fluoride dosing and the rest. To keep the vast majority sleep walking they use all kinds of methods and have to maintain them.




"The more we do to you, the less you seem to believe we are doing it."

- Josef Mengele

Related: The Swastika: How The Nazis Turned A Sign Of Good Luck Into A Symbol Of Evil

It's also inspiring...because no matter what they do to us they can't put us out of commission. Unless they kill us off entirely, but that's just a promotion to the next level.


Tools that Numb

But what specifically do they control us by? They flood our bodies with drugs delivered by any means possible; deprivation of nutrition, sunlight and clean air, water and food; dumbed down education and a fully controlled media with mind numbing false news and so-called entertainment; electromagnetic smog blasting on the human nervous system wavelength; violence and oppressive fear and terror tactics, and on and on.

They do this with impunity. Imagine the world is a massive internment camp where the captors give the illusion the inmates are free by letting them have a few choices within this massive facility, and disguise the barbed wire fence as gorgeous murals, and the control devices as modern marvels for their advancement.

Wars are a perfect example. All supposedly for our defense, safety and security, when it's the exact opposite.



Related:
All Wars Are Bankers' Wars


Basic Simple Questions

Some fundamental questions that beg answers that are evident before any clear thinking individual:

How can a government usurping monstrosity like the United Snakes Corporation and its affiliate thugs gang rape a planet and make it look benevolent?

How can obviously lying elitist politicians bought off by the highest bidder be taken as serious entities in governing institutions?

How can known secretive government sponsored agencies pull off assassinations and staged bombings and shootings in plain sight?

How can the most murderous, supremacist, fascist, arrogant, racist people on earth be called "the chosen ones" and given title to anything they want including their own sanctioned Zionist territory and ravenous, genocidal agenda and be given complete religious, social and political immunity and massive financial support? All supposedly based on clearly misguided insane religious zeal?

How can sweeping freedom destroying measures be instituted by "executive order" and other means in a representative republic, or any supposedly democratic regime?

How can the food, water and air be deliberately poisoned in public knowledge and in plain sight?

How can the genetic modification of not just plants and animals but human beings be tolerated, no matter the stated justification?

How can technocratic electro-surveillance, artificial intelligence, robotic warfare and social and mental manipulation be known and accepted as legitimate human altering science and in full implementation for mass control?

....and on and on...why wouldn't people in such an abused situation not go virtually berserk in protest, or a least speak out on a massive scale?




Related: Why Don’t People Revolt?




From Pagan Celebrations to the Crucifixion of Christ

The majority of modern scholars favour the date 7 April, 30 AD to be when Christ had been crucified. Another popular date is Friday, April 3, AD 33. This date I believe later became the holiday we now call April Fools’ Day or All Fools’ Day.

In Italy, France and Belgium, children and adults traditionally tack paper fishes on each other’s back as a trick and shout “April fish!”

The Koine Greek word for fish: ἰχθύς, (capitalized ΙΧΘΥΣ or ΙΧΘΥϹ) is a symbol consisting of two intersecting arcs, the ends of the right side extending beyond the meeting point so as to resemble the profile of a fish, used by early Christians as a secret Christian symbol and now known colloquially as the “sign of the fish” or the “Jesus fish.”

In order to catch a fish, you have to fool it with some bait that is concealing a sharp hook. Once the fish bites the bait, he has been fooled and by Jesus, you caught a fish.

Only this time, they are fishers of men…



Related: How You Were Tricked To Live In The Land Of The Legally Dead


Supporting Research:

The origin of this custom has been much disputed, and many ludicrous solutions have been suggested, e.g. that it is a farcical commemoration of Christ being sent from Annas to Caiaphas, from Caiaphas to Pilate, from Pilate to Herod, and from Herod back again to Pilate, the crucifixion having taken place about the 1st of April.

What seems certain is that it is in some way or other a relic of those once universal festivities held at the vernal equinox, which, beginning on old New Year’s day, the 1st of March, ended on the 1st of April.

This view gains support from the fact that the exact counterpart of April-fooling is found to have been an immemorial custom in India.

The festival of the spring equinox is there termed the feast of fool, the last day of which is the 1st of March, upon which the chief amusement is the befooling of people by sending them on fruitless errands. It has been plausibly suggested that Europe derived its April-fooling from the French.

They were the first nation to adopt the reformed calendar, Charles IX., in 1564 decreeing that the year should begin with the 1st of January.



Related: The Top 10 Tricks Used By Corporate Junk Science

Thus the New Year’s gifts and visits of felicitation which had been the feature of the 1st of April became associated with the first day of January, and those who disliked the change were fair butts for those wits who amused themselves by sending mock presents and paying calls of a pretended ceremony on the 1st of April.

Though the 1st of April appears to have been anciently observed in Great Britain as a general festival, it was apparently not until the beginning of the 18th century that the making of April-fools was a common custom.

In Scotland, the custom was known as “hunting the gowk,” i.t. the cuckoo, and April-fools were “April-gowks,” the cuckoo being there, as it is in most lands, a term of contempt.

In France the person be fooled is known as poisson ti’avril. This has been explained from the association of ideas arising from the fact that in April the sun quits the zodiacal sign of the fish.

A far more natural explanation would seem to be that the April fish would be a young fish and therefore easily caught.


Related Articles:


'Rulers', 'Foolers', & 'Shooters': They're Closing The Cage In Plain Sight

How The Dairy Industry Tricked Humans Into Believing They Need Milk

Occult Holidays And Sabbats: Why Holidays Are Satanic Rituals

Good Hearts, Fooled Minds: Four Fallacies Of The (Hijacked) Environmental Movement

Trump Confirms "No Effect On The Outcome Of The Election" Following Intelligence Briefing + Experts Reveal The Tricks Mainstream Media Uses To Brainwash And Control The Masses



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

When The Rockefeller Trilateral Commission Exposed Its Own Secret
April 31 2025 | From: JonRappoport / Various

Now and then, I republish an explosive interview with two Rockefeller Trilateral Commission members, highlighting how much political power can be controlled in a few hands.



People often misunderstand how the game works. In the area of US foreign policy, for example, they focus on the long-standing rats’ nest called the State Department.

Related: The Conspiracy to Rule the World: 58. The Trilateral Commission

Well, they should. But that bureaucracy implements policy. It doesn’t really formulate the basics. The basics come from higher on the food chain.

The Globalist movement - within which the Trilateral Commission is a leading force - dictates a “one-world” theme. Separate nations and their power should be melted down and folded into one planet-wide management system.

This system would ultimately determine worldwide production quotas for goods and services, and their distribution. Energy, in particular, is a prime target. How much will be created? Who will benefit? Who will suffer?

The US federal government and other governments around the world had been trying to bring us closer to that “utopian day.”

Who sits in the shadows pulling their strings?

Here is another question that has the same answer: who is in charge of undermining free markets and thus taking down economies? One group has been virtually forgotten. Its influence is enormous. It has existed since 1973.

It’s called the Trilateral Commission (TC).



Related: The Round Table: The Hub Of The CFR, Trilateral Commission, RIIA, Club Of Rome, Bilderberg Group And The UN

Keep in mind that the original stated goal of the TC was to create “a new international economic order.”

In 1969, four years before birthing the TC with David Rockefeller, Zbigniew Brzezinski wrote: “[The] nation state as a fundamental unit of man’s organized life has ceased to be the principal creative force. International banks and multinational corporations are acting and planning in terms that are far in advance of the political concepts of the nation state.”

Goodbye, separate nations.

Any doubt on the question of TC goals is answered by David Rockefeller himself, the founder of the TC, in his Memoirs (2003):


“Some even believe we are part of a secret cabal working against the best interests of the United States, characterizing my family and me as ‘internationalists’ and of conspiring with others around the world to build a more integrated global political and economic structure - one world, if you will. If that is the charge, I stand guilty, and I am proud of it.”

Patrick Wood, author of Trilaterals Over Washington, points out there are only 87 members of the Trilateral Commission who live in America. Obama appointed eleven of them to posts in his administration.

For Example:

Tim Geithner, Treasury Secretary

James Jones, National Security Advisor

Paul Volker, Chairman, Economic Recovery Committee

Dennis Blair, Director of National Intelligence

Here is a stunning piece of forgotten history, a 1978 conversation between a US reporter and two members of the Trilateral Commission. (Source: Trilateralism: The Trilateral Commission and Elite Planning for World Management; ed. by Holly Sklar, 1980, South End Press, Pages 192-3).

The conversation was public knowledge at the time.



Related: An Expose: The Council On Foreign Relations (CFR) & The Trilateral Commmission

Anyone who was anyone in Washington politics, in media, in think-tanks, had access to it. Understood its meaning. But no one shouted from the rooftops. No one used the conversation to force a scandal. No one protested loudly.

The conversation revealed that the entire basis of the US Constitution had been torpedoed, that the people who were running US national policy (which includes trade treaties) were agents of an elite shadow group. No question about it.

And yet: official silence. Media silence. The Dept. of Justice made no moves, Congress undertook no serious inquiries, and the President, Jimmy Carter, issued no statements.

Carter was himself an agent of the Trilateral Commission in the White House. He had been plucked from obscurity by David Rockefeller, and through elite TC press connections, vaulted into the spotlight as a pre-eminent choice for the Presidency.

The 1978 conversation featured reporter, Jeremiah Novak, and two Trilateral Commission members, Karl Kaiser and Richard Cooper. The interview took up the issue of who exactly, during President Carter’s administration, was formulating US economic and political policy.

The careless and off-hand attitude of Trilateralists Kaiser and Cooper is astonishing. It’s as if they’re saying, “What we’re revealing is already out in the open, it’s too late to do anything about it, why are you so worked up, we’ve already won…”

Novak: (the reporter): Is it true that a private [Trilateral committee] led by Henry Owen of the US and made up of [Trilateral] representatives of the US, UK, West Germany, Japan, France and the EEC is coordinating the economic and political policies of the Trilateral countries [which would include the US]?

Cooper: Yes, they have met three times.

Novak: Yet, in your recent paper you state that this committee should remain informal because to formalize ‘this function might well prove offensive to some of the Trilateral and other countries which do not take part.’ Who are you afraid of?

Kaiser: Many countries in Europe would resent the dominant role that West Germany plays at these [Trilateral] meetings.

Cooper: Many people still live in a world of separate nations, and they would resent such coordination [of policy].

Novak: But this [Trilateral] committee is essential to your whole policy. How can you keep it a secret or fail to try to get popular support [for its decisions on how Trilateral member nations will conduct their economic and political policies]?

Cooper: Well, I guess it’s the press’ job to publicize it.

Novak: Yes, but why doesn’t President Carter come out with it and tell the American people that [US] economic and political power is being coordinated by a [Trilateral] committee made up of Henry Owen and six others? After all, if [US] policy is being made on a multinational level, the people should know.

Cooper: President Carter and Secretary of State Vance have constantly alluded to this in their speeches. [a lie]

Kaiser: It just hasn’t become an issue.

This interview slipped under the mainstream media radar, which is to say, it was buried.

US economic and political policy - run by a committee of the Trilateral Commission.

When Jimmy Carter won the presidential election in 1976, his aide, Hamilton Jordan, said that if after the inauguration, Cy Vance and Brzezinski came on board as secretary of state and national security adviser, “We’ve lost. And I’ll quit.”

Lost - because both men were powerful members of the Trilateral Commission and their appointment to key positions would signal a surrender of White House control to the Commission.

Vance and Brzezinski were appointed secretary of state and national security adviser, as Jordan feared. But he didn’t quit. He became Carter’s chief of staff.

Now consider the vast propaganda efforts of the past 40 years, on so many levels, to install the idea that all nations and peoples of the world are a single Collective.



Related: CFR: Trump Sabotaging Globalist World Order

From a very high level of political and economic power, this propaganda op has had the objective of grooming the population for a planet that is one coagulated mass, run and managed by one force. A central engine of that force is the Trilateral Commission.

How does a shadowy group like the TC accomplish its goal? One basic strategy is: destabilize nations; ruin their economies; send millions and millions of manufacturing jobs off to places where virtual slave labor does the work; adding insult to injury, export the cheap products of those slave-factories back to the nations who lost the jobs and undercut their domestic competitors, forcing them to close their doors and fire still more employees.

And then solve that economic chaos by bringing order.

What kind of order?

Eventually, one planet, with national borders erased, under one management system, with a planned global economy, “to restore stability,” “for the good of all, for lasting harmony.”

“I pledge allegiance to the Trilateral Commission, and to the domination for which it stands, one planet, indivisible, with tyranny and poverty and top-down order for all…”


Related Articles:

Behind Bilderberg 2015, Trilateral Commission: The Globalists Have A Major Problem + Bilderberg 2015: Full Attendee List & Agenda

The CFR Releases A Promotional Video Trying To Appear Friendly But It’s NWO Propaganda

CFR’s RAND Corporation: Terror From “Everywhere” Requires More Surveillance


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Out Of Shadows
March 30 2025 | From: OutOfShadows / Various

The Out Of The Shadows documentary lifts the mask on how the mainstream media & Hollywood manipulate & control the masses by spreading propaganda throughout their content.



Our goal is to wake up the general public by shedding light on how we all have been lied to & brainwashed by a hidden enemy with a sinister agenda.

This project is the result of two years of blood, sweat, and tears by a team of woke professionals. It’s been independently produced and funded and is available on many different platforms for free for anyone to watch.

Patriots made this documentary with the sole purpose of getting the truth out there. If you like the documentary, please share this video.






Related Articles:

Luke Perry Dead At 52 After “Serious Stroke” & Star Of Hobbit Films Elijah Wood Says Hollywood Is Masking A Child Sex Epidemic

Washington DC’s Role Behind The Scenes In Hollywood Goes Deeper Than You Think

July 20, 1977: CIA Mind Control Project MKUltra Documents Released For The First Time

What The History Channel Left Out About The Declassified CIA Program: “History Of MK-Ultra”

Monarch Mind Control & The MK-Ultra Program



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Why Mandatory Vaccination Is Unethical And Immoral + California Medical Doctor Explains How Doctors Receive No Medical Training on Vaccines – Indoctrination On Belief In Vaccines & First-Ever Peer-Reviewed Study Of Vaccinated Vs Unvaccinated Children Shows Vaccinated Kids Have A Higher Rate Of Sickness, 470% Increase In Autism
March 29 2025 | From: Stuff / VaccineImpact / TheStarAcademy / Various

Compulsion is being proposed as the way to address factors affecting vaccination uptake: low confidence, complacency and convenience.
 It is not. 



We should not allow governments make our "informed consent" decisions for us, and then force those decisions upon us, argues Amanda Vickers

It is also the least ethical option. Ethically, various codes have been designed to protect us from unconsented medical intervention.

Related: Robert F. Kennedy, Jr.: The CDC Is A [Criminal] Vaccine Company

Ethically, various codes have been designed to protect us from unconsented medical intervention.

The Nuremberg Code set out to ensure no person had medical procedures performed without explicit consent.

With the formation of the United Nations came the Universal Declaration of Human Rights. New Zealand has a Bill of Rights (1990).  



The National Party has proposed withdrawing benefits for parents who don't vaccinate their children, and Botany candidate Christopher Luxon has suggested extending the "no jab,no pay" idea to Working for Families benefits too

Related: A Writ of Summons against the Commonwealth of Australia (Australian Government) Coercive Vaccination Policies has been successfully filed in the High Court of Australia by a 75 year old Australian Aged Pensioner

These all seek to protect against any "greater majority" who would trample our individual rights. However, they are only as strong as the will of citizens to uphold them. 

The premise of the "greater good" is being used to support arguments for forced medication of the population. In terms of protecting the very young, the very old and the very sick, it is important these groups are sufficiently well cared for, so as not to contract any illness, regardless of whether the rest of the population has been vaccinated or not. 

The question that needs addressing is whether it is for our "greater good" to have the government make our "informed consent" decisions for us, and then force those decisions upon us. Our forefathers would likely not have seen this imposition as a "greater good"

Mandatory vaccination would entail the state appointing itself authority over the most sacrosanct – our bodily sovereignty.

Doing so gives it the ability to deliver, to whom it wants, directly into our bodies, what it wants, in any amount it wants, whenever it wants. 



Related: An Anti-Vaxx Billboard Appears Outside Portland, at the Height of Flu Season

Of course, the delivery of vaccine-mandate legislation would never really look as draconian and authoritarian as that. It would instead be introduced gradually, but nonetheless by coercion.

Make no mistake, coercion is a mandate to those with little choice, just as a pig with lipstick is still a pig. Unavoidable coercion soon expands to affect everyone, and everything – the ability to go to school, or to travel and work.

Where would that end? Would doctors be required to administer medication against the will of their patients? How would that fit with their Hippocratic oath? Would police be obliged to undertake enforcement? How would that fit morally with them?

Where do Māori stand? The second article of the Treaty of Waitangi guarantees them chieftainship over their taonga. Did it intend that Māori cede sovereignty over their bodies?

Upholding our freedoms, and the application of our hard-won protections, should be an overriding principle in our proud nation.

The National Party is discussing, and ACT is proposing, vaccine coercion, while Winston Peters has personally endorsed mandatory vaccination

This is not just any old election policy announcement. This is New Zealand political parties seeking to remove our personal rights to bodily autonomy. It should be big news.




We Don’t Vaccinate Because Vaccines Cause Harm And Are Not Needed

Eight educated parents share the many reasons why they no longer vaccinate, or never vaccinated.

Reasons include: near death, uncontrollable screaming, horrible adverse reactions, getting the disease for which vaccinated against, high fever, vomiting, seizures, skin reactions, vaccines are poison, natural immunity is superior, high risk, cancer, aborted fetal cells, population control, vaccines cannot be made safe, and more. Please share widely!






Related: Rise in childhood cancer baffles experts, prompts calls for urgent investigation




Thankfully, Labour has had the sense to stand firm against mandates – for now.

Social Credit has an overriding principle in its constitution – that the individual is more important than the state – and it opposes any form of political authoritarianism, including mandatory vaccinations. 

Preserving personal liberty should be the most important mandate evoked – even when seeking to maintain the public's health in the 21st century.

Our history shows New Zealanders stand, among other things, for fairness, for freedom and for respect. 

Let's keep it that way.

Because no matter what our view of vaccinations, these principles should be our overriding consideration.



California Medical Doctor Explains How Doctors Receive No Medical Training on Vaccines – Indoctrination On Belief In Vaccines

Dr. Gary Foresman was recently interviewed by Polly Tommey on the VAXXED II tour bus.

He starts out the interview by stating that he received no medical training regarding how vaccines work, or even what ingredients are contained in vaccines, only what the vaccine schedule was and how many vaccines to give to patients.

Related: Dr. Suzanne Humphries - are vaccines safe ?


"Doctors don’t understand what is in a vaccine. We basically assume it’s saline, and some killed virus, or killed bacteria."

Dr. Foresman compared today’s medical training, which forces most doctors into huge debts, as “the indoctrination, almost the indentured servitude of the average physician” coming out of medical school.

He goes on to explain that doctors come out of their training wanting to think they have all the knowledge after spending so much money, and that it is hard for them to admit there are gaps in their knowledge.


"Today’s doctor, they’re spending hundreds of thousands of dollars, and then when you go through medical school and residency, and you put your life on the line, you’ve been on call every four nights – you’ve had some of the worst nights of your life overnight in the ICUs, and I have, you do not like to come out of that training, and think you don’t have all the knowledge."

Dr. Foresman started his career pro-vaccine, because he was taught vaccines were the greatest thing for mankind, and you were not supposed to question it.




Can Vaccines Cause Autism? Exclusive Interview With Del Bigtree


We talk to Del Bigtree about ICAN's recent lawsuit against the CDC where the CDC was unable to provide studies to prove their statement that "vaccines don't cause autism."





Related:
Stipulated Order Proving CDC Has No Studies To Support Claim That Vaccines Given in First 6 Months of Life Do Not Cause Autism





"It’s an indoctrination system.

They (medical students) become very pro-vaccine because of the indoctrination process… towards a way of believing about medicine, more so than even understanding it.

And that’s part of the fear we have about seeing MDs for everything.

The average physician is a pre-programmed automaton who comes out of school with very little knowledge. They’re not trained on how to prevent disease almost at all."

Dr. Foresman talks about how medical training is about how to diagnose diseases, not prevent them.


"Doctors are taught patho-physiology, meaning how to diagnose disease – not on how to prevent disease. Our key courses are about how to diagnose disease, and assuming they are there, not how to prevent them.

The little bit we know about prevention is “I wish we had a vaccine for everything."

Watch the entire interview:




Related Articles:

The Danger Of Eliminating Vaccine Exemptions

The Great HPV lie

Clinical Trial Report Submitted to the FDA for NCT00092547 (A Study of Gardasil) in Preadolescents and Adolescents

New vaccines will permanently alter your DNA

Analysis of MMR vaccines finds them loaded with human DNA. Why?

Identifying Vaccine-Associated Rash Illness Amidst a Large Measles Outbreak - Minnesota, 2017

Merck Vaccine Chief Brings HIV AIDS to America

UK Considers Making Vaccines Mandatory for All and Criminalizing Criticism of Vaccines

Vaccine revolution in one State of the union

Paul Offit Finally Acknowledges a Vaccine Injury

Corbyn Cordingley Dead 14 Hrs After Flu Shot

Robert F. Kennedy, Jr. on the Stunning Corruption in the Vaccine Industry that has Killed Hundreds of Thousands of Americans

RT America Interviews Robert F. Kennedy, Jr.

Informed Consent Action Network: The Vaccine Debate

RN Discovers Vaccines are Injecting Cancer!

Infants Organs harvested, 76 fetuses, skin, tongues, hearts, vaccine ingredients

Great Question, Terrible Answer (Regarding Vaccine Safety)

Forbidden history: Raggedy Ann is an iconic symbol for vaccine induced injury & death

My conversation with State Senator and doctor who exposes Medicare payouts for COVID-19 patients




First-Ever Peer-Reviewed Study Of Vaccinated Vs Unvaccinated Children Shows Vaccinated Kids Have A Higher Rate Of Sickness, 470% Increase In Autism

In a development that autism parents have long anticipated, the first-ever, peer-reviewed study comparing total health outcomes in vaccinated and unvaccinated children was released on line recently.



According to sources close to the project, the study had been reviewed and accepted by two different journals, both of which pulled back on their approval once the political implications of the findings became clear. That’s largely because, as parents have long expected, the rate of autism is significantly higher in the vaccinated group, a finding that could shake vaccine safety claims just as the first president who has ever stated a belief in a link between vaccines and autism has taken office.

Related: Cancer epidemic due to the introduction of viruses through vaccinations, SV-40 on trial

Working in partnership with the National Home Education Research Institute (NHERI), Dr. Anthony Mawson led a research team that investigated the relationship between vaccination exposures and a range of over 40 acute and chronic illnesses in home schooled children, a population chosen for its high proportion of unvaccinated children.

Surveying families in four states–Florida, Louisiana, Mississippi and Oregon - the study (officially titled Vaccination and Health Outcomes: A Survey of 6- to 12-year-old Vaccinated and Unvaccinated Children based on Mothers’ Reports), reported a number of startling findings.

Vaccinated children were significantly more likely than the unvaccinated to have been diagnosed with a neurodevelopmental disorder: most notably, the risk of being affected by an Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) was 4.7 fold higher in vaccinated children; as well, ADHD risk was 4.7 fold higher and learning disability risk was 3.7 fold higher.

Overall, the vaccinated children in the study were 3.7 times more likely to have been diagnosed with some kind of neurodevelopmental disorder.

Vaccinated children were also significantly more likely to be diagnosed with an immune-related disorder. The risk of allergic rhinitis (commonly known as hay fever) was over 30 times higher in vaccinated children, while the risk of other allergies was increased 3.9 fold and the eczema risk was increased 2.4 fold.



Related: Newly Discovered Autism Causes Ignored

With respect to acute illness and infectious disease the outcomes were in some respects surprising.  As might be expected, unvaccinated children were significantly (4-10 times) more likely to have come down with chicken pox, rubella or pertussis.

Perhaps unexpectedly, the unvaccinated children were less likely to suffer from otitis media and pneumonia: vaccinated children had 3.8 times greater odds of a middle ear infection and 5.9 times greater odds of a bout with pneumonia.

The study was based on a survey with participants recruited in a process led by NHERI and coordinated through 84 state and local homeschool groups. The survey itself was, according to the authors, “nonbiased and neutrally worded.”

These findings in a study population of 666 children, 261 of whom (39%) were unvaccinated, are sure to stir controversy, in part because it is the first of its kind. The scientific literature on the long-term effects of the vaccination program is virtually silent.

Most studies on the safety of vaccines only consider immediate or short-term effects. There was no obvious explanation for the differences in health outcomes observed between the vaccinated and unvaccinated groups of children other than vaccination itself.

The finding that vaccination is a significant risk for autism is the most explosive finding in the paper. For well over a decade, parents concerned that vaccines were involved in autism’s sharp rise have been calling for what has long been labelled the “vax/unvax” study.



Related: Cot Deaths Linked To Vaccinations + Harvard Medical School Doctor: Vaccine Science Is Not Settled

Public health officials such as Paul Offit have resisted these calls with claims that a comparative study of autism risk and other health outcomes in unvaccinated and vaccinated children would be retrospectively impossible and prospectively unethical.

Despite opposition from those like Offit, attempts to launch a formal vax/unvax study have been made for many years. In 2006, Congresswoman Carolyn Maloney (D, NY) authored what is now called Vaccine Safety Study Act.

Said Maloney to the opponents, “Maybe someone in the medical establishment will show me why this study is a bad idea, but they haven’t done it yet.”

In 2007, Generation Rescue (one of the Mawson study’s sponsors) retained a market research firm to undertake a similar survey (it is available on line and had similar findings but was never published in a scientific journal).

Less formal surveys focused on whether or not autism was present in the unvaccinated have also been undertaken in unusual populations, including the Amish and the patients of alternative health practitioners. Age of Autism founder Dan Olmsted investigated autism in the Amish, who vaccinate less frequently.

Autism is rare among the Amish and the only autistic Amish children we discovered were also vaccinated. (Others reported cases in Amish children with birth defects, but not “idiopathic autism,” the kind that occurs in otherwise typical children who are the heart of the current epidemic).

The late Mayer Eisenstein reported in his HomeFirst practice in Chicago that he delivered more than 15,000 babies at home, and thousands of them were never vaccinated. Of these unvaccinated children, none had autism.



Related: Another Big-Screen Movie Just Released Investigates Vaccines For Autism Implications

The link between autism and vaccination became a hot topic in this year’s presidential election. Democratic candidate Hillary Clinton once tweeted “The science is clear: The earth is round, the sky is blue, and #vaccineswork. Let’s protect all our kids. #GrandmothersKnowBest.”

In contrast, President Donald Trump has long been outspoken about the likely connection between vaccines and autism. As early as 2007, Trump remarked;


“When I was growing up, autism wasn’t really a factor. And now all of a sudden, it’s an epidemic. Everybody has their theory, and my theory is the shots. They’re getting these massive injections at one time. I think it’s the vaccinations.”

In the absence of any published evidence on the question, the call for a vax/unvax study has become a rallying cry for autism advocates. Now it appears, the results confirm what many have long suspected.

These findings, especially the significant link between autism risk and vaccination, are certain to increase pressure on public health officials inside and outside the government to acknowledge the legitimacy of a concern they have long dismissed.

Like any study, this one is open to critique. One will be its relatively small sample size, relatively high ASD rate (3.3% overall as compared to 2.24% in the closest comparable CDC study) as well as the funding sources.

Most studies that have found no link between autism and vaccination have been pharma or government funded, and the media has not considered that significant enough to mention.



Related: Mainstream Medicine Accidentally Handed Us Hard Core Backhanded Proof That Vaccines Cause Autism

Nonetheless, expect a hue and cry that money for this study came in part from sources concerned about a possible vaccine-autism link.

Note: Here is the funding statement from the leaked paper. “This study was supported by grants from Generation Rescue, Inc., and the Children’s Medical Safety Research Institute, charitable organizations that support research on children’s health and vaccine safety.

The funders had no role or influence on the design and conduct of the research or the preparation of reports.” Generation Rescue is a Founding National Sponsor of Age of Autism. -
Article From: ageofautism.com


Related Articles:

One Year Old Dies After Vaccination, Death Ruled Unexplained Due To Natural Causes & Questions To Ask Pro Vaxers

The Controversy Over Who Is Responsible for Coronavirus Is Heating Up

Secret Court Issuing Website "Takedown" Orders in America, Targeting "Vaccine Truth" Sites

Healthy 4 Month Old Dies of “Natural Causes” A Week After 7 Vaccines

Pediatricians say it’s often better to let a child’s fever run its course

The 1918 "Spanish Flu" Influenza Epidemic Was a Vaccine-Caused Disease

Vaccine Failures: The Glaring Problem Officials Are Ignoring. Part I: Measles Vaccination

Cochrane Founder Warns Flu Vaccine Research Is Corrupted

The Failure of the Influenza Vaccine According to the Medical Literature

Altering Human Genetics Through Vaccinations

New Jersey Defeats Mandatory Vaccine Bill

Aluminium could be a factor in Alzheimer's disease, new research finds

“He Died As A Direct Result of the HPV Vaccine” – Mother Of Deceased Teenager Claims

U.S. Govt Loses Landmark Vaccine Lawsuit & Expert Study Shows Vaccinations Actually Turn Your Own Bodies Immune System Against You

One Year Old Dies After Vaccination, Death Ruled Unexplained Due To Natural Causes & Questions To Ask Pro Vaxers

Vaccines For Profit And Destruction & You Cannot Be Pro-Freedom And Pro-Forced Vaccinations At The Same Time

Facebook Bans All Content On Vaccine Awareness, Including Facts About Vaccine Ingredients, Vaccine Injury And Vaccine Industry Collusion & Mark Zuckerberg Goes All-In With The Deadly Vaccine Industry In Sweeping New Plan To Censor All Posts That Question Big Pharma’s Vaccine Dogma

Harvard Immunologist: Unvaccinated Children Pose Zero Risk To Anyone And Here’s Why + New York Times Confirms Natural News Investigation: Mumps Now Spread Mostly By Vaccinated Children

Thousands Of Medical Studies Found To Be Useless + Medical-Drug Destruction Of Life, By The Numbers & Herd Immunity Used For Fear And Guilt

Mandatory vaccinations not best way to encourage participation, study finds


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Here Are The 147 Transnational Companies That Run The World
March 28 2025 | From: TechnocracyNews / Various

[Historical but Relevant] A study by the Swiss Federal Institute of Technology in Zurich found that a mere 147 corporations control the world – orchestrating events and controlling governments.



These companies are run by Technocrats who are all busy perfecting the the ultimate and interconnected global supply chain. The list is not necessarily perfect, but it is representative of a class of super-companies who are running the global show. 

 Related: City of London's Ownership of American Colonies

The analysis, which looked at the relationships between 43,000 transnational corporations, identified that only a tiny handful of mega-corporations, mostly banks, had a disproportionate amount of power over world events.

Newscientist.com reports: “Reality is so complex, we must move away from dogma, whether it’s conspiracy theories or free-market,” says James Glattfelder. “Our analysis is reality-based.”

Previous studies have found that a few TNCs [Trans-National Corporations] own large chunks of the world’s economy, but they included only a limited number of companies and omitted indirect ownerships, so could not say how this affected the global economy – whether it made it more or less stable, for instance.

The Zurich team can. From Orbis 2007, a database listing 37 million companies and investors worldwide, they pulled out all 43,060 TNCs and the share ownerships linking them. Then they constructed a model of which companies controlled others through shareholding networks, coupled with each company’s operating revenues, to map the structure of economic power.

The work, to be published in PLoS One, revealed a core of 1318 companies with interlocking ownerships. Each of the 1318 had ties to two or more other companies, and on average they were connected to 20.




Top 10 Evil Corporations

“Thought big companies got to the top by being nice? This video might make you think again, starting with IBM.”








What’s more, although they represented 20 per cent of global operating revenues, the 1318 appeared to collectively own through their shares the majority of the world’s large blue chip and manufacturing firms – the “real” economy – representing a further 60 per cent of global revenues.

When the team further untangled the web of ownership, it found much of it tracked back to a “super-entity” of 147 even more tightly knit companies – all of their ownership was held by other members of the super-entity – that controlled 40 per cent of the total wealth in the network.

“In effect, less than 1 per cent of the companies were able to control 40 per cent of the entire network,” says Glattfelder. Most were financial institutions. The top 20 included Barclays Bank, JPMorgan Chase & Co, and The Goldman Sachs Group.

John Driffill of the University of London, a macroeconomics expert, says the value of the analysis is not just to see if a small number of people controls the global economy, but rather its insights into economic stability.

Concentration of power is not good or bad in itself, says the Zurich team, but the core’s tight interconnections could be. As the world learned in 2008, such networks are unstable. “If one [company] suffers distress,” says Glattfelder, “this propagates.”



Related: 30 Plus Cold Hard Facts About The IRS: An Agent Of A Foreign Corporation - A Collection Entity For The Federal Reserve Bank

“It’s disconcerting to see how connected things really are,” agrees George Sugihara of the Scripps Institution of Oceanography in La Jolla, California, a complex systems expert who has advised Deutsche Bank.

Yaneer Bar-Yam, head of the New England Complex Systems Institute (NECSI), warns that the analysis assumes ownership equates to control, which is not always true. Most company shares are held by fund managers who may or may not control what the companies they part-own actually do. The impact of this on the system’s behaviour, he says, requires more analysis.

Crucially, by identifying the architecture of global economic power, the analysis could help make it more stable. By finding the vulnerable aspects of the system, economists can suggest measures to prevent future collapses spreading through the entire economy.

Glattfelder says we may need global anti-trust rules, which now exist only at national level, to limit over-connection among TNCs. Sugihara says the analysis suggests one possible solution: firms should be taxed for excess interconnectivity to discourage this risk.



Related: International Ownership of New Zealand Banks

One thing won’t chime with some of the protesters’ claims: the super-entity is unlikely to be the intentional result of a conspiracy to rule the world. “Such structures are common in nature,” says Sugihara.

Newcomers to any network connect preferentially to highly connected members. TNCs buy shares in each other for business reasons, not for world domination. If connectedness clusters, so does wealth, says Dan Braha of NECSI: in similar models, money flows towards the most highly connected members.

The Zurich study, says Sugihara, “is strong evidence that simple rules governing TNCs give rise spontaneously to highly connected groups”. Or as Braha puts it:


“The Occupy Wall Street claim that 1 per cent of people have most of the wealth reflects a logical phase of the self-organising economy.”

So, the super-entity may not result from conspiracy. The real question, says the Zurich team, is whether it can exert concerted political power. Driffill feels 147 is too many to sustain collusion. Braha suspects they will compete in the market but act together on common interests. [Comment: If you are reading this then you should already know what's going on.]

Resisting changes to the network structure may be one such common interest.


The Top 50 of the 147 Superconnected Companies

1. Barclays plc
2. Capital Group Companies Inc
3. FMR Corporation
4. AXA
5. State Street Corporation
6. JP Morgan Chase & Co
7. Legal & General Group plc
8. Vanguard Group Inc
9. UBS AG
10. Merrill Lynch & Co Inc
11. Wellington Management Co LLP
12. Deutsche Bank AG
13. Franklin Resources Inc
14. Credit Suisse Group
15. Walton Enterprises LLC
16. Bank of New York Mellon Corp
17. Natixis
18. Goldman Sachs Group Inc
19. T Rowe Price Group Inc
20. Legg Mason Inc
21. Morgan Stanley
22. Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group Inc
23. Northern Trust Corporation
24. Société Générale
25. Bank of America Corporation
26. Lloyds TSB Group plc
27. Invesco plc
28. Allianz SE 29. TIAA
30. Old Mutual Public Limited Company
31. Aviva plc
32. Schroders plc
33. Dodge & Cox
34. Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc*
35. Sun Life Financial Inc
36. Standard Life plc
37. CNCE
38. Nomura Holdings Inc
39. The Depository Trust Company
40. Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance
41. ING Groep NV
42. Brandes Investment Partners LP
43. Unicredito Italiano SPA
44. Deposit Insurance Corporation of Japan
45. Vereniging Aegon
46. BNP Paribas
47. Affiliated Managers Group Inc
48. Resona Holdings Inc
49. Capital Group International Inc
50. China Petrochemical Group Company




If You Hate Poverty, You Should Love Capitalism

A look into why Capitalism is the best thing that ever happened to average citizens.

Arthur Brooks, president of the American Enterprise Institute, explains how Capitalism is struggling to attract new followers despite helping millions of average people control their own destinies and accumulate wealth through hard work.





Related Articles:

May 1st: The Day Slavery System Transferred From Monarchies To The Corporations

Agenda 21: Awareness And Activism + UN 2030 Agenda Decoded: Blueprint For The Global Enslavement Of Humanity Under Corporate Masters

Socialism Equals Triumph For Corporate Criminals

"Shrinkflation" - How Food Companies Implement Massive Price Hikes Without You Ever Noticing

5G Cell Phone Radiation: How The Telecom Companies Are Losing The Battle To Impose 5G Against The Will Of The People + French NGOs Demand Stop To ‘Out Of Control’ 5G Network


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Breaking The Shackles Of Social Conditioning
March 27 2025 | From: TheUnboundedSpirit / Various

What do a hooligan, a kamikaze, and a racist have in common? None of them use their brain.



What I mean by “they don’t use their brain” is that they don’t think - or, to be more precise, they don’t think critically.

Related: Political Correctness Is Really Just Herd Psychology Pushed By Insecure People Who Desperately Seek Social Conformity

But it’s not only they that don’t. In fact, most people are no different when it comes to this.

Sure, we all have our thoughts, and over the years have formed certain opinions. But how many of those opinions are merely beliefs resulting from social conditioning, and how many of them are based on our own understanding? And, of course, we know a lot of things, but how much of our knowledge comes from personal experience, and how much from parrot-like learning?

You see, from almost the day we were born, we were forced to not think. Take school, for example - an institution that supposedly helps children develop their intellect yet does quite the opposite.

School forces children to stay confined in a classroom for about 8 hours almost every single day for a total of (more or less) 12 years, where they are learning things they don’t enjoy learning, being forced to obey to authority figures, having to unquestionably accept what they’re being taught, not being allowed the freedom to do anything on their own without asking for permission first (even to go to pee).

As Pink Floyd would say, school conditions children to become “another brick in the wall”.





The official 1982 video clip of Pink Floyd’s Another Brick in the Wall.

I know, I’m generalizing here, since not all schools are the same. But the reality is that in most parts of the world school isn’t a place where critical thinking is stimulated - on the contrary, it is suppressed or simply ignored. Naturally, it atrophies and becomes weak, exactly like a muscle does when pressure isn’t exerted upon it.

Observe people around you and you might come to see the consequences of our educational system. They are living unconsciously, not knowing why they think and behave the way they do. They accept and act without second thought on what the media is presenting them as the truth.

They believe in and follow the religious dogmas without having any solid evidence supporting their beliefs. They wholeheartedly support political leaders and obey to the decisions they make without the slight resistance. I could go on forever giving similar examples, but these will suffice for now.

As a result of our social conditioning, corporations exploit our emotional insecurities so they can sell us their products and services, making us compete with our fellow human beings about who has more stuff. So-called journalists are selling us lies by utilizing propaganda tactics through the mainstream media, turning us into mindless puppets.

Priests and religious teachers of all sorts gain power by selling us heaven in the afterlife, dividing us into in-groups and out-groups that fight against one another in the name of god. Politicians gain power by selling us heaven on Earth, also splitting us into opposing groups that fight against each other in the name of ideology. And, again, these, are just a few examples.



Our social conditioning has turned us into mindless, obedient puppets

Related: Mind Control Theories And Techniques Used By Mass Media

If we realize these consequences, and are truly willing to change our way of living for the benefit of ourselves and the world, we need to develop the courage to escape the herd mentality and start thinking for ourselves - and the sooner we do, the better.

Of course, that’s easier said than done, since our social conditioning has gone very deep and is affecting us in ways we can’t even recognize. However, with conscious, persistent effort, it’s definitely possible to do so. If you’re interested to know how exactly, here are some basic practical steps you can take right now:


Question Your Beliefs, No Matter How Much You Cherish Them

In order to release yourself from the prison of social conditioning, the first and most crucial thing you need to do is question any beliefs that you unconsciously took on from your parents, teachers, and culture. That’s because beliefs can bring all kinds of limitations in life, such us irrational fear and the sense of having to live according to what’s right for someone else but not for you.


No matter how much you might cherish a belief, ask yourself the following questions:

“Where did this belief come from?”

“Is there any logical reason for holding it?"

“Is it limiting myself in any way or is it elevating the quality of my life?”




Related: Ten Reasons Why I Don’t Have A Religion

Take, for example, religious beliefs.


Assuming that you consider yourself religious, and you believe that the dogma of your religion is the only true and right one, and that those who hold different belief systems to yours are evil and doomed to go to hell, ask yourself:

“What is the logical basis for holding these beliefs?”

“Did I reach to them using critical thinking, or did I just accept them as truth merely because I was indoctrinated from my early education?”

“Are they serving my happiness or are they contributing to my suffering?”

These are some very important questions that you need to ask about any beliefs that you might hold in dear faith, whether they’re concerning religion, philosophy, politics, economics, or other field of knowledge.

By doing so, you’ll decondition yourself from negative social programming, which will allow you to grow in understanding, take in emerging information and make wiser choices. In addition, you’ll be able to better understand others’ beliefs without judging them based on a fixed mind-set.



Doubt is the beginning of wisdom

Related: The Global Fascist State: Physical Control Of The Global Population Is Impossible

Never be afraid to question your beliefs. To doubt what you think you know is a sign of intelligence, and only those who are courageous enough to do so can break free from the shackles of social conditioning and walk on the path of wisdom.


Rebel Against Authority and Accept Responsibility for Your Life

For most of us, it has become a habit to have others tell us what to think and how to behave. We don’t think for ourselves - instead, we let others do it for us and take responsibility for our lives. Not surprisingly, we are intellectually weak and have lost control over our actions.

It seems that we allow others to dictate us how to live because we don’t want to take the burden of responsibility on our shoulders - so we throw it on them. To be responsible for your life can be troublesome, because you have to use your mind a lot, take important decisions and face failure when you make the wrong choices.

To avoid that, most of us choose to let other people - such as politicians and religious leaders - do those things for us, as if they are our saviors.

Then, we blame them entirely for anything that’s going wrong with our lives - it’s only their fault, we claim, without stopping for a second and think that perhaps it’s actually ours.



Are you courageous enough to remove the blindfold of faith?


Related: Unschooling: Radical Education That Produces Free Human Beings Instead Of Slaves

If you want to escape the matrix of social conditioning and reclaim your freedom, you need to stop letting others control you like a mindless automaton and instead start being responsible for your actions. This might be a difficult thing to do, yet it’s the only way to choose your own path in life.


Seek Truth, Regardless of How Arduous that Might be

If you’ve questioned your beliefs, chances are that you’ve come to the realization that most of them were just imposed on you by society and don’t in fact reflect your personal experiences and understanding.

And although this does wonders to help you develop your critical thinking skills and break down the walls of social conditioning, it doesn’t answer the question of whether those beliefs actually hold any truth or not. To answer that, we need to seek truth by doing research.

Let’s take drug addiction as an example. Our social conditioning has led most of us to believe that drugs are causing addiction.

This is a belief we hold since our early childhood but rarely one of us stops for a second to contemplate why that is so. If we do some basic research on the issue, we’ll come to find out that, although drugs do play a significant role in addiction, there aren’t actually causing it; rather, taking drugs is merely a symptom of addiction.

According to health experts, emotional trauma has been identified as the root cause of addiction, whether that is to pornography, video games, gambling, or drugs. If you weren’t aware of this, and would like to find out more about the nature of addiction, here’s a great Ted talk for you:



‘Everything you think you know about addiction is wrong.’ - Johann Hariss

Related: The Truth About Addiction And Recovery

The problem is that people don’t usually like to think for themselves and do any research. One reason for that is that they find it exhausting and not worth their time. Another reason is that they find it threatening to their worldview.

You see, when people are attached to certain beliefs that aren’t based on critical thinking and scientific understanding, doing research might prove them wrong, and so many choose not to know the truth at all, lest it will shatter their beliefs.

Thus, living in ignorance yet thinking they know, they can’t grow into wiser individuals and are unconsciously spreading untruths.

If you’re a lover of wisdom, you’ll need to actively search for truth, no matter how difficult that might be. You’ll need to think a lot and educate yourself. You’ll need to read books, watch documentaries, listen to talks, take part in discussions, or use other tools that can assist you in your journey to expanding your understanding of reality.

Lastly yet most importantly, you’ll need to be ready to accept the truth when you encounter it, no matter if it contradicts your long-held beliefs.




The journey to truth might at times be rough, but it’s definitely worth taking

By questioning your beliefs, rebelling against the herd and thinking for yourself, you’ll be able to free your mind from the constraints of blind conformity and dogmatic ideology.

This way you’ll be able to better understand yourself and the world you live in, as well as to take responsibility for your life, without being easily fooled, exploited or manipulated by power-hungry individuals who care about nothing but their personal gain.



Related Articles:

Liberty Or Freedom


Why Anti-Authoritarians Are Diagnosed As Mentally Ill

1080 Was Added To Water Supplies By Germany In WW2 As A Chemical Weapon Says A US Manufacturer – But The New Zealand Authorities Are Dropping It Aerially Into Our Waterways

Eugenics: Population "Control", New World Order Style

State Control: The Government Of Prime Minister Jacinda Ardern Is Shaping Up To Be One Of The Most Controlling In New Zealand’sHistory

Fear Is Contagious And Used To Control You & The Fascist Scale Revisited



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Lies, Damn Lies And Statistics
March 26 2025 | From: BreakingViews / A / Various

Nineteenth century British Prime Minister Benjamin Disraeli once said “There are three types of lies – lies, damn lies, and statistics.” 




Studies are meant to foster informed decision-making, sound judgments and actions based on evidence, not hearsay - often termed anecdotal - or assumptions.

Related: Tribalism: New Mini-Documentary Reveals How Globalist Manipulators Hijack The Animalistic Control Centers Of Your Brain

Do they?

Well it depends.

You see statistics can be notorious for their ability and potential to be manipulated so as to be misleading and give a false perception. It depends on the way they are presented.

Misleading statistics can be the result of deliberate or accidental use of numerical data. The results then give a distorted or completely opposite conclusion to the receiver, in most cases the public.

Mona Lebied writing in Data Analysis, Aug 8th 2018, said:


"Numbers don’t lie, they can in-fact be used to mislead with half-truths. This is known as the misuse of statistics.

It is often assumed that the misuse of statistics is limited to those individuals or companies seeking to gain profit from distorting the truth, be it economics, education or mass media.”

But it’s not only profit-making agencies that manipulate statistics.



Related: Mainstream Media Is Trying Hard To Convince Us That “Plandemic” Is A “Conspiracy Theory” + The New Normal


Fiddling Data

A 2009 investigative survey by Dr. Daniele Fanelli from The University of Edinburgh found that just under 34 percent of scientists surveyed admitted to “tampering” data “including modifying results to improve outcomes, subjective data interpretation, withholding analytical details and dropping observations because of gut feelings.”

Mona Lebied wrote:


"Numbers don’t always have to be fabricated or misleading, it is clear that even societies most trusted numerical gatekeepers are not immune to the carelessness and bias that can arise with statistical interpretation processes.”

It’s important to understand misuse of statistics can be accidental or purposeful.            

Polls of public opinion can be biassed by the way in which questions are framed. These can be termed “loaded questions,” designed to encourage a response in a certain direction.

It’s a good idea to view poll questions with a degree of analysis to see if you can discern any “loading.”



Related: The Road Toll Statistics They Tried To Bury


Statistics Can Be Misleading

Of course politicians as one of the most untrustworthy of “professions”, are most likely to misuse data to suit their agendas.

An example is the current covid 19 pandemic. Deaths are listed as due to Covid19 - end of story. 

But there appears no breakdown as to how many of those who died, already had severe health problems and were going to die then or at least soon.

I quickly add, I’m not saying we shouldn’t be worried and acting in the face of a pandemic. 

I’m asking give us the true picture. 

In this case I’d like to see a breakdown of covid related deaths, with an explanation how many had underlying severe health issues.



Related: Fear-Based Manipulation: How Politicians, Marketers And The Media Create Panic To Control The Masses


Global Warming

Another example which in my opinion, has suspect data is that around global warming or climate change.

There is one big flaw in the raging opposing extremes of today’s global warming debate.

In basic mathematics terms, the equation is represented by Natural Climate Change + or - Human Induced Climate Change =  Actual Climate Change.

Plus or minus.

Natural climate change has been going on for millions of years.

In Marlborough, several million years ago, when the climate had cooled, a glacier existed down to the confluence of the Branch, Goulter and the parent Wairau River.

When it retreated the climate warmed. Today the glacier has gone.

The cooling that preceded the glacier’s downstream advance and then the warming as it retreated, was just part of the normal dynamic cyclic nature of the earth’s climate.



Related: Serious Errors Found In Widely Cited Global Warming Study

Central Otago and in particular the St Bathans area is another case in point.

Reading scientist George Gibbs’ comprehensive and fascinating book “Ghosts of Gondwana” (published 2016) there is the astonishing tale that about 15 to 20 million years ago, there was a large freshwater lake ecosystem which by evidence of fossils, had crocodiles, turtles, eucalyptus trees and other warm species. 


"Their presence is indicative of a sub-tropical dry climate,” wrote George Gibbs.

The climate must have warmed to allow sub-tropical species to not only exist but thrive. Then it cooled to its present day climate of cool winters and hot summers - again proof of the dynamics of climate change.

In the frantic debate that currently ensues the factor of “natural climate change” is mostly missing. 



Related: Exposing The Bogus "97% Consensus" Claim Over Climate Change 'Science' & Top-Level Climate Modeler Spills The Beans On The ‘Nonsense’ Of ‘Global Warming Crisis’


Hypocrisy

Even scientists disagree on the human factor. For politicians it’s a populous bandwagon to hitch a ride on to popularity and power. Mixed up is hypocrisy.

New Zealand exports coal but conveniently for government, details are difficult to find. 

However googling I got a brief admission from a government site - “Most of New Zealand’s premium bituminous coal is exported.” That’s it. It’s almost a gloss-over. 

Like “getting blood out of a stone” I then eventually found a newspaper article stating NZ’s “biggest markets for coal are Japan, India, China and Australia” where it’s often used in coal-fired power stations.

Then there is the issue of jet planes, which the significant emissions are exempt from calculations. And obligations.

New Zealand is a long way from the world’s large continents and most major population centres. So people fly by jet planes. 

A Victoria University 2019 Working Paper:


"Can We Keep Flying? Decarbonising New Zealand’s Domestic and International Aviation” by Wallace Rae and Paul Calliste” said “for New Zealanders a single economy class return trip to Europe elevates one person’s carbon footprint by an estimated 6 tonnes, 5 according to one carbon calculator, 8 tonnes 6 by another and over 11 tonnes 7 by a third.

Given our place in the world, it should be no surprise that domestic aviation emissions are swamped by emissions from international flights in and out of New Zealand.” 



Related: Assange Lashes Out: "Hypocritical Motherf*ckers... Remember How I Exposed Your Secret Deal With The Saudis"


Denial of Reality

The authors said “Rather than trying to comfort politicians in their utopias, scientists should instead help them to get out of the denial of reality.”

Much of the New Zealand political discussion has centred on measures the farming community should be taking to reduce methane emissions. There has been less discussion on the role of our transport fuels for a zero carbon 2050 vision.

In particular, in New Zealand there is a dearth of published research on ways to decarbonise aviation. We urgently need discussion and debate on this topic. More anomalies appear. 

In the Emissions Trading Scheme (ETS) it only accepts "a forest species capable of reaching five metres in height” - somewhat illogical and bizarre. That means vegetation under five metres in height is not considered in carbon sequestering calculations.

Why?

Five metres is double the height of a normal housing ceiling.  Bureaucrats setting such rules, should in their centrally heated cocoon, look at the ceiling and ponder at the absurdity.

A good number of native trees and shrubs are under five metres for example many of the coprosmas (58 species) , pittsporums (200 species), hebes, (80 species) and others and of course tall species such a rimu, beech, totara being slow growing, are less than 5 metres in height for a considerable number of years.

Surely even pasture grasses have some carbon sequestering value? Which raises the question why have a height limit on vegetation?

It appears the dice is loaded against the rural community and in particular farmers.     



Related: Amazing Science Lesson: Environmentalists Declare War On Photosynthesis In Stupefying Effort To Exterminate All Recognizable Life On Planet Earth


People Factor

There should be a clear distinction between the natural trend and the human induced trend in climate change.

Incidentally in the debate on global warming, I have seen no reference to part of the solution being managing human numbers, i.e. population planning. 

People drive cars which belch emissions and fly regularly on jet planes that fart “gases and particles  -- which contribute to climate change.” Humans demand resources, flush toilets, use chemicals and throw away garbage. 

The more people, the greater demand for resources, more cars and planes, more sewers, more rubbish and more emissions.

Climate change through ice ages and warm periods, has always been.

To reiterate what is the climate change induced by humans?

Government departments can be very adept at manipulating data or research to suit their policies. In some cases the department’s bureaucrats via spin doctors, only tell half the story.



Related: Head Of World Meteorological Organization Slams Climate Extremists, In Unprecedented Move & NASA Admits That Climate Change Occurs Because Of Changes In Earth’s Solar Orbit, And Not Because Of SUVs And Fossil Fuels


1080 Poison

One area I’m familiar with is the Department of Conservation’s programme on aerial 1080 poison based on exterminating by 2050, within New Zealand, predators such as rats, stoats and  possums.

The inclusion of possums as a “predator” is rather bizarre. The possum is a herbivore.

But DOC and extreme groups like Forest and Bird paint the possum as a “predator.” One Landcare Research scientist even did publicly.

The department aerially spreads 1080 poison over mostly public lands. It also supports and sanctions the use of aerial 1080 by OSPRI, funded partly by taxpayer, partly by farmer levies. OSPRI’s role is devoted to ridding the country’s cattle and deer herds of bovine tuberculosis (Tb).

Sometimes manipulation of data is so simple as to not mention a statistic!

The conveniently forgotten statistic of OSPRI’s was revealed on Scoop News in September 2016, by a conservationist the late Bill Benfield.

“New Zealand is Tb free by world yardsticks but even today OSPRI spins the line about the bovine Tb threat,” he said.

Bill Benfield explained the world standard for a country to declare “Tb free” is 0.2% for Tb infected herds and 0.1% for infected cattle.


"Recent information (2016) obtained by NZ First MP Richard Prosser in Parliament showed New Zealand rates of Tb infection in cattle were slight, i.e. 0.0019% average over the last nine years.

It is so far below that required by world standards for a Tb free declaration – that New Zealand must be one of the world’s most Tb free countries.”



Related: 1080 Was Added To Water Supplies By Germany In WW2 As A Chemical Weapon Says A US Manufacturer – But The New Zealand Authorities Are Dropping It Aerially Into Our Waterways


Rat Plagues

The Department of Conservation claims 1080 kills most rats. That is quite correct.

In fact it knocks out about 80 percent of rats. Great news!

But it’s only half the story and the department knows it too.

The truth is in a Landcare Research study in 2008 (Wendy Ruscoe, “Interaction of Mammalian Pest Populations Following Control”. While DOC’s 1080 drop has wiped out the greater majority of rats, there are the 10, 15 or 20 percent survivors.

What DOC failed to explain was that rats are remarkably efficient breeders. The consequences are dire.

In 2011 Landcare Research scientist Wendy Ruscoe publicly said about her 2008 research "In our study it took one year for rat populations to come back to pre-poisoning levels. By the second year rat numbers were higher than before the operation.”

Rats are similarly efficient multipliers. They breed year-round capable of several litters a year and reach breeding age within just several weeks. About three weeks after getting pregnant, a female rat will give birth to a litter of 3 to 14 pups.



Related: From 2018: Remember The Pandemic That Was Going To Wipe Out Humanity? We’re Still Here


Rodent and Stoat Explosion

The research found that within three to four years, rat numbers will be three to four times pre-poisoning levels - an increase of 300 to 400 percent.

Other studies have confirmed the remarkable bounce-back of rats following 1080 poison.

The effect does not end there.

The principal prey for stoats is rats. With rat numbers high and a resultant increased availability of food, stoat numbers increase quickly. They similarly explode.

The problem for science is that it is subject to pressures, which can undermine its integrity and accuracy. DOC commissions agencies such as Landcare Rsearch to carry out studies.

This raises the question as to the integrity of the “paid “science.

In 2007 two retired US scientists Quinn and Pat Whiting-O’Keefe, originally from Stanford Research Institute and University of California, with a considerable knowledge in chemistry and an expertise in statistical inference in complex systems” appeared before a government review of 1080. They had spent eight months analysing pro-1080 studies. 



Related: Why Are People So Concerned About 1080?


The Truth?

In the “NZ Herald” the pair stated:


"There is now a familiar litany of scientifically insupportable claims about what great things aerial 1080, a universal poison, is doing for our forest ecosystems. The people of New Zealand have a right to know the truth about what the scientific evidence shows." 

The pair audited Department of Conservation scientific research and produced an 88-page monograph reviewing more than 100 scientific papers. 


"The results are startling and belie most of the department's claims. First, there is no credible scientific evidence showing that any species of native bird benefits from the dropping of tonnes of 1080 into our forest ecosystems, as claimed by the department - there is certainly no evidence of net ecosystem benefit.”



Related: The Director General Of DoC Claims 1080 Doesn’t Kill Non-Target Species Whilst DoC’s Own Studies Show It Does & “Hidden Agenda” Of 1080 Poisoners Needs Scrutiny


Dollar Factor

The problem is in the commercialisation of science where a scientist is commissioned by a client to examine a subject. 

Consider the dilemma for the scientist. If he or she wants continuing work from the client, then obviously the research’s conclusions should be compatible with the client’s policy.

Science and scientists have been placed in an invidious position.

The late Bill Benfield in his 2015 book “At War with Nature” (Tross Publishing) spelt it out.


"Bully boy tactics and other forms of coercion have been used in New Zealand to ensure that science supports the state’s policies.”

He agreed “it is still possible that robust science with professional integrity can happen” but “science subject to the power of political pressure and the cheque book is junk science.”

Just beware - as Benjamin Disraeli said “There are three types of lies – lies, damn lies, and statistics.”


Related Articles:

US Patent 6506148 B2 Confirms Human Nervous System Manipulation Through Your Computer & TV + Biological Effects Of Living Near A Cell Phone Tower

Government’s Vital Control Structure: Computers Manipulate Facebook Users - Governments Control The People

Are There Patents To Manipulate The Human Nervous System Using Electromagnetic Frequencies?

A List Of 20 Ex-Agents Who Have Exposed The US Military Intelligence Complex & Government 'Cyber Troops' Manipulate Facebook, Twitter, Study Says


Here’s How Industry-Funded “Research” Is Making Us Sick And Fat + Like Tobacco And Big Pharma, The Sugar Industry Has Manipulated Research For 50 Years

Pompeo: ‘There Will Be A Smooth Transition To A Second Trump Administration’ + Caught! Election Data Analyzed, Producing Detailed List Of Over 500,000 Votes Switched From Trump To Biden Via Voting Machine software Theft: Heavy Fraud Focused On Swing States

FBI Allegedly Obtained Hunter Biden Computer, Data On Ukraine Dealings, Report Claims & Obama, Clinton, Biden And Brennan Will “Hang For Treason” When This Evidence Comes Out… BOMBSHELL recordings prove they had Seal Team Six EXECUTED to cover up deep state crimes

Satellite Data: No Real Increase In Global Warming For The Last 23 Years + University Of Alabama Scientists: ‘No Evidence’ Climate Change Causes Extreme Cold



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

How To Master Your Critical Thinking Skills
March 25 2025 | From: CollectiveEvolution / Various

We're in a time where truly making sense of what is going on around us has become incredibly important as more consequential decisions are being made in our world based on faulty thinking.



Increasing self awareness leads to a better understanding of ourselves and how we think. Can we better explore our relationship with the world, each other, society, nature and more when we are more self aware?

Related: Sharyl Attkisson: How Media Narratives Became More Important Than Facts & Every Nation Must Declare War Against Big Tech

Imagine a world where we can talk about ideas and not be at each others throats when we disagree.

Imagine a world where even as we disagree, we can still decide how to synthesize information and decide how to move forward without conflict.





Before You Begin...


Take a moment and breathe. Place your hand over your chest area, near your heart.

Breathe slowly into the area for about a minute, focusing on a sense of ease entering your mind and body.


Click here to learn why we suggest this
.

Imagine a world where news and media wasn’t always trying to manipulate you into believing whatever the news outlet’s agenda was.

You might think this imagined world is not possible – but it is – we simply have to be willing to get there. And before you start worrying whether everyone else is willing to get there, you simply have to ask, are you?

I can say I knew this before, but it really became evident in 2020 to me: Our culture has truly lost the art of critical thinking. For regular readers of alternative media, you may or may not have had the thought: “Wow, ya so many people fell for bogus mainstream narratives in 2020.”

But the truth is, I see critical thinking challenges in crowds that both work in and consume alternative media as I do with mainstream media.

Last year I wrote an essay on the subject of conspiracy, bringing to light the reality that conspiracy does exist in our world at times, but often times people can begin to believe everything is a conspiracy or that everything from alt media is true while mainstream media is always wrong.

This is faulty thinking. We might also have difficulty understanding what evidence supports a conspiracy vs. what someone simply believes is evidence when in fact it’s not.



Related: Critical Thinking Has Never Been More Important

Given so many huge decisions are being made in our world right now based off of faulty information, and the consequences of the those decisions are huge, knowing how to arrive at effective decisions through facts and proper dialogue is a really important skill to develop.

Since the inception of Collective Evolution back in 2009 I’ve always felt that what is playing out in our lives, physical world, current events, politics, relationships etc is a reflection of our beliefs, worldviews and thinking – believe it or not, this is a more of a spiritual experience than we might realize. Current events is s reflection of our current level of consciousness.

Think of it this way, what does meditation lead you towards? What does having a greater sense of self awareness lead to? What do we do with increased peace in our minds and physiology?

How do we use those states of being to make decisions in our world and in our lives?

The spiritual skills we choose to develop lead to changes in how we think about almost everything in our day to day lives, yet very few people associated spiritual development with thinking and current events – instead, those subjects are often avoided and thus our inner spiritual work doesn’t always translate into the deeper changes in our societal world as we’ve set up a barrier as to how we apply our level of consciousness.

For example, an average meditator usually wants greater peace in their lives, and in a lot of cases also wants to see a more peaceful and thriving world.



Related: Pulitzer Prize-Winning CNN Journalist Busted For Fabricating Fake News, Resigns From CNN + Google Gestapo Goes Full Nazi Against Independent Media — Hiding “Controversial Content” And “Redirecting” Searches

At the same time, they might carry the judgment that news is negative, and therefore never engage with it. Thus when it comes to how to engage with how we can change the way society functions to create that thriving world, we might not have many thoughts come to mind as we’re not used to applying our greater sense of awareness to asking questions about how our world works and why.

Given that asking these questions gives us an understanding as to how we can change our world, it’s crucial that we take this step, and not just leave our heightened awareness on the meditation pillow.

Let’s look at it another way. In much of personal transformation, we are seeking solutions to self soothe and create change in our lives.

The pathway to doing this is through getting to know ourselves, how we function, what our subconscious patterns are etc. We bring these things to our awareness, raise our consciousness around them, and then know how to take action.

The same can be said for how we view our physical world and current events. How do things really work? Do we really know what we’re voting for? Do we really know what we’re investing in? Are we capable of something we’re not being exposed to? How would we know or find out if we choose not to explore?

In essence, in many ways we must ask deeper questions about how our world works than what is commonly explored in mainstream media, because this will tell us where we’re at.



Related: How To Stop The Media From Controlling Your Mind + Why The ‘Red Pill’ Has Become So Big

We’ll also gain insight into the human condition and culture behind the choices that are made and whether some of it comes from conspiracy – so that ultimately we can know how to move forward.

Note, this isn’t about judging what is happening and seeking revenge on anyone who might have done something wrong, it’s simply a process of bringing to awareness what might be going on so we can recognize the need for change and take the right actions.

Critical thinking then, is a process of looking at situations, relationships, ideas and real world pieces of information and understanding what’s going on, what’s behind it, and what to do with that information.

It’s understanding our personal and collective relationship to our world. It’s part of how we participate in creating the world we see out there.

There are several ways to begin mastering our critical thinking so that we can make more effective decisions in our personal lives and as a community. Let’s go over a couple below.


Listening

One of the best ways to improve our critical thinking is to better hear what is actually being said. Whether we are reading, watching a video, listening to a podcast, or in conversation, truly taking the time to HEAR what is being said seems a lost art.

It’s why we place the exercise at the top of all of our articles that invites each of us to become more present and physiologically coherent. This simple 60 second exercise literally changes our physiological state into one that can hear better, discern better, empathize better, and navigate information better.



Related: The Three Trigger Terms Being Used To Stop Critical Thinking

What state are we in when we are listening to something? How about when someone says something we don’t quite like? Do we start sighing, judging, responding back to the screen saying things like “oh man you don’t get it?”

Does this change the way we listen and what we hear? Do we miss all of the areas that we actually agree with the person on in favor of seeing the one or two things we don’t agree with? Were we open to learning something new?

Listening is a huge part of improving our critical thinking because it allows us to actually hear what someone is saying and where they are coming from, and it by nature keeps us more present. This in turn also helps us move past some of our own bias’.

In order to improve your listening while consuming content or in conversation, take a moment to breathe, become present, and notice your surroundings. Truly be there and bring your awareness to the idea that you’re committing to listening to someone, holding off your response and truly hearing them.

This sounds simple, but you’ll find this muscle of truly listening is not one we flex all that often. Especially in our fast paced world.


Understanding Our Bias

Bias is something we all have, it’s a distortion in our thinking that can often make it so we begin to disengage with what someone is saying because in some sense we have been triggered by something we already believe, and we now shut off any further inquiry into new information.

Bias also affects how we see news and information, as well as situations and our relationships, and even affects decisions we make.

For example, imagine someone is biased toward a political affiliation, maybe they like Democrats over Republicans. That person will likely speak more positively about politicians that are Democratic, and more negatively about Republicans, regardless of what each politician might truly stand for.



Related: Everything Is Rigged: Medicine, Science, Elections, The Media, Money, Education, Search Engines, Social Media... You Are Living In A Fabricated Fairy Tale

The only reason for this is because the person identifies and has a positive bias towards the Democratic politician.

The issue here is we are making something, with no real value in making an impactful decision, very important. Not only that, but we culturally begin to focus on these unimportant details so much that we all begin to argue over them and divide ourselves by them, pulling us away from truly getting to the bottom of what is really going.

In a spiritual sense, we’re taking an incredible being that we are as an awareness having an experience, and confining it to an incredibly limiting box that states “I’m a progressive” or “I’m a conservative.”

Does that truly tell someone who you are and what you believe? Is that label in practice actually serving our culture?

Here are CE we don’t recommend listening to just one news source, multiple, from different perspectives, is always better. But if you choose only one, which most do, make sure they have ZERO political affiliation.

Political affiliation means you are hearing filtered information that distorts the truth 100% of the time. Virtually all mainstream and alternative media aligns with one political side.


Asking Questions – Ease, Playfulness, & Curiosity

Another key to improving critical thinking is taking a quick look at what our state of being is with regards to learning about and exploring new information. In essence, what’s your frame of mind and emotions when you’re consuming media?

Think for a moment when a kid is learning, they are often playful, curious and move about with ease. They aren’t finding ways to disagree, trying to argue all the time or identify with a particular position.

These are learned habits that we develop as we take note from cultural norms and form a certain sense of identity around how we think about what we believe.



Related: Four Words: Weapons Of Media Lies & When Corporate Power Is Your Real Government, Corporate Media Is State Media

While some might argue this is natural, is that really true? Is it optimal? Does it mean that we can’t change this pattern? Or perhaps we can ask, where has that belief in this pattern led us?

Is our society peaceful? Do we make sense of things effectively? Are we working together or are we divided by our beliefs?

My research and experience in working on myself and with others for the last 14 years has led me to a simple truth: we are all capable to expanding our awareness past the fickle form of identity that sees us as our beliefs.

In fact, I’ve seen people free themselves from this level of thinking so deeply that they begin to synthesize information so much more effectively, and they can communicate with others much more deeply without all the arguments and disagreements.

Why? Because they are free from the idea that someone is attacking their beliefs. They are free from the idea of needing to be right or wrong. They instead are at play and hold curiosity and ease enough that they can keep asking questions.

Questions are key. When we hear bits of information and ask more questions as opposed to simply jumping to conclusions, we pull our thinking and awareness even deeper. We begin to see where else things might go vs. simply stopping at whatever an analyst on TV might have told us.

Often times people feel that getting to answers is all about researching and hearing what others are saying. But what questions did they ask themselves to arrive at the answer they are giving you?



Related: Resetting Politics And The Media

We must learn to ask the right questions, if we want to get to answers that are more impactful and meaningful. This is often times the biggest factor in why mainstream, and even a lot of alternative media, is failing to provide people with experiences of arriving at useful answers.

The questions being asked are often built from a bias, therefore they are faulty questions or questions that seek only to bring answers that fit into our existing bias.

The way we choose to operate with our media here at CE is to invite the habit and skill of questioning and critically thinking in every piece we create. This is done by posing questions, inviting deeper inquiry and pushing beyond existing worldviews.


Related Articles:

Cycles Of History Ignored - Canceling History

The Real Inconvenient Truth & A Call For Critical Thinking By The 99%

Facebook Begins Killing The Independent News Industry


UK’s Independent Newspaper Blows The Lid Off Vaccine Damages

Coronavirus: New Zealand's Dangerous Political Vacuum & Health Experts Feel Censored Over Alternative Lockdown Plan

The Eradication Of Natural Alternatives: Big Pharma Wants To Eliminate The Competition

Google's Digital Book Burn: Alternative Medicine Content Now Vanishingly Rare, Despite One Billion Health Searches A Day

Why The Coordinated Alternative Media Purge Should Terrify Everyone

Google And Soros-Backed ‘Fact-Checkers’ Join Forces To Control News Search Results & USG Conspiracy To Censor Alternative Views As Fake

Heightened Attacks On Alternative Media: Infowars And Natural News Under Attack, Blacklisted

Facts You Need To Know About Syria & Syrian President Bashar Al Assad Fields Questions From French Media And Defends Alternative Media


The Business Of Journalists Is To Destroy The Truth & Americans Think The Media Is More Destructive Than Banks & Corporations + The Normals vs. Conspiracy Theorists

The Mainstream Media Lies

Newsmax Ratings Surge, Surpass Fox For First Time & Three Ways American [Western] Mainstream Media Resembles Communist Media



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
A Slippery Slide To Totalitarianism
March 24 2025 | From: NZCPR / Various

"There is no right in the world not to be offended. That right simply doesn’t exist. In a free society, an open society, people have strong opinions, and these opinions very often clash. In a democracy, we have to learn to deal with this.” [ Historical but Relevant ]



- Sir Salman Rushdie, the British author, had a fatwa calling for his death issued against him by Muslim fanatics in 1989 following the publication of his book ‘The Satanic Verses’.

Related: Socialism Equals Triumph For Corporate Criminals + To Remind: Google Is Run By Totalitarians

To mark the two-year anniversary of the dreadful assault on two Christchurch mosques by the deranged Australian extremist Brenton Tarrant, the Minister in charge of the Government’s Royal Commission response, Andrew Little, reaffirmed that all 44 recommendations have been accepted in principle:


"The Government intends to ensure that its progress towards implementing the recommendations is transparent, and that it regularly communicates with communities on what is happening, and how it is listening and responding to feedback that it is receiving.”

The Minister outlined some of the suggestions received during 33 meetings held with Muslim communities in January and February.

They included concerns about “the cultural competency of teachers and principals” with calls for more “training”; the incorporation of “religious and cultural education programmes into school curriculums”; “disappointment and distress in the media’s portrayal of Muslims in New Zealand” and the need for “the government to intervene”; calls for “the Government to work in partnership to effect true change… and co-design policies”. 



Related: NZ Massacre Reveals Mainstream Media’s Double Standard In Covering Religious Attacks & The Christchurch Shooting And The Normalization Of Anti-Muslim Terrorism

If some of these suggestions sound familiar it is because they essentially mirror controversial policies already implemented by successive governments to appease Maori sovereignty activists. 

Attendees at the meetings also called for “the reform of hate speech legislation”.

At the present time, New Zealanders’ right to free speech is enshrined in section 14 of the 1990 Bill of Rights Act:


"Everyone has the right to freedom of expression, including the freedom to seek, receive, and impart information and opinions of any kind in any form.”

Under existing laws, those rights are limited by the 1993 Human Rights Act: Section 61 makes it an offence to express ‘threatening, abusive, or insulting’ opinions likely to ‘excite hostility’ or ‘bring into contempt’ any group of persons on the grounds of ‘colour, race, or ethnic or national origins’.

Under Section 131, anyone breaching the law by inciting hostility, ill-will, contempt, or ridicule, on the grounds of ‘colour, race, or ethnic or national origins’, could face imprisonment of up to 3 months or a fine of up to $7,000.
Section 132, however, provides a “safeguard” – prosecutions need the approval of the Attorney-General.



Related: A Conversation On Race, Identity Politics And Slavery

The Human Rights Commission has stressed that our right to make controversial or offensive remarks is not undermined by these laws – they only restrict those who are inciting serious ethnic tension or unrest:


"Only where there is the potential for significant detriment to society can the right to freedom of expression be limited”.

A wide range of other remedies are also available to anyone taking offense at someone’s remarks.

If the offending material has been published, complaints can be made to the publisher or broadcaster, as well as the Broadcasting Standards Authority, the Advertising Standards Authority, or the New Zealand Press Council. Social media platforms now have a myriad of channels for lodging complaints about content.

If the offence relates to the workplace, concerns can be raised with employers, since most have codes of conduct that do not tolerate racially offensive comments.

While protest action remains lawful in New Zealand – since that too represents free expression – it is unlawful for protestors to threaten violence or harm.

Threats made against people or property that cause “significant disruption of the activities of the civilian population” are an offence under section 307A of the Crimes Act, with a penalty of up to 7 years in prison.



Related: The Origins Of Political Correctness

For on-line threats, offenders can face up to two years in prison or a fine of up to $50,000, under section 22 of the Harmful Digital Communications Act.

It is in this context that Labour’s 2020 election manifesto stated:


"Labour will extend legal protections for groups that experience hate speech, including for reasons of religion, gender, disability or sexual orientation, by ensuring that we prohibit speech that is likely to incite others to feel hostility or contempt towards these groups under the Human Rights Act 1993.”

So, while Labour proposed including “religion, gender, disability and sexual orientation” as categories to be protected alongside “race” in the existing legislation, the Royal Commission is recommending the far more punitive approach of criminalising people for saying the wrong thing.

They want new categories of “hate-motivated” offences to be created in the Crimes Act and Summary Offences Act, with frontline Police trained to identify “bias indicators” so they can categorise misdemeanours as “hate-motivated”.

In addition, they want to repeal section 131 of the Human Rights Act and insert it into the Crimes Act, to include ‘religion’ as a protected characteristic, to increase the penalties from 3 months in jail to at least two years, and to broaden the scope of what constitutes ‘hate speech’ from an intent to ‘incite’ hostility to an intent to ‘stir’ it up.

If Jacinda Ardern decides to combine the Royal Commission’s draconian plan to criminalise free speech with her proposal to protect not just race and religion, but gender, disability and sexual orientation as well, New Zealanders should be very afraid.



Related: Hanne Herland Explains How Universities Became Globalist New Left Propaganda Tools And Enemies Of Free Speech

If those speaking out against such radicalism as religious fundamentalism, feminist extremism, or Maori supremacy are muzzled for their efforts and thrown in jail, New Zealand really would be on a slippery slide to totalitarianism.

The point is that expressing opinions, no matter how undiplomatic or clumsy, is the essence of a free society and the very reason why free speech is protected in law.

The freedom of expression epitomised by Barry Crump, Bill T James and other Kiwi heroes, has always been a bedrock New Zealand value. It is the lifeblood of democracy and the cornerstone of a free and liberal society.

The very last thing this country needs is the chilling effect of hate speech police monitoring our every utterance, telling us which words we can and cannot use. As George Orwell warned, ‘If you control the language you control the mind.’

With so many constraints already existing to restrict speech which is deemed to be objectionable, there is no justification for introducing more punitive law changes – unless, of course, the underlying objective is to use free speech regulations for political advantage.

In reality, the censoring of free expression in this country is already well underway without any need for new laws.

Just last month Magic Talk’s John Banks was essentially sacked because he referred to Maori as a Stone Age culture. The truth that they were a Stone Age culture before Europeans arrived with their metal tools, utensils, and weapons, did not appear to matter!



Related: Australia Is A Full Scale Pilot Test For The New World Order & The Totalitarian Future Globalists Want For The Entire World Is Being Revealed

Magic Talk presenter Sean Plunket, who expressed support for John Banks’ right to free expression, also left the station – before he too was removed.

Peter Williams, the only surviving high-profile conservative host at Magic Talk, is also coming under pressure – he is being undermined by the Deputy Prime Minister Grant Robertson, who is now refusing to continue his weekly interview slot, after being asked whether the Government intended supporting the “Great Reset”.

Prime Minister Jacinda Ardern has now also joined in, cancelling her weekly interview slot with Newstalk ZB’s Mike Hosking, another conservative host, supposedly for rescheduling reasons, but more likely because she does not like tough questions.

Many newspapers have already banned commentary challenging United Nations’ climate change socialism, even though their doomsday predictions are so totally inaccurate that their only purpose must be to scare the public into compliance.

Stuff, astonishingly, is now also refusing to publish anything that challenges Maori sovereignty, preferring to promote their radical agenda to control our country, instead of the truth.



Related: The Historical & Current Situations In Aotearoa New Zealand

Earlier this month, the Herald also caved in, cancelling historian and former Labour cabinet minister Michael Bassett, by publishing then removing a column of his from their website that outlined how a Maori cultural takeover of New Zealand is underway.



Related: Globalism, Socialism, Technocracy: Three Names For The Same Thing

It is in this environment that the Minister for Broadcasting Kris Faafoi has announced that a further $55 million of taxpayers’ money will be given to the media – on top of the $50 million they received last year during the Covid downturn.

While the Minister claims the additional money is to ensure the viability of “public interest journalism”, it would be naive to imagine it will not be used for influence.

Opinion is divided on how far Jacinda Ardern will go in criminalising free speech.

Some, like journalist Graham Adams, believe a free speech crackdown “risks igniting a firestorm that could engulf her and her government”, and he suggests Jacinda Ardern may back off to avoid controversy:


"She is no stranger to backing away from promises made on the campaign trail if fulfilling them might harm her preferred prime minister ratings.

Others, however, are of a view that the PM will use her majority to bulldoze through the changes under the pretext of preventing another Christchurch attack.

At times like this it is important to realise that other countries are working on strengthening free speech, rather than undermining it



Related: Rising Up Against The Oligarchs Does Not Equal Socialism

This week’s NZCPR Guest Commentator is from the UK – Dr Arif Ahmed, a Cambridge University philosophy scholar, led a successful campaign to reverse the free speech restrictions that were threatening academic freedom.

He explains what happened:


"In March 2020 Cambridge University Council proposed a new ‘free speech policy’ featuring this passage:

"In exercising their right to freedom of expression, the University expects its staff, students and visitors to be respectful of the differing opinions of others, in line with the University’s core value of freedom of expression. The University also expects its staff, students and visitors to be respectful of the diverse identities of others, in line with the University’s core value of freedom from discrimination."

I found this wording completely unacceptable.

First, its plain meaning was directly repressive. ‘Respect’ implies appreciation or admiration; it rules out giving offence. But lecturers, students etc. should not respect patently false opinions concerning e.g. vaccination or climate change.

Nor should the University demand respect for all political or religious identities, from white nationalism to Islamic fundamentalism.

I therefore proposed amendments which among other things replaced ‘respect’ with ‘tolerance’. ‘Tolerance’ is more sharp-edged. It means willingness to accept behaviour and beliefs that are different from your own even if you disagree with them.

The amendments therefore placed no limits at all (beyond the law) on what staff and students could say or write, or on what beliefs they might assert, propose or question, or on the terms in which they might do these things.”  

Since the University Council rejected his proposal, Dr Ahmed gathered sufficient signatures to force a ballot of all senior academic staff.

His amendments – which also replaced restrictions being used to ban speakers from the University campus with a commitment to allow anyone to speak, so long as they do not break the law, libel or harass anyone – won by a landslide with 1,300 votes in favour compared with 162 opposed.

What this shows is that those extremists pushing for restrictions on free speech are in a minority.

But, as the Cambridge University example shows, they will succeed unless the majority are prepared to stand up and oppose them.



Related: The Global Fascist State: Physical Control Of The Global Population Is Impossible

And this is a lesson we Kiwis need to take on board if we are to save this country.

Those pushing extreme socialism, whether it is climate change or Maori sovereignty, are a vocal minority.

If the public are prepared to stand together to oppose them, their dangerous ideologies, which are undermining our democracy and our way of life, will be defeated.

I will leave the last word on the crucial importance of free speech to the Rt Hon Gavin Williamson MP, the UK Secretary for Education, who is proposing new legislation to counter the disproportionate influence that a minority of students and academics are having in censoring free expression in the UK:


"Throughout history, free speech has been a constant sword against tyranny, injustice and oppression…

Ideas in themselves are not worthy of respect, only tolerance – and to thrive they must prove themselves in the arena of evidence and debate.


But in amongst the oddball, incorrect, challenging or downright offensive ideas will be found those that will transform our society and revolutionise our worldviews.

By their very nature we cannot know which these are in advance.


Related Articles:

“Order Out Of Chaos”: How The Elite’s Plans Were Foretold In Popular Culture

From The Archives: "The End Game Is A New World Order"- Former Canadian Minister Of Defence Speaks Out + The Globalists Say It In Their Own Words

The Superiority Of Multipolar World Order Is Now Undeniable

Angela Merkel: Nation States Must "Give Up Sovereignty" To New World Order


Newsmax Ratings Surge, Surpass Fox For First Time & Three Ways American [Western] Mainstream Media Resembles Communist Media

In Socialist Theocracy, Getting ‘Woke’ Brings Absolution

Academic Warns: Young People’s Ignorance Of Socialism Risks “Absolute Catastrophe” & Goodbye Free Internet, Government Is Already Here

Socialism: Thick Lipstick On A Global Pig


Cycles Of History Ignored - Canceling History

Lindsay Perigo: New Zealand Is A Police State

Harvard Professor Exposes Google And Facebook & NZ Police Trialled Facial Recognition Tech Without Clearance

Monsters With Human Faces: The Tyranny Of The Police State Disguised As Law-And-Order + AG William Barr Will Deliver Justice To Any Obama Officials Who Committed Crimes

Orwell’s 1984 No Longer Reads Like Fiction - It’s The Reality Of Our Times & The Propaganda Ministry Known As “The Free Press”


Hollywood Sci-Fi Filmmakers Tapped To Dramatize Fictional Climate Change To Scare Everybody Into Voting For Climate Totalitarians

Socialism Equals Triumph For Corporate Criminals + To Remind: Google Is Run By Totalitarians

Privatisation Of Australia And New Zealand's Natural Resources & Is The Australian Government Crossing The Line Into A Totalitarian State?



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Fauci Knew About HCQ In 2005 - Nobody Needed To Die & Criminal Big Pharma Put In Charge Of COVID-19 Vaccine [Historical but Relevant ]
March 23 2025 | From: OneNewsNow / TheFreedomArticles / Various

Dr. Anthony Fauci, whose “expert” advice to President Trump resulted in the complete shutdown of the greatest economic engine in world history, has known since 2005 that Chloroquine is an effective inhibitor of Coronaviruses.



How did he know this? Because of research done by the National Institutes of Health, of which he is the director.

Related: The Pseudo-Science Behind The Mysterious Assault On Hydroxychloroquine

In connection with the SARS outbreak - caused by a coronavirus dubbed SARS- CoV - the NIH researched chloroquine and concluded that it was effective at stopping the SARS coronavirus in its tracks.

The COVID-19 bug is likewise a coronavirus, labeled SARS-CoV-2.

While not exactly the same virus as SARS-CoV-1, it is genetically related to it, and shares 79% of its genome, as the name SARS-CoV-2 implies. They both use the same host cell receptor, which is what viruses use to gain entry to the cell and infect the victim.

The Virology Journal - the official publication of Dr. Fauci’s National Institutes of Health - published what is now a blockbuster article on August 22, 2005, under the heading - get ready for this - “Chloroquine is a potent inhibitor of SARS coronavirus infection and spread.”




Former AIDS Scientist Exposes Dr. Fauci’s Medical Corruption




Related: PLANDEMIC Part 1 (Dr. Judy Mikovits)





Write the researchers, “We report...that chloroquine has strong antiviral effects on SARS-CoV infection of primate cells. These inhibitory effects are observed when the cells are treated with the drug either before or after exposure to the virus, suggesting both prophylactic and therapeutic advantage.”

This means, of course, that Dr. Fauci (pictured at right) has known for 15 years that chloroquine and it’s even milder derivative hydroxychloroquine (HCQ) will not only treat a current case of coronavirus (“therapeutic”) but prevent future cases (“prophylactic”).

So HCQ functions as both a cure and a vaccine. In other words, it’s a wonder drug for coronavirus. Said Dr. Fauci’s NIH in 2005, “concentrations of 10 μM completely abolished SARS-CoV infection.”

Fauci’s researchers add:


"Chloroquine can effectively reduce the establishment of infection and spread of SARS-CoV.”

Dr. Didier Raoult, the Anthony Fauci of France, had such spectacular success using HCQ to treat victims of SARS-CoV-2 that he said way back on February 25 that “it’s game over” for coronavirus.

He and a team of researchers reported that the use of HCQ administered with both azithromycin and zinc cured 79 of 80 patients with only “rare and minor” adverse events.

“In conclusion,” these researchers write, “we confirm the efficacy of hydroxychloroquine associated with azithromycin in the treatment of COVID-19 and its potential effectiveness in the early impairment of contagiousness.”



Related: Regarding Covid-19: Where Did Commonsense And #8 Wire Savvy Go? & Shelter In Place Is Weakening The Immune Systems Of Everyone Who Complies

The highly-publicized VA study that purported to show HCQ was ineffective showed nothing of the sort. HCQ wasn’t administered until the patients were virtually on their deathbeds when research indicates it should be prescribed as soon as symptoms are apparent.

Plus, HCQ was administered without azithromycin and zinc, which form the cocktail that makes it supremely effective. At-risk individuals need to receive the HCQ cocktail at the first sign of symptoms.

But Governor Andrew Cuomo banned the use of HCQ in the entire state of New York on March 6, the Democrat governors of Nevada and Michigan soon followed suit, and by March 28 the whole country was under incarceration-in-place fatwas.

Nothing happened with regard to the use of HCQ in the U.S. until March 20, when President Trump put his foot down and insisted that the FDA consider authorizing HCQ for off-label use to treat SARS-CoV-2.

On March 23, Dr. Vladimir Zelenko reported that he had treated around 500 coronavirus patients with HCQ and had seen an astonishing 100% success rate. That’s not the “anecdotal” evidence Dr. Fauci sneers at, but actual results with real patients in clinical settings.



Related: Report in Chinese New Zealand Herald Censors Details Sensitive to the Chinese Regime

“Since last Thursday, my team has treated approximately 350 patients in Kiryas Joel and another 150 patients in other areas of New York with the above regimen.

Of this group and the information provided to me by affiliated medical teams, we have had ZERO deaths, ZERO hospitalizations, and ZERO intubations. In addition, I have not heard of any negative side effects other than approximately 10% of patients with temporary nausea and diarrhea.”

Said Dr. Zelenko:


"If you scale this nationally, the economy will rebound much quicker. The country will open again. And let me tell you a very important point. This treatment costs about $20. That’s very important because you can scale that nationally. If every treatment costs $20,000, that’s not so good.

All I’m doing is repurposing old, available drugs which we know their safety profiles, and using them in a unique combination in an outpatient setting."

The questions are disturbing to a spectacular degree. If Dr. Fauci has known since 2005 of the effectiveness of HCQ, why hasn’t it been administered immediately after people show symptoms, as Dr. Zelenko has done?

Maybe then nobody would have died and nobody would have been incarcerated in place except the sick, which is who a quarantine is for in the first place. To paraphrase Jesus, it’s not the symptom-free who need HCQ but the sick. And they need it at the first sign of symptoms.



Related: Professor Neil Ferguson, and the idiot presidents and prime ministers who believe his computer predictions

While the regressive health care establishment wants the HCQ cocktail to only be administered late in the course of the infection, from a medical standpoint, this is stupid.

Said one doctor, “As a physician, this baffles me. I can’t think of a single infectious condition - bacterial, fungal, or viral - where the best medical treatment is to delay the use of an anti-bacterial, anti-fungal, or anti-viral until the infection is far advanced.”

So why has Dr. Fauci minimized and dismissed HCQ at every turn instead of pushing this thing from jump street? He didn’t even launch clinical trials of HCQ until April 9, by which time 33,000 people had died.

This may be why: “Chloroquine, a relatively safe, effective and cheap drug used for treating many human diseases...is effective in inhibiting the infection and spread of SARS CoV.

That’s the problem. It is safe, inexpensive, and it works - in other words, there’s nothing sexy or avant-garde about HCQ. It’s been around since 1934.

Given human nature, it’s possible, even likely, that those who are chasing the unicorn of a coronavirus vaccine are doing so for reasons other than human health.

I can’t see into anybody’s heart, and can’t presume to know their motives, but on the other hand, human nature recognizes that there’s no glory in pushing HCQ, and nobody is going to get anything named for him in the history books.



Related: Coronavirus: Epidemiologist says 'many more people have been exposed to the virus'

The polio vaccine was developed by Jonas Salk in 1954, and it is still known as the “Salk vaccine.” There will be no “Fauci vaccine” if HCQ is the answer to the problem.

So while Dr. Fauci is tut-tutting and pooh-poohing HCQ, Dr. Raoult and Dr. Zelensky are out there saving lives at $20 a pop. Maybe we should spend more time listening to them than the wizards-of-smart bureaucrats the Talking Snake Media fawns over.

Dr. Fauci is regarded by the Talking Snake Media as the Oracle at Delphi. The entire nation hangs on his every word. But if nobody is dying and nobody is locked down, his 15 minutes of fame fades to zero.

Very few people are not going to be influenced by that prospect, especially when it’s easy to keep the attention of the public by continuing to feed the panic.



Related: Dr. Ron Paul Interview: Bill Gates & Tony Fauci Are Determined To Run The World by Vaccines

It should not be overlooked that there is no money in HCQ for Big Pharma since HCQ is a generic that can be manufactured so cheaply there is little profit margin in it.

On the other hand, the payday for a vaccine will literally be off-the-charts. Who knows what kind of behind-the-scenes pressure is being put on Fauci and others in the health care establishment?

There is a monstrous reputational risk for those who will be found to have dismissively waved off a treatment that could have been used from the very beginning, even back on February 15 when Dr. Fauci said that the risk from Coronavirus was “minuscule.”




Dr. Fauci Ex-Employee Tells All; Decades Of Scamming And Crimes




Related:
Programming Alert: New Documentary Exploring the Pandemic’s Wall Street Connection to Premiere





How many lives could have been saved if the heads of our multi-billion dollar health care bureaucracy had been advocating for HCQ treatment from day one? We’ll never know. Instead, their advice has been dangerous and deadly in every sense of that word.

Someday - maybe even today - we will be able to identify the individuals who had the knowledge and expertise to make a global difference, but turned up their noses at the solution when it could have made all the difference in the world.


Related Articles:

California urgent care doctor questions stay-at-home orders: 'You can get to herd immunity without a vaccine'

Yes, the Chinese Communist Party Endangered the World. What’s Racist About Saying So?

Two Separate Reports Confirm ‘Most Intel Agencies’ In US Believe Coronavirus Came From Wuhan Lab

"Remdesivir Is Probably Worthless" - A Trauma Surgeon Exposes "Drug Company's Shenanigans"

Here Are The Key Findings From The Bombshell Government Dossier On China's Bat Virus Program

Inovio COVID-19 Vaccine Uses Electricity to Drive DNA Into Body Cells

McConnell, Pelosi ‘Respectfully Decline’ Administration’s Offer of Rapid COVID-19 Tests

Second Wave of Virus Outbreak Spreads Further in Southern China

Bill Gates: A Menace to Society Who Must Be Arrested and Prosecuted for Crimes Against Humanity

No Increased Heart Risks In Large Test of COVID-19 Patients Treated with CHQ/HCQ and Azithromycin

Project Veritas Exposes Faked Testing Queues Set Up by CBS

Scientific Research Finds That Closing Borders Is Most Effective Way Of Combating Coronavirus

As We Predicted - Dr. Fauci Praises New Tests on Expensive Gilead Drug Remdesivir but Sneered at Less Expensive and More Effective Hydroxychloroquine

Sequential CQ / HCQ Research Papers and Reports

Is The COVID-19 Pandemic Pushing Humanity To Re-Imagine Normal?

WHO Official: It's Time To Remove People From Their Homes & COVID Task Force Admits Inflated Numbers

2009 H1N1 Vaccine Caused Brain Damage in Children. Dr. Anthony Fauci on “Vaccine Safety” Issues

Henry Kissinger & Bill Gates Call For Mass Vaccination & Global Governance

German Intel: China Told WHO to Hide Human-to-Human Coronavirus Transmission in January

Beware the Contact Tracers

Dr. Andrew Kaufman: Unmasking the Lies Around Covid-19 - Facts Versus Fiction

Dr. Tenpenny: This is The Biggest Scam Ever Perpetrated on The Human Race

The Pseudoscience Of Vaccines – Big Pharma’s Final Solution

Time for the President to Take Down Gates Foundation, WHO, PATH, GAVI, and UNICEF for Crimes Against Humanity - Bill Gates Should Go to Prison

Structure, Function, and Antigenicity of the SARS-CoV-2 Spike Glycoprotein

Genomic characterisation and epidemiology of 2019 novel coronavirus: implications for virus origins and receptor binding

Chloroquine Is a Potent Inhibitor of SARS Coronavirus Infection and Spread


Western Australia to be at the Heart of the Fight Against COVID-19

Extraordinary Popular Delusions

Bill Gates Predicted Coronavirus-Like Outbreak in 2019 Netflix Documentary

Coronavirus: Sir Avery - 'there's no difference between going to a supermarket and going to Bunnings'

In a Time of Crisis, Opt for Faith, Not Fear

Hitting back at the lamestream media by forcing them to question their own reporting

Criminal Big Pharma Put In Charge Of COVID-19 Vaccine

Coronavirus Disease 2019 or “Covid-19” hysteria is sweeping the globe – with mass media-induced public panic paralyzing entire nations, gutting economies of billions as workplaces are shutdown and the public shuttered indoors all while exposed to 24 hour news cycles deliberately fanning the flames of fear.



The West’s healthcare industry is already profiting both monetarily and in terms of artificial credibility as a panicked public turn to it for answers and safety.

Related: Plandemic.com

Waiting to cash in on offering “cures” and “vaccines” for a virus that is essentially a bad cold – is the immensely corrupt Western pharmaceutical industry in particular – notorious corporations like GlaxoSmithKline (GSK), Novartis, Bayer, Merck, Johnson and Johnson, Pfizer, Lilly, and Gilead.

All corporations – without exception – pursuing government-funded vaccines and therapies for Covid-19 are corporations guilty and repeatedly convicted in courts of law around the globe of crimes including falsifying research, safety, and efficacy studies, bribing researchers, doctors, regulators, and even law enforcement officials, and marketing drugs that were either entirely ineffective or even dangerous.

Government funding from taxpayers across the Western World are being funneled into supposedly non-profit organizations like the Coalition for Epidemic Preparedness Innovation (CEPI) which are in actuality fronts created and chaired by big-pharma to avoid investing their own money into costly research and development and simply profit from whatever emerges from state-funded research.

CEPI – for example – is receiving billions in government funds from various nations that will be used for R&D that results in products sold by and profited from big-pharma.



Related: Coronavirus: New Zealand's Dangerous Political Vacuum & Health Experts Feel Censored Over Alternative Lockdown Plan


Novartis – Plumbing the Depths of the Despicable

A particularly shocking and appalling example comes from Swiss pharmaceutical giant Novartis – who is currently attempting to ram through approval of its drug Jakafi as a therapy for severe Covid-19 patients.

A University of Pennsylvania team headed by Dr. Carl June and funded entirely by charity had developed a gene therapy that fully and permanently cured leukemia patients who had otherwise failed to respond to more traditional treatments like bone marrow transplants.

During early trials in 2010-2012, one patient – a 6 year old named Emily Whitehead – was literally on her death bed before receiving the revolutionary gene therapy.

Today she is alive and well, in permanent remission.

What is more astounding about the therapy is that it is administered only one time. That is because after administration the patient’s cells are rewired permanently to fight off cancer. Old cells pass the cancer-fighting information off to new cells as they divide and multiply.



Related: The Prime Minister's office is exerting influence on unfavourable journalism, claims Senior Lecturer

The therapy developed by Dr. June’s team is not only a one-time therapy, it is also incredibly cost effective. Under experimental conditions the procedure cost under 20,000 USD.

Dr. June at a 2013 talk at The Society for Translational Oncology would state:


"So the cost of goods, it’s interesting. The major cost here is gamma globulin. So the t-cells themselves, with us, for our in-house costs of an apheresis and so on is 15,000 dollars to manufacture the t-cells."

The charity that funded Dr. June’s team – Leukemia & Lymphoma Society (LLS) – would see its work sold off to Novartis, approved by the FDA in 2017 and marketed as Kymriah. What was noted by Dr. June himself as costing 15,000 USD to produce under experimental conditions was marked up by Novartis to an astronomical half-million dollars.

The New York Times article that reported the drug’s cost never mentions the actual cost of the drug and instead defers to Novartis’ own explanation as to why the drug was so expensive.

The NYT had previously reported on the therapy’s progress before its acquisition by Novartis, yet NYT writers failed to hold Novartis accountable or inform readers of the actual cost of the therapy and expose price gouging by Novartis.

This helps illustrate the mass media’s role in enabling and covering up for big-pharma’s corruption.

Upon closer examination – and no thanks to publications like NYT – it turns out LLS was and still is in partnership with Novartis and while it denied Novartis had anything to do with the gene therapy funded by LLS and ultimately sold to Novartis – the glaring conflict of interest remains and fits in perfectly with the wider pharmaceutical industry’s track record of corruption, abuse, and placing profits before human life.



Related: Tanzania’s President Tests Pawpaw Fruit For COVID-19 & It Tested Positive: “Something Is Happening”

The Novartis example is a microcosm of how the entire industry operates and indeed – precisely how it already is exploiting and profiting from Covid-19 hysteria where hard-working researchers have their work funded by shady “charities” only to be bought up by Big Pharma and dangled over the heads of the desperate for movie-villain ransoms – all in cooperation with a complicit government and mass media.


GSK: A Bribery Racket that Rings the Globe

Another pharmaceutical corporation seeking to profit from Covid-19 is GlaxoSmithKline.

What those who may be exposed to whatever products GSK markets in response to the virus should know is that GSK has been convicted on every inhabited continent of the planet for operating a global bribery racket aimed at doctors, researchers, regulators, politicians, and even law enforcement officials.

GSK has been convicted in Asia. The New York Times in its article, “Drug Giant Faced a Reckoning as China Took Aim at Bribery,” would claim:


"The Glaxo case, which resulted in record penalties of nearly $500 million and a string of guilty pleas by executives, upended the power dynamic in China, unveiling an increasingly assertive government determined to tighten its grip over multinationals.

In the three years since the arrests, the Chinese government, under President Xi Jinping, has unleashed the full force of the country’s authoritarian system, as part of a broader agenda of economic nationalism."

GSK has also been convicted in North America.



Related: Johnson & Johnson Faces Multibillion Opioids Lawsuit That Could Upend Big Pharma + Glaxo Settles Record Whistleblower Case For $3 Billion – Medicare Fraud Alleged

The London Guardian would report in its article GlaxoSmithKline fined $3bn after bribing doctors to increase drugs sales that:


"The pharmaceutical group GlaxoSmithKline has been fined $3bn (£1.9bn) after admitting bribing doctors and encouraging the prescription of unsuitable antidepressants to children.

Glaxo is also expected to admit failing to report safety problems with the diabetes drug Avandia in a district court in Boston on Thursday.

The company encouraged sales reps in the US to mis-sell three drugs to doctors and lavished hospitality and kickbacks on those who agreed to write extra prescriptions, including trips to resorts in Bermuda, Jamaica and California."



Related: California Doctors Debunk Covid-19 Media Hysteria

GSK corruption also takes place in Europe. In early 2014, the London Telegraph would report in its article, “GlaxoSmithKline ‘bribed’ doctors to promote drugs in Europe, former worker claims,” that:


"GlaxoSmithKline, Britain’s largest drug company, has been accused of bribing doctors to prescribe their medicines in Europe

Doctors in Poland were allegedly paid to promote its asthma drug, Seretide, under the guise of funding for education programme, a former sales rep has claimed.

Medics were also said to have been paid for lectures in the country which did not take place."

And this is only scratching the surface of GSK’s bribery racket and associated impropriety – saying nothing of the wider industry’s abuse and corruption.

GSK is currently poised to develop and deploy a Covid-19 vaccine with Innovax. Will GSK’s history of bribery and corruption influence the development of a Covid-19 vaccine and its approval for public use?

There is already a convincing answer to that question.




James Corbett on Bill Gates - Epic





Related:
How To Decline A Vaccine





Big-Pharma Already Caught Faking Pandemics to Fill Their Coffers

The last wave of hysteria regarding a pandemic came in the form of the 2009 H1N1 outbreak or the “swine flu.”

If one vaguely remembers H1N1 and needs to look it up to refresh their memory – it’s probably because it was not the pandemic it was promoted as at the time by corrupt public health officials and a complicit mass media.

Among these corrupt public health officials were World Health Organization (WHO) “experts” who were in the pay of big-pharma and used their positions to declare the appearance of H1N1 as a “pandemic” justifying likewise paid-off governments to stockpile big-pharma medication for patients that never ended up needing them.

The BBC in their article, “WHO swine flu experts ‘linked’ with drug companies,” would admit:


"Key scientists behind World Health Organization advice on stockpiling of pandemic flu drugs had financial ties with companies which stood to profit, an investigation has found.

The British Medical Journal says the scientists had openly declared these interests in other publications yet WHO made no mention of the links."

The BBC mentions GSK by name, noting (emphasis added):


"...three scientists involved in putting together the 2004 guidance had previously been paid by Roche or GSK for lecturing and consultancy work as well as being involved in research for the companies."

Roche – also mentioned – currently produces Covid-19 test kits and is obviously making massive profits by selling them amid sustained hysteria over the “pandemic.”



Related: Can EMF Make Us More Susceptible To Coronavirus Infection? & FCC Chair Commits To Enhancing WiFi/5G During Pandemic Despite Warnings From Experts + The First Report Of 5G Injury & Health Advocate Urges Nelson City Council To Halt 5G Roll-Out

It also profited when WHO officials it was paying off declared H1N1 a “pandemic” in 2009. It sold testing kits and anti-viral medication that made their way into entirely unnecessary government stockpiles.

Reuters in a 2014 article titled, “Stockpiles of Roche Tamiflu drug are waste of money, review finds,” would note:


"Researchers who have fought for years to get full data on Roche’s flu medicine Tamiflu said on Thursday that governments who stockpile it are wasting billions of dollars on a drug whose effectiveness is in doubt."

The article also noted:


"Tamiflu sales hit almost $3 billion in 2009 – mostly due to its use in the H1N1 flu pandemic – but they have since declined."

Are we really going to allow these same corporations and the corrupt officials they are in league with among national and international bodies take the reins again amid Covid-19?


Serial Offenders Drive Covid-19 Hysteria

The same WHO – in partnership with the same serial offenders among the pharmaceutical industry – are now leading the response to Covid-19 – and the same complicit mass media that enabled the corruption and abuse of both in the past is helping fuel Covid-19 hysteria today to hand over unprecedented profits and power to these same interests that have repeatedly proven themselves in the past to not only be untrustworthy but also obstacles to – rather than the underwriters of – human health.



Related: Computer Model That Locked Down The World Turns Out To Be Sh*tcode

Soon, syringes will be filled with “vaccines” produced by this conglomerate of corruption and abuse, and the public told to roll up their sleeves and have themselves injected by substances created by literal criminals or else.

Under the illusion of legitimacy, science, and medicine, people will be pressured to submit to big-pharma and their co-conspirators within regulatory bodies, advisory organizations, the government, and the media, and whatever it is they actually fill these syringes with – whether it protects the public from Covid-19 or not – and whether such a vaccine is truly necessary or not.

While Covid-19 might be an actual pathogen, evidence suggests it does not warrant the overreaction we have seen worldwide. “Covid-19 hysteria” is – by far – having a much more devastating impact on humanity than the actual virus itself. 

Amid this hysteria, the biggest genuine threat to human health – a corrupt pharmaceutical industry and their partners in the government – are poised to expand both their profits at the expense of the public, and their power over the public.


Related Articles:

The Well-Known Hazards of Coronavirus Vaccines

How COVID-19 Death Certificates Are Being Manipulated. Montana Physician Dr. Annie Bukacek

Covid: the numbers game, the fraud, and the final answer

COVID-19 Admissions and Death Certificates. Money for the Hospitals. New Interview with Senator Scott Jensen

“They’re Writing COVID On All the Death Certificates”: NYC Funeral Directors Doubt Legitimacy of Deaths Attributed to Pandemic

US Hospitals Getting Paid More to Label Cause of Death as ‘Coronavirus’

Unreliable COVID-19 “Estimates”in Virginia: Increase in “Testing Numbers” Attributable to Change in “Counting Methodology”: Health Officials

Russia Approves Unproven Malaria Drug to Treat Coronavirus

California Wants to Quarantine People with COVID-19 (Plus Contacts), Even Removing Them from Homes

MSM Wants You to Normalize Wearing Masks

Belgian Intelligence Accuses China Of ‘Bio-espionage’

Professor: Economic Impact of Lockdown Will Cause More Deaths than Coronavirus

End the lockdowns; launch the takedowns

White House Shelves CDC Guide to Reopening Country

California Doctors Debunk Covid-19 Media Hysteria

Bill Gates: Phase 2 Is A Bio Terror Attack

Covid: the numbers game, the fraud, and the final answer

Rockefeller Blue Print For Police State Triggered By Pandemic Exposed

New Info Contradicts Official Outbreak Timeline As People Begin To Resist Lockdowns

Dr. Rashid Buttar: The Coronavirus Agenda - What the MSM Don't Want You to Know

"Go Buy Guns First" - John McAfee Warns Governments "Are Deceiving You" About Virus

Gov. Newsom signs order to send mail-in ballots to all registered voters in California for the November election

The Cost of Big Pharma’s Covid-19 Vaccine Will Be Paid in Lives and in Billions of Dollars

Inovio COVID19 Vaccine Uses Electricity to Drive DNA Into Body Cells

McConnell, Pelosi ‘Respectfully Decline’ Administration’s Offer of Rapid COVID-19 Tests

German Infectologist Decimates COVID-19 Doomsday Cult In Open Letter To Merkel

#Plandemic

Alexa Knows More about the Coronavirus than the Media

Pawpaw Fruit Tests Positive For COVID-19, CBS Stages and Fakes COVID-19 Reporting

Monetary Madness for Virus Hoax

Covid 19 coronavirus: Hamilton council takes private land for Peacockes subdivision project without paying

Politics and the Pandemic - who to believe?

A Brave Scientist Tells Us How Totally Corrupt US Medicine Is - It serves Big Pharma’s Profits and Not Our Health

We lost 100,000, no shutdown: 1968 Pandemic (H3N2 virus) | Pandemic Influenza (Flu) | CDC

A Doctor with absolutely no f*cks left to give; grabs a microphone & absolutely DESTROYS Democrats and their nation wide corona virus shut down

Scientist Whose Doomsday Models Sparked Global Lockdown Resigns After Breaking Quarantine To Bang Married Lover

Researcher On Cusp Of COVID-19 Breakthrough Killed In Bizarre Murder-Suicide

Lockdowns: looks like an op, smells like an op, walks six feet apart like an op

Pandemic Prompts World to ‘Wake Up’ to Threats Posed by Communist China: Pompeo

The Inevitable Coronavirus Censorship Crisis Is Here

Professor Lockdown, Neil Ferguson, resigns over sex scandal

Italian Leader Denounces Hoax Numbers

Was an Effective Cure for Covid-19 Withheld?

Trump Lays Groundwork To Ban Mandatory Vaccinations Across U.S.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Fear: False Evidence Appearing Real
March 22 2025 | From: TheEpochTimes / Various

When our thoughts scare us and we need to make them stop.



I took a deep dive into fear after someone I love dearly, a close family member, began experiencing a physical symptom.

Related: Fear-Based Manipulation: How Politicians, Marketers And The Media Create Panic To Control The Masses

We’ve been unable to get to the bottom of it; the doctors have not been particularly concerned, and so we’ve resorted to just managing the symptom best we can.

I haven’t been particularly worried, assuming it was just one of the umpteen physical symptoms that come for seemingly no reason and then go for seemingly no reason, without our ever really knowing why or what it was all about.

On a recent Friday afternoon, I was having a conversation with this person, and she casually mentioned another symptom that she experiences. She had never brought this to my attention because she just assumed everybody felt the same thing.

In that moment, I was slightly alarmed by the symptom she mentioned as it was definitely not a sensation most people have and certainly not one that people get on a regular basis.

It was also, I knew, a symptom associated with some pretty terrible things. I said nothing about my concern but calmly inquired more into her experience, like when does she get this sensation and what if anything brings it on.



Related: Thousands Of Medical Studies Found To Be Useless + Medical-Drug Destruction Of Life, By The Numbers & Herd Immunity Used For Fear And Guilt

On the outside, I probably appeared quite nonchalant, but on the inside, a small tsunami was forming in my chest.

Immediately following our conversation, I made a beeline to search the internet. I feverishly punched in her symptoms. What I found was, not surprisingly, both horrifying and terrifying.

Her symptoms happened to be the first two on every list for one, particularly dreadful and life-destroying condition.

Within three hours of our initial conversation, I was paralyzed with information. I had three symptoms to work with now, three symptoms that were the first three on every list describing the early signs of one particular horrifying fate.

Fear had taken me hostage.

The more afraid I became, the more frantically I researched the internet, reading everything available on the condition I had diagnosed, looking for anything that would give me a different list of symptoms or at least a list where her symptoms were further down from the top.

I read about treatments, now and future, trial studies, ways that people self-care once diagnosed, the psychological effects of the disease, how early one should start taking the medication, and what the final stages look like.



Related: Faking Medical Reality

I read testimonials from people living with the disease, everything I could get my hands on. By Sunday night, I had five doctorates in this condition.

I was in a state of panic, heartbroken, and truly unable to get OK. If a moment of serenity appeared, I would remember the shock of what I knew, that this person I love beyond anything, beyond everything, had no future.

I would remember that I could never be happy again. Each moment I spent with my family member that weekend felt like the last, weighted with melancholy and finality.

I was living a narrative of fear and despair I had written in less than 48 hours. I was sure the worst thing I could ever imagine happening was happening.

I wondered how it was possible that I had spent my whole life working on accepting reality as it is, and yet here I was screaming, “No, this reality is the one reality that’s not OK! This reality, I cannot bear.”

I was in a thought-constructed hell, which felt real, inarguable, and true.



Related: How Thoughts Create Atoms And Emotions Formulate Time

I was the only one who knew that she had all three symptoms. Other family members knew of one or another, but I was the keeper of the full truth, the only one who knew the whole of it.

When I did finally break and tell another family member, he dismissed my fears as ridiculous, irritating, a case of bad hypochondria. I was to blame for my fear. His impatience felt like an abandonment of sorts.

I felt terrified and deeply alone in my fear. I couldn’t share my fears with the person whom they were about because I didn’t want to frighten her; I couldn’t speak with anyone else in the family because they were angered by my fear; I couldn’t speak with her doctor about it because I didn’t want to set off further testing and thus speed the road to the eventual diagnosis.

I was totally isolated; my thoughts had built a bubble of terror in which I was trapped and alone.

And then something miraculous happened, perhaps because I couldn’t bear another moment of being so afraid, or perhaps just because. Grace appeared and I heard the following: 

Your mind is inflicting violence on you! And what followed from there was simply, Stop! Stop! Stop! 

Something in me stood up for me.

I knew that probability was still on my side and the fear I was living might well be false evidence appearing as real.



Related: Pineal Gland: How To Detox The Part Of Your Brain That Controls Sleep, Aging And Your State Of Mind

With this realization, I was able to halt my mind’s projections into the future and reexperiencing a reality that didn’t and might never exist.

I recognized that I knew nothing other than three facts and didn’t need to go one day or even five minutes into the future. I could decide to live right here, now, and construct no storyline at all.

Discomfort remained, mild anxiety, but without the narrative connecting the dots, I was remarkably OK. With the sudden awareness of how I was torturing myself, believing my thoughts, I was able to disembark from my mind’s terror train.

I refused to participate in terrifying myself; I chose the freedom and self-compassion that comes with saying, and believing, “I simply don’t know. That’s the truth.”

For organizing and generating ideas, there’s no match for the human mind. And simultaneously, for whipping up fear and creating frightening storylines that appear indisputable, there’s also no match for the human mind.

The tragic part is that by creating its narratives of terror, the mind is at some level trying to calm us down, to understand the unknown.

The mind tries to protect us from the fear of what could happen by creating a certainty of what will happen, which paradoxically can feel less frightening.



Related: New Mind-Blowing Experiment Confirms That Reality Doesn’t Exist If You Are Not Looking At It

In this recent episode, my mind was desperately searching to find proof for its wrongness, evidence that showed its thoughts were mistaken. And yet, the more my imagined storyline was confirmed, the more frantically I searched to find something else to explain the unknown.

Our mind is often the perpetrator of unimaginable violence - on ourselves. Our thoughts are the great instigator of terror, yelling fire over and over again when a hint of smoke is detected.

At some point, the suffering that we self-inflict can become too much and an act of grace or self-compassion occurs, when we say: “Stop, stop torturing me. Stop creating stories of terror. The truth is I don’t know, that’s all.”



Related: What You Pay Attention To Ends Up Controlling Your Life

Life is challenging enough without adding any of our own terrifying storylines to it. We can, in fact, choose to live in the questions, to not know, and not fill in the blanks.

When we leave the dots not connected and sit with the fear that may or may not exist with what is, we feel a great relief.

Not only relief from the self-inflicted violence of the terrifying storyline, but also from the need to close up reality and know - everything - even if it’s nothing we want to know.

Nancy Colier is a psychotherapist, interfaith minister, author, public speaker, and workshop leader. For more information, visit NancyColier.com


Related Articles:

The Ultimate Scam: How Al Gore Became The World’s First Carbon Billionaire” By Profiting Off Irrational Climate Fears

Eye-Opening Survey Shows No.1 Fear For US Citizens Is Government, Not Terrorism

Overcoming The Fear Of Intimacy: A Helpful Advice For The Wounded Heart


What They Want You To Fear Versus The Real Threats We Face

Breaking The Fear Factor - Defeating The Criminal Elite & Neoliberal Dictators


Propaganda & Fear-Mongering Works

Conscious Truth Behind Coronavirus Lockdown & A Message To Help Dispel Fear

Pope Francis: World Government Must Rule U.S. ‘For Their Own Good’ & Pope Francis Declares He Fears Trump And Losing Control Of The New World Order

Shaping The Future: Israel Tutors Its Children In Fear And Loathing

Fear, Bloodshed And Human Sacrifices Before Winter Solstice

Who’s Behind The Zika Virus Outbreak & Fearmongering?


Conquer Fear And Live Free!


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Mathematical Report Proves Human Society Is Too Complex To Be Ruled By A Government
March 21 2025 | From: TheMindUnleashed / Various

Society is past the point of being governed. We no longer need a president to function as a healthy society. In fact, the idea of central bodies of government ruling over differing classes of people is just absurd.



We are all just too complex for a ruler! At least, this is what a recent report suggests.

Related: Open Source Government: True Government Of The People, By The People


Is There Hope for Us?

Prior to election day, Vice’s Motherboard published a report called Mathematics, which included proof that democracies are irrelevant to our society today. Social policy, or the idea that one process can work for everyone, has been deemed ludicrous as society is much too complex, and government always fails us in our expectations.


A Complex Organism

We, as humans, have become increasingly complex over time, which has no relation to democracy or communism. And this complexity matters, says Yaneer Bar-Yam, the New England Complex Systems Institutes (NECSI)’s director,


“There’s a natural process of increasing complexity in the world that at some point will run into the complexity of the individual. Once we reach that point, hierarchical organizations will fail.”

Bar-Yam realized how ridiculous it was to organize society into sections of a few. Government officials are, in most cases, detached from individual situations from lack of experience in the area.

Bar-Yam told Motherboard,


We are raised to believe that democracy is good for us.”

Is this true? I think Democracy is over-rated, and so are other systems such as dictatorships and communism. Their centralized processes and democracies only focus on one or few groups of individuals, still leaving others with no ample representation. It just fails!


Human Complexity

When discussing the individual needs of society, “human action” takes form as a possible solution to this problem. If you look at the human as a unique creature as compared to another, you may get the idea of why we are much too complex to be ruled as a group.



Related: Ten Self-Evident Truths That We The People Have Spontaneously Come To Realize - That Will End All Government As We Know It

Humans are made from atoms, which make cells and then organs. If you try to describe an individual atom, it’s almost impossible. It’s only possible in relation to collective behavior of the whole. At least, it’s a bit easier.

This works in much the same manner when describing an individual person in a job, as opposed to a workforce. It’s easier to understand the pattern of an entire workforce than to catalog the daily behavior of one worker.


Is There a Solution?

Bar-Yam suggests a solution called a “control hierarchy”, which enables an individual to control only their own actions separately from others. With this, one individual can influence others into taking the same actions.

If this works, it will prove much more effective than hoping the government will influence a larger group into following their lead.

In fact, what government does, in a nutshell, is control groups of people as if they are much simpler beings.


Human Action

In fact, these aren’t new ideas. They are, in fact, ideas that surfaced in 1949 as well. Praxeology, or the study of purposeful behavior (human action), said that humans exist and act for a reason, basically.


“Action is will put into operation.”

Economist Ludwig von Mises said that those who are detached from a situation cannot possibly know what will happen inside the situation. Although science is pretty accurate at predicting what will happen in a situation, it cannot predict the future without question.



Related: Government Versus Anarchy

And no matter the similarities from one situation to the next, there will always be incomplete knowledge with any given event or within any new group. It’s apparent that Mises understood the complexity of society way before Bar-Yam was involved in the study.

Mises writes in “Human Action”;


“Government means coercion and compulsion and is the opposite of liberty.”

Both Mises and Bar-Yam concluded that complexities of the human being, especially the level in which humans have attained at this point, makes it almost impossible for the government to rule effectively.

As we saw with the elections, numerous people refusing to vote, the desire for the governmental rule is on the decline. Choosing leaders obviously doesn’t matter as much anymore, and working as individuals to solve problems may just be what we need to thrive as human beings.


Related Articles:


Four Words: Weapons Of Media Lies & When Corporate Power Is Your Real Government, Corporate Media Is State Media


Everywhere In The Western World, Government Is A Conspiracy Against The People & Cartels That Run The World

Meet Naomi Seibt - The 19-Year-Old, Blond Antidote To Greta Thunberg & NZ Government Begins National Climate Indoctrination Of Children

State Control: The Government Of Prime Minister Jacinda Ardern Is Shaping Up To Be One Of The Most Controlling In New Zealand’sHistory

Governments Are Corporations & The Gold Standard Will Break Up The Banking Cartel

Governments: The Enemy Of Freedom & Globalists Interviewed: They Admitted They Controlled The Government

Former High Ranking CIA Agent Gives A Break Down On What The US Deep State And Shadow Government Is Comprised Of

Academic Warns: Young People’s Ignorance Of Socialism Risks “Absolute Catastrophe” & Goodbye To The Internet: Interference By Governments Is Already Here



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

How Thoughts Create Atoms And Emotions Formulate Time
March 20 2025 | From: Omnithought / Various

It seems that the connection between thought, emotions, space and time is far greater than understood before.



Here is a short introduction to the idea that thoughts can manipulate physical reality, and emotions can render the concept of time:

Related: DivineCosmos


Part 1: Awareness to Atoms

A serious problem facing the world today is actually a very simple one, and it can be solved easily. The problem is that people are unaware of their own atoms…

People do not have the awareness or an understanding of the atoms that make their own body; how these atoms are created, how they operate and how they draw energy that enables the body to exist. When people are unaware of their own atoms, then they are unaware of how the planet operates…

The prevailing assumption that most people hold is that we all have a body, and the body exists out of its own ‘energy’, out of its own ‘accord’.

Many people seem to believe that the only relation, or ‘exchanges’ between the human body and the exterior world (the surrounding area) is by exchanges of such as water, air and light. Apart of these forms of exchange, people assume that the body exists separately of nature.






Related: New Mind-Blowing Experiment Confirms That Reality Doesn’t Exist If You Are Not Looking At It

However, many studies reveal that this is not so. In effect, the human body seems to draw energies that are beyond what we tend to think. These energies operate on a level that is finer than the atom, and they give the body its initial energy.

The human body draws ‘oceans of energies’ from the universe, in order to maintain the functionality of its atoms, molecules and cells. The body draws ‘oceans’ of information from the planet itself, in a way that still puzzles our sciences.

If you could imagine for a moment yourself laying on an ocean… just imagine that you are there resting on the ocean, and then the whole ocean is pulled up into your body in order to give you the energy that enables you to make simple things as taking a breath.

This is how people draw in a cosmic energy that gives them energy.

Just to take a breath requires a worldwide energy; and this energy is provided free of charge to every single human being on this planet – but people are unaware of it.

The human body is a temple that contains the highest form of cosmic wisdom, and so if we learn to be aware of it, then we can find the solutions to all the problems we face. To do so we need to ask this: Where are the atoms of my body coming from? And where are they going to in the next minute?



Related: Research Shocks Scientists: Human Emotion Physically Shapes Reality

Apparently, the human body is not so-called ‘stable, solid’ thing, but rather a complex and interchanging mechanism, where atoms are constantly forming the body, and at the next moment they are discharged off the body; they simply leave the body. It is like breathing in and breathing out, discharging air.

When atoms are discharged, new atoms are coming to replace them in forming the organs of the body. It is believed that in the span of a year the person has a totally new body consisting of completely new atoms that were not there a year before.

When atoms go away, new atoms are willingly coming to form the same single body with the same organs. This allows the so-called soul to have a manifestation of a physical existence, the physical experience of ‘living’.

But, how?

To learn how atoms operate, we must ask ourselves, where do atoms coming from and where are they going to? That question alone will promote social responsibility because people will acknowledge the connection they have with the surroundings, seeing the environment not as separated of them, but as part of them – consisting of atoms that are transformed to become their own body.

People will them want to make sure the environment is well kept because that environment sooner or later creates their own body. You have been created by nature and in turn creating it.


Part 2: In the Core of Atoms are Thoughts

The terms atom, molecules and body-cells are not new. While these terms go way back, still no one knows today what are they. Science is probably not developed enough to understand what is in the core of atoms and what is it that makes atoms. We do know, however, that the mere act of observation alters the result that we measure.

For example, the simple act of researching and observing a quantum field in the laboratory alters their behavior. And this human intervention with reality makes it very difficult for us to understand what is out there, because we know that that which is out there is that which we alter and affect ourselves. See: WhatThBleep



Related: Energy Depletion In A Human Being

The atom is believed to be a form of energy. But once again, what is energy? It seems that no scientist can give you a definition of energy. Ask a scientist, “what is the energy that makes electricity? What is energy?”, and they will tell you, “We don’t know.” We cannot measure energy; we cannot see energy.

Energy is that which is ‘unknown’. Yet, it is this unknown that formulates not just the physical body but also the energy to maintain that physical body. Is it physical at all? We don’t know… Some scientists suggest that more than 99% of the atom is not solid matter. Deepak Chopra’s arguments are most fascinating, suggesting that energy is a potential, a form of potentiality.

Another interpretation of atom was given to me through a meditation session I have taken. During that meditation I became aware of a ‘presence’ which could simply be my own subconscious, however it felt much ‘wiser’ than myself, and had a sense of being independent of myself. I like to use the terms ‘spiritual guides’ or ‘Angels’ to describe these feelings.

One such Angel provided me with a fascinating outlook on atoms. He said that atoms are simply a form of thoughts… Atoms are a manifestation of what people think… The Angel said that we first need to understand the context of thoughts.



Related: Dr. Russell Blaylock Explains Why The Masses Are Becoming Cognitively Retarded And Incapable Of Rational Thought

When we use the word ‘thought’, we mean an event on the level of human beings. There are other forms of beings, which do not succumb to the law of our nature. We live on planet Earth and we are bound to the laws of nature as well as to the audio/visual/emotional expressions that we use.

We are under the words that we use to express reality and to understand it. We make sense of reality through our logic, which uses words (see Susan K. Langer on this topic). This is a dogmatic view; a dogmatic perspective on life, and within this dogmatic perspective my Angel said that ‘thoughts’ live.

A thought for you and me, for human beings, can be one thing, whereas to other forms of being it could be something totally different. Thought can behave in few ways. One way is specific to human beings. Other ways are specific to other beings.

And so the Angel said that thoughts formulate what we otherwise know as ‘atom’. Atoms and thought are the same, and this is why we seem to alter reality and change atoms when we observe them. We use our attention – our thoughts – to look at atoms, which are also thoughts…

We use atoms to observe atom, and this is where the alterations of atoms in nature start. This may indeed be seen not as alteration but as a creation. When we put attention and observe reality we perhaps do not alter or change it – but rather create it. We create the atoms of which we observe. As thoughts create atoms, we could say that our body consists of our own thoughts – manifested in an illusion of physicality and solidity…



Related: You Are Being Programmed: Five Ways Your Thoughts Are Being Driven Against Your Own Self-Interest

Thoughts are understood as electrical discharges coming mainly from the brain, whereas in reality they exist everywhere, coming and going from all corners of the Universe. And yet, since we believe that thoughts are localized in the brain, we perceive them as such – localized in the brain.

This is but a small perspective of the overall picture. As we assume thoughts ‘belong’ to the brain (or the mind) we then fail to see that they also make the human body itself; that indeed they are the atoms that make the substance of the body. If thoughts are indeed atoms, then we could say that we ‘think’ with the whole body, or that the body itself is a thinking being.

It is in a thought process which includes the brain, the mind, the body and the whole universe, and yet we are aware of only a small portion of this – the part which operates in the brain.


Part 3: The Creation of Time and Space

Thoughts, which create atoms, operate within the paradigms of time and space. Time and space are yet another form of comprehension; a form in which we imagine things and follow a specific pattern.

Yet, in other worlds which do not consist of our paradigms, time and space do not exist at all. Einstein discussed time as a form created by the human mind, and not by nature.

With no time and space, here is also there, and then is also now… Everything exists in the same place and at the same time.



Neale Donald Walsch [author of The Celestine Propecy] suggests that there is no up and no down, no here and no there – but rather all exist together, side by side. Yet, we do not perceive it as such. Rather, we perceive time and space as a linear continuum.

As we perceive atoms as operating within the linear continuums of time and space, we then shift our awareness. We put our attention into the illusory aspect of timespace, and this perception produces the impression that atoms are a solid thing or that atoms constitute solid elements.

And yet, as my Angel told me (read Part 2 to learn who is my ‘Angel’), time is not a given fact but rather a learned perspective. We are born into this world which holds the belief in the existence of time and its linearity. This belief is taught to children to the extent that they do not recognize any more the reality beyond this conditioning.



Related: Financial Times Calls For Abolishing Cash In Order "To Give More Power To Central Banks"

While time, and indeed space, have a useful function in our life on this planet, they are, indeed, a phantom created by our long historical conditioning.

So, what is time? Well, my Angel told me that time is no more and no less the length of emotion… Time is created by the length of people’s emotions. If you have a specific emotion, it creates a specific time experience. If you have a different emotion, it creates a different time experience.

We all know that when we go to a party and enjoy ourselves, we then say, “Oh, it feels as if time passed so quickly.” In different situations where we do not enjoy, we say, “Time moves so slowly.” Time, indeed, is the length of emotion…

Emotions create time, and thoughts create atoms. Yet, in most experiences in our daily lives, the two elements, thoughts and emotions, do not correspond. They operate as two separate occurrences within people. They flow as two different streams. Thought, which create atoms and which produces the body, does not correspond to emotions, which produce time.

This is why many people do not experience happiness, because the body, which is your thought-product, does not correspond to your time, which is your emotion-product. For that same reason, people grow up.



People age, and aging they do not appreciate it, because they are unaware of the process. They do not realize the process; they do not make a coherent existence of thought-body and emotion-time. These two are operating separately, unknowingly to the person.

Being unaware, many people believe that there is such a thing called ‘time’, and it is measured by a tick of the clock. People believe that time is something external to them; something which is right there on my shelf when I look at the clock, and it creates time…

Some people will agree that the clock does not create time but will argue that the clock measures time. So what creates time then? Many will say that the movement of the sun creates time; when the earth moves around the sun it produces a ‘yesterday’; therefore, now is ‘today’. In truth, my Angel argued, the movement of planet Earth around the sun does not creates time.



Related: It’s Time to Take The Gaia Hypothesis Seriously

The only connection between the movement of the planets and time is that ancient man begun to measure his experience of day and night through the use of the shadow that is cast on the earth once you stick a pole in the ground.

Ancient man used the rotation of the earth and the amount of light coming from the sun, which produces shadow, to measure day and night, but not to ‘create’ time.

Yet, many people today believe that time is a substance, a solid thing, which ‘exists’. That belief prevails since people are unaware of their emotions, which create time. People are unaware of their thoughts, which create their body within time.


Part 4: Information From the Creators

Albert Einstein talked about the illusion of time, saying that time is a psychic activity created by the human mind. Emmanuel Kant talked about time and space. He gave a fascinating explanation of time.

For him, time is a tool by which human beings limit the large reality. In the so-called large reality things can happen in a way that is inconceivable to our mind, such as the same person exiting in two places at the same time.

When humans limit this reality, they produce time concept, which enables them to understand how something can be in one place and at another place. With the logic of time people assume that a thing simply moved in time from one place to another.



While in reality all things exists at one place and at all times, to the human mind a thing seemed to move from one place to the other in time. Human beings devised this amazing mechanism called ‘time’ which limits, or splits reality, and render it accessible to the brain.

In order to create a correlation between our thoughts (which are our bodies), and our emotions (which are our time), we must become aware of ourselves. We must become aware of how we think and how we feel. The external world is the projection of humans’ own mind, as Carl Jung suggested and Seth (channelled by Jane Roberts) discussed.

Indeed, the external world is a beautiful creation and the projection of our own selves, and therefore it is a gift as it always reminds us what we are creating. It is a mirror. When we look outside, we look at mirrors reflecting ourselves, reflecting our own thoughts. While we can explore these projections, we also should focus on the creators, ourselves.

In order to stop the calamities and sufferings on this planet, we need to explore how we think and how we enable those creations, unwillingly. Rene Descartes said that to learn and become wiser, you don’t need to leave your room. You can stay inside your own house and just observe yourself.



Now we don’t need to go to that extreme; nature is a beautiful place… the world is a beautiful creation given to us in order to enjoy our own creation. However, it was given to us in order to experience our own creation. Many people look at the outside world and they are unaware that it is their own making.

So they are walking through life like zombies, inside their own dream. They don’t realize that they are walking within their own creation.

So why is it that most people are unaware of their own powers? Unaware of their thoughts? Unaware of their emotions, and unaware of this source of energy, these oceans of energies that they draw every single moment that allow the body to manifest and to live? Because most people do not follow the simple act of stopping for just one minute a day – stopping and trying to look inside.

When I say ‘inside’, I do not necessarily mean to sit, close your eyes, and look inside you. While that is a good technique it does not have to be the only technique.



You can actually look at a flower with your eyes open and just observe the essence that is reflected from you and into the flower and the objects around you.

There are many ways to do so. It becomes so simple once people realize that all it takes is simply to stop. When we stop for a moment in our modern hectic lifestyle, we are enabling our mind to do something amazing. Instead of generating constant thinking, we are enabling the brain to listen, to absorb. This is crucial.

While the act of generating constant thinking is very important indeed to organize your day, yet it can also limit you. When the mind is busy writing the script of your day, in producing thoughts, it is unable at the same time to listen; to receive information. To receive a script, and words of wisdom, coming to you from so many sources that most people do not even know exist.


Part 5: Evolution.

The brain was not designed to be a processor of information and a receptor of information at the same time (on the conscious level). While the brain receives information at all times, this goes to the so-called subconscious level, which Carl Jung describes.

Human beings constantly receive information but if we do not stop, we do not allow this information to be processed and we do not allow ourselves to become aware of it.



Related: Darwinism Is “Full Of Holes” And Obsolete As A Scientific Theory, Declares Yale Professor + Mysterious Fossil Footprints May Cast Doubt On Human Evolution Timeline

The act of stopping gives your brain an opportunity to hear; to listen. This concept is one of the greatest contributions of Judaism to the world’s wisdom. In Judaism they say that silence is worth so much that the act of listening is more important than the act of talking. As some people say, God gave us two ears and one mouth only… so listen twice as much as you speak…

And why is it so important to listen? After all there is too much chattering around me in my world, with too much information constantly bombarding me. I want to listen less because there is already too much…

Well, when I say ‘listening’, I mean listening to the voice inside you; listening to the messages that are coming from within; the wisdom that is constantly spoken to you from your own inner, higher self. I call it ‘the authorial-Self’ - watch ‘interview with authorial-Self’ below.




Interview with Authorial-Self

An interview with the authorial-Self (subconscious) through automatic speech. The authorial-Self describes how he inspires Gil Dekel into writing visionary poems.

This interview conducted through automatic-speech experiment, and edited as a film.






There is a source of knowledge, a source of wisdom, which resides not within you; it resides much further and deeper beyond you… but to reach it you need to go inside. You need to walk the bridge from your external self through your internal self and from there into your authorial-Self.

Many people are afraid to talk about this or to admit that they feel things or that they have inner ‘hearings’. People are scared because they would be deemed crazy.

But it doesn’t have to be necessarily inner-voices. You might feel a ‘knowing’, a feeling of an understanding or a form of wisdom. Yet, to contact that form of wisdom you must allow your brain one minute a day of comprehension; give it the authority to listen. When it listens, it listens to what’s inside.

And when it listens to what’s inside, it gives permission to your authorial-Self to provide you with this wisdom.

Now this wisdom, as I said, does not reside within your body; it does not reside within the atoms of the brain, but rather in a much deeper place. As one poet told me once, “I have become a deeper woman.” I would like to borrow this statement to describe the deeper self, which is the place where all answers reside.



It is the vast ocean from which you draw your energy, the force of life that runs through you at all times. This force contains not just energy but also information, knowledge. (Read about Reiki to learn more about this source).

If we to absorb this knowledge we could then learn who we are. People will then know where they are coming from, and where they draw their life force. People will learn where life is going to after it leaves their own body, and after it has been discharged completely from their own emotions and from their own thoughts.

Then we would know what our purpose on this planet is; what we have been before we came to this planet; where are we going next. And, why this life, this form of being a human, is so necessary to our spiritual evolution.


Related Articles:

Energy Follows Thought

In Harmony With All Life: The Open Source Way + Lifting The Veil: Merging Science And Spirituality

Apocalypse Now - Falling Idols And Spiritual Adversaries

50 Years Of Near Death Experience Research Suggests That The “Soul” Is Real + 7,000 Souls Recall Their ‘Life’ Between Lives During Regression Hypnosis, The Similarities Are Astounding

Six Activities That Will Enrich Your Soul + The Benefits Of Mindfulness



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Once We Awaken
March 19 2025 | From: OpedNews / Various

Do you get a sense, that something is wrong, like that dissonance, that does not belong?



As we move through the journey of life, many people are experiencing a sense of dis-ease, that something is off-kilter, that the narratives we are receiving do not match the reality we are experiencing. There is great hope in this knowledge because once one recognizes this dissonance the process of awakening begins.

Related: Loneliness – The Dilemma Of The Awakening Mind

Deep down way inside, you may have suspicions that much what we're told, are but veiled omissions.

The narratives are controlled by a small handful of people who determine what issues and discussions we should be examining.

As we watch the main stream news and follow social media, the news and discussions we see are mostly spectacle designed to boost ratings with little or no coverage of the real issues such as: our wars without end, corporate and big money control of government and media, or anything critical of the powers that be.

Most of the journalists we see on the main stream media are basically celebrity faces who no longer practice journalism, but are simply parroting what those in power want them to say with little effort made to investigate and corroborate the stories.



Related: The Mainstream Media Lies

There is great hope in recognizing this knowledge, as it allows one to view the narratives more critically and to filter out what does not resonate with them.

Why do we listen, to those who would divide those who leave us empty, with our humanity denied

Both of the main stream political parties support the Military/Industrial/Security Complex.

Both of the main stream political parties support the multiple simultaneous wars and occupations of other nations.

Both of the main stream political parties support a foreign policy of economic and military sanctions on nations that wish to pursue paths that do not fit interests of the global central banking system.

Both of the main stream political parties support their corporate donors over their constituents.

Both of the main stream political parties voted to extend the surveillance of citizens.

Both of the main stream political parties have made little or no attempt to stop the flood of big money into political campaigns.

However, the powers that be are very successful at projecting that there is a real difference between the two political parties [This is an American article, but the principle is the same throughout the West].

Both political parties are successful in getting people to fight each other over social issues that in the big picture are really not the key issues.



Related: Project Veritas Unveils New Investigation Targeting Deep State + Deep State On Death Throes After Massive Multi-Pronged Attacks

Then, as long as the people are focused on fighting each other, those who orchestrated this fight enjoy the benefits of this effective diversion, keeping people from paying attention to the criminal syndicate that has taken over the government.

There is great hope in recognizing this old divide and conquer tactic because once one does recognize it, one can stop fearing or hating "the other" and recognize that we have far more in common than what is dividing us.

We can stop with name calling and finger pointing, and instead engage in meaningful conversations.

So many listen to the main stream media where sensationalism such as murders, car crashes, kidnappings, sex scandals and the like dominate the content. This is the same media where 90% of the media is owned by 6 corporations.

One does not need a PhD to understand that this concentration of control over the narrative that people experience is not a positive development. Those that control the news keep the masses living in fear. This fear can take many forms, but often it is physical, economic, or social.



Related: Six Ways To Break The Hypnotic Spell Of The Mainstream Media

This is the same media that now has 36% of its hourly content filled with commercials. The fact that people are recognizing this is good news because they will become more discerning about who they give their money to. They will start to question whether they really need that product or service, or do they just want it.

Once we will awaken, things won't be the same we will manifest, an end to their game. Once we will awaken, the angels will observe as those with dark souls, we'll no longer serve.

Our current political system has been totally corrupted by those with vast accumulations of money. This cuts across all ideologies and political party lines. This system of legal bribery has even been ratified by the highest court in the land which opened the floodgates to even more money corroding our system.

How can someone represent you when they are being paid millions to represent others? What we need now goes beyond simple reforms and enters the realm of transformational change.

Many articles and videos (mostly those in the alternative media space) connect these dots so that more and more people are becoming aware. This awareness or awakening is a critical step as it opens up the possibility for transformational change to take place.



Related: Roots Of New Paradigm

The changes we are seeking will not take place from the top down, they will take place from the bottom up. Those who benefit from the current paradigm have little motivation to implement meaningful changes.

Once we are ready to accept our own roles in this process, we will realize that what needs to happen is that we have to change ourselves.

Once we stop playing their game of competing with each other, we will start cooperating instead. Local, self sufficient, and resilient communities will spring up like wild flowers in a field where they grow much of their own food, start their own currencies, and their citizens will stop buying from the big corporations, instead they will patronize their local businesses.

The current system of how we create and distribute money is at the very heart of most of the problems we face.

It is absolutely amazing that people will work a significant portion of their lives away to earn money, and yet have only the most elementary understanding of how our debt based monetary system works.


What does debt based monetary system mean? When was the last time your main stream media covered this?

When was the last time your school taught you this? Why is this information withheld?



Related: A Central Banker’s Plan For Your Money

This debt based monetary system perpetuates and amplifies the inequalities of how Earth's abundant resources are distributed. Our very existence on this planet is being threatened as unlimited economic growth within a finite biosphere remains the current paradigm.

Until we move to a totally new monetary system, we are only hacking away at branches, and not getting to the root of the problem. There can be no effective transformation of our societies until this happens.

The models for a new monetary system are already in place. However the private individuals who have been given the monopoly power to create money and are benefiting from the current system will fight to make sure that knowledge of these systems does not spread widely.

Those benefiting from the current system will work hard to make sure it stays firmly entrenched. When was the last time you heard a corporate media network discuss monetary reform?



Related: Nobel Prize Winner: Trump Has Launched A Nationalist “Revolution” Against the Elite + Ex-CIA Agent: Deep State ‘Terrified’ Of Trump, ‘Want Him Taken Out’

Once we have local control of money, food production, energy generation, and governance, the current paradigm of corporate and big money control of our systems will simply become obsolete. It will simply fade into oblivion as it becomes less and less relevant. There will be no need to confront the system. Once we awaken and change our ways, we will "manifest an end to their game".

Those who sell their souls, for their daily bread may not take the time, to think of what's ahead.

There have always been those who would sell their souls and use the excuse "it's my job" to justify their actions.

[Looking at the likes of you Jacinda and Rebecca. *Waves*].

From those who tortured Jesus to more modern times with concentration camp guards to even more currently the mercenaries who were hired to confront those seeking to protect their water supplies from pipeline companies.

Think about this, these mercenaries are people who left the communities they pledged to "protect and serve" to answer a call to "protect and serve" corporate interests in another community, while these same corporate interests were placing local people's water supplies at serious risk.



Related: Agenda 21: Awareness And Activism + UN 2030 Agenda Decoded: Blueprint For The Global Enslavement Of Humanity Under Corporate Masters

These mercenaries were the tip of the spear, there were many behind the scenes who acted as enablers for their behaviors. There were the corporate executives, prosecutors, judges, minor bureaucrats, and politicians without whose support, such injustices could never take place.

Those who served helping these forces have "sold their souls for their daily bread."

"It was my job" is not an acceptable response when it curtails the access of life sustaining necessities of fellow human beings.

It is very easy to develop an "I see nothing" attitude, or to allow oneself to be silenced by monetary gain by "playing along" with those who control and manipulate the system. It is time to witness, it is time to speak up, it is time to resist when you see injustice taking place.

Once we awaken we will no longer serve those who think only of themselves and their own self serving schemes.

YOU can start making a huge difference by the way you spend YOUR money. Think about this, when you give your money to someone or some corporation, as you are transferring some of your your power to them. Is this really something you wish to do?



Related: How Greece Became A Guinea Pig For A Cashless And Controlled Society

Do you shop at a local merchant or do you save that 35 cents by buying from Amazon? Do you give a percentage of every purchase to the big banks by using credit cards or do you pay in cash?

Do you buy animal products humanely produced? Do you buy organic food or food produced using chemicals that threaten our ecosystem (and your health?)

Do you bank at a "too big to fail bank" or a local community bank or Credit Union? Sometimes the lowest price or convenience is not the best buy and can carry an even higher unseen cost.

As we develop our own resilient local communities and economies, our dependencies on the corporate model will be reduced, weakening their tight grip on us. Mother Teresa once said "I alone cannot change the world, but I can cast a stone across the waters to create many ripples."

This is the best part of the awakening process. It is easy to think that the problems we face are overwhelming and that nothing can be done.



Related: Who Is QAnon? An Introduction To The QAnon Phenomenon #QAnon #GreatAwakening

The powers that be want us to think that way. Yet as we awaken, it becomes very clear that there are so many more of us that feel this same way than we originally believed.

Once we awaken we become aware of others who have broken free. It is very empowering once we realize we are not alone. A critical mass is forming. It turns out that it takes only 10% of a population to bring about real changes.

We live in a world of abundance. There is enough air, water, and food for every person, animal, and plant on the planet. We have the resources and ability to make our existence here a paradise, to continue to develop socially, intellectually, emotionally, and spiritually.

It is within our power to create a true golden age on this blue oasis floating through space and attain wondrous levels of development on a personal, family, community, regional, and global level while creating this paradise.


Related Articles:


The Great Transformation: A World Awakening

Now That You’ve Awakened, How Do You Help Awaken Others?

The Great Awakening Has Begun


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

How The Frankfurt School Changed American / Western Culture
March 18 2053 | From: GarretGalland / Various

How many times have you heard someone lament how much the world has changed from the good old days? You know, the simpler pre-PC period when the world operated according to fairly predictable principles.



But then we woke one day in a world with every bastion of what some might call normalcy under attack. Institutions that 100 years ago appeared unassailable - marriage, for example - are increasingly seen as antiquated. Even the idea of a national character is viewed as wrong-minded and, in the successful societies of the West, as exclusionary and even racist.

Related: Startling Evidence Indicates Funded Propaganda Campaign Responsible For War On Fake News

How did all this come about? Or, more colloquially, what was the number of the bus that hit us? This article shines the light on the Frankfurt School, an insidious movement that set down roots in the early 1900s.

As you’ll read, it is at the feet of the Frankfurt School that we can lay much of the blame for setting the modern world culturally adrift.

After reading, please pass this edition along. People need to understand the agenda behind much of what is now accepted as the new normal.


How the Frankfurt School Changed American [Western] Culture

The 1950s were a simple, romantic, and golden time in America. California beaches, suburbia, and style. Atlas Shrugged was published, NASA was formed, and Elvis rocked the nation. Every year from 1950–1959 saw over 4 million babies born. The nation stood atop the world in every field.



Related: Twenty Five Rules Of Disinformation, Propaganda, “PSYOPS”, Debunking Techniques

It was an era of great economic prosperity in The Land of the Free. So, what happened to the American traits of confidence, pride, and accountability?

The roots of Western cultural decay are very deep, having first sprouted a century ago. It began with a loose clan of ideologues inside Europe’s communist movement. Today, it is known as the Frankfurt School, and its ideals have perverted American society.


When Outcomes Fail, Just Change the Theory

Before WWI, Marxist theory held that if war broke out in Europe, the working classes would rise up against the bourgeoisie and create a communist revolution.

Well, as is the case with much of Marxist theory, things didn’t go too well. When war broke out in 1914, instead of starting a revolution, the proletariat put on their uniforms and went off to war.

After the war ended, Marxist theorists were left to ask, “What went wrong?”



Marx

Related: Socialism Equals Triumph For Corporate Criminals + To Remind: Google Is Run By Totalitarians

Two very prominent Marxists thinkers of the day were Antonio Gramsci and Georg Lukács. Each man, on his own, concluded that the working class of Europe had been blinded by the success of Western democracy and capitalism. They reasoned that until both had been destroyed, a communist revolution was not possible.

Gramsci and Lukács were both active in the Communist party, but their lives took very different paths.Gramsci was jailed by Mussolini in Italy where he died in 1937 due to poor health. 

In 1918, Lukács became minister of culture in Bolshevik Hungary. During this time, Lukács realized that if the family unit and sexual morals were eroded, society could be broken down.

Lukács implemented a policy he titled “cultural terrorism,” which focused on these two objectives. A major part of the policy was to target children’s minds through lectures that encouraged them to deride and reject Christian ethics.

In these lectures, graphic sexual matter was presented to children, and they were taught about loose sexual conduct. Here again, a Marxist theory had failed to take hold in the real world. The people were outraged at Lukács’ program, and he fled Hungary when Romania invaded in 1919.


The Birth of Cultural Marxism

All was quiet on the Marxist front until 1923 when the cultural terrorist turned up for a “Marxist study week” in Frankfurt, Germany. There, Lukács met a young, wealthy Marxist named Felix Weil. Until Lukács showed up, classical Marxist theory was based solely on the economic changes needed to overthrow class conflict. Weil was enthused by Lukács’ cultural angle on Marxism.

Weil’s interest led him to fund a new Marxist think tank - the Institute for Social Research. It would later come to be known as simply The Frankfurt School.



Freud (above) was the uncle of Edward Bernays who was an Austrian-American pioneer in the field of public relations and propaganda, referred to in his obituary as "the father of public relations". Bernays' public relations efforts helped to popularize Freud's theories in the United States. Coincidence?

Related:
Is Psychiatry Bullshit? Some Psychiatrists View The Chemical-Imbalance Theory As A Well-Meaning Lie + Psychotropic Drugs, Are They Safe? Fourteen Lies That Our Psychiatry Professors Taught Us In Medical School

In 1930, the school changed course under new director Max Horkheimer. The team began mixing the ideas of Sigmund Freud with those of Marx, and cultural Marxism was born.

In classical Marxism, the workers of the world were oppressed by the ruling classes. The new theory was that everyone in society was psychologically oppressed by the institutions of Western culture. The school concluded that this new focus would need new vanguards to spur the change. The workers were not able to rise up on their own.



Related: CNN Exposed As Propaganda Ministry For The DNC And Military/Security Complex

As fate would have it, the National Socialists came to power in Germany in 1933. It was a bad time and place to be a Jewish Marxist, as most of the school’s faculty was. So, the school moved to New York City, the bastion of Western culture at the time.


Coming to America

In 1934, the school was reborn at Columbia University. Its members began to exert their ideas on American culture.

It was at Columbia University that the school honed the tool it would use to destroy Western culture: the printed word.

The school published a lot of popular material. The first of these was Critical Theory. Critical Theory is a play on semantics.

The theory was simple: criticize every pillar of Western culture - family, democracy, common law, freedom of speech, and others. The hope was that these pillars would crumble under the pressure.



The schedule of damaged created by Marx. Click on the image above to view a larger version in a new window

Related: Globalism, Socialism, Technocracy: Three Names For The Same Thing

Next was a book Theodor Adorno co-authored, The Authoritarian Personality. It redefined traditional American views on gender roles and sexual mores as “prejudice.” Adorno compared them to the traditions that led to the rise of fascism in Europe.

Is it just a coincidence that the go-to slur for the politically correct today is “fascist”?

The school pushed its shift away from economics and toward Freud by publishing works on psychological repression. Their works split society into two main groups: the oppressors and the victims. They argued that history and reality were shaped by those groups who controlled traditional institutions. At the time, that was code for males of European descent.

From there, they argued that the social roles of men and women were due to gender differences defined by the “oppressors.” In other words, gender did not exist in reality but was merely a “social construct.


A Coalition of Victims

Adorno and Horkheimer returned to Germany when WWII ended. Herbert Marcuse, another member of the school, stayed in America. In 1955, he published Eros and Civilization.

In the book, Marcuse argued that Western culture was inherently repressive because it gave up happiness for social progress. The book called for “polymorphous perversity,” a concept crafted by Freud. It posed the idea of sexual pleasure outside the traditional norms. 





Eros and Civilization would become very influential in shaping the sexual revolution of the 1960s.

Marcuse would be the one to answer Horkheimer’s question from the 1930s: Who would replace the working class as the new vanguards of the Marxist revolution? Marcuse believed that it would be a victim coalition of minorities - blacks, women, and homosexuals.

The social movements of the 1960s - black power, feminism, gay rights, sexual liberation - gave Marcuse a unique vehicle to release cultural Marxist ideas into the mainstream.

Railing against all things “establishment,” The Frankfurt School’s ideals caught on like wildfire across American universities.

Marcuse then published Repressive Tolerance in 1965 as the various social movements in America were in full swing. In it, he argued that tolerance of all values and ideas meant the repression of “correct” ideas.

It was here that Marcuse coined the term “liberating tolerance.” It called for tolerance of any ideas coming from the left but intolerance of those from the right.

It was here that Marcuse coined the term “liberating tolerance.” It called for tolerance of any ideas coming from the left but intolerance of those from the right.

One of the overarching themes of the Frankfurt School was total intolerance for any viewpoint but its own. That is also a basic trait of today’s political-correctness believers.

To quote Max Horkheimer, “Logic is not independent of content.”


Recalling the Words of Winston (Not That One)

The Frankfurt School’s work has had a deep impact on American culture. It has recast the homogenous America of the 1950s into today’s divided, animosity-filled nation.

In turn, this has contributed to the undeniable breakdown of the family unit, as well as identity politics, radical feminism, and racial polarization in America.

It’s hard to decide if today’s Western culture is more like Orwell’s 1984 or Huxley’s Brave New World.

Never one to buck a populist trend, the political establishment in America has fully embraced the ideas of the Frankfurt School and has pushed them on American society through public miseducation. Barack Obama and Hillary Clinton, the beacons of progressivism, are both disciples of Saul Alinsky, a devoted cultural Marxist.



Related: Political Correctness Is Really Just Herd Psychology Pushed By Insecure People Who Desperately Seek Social Conformity

And so we now live in a hyper-sensitive society in which social memes and feelings have overtaken biological and objective reality as the main determinants of right and wrong.

Political correctness is a war on logic and reason.

To quote Winston, the protagonist in Orwell’s dystopia, “Freedom is the freedom to say that 2+2=4.” Today, America, and the West, are not free.


Here Come the Clowns

Canadian lawmakers vote to make the national anthem gender neutral. Because after all, folks, budget deficits are too much work, and well, it’s 2016. 

Segregation is back! At this school, white children are taught about their “privilege” while black children are coddled and brought to dedicated spaces to “voice their feelings.” Thank God for their “diversity director.”

Even 22 years after the end of apartheid, there is still racist architecture in Cape Town

Ever wish you were a child again? Well, now it is possible. Just attend adult playschool in NYC! Prices range from $333–$999 per class. A bargain! 


Related Articles:

Propaganda, Human Consciousness, And The Future Of Civilization


The World Economy Explained With Just Two Cows

Is Subliminal Advertising Legit?

The Nostalgia Pendulum: A Rolling 30-Year Cycle Of Pop Culture Trends


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Changes That Are Coming: The Deep State’s Control Is Fast Coming To An End
November 11 2018 | From: FinalWakeUpCall / Various

The centuries-long tyrannical regime is reaching its termination stage.



Thousands of centuries of criminal extortion: The Deep State’s control is fast coming to an end. They never expected this, so they are not prepared for it.

Related: ‘European Union, Belgium Are Artificial Creations’ - Farage Mocks EU Parliament

Their lackeys – the puppets – in governments all over the world will find themselves in deep trouble. They are being believed less and less with every passing day.

They are being exposed and must eventually face the wrath of the people whose lives they have maliciously exploited. President Trump, on his short visit to England, was there for only one reason: to confront the Queen of England with her malevolence and to demand the return of all that was stolen, to which the Queen agreed.

He didn’t want pomp and ceremony. He has the respect of all who seek truth. It was a pity that there were those in England who set out to disrespect him.

They were either paid for it by Gorge Soros, or displaying their own ignorance about what is going on in our world.

President Trump deserves every respect and success in his endeavour to free theworld from the criminal mafia that has terrorised and exploited the populace for thousands of centuries.



Related: Trump’s List: 289 Accomplishments In Just 20 Months, ‘Relentless’ Promise-Keeping

Politics is a dirty game. President Trump is not a politician, so he is free to follow his conscience. This is why there is such a huge effort to remove him from office. There have been to date over a dozen assassination attempts.

The Cabal is petrified of him because they cannot control him.

Never in the history of our world has there been such an effort to remove a President from his Office. The Cabal is ruthless and desperate to hold on to their power and control, which again is why numerous assassination attempts have been undertaken.


Comment: Read about the Alliance that has been working behind the scenes for decades to take down the 'Cabal' within the work of David Wilcock.

Some of those reading this may be confused because the cabal-controlled mainstream media is doing everything within it's power to denigrate Trump - as he is part of the effort to take the Illuminati down once and for all.

To fulfil this monstrous task, you must really be driven and totally convinced of the ability to improve the world for all of humanity, for it is the most ungrateful job to fulfil. There is no glamour and money involved, commonly belonging to such a position.

People will be shocked to learn the extent of the Cabal’s control over them. Every aspect of our lives is covered. Even in the world of sports, where it is believed that the best man, woman, or team wins.



Related: An Illustrated History Of The House Of Rothschild: 1743 - 2006 & The Illuminati Grand Plan

Be assured it is often decided in advance by them, because they are the owners of the game, and have set their huge bets on their designated winner.

They never leave anything to chance. They control all; much more than you ever can imagine.


Exposing the Truth

The change cannot occur until all governments cease to use chemtrails, which destroy humanity and the crops people depend on for their survival.

No one should be forced to be vaccinated, especially not our lovely children. Drugs that eventually kill patients should be removed immediately.

The full extent of the Satanic Ritual Abuse and killings must be fully exposed and outlawed. Respect for men, women and children, should be the norm.

These are the goals we should all intend to achieve.



Related: Former Satanic Priest Exposes The Four Main Tenets Of Satanic Ideology & Are You A Satanist?

Many freelance investigative reporters are fighting the cabal via the internet. ‘It has become an army of digital soldiers’ that are fighting the cabal and all oppressive forces around us, to inform the awoken public about the progress made.

These are citizens like yourselves that cannot withstand the call to expose the truth.

There is no option of being helpless and standing by as a spectator, while knowing the extent of the corruption, high treason and lies, all made possible by a judicial system that is bought and controlled by the cabal.

This is all made possible as a result of the privately-owned monetary system that they illegally seized. This has become warfare at its best.

Meanwhile, it has been made publicly visible that the cleaning up of the swamp is in progress and very soon a great deal will be exposed when the sealed indictments are opened.



Related: Understanding Trump’s United Nations Appearance – He Was Speaking To America, Scorning The Cabal Servants In The Room


Economic Collapse is Being Planned

The economy has long ago passed its expiration date and will now be purposely collapsed. This economy is a central bank economy and cannot be repaired.

The economy will be replaced by a people’s economy, supported by free markets. The ongoing global financial market correction could continue during the coming weeks, as more GESARA-related changes are made around the world.

The Central Bank system works on debt and people have been brainwashed for years to make them believe that debt is a good thing. The stock market and the housing market are going down.

The interest on debt will get to a point where it is unsustainable. President Trump and the patriots are using this strategy to push the MSM into blaming the Fed for the coming crash.

The stock markets all over the world have been declining for the last 5 weeks, and have lost over 8 trillion in paper value.



Related: How the Trade War Helps Hide Central Bank Sabotage Of The Economy

This is the beginning of the entire global economic system breaking down. Around the world the real estate market is experiencing a downturn, even worse than the 2008 market downfall.

The Globalist system is collapsing on all fronts, and this is being done intentionally with the intervention of the Alliance.

The most important factor for both sides of this information war is the push to control the narrative of the collapse.

The central banks that were planning to introduce a cash-free society, are now experiencing the setbacks. They are in great panic.


The Centuries-Long Tyrannical Regime is Reaching its Termination Stage

The centuries-long tyrannical regime is steadfastly reaching its end stage, to be destroyed for ever.

No more lies and manipulation. All markets will be free, all aspects of our lives will be free from oppression and suppression. People will take responsibility for their own lives and decide for themselves.

Be prepared and be on your guard, as things are going to move fast from now on. Banks are closing and this will leave many people stranded without the necessities of life.



Related: Babylonian Money Magic & How Modern "Commercial Law" Is Based On Ancient Babylonian Codes

The changeover should take about three weeks. The corrupt and their puppet helpers will be removed as they are unable to move forward.

They became part of the Cabal because they have all been bribed to do the work for them. It made them feel important, but they will regret it and are paying a very high price for it.


There is Plenty of Work to be Done

Remember; If only 1 percent of the population is knowingly involved, participating and benefiting from the Deep State fraud scheme, that amounts to about seven million criminals that have to be addressed with some level of questioning and prosecution.

So how are about two million law enforcement officers and judges, and other officials in the Army supposed to arrest, incarcerate, and prosecute these seven million criminal cases in the US alone?

Military tribunals and resources alone cannot possibly handle the vast volume of inquiries and prosecutions.

Of course, they can take out the puppet ringleaders and dismantle the infrastructure that supports the Deep State, but in order to do the actual housecleaning, we will need the help of the awakened masses.





Deep State Authority To Be Trumped





Related: Trump Planning Mass Arrests, Military Tribunals for Deep State Traitors



We, the people have to work together to put our house in order. We have to assemble our regional infrastructure and appoint or elect our governing bodies, to reclaim our assets and resources, restore our lawful court systems, and many issues more.

There will be no sitting around in front of the television set, waiting for superman to come along and rescue us, even though there are many heroes doing their best for us.

We are the answer that we are looking for. Remember that these heroes depend on our civil government to direct and finance their operations.

The Cabal has been leeching off of humanity’s wealth for centuries. The amounts of stolen wealth are being recovered, to be allocated to projects for the benefit of humanity.



Related: Global Alliance Moving For A Checkmate Versus The Deep State

There are enough funds to build an entire civilisation on another planet. The funds being allocated to the GCR/RV are equivalent to less than 1% of the total amount of stolen wealth.

For now; the war is nearly over. Roll-up your sleeves and think how you can help to clean up this mess. Start organising your community for the new era that lies ahead.

In the famous words of President John F. Kennedy “Ask not what your country can do for you, ask what you can do for your country”.


Related Articles:


JFK At One Hundred

The Great Transition: The Shadow Ruling Force Behind The Central Banks Secrecy Is Repugnant In A Free And Open
Society

Central Banks Have Gone Rogue, Putting Us All at Risk

The Economy is Dead in the Water - The Deep State is on its Way Out - The End of private Central Banking

Emerging economies stockpiling gold in expectation of US dollar banking system collapse – analysts

Finishing off the Fed: The Financial System is designed to put everyone into debt

For Russia, Change Comes SWIFTly

Free Market Economy: In this rigged world, how does anyone know the value of anything?

Democracy Is Fighting to Survive the Rise of Western Authoritarianism

The Federal Reserve Caused the Great Depression

The Monetary Transition: The Plan is to Abolish all Central Banks

Panic Among Oligarchs, Trump May Turn the Election

Something Strange Is Going On In Switzerland: "Is Someone Trying To Buy The Swiss National Bank"


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

How An Austrian And British Malthusian Brainwashed A Generation Of Americans [Westerners]
March 16 2025 | From: Zerohedge / Various

The creation of false opposites has been a long-standing obstacle to human progress.



From the ancient pleasure-seeking Epicureans who argued against the logic-heavy Stoics of ancient Rome to the war of “salvation through faith vs works” that schismed western Christianity, to the chaotic emotional energy driving the Jacobin mobs of France whose passions were only matched by the radical Cartesian logic of their Girondin enemies; humanity has long been manipulated by oligarchs who knew how to set the species to war against itself.

Related: Why Mainstream Economists Don't See Recessions Coming

Although these operations have taken many forms, the desired effect has always been the same: divide-to-conquer bloodbaths which drowned out the saner voices of Cicero (executed in 44 BCE), Thomas More (executed in 1535 CE), or Jean Sylvain Bailly (executed in 1793 CE).

Today’s polarization across the Trans-Atlantic world has reached a fevered pitch with the “right wing conservatives” shouting for liberty and less government while left wing liberals call for more government and top-down reforms of the system (with Great Reset technocrats laughing in the background).

Everyone with half a brain should be able to sense that the danger of civil war and economic meltdown hang over our destinies like a sword of Damocles, but instead of hearing calls for restoring the SCIENTIFICALLY PROVEN traditions of American System banking that author Ellen Brown recently documented in her powerful new essay, we find only feuding sects that assert we must EITHER have top-down centralized planning OR bottom-up free markets laissez faire policies devoid of any government intervention.



Related: Is The Globalist "Reset" Failing? The Elites May Have Overplayed Their Hand

To the degree that this false debate continues the overtones of France’s 1789-94 bloodbath will be heard growing louder with every passing day.


Keynes vs Hayek: A False Dualism

In this first of a three-part series, I will argue that the source of this confusion among Americans was first concocted in London during the height of the depression, centering on the figures of two London-based Malthusian hedonists.



Related: Gold Standard Versus Keynes: Which Is Economically Illiterate?

One was top-down economist John Maynard Keynes (1883-1946) and the other played the role of his supposed opponent in the form of “bottom up” advocate Friedrich von Hayek (1899-1992).

To put it another way, these two fundamentally anti-republican ideologues whose lives were each devoted to the hereditary systems of empire constructed a widely publicized debate that asserted two opposing economic theories, either:

1. Government must spend arbitrarily to create jobs or:

2. Government must cut budgets, end social safety nets and public services and let the strong survive leaving each unit of society to its own (supposedly) self-regulating passions.

The constants among both apparent opponents (who remained friends throughout their lives) were that:

1. Neither believed that INTENTION or MIND should govern economic policy (Keynes believed in arbitrary “make work” which could not differentiate between the qualitative difference of a $100 paycheck to a digger of random holes vs $100 paycheck to an engineer building a dam), an:

2. Both believed equally in the universal validity of Malthus’s population theories, and of Bernard Mandeville’s satanic belief that personal vice creates public virtue. Both theories have underpinned British imperial grand strategy for over two centuries.



Related: The Spider's Web: Britain's Second Empire

It is also important to hold in mind that this 1932 debate emerged at a time that the world government agenda driven by the Bank of England and League of Nations were on the ascendency.

This operation, in which both Keynes and von Hayek were thoroughly enmeshed, demanded fascist regimes control the world under a “scientifically managed” bankers’ dictatorship.

One month after the London Times October 17, 1932 publication began to print arguments from proponents of both schools on how to best end the depression, Franklin Roosevelt was elected to the U.S. presidency.

With his presidential victory, a specific form of economic planning was restored to the republic that had nothing to do with either school of Keynes or Hayek and everything to do with something uniquely embedded in the U.S. Constitutional traditions that petrified the hereditary empires of Europe’s old nobility.



Related: The British East India Company: The Drug Company of the Venetian Black Nobility

In the years leading up to his victory, FDR had worked closely with a grouping of bipartisan American congressmen and senators to revive a form of political economy which involved the paradoxical coexistence of increased government involvement together with massive increase in entrepreneurism, and private sector growth.

The fact that FDR is attacked by communists for being a capitalist shill while being simultaneously attacked by capitalists for being a communist shill to this very day is a sign of this ongoing confusion and a testament to the effectiveness of British intelligence propaganda.

The systemic inability for modern Americans to resolve the ‘FDR paradox’ today is due entirely to a sleight of hand pulled by the very same imperial power that has never forgiven the USA for declaring its independence in 1776.


What Ben Franklin Created

When Benjamin Franklin (1705-1790) had orchestrated his life-long project of establishing a new nation on this earth founded upon the principle of the sanctity of the individual (enunciated in the 1776 Declaration of Independence) and the sanctity of the General Welfare (as outlined in the Constitution’s 1787 pre-amble), he and his leading co-thinkers demonstrated a profoundly philosophical understanding of the political economy and also nature of true freedom which citizens must re-learn – quickly.

In order to give practical meaning to the ideals of individual (bottom up) freedom and national (top down) collective well-being enshrined in America’s founding documents, a new system of political economy was created by Franklin and his closest followers among the founding fathers.



Related: The Crown Of England Is Owned And Operated By The Vatican

This new system did not arise ex nihilo but was itself based upon the greatest traditions of French dirigisme of Jean-Baptiste Colbert (1619-1683), and earlier Cameralist schools of economic planning which grew out of the creation of the first modern nation states of France’s Louis XI and England’s Henry VII.

For the first time in history (at least since the short-lived effort by Charlemagne in the 8th century), the idea of “money”, “value”, “profit” were tied not to the passive capital off which feudal landlords fed parasitically, or bounty to be looted, but rather the improvement of the lives of people from whom the legitimacy of government was recognized to originate.

Throughout the 18th century, Benjamin Franklin became a leading American force for this school of thought which was outlined in his 1729 On the Necessity for a Paper Currency.

In this influential essay, the young scientist argued for a system of finance, colonial scrip, and value governed by the growth of manufacturing and full spectrum economics. In his essay Franklin battled the British establishment who argued that the colonies should forever remain agrarian, backward and cash cropping, saying:


“As Providence has so ordered it, that not only different Countries, but even different Parts of the same Country, have their peculiar most suitable Productions; and like wise that different Men have Genius’s adapted to Variety of different Arts and Manufactures, Therefore Commerce, or the Exchange of one Commodity or Manufacture for another, is highly convenient and beneficial to Mankind.”

Some of Franklin’s leading protégé’s who carried this tradition into the 19th century included the first U.S. Treasury Secretary Alexander Hamilton (1755-1804), John Jay (1745-1829), Gouverneur Morris (1752-1816), Robert Morris (1734-1806), Isaac Roosevelt (1726-1794) (great-great grandfather to Franklin Roosevelt) and later Henry Clay (1777-1852), John Quincy Adams (1767-1848), Matthew Carey (1760-1839). Matthew Carey’s son Henry C. Carey (1793-1879) became a leading economic advisor to Abraham Lincoln.

All of these figures defended the right of the young republic to develop “full spectrum economics” in order to gain true independence from the City of London.



Leaders of the American System: Benjamin Franklin, Alexander Hamilton, John Jay, Isaac Roosevelt, Gouverneur Morris, Robert Mirris, Matthew Carey, Henry Clay, John Quincy Adams, Henry C. Carey

Related: Central Banking Exposed: Central Banks Only Care About Debt, Profit And Control

Henry C. Carey’s Seminal works that rallied the nation’s patriots to the cause of the American System included The Principles of Political Economy (1840), How to Outdo England Without Fighting Her (1865), Unity of Law (1872) and more. It was in The Harmony of Interests (1856) that Carey famously foretold of the emerging global fight between open vs closed systems that would define the post Civil War decades:


“Two systems are before the world; the one looks to increasing the proportion of persons and of capital engaged in trade and transportation, and therefore to diminishing the proportion engaged in producing commodities with which to trade, with necessarily diminished return to the labor of all; while the other looks to increasing the proportion engaged in the work of production, and diminishing that engaged in trade and transportation, with increased return to all, giving to the laborer good wages, and to the owner of capital good profits…

One looks to pauperism, ignorance, depopulation, and barbarism; the other in increasing wealth, comfort, intelligence, combination of action, and civilization.

One looks towards universal war; the other towards universal peace. One is the English system; the other we may be proud to call the American system, for it is the only one ever devised the tendency of which was that of elevating while equalizing the condition of man throughout the world.”


What Did the “American System” Do?

While the British System of laissez fair free trade demanded that governments do nothing, regulate nothing and plan nothing in order for the magical creative animal spirits of the self-regulating markets to “do their thing”, the American System took a very different approach.

By applying protectionism, national banking, internal improvements and public credit, the American System was driven by the idea that “value” was located not in money or any material thing existent in the ephemeral “now” but rather in the development of the creative powers of mental activity of the people.

Lincoln outlined this concept beautifully in his powerful “On Discoveries and Inventions” (1858) and this principle governed the creation of the Greenbacks when private bankers made every effort to cripple the Union’s access to credit needed to win the war.

Using protection, all nations have the right and even duty to prevent the cheap dumping of foreign goods by imposing a tariff upon imports, thus ensuring that local production be favored.



Related: How The Frankfurt School Changed American / Western Culture

Dumping was an old practice of economic warfare which the British had honed since the 17th century crushing its colonies’ efforts to build up local manufacturing on countless occasions (and continues to be a key element of economic warfare masquerading behind the veneer of globalization in our current age).

As demonstrated in the LPAC documentary 1932, whenever American System-followers in Russia, Germany, Italy, Japan, China, Spain and France applied protection, rail, and dirigiste credit, prosperity, independence and abundance flourished. Whenever these policies were abandoned, those nations were crippled and manipulated into wars by foreign interests.

Between 1880-1930, this system was led by nationalist forces affiliated with President Garfield (1831-1881), President Ulysses Grant (1822-1885), Governor William Gilpin (1813-1894), President McKinley (1843-1901), Secretary of State James Blaine (1830-1893), and President Warren Harding (1865-1923). Each time it began to take hold the system was derailed by timely assassinations and it was only able to emerge once more in 1932.



Post-Civil War American System leaders: President Garfield, President Grant and Governor Gilpin, President McKinley, Secretary of Stae Blaine and President William Harding

Related: The World’s Best Economist


How Franklin Roosevelt Revived the American System

With Roosevelt’s entry into office, the British Empire (using its Wall Street lackies) that had intentionally orchestrated the Great Depression in 1929 had realized that the American System was coming back to life for the first time in decades.

While Warren Harding’s short-lived presidency saw a few noble attempts to resurrect the McKinley-Lincoln traditions of the republican party, his convenient “death by oyster poisoning” in 1923 ensured that the revival of the American System would not succeed.

Over Harding’s dead body, free trade, bank deregulation, and speculation ran rampant throughout the “roaring twenties” led by Andrew Mellon, the Morgan dynasty and their puppet Calvin Coolidge.

This decay turned the once-productive industrial economy of America into a casino of bubbles built on unpayable debts and over-extended broker call loans that went up in smoke in 1929.

The “solution” that the financial oligarchy provided to the world in anticipation of the fear and starvation unleashed by the planned meltdown of the banking system was a novel economic miracle solution called “fascism”. This system soon swept the world from Italy, Germany, Austria and Spain.



Related: The Secret Meaning of April Fool’s Day - Including: Bread And Circus, Medication And Conditioning, Omission And Denial

Within Britain, Canada and the USA, Wall Street/London sponsored fascist movements arose with lightning speed offering to solve all financial woes “and put food on the table” for millions of traumatized citizens. In a world of fear and instability, the masses were proving all too willing to ignore Ben Franklin’s sage advice by giving up their liberties to achieve a bit of security.

It was within this context that Franklin Roosevelt’s call to kick the money changers out of the temple and declare war on the abuses of Wall Street was an unexpected breath of fresh air for millions of suffocating citizens.

With FDR’s sabotage of the 1933 London Conference, the empire gasped as their carefully laid plans for world government run by local fascist enforcers were going up in smoke. Wall Street’s assassination plot in February 1933 and a military coup plot in 1934 failed, as the Pecora Commission shone the light of truth upon the abuses of those bankers that created the great depression.

After putting dozens of leading bankers in prison, prosecutor Ferdinand Pecora described the operation years later: 


“Under the surface of the governmental regulation of the securities market, the same forces that produced the riotous speculative excesses of the ‘wild bull market’ of 1929 still give evidence of their existence and influence.

Though repressed for the present, it cannot be doubted that, given a suitable opportunity, they would spring back to their pernicious activity.”

In Washington, a bi-partisan network of patriotic statesmen representing the Lincoln-McKinley-Harding traditions rose to prominence and shaped in large measure the policies which came to be known as the New Deal together with associated bank reforms of the Glass-Steagall, national credit, protectionism, and large-scale megaprojects known as the “four corners” vision (Tennessee Valley authority/Rural Electrification, Hoover Dam, Grand Coulee dam/Colorado River development, and St Lawrence Seaway).



Related: A Discourse On The Little-Known History Of The Global Banking System

Much like the Belt and Road Initiative today, these large-scale macro projects governed the tens of thousands of smaller state, county and municipal “micro” projects within a top-down dynamic.


The Keynesian Myth

Even though today’s popular narrative has asserted that FDR’s New Deal was a Keynesian innovation managed by the nebulous “Brain Trust”, the reality is that Keynes believed that FDR was a buffoon and FDR believed the Fabian eugenicist could only be considered a detached ivory tower mathematician but not a competent economist.

In her autobiography, FDR’s Secretary of Labor Frances Perkins recorded the 1934 interaction between the two men when Roosevelt told her: 

“I saw your friend Keynes. He left a whole rigmarole of figures. He must be a mathematician rather than a political economist.”

In response Keynes, who was then trying to coopt the intellectual narrative of the New Deal stated he had “supposed the President was more literate, economically speaking.”



Related: Keynes Must Die


The ‘American System’ Caucus

Those forgotten forces who have been nearly written out of history were American statesmen who had battled against the Federal Reserve Act in 1913, stood up to the police state apparatus begun by Teddy Roosevelt’s FBI in 1908, and against America’s turn towards imperialism with the death of McKinley.

They were the men who risked much to stand up against the League of Nations World government schemes launched in 1919, and against the Wall Street / CFR takeover of U.S. foreign and internal policy.



Senator George Norris showcasing the web of controls managed by the Wall Street oligarchs

Related: Elon Musk Just Exposed The Oil Oligarchy’s Control Over Mainstream Media In Epic Rant

These names which should be celebrated today, interfaced closely with FDR and his allies Harry Hopkins and Henry Wallace. Some of their names include Senator Robert Lafollette Jr (R-Iowa) (1895-1953), Sen. Robert Wagner (D-NY) (1877-1953), Sen. Peter Norbeck (R-SD) (1870-1936), Sen. Edward Costigan (D-Colo.) (1874-1939), Senator George Norris (R-Neb) (1861-1944) and Rep. William Lemke (R-N.D.)(1878-1950).

These were a few of the leading men that some historians have dubbed “the American System Caucus”, and while this article doesn’t leave room for their story, rest assured that more will be said about them in a future installment.

While it would be a lie to say that there was no such thing as a “Brain Trust” or that Keynesian economists and Rhodes Scholars were not to be found among this group, the idea that this was the “cause” of the New Deal is a pure fiction.



American System Caucus: Senator Robert Lafollette, Senator Robert Wagner, Senator Peter Norbeck, Senator George Norris, Senator Edward Costigan, Representative William Lemke

Related: Trumpism Is Classical Economics & Justice Department Watchdog Has Evidence Comey Probed Trump, On The Sly


Taking Back Control of Credit Policy

While surgery was begun on the cancerous financial system and unpayable debts depriving the nation of the credit needed to commence a reconstruction policy of the physical economy (over 50% of U.S. industrial potential was destroyed and unemployment hit 25%), Franklin Roosevelt’s long time ally Harry Hopkins worked with Harold Ickes to provide emergency work for over 3 million people in the first months under the Public Works Administration and Works Progress Administration.

Although FDR could not destroy the private Federal Reserve that had taken control of U.S. monetary policy 30 years earlier, he was able to impose his own man (Marinner Eccles) onto it in 1934, forcing the beast to start obeying national law for the first time ever.

Despite this maneuver, Wall Street oligarchs continued to sabotage FDR’s recovery by constricting credit, refusing to purchase treasury notes at strategic moments, or even speculating against the U.S. dollar itself.

To get around these manipulations, the Reconstruction Finance Corporation (RFC) was brought online to function as a surrogate national bank channeling billions of dollars into small and medium businesses, industrial growth, and infrastructure projects.



Related: The Rothschild Bloodline: Financial Wizards & Wealthy Cults


Psy Ops vs the New Deal: The Rise of the Austrian School

Throughout the 1930s and 1940s, Mellon-Morgan-Rockefeller interests ran a multifaceted psychological war against the population. After their coup plans failed due to Gen. Butler’s brave whistleblowing in 1934, these groups created a think tank calling itself the “American Liberty League”.

The irony of the word “Liberty” used by an organization whose controllers sponsored fascism before and even during WWII should not be lost on anyone.

Through powerful oligarchs like William Randolph Hearst, Henry Luce, the Morgans, the Warburgs, the Duponts, and the Rockefellers, the Liberty League controlled the majority of mainstream media outlets, radio stations, and publishing houses in the USA, at the same time they co-ordinated with the newly re-organized FBI under J. Edgar Hoover.

These groups worked hard to paint FDR as a Keynesian who only created inflationary “make work jobs” without any concrete intention for the future productive powers of labor.

Through this sleight of hand, FDR’s enemies were able to invent a straw man that they could then refute by promoting the anti-Keynesian model known as the “Austrian School” that had formerly grown out of the British System inspired theories of Carl Menger (retainer for the Habsburg empire) and his aristocratic disciples Ludwig von Mises, Friedrick von Hayek, Frank Knight, and Sir John Claphan.



Related: Twenty Five Rules Of Disinformation, Propaganda, “PSYOPS”, Debunking Techniques

By 1940, the American Liberty League formerly disbanded. However with FDR’s death its cabal of controllers spawned dozens of new think tanks that were enmeshed with the Council on Foreign Relations and Mont Pelerin Society mothership founded in 1947 by von Hayek and a group of eugenics-loving oligarchs whom we will encounter in a following report..

Over the coming decades, the Liberty League morphed into hundreds of new think tanks which began with the American Enterprise Association (AEA) [later American Enterprise Institute] founded by Liberty League leader Raymond Moley and sponsored by General Mills, Chemical Bank and Bristol Meyers.

Other think tanks built up by this network over the years included the Heritage Foundation, Cato Institute, Hudson Institute, Mises Institute, Manhattan Institute etc… which would set the groundwork for the later “conservative revolution” of the 1970s.

This “Austrian School” revolution would spring to life once the 1945-1971 Keynesian perversion of Bretton Woods ended with the 1971 floating of the dollar off of the fixed exchange rate gold reserve system.

Under this post-1971 era, a new god of the “markets” would replace the old god of “the state” and a new ethic of post-industrial consumerism would replace the former system of Keynesian controls that defined the post-WWII era. 

Those anti-Keynesian leaders of the American System
 tradition such as Henry Dexter White, Franklin Roosevelt, Wendell Wilkie, Sumner Welles, and Harry Hopkins were taken out of power through various means between 1945-1946 as the Anglo-American establishment regained control over U.S. foreign and internal policies.

This Keynesian takeover destroyed the positive potential of the Bretton Woods Institutions which were designed originally to internationalize the New Deal via the creation of cheap credit for global development and win-win cooperation.


Related Articles:


Newsmax Ratings Surge, Surpass Fox For First Time & Three Ways American [Western] Mainstream Media Resembles Communist Media

Helen Clark, Don McKinnon Front NZ Chapter Of US Think-Tank: Aspen Institute & The Mundane Reality Of Think Tanks

Brainwashing And The New Vocabulary: 12 Words & Phrases We Never Want To Hear Again & Just Like 9/11 Did, COVID-19 Is Shifting Human Consciousness In A Major Way

Brainwashed: The Goal Of The Media Is To Poison The Minds Of The Masses With Toxic Hatred And Engineered “Thought Loops”

July 20, 1977: CIA Mind Control Project MKUltra Documents Released For The First Time

Financial Fraud: Easy Money Corrupts The Monetary System

Forgotten History: US Bankers Financing US Enemies - And Why It Is Important Now



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

From The Archives: "The End Game Is A New World Order"- Former Canadian Minister Of Defence Speaks Out + The Globalists Say It In Their Own Words
March 15 2025 [July 31 2016] | From: EMN / AustralianNationalReview / Various

"They decided to use the monetary system to crush countries instead of armies." - Paul Hellyer



Paul Hellyer is one of Canada’s best known and most controversial politicians. As Former Minister Of Defence, Hellyer has been exposed to the inner workings of Canada’s political and military systems.

Related: Ex Canadian Minister Of Defence Hon. Paul Hellyer Calls On Citizens To Oust The Cabal

Comment: It seems we are in dark days. Things are not always as they seem. The people who are not aware of what has been going on, had to be shown. You cannot tell them - they must see what was planned for themselves. Take heart. This was never going to be easy but we will get through it.

At The Hearing on UFO Disclosure sponsored by the Alien Cosmic Expo in Brantford, Ontario this past June 25, 2016, Hellyer addressed a filled convention hall of people, cameras and reporters, asking the question; “Who is the next Empire?”

Pointing to the cabal of banking cartels, the oil cartel, big transnational corporations, the trilateral commission, intelligence agencies in the USA, UK, Israel, and the American military who are working in concert to crush countries economically and rule the world, Hellyer states that the cabal is running the US for the last half century to the point where Presidents have been little more than talking heads with the Congress being clueless as to what is going on.


“The end game is a world government, the New World Order, unelected and accountable only to them.”
Heller exclaims.

“That’s what they are doing. They decided to use the monetary system to crush countries instead of armies.”

If what we are seeing in Europe with BREXIT and the entire European Union experiencing financial turmoil, Paul Hellyer and his message needs to be heard!





And here's Obama's video, sheesh why don't you say what you really think, Barack?


"And for the international order that we have worked for generations to build.

Ordinary men and women are too small minded to govern their own affairs.

That order and progress can only come when individuals surrender their rights to an all-powerful sovereign."

- Barack Obama [See video below]





And if we haven't got your attention yet, here's this original old doozey from George H.W. Bush on September 11, 1991:





Followed By This synopsis - David Rockefeller & Co: The One World Order Theory Is True

David Rockefeller, one of the oldest billionaires in the world who is turning 101 this June, has said that he is proud to be accused of creating a ‘One World Order,’ a group of selected elites who planned to exploit America for their own interests.


“Some even believe [the Rockefellers] are part of a secret cabal working against the best interests of the United States, characterising my family and me as ‘internationalists’ conspiring with others around the world to build a more integrated global political and economic structure – one world, if you will. If that’s the charge, I stand guilty, and I’m proud of it.”

- David Rockefeller, 2002.

Enjoy some more juicy NWO quotes here: 150+ New World Order Quotes


David Rockefeller, whose family has been one of the most influential ones in the US
- to the extent that they were equated as the Royal Family of the US- does not regret the charges. Nor does he regret that his family has been at the receiving end of the conspiracy theory.


Governor Nelson Rockefeller of New York

In an article entitled "Rockefeller Bids Free Lands Unite: Calls at Harvard for Drive to Build New World Order"
New York Times, February 1962

The United Nations, he told an audience at Harvard University, "has not been able - nor can it be able - to shape a new world order which events so compellingly demand." ...

The new world order that will answer economic, military, and political problems, he said, "urgently requires, I believe, that the United States take the leadership among all free peoples to make the underlying concepts and aspirations of national sovereignty truly meaningful through the federal approach."


Senator Jay Rockefeller

John Davison " Jay " Rockefeller IV roasts Pat Buchanan in 1991 shows his true colors of a globalist psychopath out to manipulate and control the world:




On the other hand, David Rockefeller says he is happy that his family’s name has been dragged into the conspiracy theory, which wants to establish that the Rockefellers and other rich and famous wanted to benefit at the expense of the poor.

The only billionaire in the world over 100 years old, David’s family has a tradition of being involved in such controversies. His grandfather John D Rockefeller who died in 1937 was the founder of Standard Oil and the world’s richest individual at that time.



Over the years, the family has had its own time under the sun and was associated with wealth, power, politics, finance, diplomacy, philanthropy, marijuana prohibition, aliens, UFO’s and finally the infamous conspiracy theories.

Of course the NWO is not just about the Rockefellers, they an American offshoot - and have probably been more loose-lipped about the NWO agenda than others.

In Europe of course we have the Rothschilds along with a number of other "Illuminati" / Khazarian Zionist families with many interrelated factions and networks.


Related: The Top Of The Pyramid: The Rothschilds, The Vatican And The British Crown Rule World


Congressman Larry P. McDonald

US Rep. , Killed in Korean Air Lines 007, 1983 - killed in the 747 that was shot down by the Soviets

"The drive of the Rockefellers and their allies is to create a one-world government combining supercapitalism and Communism under the same tent, all under their control....

Do I mean conspiracy? Yes I do. I am convinced there is such a plot, international in scope, generations old in planning, and incredibly evil in intent."

As per the purported ‘One World Order’, the elites have been accused of setting up institutions such as the 'Trilateral Commission’ and the ‘Bilderberg Group’ among others to advance their interests nationally and globally.


The Bilderberg Group is a good example of part of the NWO network - the connections are quite clear visually:

Just how hyperbolic are allegations that the Bilderbergs run the world? To help readers decide, here is a chart laying out the linkages and various connections - financial, political, statutory and otherwise - between the handful of people who comprise the Bilderberg core and the rest of the world:



Click on the image above to open a larger version in a new window

Their aim is to create an international world order to deal with global issues, initiated and controlled by western countries. The order was accused of trying to dominate and manipulate the weak and the fragmented people of the world.


Related: The Conspiracy To Rule The World - An Interactive History


Even though the Rockefellers were the most prominent family during their heydays, David is [supposedly] only 603rd among the list of top billionaires in the world.

His grandfather John D Rockefeller, in contrast, has assets equal to 1.5 per cent of US GDP. The falling wealth and prospects of the family have not stopped the Rockefellers from donating to charity and even last year, he donated USD79m and is believed to have donated USD900m over his life time. [These figures are grossly under reported, and in any case the vast majority of funding goes towards Gloablist projects - under the guise of "philanthropy" and "charities."]


David Rockefeller

Founder of the Trilateral Commission, in an address to a meeting of The Trilateral Commission, Baden-Baden, Germany, June 1991 (a meeting also attended by then-Governor Bill Clinton and by Dan Quayle)

"We are grateful to the Washington Post, The New York Times, Time Magazine and other great publications whose directors have attended our meetings and respected their promises of discretion for almost forty years.

It would have been impossible for us to develop our plan for the world if we had been subjected to the lights of publicity during those years.

But, the world is now more sophisticated and prepared to march towards a world government. The supranational sovereignty of an intellectual elite and world bankers is surely preferable to the national auto-determination practiced in past centuries."

Five of his siblings are dead and David is the last one left and perhaps the most influential of them all. As a child, David was reserved and solitary, with a passion for collecting beetles. As an adult, he is believed to be suave and non-confrontational.

During his youth, he knew every politician who mattered on the planet and a journalist and former LBJ aide Bill Moyers once called him “the unelected but indisputable chairman of the American establishment”.



Above Jacob Rothschild with David Rockefeller

The left saw the rich man’s club, promoted by Rockefeller, as promoting free markets and perhaps that is how the rumours spread. However, the Rockefellers have taken the criticism in their stride and are even proud of it.


David Rockefeller

In a statement to the United Nations Business Council, 1994

"We are on the verge of a global transformation. All we need is the right major crisis and the nations will accept the New World Order."

Related: Who / What is "The Crown"?

Related: Holy Smoke And Mirrors - The Vatican Conspiracy



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
New Zealand Researcher Malcolm Scott - New Zealand's Climate Of Secrecy
March 14 2025 | From: SageOfQuay / Various

As part of his post graduate work, Malcolm Scott is writing a thesis on whether New Zealand’s Ministry for the Environment is engaged in a practice of intentional disinformation regarding the ongoing and persistent aerosol program in New Zealand.



Malcolm is a post-graduate student and researcher at the University of Canterbury. He is recognized by the New Zealand Tertiary Education Commission. Prior to joining the University of Canterbury Malcolm has held academic appointments with the University of Otago, Christchurch College of Education and the Christchurch Polytechnic Institute of Technology.

Related: Congress Now Funding “Controversial” Geoengineering “Plan B” To Spray Particles In The Sky To Cool Earth

Malcolm’s interest was piqued when after submitting a freedom of information request – known as an OIA in New Zealand – he received back, by accident, an internal document detailing how the Ministry responds to geoengineering inquiries. That response entailed denying that any such program exists.

That document has lead Malcolm to conclude that the New Zealand government is aware and complicit in covering up the covert operation to geoengineer the atmosphere.



Related: Geoengineering And Weather Modification Exposed

Malcolm is a post-graduate student and researcher at the University of Canterbury. He is recognized by the New Zealand Tertiary Education Commission. Prior to joining the University of Canterbury Malcolm has held academic appointments with the University of Otago, Christchurch College of Education and the Christchurch Polytechnic Institute of Technology.


New Zealand Ministry for the Environment Document

Declassified: Naval Concepts of Chemical and Biological Warfare Department of Defense (1952)

Weather Forecaster Discusses Military Chaff (Chemtrails)







Related Articles:

Chemtrails & Geoengineering

Mainstream Scientist Exposes The Dangerous Reality Of Chemtrails And Geoengineering

Do You Know What We Are Breathing In From Weather Geoengineering Efforts?

Same Media That Once Deemed Chemtrails A Conspiracy Theory Now Openly Promotes Chemtrailing The Entire Planet To “End Climate Change” & Global Geoengineering (Chemtrails) Experiment Pushed By Bill Gates Also Funded By Nazi-Linked Alfred P. Sloan Foundation, Linked To Eugenics And Depopulation


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
The Military Is the Only Way – What Happens Next? [ Historical but Relevant ]
March 13 2025 | From: PrayingMedic

On November 1st, 2016, Steve Pieczenik posted his first YouTube message informing the world that Hillary Clinton (with the help of corrupt government employees) had pulled a soft coup in an attempt to become President.



Pieczenik went on to say that patriots in the military and intelligence agencies had launched a soft counter-coup that would prevent her from assuming power.

Related: DHS Sting Operation Rumors Of Massive Voting Fraud + Intelligence Expert Steve Pieczenik Claims 2020 Election Was A “Sophisticated Sting Operation” That Has Trapped The Democrats In The Most Massive Criminal Election Fraud In History

Steve was the first person to explain that a battle was underway to control America, and that good people in the military and intelligence community were backing Donald Trump as a presidential candidate.





Pieczenik said the weapon of choice for patriots in 2016 was information.

Julian Assange had been given emails exposing Hillary Clinton’s corruption. Their release was timed to sabotage her run for the White House.

Her lackey, James Comey, did what damage control he could, but the emails caused enough public embarrassment to allow Trump to win the 2016 election.

In another video, Pieczenik said the military had recruited Donald Trump to run for President. Trump later confirmed that claim. At a ceremony where General Milley replaced General Dunford as Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, Trump recalled the time in 2015 when Dunford asked him to run for President.

During the last four years, did patriots in the military release information about corruption to wake up the citizenry?

Did the military hope that citizens would use elections to remove corrupt people from power?

How did the DC swamp overcome the record turnout of Trump’s base in November?

Rig the vote for Biden?

In a delicate procedure where the risk of harm is significant, are the least invasive methods tried first?

If the first attempt is unsuccessful, are more invasive methods considered?

Did the military try the least invasive method of removing corruption?

Did the first attempt fail?

Why?

Corrupt politicians still control elections?

Does the military have other (more invasive) methods at their disposal?

Did President Trump do everything humanly possible to expose corruption?

“I left it all on the field.”

What was the response of the DOJ, governors, mayors, state legislators, Congress, and the courts to evidence of corruption?

Turn a blind eye?

Having given them the opportunity to address corruption, can the military step in?

When non-military institutions and agencies refuse to deal with corruption, who enforces the rule of law?

What is the last line of defense against anarchy and tyranny?

Military?

Was President Trump’s term in office good for the military?

Rules of engagement changed?

Troops home from foreign wars?

No new wars?

Military pay raise?

Improved VA healthcare?

Was Trump’s term in office good for the world?

Peace with North Korea?

Peace in the Middle East?

Would the military trust Trump with the fate of the nation?

Why?

Proven track record?

Did Trump hint that he would be back in office?

Why?

If the military planned to intervene in the Biden administration, would Trump know? 

Were there protests in Washington D.C. during Biden’s inauguration?

No?

Why did the military build a fenced and guarded perimeter around the capitol?

Does the military plan to keep 7,000 National Guardsmen in DC through mid-March?

Why?

The military is the only way.


Related Articles:

Julian Assange On The War On Free Speech: “Everyone Else Must Take My Place” & Julian Assange Is Guilty Only Of Revealing The Evil Soul Of US Imperialism

Judiciary Committee Releases Declassified Documents That Substantially Undercut Steele Dossier, Page FISA Warrants & Attorney General Says New Strzok Notes Described Obama White House Meeting

FBI Allegedly Obtained Hunter Biden Computer, Data On Ukraine Dealings, Report Claims & Obama, Clinton, Biden And Brennan Will “Hang For Treason” When This Evidence Comes Out… BOMBSHELL recordings prove they had Seal Team Six EXECUTED to cover up deep state crimes

Pompeo: ‘There Will Be A Smooth Transition To A Second Trump Administration’ + Caught! Election Data Analyzed, Producing Detailed List Of Over 500,000 Votes Switched From Trump To Biden Via Voting Machine software Theft: Heavy Fraud Focused On Swing States

Declass Begins, CNN Complicit In Capitol Raid + Trump Declassifies 'Foot-High' Stack Of Russiagate, Obamagate Documents; Set For Release Within Days

Peter Navarro Releases 36-Page Report Alleging Election Fraud 'More Than Sufficient' To Swing Victory To Trump + DNI John Ratcliffe Says There Was Foreign Interference In November Elections: Report



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
The Importance Of Being Awake
March 12 2025 | From: FinalWakeUpCall / Various

Society is Falsified on all Levels.



Fear is the cabal’s Weapon of Control.

Related: New Zealand False Flag By Zionist Israel With Police & Freemason Complicity

If the ruling elites have to murder a few thousand innocent citizens with a dirty bomb, a chemical weapon, virus, vaccine, or have to execute a scripted nuclear terrorism accident that is fine with them.

Anything to stay in power is justified in their minds, no matter how destructive and cruel. Fear is their weapon of choice to control people’s obedience.

They try to influence everyone’s mind by staging, the Covid pandemic, wars, violence, terrorism and so on.

The Deep State’s main source of power is their control over the creation and distribution of money, through their ownership of most of the world’s central banks.

They use this money-power to bribe, blackmail and assassinate people at top levels of power in order to enforce their control, over virtual everything of importance.

They control the corporate media and have been using every propaganda tool at their disposal to rig society in a false pandemic and manipulate markets where necessary.



Related: The Three Varieties Of Money

Sweeping monetary change is necessary and coming forward with the implementation of QFS. Difficult times may lie ahead. Many issues have to be resolved.

The monetary system is rigged, and must be abolished, to return the money creation into the hands of the people. Now, begins the time for change. Here is a short plan, to materialise just that;

Honest money; Re-establish a gold-backed currency. Abolish all Central Banks.

Smaller government – Do away with all taxes, except a sales tax on new hardware. With balanced budgets.

These two simple points will instantly eliminate the Elite’s power. Real money and a balanced budget will force big cutbacks.That should end useless wars.

The misallocation of scarce resources. People will once again borrow, lend, spend, and invest real money, carefully. As a result, real wealth is going to soar.



Related: The Silent War On "Q" Continues

The Gnostics recruit geniuses of all ages who are not part of the ruling Archon bloodline families. These archon families who are now in a state of absolute panic, fight literally for their survival and try to flee to their Antarctic bases, with the intention to pull off something horrifying.

The Deep State cabal is working overtime to render the citizenry powerless with the fake pandemic that doesn’t even exist. There are 23 renowned laboratories that undertook peer reviewed research and none where able to locate the virus.

The Elites apply government organised power grabs, corruption and abusive tactics. This is fascism in its most covert form, hiding behind public agencies and private companies to carry out their dirty actions.

If there is anything the Deep State requires, it is an undisclosed, uninterrupted cash flow and the confidence that things will go on as happened in the past. Cultural issues are organised, as useful distraction from their 2030 agenda.


Society is Falsified on all Levels

The voting process, the economy, the media, the government, the courts – practically everything is rigged in favour of the Establishment status quo.

The Central Bankers’ fake money – along with a multitude of rules and regulations imposed on the people – has done its mischief. And now, with the key-lending rate dropping below zero for the past ten/twelve years, the economy has been misled, distorted, and depleted.



Related: The COVID-19 RT-PCR Test: How To Mislead All Humanity - Using A “Test” To Lock Down Society + Former Pfizer Science Officer Reveals Great COVID-19 Scam

Corporations alone have doubled their debt load since the crisis began in 2008.

The time for action is now. People see their world changing and they want to understand what is happening, and why. They want to be informed and being prepared.

They want the freedom and insight to make educated choices, instead of being told what to do by the very individuals and institutions that constant lie and deceive, and have led the economy into today’s terrible chaos.

The awakening is erupting. Awakening comes with a price; it may have been difficult, when working on it.

Convincing others by challenging circumstances and conditions to open eyes and minds is even more difficult. It has become a struggle against time when seeing all these injustices that easily could have been avoided.

It’s very sad to see un-awakened humanity walking around with stupid face masks impatient waiting for vaccination with toxins and a control chip included, without having a clue as to what all is really going on, and whether it is necessary.


They should know; everything is designed for a “manipulated” transformation, either to be killed or to be led into the world prison as planned and described many years ago in Agenda 2030.



Related: Agenda 21: Awareness And Activism + UN 2030 Agenda Decoded: Blueprint For The Global Enslavement Of Humanity Under Corporate Masters

Everyone must come to their senses and escape this false reality. Researching alternative media sources will learn what’s going on, stumbling on realities they never considered or could have imagined possible.

Once, the truth is known, the awake are responsible to share it ardently with others, and honoured being in the know. Not always pleasant, but a duty that must be fulfilled. The hour is late and the timeframe we are living in is terrible, the necessity requires optimal awareness and prompt action. There’s no alternative left and time to loose.


The Entire Human Race is in Severe Danger

It’s virtually us or them, life or death, truth or lies, freedom or slavery, the entire human race is in severe danger.

Truth comes with a cost – it is the end of lies and illusions on which people have based their entire live.

Many across the full spectrum of humanity feel lost and are afraid of something that doesn’t even exist. This deliberate creation of chaos is designed to do just that.

Most may not recognise the rising energetic changes at work, but these are. Awakening is a destructive process, eliminating everything that is unreal and inhibitive of personal development and progress.



Related: Eleven Common Symptoms Of The Global Depopulation Slow Kill

The first step to undertake is education. Study Agenda 2030, to see for yourself how far this crisis has advanced the Deep State’s plans with the implementation of almost every aspect, then, you’ll know exactly what to expect.

Agenda 2030 is the agenda for the year 2030 that refers to global fascism/communism. Here is a summary of what is included: ‘Sustainable’ development – don’t use more than can be replaced – sounds sensible enough at first, until is realised what this and ‘biodiversity’ really mean in the context of their conspiracy.

Because, ‘Sustainable Development’ and ‘Biodiversity’ is pursuing to impose:

Termination of national sovereignty

State planning and management of all land resources, ecosystems, deserts, forest, mountains, oceans, and fresh water; agriculture; rural development; biotechnology; and ensuring ‘equality’ in other words; equal enslavement

State defines the role of business, and financial resources

Abolition of private property – as it is not ‘sustainable’

‘Restructuring’ the family formation

Children are raised by the State

Telling people what their job will be and where to live

Major restrictions on movements, being implemented through electric vehicles

Creation of ‘human settlement zones’

Mass resettlement as people are forced to vacate their land and homes where they currently live

Dumbing down education – already achieved

Mass global depopulation in pursuit of the above – in progress.


Originally, labelled Agenda 21 that has been planned over two hundred years ago. Indicating the completion phase during this century before 2030.

The secret plan of the New World Order is to reduce the world population to a “sustainable” level “in perpetual balance with nature” by a ruthless De-Population Control Agenda via Reproduction Control.

A Mass Culling of the populace, via Planned Parenthood, toxic adulteration of water and food supplies, release of weaponised man-made viruses, followed by vaccination with control chips and toxins to shorten life-span.



Related: Is The Globalist "Reset" Failing? The Elites May Have Overplayed Their Hand


The Protocols of Zion

Be awake and realise; The Protocols of Zion are the Blueprint for the Deep State’s One World Government-control-operation. Protocol 12 affirms;


"In our official statements, we always use an opposite view, and continually do our best to look honest and cooperative. The words of a statesman do not have to correspond with his actions”.

It is wise to take fifteen minutes of your time to read the Protocols of Zion. Don’t just read them, but study them. They explain in precise detail what is going on in the world today and why.

The world must wake up to the fact that for our entire live we have been lied to. From where we come from, to where we are heading, everything is a huge lie.

But the lie we have been living is about to come to a squealing halt. As evidence, the people are being shown the huge electoral fraud and the Corona Hoax, because seeing for themselves makes them believe what is really happening in front of their eyes.



Related: Understanding "Jewish" [Khazarian Zionist] Power

If you found this information interesting, explanatory, valuable, and/or insightful, please share it with everyone you know to help awaken and prepare them.

And don’t forget to put up your national flag showing the world you are awake, and motivate the silent awake majority to follow suit. The more flags out show the cabal is losing their grip of power over us.


Unity is Power

Our liberation process cannot be stopped anymore.

Uniting with others who are like minded people creates and shapes our best reality.



Related: How Science Arrived At The Doorstep Of Spirituality

Worldwide networks of awakening people are being created, such as in Spain in the Marbella / Malaga area, which attracts an increasing number of participants.


Related Articles:

In Harmony With All Life: The Open Source Way + Lifting The Veil: Merging Science And Spirituality

The UN Admits That The Paris Climate Deal Was A Fraud + UNESCO Booted Out Of The United States

Core Edicts Of The Khazarian Zionist Mafia Top Command (Part III)

COVID-19 Lockdown: A Global Human Experiment & Ten Years Ago The World Health Organisation Faked A Pandemic

Zionists On Tape: “We Control America”

May 1st: The Day Slavery System Transferred From Monarchies To The Corporations

Governments Are Corporations & The Gold Standard Will Break Up The Banking Cartel

What Is The Real Purpose Of The Lockdowns? + How A False Hydroxychloroquine Narrative Was Created


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
The Sequel To The Fall Of The Cabal
March 11 2025 | From: GreatAwakeningProject / Various

From the creators of the documentary series Fall of The Cabal, now bring you The Sequel.



In this now 23 part series, the Cabal is fully exposed.

Related: How You Can Undermine The ‘Evil Cabal’

As time is running out, the creators of this documentary will upload one part every week. This Sequel is not about Q, nor Trump. It is about the Cabal. It will give you info that will blow you off your socks. Crime, murder, money laundering, cartels, high treason, all of which under your noise… Meet the Cabal.

Documentary by: Award Winning Researcher Janet Ossebaard

DISCLAIMER: All statements, claims, views and opinions that appear anywhere on this site, whether stated as theories or absolute facts, are always presented by The Great Awakening Report (GAR) as unverified - and should be personally fact checked and discerned by you, the reader.

Any opinions or statements herein presented are not necessarily promoted, endorsed, or agreed to by GAR, those who work with GAR, or those who read or subscribe to GAR.

Any belief or conclusion gleaned from content on this site is solely the responsibility of you the reader to substantiate.Any actions taken by those who read material on this site are solely the responsibility of the acting party.

You are encouraged to think for yourself and do your own research. Nothing on this site is meant to be believed without question or personal appraisal.


Part One:






Part Two:

The Wrath of the Jesuit Council… From Weishaupt and the creation of the Order of the Illuminati to Napoleon and WWI. Follow their trail of destruction in order to know whom we are dealing with.






Part Three:

About the Russian Revolution, the Great Depression and WWII… all instigated by the Cabal. Through manipulating the Stock market, by pushing Cabal puppets forward, and by ruthlessly killing millions of people who stood in their way. With one goal, and one goal alone…






Part Four:

The Protocols of Zion.






Part Five:

About the Georgia Guidestones, Agenda 21, Agenda 2030, the UN, and the ‘Peacekeepers’.






Part Six:

About Henry Kissinger, Population Policy, the UN and its many NGOs, the UN Population Fund, Population Control, forced abortions & sterilizations, and Planned Parenthood and Margaret Sanger.






Part Seven:


About the 5500 NGOs, connected to the UN, who do so-called charity work. Upon investigating their very own financial papers, we discovered that NGOs are nothing but the perfect business model to launder money (billions of dollars!), to avoid paying tax, and to invest in the Cabal’s main target: depopulation and world dominance.

Join us to peel off a few more layers of this onion, to found who the Cabal truly is!






Check back for Part Eight and more...


Related Articles:

Saving America [And The World] From The Kingmakers Cabal

The Rothschild’s Global Crime Syndicate And How It Works

The Rothschild Bloodline: Financial Wizards & Wealthy Cults

An Illustrated History Of The House Of Rothschild: 1743 - 2006 & The Illuminati Grand Plan

The Connection Between 9/11, JFK And The Global Collateral Accounts

Former Jesuit Priest Exposes How The Vatican Created Islam

When The Rockefeller Trilateral Commission Exposed Its Own Secret

Understanding "Jewish" [Khazarian Zionist] Power

The Khazarian Mafia’s System Of Cartels

The Khazarian Bankster Cult That Hijacked The World & Worthless Pieces Of Paper - Interest On Fake Money Is Confiscating Your Freedom

From The Archives: "The End Game Is A New World Order"- Former Canadian Minister Of Defence Speaks Out + The Globalists Say It In Their Own Words

“Order Out Of Chaos”: How The Elite’s Plans Were Foretold In Popular Culture

Trump - Existential Threat To New World Order

Putin And Trump Versus The New World Order: The Final Battle

Fourteen Ways To Protect Yourself From The New World Order (NWO) Agenda

NWO Control System Vs. The Awakening - Which Will Win?



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
“What Is The Great Reset?”: A Blatant Propaganda Video By The World Economic Forum
March 10 2025 | From: VigilantCitizen / X22Report / Various

The World Economic Forum recently posted a video promoting the Great Reset while addressing the conspiracy theories surrounding it.



The result: A bizarre Orwellian video that announces the death of capitalism as we know it.

Related: Orwell’s 1984 No Longer Reads Like Fiction - It’s The Reality Of Our Times & The Propaganda Ministry Known As “The Free Press”
"
The video “What is the Great Reset?” is a bizarre piece of PR / propaganda.

At face value, it appears to say “don’t worry about the Great Reset, we love you all very much”. However, through coercive words and powerful symbols, the message most people get is “we’re doing this… whether you like it or not”.

Through its condescending tone and obnoxious, over-simplistic phrasing, the video is basically about the elite talking down to the peasants, especially those who dare question its plans.

And, if the goal of this video was to quell concerns about the Great Reset, it failed miserably. Proof: About 99.9% of the comments on YouTube are extremely negative. Here are some examples.



Related: Propaganda Is The Art Of Overwhelming Logic


Here’s the video:






Related: “Order Out Of Chaos”: How The Elite’s Plans Were Foretold In Popular Culture


This video is important and worth analyzing for several reasons. First, it was produced by the World Economic Forum (WEF) itself.

As stated in several past articles, the WEF is one of those non-democratic elite organizations that set social and economic policies on a global level. In other words, if the WEF releases a video about something, it has the power to actually make it happen. In fact, it is probably already happening.

Second, this is not one of those feel-good “let’s fight the pandemic together” videos.

It actually announces the “death of capitalism as we know it” – in those very words. It announces drastic, historical, and structural changes on a global level. It announces a New World Order.



Related: NWO Control System Vs. The Awakening - Which Will Win?

This is the video description on YouTube:


"The pandemic has radically changed the world as we know it, and the actions we take today, as we work to recover, will define our generation.

It’s why the World Economic Forum is calling for a new form of capitalism, one that puts people and planet first, as we come together to rebuild the world after COVID-19."

The first sentence of this description sets the overarching narrative: The pandemic destroyed the world and the elite is going to fix it.

However, that description contains one glaring omission: The pandemic itself did not “radically change the world” – it is the response to it that changed it. And this response was dictated by the very elite that is now lecturing us about a Great Reset.

Indeed, instead of tackling the pandemic with a balanced and targeted approach that’s focused on people who are actually at risk, the elite insisted on shutting down small and medium businesses for months, eliminating millions of jobs in the process.



Related: The Global Takeover Is Underway & A Skeptical Look At The ‘Great Reset’: A Technocratic Agenda That Waited Years For A Global Crisis To Exploit

Meanwhile, elite-owned mega-corporations were allowed to strive.

Then, after suffocating the masses for nearly a full year, the WEF says that the system is broken. But they broke it. And before they broke it, we were actually in the midst of the longest economic recovery on record. 

I am not saying that capitalism as we know is perfect. However, we are being presented a “solution” to a problem they’ve purposely created. In short: Order of out chaos. Here’s a look at this video.


In Your Face

Usually, PR efforts by elite organizations hide their true intentions with flowery words and meaningless sentences. But this thing is blatant.

Of course, it has to start with the elite’s complete obsession with seeing the entire world wearing masks. They’re particularly excited when children wear them.



At the beginning of the video, we see a bunch of people donning masks in a semi-ritualistic manner: A sign of submission to the elite

Related: The COVID-19 RT-PCR Test: How To Mislead All Humanity - Using A “Test” To Lock Down Society + Former Pfizer Science Officer Reveals Great COVID-19 Scam

Then, we hear UN Secretary-General, Antonio Guterres describing the pandemic as an “opportunity”.



Related: U.S. Govt Loses Landmark Vaccine Lawsuit & Expert Study Shows Vaccinations Actually Turn Your Own Bodies Immune System Against You

In a weird shot that includes a massive full-moon, Guterres talks about “hope” brought by vaccines.

He also adds: “there’s no vaccine for the planet, nature needs a bailout”.

In other words: If COVID hysteria ever goes away, it will immediately be replaced by global warming hysteria.



Related: Exposing The Bogus "97% Consensus" Claim Over Climate Change 'Science' & Top-Level Climate Modeler Spills The Beans On The ‘Nonsense’ Of ‘Global Warming Crisis’

Then, the video treats us with the image of a building crumbling down as the narrator says:


"With everything falling apart, we can reshape the world in ways we couldn’t before”.

That’s powerful, near-subliminal imagery.

Not unlike the building above, the world is actually being subjected to controlled demolition. And they’ve placed the dynamites themselves. Why?



Related: Is The Globalist "Reset" Failing? The Elites May Have Overplayed Their Hand

The narrator then says: “That’s why so many are calling for a Great Reset”.

Nobody (except for the elite) is calling for a Great Reset.

Everybody (except for the elite) is calling for the complete restoration of freedoms.

Then, in a bizarre twist, the narrator talks about how the Great Reset sounds like a conspiracy.


"Great Reset? That sounds more like buzzword bingo masking some nefarious plan for world domination”.

While these words are uttered, powerful symbols are displayed.



Related: Changes That Are Coming: The Deep State’s Control Is Fast Coming To An End

While this image is meant to ridicule theories regarding the Great Reset, it actually depicts, with relative accuracy, what the Great Reset would achieve:

The hand of the elite pulling the strings of the global economy.



Related: ‘Cultural Schizophrenia’: Media Shift To Feelings Over Facts Tearing US [West] Apart & You Are Being Bombarded By Fake News, Fake News “Filters,” Fake People, Fake Food, And Fake Medicine

Then, a fake newspaper with the headline: “Global Elite’s Plan For Your Future”.

Once again, while this headline is meant to address critics, it is also unconsciously assimilated by viewers to the first degree. The contents of this fake article are quite revealing:



The Great Reset is Well-Documented.

The Great Reset has been labeled a conspiracy theory and parts of it sounds like a conspiracy theory, but everything we know about it comes from the global elites themselves, who have been quite open about it.

“This is not a conspiracy theory, this is a well-documented movement among many of the world’s most powerful people,” says Justin Haskins, the editorial director at the Heartland Institute and a leading authority on the Great Reset, “fundamentally, this is a radical and complete transformation of everything that we do in our society,” Haskins adds, “it will change the way businesses are evaluated, it will coerce businesses to pursue left-wing causes.”

The Great Reset was unveiled at the World Economic Forum in Davos, Switzerland, where many of the world’s most powerful people go to offer solutions to the world’s problems. They have said that the coronavirus pandemic as a historic opportunity to change the way the world operates.

COVID-19 pandemic as an “opportunity” to change everything.

A World Economic Forum video warns, “Right now we’re facing a crisis of international proportions. It’s going to have a long-term impact on us”.

And their solution is essentially global socialism. Think of the Green New Deal combined with the COVID-19 lockdown restrictions and throw in something called the Fourth Industrial Revolution, in which technology is supposed to radically change the way we live and work.

Haskins says: “The elites, the technocrats in society, the most educated people”, see the chance to “control and manipulate society, pull the levers in society so that it’s in their minds, perfect.”

As you can see, the contents of this newspaper are not gibberish.

It mentions Justin Haskins of Heartland Institute, a researcher from an actual think tank who has been warning about the massive scope of the Great Reset.




Related: They Live, We Sleep: Beware The Growing Evil In Our Midst

Right after, the video replicates a classic scene from the movie They Live (read my article about it here). Through the lens of truth, the words “Great Reset” turn into “Obey!”

So the video acknowledges that the Great Reset sounds like a massive conspiracy to use COVID-19 to usher in global socialism. Then, instead of quelling these concerns, the video basically confirms them.

The narrator argues that the World Economic Forum is about “bringing people together”.

She says:


"Whether its politicians, CEOs, academics, activists or you, we’re all about getting people together.”

Were YOU invited to the WEF?

No, you weren’t. They don’t even want you to leave your house.



Related: Agenda 21: Awareness And Activism + UN 2030 Agenda Decoded: Blueprint For The Global Enslavement Of Humanity Under Corporate Masters

To illustrate people “coming together”, the video shows us this collage of powerful people (and elite-owned pawns).

The image above immediately reminded me of the very symbolic Economist cover from 2015 featuring figures of the world elite:



Related: Secrets Of The Rothschild “The World In 2016” Economist Cover Decoded

Then, citing the pandemic and global warming, the video gets rather extreme.



Related: Why Capitalism Creates Useless Jobs

The video says: “Capitalism as we know it is dead”. To make things perfectly clear for us peasants, they’ve literally depicted a tombstone that says Capitalism RIP 2020.

About 23 seconds prior, the video was “addressing” critics claiming that the Great Reset was about global socialism. Then it literally shows a tombstone with the words “Capitalism RIP”.

Once again, powerful imagery coming from a powerful place.

Then, the video introduces “stakeholder capitalism” – a system that would drastically change the way businesses and economies function.


"It’s for these reasons that the forum talks about something called stakeholder capitalism which would shift businesses away from just profit because, if we want to change where the focus of our recovery will go, then we need a new dashboard for the new economy. And that needs to encompass people, planet, prosperity, and institutions.”

While capitalism is based on a self-regulating system of offer and demand, the Great Reset looks to redefine the way businesses are evaluated through new parameters.

The main one: Compliance to the elite’s social and political agendas...





Hayley Wolf Marshall: COVID Questions to Government we all Should be Asking:

If I Get Vaccinated:


1. Can I stop wearing the mask?

- No

2. Can they reopen restaurants etc and everyone work normally?

- No

3. Will I be resistant to covid?

- Maybe, but we don't know exactly, it probably won't stop you getting it

4. At least I won't be contagious to others anymore?

- No you can still pass it on, possibly, nobody knows

5. If we vaccinate all children, will school resume normally?

- No

6. If I am vaccinated, can I stop social distancing?

- No

7. If I am vaccinated, can I stop disinfecting my hands?

- No

8. If I vaccinate myself and my grandfather, can we hug each other?

- No

9. Will cinemas, theatres and stadiums be reopened thanks to vaccines?

- No

10. Will the vaccinated be able to gather?

- No

11. What is the real benefit of vaccination?

- The virus won't kill you

12. Are you sure it won't kill me?

- No

13. If statistically the virus didn't kill me anyway ... Why would I get vaccinated?"

- To protect others

14. So if I get vaccinated, the others are 100% sure I'm not infecting them?

- No


Where Does This Leave Us Then?

So the shot / shots do not provide immunity

Does not eliminate the virus

Does not prevent death

Does not guarantee you won’t get it

Does not prevent you from getting it

Does not stop you passing it on

Does not eliminate the need for travel bans

Does not eliminate the need for business closures

Does not eliminate the need for lockdowns

Does not eliminate the need for masking



So... What the Hell is Actually Going on?





Highly Important:
Dr Andrew Wakefield: This Is Not A Vaccine It Is An Irreversible Genetic Modification





Shortly after, the narrator utters this enigmatic sentence:


"And that’s all about getting the right people in the right place at the right time”.

While the video doesn’t quite explain what this sentence actually means in real-life situations, its implications are rather chilling.

Instead of allowing successful individuals and businesses to grow organically, the elite’s system would interfere to “get the right people at the right place at the right time”, in accordance with its agenda.

In other words, the system would be rigged and compliance to a wider agenda would be mandatory in a new economy.

The video ends with a call to viewers to get involved. However, of course, you’re not actually invited to the WEF. What they really want you to do is to shut up, wear a mask and stay home.




Highly Recommended: Game Theory, The Take Down Will Be On The Patriots Timetable

The Deep State / Mainstream Mediais now being brought down a path where they are going to be trapped, this is game theory.

The [DS] doesn’t know the plan, Trump and the patriots are controlling the optics, which means it seems nothing is happening until it happens all at once. The timetable has already been established, public opinion and the trap is now moving forward.






Also Recommended:

Dr. Steve Pieczenik Returns! Claims Trump Is Still President!

Bill Maher nervous about Trump's 'radio silence' since leaving office: 'Does that not alarm you a little?'

DHS Sting Operation Rumors Of Massive Voting Fraud + Intelligence Expert Steve Pieczenik Claims 2020 Election Was A “Sophisticated Sting Operation” That Has Trapped The Democrats In The Most Massive Criminal Election Fraud In History

Declass Begins, CNN Complicit In Capitol Raid + Trump Declassifies 'Foot-High' Stack Of Russiagate, Obamagate Documents; Set For Release Within Days

Trump - Existential Threat To New World Order






In Conclusion

If one watches the various videos posted by the World Economic Forum on YouTube, a common thread is easily discernable.

1. Scare people with catastrophic disasters (this video focused on COVID and global warming).

2. Present a drastic solution that involves a non-democratic elite entity regulating the entire world.


To justify the Great Reset, the WEF mentions “economic disparities” caused by COVID-19. However, these disparities were caused by economy-killing policies dictated by the World Health Organization – another elite organization that is largely funded by China.

By forcing massive lockdowns, they knew exactly what would happen. They created chaos, and now they’re looking to restore order.

Despite all of the words being thrown around, the real issue at hand is freedom. A free market allows any citizen to create a business and make a living from it.



Related: Ending The 1901 Plan

And, as long as there’s a demand for it, the business can grow and everyone involved prospers. Free enterprise is a vector of freedom and allows those who succeed to live a comfortable life – no matter their social or political allegiances.

It is all about numbers.

The Great Reset is looking to break this vector of freedom by introducing social and political components to the free market.

If you do not comply, you do not succeed. Instead, they’ll put “the right person, at the right place, at the right time”.


Related Articles:

#TheStorm - How To Prepare For A Global Corruption Purge?

The Great Awakening Has Begun

Media most important Deep State Tool

The Great Transition: The Shadow Ruling Force Behind The Central Banks Secrecy Is Repugnant In A Free And Open Society

The Three Trigger Terms Being Used To Stop Critical Thinking


Peter Navarro Releases 36-Page Report Alleging Election Fraud 'More Than Sufficient' To Swing Victory To Trump + DNI John Ratcliffe Says There Was Foreign Interference In November Elections: Report

Pompeo: ‘There Will Be A Smooth Transition To A Second Trump Administration’ + Caught! Election Data Analyzed, Producing Detailed List Of Over 500,000 Votes Switched From Trump To Biden Via Voting Machine software Theft: Heavy Fraud Focused On Swing States

Why Mainstream Economists Don't See Recessions Coming

The World’s Best Economist

Former Morgan Stanley Chief Asia Economist: "Don't Listen To The Ruling Elite, The World Economy Is In Real Trouble"



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Brainwashing 101
March 9 2025 | From: TheRealStrategy [Now Offline] / Various

In today’s society, we have to ask ourselves... ”Are my thoughts my own?” Do we REALLY think for ourselves or make our own decisions?



Even things as simple as what toothpaste to use, what to have for lunch or what to wear might be decided for you.

Related: How An Austrian And British Malthusian Brainwashed A Generation Of Americans [Westerners]

If you watch TV (yes, even if the sound is muted) you are being hypnotized and influenced without even knowing it.

When you watch movies, talk shows, the news, commercials, listen to music, or read ANYTHING you are being hypnotized, influenced - and yes - mind-controlled. There are even patents on the frequencies used by Televisions.

It is KNOWN that they induce hypnosis within minutes of exposure.



How Do I Know So Much About Mind-Control?

I know about mind- control because I am an NLP (Neuro-Linguistic Programming) Master Practitioner and a Master Hypnotist. In other words, I have been highly trained in mind-control by none-other than Richard Bandler, the genius co-creator of NLP. He could make you do or say anything.

He is that good. He also said:


“You can use NLP to do really good things, or you can be an Asshole.”

My choice was always to do good things with NLP, but unfortunately many highly trained NLP specialists use their skills for what I consider to be unethical, inexcusable, and unadulterated EVIL.



Related: How To Become Immune To Mind Control | How TV Affects Your Brain Chemistry For The Worse

Mind control is all about bypassing the critical thinking part of your brain with distraction, or hypnosis. Once this is accomplished, your subconscious mind is wide open to accept whatever outlandish suggestion they want to put in there.

Your brain is wired to accept these things, no questions asked.

This is especially true with children. Young children are ALWAYS in a state of hypnosis, so pay attention to what they are watching, reading and to who might be influencing them.


How NLP Is Used in Advertising

Every single commercial is specially designed by a horde of brain-washing specialists whose only concern is to convince you to buy their product, and they will use any means possible to do this. If they need to sell pharmaceuticals that will kill you (which would be just about ANY OF THEM), they will do so without a fleck of conscience whatsoever.

They only care about two things: Selling their product and getting money from you. The music and lyrics used in commercials are chosen to influence the right demographics.



Related: Ten Ways To Protect Yourself From NLP Mind Control

Sixties music is played to influence baby-boomers, while current music is played to control the younger population.

Everything is controlled from tempo, beat and lyrics.

The pictures and videos flash on the screen at just the right rate to put you into an automatic state of hypnosis.

The more distracted you are, the better it works. Suggestions are thrown into your subconscious mind so fast you don’t even have a clue it’s happening.


Even if you are watching a movie or television show on which the TV is playing quietly in the background, you can be influenced by whatever they are saying.



Related: Former CNN Host Piers Morgan Blasts The Crazy Left: “Liberals Have Become Unbearable” Which Is Why Trump Populism “Is Rising” + Subliminal Messages In Advertising: How They Affect Your Mind

Subliminal advertising (flashing words and statements on the screen so briefly they aren’t detected by the conscious mind) is illegal in other countries, such as Australia and England, but in the United States there is no law on the books against it.

It is however controlled by the FCC (Federal Communications Commission).



Related: Five Damaging Lies Advertisements Desperately Want You To Believe

They will revoke a company’s broadcast license if it can be proven, but by its very nature, it can often be difficult to detect and prove. I have found subliminal advertisements myself while rewinding television shows on my DVR player.

They are still there, they will try to influence you, and you won’t even know it.


“Subliminal programming is designed to be perceived on a subconscious level only. Regardless of whether it is effective, the use of subliminal perception is inconsistent with a station’s obligation to serve the public interest because the broadcast is intended to be deceptive." (Federal Communications Commission Record, 2001)

- From FCC Manual for Broadcasters


Television Shows, Cartoons And Movies

Everything I have said about advertising also applies to television shows, cartoons and movies.




Related:
After Decades Of Brainwashing, MSM & Governments Are Losing Control Of The People

Do we care if our children are being influenced daily by subliminal messages in the cartoons and children’s programs they are watching? I’m sure your answer to this question is a resounding “YES!”  Perhaps the only way we can protect our children is to pass a law against subliminal programming.

Even if there are no subliminal messages in a show or movie, there are still plenty of other techniques used to sway you to their viewpoint.

The hypnosis we are under when watching these things makes us extremely susceptible to their suggestions.

Because children are more susceptible to hypnosis, family films are notorious for brainwashing when you least expect it. Take for instance the movie WALL-E.



Related: Brainwashing And The New Vocabulary: 12 Words & Phrases We Never Want To Hear Again & Just Like 9/11 Did, COVID-19 Is Shifting Human Consciousness In A Major Way

According to Christopher Tucker:

“Wall-E fools you into thinking that robots are cute and lovable. We should trust them. We should listen to show tunes with them. That way, our defenses are nice and lowered, which will enable Skynet to commence Judgment Day. If you haven’t already, please don’t let your children watch Wall-E. The resistance is going to need all the hardcore robot hating soldiers it can get. Please, consider the future of our planet.”

Robot actually says it wants to put you into a zoo!

So, do you think you might be safe letting your kids watch a Disney movie? Think again. According to The Minority Report Forum at The Minority Report.



Related: Cultural Imperialism And Perception Management: How Hollywood Hides 'US Government' War Crimes

Walt Disney worked with the FBI from 1936 until his death in 1966 to provide “cartoons and other images” as propaganda for the U. S. government.

If you will watch the video below you will see for yourself that Disney has always used hypnotic manipulation in their movies and cartoons; and still does to this day.






News Programs

According to Life Hacker:


“News channels and political parties often repeat a consistent message when they want to get their point across. Short snippets of information is also a common tactic on news networks.”(sic)

One very effective method of brainwashing is to repeat the same information over and over again until it starts to penetrate your subconscious mind, convincing you that it must be the truth. Another way to bypass the conscious mind is to flash headlines at you.

Most people only read the headlines when they are scanning the newspaper and these quick flashes of information tend to stick better than an entire article on the subject. This is also true with news programming.

The less attention you pay the more you are brainwashed. It seems that the only thing you can do to avoid being brainwashed by the news would be to stop watching it.



Related: The Mainstream Media Lies

It isn’t practical to stop watching or reading everything. So what do we do? PAY ATTENTION to what you read and watch.

Be aware of the techniques being used on you, and most importantly question your own thoughts. Take nothing for granted and stop assuming that you are being told the truth or that “they” have your best interests at heart.

In most cases they do not. Most importantly, be aware of what your children are watching and reading, because they are being affected much more than you ever thought possible.


Related Articles:

Puppet Masters Of Media Propaganda

A Masterclass In Propaganda & Transgressing The Logic Of The New Tyrannical Normal

A Primer For The Propagandized: Fear Is The Mind-Killer & Whistleblower: Newspaper Industry Chiefs Criminally Negligent Over Covid Scaremongering

Cover Stories Are Used To Control Explanations & Medical Propaganda Headlines For Gullible Minds

“What Is The Great Reset?”: A Blatant Propaganda Video By The World Economic Forum

CBS Reporter Calls Mainstream Press ‘Political Activists,’ ‘Propagandists’ + Max Blumental Proves Western Media A Propagandist For War Criminals


Brainwashed: The Goal Of The Media Is To Poison The Minds Of The Masses With Toxic Hatred And Engineered “Thought Loops”

Four Words: Weapons Of Media Lies & When Corporate Power Is Your Real Government, Corporate Media Is State Media

UN IPCC Scientist Blows Whistle On Lies About Climate, Sea Level

Propaganda Is The Art Of Overwhelming Logic

Twenty Five Rules Of Disinformation, Propaganda, “PSYOPS”, Debunking Techniques

Western Propaganda - So Simple But So Effective

“A Blatant Display Of Unscientific Propaganda:” Cornell Student Exposes GMO Propaganda In Scathing New Letter


Trump Confirms "No Effect On The Outcome Of The Election" Following Intelligence Briefing + Experts Reveal The Tricks Mainstream Media Uses To Brainwash And Control The Masses

The Tide Is Turning: The Official Story Is Now The Conspiracy Theory + A Conference To Clear The Mind Of The 9/11 Brainwashing

The 20 Biggest Cancer Lies You've Been Brainwashed To Believe By The For-Profit Cancer Industry + Cancer Cures Exposed: Natural Medicine Revealed As The Answer

Pyramid Of Lies



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Listen Up Truth-Seekers: We’re On The Same Team
March 8 2025 | From: WakingTimes / Various

The justice-seeking community are a funny bunch. We’ve all got our differences, including the various ‘beliefs’ we have, but ultimately we’re on the same team. You’d think we would be acting like it too, but unfortunately we’re not. 



It’s clear that the divide and conquer strategy is in full swing, even among the truth and freedom movements. What’s the D&C strategy I can hear some of you ask?

Related: Combating The Elite Rulers Divide And Conquer Tactics

It’s when the powers-that-think-they’re-the-overlords use informational tactics to divide the people so they fight one another, instead of collectively facing the real issues.

And god dammit they’ve been successful.

There’s covert powers who are in control? I would suggest we engage some simple logic with this one. To start, money rules the world. better put, they can digitally punch numbers into a computer and POOF, currency is created.

Now these banksters control the central banks and therefore control the governments. Enter the two-party tyranny system we call democrSo, who owns the money? The banksters of course.

Their scam is so brilliant that they can create money out of thin air, oracy. Both sides work for the same financial interests, which are not just limited to the banking industry, but the energy, pharmaceutical and media corporations too, among many others.



Related: The Truth About Money Is Out & Austerity In 8 Minutes: Why It Does Not Work, Why It Is Still Practised

Essentially, we are ruled via a highly integrated corporatocracy, regardless if you understand it, or believe it to be true.

This control-system is a sick beast. It’s out of alignment with natural law, which essentially means that it disrespects the golden rule. In layman’s terms, this universal law is to do no harm, respect each others shit, honor your contracts; that sort of thing.

Because the matrix of control aims to impose their centralized global dictatorship on all of us, including the disgraceful methods they’re choosing to achieve it, they’ve broken this divine contract. Therefore, their so-called ‘power’ is undermined by their own actions.

They essentially make themselves obsolete.

But we cannot keep our heads in the sand and do nothing; we still have to deal with this layer of truth in one way or another. After all, no great organizational change occurred by riding unicorns and staring at pretty fucking rainbows.

Simply, we have both a material and energetic responsibility to face this cancer of an order and replace it with something truly made out of justice and honor.

What then, should we replace it with? Well, this is one of the million dollar questions.



Related: Governments: The Enemy Of Freedom & Globalists Interviewed: They Admitted They Controlled The Government

Some people are fundamentalist anarchists who want zero government. Now I might be off target, but at least hear me out and then disagree with me if you wish.

Personally I find that proposition unrealistic, especially until every person in every country is at some stage of enlightenment where they won’t try to monopolize, tyrannize, subjugate or apply an array of other tactics of suppression, coercion and control.

In other words my view is that we ned to utilize the current operational system, at least in the transitional phase, because groups of people still exist who will fuck others over given the chance. So it makes more sense for ‘the people’ to ethically take control of the governmental system and transform it into one that honors the golden rule, at least initially.

Now I might be wrong about this, and I’m perfectly okay with that. And that’s my point; we can disagree about exactly where we go from here, but we still need to mobilize a voluntary team otherwise we’re all likely to be royally fucked.

I also see the inherent value of a money-less society because money itself is an evidence-based tool of scarcity, and therefore enslavement. It also naturally breeds excessive competition, inequality and greed. This approach could be achieved via some form of abundance-based economy, but I do realize this futurist design is unrealistic, at least in the short term.



Related: Many Scientific “Truths” Are, In Fact, False + A Scientist Explains Why "Everything Is Fucked"

But once again, I don’t have all the answers. No one does. I would suggest that most of us don’t want to be ruled, and therefore we’re all anarchists in the pure sense of the word, and that’s the first principle we can unite on. But how we transition to a ruler-less world is yet to be determined.

After all, oligarchical and tyrannical systems have been the norm throughout our so-called civilized history, not the exception.

So, given we need to integrate to undermine the mechanisms of the control-system, where are we at?

Unfortunately, the alternative media is in tatters. We’ve recently had a couple of big names surrounded by big controversy, causing further division. Many people are violently arguing about the shape of our reality.

The conspiracy rabbit hole and it’s multiple tunnels of truth and untruth have left many people poorly focused, as well as the truth-seekers significantly divided. The competing views on Trump has also resulted in more infighting.

In addition, many people think they have their shit sorted and are ‘enlightened’, but few appear to remember they’ve continuously changed their minds and behaviors since birth. Even if they have a good idea of what the fuck is going on, many fail to realize that this ride of ‘waking up’ is a journey, not a destination.

For example, there’s a couple of quotes which have been shared tens of millions of times, which say something like ‘be the change’ and ‘I’m wise so I change myself’, but they’ve been disgraced by all those who don’t bother to truly live by them.

The hypocrisy and inaction among the truth-seekers is painfully obvious.

Yet, we’re all hypocrites to one degree or another. We’re all going to evolve our beliefs in some way too. If we truly accept that we all have our weaknesses and contradictions, and that we’ve got philosophical and behavioral refinements that we’re yet to undertake, then it makes it very easy to accept one another as comrades.



Related: Degeneracy And Fundamentalism Of Western Media Control & Truth In Media

And it’s absolutely necessary at this point too. The concerning reality is that the entire freedom movement is in danger of becoming a running joke, not just to the outsider curtain hangers, but internally as well.

That’s one of the reasons why we really need to start fresh. If we begin by accepting that none of us 100% know what has, is and should be, then we will create a level playing field where we all have an opportunity to volunteer as equals on the team of truth and freedom.

If so, we will actually have a strong shot at finally unifying, which is the only bloody way we’re going to get anything seriously done.

Of course we’re already moving in a general direction, and there’s many agreements already subtly made. For example, it’s fairly clear there are certain concepts and primary targets that have manifested as a pattern within the independent media and the progressive mindsets. What follows, therefore, is a simple merger strategy that’s based on a few core values, and a few core systemic areas.

So let’s see how this resonates. In terms of values, do you personally agree with the following?

1.
We value love over hate.

2.
We value truth over lies.

3.
We value freedom over enslavement.

4.
We value happiness over suffering.

5. We value honor over disrespect.

6.
We value cooperation over competition.

7.
We value family and community over money.

8.
We value health over business.

9.
We value peace over war.

10
We value justice over injustice.


Sound fair? I’m going to assume that’s a yes, because otherwise you need some serious self-healing. Sorry (not sorry) to be so blunt, but your-self and your fellow-man are not your enemy.

In addition, if we agree on these values, they must be applied in every area of discourse. Of course there are areas where competition for example has its place, such as sport, but there is still cooperation first and foremost otherwise the game wouldn’t even be played.



Related: Liberty Or Freedom

So if these values can stand the test of time, that also means they will naturally dissolve any so-called rules and laws that contradict them.

In terms of the systemic issues, let’s see if we can at least agree on the Four M’s as our primary targets for change, which are Money, Medicine, Media and Management:

1. Money should be a sovereign public utility, not hijacked by private stakeholders and converted into a transnational banking cartel.

2. Medicine (including food) should be as natural as possible, as well as be inexpensively available to all who need it, not monopolized by the multinational giants and perverted into the toxin-rich, addictive and unnatural substances we have today.

3. Media should be based on truth, authentic journalism and what’s best for the people, not propagandized to create minions of the failing system.

4. Management of our society should be designed by and for the people, not by and for the corporate and oligarchical structures.


Is that fair too? Does the whole lot sit well with you? Let’s bloody well hope so.

So in saying all this, and of the thousands of people who read it, what will actually change to unite the world’s justice-seeking communities?

To be straightforward and realistic, most likely fuck all. In truth, I actually could care less if it’s this proposal either; if a group would like to design a basic unification strategy that we can agree on, please do so. No matter how it happens, it just needs to happen, and that’s the most important thing.



Related: Pulitzer Prize-Winning CNN Journalist Busted For Fabricating Fake News, Resigns From CNN + Google Gestapo Goes Full Nazi Against Independent Media - Hiding “Controversial Content” And “Redirecting” Searches

However, we really do need to show some solidarity, so this has been created as an opportunity for the fragmented independent media to stand together on some core values and systemic focal points.

We’re all in the position to share this information through our networks too, so if you more or less agree with this strategy for unification then there is nothing stopping you from doing so.

In addition, the recent issues arising from two key voices in the independent media has further shown that we shouldn’t be rallying around individuals, but instead be binding around some very simple and key agreements.

If so, we could use them as a framework for publicly debating how they relate to the behavior of governments, corporations, oligarchs and the system itself.

By continuously saturating our agreements and discussions into the collective consciousness, more and more people – working both inside and outside of the system – will be emancipated from the delusions they’ve been programmed to have.

After all, people are just people, and most of them deep down want the best for their fellow-man.



Related: Edward Snowden: 'The People Are Still Powerless, But Now They're Aware'

It would then continue as an education process for everybody who needs it, based on any agreements made. And as Max Igan suggests in the below interview, we could also organize a global day of protest to show unification around our quest for truth and freedom.

In any case, I primarily wrote this as an energetic injection because I know that somewhere lurking just beyond the veil, the many movements for truth and freedom have an innate capacity to put their differences to the side and come together as a peaceful force to radically transform our world into one of honor and justice.

Could this happen soon? Who knows; we’ve all been pleasantly surprised before.

For further information regarding where we’re at, and where we’re going, watch this new interview with the infamous Max Igan.




Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
The Dystopian Western World
March 7 2025 | From: PaulCraigRoberts / Various

The West is living the worst of Orwell’s 1984 and Raspail’s Camp of the Saints. As the second decade of the 21st century comes to an end, democracy and free speech no longer exist in the Western World. In all its respects, Western civilization no longer exists. [ Historical but Relevant ]



In the United States, which poses as the model for democracy, a presidential election has just been stolen in full view of everyone. 

Related: Act Leader David Seymour: Kiwis Need To Resist An 'Orwellian Future' & Zuckerberg Complains About FCC’s Lack Of Free Speech Regulations - Wants More Silencing Of Voices, But Especially Conservative Voices

There is expert testimony by qualified experts about how the voting machines and software were used to bias the vote count for Biden.

There are hundreds of signed affidvits of eyewitnesses who saw the fraudulent use of mail-in ballots to boost Biden’s vote count. 


We know for facts that dead people were voted, illegal aliens were voted, out of state residents were voted, and some precincts had more votes cast than there are registered voters and even residents in the precincts.

Despite the abundance of evidence, except for members of state legislatures in some of the swing states, no one is acquainted with the evidence. 

The presstitutes speak with one voice and deny that any evidence exists. So do the Democrat election officials in the Democrat-controlled counties in the swing states where the presidential election was stolen. 



Related: Peter Navarro Releases 36-Page Report Alleging Election Fraud 'More Than Sufficient' To Swing Victory To Trump + DNI John Ratcliffe Says There Was Foreign Interference In November Elections: Report

The courts have refused to even look at the evidence. 

The presstitutes misrepresent the courts’ refusals to examine the evidence as the judiciary’s ruling against the validity of the evidence despite the fact that no court has looked at the evidence.  

The level of hostility of Biden supporters toward those who protest the electoral fraud is extraordinary. Biden supporters threaten Trump supporters with loss of employment and with arrest and prosecution. 

Tucker Carlson on Fox News reviews the extraordinary situation here.

Radicalized blacks, unaware that they are being used by the Establishment, see the stolen election as their chance to rule and to displace white people. That the winner is the Establishment is beyond their grasp.  

It is obvious that if the evidence of election theft were bogus, the media would seize the opportunity to discredit President Trump and his supporters’ claims of electoral fraud by investigating the evidence for that purpose.



Related: "The Fraud Was Executed By Many Means": Sidney Powell "Releases Kraken" With Dual Lawsuits In Michigan, Georgia & The Greatest Electoral Heist in American History

The Supreme Court knows that that the evidence is real. Being an Establishment institution, the Court does not want to damage America’s reputation by ruling that the election was stolen.

Moreover, the Supreme Court Justices know that the American Establishment and its presstitutes would not accept a decision that the election was stolen

The Supreme Court understands that the Establishment intends to rid government of a non-establishment president who is hostile to the Establishment’s agendas, which include globalism, destruction of the American middle class, war, more profit and power for the ruling class, and fewer civil liberties for the governed class.

The American Establishment includes the Republican Party. 

In order to protect its agendas - war and US hegemony, the concentration of income and wealth, the elimination of the middle class which gave stability to the country and limited the ability of the Establishment to exercise complete control, and the overthrow of the First Amendment and our other civil liberties which limited the Establishment’s ability to control all explanations - the Establishment is willing to pay the price of the destruction of public confidence in American institutions.



Related: Trump - Existential Threat To New World Order

The Establishment assumes that it can use the ensuing conflict to its advantage. The country will be further split apart and less able to unite against the Establishment’s self-serving agendas.

Conservatives blame the presstitutes for the Russiagate hoax that for three years kept Trump from his agenda and the subsequent attempt to impeach Trump over false charges that he bribed the Ukrainian president. 

In actual fact, these efforts to destroy an elected president of the United States were orchestrated by the CIA and FBI.

It was CIA director John Brennan who alleged Trump was a traitor in league with the Russians, and it was FBI director James Comey who contrived false indictments and false prosecutions of General Flynn, Michael Cohn, Paul Manafort and Roger Stone hoping to extract in exchange for leniency false testimony against Trump.

It is difficult for patriotic conservatives to get their mind around the fact that the CIA and FBI, which they think protect Americans against Russian and Chinese communists and Muslim terrorists, are in fact internal enemies of the people of the United States.



Related: FBI Allegedly Obtained Hunter Biden Computer, Data On Ukraine Dealings, Report Claims & Obama, Clinton, Biden And Brennan Will “Hang For Treason” When This Evidence Comes Out… BOMBSHELL recordings prove they had Seal Team Six EXECUTED to cover up deep state crimes

Except for a few Internet websites unknown to the majority of the people in the Western world, the only information people in the West receive is controlled explanations that serve the agendas of the Establishment. 

Consider Covid, for example.  All experts who are critical of lockdowns, mask mandates, the suppression of effective treatments and the focus on vaccines, and who are skeptical of the seriousness of the pandemic are censored by the print and TV media and by Facebook, Twitter, and Youtube. 

And by experts I do not mean doctors and nurses brainwashed in their training by Big Pharma - who are skeptical of the agenda of public health authorities than experts who support lockdowns and vaccines.  

The presstitutes serving Fauci portray the dissenting experts’ views as “conspiracy theory.”  But clearly Dr. Kamran Abbasi, executive editor of the British Medical Journal and editor of the Journal of the Royal Society of Medicine, is not a conspiracy theorist. 

As I recently reported, he has this to say:


"Science is being suppressed for political and financial gain. Covid-19 has unleashed state corruption on a grand scale, and it is harmful to public health. Politicians and industry are responsible for this opportunistic embezzlement.

So too are scientists and health experts. The pandemic has revealed how the medical-political complex can be manipulated in an emergency - a time when it is even more important to safeguard science.

“The UK’s pandemic response relies too heavily on scientists and other government appointees with worrying competing interests, including shareholdings in companies that manufacture covid-19 diagnostic tests, treatments, and vaccines. 

Government appointees are able to ignore or cherry pick science - another form of misuse - and indulge in anti-competitive practices that favour their own products and those of friends and associates.


- PCR

Yet in place of such expert informed opinion, Western peoples only hear the ignorant propaganda from the bought-and-paid for whores on CNN, NPR, MSNBC, New York Times, Washington Post, and the rest of the paid liars.

There can be no democracy, no accountability, when people only have conrolled explanations that serve the ruling agendas.

The disrespect for free inquiry, the only known basis for the discovery of truth, is so powerful today throughout the Western world that even in the West’s most famous universities - Oxford and Cambridge - censorship is entrenched. 

Any student, especially a privileged “person of color” can brand any scientific fact, any historical fact, any expressed view or opinion to be “offensive.”  



Related: A Conversation On Race, Identity Politics And Slavery

Those found to be the most offensive are white people whose statues and memorials are being taken down at both Oxford and Cambridge. 

The founder of the famous Oxford University Rhodes Scholarships himself has been erased. 

Cambridge University’s white academics and administrators have accepted a person of color as their political commissar to control their lectures, choice of words, and reading lists in order to ensure that no truth can emerge that might be declared by some ignorant student “offensive.” 

Of course, white students cannot complain that it is offensive to denigrate the white creators of British accomplishments as racists.

The use of political commissars to control what can be spoken was the way Stalin controlled Russia. This Stalinist practice has now been institutionalized throughout the Western world in schools, universities, media, corporations, and government.

Oxford University, in an act of contrition, has proudly announced that admission to Oxford will no longer be based on the outmoded and racist concept of merit. 

Oxford University declared that the university is reserving 25 percent of its annual admissions to those unqualified to be at Oxford.  

How are those unqualified to be at Oxford to succeed in graduating? 

According to Oxford, before they begin on their degree studies they will be given up to two years in remedial preparation so that they become qualified to attempt receiving a degree.



Related: Hanne Herland Explains How Universities Became Globalist New Left Propaganda Tools And Enemies Of Free Speech

In other words, they will be coached through the process. Such an act of contrition cannot possibly be permitted to fail.

In other words, Oxford has abandoned merit and is discriminating against those students who displayed merit (and their parents who fostered merit) in favor of those who did not.

Twenty-five percent of those qualified to be at Oxford will not be permitted to be there in order that those not qualified to be there can be. This is what “affirmative action” amounts to.

Cambridge has abandoned academic freedom and subjected the knowledge of its distinguished faculty to censorship in subservience to the idea that truth can hurt feelings and be offensive. 

A university that values feelings more than truth is not a place where learning can take place.

In the event you think I am exaggerating the direness of the situation, here is an emeritus professor at the Uniersity of Kent in Canterbury explaining the factual situation: 



Related: A THIRD of British universities are in a free-speech crisis. Is ‘freedom’ just another word now?

The situation is so bad that even the professor himself is trapped in his opponents’ use of language. He refers to the truths under attack as the “dissident views.”

In the Western World the policing and censorship of thought and expression has now been institutionalized. 

As the native-born white inhabitants of these countries have no right or privilege to censor the attacks on them, they are set-up for second class citizenship leading eventually to extermination. 

Their civilization will proceed them in extermination. Indeed, it is already gone. White people are people without a culture and without a country.


Related Articles:

Orwell’s 1984 No Longer Reads Like Fiction - It’s The Reality Of Our Times & The Propaganda Ministry Known As “The Free Press”

Propaganda Machine NYT Opposition To Free Expression

Orwell’s 1984 No Longer Reads Like Fiction - It’s The Reality Of Our Times & The Propaganda Ministry Known As “The Free Press”

Eliminating Free Speech The Smart Way

It's Official: This Is Straight Out Of Orwell's 1984...



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The Man Who “Hacked” NASA & The AFSPC Gives A New Interview Describing What He Found
March 6 2025 | From: CollectiveEvolution / Various

The field of UFOlogy has long been muddled with disinformation campaigns and bad journalism, and sometimes this journalism includes infiltration efforts by intelligence agencies themselves.



This is clear given the fact that intelligence agencies have a direct relationship with journalists and mainstream media outlets, as there are declassified documents showing so. 

Related: Chilean Air Force Receives A Radar Return of A UFO Equal To The Size of Ten or More Aircraft Carriers

Operation mockingbird is a great example, not to mention all of the mainstream media journalists who have come out and said that mainstream media is directly influenced by intelligence agencies, governments and corporations.


In Brief:

The Facts: Nearly two decades ago, Gary Mckinnon of the UK accesses nearly 100 NASA and Department of Defence, including the US Air Force Space command. He faced extradition for 10 years after finding a picture of a UFO and a list of "non terrestrial officers."

Reflect On: How sheltered are we from certain information? Has 'national security' simply become an excuse to keep information concealed from the public to protect corporate and government interests?

When it comes to UFOs, we know that they’re real, but we also know that along with that reality there has been “an official campaign of ridicule and secrecy.” (Ex-CIA Director Roscoe Hillenkoetter)

Perhaps this ridicule campaign carries on today through some rather ghastly, unbelievable claims, but let’s not let that mask the fact that this phenomenon is indeed real, and there are a plethora of credible sources including documents, data, physical evidence, and more suggesting we’re not alone, and that we probably are being visited and have been visited by intelligent extraterrestrial beings from other worlds and possibly other dimensions.



Related: Former High Ranking CIA Agent Gives A Break Down On What The US Deep State And Shadow Government Is Comprised Of

A lot of this evidence has come from UFOlogist Richard Dolan, who has always been a key resource for me with regards to accessing credible information about the UFO phenomenon.

I find that it’s important to seek out proper researchers who share information in a credible and verifiable way, especially about a subject that can so easily be ridiculed when you are trying to reach the masses who don’t have much knowledge about it, but are genuinely curious.

I also feel that my generation of UFO researchers lack proper research and investigative skills, are easily influenced and swayed, and in the age of social media are simply trying to share whatever they can, no matter how credible, to simply ‘stay relevant,’ instead of doing it for the love and genuine desire to share important, truthful information.

Like I said, there are some rather ‘outside the box claims’ out there that have absolutely no credibility behind them, and to share those actually does more disservice to the movement, in my opinion.



Related: US Navy Confirms UFOs Are Real Using Two Videos of Mysterious Objects

On the other hand, there are some very outside the box claims and information that do indeed have tremendous amounts of credibility behind them, and these are the ones we should be paying attention to. One example comes from the case of Garry McKinnon, who for 10 years was in great danger of extradition to the United States for accessing nearly 100 NASA and military computers including the United States Space Command.

This was the real deal, and here is a clip of Obama and the UK Prime Minister at the time fielding a question about Garry, this breach made headlines new.

Garry was able to access these computers in real time and view files on them.

He found some startling pictures, one in particular was of a large cylindrical shaped UFO hovering in space, in addition to a strange spreadsheet document with a list of “non-terrestrial officers,” presumably belonging to a publicly unacknowledged branch of the United States military operating in space, as well as “fleet to fleet” transfers of materials, whatever that means.

I’ll let you listen to the interview below for more details straight from Garry McKinnon’s mouth, via Dolan’s Youtube Channel, where he also describes a high-resolution photograph, taken from space, of a smooth, cigar-shaped craft.





The Real Secret Space Program

Is there a secret space program, and have clandestine groups been reverse engineering ET technology?

Dr. David Clarke is an investigative journalist, reader and lecturer at Sheffield Hallam University in England.



Related: Scientific American admits: Extraterrestrials likely to be far more intelligent than humans… and we’re stupid to deny their existence

He was also the curator for The National Archives UFO project from 2008–2013, and regularly comments in national and international media on UFOs.

These documents reveal how the RAF expressed great interest in finding UFOs.

Dr. Clarke told The Daily Mail;


Even though they have been partly censored they can’t conceal the fact the UK military were interested in capturing UFO technology or what they coyly refer to as ‘novel weapon technology’…

And the files reveal they were desperate to capture this technology – wherever it came from – before the Russians or the Chinese got hold of it first….

Although this was 1997, Russia was still regarded as an undefeated enemy with a weapons programme regarded as a threat to the West.
"

The question is: Did they get one? More on that later…


“The military personnel who are encountering these phenomena tell remarkable stories.

In one example, over the course of two weeks in November 2004, the USS Princeton, a guided-missile cruiser operating advanced naval radar, repeatedly detected unidentified aircraft operating in and around the Nimitz carrier battle group, which it was guarding off the coast of San Diego.

In some cases, according to incident reports and interviews with military personnel, these vehicles descended from altitudes higher than 60,000 feet at supersonic speeds, only to suddenly stop and hover as low as 50 feet above the ocean."

Christopher Mellon, former Assistant Secretary of Defence.

We don’t know the answer to these questions, but we do know that the United States has a history of government agencies existing in secrecy for years. The National Security Agency (NSA) was founded in 1952, and its existence was hidden until the mid 1960s.

Even more secretive is the National Reconnaissance Office, which was founded in 1960 but remained a secret for 30 years.

We are talking about Special Access Programs (SAP). From these we have unacknowledged and waived SAPs. These programs do not exist publicly, but they do indeed exist.



Related: DECLAS, Disclosure And New Ascension Film Incoming

They are better known as ‘deep black programs.’ A 1997 US Senate report described them as “so sensitive that they are exempt from standard reporting requirements to the Congress.”  (Source)

We also know that there is a black budget to fund these programs.

Here is another great discussion with Dolan titled “Secret Space Program, Real Evidence.”


Are These Objects Extraterrestrial?

There are literally hundreds of people with extensive academic, political and military backgrounds, all the way to astronauts, who have been blowing the whistle for a very long time. 

Many scientific publications have also been made throughout the years describing strange and radar confirmed military sightings by military pilots. You can see some evidence and documentation from this article I wrote regarding the Chilean Air Force.

According to Herman Oberth, one of the founding fathers of rocketry and astronautics, “flying saucers are real and . . . they are space ships from another solar system.



Related: Whether You Know It Or Not, You’re Being Prepared For Contact With Extraterrestrials

I think that they possibly are manned by intelligent observers who are members of a race that may have been investigating our Earth for centuries.” (Oberth, Hermann: “Flying Saucers Come from a Distant World,” The American Weekly, October 24, 1954)  (Source 1) (Source 2)


“We have, indeed, been contacted - perhaps even visited - by extraterrestrial beings, and the US government, in collusion with the other national powers of the Earth, is determined to keep this information from the general public.”


- Victor Marchetti (Second Look, Volume 1, No 7, Washington, DC, May, 1979)

Another great quote:


“There are objects in our atmosphere which are technically miles in advance of anything we can deploy… we have no means of stopping them from coming here… there is a serious possibility that we are being visited and have been visited for many years by people from outer space, from other civilizations…

This should be the subject of rigorous scientific investigation and not the subject of ‘rubbishing’ by tabloid newspapers.”


Lord Admiral Hill-Norton, former Chief of Defence Staff, 5 Star Admiral of the Royal Navy, Chairman of the NATO Military Committee

The point is, if you believe some of these objects are indeed extraterrestrial, you are not alone. Couple these statements with the claims of thousands of individuals who have had contactee and abduction experiences who’ve shared remarkably consistent stories, it’s definitely a plausible hypothesis for the UFO phenomenon.


The Takeaway

What are the implications of extraterrestrial contact? Humanity will always go through paradigm shifting realizations that will jolt human consciousness.






Related: Joe Rogan “Pushed Over The Edge” About UFOs After His Recent Podcast With Bob Lazar

Right now, we have a lot of work to do here on Earth, and we should be focusing on cleaning up our planet and ridding it of greed, destruction, war, etc.

I feel that the ET reality is somehow connected to that realization, and the need and urgency that many of us feel regarding the planet and service to others.

What about you?


Related Articles:

New York Times Says Air Force, CIA Covered Up Reality of UFOs Major Media Shift in Stance on UFOs

Is US Navy Disclosing Extraterrestial Technology Via New Patents?

UFO Cover-Up Two Page Summary of Book Disclosure - Bottom Line is Repression of Unlimited Free Energy

Former US defense official: We know UFOs are real - here's why that's concerning

Victor Camacho Reveals Forbidden Extraterrestrial Archaeology From Mexico

Crowd of UFO fans seeking to ‘raid Area 51’ hits 1 MILLION despite US Air Force warning


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Cancer Industry Not Looking For A Cure; They’re Too Busy Making Money & Same Amazon.Com That Banned Cancer Cure Documentaries Now All In With Big Pharma’s Toxic Cancer “Treatments” Via Its New “Go Gold” Astroturfing Campaign
March 5 2025 | From: NaturalNews / CancerNews / Various

It may sound ridiculously cynical to some, but there are many who believe that cancer is too big a business (meaning too lucrative) to ever actually cure.



And they say the proof is in the numbers.

Related: Families seek answers for US rise in childhood cancers

If any of the existing low-cost, natural and alternative cancer treatments were ever to be approved, then the healthcare industry’s cornerstone revenue producer would vanish within months.

And Big Pharma isn’t about to let that happen. The industry is what is keeping us from a real cancer cure.

Consider how big a business cancer has become. In the 1940s, before all of the technology and innovation we see today, just one out of every 16 people was stricken with cancer; by the 1970s, that ratio fell to one in 10.

Today, one in two males are at risk of developing some form of cancer, and for women that ratio is one in three.



Related: The Man Who Discovered The Cause Of Cancer Wrote A Book On Curing It

Adds Health Impact, “We have lost the war on cancer.” The site notes further:


"The cancer industry is probably the most prosperous business in the United States. In 2014, an estimated 1,665,540 new cancer cases diagnosed and 585,720 cancer deaths in the US. 

$6 billion of tax-payer funds are cycled through various federal agencies for cancer research, such as the National Cancer Institute (NCI).

The NCI states that the medical costs of cancer care are $125 billion, with a projected 39 percent increase to $173 billion by 2020."

The belief among skeptics is that treating cancer has become an industry in and of itself, employing too many people while producing far too much income to permit a cure to be found (or approved).

Indeed, the current research on cancer medications is based on the presumption that the disease will grow (as will the market), not get smaller.



Related: World’s Elite Try To Wipe Out All Knowledge And Use Of Natural Cures, While They Privately Use Them For Their Own Longevity

A 2010 documentary entitled, Cut Poison Burn, by filmmaker Wayne Chesler, presented a number of powerful facts regarding corruption in the business of conventional treatments for cancer (surgery, chemotherapy and radiation) in the U.S.


Here are a number of quotes taken from the documentary that reveal why we’re no closer today than ever to a cancer cure:


"From 1920 to the present time, we have made little progress in the treatment of adult cancers. So, a person who gets prostate cancer or breast cancer today will live as long as a person who got it in 1920."

- Charles B. Simone, M.MS., M.D., Founder, Simone Protective Cancer Center


"Why are people terrified when they hear the word cancer? Because they know it [conventional cancer treatment] doesn’t work.”

- Dr. Julian Whitaker, M.D. Founder, Whitaker Wellness Institute

“Everyone should know that most cancer research is largely a fraud.”

- Dr. Linus Pauling 1986, Nobel Laureate

There are more, including the U.S. government’s own admission in patenting someone else’s potential cancer cure, that current treatments “are themselves carcinogenic” and may actually promote recurrences of cancer.

But you get the point: There is no real incentive to cure something that generates so much employment and profit; just imagine all of the cancer treatment specialists and their staff members who would be out of a job if this disease was ever cured.



Related: The 20 Biggest Cancer Lies You've Been Brainwashed To Believe By The For-Profit Cancer Industry + Cancer Cures Exposed: Natural Medicine Revealed As The Answer

As Natural News founder Mike Adams, the Health Ranger, has said, there is nothing in “modern” cancer treatment that results in true healing. The law and public policy have been established to prevent cures:


“Treating cancer with anything that actually works has been entirely outlawed in the United States, where ‘healing has become a crime,’ say independent observers. The conventional cancer industry isn’t interested in curing the disease; it’s interested in profiting from its continuation.”


Related Articles:

Bras Cause More than Breast Cancer: Preliminary Results of the International Bra-Free Study

Shocking vaccine truth: Hundreds of cancer genes are deliberately engineered into the MMR vaccine to promote cancer for generations to come

Health Ranger: In 2020, I’m going to publicly release a breakthrough, low-cost technology for making your own anti-cancer nanoparticle medicine at home, for pennies

The Deeper Reason For Drug Ads On Television & The Pharmaceutical Industry Is Largely Run By Leftists,
Stunning New Research Finds… Vaccine Mandates, Drugging Of Children, Chemotherapy And More


Ruth Bader Ginsburg has pancreatic cancer and received radiation treatments; too bad Google and YouTube are censoring all the cancer cures that really work

5G And IoT: A Trojan Horse + Wifi Linked To Cancer And DNA Damage, Says New Report: Here’s What To Do




Same Amazon.Com That Banned Cancer Cure Documentaries Now All In With Big Pharma’s Toxic Cancer “Treatments” Via Its New “Go Gold” Astroturfing Campaign

Jeff Bezos has launched a new propaganda campaign called “Amazon Goes Gold” that blatantly pushes the Big Pharma lie that chemotherapy is some kind of universal cure for childhood cancer.

Exploiting the heartbreaking story of a Texas girl who underwent chemo for stage 4 non-Hodgkin’s T-cell Lymphoma, The Amazon blog makes the suggestion that, even though chemo routinely harms and kills people, it’s still the best option for adults and children who are diagnosed with cancer.

Related: Chemotherapy May Spread Cancer And Trigger More Aggressive Tumors, Says New Research / Chemotherapy Found To Spread Cancer Throughout The Body, Warn Scientists

At the very same time that Amazon is banning all content about natural healing alternatives, Amazon Goes Gold is aggressively trying to indoctrinate its patrons into accepting the one-size-fits-all “remedies” offered by the multi-billion dollar cancer industry.

Plagiarizing the infamous “pink ribbon” campaign long promoted by the Susan G. Komen Foundation for breast cancer “awareness,” Amazon’s Goes Gold campaign shipped out gold ribbons with all Amazon orders during the month of September.

Amazon is also donating $4 million to the American Childhood Cancer Organization, Children’s Oncology Group, Seattle Children’s Hospital, the European Society for Pediatric Oncology, and St. Jude Children-s Research Hospital – all groups and organizations that reject natural alternatives to chemotherapy for treating cancer.


Amazonians across the globe will show their support by wearing pajamas to work in solidarity with children who often spend years living in their pajamas during treatment and recovery from cancer,” The Amazon blog‘s Dave Quigg explains.

For more cancer-related news, be sure to check out CancerSolutions.news.



Related: Berkeley Doctor Claims People Die From Chemotherapy, Not Cancer + Cancer Researchers Discover How High-Dose Vitamin C Kills Cancer Cells


Head of American Childhood Cancer Organization Used to Work at Pfizer

It probably won’t come as a surprise to learn that the head of the American Childhood Cancer Organization (ACCO), the first group mentioned as one of Amazon’s new allies, is a guy named Ken Wegner who used to be a lead scientist at drug giant Pfizer.

Wegner worked directly on “pharmaceutical product development,” according to his LinkedIn profile. He also worked as a scientist at Hospira, a global pharmaceutical and medical device company with operations similar to Pfizer’s.

What this suggests is that Wegner’s approach to childhood cancer as the current head of ACCO centers entirely around conventional “treatments” like chemotherapy and radiation that destroy children’s bodies by pumping them up with poison.

Children’s Oncology Group is similarly run by pharma-mongers like Peter C. Adamson of The Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia. Adamson is buddies with Paul Offit, a Big Pharma hack who believes that children can safely be injected with up to 10,000 vaccines at once and live to tell about it.

These and other Amazon Goes Gold partners, in essence, represent a who’s who list of some of Big Pharma’s biggest propagandists.

More important to them than actual healing is keeping the public under the delusion that chemotherapy is somehow a legitimate form of medicine that helps to fight cancer.



Related: Cancer Industry Now Admits That Chemo And Radiation Treatments Generate Huge Repeat Business & Repeat Profits

And Amazon is further doing its part to keep the ruse going by shipping all Amazon orders in “custom packaging” with a little gold ribbon to remind customers that they should immediately turn to chemotherapy the minute they or a loved one is diagnosed with cancer.

By couching this crafty little campaign in terms of good will and creating “awareness,” Amazon and the cancer industry are basically marketing conventional cancer “therapy” to the masses, which are increasingly waking up to safer and more effective alternatives that don’t cause potentially lifelong harm or even death.


Amazon: Chemotherapy is Expensive, So Get Out There and Fundraise to Help Pay for it!

Recognizing that chemotherapy is an excessively costly regimen that patients without insurance have gone bankrupt trying to pay for, Amazon is also reminding the public to fork over their hard-earned cash to help people pay for it as an act of charity.

Rather than advise its customers about cheaper, safer alternatives that might work without breaking the bank, Amazon is instead trying to raise more money to keep the conventional cancer industry fully funded, regardless of the harm it causes to many patients.


I had an allergic reaction to a chemo medicine that I was getting,” the young girl whom Amazon references in the blog article is quoted as saying about how chemotherapy harmed her. “It gave me pancreatitis. Then I became septic and went into multi-system organ failure.”

Several of the cancer documentaries that Amazon banned from its website and Prime services discuss alternatives that might have helped this poor girl without destroying her vital organs.



Related: Modern Life Is Killing Our Children: UK Cancer Rate In Young People Up 40% In 16 Years + 12 Things A Cancer Doctor Should Never Say

But rather than allow this helpful information to spread, Amazon has instead restricted all access to these resources, and is instead encouraging other children diagnosed with cancer to go down the same path – to their own demise.


“… some of the drugs and the chemo that they use are very, very harsh,” the girl’s father is quoted as saying about what his daughter endured.

“I just don’t think there’s enough research into how it affects kids – because they’re little, and they’re going to have the health effects of these heavy treatments for the rest of their life. As a parent going through all that, it’s frustrating because you don’t want them to deviate from the protocol, but this stuff makes your kid so sick.”


Related Articles:

CNN Admits The Health Ranger Has Been Right All Along: Sunscreen Chemicals Are Absorbed Into Your
Bloodstream Where They Can Promote Cancer

Cancer, Cancer Everywhere... But Not In The Elite's Presidential Suites

Monsanto Ordered To Pay $2 Billion To Cancer Victims & Bayer Discovers “Black Ops” Division Run By Monsanto, Shuts It Down, Initiates Internal Investigation As Law Enforcement Prepares Criminal Charges Against The Chemical Giant

Dangerous Products That We’re Unknowingly Using In Our Day-To-Day Life + The Cancer Risk To People Who Drink Chlorinated Water Is 93% Higher Than Those Who Don’t

Cancer Industry Plotting To Destroy The New Cancer Cure Developed By Israeli Scientists - The Attacks Have
Already Begun


How Rockefeller Founded Big Pharma And Waged War On Natural Cures

MMS Does Not Cure Stupidity


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
A Discourse On The Little-Known History Of The Global Banking System
March 4 2025 | From: GroupK / Various

There are things that happen that could change the world.




Here you will learn the truth about some publicly unknown (until now) historical incidents; offers that could have greatly assisted the United States of America – and the World.

Related: Footsteps Of The Amanah

These could have led to a major financial and economic recovery, BUT the offers were declined.

Few people in the entire financial world have a grasp of what really is the foundation of global wealth,  and even fewer know who are the people actually controlling this. 

Neil lays it on the line, naming the Rothschild corporate financial empire of Khazarian, Cabal, Deep State operatives whose objective is the annihilation of 90% of humanity through economic chaos and destruction as planned in Agenda 21 & 30 – and being currently implemented through a fake pandemic.

Most people are confused by the Western fraud-based financial system where money is created out of thin air with NO ASSET BACKING. 

This creates valueless FIAT colored paper of all denominations that are sold into rigged casino markets. 

They think that the FED, BIS, IMF and World Bank control the supply of money through DEBT and the major international commercial banks and their financial subsidiaries simply roll over new money 100 – 1,000 times before letting some of it enter the real economy.  



Related: The Connection Between 9/11, JFK And The Global Collateral Accounts

That is what most people see and think, but there is a much higher level that is unseen.

First, a brief historical background understanding is necessary. Traditionally and until the 20th Century MONEY was based on GOLD, precious metals and other real tangible assets.

Over centuries of trade, most of the gold made its way via the silk road to Asia and ultimately under the control of the Golden Dragon Family, a group of ancient Asian family representatives that few know about and even fewer ever meet.

The West’s gold is limited to a bit more held in Rothschilds’ Central Banks and is limited to a “recognized” 800,000+ metric tons and that is supposed to support the trillions in markeplace colored paper.

Now watch Neil’s interview closely and you will see him show on camera one of several authentic 1928 “gold coin” certificates that the Golden Dragon Family has placed in holding with the US Treasury

Each “gold coin” is worth 10.0 MILLION METRIC TONS OF GOLD VALUED IN EXCESS OF USD $800 TRILLION.

Think about that for a minute…

This and more was offered to President Obama and VP Biden and others in 2009 to stimulate the American automotive, airline and infrastructure industries.



This was DECLINED.

Instead the Obama / Biden Administration set about an 8-year campaign to destroy American industries, the Military and the Healthcare industry.




It should be understood that this relatively small group of Golden Dragon Family elite members essentially hold the fundamental collateral backing for the entire global financial system.

Their resources are enormous. It is estimated that 85% of the West’s (Rothschilds’) Global Collateral Accounts are actually owned by the Golden Dragon Family and their depositors. 

And that is only a small portion of their secured asset holdings.

It should also be seen that the Golden Dragon Family is dedicated to supporting global growth and humanitarian projects.

They are constantly monitoring national governments and offering assistance when and where necessary. This is now Neil’s job as The AMANAH.

The funding of the Global Collateral Accounts after WWII and the continued support of Western financial institutions and major economic developments can clearly be seen even though Western financial fraudsters have illegally abused and usurped their authority.

The Cabal-backed Crime Families controlling the US Corporate Government, of course, rejected the 2009 offer as this would financially and economically strengthen the US, which was counter to their agenda.

So it is now obvious that the Rosy Boys Gang fronted by Soros, The Bush / Clinton / Obama crime syndicate and all their bought-and-paid-for politicians, corporate heads and bankster buddies – certainly don’t want to let the cat out of the bag. Ooops! Neil just did that – again!

Watch and see him pull a few more nasty scratching cats out of his bag of tricks too!

See for yourselves how diabolical their plans have been and will continue to be if WE THE PEOPLE allow this.
 



Related: Ghost Money, Burnt Money And Dead Money

Neil is running in parallel to President Donald Trump in unrelenting efforts to CLEAN THE SWAMP.

He strongly supports the Trump Administration and behooves all who can vote to vote for the MAN.


The humanitarian offer presented to the former US President was made by Mr. Neil F. Keenan and Mr. Yamaguchi, for and on behalf of the Golden Dragon Family. 

The offer was made to Corporate Government of the US and was in fact quite an easy transaction to deal with seeing the FEDs held many of the notes. 

Despite the need to take care of said problems immediately, they neglected the offer and stated that they did not want to fix the problems and that they wanted the US to fall apart so they could ride their horses into the center of it all and make claim to a new era. 

The coming of their NEW WORLD ORDER. 


If so, then we are all dead and to avoid all this we must get out immediately and vote for our President Donald Trump. 

There are no more tomorrows if in any manner shape or form he loses. 

It is a must-win for we the people of this planet. 

Neil Keenan has battled the Cabal for over twelve years and knows them quite well. They also know him.

There are no tomorrows only todays at this point in time and you best get out and vote and be thinking of your loved ones when doing so.

If not then we cannot cry when our loved ones are taken from us by the New World Order never to be seen again. Remember 90 percent of the populace will be eliminated and know they will do this.

They have been doing it to us all along.

GET OUT AND VOTE TRUMP!

Your lives depend on it.





Related Articles:

The Global Accounts: The Truth, The Thieves, The Liars And The Con Artists

The Most Important Financial Meeting Since JFK’s Death Just Took Place

#TheStorm - How To Prepare For A Global Corruption Purge?


Archbishop Viganò: An Open Letter Warning President Trump As The Election Approaches


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
COVID: The Plan To Control The Whole World [ Historical But Highly Relevant ]
March 3 2025 | From: StopWorldControl / Various

This is not just an article, but a unique in depth overview of the globalist's strategy to use Covid-19 as an excuse to create global tyranny.




You will see how they suppress every effective cure for Covid-19, so they can enforce a very dangerous vaccine onto all of humanity. This vaccine will contain nanotechnology that connects us to artificial intelligence and start the process of transhumanism, making us hybrids that lose the ability to think freely. If you think that's insane, you're right. It is pure madness, but it's nevertheless the hidden agenda behind the vaccine for Covid-19.

Related: The Parallels Between 9/11 and Covid19

Nothing is about your well-being, but everything is about creating a world of control. Read the entire report to see the facts for yourself.


Important Note: Usually these articles are lead by the two most relevant pieces on the topic. In this instance, this article "The Plan to Control the World" is the strongest of all.

However, there are many other important linked articles within this piece, so please take your time to do your due diligence and review all linked articles. This is important, as will become apparent...

You will also see abundant evidence that the pandemic has been planned for decades and how everything is orchestrated with mass fraud, global bribery, unprecedented censorship and extreme corruption in media, and governments.

Don't read this if your time is limited. Choose a shorter topic here if you are in a hurry. If you want to get the full scope of what is happening in our world, and see all the evidence, then proceed.


"May you find the courage to face the truth, and experience how it awakens you to become a hero, who fights for the freedom of humanity.

- David Sorensen

100% Fact Checked: This is not a conspiracy theory, but a reality that can be fact checked in the many references at the bottom of this page.



Related: Australia Is A Full Scale Pilot Test For The New World Order & The Totalitarian Future Globalists Want For The Entire World Is Being Revealed


Cures for Covid-19 are Forbidden

While humanity is facing the worst nightmare in her entire existence, suddenly a sound of deliverance resounds: There is healing for Covid-19!

Thousands upon thousands of patients recovered from this horrible virus in a matter of days, without any side effects, without hospitalization and virtually without any deaths.

This incredibly powerful cure is an age old anti-viral medicine that has been used worldwide for more than 60 years: hydroxychloroquine.



Professeur Didier Raoult

Related: Covid 19 coronavirus: What you need to know about NZ's vaccine announcement

‘This is the end of the pandemic’ exclaimed one of the world’s most renown scientists, professor Didier Raoult from France.

Professor Raoult is the global expert on infectious diseases and personally treated more than four thousand covid patients with this safe, cheap and amazingly effective drug combo: hydroxychloroquone combined with azitromycine. Virtually all of his patients healed in a short period of time. (1)

In his footsteps followed medical doctors like Dr. Zelenko from New York (2) who healed over a thousand Covid-19 patients, and Dr. Stella Immanuel from Texas who saw 350 patients recover (78) without a single death. All over the world tens of thousands of covid patients recovered rapidly, thanks to this amazing treatment.


Several scientific studies confirmed how powerful HCQ is in defeating the coronavirus, especially in combination with zinc and azithromycine. (3)



Related: What Is The Real Purpose Of The Lockdowns? + How A False Hydroxychloroquine Narrative Was Created


Study From 2005 Proved Anti-Viral Effect of HCQ on SARS-CoV

The strong anti-viral effect of chloroquine on SARS-CoV had already been proven by an extensive scientific study by the NIH (which is directed by Dr. Anthony Fauci) in 2005.

The conclusion of this study was:


"Chloroquine has strong antiviral effects on SARS-CoV infection of primate cells. Chloroquine is effective in preventing the spread of SARS CoV in cell culture." (79)



Related: The Full Fauci Timeline: Sorting Fact From Fiction & Hydroxychloroquine: A Cardiologist's View + Trump Admits To Taking Hydroxychloroquine With Zinc As Preventative Measure


Professor Raoult, Dr. Zelenko, Dr. Emmanuel and many other medical doctors around the world saw thousands of covid patients recover in days, after being treated with HCQ + ZINC + AZ.


Hiding the Cure from Humanity

This should indeed have been the end of the pandemic, right there and then. So why is the world still suffering from this health crisis? Because something insane happened, which may be too absurd to believe... yet it's the sad reality we must be aware of.



Related: The Smoking Gun: Where is the coronavirus? The CDC says it isn’t available

After the tremendous success of this powerful anti-viral drug combo, several so called 'health' organisations' or 'medical' institutions around the world did someting nobody could have imagined, in even their wildest imaginations:

They conducted studies to prove to the world that this safe drug is no good and is in fact dangerous. They did everything in their ability to hide the cure for Covid-19 from humanity.


Fraudulent Studies Disqualify a Safe Drug for Covid-19

One such fraudulant study was released by one fo the world's most renown scientific institutions: 'The Lancet' from the United Kingdom. They published a paper that supposedly 'proved' how ineffective and actually harmful HCQ is. Result? The whole world started to reject this cure.

Shortly after the release of this study, several scientists exposed this report as a shameful scam. It was full of false data and had no scientific validity at all.



Related: Jacinda Ardern’s COVID Treason + Global Uprising Underway


Mass Murder by the World Health Organization

Another trial was done by the World Health Organization who tested HCQ on 3,500 patients in 400 hospitals worldwide. To everybodies horror as many as one third of all the patients... died!

As a result hydroxychloroquine was banned across the world.

One intelligent medical expert, Dr. Meryl Nass thought to herself:


"How strange... in the hands of real medical practioners HCQ heals tens of thousands of patients, with virtually no deaths, and in the hands of the WHO it kills a thousand people."

She took a good look at this study and discovered something horrendeous: the World Health Organization gave their patients absurd, lethal doses of HCQ. Dr. Nass revealed: (4)

The WHO tests use excessive, dangerous HCQ doses. These tests are not testing the benefits of HCQ on Covid-19, but rather testing whether patients survive toxic, non-therapeutic doses.


"WHO and other organisations have conspired to administer excessive doses of HCQ in order to increase the number of deaths. By doing this they rob billions of people of a safe and cheap medicine."

- Dr. Meryl Nass


America's Frontline Doctors Censored



Related: Banned from YouTube: America’s Frontline Doctors Hold 2nd Summit in DC

A group of physicians called 'America's Frontline Doctors' gave a national press conference, in which they openly declared:


"The media have been lying to you about Covid-19. We are here to tell you there are effective and safe treatments. Nobody needs to die. Nobody needs to go to hospital.

Most people who are treated with HCQ+zinc recover quickly. There is a cure, hydroxychloroquine works!"

The video of their press conference was viewed over 20 million times in one day... and was then removed by Facebook and YouTube. Their entire website was even taken down from the internet!

Massive censorship was applied to Americas Frontline Doctors, who told the world about safe and effective treatments for Covid-19. (5B)



Related: Over 7,000 Scientists, Doctors Call For COVID Herd Immunity, End To Lockdowns


'Stop Healing These People, or Else...'

In the Netherlands the family practitioner Dr. Rob Elens was treating his own dying patients with HCQ+zinc. They recovered in a matter of days. (6)

The government stepped in and commanded him to stop healing his patients with HCQ, or his license would be removed. Dr. Elens had to let his patients die...

He made several videos in which he informed the people about what was going on... but they were removed right away.

In one video he gave scientific information about several effective treatments for Covid-19. In less than a day YouTube got rid of it.


"The governments say there's no treatment for Covid-19. It's a lie. It's deception. They don't want to cure Covid-19 because... everyone has to get the vaccines."

-
Dr. Rob Elens, Medical center De Peel, The Netherlands


2,500+ Experts Sound the Alarm

The silencing of this physician however came too late. Hundreds of thousands of people had seen his messages and a storm of awakening was raging through their minds.

More than 2,500 medical experts and over 18,000 other people sent a letter to the government, expressing their deep concern about the suppression of a safe, cheap and effective treatments for Covid-19. (7)


"The current shaming, blaming and censorship of doctors who oppose government policy - which is to reject alternatives to a vaccine route - is extremely concerning."

-
Dr. Dick Bijl + 2,500 Medical Professionals



Related: Fauci Knew About HCQ In 2005 - Nobody Needed To Die & Criminal Big Pharma Put In Charge Of COVID-19 Vaccine


More Doctors are Silenced

In California two medical practitioners, Dr. Dan Erickson and Dr. Artin Massihi, examined over six thousand people and revealed their findings during a press briefing, that was viewed 5 million times. (17)

YouTube removed their video... and removed it again, and again, and again, and kept removing it as hundreds of people kept uploading it on different YouTube accounts.


Top Scientist is Silenced

The world renown epidemiologist Dr. Knut Wittkowski studied the lockdowns and revealed how they did nothing to prevent the spread of Covid-19. This internationally respected scientist shared his findings in a video, and was censored immediately. (7A)

Renown epidemiologist Dr. Knut Wittkowski revealed that lockdowns don't stop the spread of Covid-19... and was censored.



Related: Coronavirus: New Zealand's Dangerous Political Vacuum & Health Experts Feel Censored Over Alternative Lockdown Plan


Medical Blog is Removed

Dr. David Brownstein from Michigan succesfully treated over 120 corona patients using intravenous vitamin C, nebulized hydrogen peroxide, along with oral administration of vitamins A and D. (7B)


"We've treated over a hundred patients and they're all better. No one has been hospitalised or ventilated. We had a 100% success rate with this.

We treated patients who were very old and very sick and we thought they were dying. But these patients are getting better with these therapies."

Dr. Brownstein healed 120 corona patients. He was rebuked by the FTC and his entire medical blog was removed.


Free Speech is Gone

During this pandemic something very dangerous is happening: suddenly free speech has vanished from planet earth.

Only the narrative that is pushed by the big media is allowed. It's what the Nazis used to do. It's what happens in communist China. It's what Russia was known for. But it's not what the free world is used to….

Keep reading to see why they do this, so you can protect your life...


"If the freedom of speech is taken away then dumb and silent we may be led, like sheep to the slaughter."

- George Washington, First President of the United States of America


500 Corona Patients Healed

A respected medical doctor from Texas, Dr. Richard Bartlett, successfully treated over 500 Covid-19 patients with a 100% succes rate, using an well known asthma medicine Budesonide.

This is also used in Taiwan, Japan and Iceland, where only a handful of people have died from Covid-19, in populations of tens of millions of people!



Related: Robert F. Kennedy, Jr.: International Message for Freedom and Hope

In an interview with ‘America can we talk’ (7E) he shares how a lady who was already suffering from two cancers and whose body was weak from the chemo therapies, got Covid-19 on top of that. She was dying...

He treated her with Budesonide and a few days later she worked eight hour shifts again.

This effective medicine is however completely ignored by 'health organizations', governments and the media and is even denounced.


WHAT IS GOING ON?


Why did the WHO murder a thousand patients so they could ban an effective medicine for Covid-19? Why are medical doctors around the world being censored?



Vaccines are Pushed as 'the Only Answer'

The answer can be heard loud and clear throughout the media all over the world: humanity must be vaccinated against Covid-19. Governments are announcing a mandate to force every single person to accept this rushed vaccine, that has been hastily developed without proper safety testing.

The main voice calling for this, is the worlds leading vaccine dealer, Bill Gates. He became a billionare through his company Microsoft, but increased his fortune to over one hundred billion dollars by dealing vaccines. He said:


"Investing in the vaccine industry is the best business investment I have ever made." (29)

Right before the outbreak of the pandemic Gates tweeted:


"I am particularly excited about what the coming year could mean for one of the best buys in global health: vaccines."



Related: Medical Journal Calls for Mandatory COVID Vaccine: ‘Noncompliance Should Incur a Penalty’


A Whole New Level of Global Control

Bill Gates now wants to make sure the entire world population will buy his vaccines, by calling for a control system that will blackmail humanity.

According to this vaccine dealer only people who have been vaccinated against Covid-19 should be allowed to travel, go to school, attend meetings and work. (32)

Digital vaccine ID's are already being developed (34) and Gates has a patent on the technology that makes it possible to trace an individual's body anywhere. This technology is called WO2020-060606 (33). In addition, Gates wants to set up a global monitoring network, which will track everyone who came into contact with Covid-19 (34B).

Covid-19 is used to introduce a new level of authoritarian control.


Rushing an Unsafe Vaccine

The forced Covid-19 vaccine will be very dangerous for many reasons. First of all it is developed without satefy testing. Usually it takes 5-10 years to have a working vaccine, but now they are rushing it out in a matter of months! In the following 2 minute videoclip you hear Bill Gates say how side effects only show up after two years. He says they don't want to wait so long, and therefor skip the usual safety procedures.

This means they plan to inject a very dangerous, unsafe vaccine into all of humanity!

In this same sort clip you also hear how Gates discouraged president Trump to look into ill effects of vaccines... Known vaccine side effects include cancers, paralysis, auto immune desease, autism, brain damage and death.

The leading vaccine dealer in the world tells president Trump NOT to investigate the ill effects of vaccines...

Meanwhile he rushes an untested vaccine for all of humanity and wants to set up controlsystems to ensure the whole world will get these untested, dangerous vaccines, with side effects that only show up after two years...



Related: The COVID-19 Vaccine. The Imposition of Compulsory Vaccination with a Biometric Health Passport?


A Vaccine for a Mutating Virus?

The rush for a Covid-19 vaccine baffles scientists all over the world, because they all know SARS-CoV-2 is an RNA virus, which are famous for their rapid and numerous mutations.

Every vaccine is always multiple generations behind, and therefor per definition outdated. Dr. Mark Schleiss, a pediatric infectious disease specialist and investigator with the Institute for Molecular Virology at the University of Minnesota, says: (70)


"In the world of RNA viruses, change is the norm. We expect RNA viruses to change frequently. That’s just their nature."

This graph shows the dozens of mutations of the virus SARS-CoV-2 and more variations appear as we speak. (71)



Related: Big Pharma Is Policing the Approval of Its Own Vaccines


Practicing for the Pandemic

Vaccine dealers like Bill Gates plan to earn trillions of dollars with this pandemic, making this the single greatest business endeavor in all of history.

Could it be that this dazzlingly profitable project wasn’t a ‘surprise’ to them? Might they even have been involved in… creating it?

Before we jump to conclusions, let’s have a look at what preceeded the pandemic…

A few months before the outbreak, Bill Gates organized an event in New York City. Guess what the event was all about? It was a ‘coronavirus pandemic exercise’. Yes, you read that right:

Bill Gates organized an coronavirus pandemic exercise!

This ‘pandemic exercise’ was called Event201 and happened in September 2019, literally right before the outbreak.

The purpose of Event201 was to prepare the world for a coronavirus pandemic… which happened right after the event.



Related:
Manufactured Pandemic? Testing People For Any Strain Of A Coronavirus, Not Specifically For COVID-19 & An Open Letter To The New Zealand Police In A Time Of Covid-19


Announcing Corona Virus Outbreak

Also in September 2019 the Global Preparedness Monitoring Board released a report titled ‘A World At Risk’.

It stressed the need to be prepared for… a coronavirus outbreak!

On the cover of the report is the picture of a coronavirus and people wearing face masks.



Related: The post-COVID world that awaits

In the report we read the following paragraph:


"The United Nations (including WHO) conducts at least two system-wide training and simulation exercises, including one for covering the deliberate release of a lethal respiratory pathogen."

Did you catch that?


Outbreak from China Announced

In 2018 The Institute for Disease Modeling made a short video in which they show a flu virus originating in China and spreading all over the world, killing millions.

They called it ‘A Simulation For A Global Flu Pandemic.’
(64)



Related: Giuliani: Chinese Regime Let CCP Virus Escape to Damage the World in ‘Act of War’

During that same year Bill Gates publicly announced that a disease was on it’s way (!) that could wipe out 30 million people. He said this would probably be a flu like virus. Melinda Gates added that a natural or ‘engineered’ virus is humanities greatest threat. (65)

How did they know this so certainly?


Fauci Announced the Pandemic

During a preparedness event in Georgetown University in 2017 Anthony Fauci announced that during the first term of President Trump a pandemic would hit the world. He literally said:


"There will be a surprise outbreak!" (66)

How did Fauci know?


Movies Predicted the Coronavirus Pandemic

There were even movies made to prepare the world for this. The film ‘Dead Plague’ visualized a global pandemic with a coronavirus and… even mentions hydroxychloroquine as the only medicine that can defeat this disease.

Another film called ’Contagion’ shows how a coronavirus spread globally with social distancing face masks, lockdowns washing of hands etc. as a result. (74)



Related: Life Within The Matrix Is Our Future

Literally everything we see now, is predicted in detail in these movies.

Experts call this ‘predictive programming’ which means preparing the minds of people for what is about to happen...


Journalists Predicted Planned Pandemic

In 2014 an investigative journalist called Harry Vox, literally predicted a planned global pandemic and said why the ‘ruling class’ would do such thing:


"They will stop at nothing to complete their toolkit of control. One of the things that had been missing from their toolkit is quarantines and curfews. The plan is to get hundreds of thousands of people infected with it and create the next phase of control." (67)

Another investigative journalist Anthony Patch said the exact same thing during the same year:


"They will create a pandemic with a man-made coronavirus. As a result the people will demand a vaccine to protect them against this virus. This vaccine will contain material that changes the DNA of humans." (68)


"The plan is to get hundreds of thousands of people infected with it and create the next phase of control."

- Harry Vox, Renown Investigative Journalist



Related: Mainstream Media Is Trying Hard To Convince Us That “Plandemic” Is A “Conspiracy Theory” + The New Normal


Musician Predicted Pandemic

A little known rapper with the obscure name of Dr. Creep wrote a song in 2013 called PANDEMIC. This song is about a global coronavirus pandemic and in it he describes in detail what is going on today.

Seven years later, in 2020, his song suddenly became world famous, because one of the lyrics literally says:


"2020 combined with CoronaVirus, bodies stacking."

How is it possible that a rapper in 2013 predicted a coronavirus pandemic that would happen in 2020? The musician says:


"It is because I did research back in 2012, and read the so called “conspiracy theories”. You know, those investigations the media doesn’t want us to look into.

According to those theories pandemics were bound to happen in the decade of 2020 - 2030. So I wrote the song Pandemic about it. I have used my music for over ten years now to warn people and help them see what's going on in the world."

In 2013 a musician who studied ‘conspiracy theories’ wrote a song called ‘PANDEMIC’ in which he literally predicted that in 2020 a coronavirus would kill many and cause global economic collapse.



Related: Madness In Melbourne & Exposing The Occult Corona-Initiation Ritual


Depopulate the Earth by Means of Organized Epidemics

Dr. John Coleman is an Intelligence Officer from the CIA. This CIA officer wrote a book called 'Committee of 300' in which he explains how secret societies manipulate governments, health care, every industry, the media and so on. This book can be found on the website of the CIA. (75) One of their goals is to depopulate the earth. Dr. Coleman says the following about their strategy:


"At least 4 billion 'useless eaters' shall be eliminated by the year 2050 by means of limited wars, organized epidemics of fatal rapid acting diseases and starvation."

- Dr. John Coleman,, CIA Intelligence Officer


Maintain Humanity Under 500,000,000

In 1980 a granite monument was erected in Georgia, called the Guidestones. (76)



Related: Mysterious Georgia Guidestones Get Strange 2014 Update

A set of 10 guidelines is inscribed on the structure in eight modern languages and a shorter message is inscribed at the top of the structure in four ancient language scripts. The first guideline goes as follows:


1. Maintain humanity under 500,000,000 in perpetual balance with nature.

This is rock solid evidence that powerful but hidden entities focus on eliminating most of the global population. The CIA officer who spent his life studying these groups, revealed that one their methods to ‘maintain humanity’ is to cause pandemics.

During a TED talk Bill Gates echoed this goal, when he literally said that vaccines can be used to reduce the world's populatin with 10 - 15%! (39)


"There are now 6.7 billion people on earth and soon there will be 9 billion. However, we can reduce that number by ten to fifteen percent if we do a good job with vaccinations, health care and birth control."

-
Bill Gates, Vaccine Dealer


'Scenario for the Future'

Besides reducing humanity there is another motivation for creating global pandemics. According to the aforementioned investigative journalist Harry Vox they also serve to implement higher levels of authoritarian control in our society.

This renown researcher refers to a famous document by the Rockefeller Foundation in which everything we see happening now is literally predicted in great detail:

The global pandemic, the lockdowns, the collapse of the economy and the imposing of authoritarian control.

It's all described with terrifying accuracy... ten years before it happened!



Related: The Entire Rockefeller Eugenics COVID-19 PLlan Exposed - President of Ghana

The document is titled 'Scenario for the Future of Technology and International Development'. (77)

That says it all: A scenario for the future.

It has a chapter called 'LockStep' in which a global pandemic is reported as if it happened in the past, but which is clearly intended as a rehearsal for the future. Here are a few quotes:


"The pandemic also had a deadly effect on economies: international mobility of both people and goods screeched to a halt, debilitating industries like tourism and breaking global supply chains."


"Even locally, normally bustling shops and office buildings sat empty for months, devoid of both employees and customers."

That is literally what we have seen all over the world, and here we see how it was described in this 'Scenario for the Future' by the Rockefeller Foundation in 2010.

The 'Scenario for the Future' continues with comparing two different responses to their predicted pandemic: the USA only ‘strongly discouraged’ people from flying, while China enforced mandatory quarantine for all citizens.

The first response is accused of spreading the virus even more, while the imposing of a suffocating lockdown is praised.

Then it goes on to describe the implementation of totalitarian control:


"During the pandemic, national leaders around the world flexed their authority and imposed airtight rules and restrictions, from the mandatory wearing of face masks to body-temperature checks at the entries to communal spaces like train stations and supermarkets."



Related: New CDC study showing majority of people infected with coronavirus wore MASKS only demonstrates yet again that the tests aren’t reliable

Clearly the flexing of authority is the desired response. But it gets worse…


"Even after the pandemic faded, this more authoritarian control and oversight of citizens and their activities stuck and even intensified."


"In developed countries, this heightened oversight took many forms: biometric IDs for all citizens, for example, and tighter regulation of key industries whose stability was deemed vital to national interests."

According to this 'Scenario for the Future' written in 2010 a global pandemic must result in increased control, where people gladly surrender their freedom, in order to feel safe again.

Ten years later that is exactly what happens. A virus spreads across the world, a total lockdown is imposed and governments apply unprecedented tyranny.


Handbook for Global Control

Now that the announced pandemic is indeed here, the same Rockefeller Foundation came forward with step two: A handbook on how to implement new control systems during this pandemic. (55)

Only when all the required control networks are in place, can the world open up again.



Related: When The Rockefeller Trilateral Commission Exposed Its Own Secret

When you combine the two Rockefeller documents, you see the plan:

1. First they announce a global pandemic with a coronavirus and say what it should lead to: a whole new level of authoritarian control.

2. Secondly they give practical steps on how to apply this control system.

These are illustrations and quotes from their guide:



Related: “Contact Tracing”, A Certified Contact Tracer Exposes the Truth


"Digital apps and privacy-protected tracking software should be widely used to enable more complete contact tracking."


"In order to fully control the Covid-19 epidemic, we need to test the majority of the population on a weekly basis."



Related: The Microchip Is HERE: DARPA Biochip to “Save” Us from COVID Can Control Human DNA

According to their 'Scenario of the future' written in 2010, the entire world population should get a digital ID that indicates who has received all the vaccines.

Without sufficient vaccinations, access to schools, concerts, churches, public transport etc. will be denied. Now in 2020 that is exactly what Bill Gates and many governments are calling for.


"Even after the pandemic faded, this more authoritarian control and oversight of citizens and their activities stuck and even intensified."

- Rockefeller Foundation


Everyone's Contacts Must be Checked

In a leaked government video (52C) we see a conversation between former American president Bill Clinton and Andrew Cuomo, the governor of the state of New York. They discuss how to set up a large control system to test the entire population and check all their contacts.

They discuss how to build an army to carry out this control system.


"Hundreds and hundreds of control agents must be appointed. They test everyone and then check all their contacts. This has never been done before on this scale. This is an army of interrogators who will check everyone's contacts."

- Andrew Cuomo, Governor of New York



Related: COVID-19 And The War On Cash: What Is Behind The Push For A Cashless Society? & Will COVID-19 Break Our Cash Habit?


Death by Vaccine...

The strategy is clear: cause a global pandemic in order to enforce unprecedented levels of authoritarian control.

This means people lose their most basic freedoms and rights and become slaves at the merciless hands of power hungry billionaires who will pull the strings on vaccines, digital ID’s, contact tracing etc.

The keyword here is 'vaccines'. These will be the golden key to lock the global prison doors: 'Everybody must get our vaccines or they will be excluded from normal life.'

What most of us don't know however is the heartwrenching devastation vaccines have caused to millions around the world. The US government recently payed over 4 billion USD in damages to people whose lives were destroyed by vaccines.


Global Dramas Through Bill Gates' Vaccines

Robert F. Kennedy Jr. is a relative of the late president John F. Kennedy who was murdered because he exposed the corruption of the CIA. Robert Kennedy Jr. obviously inherited the passion for truth and freedom, as he did an in depth investigation in the vaccine business of Bill Gates. In a devestating report he exposes many worldwide drama's caused by Gates' vaccines. Below are some facts from this shocking report. (37)

While polio (poliomyelitis) was decreasing worldwide, Gates began massively treating children in India with a vaccine.

Suddenly almost half a million cases of severe poliomyelitis occured!

Over 500,000 children were crippled and deformed for life! The World Health Organization eventually admitted that Gates' vaccine program was guilty of this. In Congo, the Philippines and Afghanistan similar epidemics were caused by Bill Gates' vaccines.



Related: Bill Gates Says World Won’t Return to Normal Until “A Lot of People” Take a Second COVID Vaccine

In 2014, an experimental vaccine was tested on 23,000 girls in India. One thousand suffered serious damage, including autoimmune diseases and infertility. Seven girls died.

In 2010, Gates funded an experimental malaria vaccine in Africa, causing the death of 151 children. Of the 5,049 children tested, 1,048 suffered serious side effects such as paralysis, epileptic seizures and convulsions.

In South Africa thousands of children were vaccinated against their will. Hundreds were paralysed! South African newspapers wrote:


"We're guinea pigs for drug manufacturers."

In 2014, Gates claimed to have a safe vaccine against tetanus. In reality, it was a poison that made women infertile. Millions of women lost any chance of having children. Similar accusations come from Tanzania, Nicaragua, Mexico and the Philippines.


'Maybe We Should Have a Safety System...'

In the following videoclip you can see how Bill Gates talks about injecting genetically modified organisms in the arms of little kids. He laughs about it!

Then he says: "Maybe we should have a safety system…" which means he doesn’t have them!





Related: Bill Gates and MIT unveil quantum dot technology to mark children’s skin so they can be scanned for vaccine compliance


WHO Concerned About Vaccine Damage

A secret meeting of vaccine specialists of the World Health Organization shows how dangerous vaccines are. They met to express their concern about the deaths caused by vaccines and its long-term harmful effects.

This information was not supposed to leak out, but an honest person who had access to the footage of the secret meeting made it public. Here's what they said among themselves: (38)


"We cannot overemphasize the fact that we really don't have very good safety monitoring systems in many countries, ...

we're not able to give clear cut answers when people ask questions about the deaths that have occurred due to a particular vaccine."

- Dr. Soumya Swaminathan, Chief Scientist, World Health Organization


"The major health concerns which we are seeing is accusations of long-term, long-term effects."

- Dr. Martin Howell Friede, Co-ordinator, Vaccine Research Initiative, World Health Organization


"Our healthcare professionals are beginning to question the safety of vaccines."

- Professor Heidi Larson, Director of Vaccine Confidence Project



Related: Bill Gates, HR6666, Remdesivir, Deaths In Italy + Trump Lays Groundwork To Ban Mandatory Vaccinations Across U.S.


Bill Gates Controls the W.H.O.

Since the World Health Organization is all too aware of the deaths and long terms health damage caused by their vaccines, one would expect them to be very careful with vaccines, right? On the contrary: the WHO is the main force pushing for a mandatory vaccine. Why would they do this?

The answer is that their main financial supporter is Bill Gates, who happens to also be the world’s number 1 vaccine dealer.

All this becomes even more disturbing if we realize that this same WHO murdered over a thousand people worldwide, by giving them lethal doses of hydroxychloroquine, in order to put this safe medicine in a bad light. As Dr. Meryl Nash said earlier:

By doing this they rob billions of people of a safe and cheap medicine.

This may contribute to the prolongation of the pandemic, massive economic losses and many more deaths.



Related: Belgian Health Experts Demand Full Investigation into WHO for Faking COVID-19 Pandemic


Crimes Against Humanity

The millions of lives severely damaged by his vaccines, coupled with his plan to reduce mankind by 15%, have prompted half a million people to take steps.

A petition has been submitted to the White House with 600,000 signatures, demanding that Bill Gates be investigated for 'crimes against humanity' (40).



Related: “Crimes Against Humanity”: The German Corona Investigation. “The PCR Pandemic”


Facebook Censors Vaccine Information

How come most of us are not aware of how dangerous vaccines are? Because information about vaccine damage is censored by the big media, who are either owned or bribed by vaccine dealers. During an official interrogation by the U.S. government, the owner of Facebook, Mark Zuckerberg, was questioned about this.

The congressman began the interrogation by referring to the billions of dollars being payed to compensate people who were severely damaged by vaccines.

He then asked Mark Zuckerberg why Facebook keeps people away from information that warns them of these dangers. Zuckerberg replied that they do, because everyone should get all vaccinations (42). Zuckerberg remained visibly unmoved by the far-reaching devastation that vaccinations cause to many people.


"Facebook censors information about the dangers of vaccines, because we want everyone to be vaccinated."

- Mark Zuckerberg, CEO of Facebook



Related: The Purpose of the Orchestrated Covid “Pandemic” Is to Create a Dystopia in which there Is No Human Independence


CDC Destroys Evidence

A few years ago, research was done into a possible link between vaccines and autism. The research was carried out by the American Centre for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC).

The results were astonishing: there indeed appeared to be a direct connection. So what did they do? All the researchers came together and a large dustbin was placed in the middle of the room.

In it they threw all the documents that showed the link between autism and vaccinations. Thus, the evidence was destroyed.

Subsequently, a so-called 'scientific' article was published in the authoritative medical magazine Pediatric, stating that vaccinations do not cause autism. However, a leading scientist within the CDC exposed this crime (44).


"I was involved in misleading millions of people about the possible negative side effects of vaccines. We lied about the scientific findings."

- William W. Thompson, PhD., Senior Scientist CDC



Related: Michael J. Burry (The Weird Genius In The Movie “The Big Short”): “End The Lockdown” & Bill Gates Calls For A “Digital Certificate” To Identify Who Received COVID-19 Vaccine + AG Barr ‘Very Concerned’ Over Bill Gates’ ‘Digital Vaccine Certificates,’ Calls Lockdown Measures ‘Draconian,’ Wants Gone By May


Experts are Warning Us

In almost every nation of the world there are organizations that inform the general public about vaccine damage. Many documentaries have been produced to reveal the devastation caused by vaccines, like the renown movie VAXXED.

In this historic film people across America testify how their children are suffering severely from vaccine damage.

Many children become autistic, lose their mental abilities, voice and even ability to walk.

I posted a link to the documentary VAXXED on this page but a few days later it was removed by YouTube. The way information about vaccine damage is being censored is extremely concerning and should alarm every person on this planet. It reveals how the agenda to vaccinate humanity is aggressively pushed.

Meanwhile respected medical experts keep raising their voices...


"Many vaccines are infected with gamma-retroviruses, because they use viruses grown in infected animal cell lines. This leads to diseases such as chronic fatigue syndrome, autism, cancer, leukaemias and lymphomas."

- Judy Mikovits, PhD., Cellular and Molecular Biologist


"The vaccination process, by its very nature, entails significant risks of illness, injury and death, which are persistently denied and covered up by the manufacturers, the CDC and the doctors who speak out in favour." (47)

- Dr. Richard Moskowitz



Related: International Group of Medical Doctors Call COVID-19 A Hoax


Animals and Aborted Babies

One of the reasons that vaccines can be fatal or cause serious disabilities is the fact that they contain material from... monkeys, pigs and calves. In addition, tissue from aborted babies is used. During an official interrogation, the godfather of vaccinations, Dr. Stanley Plotkin, was questioned.

He confirmed that material from monkeys, pigs, calves and murdered babies is used in vaccines. (48)



Related: Sesame Street Offers “New Normal” Brainwashing for the Very Young and Vulnerable


Ignorant Politicians

The tragedy is that most government leaders know nothing about vaccine damage. An interview with the Prime Minister of the Netherlands, Mark Rutte, illustrates this. A journalist asked him what he thinks about the dangers of vaccines. The answer of this prime minister is shocking: (49)


"I don't know anything about that. I've never thought about the dangers of vaccinations."

- Mark Rutte, Prime Minister of The Netherlands


Deception in Health Organisations

Nelleke Bakker worked for 25 years at the Dutch government department for health, in the vaccination department. She discovered more and more how much deception there is. Eventually, she quit. Nelleke says: (51)


"The RIVM website is full of unsubstantiated assumptions and outright lies. And the vast majority of employees appear to know as little about the risks of vaccination as the average citizen."

- Nelleke Bakker, Worked for the RIVM for 25 Years



Related: WHO (Accidentally) Confirms Covid is No More Dangerous Than Flu


'At Least 700,000 Will Suffer'

In an interview with the CNBC Bill Gates made a disturbing statement concerning the covid19 vaccine. (36)

First he declared that flu vaccines do not work with elderly people. Isn't that interesting?


Billions of dollars are made every year by selling flu vaccins to elderly people all around the world, and here we have the world's number one vaccine dealer openly admitting they don't work!

Gates added that because of this, the covid19 vaccine will have to be boosted to make it extra potent, in the hopes that it might also have some effect on the elderly.

There is however a severe risk with this. As vaccines become more agressive, the long term destructive side effects also increase dramatically.

Gates said that at least 700,000 (!!!) people will suffer from this and therefor governments will have to be involved, to pay damages. (36)


"At least 700,000 people will suffer from the side effects. That's why governments will have to be involved to pay damages."

- Bill Gates, Vaccine Dealer



Related:Sweden Refuses to Impose New Lockdown Measures, Saying People Have Suffered Enough


Multiple Doses Will be Needed... 'Like We Hoped'!

Bill Gates even stated in an interview with CBS (69): 'we don't know of these vaccines will work' and that therefor 'multiple doses will be required'. But then he says something that reveals his true nature and motivation:

"None of the vaccines at this point appear like they'll work with a single dose. That was the hope at the very beginning."

That was the HOPE at the very beginning? Are you kidding? Let that statement get through to you...



Related: A DARPA-Funded Implantable Biochip to Detect COVID-19 Could Hit Markets by 2021


50% Have Adverse Reactions

Not only will every vaccine for covid19 always be outdated (as is also the case with flu vaccines!), they are already proving to be very dangerous.

During a trial of a covid vaccine by Moderna, half of the trial participants had immediate adverse reactions. (73)

What the long term health damage to these people will be is not clear yet. But real life experience with vaccines shows that the worst health damage always occurs months and even years later.


Bribed by Billionaires

As we saw previously major health organizations in many countries blatantly lie to the people, they are payed to protect. Why is that? The answer is as terrible as it is vulgar: They are funded by the vaccine dealers.

For example the Dutch National Institute of Public Health openly acknowledge that Bill Gates is their financial sponsor. (52)

The Italian politician Sara Cunial vigorously raised this issue in the Italian Government. This courageous lady accused the heads of government of Italy of bribery by Bill Gates. She said to the Italian president: (52B)

"Dear President Conte, tell us how to define you: The lawyer's friend who takes orders from a criminal."

"Next time you get a call from the philanthropist Bill Gates, forward it directly to the International Criminal Court for crimes against humanity."

The fact that many leaders in our society are bribed to play dirty games was publicly confirmed by the well-known British politician Nigel Farage. In a frank interview with the Dutch reporter Robert Jensen, Farage stated:


"For years, they've been trying to bribe me with luxury and wealth. As a successful businessman, however, I was already living like this, so it didn't work with me.

The other politicians within the EU do fall for it.

They get an astronomical amount of money and don't want to miss this luxury anymore. That's why they play the game."


- Nigel Farage, Well-Known British Politican



Related: Quarternary Weapon System Activated Before Each Coronavirus Cluster Explosion


Media is Bribed

The reality of large scale bribery was exposed by German Journalist Udo Ulfkotte who was an editor for one of Europe's largest newspapers, the Frankfurter Allgemeine Zeitung (FAZ).

He wrote the book 'Bought Journalists' in which he confesses how he and his colleagues were bribed for decades by American billionaires, the CIA, the German secret service and various shadow governments to write nothing but lies.

In the video below he makes the following confession:


"I've been a journalist for 25 years. I was taught to lie, to betray and to never tell the truth to the public. ... I was bribed by American billionaires to report... not exactly the truth." (26)

- Journalist Udo Ulfkotten





Related: The Chinese Lockdown-And-Mask Model Failed. Now Its Proponents Need Scapegoats


Billionaires Buy the World

The reality is that super rich billionaires have the ability to virtually control the entire world, simply by buying politicians, media and all kinds of organizations.

If you search the internet, you see countless articles praising Bill Gates for his 'generous donations' to different entities.

He is always portrayed as their 'savior', but the reality is that he buys himself into these groups, so he can control them.

Gates works closely with the famous Rockefeller Foundation, who bought a lot of the world's education, media, agriculture, food industries, and so on. Much more can be revealed about this, but we need to focus on the current issue, which is the plan to vaccinate mankind and set up global control.


Warning for Global Tyranny

Prominent leaders within the worldwide Catholic Church wrote an open letter to warn mankind. Below you can read some excerpts from this letter which was compiled by Archbishop Carlo Maria Viganò, Cardinal Gerhard Müller, Cardinal Joseph Zen and Cardinal Janis Pujats. (59)

Based on official data on the spread of the epidemic and the number of deaths, we have sufficient reason to believe that there are forces interested in causing panic among the world's population with the sole aim of imposing permanent and unacceptable restrictions on their freedom of movement.

The imposition of these illegal measures is a disturbing step towards a world government that would escape all control.

We must not allow centuries of Christian civilization to be erased under the pretext of a virus, and replaced by an abhorrent technological tyranny, in which nameless and faceless individuals can decide the fate of the world by relegating us to a virtual reality.


"The imposition of these illegal measures is a disturbing step towards a world government that would escape all control." (26)

- Archbishop Carlo Maria Viganò



Related: The Global Capitalist Cage and the Corona Crisis: “Solutions” by Those Who Have Created “The Problems”


Join the Global Freedom Army!

What can we do about this? A lot! History shows that every attempt to impose global dictatorships always failed. There is more than evil in this world. Whether you are a person of faith or not, we all know there is good as well.

And throughout human history we see that ultimately good always conquered evil. So there is hope!

How can we fight this evil? We must understand that it works through deception.

As you will see in the remainder of this in depth documentary, there is massive deception working in our world.

Covid numbers are fraudulently inflated, patients are being murdered in hospitals, doctors are forced to report fake covid cases, fake hospital and test sites are set up to lie to the people, and much, much more deception is going on.

But before you read about this shocking global fraud with covid numbers, I encourage you to make a decision to take action against this crime.

Please become part of a global army of freedom warriors.



Related: The Global Fascist State: Physical Control Of The Global Population Is Impossible

Truth will empower you to protect yourself and your beloved ones against the grab for power by these billionaires.

So please don't hesitate. Nobody wants to get another email with useless information. However we all need to be informed accurately about this world crisis and be strengthened to resist this global crime.


Exposing COVID Fraud

The second part of this documentary might shock you even more, as it exposes a level of global corruption and fraud, that nobody could ever imagine. Yet it is a dark reality in our world, that needs to be brought into the light, if we want to deal with it.

I encourage you to open your eyes for it, don't deny obvious realities but be brave.

If we stand together as humanity, we can take this down. But we must be willing to see what is going on, shake off any irrational denial because we are afraid, and rise up as courageous warriors of truth.

Everything you will see here can be checked in the dozens of sources at the bottom of the page. We don't ask you to blindly believe everything - as many do with the corrupt media (!) - but I encourage you to do your own research, check the sources, and come to your own conclusions.

It's time to set humanity free from the greatest scam the world has ever seen. The virus is real, people die from it, but there is something going on that goes way beyond that...

See it with your own eyes.



Related: ‘Lockdown Is More Harmful Than COVID’ – Stanford Professor of Medicine


Murder in New York

New York is the epicenter of the covid-19 pandemic. In the heart of New York is the famous Elmhurst hospital where supposedly more people are dying from this virus than anywhere else in the world.

It's literally the epicenter within the epicenter of the pandemic.

For this reason, an experienced nurse from Florida, Erin Olszewski, decided to go there to help with the crisis. What she saw in this worldfamous hospital, however, filled her with so much horror, that she decided to take a hidden camera with her to film what was going on.

Patients who repeatedly tested negative for covid-19, are still registered as 'confirmed covid-19' and treated as such. They are put on a respirator in a covid ward... which causes them to die.

In a revealing documentary by Journeyman Pictures, this nurse talks about the crimes she constantly sees happening in Elmhurst. She shows on her smartphone how a patient indeed tested negative for covid-19 twice... and yet was registered as 'confirmed' covid-19'. (8)

She explains that this happens all the time in Elmhurst: Deception and murder resulting in high covid-19 mortality rates that are trumpeted.



Related: The Big Read: Three things to know about NZ's big Covid-19 vaccine roll-out


"People come in with respiratory problems due to fear, because everyone is afraid. They're tested negative for covid, but are still put on a ventilator, causing them to die."

- Erin Olszewski, Nurse at Elmhurst Hospital, New York


Patients are Murdered

A similar testimony comes from an anonymous nurse at another hospital in New York. This woman cries out in sheer despair, about the murders she constantly sees happening on her ward.

Every time she said anything about it, she was moved to a different department.

All her attempts to knock on the door of official bodies proved fruitless. In the end she made a video which she shared on the internet (8B).


"People, I'm not stupid. I know some people are dying of Covid, but people are literally being murdered here. Yeah, because if you put someone with a stable heart rate of 40 on the defibrillator, that's murder. And if you increase the pressure too much and inflate their lungs from the inside, that's murder."

- Nurse from New York



Related: The Coronavirus COVID-19 Pandemic: The Real Danger is “Agenda ID2020”


'Orders from Above'

On Facebook, a video had four million views, in which Lena Kay tells how her father had died of Alzheimer's disease. (9) When they received the death certificate, they were surprised to see that it mentioned covid-19. She wanted to have this wrong information corrected and contacted the family doctor. His answer was shocking:

"Orders from above by the National Health Service. Anyone who dies during this period should be registered as covid-19."

A friend of her family died during the same period from heart disease. On his death certificate covid-19 was also mentioned. His family members were furious and called their family doctor, who gave exactly the same disturbing answer:

"Orders from above, we must put covid-19 on every death certificate.' The doctor acknowledged they're under a lot of pressure to do this."


"The general practitioner replied: "Orders from above by the National Health Service. Anyone who dies during this period must be registered as covid-19."

- Lena Kaye



Related: 'Global catastrophe': WHO envoy urges end to coronavirus pandemic lockdowns


Hospitals Commit Fraud

All over the world thousands of people testify how false Covid registrations are made in hospitals and medical centers. Patients tell how they went to the hospital, for example, for a heart attack, a traffic accident, a painful fall, or a stroke.

Without performing a test, medical staff promptly registered them as covid-19 patients. Someone on Facebook started sharing this kind of testimony and became a hotline for countless fake Covid registrations. Nursing staff confirms this deception.

Here are some examples from the hundreds of testimonies (10):

The grandmother of an acquaintance of mine died. She was referred to as a covid death, although covid had nothing to do with it. - Brian Parker

I personally know two people - one died of a pulmonary embolism and the other died of old age. On the death certificates was covid19. That baffled me, because it just wasn't true! - Leah-Marie Stephens

I fill in hundreds of death certificates. He's 100% right. The guidelines sent to us are to always mention covid-19 as the cause of death, even if it's presumed. - Jessica Littleton

Kidney nurse here, I can vouch for this. I've seen it done. All deaths except fatal shootings or fatal car crashes are on the list of Covid19 deaths. - Jennifer Combs Allen

All over the world people testify about false covid registrations in hospitals, nursing homes, medical centers, general practitioners, etc. The figures are inflated to create global panic.



Related: World Doctors Alliance: “We Do Not Have A Medical Pandemic.” Fake News?


Funeral Directors: 'They fill in the stats.'

Journalists from Project Veritas phoned several undertakers. They revealed that all death certificates state that covid-19 is the cause of death, while it is not. These are some statements from undertakers (11):


"They put covid-19 on her death certificate. Then a judge called the hospital, and there came an independent investigation. And bingo, not covid-19."

- Josephine Dimiceli, president Dimiceli & Sons Funeral Home


"In my opinion, all they do is fill in the stats. People who didn't have Covid-19 are added. That's how you're making New York's mortality rate much higher than it should be."

- Joseph Antioco, Director Schaeffer Funeral Home


Fake Covid-Hospitals in Brazil

A member of the Brazilian government broke into a campaign hospital, set up to treat large numbers of Covid patients. He and his security team weren't allowed to enter the hospital, but forced their way into it.

They filmed everything and revealed how the hospital is a scam, with hardly anybody present. There were coffins that supposedly contained dead covid patients, but when opened they turned out to be empty.

This hospital was however touting alarming Covid numbers: 5,000 covid-patients and 200 deaths. It turned out to be 100% fraud. (12B)



Related: The Folly of "New Cases": War, Deception, and the Crux of Covid-19

In São Paulo, the Anhembi Action Hospital was also unexpectedly checked. The whole building turned out to be largely empty as well (see picture above). (12C)

Yet they also spread dramatic covid numbers.

The Brazilian president has called on his people to film the hospitals and expose this large-scale deception. In an interview he stated: (12D)


"The people will soon see that they were tricked by these governors and by most of the media when it comes to the coronavirus."

- President Jair Bolsonaro, President of Brazil


Big Money for Covid Registrations

Dr. Scott Jensen, who is also a Senator of the state of Minnesota, states in an interview with Fox News: 'Hospitals receive as much as $13,900 for every patient they register as covid-19. For every death resulting from covid-19, that amount is tripled: 30,900 USD! Testing is not necessary...'

The result is absurdly incorrect covid-19 numbers, which are spread nationwide by the media. (12)


"Hospitals get big money for every covid-19 registration. No testing required. The result is massive fraud with covid-numbers."

- Dr. Scott Jensen, Senator Minnesota



Related: The Covid-19 Numbers Game: The “Second Wave” is Based on Fake Statistics


CBC Fakes a Covid Test Crowd

The American news agency CBC made a program about a covid test center. However, few people appeared to report for the test, indicating a low number of infections.

CBC then instructed the medical staff to stand in line themselves and pretend they were all infected people who wanted to be tested.

Other staff members had to drive their cars around the test centre all the time to create the illusion of great crowds. Project Veritas has video recordings and testimonials from insiders, unmasking this deception.

These are some of their statements, which are on film: (12E)



Related: Open letter to the UK Government, Governments of the World and the Citizens of the World

We knew the CBC was coming, but we had no idea we'd have to play fake patients. - Medical staff member

I think they just wanted it to look busy. - Medical staff member

The deceptive footage was then shown by the CBC to their millions of viewers in America, who were thereby imprinted with the message that there are 'many infections' and people wanted to get tested en masse. Total fraud!


Covid Counted Twice in UK

Health Services of England recently admitted to double counting tens of thousands of covid-19 registrations. (12F) Yes, you read that right! In England, tens of thousands of covid-19 tests were double-counted.


Texas Insanity

In the state of Texas anyone with a headache or a fever is now listed as covid19, and up to 15 people who are in contact with that person are added as covid19. That's how they create staggering numbers. It's insane... (12G)


Shameless Lies by the Media



Related: Fear Secures Obedience in COVID-19 War

A photo of a boy was distributed by news agencies all over the world, but with conflicting coverage. The Daily Mail claimed: 'A Portuguese boy of 14 is Europe's youngest patient to die of Corona.'

The same photo was distributed by the Daily Express with the text: 'A 12 year old girl from Belgium dies of corona'. Another agency used the same photo and stated: 'A 13 year old boy from England died of corona'.

The same happened to another picture of a boy who died in 2017 due to a dangerous 'suicide' game.

Three years later his photo is used to claim in the mainstream media that he was the youngest victim of covid19 in England.




Related: The COVID-19 Genocide of 2020

Pure lies are spread to millions of people. Shameless deception on a global scale

A girl cried on the internet with a broken heart that her father had died of health problems he had had for a long time.

To her astonishment she saw shortly afterwards how the media claimed that her father died of covid-19.

She is furious:

"My papa never died of this virus! And the media and the lying ass government is fraud! He had health issues way before this even happened. They did NOT confirm with our family that he had this shit! And the media won't clout off his name. This is going tooooo far!"



Media Deception

These examples are just the thin layer of ice at the very top of a huge hidden iceberg. Unimaginably more is going on.

The media are spreading lies to create global panic. At the same time they suppress effective and safe treatments for covid-19.


Coroner: "There's no killer virus"

The respected German coroner Prof. Dr. Klaus Püschel has examined more than 140 coronadalities in Hamburg in recent weeks. On German TV he said that the hysteria around the coronavirus has been gravely exaggerated.

All the people who died had underlying disorders and would have died quickly anyway, with or without the virus, according to Püschel, adding that there is no 'killer virus'.


The professor of the University Medical Center Hamburg-Eppendorf stated (13):

"This may sound harsh, but they would all have died this year."

Eighty percent of patients suffered from cardiovascular disease and the average age was 80 years. Healthy people don't have to worry, says Püschel. The coroner also predicted that corona will not even cause a peak in the annual mortality rate.


"It's not a killer virus that many will die of. This virus is also not necessarily a death sentence for the elderly and sick. Most will survive the disease."

- Prof. Dr. Klaus Püschel



Related: Chief Science Officer for Pfizer Says “Second Wave” Faked on False-Positive COVID Tests, “Pandemic Is Over”

Furious About Lies

The Italian politician Vittorio Sgarbi is furious about the far-reaching covid-19 deceptions. He exclaimed in the Italian Chamber of Deputies:

"It is necessary to be united against dictatorships and to be united in the truth. Let's not make this the chamber of lies. Don't lie! Tell the truth."

"Don't say there's 25,000 dead. It's not true. Don't use the dead for rhetoric and terrorism. Figures from the Higher Institute of Health say 96.3% died of other diseases." (14)


"Don't lie! Tell the truth! Don't say there's 25,000 dead. It's not true. Don't use the dead for rhetoric and terrorism."

- Vittorio Sgarbi, Chamber of Deputies, Italy


97% Were Never Tested

A prominent newspaper in Belgium, De Tijd, discussed how the government announced that some three thousand elderly people had died of covid-19.

Partly because of these figures, the entire country was placed in an extreme lockdown, with horrifying destruction as a result.

However, further research showed that only 3% of the deceased had been tested.

This means that not 3,000 but only 90 elderly had covid-19.
(15)



Related: Survey: One In Eight Believe Coronavirus Is A Hoax To Usher In Forced Vaccinations


Tanzania Exposes Deception

President John Magufuli of Tanzania questioned the covid-19 numbers of his country. There were more than 400 cases and 16 deaths. He accused the National Medical Laboratory of lying.

To substantiate his suspicions, he sent two samples that supposedly belonged to people to have them tested. The samples, however, came from a papaya fruit and a goat.

As he suspected, they came back... with positive results: 'These people are infected with covid-19.'

This is how he unmasked the deception (16).



Related: Over 34,000 Health Experts Sign Declaration Against COVID-19 Lockdowns, Petition by Epidemiologists Claims

Thousands of video's from scientists have been censored, both by YouTube, Facebook, Twitter, Google etc.

Not only that, but accounts of health organizations who teach people to build their immunity and become strong individuals have massively been removed from the internet.



Related: By Blocking HCQ, the FDA, PR Agent for Big Pharma, Is Responsible for All Covid Deaths

For example: a global leader on healthy living, The Truth About Cancer, had millions of followers on Twitter. Their three largest Twitter accounts were deleted. Their website was buried by Google and is now hard to find. Similar health organizations all over the world faced the same fate.

Facebook, Twitter and Google are aggressively censoring scientists, medical doctors and health experts.


1,500 Doctors and Experts: 'This is a global crime!'

In Germany, the association "Doctors for Information" is supported by more than 1500 doctors, scientists and top professionals. During a press conference their spokesman Dr. Heiko Schoning said (18):

The measures we all experience have nothing to do with suppressing the virus. So... who are actually being suppressed here?


"The Corona panic is a play. It's a scam. A scam. It's high time we understood that we're in the midst of a global crime."

- Dr Heiko Schoning, Doctors for Information, Germany



Related: World Doctors Alliance: Open Letter to UK Government, World Governments and Citizens of the World


120 Scientists Give REAL Facts About Covid-19

There are basically two kinds of scientists: bought ones and free ones. Bought scientists are those who say anything they get payed to say. This is especially true in the pharmaceutical industry and politics.



Related: The Covid-19 Roadmap: Towards Global Economic Chaos and Societal Destruction

A so called 'scientist' working for big pharma will never tell the truth, because he gets payed to speak the propaganda of the company he works for.

The same goes for 'scientists' who serve a political agenda. Never ever in your life listen to the words of a 'scientist' or doctor who is on the payroll of any kind of political organisation or billionaire.

Real scientists do genuine research with the sole purpose of finding out the truth. This is a rare breed, and they are golden. It is in times like this that these real scientists are speaking up, against the global corruption of their colleagues, who are payed to promote the prescribed narrative.

Below you find several quotes by scientists that, as far as I know, have no financial or political gain by saying what they say.

These quotes come from a document (20) that shows 120 leading scientists who criticize the misinformation by media and governments and share true scientific facts about the virus.


"The overall clinical results of COVID-19 are comparable to severe seasonal flu, with a mortality rate of about 0.1%, or pandemic flu."

- Professor Dr. Giulio Tarro


"99% of active cases in the general population are mild and do not require specific medical treatment. Deaths occur mainly in the elderly, in people with serious chronic diseases such as diabetes and heart disease."

- Dr. David Katz, Yale University, USA, founding director of the Yale University Prevention Research Center


"In Germany about 2,500 people die every day, and only 12 people have died in the last 3 weeks because of covid19. I lean out of the window and say: we may not have more deaths in 2020 than in any other year."

- Prof Dr. Hendrick Streeck, Professor of Virology and Director of the Institute for Virology and HIV Research at the Medical Faculty of the University of Bonn


"Draconian measures that restrict people's fundamental rights in such a comprehensive way can only be imposed if there is reliable evidence that a new virus is extremely dangerous. Has there ever been such a scientifically based indication for COVID-19? In my opinion, the simple answer is "no".

- Professor Dr. Sucharit Bhakdi, Specialist in microbiology and infection epidemiology, former head of the Institute of Medical Microbiology and Hygiene at the University of Mainz


"In my first video about COVID-19 I suggested that the mortality rate should be around 0.7%. The opposite was proven to me today. In fact, the death rate is one-tenth of that. Here's the plain truth: COVID-19 isn't much worse than bad flu."

- Professor Sam Vaknin, Israël


"Here's the plain truth: COVID-19 isn't much worse than bad flu."

- Professor Sam Vaknin, Israël



Related: Primary Purpose of Mandatory Masking Is to Foster Fear, Say Acclaimed Researchers


Universities Prove Low Mortality Rate

Scientists from Stanford University in California show that the mortality rate of covid-19 is between 0.02 and 0.4%. (20B)

To put these figures in context: seasonal flu has a mortality rate of 0.1%. When this study was criticised, the principal investigator responded:


"There's a kind of mass hysteria at work here that just insists that this must be the end of the world, and it must be that the sky falls on our heads. It's based on speculation and science fiction and an outright attack on studies with data. But rejecting real data in favor of speculation is mind-boggling."

- Dr. John Ioannidis, Stanford University

The famous Oxford University also came to the following conclusion: (20C)

"The COVID-19 fatality rate is somewhere between 0.1% and 0.41%."


What are the Chances of Contamination?

A 22-year-old Chinese woman was admitted to hospital with heart problems. After three days she recovered, but then she tested positive for covid-19.

However, the past few days she had come into contact with hundreds of different people, including family, fellow patients and hospital staff: 455 people in total!

There was concern that several of these people had become infected. Therefore, an extensive investigation was started. (20D) What turned out to be the case?

Of the 455 people with whom she had interaction in the past five days, NOBODY had been infected.

This extensive research proves that someone who has the covid-19 virus without symptoms is not likely to transmit the virus. That was confirmed by a WHO spokeswoman: (20E)


"The data shows us that it's extremely rare for someone who has no symptoms to transmit the virus to someone else."

- Maria Van Kerkhoven, EPIDEMIOLOGIST W.H.O.



Related: This is the ignorance being put out by uninformed doctors and websites


Infection in Shops and Restaurants

Professor Hendrik Streeck of the University of Bonn is the leading virologist of Germany. He led a study in the most affected area in Heinsberg, Germany. The results of his study are:


"There's no risk of getting the disease if you go shopping. Serious outbreaks of the infection were always the result of people being very close over long periods of time."

- Professor Hendrick Streek, University of Bonn

It also turned out that it was not possible to transmit the virus via handles, telephones or toilets. This professor concludes: (20F)


"Decisions for action were taken on the basis of assumptions and not on the basis of scientific facts."

- Proffessor Hendrick Streek, Leading Virologist of Germany


Outdoor Contamination

The Ministry of Public Health of British Columbia stated that there is absolutely no chance of being infected with covid-19 if you are outdoors. The study showed that 80% of all infections happened inside of houses. The rest take place in trains and buses. (20G)


"There is absolutely no evidence that this virus is present in the air and even if it was, our measures would not have worked. The overwhelming majority of covid-19 transmission occurs through close and prolonged personal contact."

- Dr. Reka Gustafson, Provincial Health Officer British Columbia



Related: "Facts Do Not Matter" To The Covidian Cult


How Protective are Face Masks?

The WHO recently reported that face masks are only needed for healthy people working with someone infected by covid-19. Others do not have to wear it at all. (20H)


"If you don't have breathing problems like coughing, running nose or fever, you don't have to wear a mask."

- Dr. April Baller, public health specialist WHO

In the past, a study was conducted to investigate whether oral masks are useful for dentists. The result of the study was surprising: (20I)


"These and other studies show that viruses or other submicron particles are not filtered by mouth masks."

- Dr John Hardie, BDS, MSc, PhD, FRCDC

The renowned Canadian scientist D.G. Rancourt came to the same conclusion: (20J)


"Masks and respirators don't work. There are extensive randomized controlled trials (RCT), and meta-analysis reviews of RCT studies, all of which show that masks and respirators do not work to prevent respiratory influenza-like diseases, or respiratory illnesses."

- D.G. Rancourt



Related: Brain Damage From Masks Cannot Be Reversed


Facemasks Increase Risk of Infection

A very extensive study carried out by nine scientists shows that the prolonged use of mouth masks in fact increases the risk of infection! (20K)


"This study is the first RCT of mouth masks, and the results warn against the use of mouth masks.

Moisture retention, re-use of mouth masks and poor filtration can lead to an increased risk of infection."

- BMJ Medical Report




New CDC Study 70% Always 3% Never Wore Face Masks Contracted Covid









Infection Only After Prolonged Close Contact

The authoritative New England Medical Journal investigated the circumstances necessary for contamination. The conclusion of five scientists is that mouth masks are of no use at all. Infection only occurs after someone has been standing very close to an infected person with symptoms for several minutes. (20L)

"We know that wearing a mask outside the healthcare sector offers little or no protection against infections.

Public health authorities define a significant exposure to covid-19 as face-to-face contact within one and a half meters with a patient who has covid-19 symptoms. That contact must be maintained for at least a few minutes (and some say more than 10 minutes or even 30 minutes)."


"The chance of getting covid-19 through a transient interaction in a public space is minimal. In many cases, the desire for widespread masking is a reflexive response to fear of the pandemic."

- New England Medical Journal



Related: COVID19 PCR Tests Are Scientifically Meaningless


No Protection Against Viruses

Some honest producers of face masks correctly inform their users that they offer no protection against covid-19 and other viruses. If these medical ear loop masks don't help, then the self fabricated masks offer no protection either.

On the contrary: they block oxygen flow, which weakens the body and therefor lowers the immune system, which results in higher risk of infection.



Related: The Science Of Lockdown, Masks & Vaccines Crumbles


Should We Keep Our Distance?

The idea that we should keep a distance of at least six feet is, according to experts, based on a completely unsubstantiated document from 1930. One of the UK's leading physicians advised British Prime Minister Boris Johnson: (20M)


"I think it will be much more difficult to enforce some of the measures, which really have no evidence base. I mean, the six-feet rule is conjured up out of nowhere."

- Professor Robert Dingwall


Science Speaks:

To summarize the above: face masks don't help but increase the risk of infection. The six feet rule has no scientific basis. There is no risk of infection outdoors, in shops or in restaurants.

The only way to transmit covid-19 is to stand close to someone who has a cough and a fever. And the mortality rate of covid-19 is the same as that of seasonal flu.

These are statements by some of the most renowned scientists on earth. A greater contrast with the madness spread by the media and governments is inconceivable.


Violence Against Innocent Civilians

Based on false numbers and oppression of effective medicines, nations around the world imposed a cruel tyranny on their people, supposedly to 'protect' them. Many are severely beaten, arrested and locked up.

The photo below shows five South African policemen who abuse a lonely walker for a long time with sticks and whips.

If you search for the words 'beaten by police for breaking lockdown' on Facebook, you'll see a long list of heartbreaking videos (21). The video below shows various violent situations in which policemen attack innocent civilians with rifles, tear gas and sticks.

These people did nothing wrong, but are treated like criminals.






A young man died from his injuries after being beaten by officers. He was hungry and had only bought a packet of biscuits in a shop. He paid for it with his life. (22)

In South Africa, at least eight people were brutally killed! As many as died from the virus itself (see video below). In this video you can also see how police enter the private domain of the Mbele family.

The father is severely beaten with a whip. The man even fears broken ribs.






Global Tyranny

All over the world, a violent tyranny is being exerted on innocent people. In the meantime successful treatments are being oppressed.


Brazilian President is Arming His People

Not all government leaders are in on this crime. The Brazilian President Jair Bolsonaro made the following statements (24):


"Mayors who have absolutely no right to do this, handcuff innocent people! House mothers who go shopping are arrested. At the same time, rapists are released from prisons, allegedly to prevent the spread of corona.

Why am I arming people? Because I don't want dictatorship! And we can't hold it anymore. What these guys want is our freedom. That's the truth. I want everyone armed. Because an armed people will never be enslaved.

'Everyone, please worry about the one thing that's more important than your life: your freedom. For a man in shackles isn't worth a dime.

Why am I arming people? Because I don't want dictatorship! I want everyone armed. Because an armed people will never be enslaved."


- Jair Bolsenaro, President of Brazil


1741 Medical Professionals Speak Up



Related: 16,000 Doctors & Scientists Sign Declaration Strongly Opposing a 2nd COVID Lockdown

More than 650 medical doctors and 1050 medical professionals in the Netherlands have signed an urgent letter to the Dutch government. (25) Here are some excerpts:

"The current global measures taken to combat SARS-CoV-2 (Covid-19) violate human rights to a large extent.

Damage in the psychosocial domain, economic damage and damage to non-covid health care and total health care costs, is unparalleled.

There is as yet little or no evidence of the usefulness of social distance at a distance of 1 to 2 meters. In the open air, people get hardly infected...

On the other hand, social distancing has a clear negative effect on public health."


"The current shaming, blaming and censorship of doctors who oppose government policy - which is to reject alternatives to a vaccine route - is extremely concerning."

- Dr. Dick Bijl + 1,700 medical professionals


600 Medical Doctors: 'Lockdown is a Serious Accident With Massive Casualties'

The devastation caused by the lockdown is many times greater than anyone can imagine. More than six hundred American medical doctors wrote a joint letter to President Trump in which they call the lockdown a 'serious accident with massive casualties' (25B).

"The health effects are greatly underestimated and underreported. This is a mistake of enormous magnitude', says the letter from Simone Gold, M.D., a specialist in emergency care in Los Angeles.

The number of suicide calls has increased by 600%.

Ending the lockdown is not about Wall Street or ignoring people's lives; it's about saving lives.

We cannot allow this disease to turn the U.S. from a free, energetic society into a society of broken souls dependent on government spending."


"This is a huge mistake. The damage caused by the measures is much greater than covid19 itself. The number of suicide calls has increased by 600%. The lives of millions of people are at risk because of the lockdown."

- Dr. Simone Gold, MD, Spokesperson for 600 Medical Doctors



Related: COVID-19 Lockdown: A Global Human Experiment & Ten Years Ago The World Health Organisation Faked A Pandemic


‘A Media Epidemic!’

That we are dealing with massive brainwashing by the media is confirmed by the world's leading virologist and flu specialist, Professor John Oxford of Queen Mary University in London.

"Personally, I would say that the best advice is to watch less news on television that is sensational and not good.

I consider this covid outbreak to be a serious winter flu epidemic. Last year we had eight thousand deaths (in the UK) in this category, of which 65% had heart disease and so on.

I believe covid will not exceed that number. We're suffering from a media epidemic!"
(27A)


"We're suffering from a media epidemic."

- Dr. John Oxford, The World's Leading Virologist



Related: Australian Media Finally Calls Out Davos "Great Reset" Agenda


Google Programs Mankind

A major player in the spreading of false informatin and the plan to control mankind, is the nr. 1 source of information: Google. Recently a senior software engineer of Google came out with shocking revelations.

After working for Google for eight years Zach Vorhies could no longer live with his conscience. He came forward with disgusting revelations about Google's mission. His statement essentially boils down to this:

Google manipulates mankind by hiding certain information and imposing other information. Their mission is to 'program' humanity.

Zach Vorhies took the dangerous step of revealing 950 pages of internal documents, demonstrating this strategy. (57) Google has at least nine blacklists with thousands of websites that they deliberately hide from mankind.

Google sent police, a SWAT team and an explosives team to intimidate him. Zach persisted and made the information known worldwide.

These are some of the statements of this brave whistleblower:


"Google is not a source of objective information. They're a very one-sided indoctrination machine. Google's basic strategy is 'programming people."

- Zach Vorhies, Senior Software Engineer at Google



Related: CDC Study Finds Overwhelming Majority Of People Getting Coronavirus Wore Masks


Google Manipulates Voters

During an interrogation by the U.S. government, academic Dr. Robert Epstein revealed that Google manipulates millions of votes during elections in countries around the world.

Their plan is to get at least fifteen million more people to vote for President Trump's opposing candidates.

They do this through invisible tactics that leave no trace. (58)


Google Deceives Mankind

Anyone can see the deception by Google with their own eyes. Look for information about Bill Gates: you'll only find websites that write positively about him or portray him as a victim of so-called 'conspiracy theories'.

It is almost impossible to find truth on important topics via Google.

Google announced their plan for world manipulation to its employees in a very revealing location: The headquarters of Freemasonry, in San Francisco.

Anyone familiar with Freemasonry knows that this is a international occult society, striving for a one world government.




COVID is Not and 'Has Never Been a Pandemic': Alan Jones





Related: A handful of bureaucrats are denying Australians medicine 'shown to save lives'





False 'Fact Checkers'

Google and media companies are now flooding the internet with so-called 'fact check' websites. These are supposedly meant to unmask fake news, but every researcher soon notices that it is just another tool to deceive the people.

All too often revealing truth is dismissed as 'fake news' and deception is defended as 'fact'.

Not everything they write is wrong of course, that would be too obvious. But the many 'fact check' websites are essentially yet another means of Google and corrupt billionaires (who set up these websites) to hide truth from mankind.

That's why Google puts these websites at the top of the search results.

The seriousness of this situation is that Google and the corrupt media are working closely with various Big Tech companies to censor humanity and distribute only a prescribed script. It is global mind control.


Eyewitness Censored by Fact Checkers

An example of the corruption of so-called 'Fact Checkers' could recently be seen on Facebook. I already mentioned Nelleke Bakker, who worked for 25 years at the Dutch Health Organization (RIVM) in the vaccination department.

Recently someone shared her interview in which she talks about the many lies she has seen at the RIVM. A Facebook Fact Checker described that message as 'incorrect'. While it is her own 25 years of experience!

A clear example of the corruption of 'Fact Checkers': an authentic eyewitness statement is dismissed as 'incorrect'.

A Facebook insider Zach McElroy recently came forward with evidence for what many already knew: Facebook employs large numbers of workers whose fulltime job it is to censor content. (58B)


"We are the ones who decide what can and cannot be said on Facebook."

- Zach McElroy, Facebook insider



Related: Twitter Removes Post by White House COVID Adviser Regarding Masks


Shadow Governments Control the Real Governments

Besides powerful billionaires who buy corrupt leaders, there is another reality that needs to be addressed in this context.

Bill Gates doesn't work on his own. He is a member of the world famous and controversial Bilderberger group (60).

This ultra secret society was co-founded in 1954 by the Dutch Prince Bernard, together with top figures from politics, food industries, media, pharmaceutical industries, etc.

It is a strictly secret organization that decides what really needs to happen in our countries and in the world. They give instructions to governments, media and many industries.

No one can be a part of it, except by personal invitation. The Dutch minister Joseph Luns once tried to enter a meeting of the Bilderberger group and he was brutally removed.

Government leaders are forbidden, except by invitation. Yet this group makes important decisions that determine the course of our society, without the people being aware of it. (61)

Shadow governments are a reality and have an astonishing influence in countries all over the world.



Related: WHO Official Urges Halt to Lockdowns as Primary CCP Virus Control Method

This is why 5G is pushed through, even though hundreds of doctors and scientists warn of the serious dangers to public health (62).

But this higher level of radiation is necessary to trace the entire population. That is why the government does not listen to the hundreds of experts.

They have to blindly do what the shadow governments tell them. It's also the Bilderberger group that appointed the leaders of the European Union.

These were not elected by the people, nor can they be voted out, even though they control the European Union.



Related: Coronavirus: WHO backflips on virus stance by condemning lockdowns

For exactly that reason, thanks to Nigel Farage, England has left the European Union. They don't want to be slaves to secret societies. Nigel Farage said in an interview: (63)

What they want is total power without any kind of responsibility.

Nobody can hold them responsible, but they control everybody.

Democracy is being destroyed.


"The voice of the people no longer counts. At the same time, the people are paying them billions every day... It's a slavish dictatorship."

- Nigel Farage, British Politician


What Can You and I Do?

What can we do to stop this global crime?

As I said before: Become part of the worldwide freedom movement. Don't sit and watch, but rise up and fly!


Related Articles:

Trump Says He Will Donate Own Blood Plasma, Is No Longer on Medication for COVID-19

Dr. Carrie Madej warns about coronavirus vaccines and transhumanism nanotechnology to alter your DNA

What could they put in the COVID vaccine?

Thousands sign anti-lockdown petition: The Great Barrington Declaration


UCLA, Stanford study finds for average 50-64 year old, chances of dying from COVID-19 are 1 in 19.1M


WHO Flip-Flops: Urges World Leaders To Stop Using Lockdowns To Fight COVID Contagion

Thousands sign anti-lockdown petition: The Great Barrington Declaration

Flightradar24 photo reveals only four Boeing 747s are carrying passengers

How to Kill a Thriving Metropolis in 7 Months: New York City’s COVID-19 Failure

‘We are Many, They are Few’: Nonviolent Resistance to the Elite’s COVID-19 Coup

Dr. Ben Tapper Addressing Omaha City Council On Mask Mandate

The So-Called "Second Wave" - What the Data Shows Us is a Total Lack of Leadership and Science

WHO advisor warns world poverty could double under strict COVID lockdowns

Did The WHO Just (Accidentally) Confirm COVID Is No More Dangerous Than Flu?

Video: The “Smoking Guns” of a Manufactured Pandemic

Here is the Text Version of the Video Describing the Lawsuit Against the Covid Lockdowns

Spain First EU Member To Top 900k COVID-19 Cases; France Revives 'Health Emergency' Order, Imposes Curfews: Live Update

The Pandemic that Killed Debate

China, Five Eyes, and the Coronavirus: Unmasking an Agenda

State-by-state breakdown of federal aid per COVID-19 case

Where Is The Compassion...

The Beauty of Life Is Being Systematically Destroyed by the Covid Hoax

Injectable Biochip for SARS-CoV-2 Detection Near FDA Approval

Scientists are working on vaccines that spread like a disease. What could possibly go wrong?


Doctors in Netherlands Declare There is No Pandemic! It's Over

Under Attack at NYU, Mark Crispin Miller Needs Your Support for Academic Freedom

Technology once used to combat ISIS propaganda is enlisted by Democratic group to counter Trump’s coronavirus messaging

Visualizing The Relative Size Of Particles (Like COVID-19)

Why Are Fauci, Redfield, and the Presstitutes Deceiving Us About Masks?

Terrible Things

YouTube confirms it will immediately ban all videos that question the “official” vaccine narrative promoted by the corrupt WHO and vaccine companies

Covid Hoax is psychological warfare

Trump Says COVID-19 Vaccine Won’t Be Mandatory, Biden Says It Should Be

Covid-19 isn’t a pandemic plan, it’s an Extermination plan for humanity

A Covid Win

Chinese Citizens Sue Wuhan Officials Over Virus Coverup, Calling Mayor a ‘Murderer’

Covid-19 study on mask-wearing efficacy rejected by journals as no one is ‘brave’ enough to publish results – Danish researchers

The Great American Mask Rip Off

COVID Is Not A “Categorically Different Danger”

The Lockdown: Economic Hell on Earth is Coming, “They Are Killing Us”

Medical Doctor Warns that “Bacterial Pneumonias Are on the Rise” from Mask Wearing

COVID tests 93% inaccurate - UK Prime Minister Boris Johnson

Insider Economist Reveals COVID-19 Cashless Society Takeover Plan

Coronavirus: Killer Virus or Common Flu

How the Series “Utopia” Eerily Predicted 2020

The Mirror Project - A Trustworthy Vaccine - Pfizer




Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The Fifth Estate Casts Its Shadow Like a Massive Mothership
March 2 2025 | From: CosmicConvergence / Various

Before Long the Mainstream Media Will be History.



“Big Mother is watching Big Brother!” The biggest story on planet Earth has gone virtually unnoticed.

Related: Mainstream Media Is Trying Hard To Convince Us That “Plandemic” Is A “Conspiracy Theory” + The New Normal

It is now common knowledge that whoever controls the media effectively controls the world.

Those who do control the entire planetary realm are only able to do so because they have controlled the mainstream media for as long as it has been in existence.

This ironclad control has enabled the World Shadow Government to exert power over the flow of information throughout every sphere of life for centuries.

In fact, it is the Fourth Estate that holds the true power over the other three. Only by the power of the press is the WSG able to keep the governments and corporations of the world in check.


A New Era Dawns

Since the advent of the Internet in 1995, the Fifth Estate has been growing by the day. It has taken over 20+ years for it to finally come into its own. People have finally had enough of the mainstream media horseshit.



Related: Four Words: Weapons Of Media Lies & When Corporate Power Is Your Real Government, Corporate Media Is State Media

2020 will one day be reflected upon as the year when the Fifth Estate became a force unto itself
, so much so that it affected the outcome of this year’s U.S. presidential election.

The silent majority began to awaken and there was nothing that the mainstream media couold do about it except ignore and lie. But that charade can only run out for so long...

As the truth unfolds about the unprecedented voting fraud that has taken place with the US (and other) elections in the coming days and weeks - the entire world is going to be in shock.

No one has ever seen anything like it. And currently the world still finds itself steeped in the depths of a contrived 'pandemic', there were millions of young adults out of work.

Many of them lived at home with mom and dad and with very few possessions except a smartphone or a tablet, a laptop or a desktop.



Related: Astroturf and manipulation of media messages

It is in this environment that the citizen journalist has been born. They are by and large unemployed, bored and angry that the American Dream has eluded them. Some of them believe that the dream has become an “American nightmare” and want to know why.

As they seek answers to this inquiry, they are stumbling upon long-hidden truths that have made them deeply distrust the mainstream media (MSM)…with a vengeance.


"The MSM is comprised not only of all print, video and audio forms of media but also book publishing, movie production, music production, TV programming, social networks among others."

So here’s the current context: While the banksters bankrupted the USA in order to swell the ranks of the jobless and unemployed, especially among the youth who they intended to fight their unlawful and unprovoked wars of aggression around the world, something unexpected happened.  

The banksters unwittingly created an army of writers and bloggers, e-book authors and essayists, Facebook posters and Twitter tweeters, YouTube video producers and Instagram photojournalists.

Related: Whoever Controls The Media Controls The World

What else was there to post about that year but the exceedingly dramatic 2016 presidential election, as well as the coming Second American Revolution. No matter what side of the fence these folks are on, they are busier than if they had a 9 to 5 with the local corporation.

And they’re loving every minute of it because they are learning how the world really works. And, why they really had no job… or even a prospect of a job.


The Rise of the Citizen Journalist

The Internet is the place where many will find their future job. Not the one working for a Fortune 500 corporation; rather, a real job that will assist with the transformation of post-modern society.  

As these young Internet practitioners expand their skill sets, deepen their knowledge base, and broaden their experience, they have quickly acquired the right stuff to function as a one-person, multi-media platform.

This single development has contributed significantly to the rapid establishment of the Fifth Estate.

As a matter of fact, the now defunct specialty of investigative journalism has seen a massive rebound. These young journalists have no advertisers to appease and can therefore go after whatever they choose to investigate.

Bloggers and videographers are tearing up the terrain with their incisive blogs and documentaries, respectively.  

Related: Who Will Tell the Truth About the So-Called ‘Free Press’?

Upstart authors are now writing Pulitzer Prize level reports and series on topics ranging from the Holocaust Industry to the rigged 2016 U.S. presidential election, from the US Government-coordinated terrorist attacks on 9/11 to the CIA-conducted assassination of John F. Kennedy.

These citizen journalists all share one thing, and that is a passion for the truth.  

They see a world in total disarray and are desperately trying to make some sense of it. In their ardent search for the truth they unwittingly find themselves becoming world-class journalists. And it is only their pursuit of the truth that has set them free from the ranks of the unemployed.

Not only do many these folks now have control of their destiny, they are not bound to a corporate agenda like their parents and grandparents were.

Nor are they bound to the conventions of traditional, university taught journalism that keeps their MSM peers in a tighly controlled box. They are free to think for themselves and to follow the truth wherever it leads them.



Four Horsemen - an award winning independent feature documentary which lifts the lid on how the world really works

Related:
BBC Journalist Exposes The Dark Side Of The Media

Such a liberation of genuinely creative energy has created a supernova in the firmament of worldwide media.  So many young journalists have been born into their Internet-based profession that there is now a crowded field of competition to be dealt with.  

This has forced many into various specialty niches which has posed a real threat to the MSM journalists who are now primarily generalists because of the severe budget cuts over several years throughout that industry.


“The Truth Shall Set You Free”

The MSM is soon to be overwhelmed by the Alt-Media. Little did the controllers of this planetary realm know that one day - in the not-too-distant future - they will see a world transformed by the vast number of truth-speakers and fact-writers who they helped create.

The readership and viewership of the Alt-Media will be filled with billions of souls who are likewise truth-seekers who know that the MSM is positively not the place to find it.

Truly, this rapidly evolving saga is “The Greatest Show on Earth” at this very moment in time. It is a global drama of such epic proportions that soon the entire planetary civilization will have gone through an unparalleled metamorphosis.  

For as We the People find our voices and put our pens to paper and take to our keypads to speak truth to power, so, too, will the peoples of the world.

Related: There Is No Such Thing as a Free Press

When the Alt-Media becomes an echo chamber of truth that replaces the MSM echo chamber of falsehood, the world will have taken a great leap forward toward the restoration of both personal and national sovereignty. It is only in this global context that the world community of nations will experience a durable peace and genuine brotherhood.

Then, many things like political integrity and social equality, economic stability and financial security, religious tolerance and racial respect, civil justice and environmental protection, will all occur naturally and spontaneously.

These are only some of the ways that “The Truth Shall Set You Free”.


The Mothership

There is a very powerful and fast-growing movement afoot that identifies with the meme of the Mothership. One of the various tag lines of this extraordinary phenomenon, that is quietly manifesting under the radar, is this:

BIG MOTHER is watching Big Brother!”

For the uninitiated, the emerging Fifth Estate is BIG MOTHER. The slowly dying Fourth Estate is Big Brother. There is no question that the tide is gradually changing. And, that the traditional control of information is being altered in profound and fundamental ways.

Hence, it is only a matter of time - a relatively short period of time - that a veritable sea change will occur on planet Earth. That moment of highly anticipated change will transpire when the Mothership appears to everyone in all its glory.

Think of it this way:  Were a massive Mothership to slowly glide across the sky over New York City… and then Washington, DC… and then Miami, Florida, on the very same day, would not the whole order change in a day and a night?!  



Related: Presstitute Media Collapsing Under the Weight of its Lies

The Alt-Media is like a Mothership that is slowly approaching Earth as it disseminates forbidden truth and lost information, deep wisdom and esoteric knowledge across the entire planetary realm.

Then, one day, when nary a soul expects it, looming over the horizon, is this inconceivably enormous Mothership casting a shadow the size of a solar eclipse. Imagine that out of that Mothership comes darting a multitude of smaller starships, each one carrying a payload of truth and banner of justice.  

More than likely every reader of this post has already contributed to this Project Multi-Media Mothership.

If you have a simple blog or a Facebook page, a website or a Twitter feed, a YouTube channel or an Instagram account, you have already set loose your starship into the skies of planet Earth via the World Wide Web.


Conclusion

It’s time for every truth-seeker to get on board the Mothership.

You have been baptized into the Fifth Estate. Please do not take your responsibilities lightly, you just may be the one who everyone is waiting for to post that vital piece that finally takes the whole God-forsaken System down, once and for all!



Remember, from this point forward, it is BIG MOTHER who will be watching Big Brother.

Related: The Multi-Media Mothership Platform: Beta Version


Related Articles:

A Country Without An Honest Media Is Lost: The Largest Conspiracy Theory Peddlers Are Mainstream Media And The US State Department

Six Ways To Break The Hypnotic Spell Of The Mainstream Media

CBS Reporter Calls Mainstream Press ‘Political Activists,’ ‘Propagandists’ + Max Blumental Proves Western Media A Propagandist For War Criminals

The Business Of Journalists Is To Destroy The Truth & Americans Think The Media Is More Destructive Than Banks & Corporations + The Normals vs. Conspiracy Theorists

Sharyl Attkisson: How Media Narratives Became More Important Than Facts & Every Nation Must Declare War Against Big Tech

Obamagate Is Not A Conspiracy Theory & Disinformation From Schiff, Media Damaged America

How To Stop The Media From Controlling Your Mind + Why The ‘Red Pill’ Has Become So Big

People’s Skepticism About Covid-19 Is The Fault Of The Lying Mass Media & A Personal Take On Covid-19 “Conspiracy Theories”

COVID-19 Lockdown: A Global Human Experiment & Ten Years Ago The World Health Organisation Faked A Pandemic

Sinclair's script for stations

50 Facts Illustrating Mainstream Media’s Relationship With The US Government

Rachel Maddow Called Out By WaPo Columnist For Shamelessly Peddling Fake News

Who REALLY Controls The Mainstream Media?

Google, Corporate Press Launch Attack On Alternative Media

This Review of “Ford v Ferrari” Reflects the Absurdity of Movie Critics Today

Gabbard and Trump Jr. Change America’s View of The View


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Satanists Are Gaslighting Us
March 1 2025 | From: HenryMakow / Various

Have you ever asked yourself, "Am I crazy?" If you have, you're not crazy. You're most likely being gaslighted.



Gaslighting is a form of psychological abuse aimed at controlling a person by altering reality to the point where the person will doubt his own sanity.

Related: Race Relations In New Zealand

A good example is pretending the common flu is a deadly pandemic in order to enslave humanity by destroying human rights and livelihoods.

The term "gaslighting" comes from a 1930s play called Gas Light. The main character in the play literally tries to drive his wife crazy by gradually dimming the gas-powered lights in their home.

When she notices the lights dimming, her husband not only denies that the lights are dimming, he convinces her that she is imagining it to the point where she questions her own sanity.

We are now living in a perpetual state of gaslighting. The "reality" that we are being sold by the media is at complete odds with what we are actually seeing with our own two eyes.

And when we question the false reality that we are being presented, or we claim that what we see is the actual reality, we are vilified as racist or bigoted or just plain crazy.

You're not racist. You're not crazy. You're being gaslighted.



Related: A Conversation On Race, Identity Politics And Slavery

New York State has twice as many deaths from COVID-19 as any other state, and New York has accounted for one-fifth of all Covid-19 deaths, but we are told that New York Governor Andrew Cuomo has handled the pandemic better than any other governor.

But if we support policies of Governors whose states had only a fraction of the infections and deaths as New York, we're called anti-science and want people to die. So, we ask ourselves, am I crazy? No, you're being gaslighted.

We see mobs of people looting stores, smashing windows, setting cars on fire, and burning down buildings, but we are told that these demonstrations are peaceful protests. And when we call this destruction of our cities what it obviously is - riots - we are called racists. So, we ask ourselves, am I crazy? No, you're being gaslighted.

We see that the major problem destroying many inner cities is crime - murder, gang violence, drug dealing, drive-by shootings, armed robbery - yet we are told that it is not crime, but the police, that is the problem.

We are told we must defund the police and remove law enforcement from crime-riddled cities to make them safer. But if we advocate for more policing in cities overrun by crime, we are accused of being white supremacists and racists.

So, we ask ourselves, am I crazy? No, you're being gaslighted.



Related: Hanne Herland Explains How Universities Became Globalist New Left Propaganda Tools And Enemies Of Free Speech

The United States of America accepts more immigrants than any other country in the world. The vast majority of the immigrants are "people of color", and these immigrants are enjoying the freedom and economic opportunity not available to them in their country of origin, but we are told that the United States is the most racist and oppressive country on the planet, and if we disagree, we are called racist and xenophobic.

So, we ask ourselves, am I crazy? No, you're being gaslighted.

Capitalist countries are the most prosperous countries in the world. The standard of living is the highest in countries that practice capitalism.

We see more poor people move up the economic ladder to the middle and even the wealthy class through their effort and ability in capitalist countries than any other economic system in the world, but we are told capitalism is an oppressive system designed to keep people down.

So, we ask ourselves, am I crazy? No, you're being gaslighted.

Communist countries killed over 100 million people in the 20th century. Communist countries strip their citizens of basic human rights, dictate every aspect of their lives, treat their citizens as slaves, and drive their economies into the ground, but we are told that Communism is the fairest, most equitable, freest and most prosperous economic system in the world.



Related: Academic Warns: Young People’s Ignorance Of Socialism Risks “Absolute Catastrophe” & Goodbye Free Internet, Government Is Already Here

So, we ask ourselves, am I crazy? No, you're being gaslighted.

The most egregious example of gaslighting is the concept of "white fragility". You spend your life trying to be a good person, trying to treat people fairly and with respect.

You disavow racism and bigotry in all its forms. You judge people solely on the content of their character and not by the color of their skin. You don't discriminate based on race or ethnicity.



Related: France’s Yellow Vest Protesters: Unleash Chaos By Withdrawing All Money From Banks & How The 1% Profit Off Of Racial Economic Inequality

But you are told you are a racist, not because of something you did or said, but solely because of the color of your skin.

You know instinctively that charging someone with racism because of their skin color is itself racist.

You know that you are not racist, so you defend yourself and your character, but you are told that the very act of defending yourself is proof of your racism. So, we ask ourselves, am I crazy? No, you're being gaslighted.

Gaslighting has become one of the most pervasive and destructive tactics in American [Western] politics. It is the exact opposite of what our political system was meant to be.



Related: It’s Not Okay To Be White, Says New Zealand Government & Alert The Media: Racist America Myth Debunked

It deals in lies and psychological coercion rather than truth and intellectual discourse. If you ever ask yourself if you're crazy, you are not.

Crazy people aren't sane enough to ask themselves if they're crazy.

So, trust yourself, believe what's in your heart. Trust your eyes over what you are told. Never listen to the people who tell you that you are crazy, because you are not. You're being gaslighted.


Related Articles:

Mueller Report: Assange Preferred Trump Because Hillary Was A “Sociopath” Who Would Start More Wars + Poll Shows Media Failed To Gaslight Public About Trump Campaign Spying

Orwell’s 1984 No Longer Reads Like Fiction - It’s The Reality Of Our Times & The Propaganda Ministry Known As “The Free Press”

Propaganda Is The Art Of Overwhelming Logic

Propaganda, Human Consciousness, And The Future Of Civilization


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

How To Communicate In A Polarized World
February 28 2025 | From: TheUnboundedSpirit / Various

"The single biggest problem in communication is the illusion that it has taken place.” - George Bernard Shaw.



We’re living in a polarized world. Just look at the comment sections on social media platforms and you’ll understand exactly what I mean: Individuals holding opposing views are verbally fighting against one another to prove themselves right and others wrong.

Related: How To Stay Calm & Present Throughout The Day

Here are a few examples: capitalists vs socialists, theists vs atheists, climate alarmists vs climate deniers, fruitarians vs carnivores, pro-life vs pro-choice.

Their goal is to hurt, belittle and win over those belonging to the opposing group. But the result is always the same: nobody wins, and everyone loses.

People waste their time spilling hate over others, only to find themselves further enraged and misunderstood, which leads to more hate-spilling. Constantly adding fuel to fire, the heated debate never ends.

In this article, I’d like to shed some light on the core reasons behind the polarizing conversations that are all over the place, and offer some insights on how to effectively communicate without resorting to hate and the war mentality that so many of us are accustomed to.


The Trap of Being Right

Most fights in conversations start when we label ourselves as right and others as wrong. In other words, they start from judgment.

When we judge others, we can’t see them as they truly are. To be more precise, we see them as less than they are.



Related: Developing A Non-Judgmental Attitude

That’s because by judging them we dehumanize them, and so we lose or considerably reduce our empathy towards them. As a result, we find no problem attacking them. Yet in reality we only attack a projection of our own minds.

The need to prove others wrong usually comes from the egoistic desire to feel that we’re on the right side of things (and hence “better” than others). This desire arises from a deep-seated fear: that we might be on the wrong side of things (and hence “worse” than others). In other words, it arises from self-judgment.

To admit the possibility of being wrong would be an anathema to our insecure ego that feeds on the idea of being right: It would lead to tremendous emotional distress due to the psychological discord that would surface in our consciousness.

To avoid that, we use all sorts of defense mechanisms to cover up for our personal insecurities, such as trying to win over others in conversations. But this creates two serious problems.

Firstly, when our goal in conversations is to prove that we’re right, we exclude any possibility of learning, for learning requires the admittance that we don’t know everything.

It requites paying attention to new information - even that which is conflicting to our beliefs - and being available to change our minds when presented with it. It requires suspending the ego, and being open to the idea that others might have more knowledge or insight on a topic than us.



Related: Removing The Blindfold Of Dogmatic Belief

Secondly, we don’t really understand the person we’re conversing with. We’re so focused on winning that we don’t care to hear another’s perspective and put ourselves in their shoes.

Or perhaps we hear, but we don’t really listen. And if we listen, we only listen in order to find an opportunity to talk back. Therefore, we fail to truly communicate with them. Rather, we’re exchanging verbal punches with a ghost of our own creation that entirely misses the point of communication: To connect with others.


The Art of Listening

To effectively communicate, we need to learn to truly listen (and not just hear). But to listen, we need to be willing to understand those we’re conversing with. And to understand them, it is important that we let go of our judgmental attitude towards them, for judgementality blocks our empathy - that is, our capacity to “feel with” another.

When we listen, we can see where others are coming from. We can see that they have their reasons for believing and saying what they do. We can see that when they hold opinions that are arguably wrong, that doesn’t mean that they themselves are wrong.

And we can also see that, when they disagree with us, that doesn’t mean they’re our enemies - it just means that they have a different way of thinking than ours.



Related: Listen Up Truth-Seekers: We’re On The Same Team

When we listen, we don’t want to harm anyone. We understand that those who verbally fight against us are suffering from their own psychological discord, and so we respond with compassion instead of fighting them back.

We provide them with loving space in order to nourish their deep need for self-acceptance, which sometimes is enough to change their attitude towards us.

But even if their attitude doesn’t change, and they continue their fight, we simply disengage, careful not to add fuel to the fire of hatred and rage.

To listen, we also need to let go of the idea that we’re always right. We need to understand that no one is perfect or knows everything.

Learning is an ongoing journey, and part of that journey are the people we interact with. Everyone we meet can teach us important lessons, if we stop and pay attention to them. Even those we disagree with know some things that we don’t.

Once we realize that, and are willing to expand our knowledge and understanding, we’ll stop getting defensive when conversing with others.

On the contrary, we’ll start listening closely to what they have to say, and be open to question our beliefs when provided with new information that doesn’t fit in with them.



Related: Why So Many Of Us Feel Lonely These Days


The Purpose of Communication

As I mentioned earlier, communication has one purpose: To connect us with others. By exchanging our feelings, thoughts and perspective, communication allows us to know each other better; hence it brings us closer to each other. And when communication brings us further apart, that’s a clear sign it has failed to take place.

Once we see that the goal of communication is connection, we’ll no longer fight with others. Of course, that doesn’t mean that no disagreement or conflict will ever arise from our conversations.

To some extent both are inevitable, yet not necessarily bad. In fact, they can be very beneficial: Disagreements can help us to reconsider our way of thinking and enrich our knowledge, and conflicts can help our relationships become healthier and more resilient.

But that’s the case only if they’re dealt with the right way - that is, with compassion, a genuine desire for understanding and the intention to heal our inner psychological discord from which our outer conflicts sprout.



Related: Being “Crazy” In A Sick Society Is Actually Healthy

Communication can be a bridge between ourselves and others. But when used the wrong way, it can create thick walls between our hearts.

Every word we utter has the power to connect or separate us, to create the conditions for conflict or the conditions for peace, to nourish our psyche or deprive us of what we need the most: Intimacy, love, connection.

So let’s use our words wisely, and harness their power for the benefit of ourselves and those we converse with.


Related Articles:

The Trap Of Romantic Love

Meditation For Beginners: A Guide To Inner Tranquility

These Five Traits Can Only Be Found In Genuine Empaths & Psychic Abilities Everyone Can Unlock

Overcoming Anxiety By Embracing Uncertainty

Scientists Explain How Earth’s Magnetic Field Connects All Living Systems

Energy Depletion In A Human Being

Ecology And The Human Heart

Why Anti-Authoritarians Are Diagnosed As Mentally Ill

Ten Psychological Behavior Tips That Can Make Your Life Easier



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The Great Awakening Has Begun
February 27 2025 | From: FinalWakeUpCall / Various

Mass Awakening is the Cabal’s greatest Fear. The awakening is erupting. Being awake comes with a price.



It may have been difficult and painful going through the stages of awakening, but convincing others by challenging circumstances and conditions to open the eyes and minds of others is even more difficult. It has become a struggle against time when awake and one sees all the injustices that could have easily been avoided.

Related: Society Is Made Of Narrative – Realizing This Is Awakening From The Matrix

It’s very sad to see unawakened people being tossed to and fro, without having a clue as to what is really going on. But even that is an “engineered” shake-up designed by the Deep State.

Nevertheless, that should help every one of us to come to our senses and surpass this false reality.

Millions are flocking to alternative news sources to try to make sense of what’s going on, stumbling across realities they never considered possible, or could have ever imagined before.

If the truth be known, the awake are responsible for sharing it ardently, but also for doing it with a passion. Not always pleasant, but a duty that must be done.

The hour is late and the timeframe we are living in is terrible, the necessity brings forth optimal awareness and swift action. There’s no alternative left.



Related: Once We Awaken

The world is bankrupt financially, economically, and morally, but through manipulation and deceit, people are led to believe that all is well.

It’s absolutely absurd that all the bubble assets are at such astronomical highs, while wealth-preservation assets like gold and silver have been totally annihilated through manipulation.

The elite and the media continuously fool the people regarding the state of the world.


Anger, Hatred, Aggression and Fear Are the Food Source of the Archons

The tactics employed are comprised of manipulating economies, trade and the masses through fear: fear of war, fear of starvation, fear of economic collapse, imprisonment and death.

This state of mind has directed and shaped global events for centuries and has become the standard operating procedure.

This process of enslaving civilisations is contrary to the survival drive of humanity and suppresses the natural instinct of all humans to do good and be kind to each other.

Do not view all this madness from a foundation of fear; this will just make you angry and aggressive, which in turn will lead to violence and a perpetuation of this madness.

It is hard to remain calm when faced with the hard truth, but it’s what must be done, in order to safely get through this. Anger, hatred, aggression and fear are the sort of emotions that have led to this madness and it is the food source of the Archons.



Related: Agenda 21: Awareness And Activism + UN 2030 Agenda Decoded: Blueprint For The Global Enslavement Of
Humanity Under Corporate Masters


Stop feeding them and help to change our world view completely. In this way, we will change everything for the better, by changing our way of thinking.

Bear in mind; the real purpose of government is, always and everywhere, to enable the few to exploit the many.


The credit money system is a clever way of doing so. The bureaucracy will continue to churn out laws, statutes, codes and regulations that reinforce its powers and value systems and those of the police state and its corporate allies, rendering the rest of us petty criminals.

The average citizen unknowingly commits three felonies a day, thanks to this overabundance of vague laws that render otherwise innocent activity illegal. As an example, small farmers who dare to make unpasteurised goat cheese and share it with members of their community will continue to have their farms raided.


The Mainstream Media, the Last Bastion of the “Deep State”

The Mainstream Media is the last bastion of the “Deep State” organised crime network that, over the years in the past, has infiltrated and hijacked most, if not all institutions.

But, their days are numbered and the ensuing collapse will most likely be violent and shocking to all those unaware of what is unfolding.

The principal source of the Deep State’s power is their control of the process of creating and distributing money, i.e. their ownership of almost all of the world’s central banks, and multinationals.

They have used this money-power to bribe, blackmail and assassinate people at top levels of power in order to enforce their control.



Related: Six Ways To Break The Hypnotic Spell Of The Mainstream Media

They also control the corporate media and have been using every propaganda tool at their disposal to rig society and markets where necessary.

Fortunately, trust in the mainstream media has fallen to an all-time low and continues to plummet.

Much of this has to do with an increasingly aware and disgruntled public: More and more people are able to discern a mainstream media totally lacking integrity, thanks to the rising popularity of the independent / alternative media, exposing the dishonesty.

People are increasingly seeing right through the various media sources with their dogmatic, unhealthy sceptics, shills, trolls, pseudo-debunkers, controlled opposition agents, biasing, filtering and in-your-face lies; intended to sell us the spin of disinformation to keep people ignorant, deceived and helplessly anaesthetised in the world’s matrix controlling system.


The Real Question is How Do We Become Conscious?  

Our overwhelming, uncontrollable mass awakening is what the world’s ruling elite fear the most. Since we greatly outnumber them and their associates, they wouldn’t know how to deal with our vast numbers, even with their advanced technology.

As a result, the real question is how do we become conscious?

Since ancient times, under the ruling thumb of the world’s Black Nobility or dark overlords, humanity has been hacked, stymied, suppressed and coerced into submission through mind controlling, soul destroying atrocities.




The Wisdom of Bruce Lee

Other than the martial arts badass that he was, Bruce Lee was also a philosophy badass.

In my newest video I'm sharing some of Bruce Lee's most profound philosophical insights that can inspire you to live a more empowered life. It's 17 minutes long and took me weeks to create, so I hope you'll enjoy it.





Related:
Spiritual Leap Of Faith





Those unable to see that just about every matter under the sun is a deception, that their family and friends are affected in every way imaginable; those who don’t yet realise the extent to which the dark overlords have us tightly stitched up, are indeed about to experience the shock of a lifetime when this entire fraudulent system comes crashing down.

What they have clung to as a reality will soon sink into the abyss of Grand Deceptions.

Simply, become conscious by choosing it. By acting on those synchronicities better known as meaningful coincidences. By acting on that which calls, moves and inspires us.

Taking action through listening to our inner voice, coming from our inner being; paying attention to our gut feelings and basic instincts.

Choosing to become conscious means detaching one’s self from the mind control programming; escaping the effects of the physical, mental, emotional and spiritual prison matrix woven around us by the Globalist’s oppression.

Breaking free from the mind programming and the imposition of others, with multidimensional consciousness, escaping the dualistic confinements of matter, energy and space-time, anything is possible, and the Truth will be revealed. 



Related: You Are Being Programmed: Five Ways Your Thoughts Are Being Driven Against Your Own Self-Interest

Creating a driving desire to find out more about the truth regarding what is going on in our world. Seeing that the world is in a mess and we are all plodding along, business as usual, expecting someone else to sort it all out.

Most of us are too busy earning money and surviving, as surviving, by design, takes up all our time. Most people cannot seem to see beyond that and that is why we are in this mess in the first place.

We have all been manipulated and played. We have all been mesmerised, hypnotised and turned into consumer-driven slaves.

Making money for the large corporations and the 0.1% rich of the world is the name of the game, or so we have been programmed.

Each day they get richer and richer, finding new ways, like global warming and CO2 emission taxes, to force us to part with our hard-earned money; they are very clever at it.

They know how to manipulate the human mind, they know how to get us to spend our money and we don’t even realise it is happening.



Related: How To Realise Your True Calling & The 5 Stages Of Awakening: Are Demons Walking Among Us?

Governments extract far too much money from us, and we use almost all of our time on Earth working for this money.

They leave every family with a small amount to spare, while the really wealthy manage to avoid paying their taxes through carefully engineered loopholes.

The real purpose of government is, always and everywhere, to enable the few to exploit the many. The money system is a clever way of doing so.


We All are Slaves to the System

The modern world of industry, commerce, and investment works on win-win software.

Only governments with their conflicts, wars, taxes, tariffs, ‘do-this laws’, and ‘don’t-do-that prohibitions’, continue to operate on pre-civilised programming. It is a relic, an institution with a ‘grab whatever we can grab’ mentality.

A trade war is just as phony as a war on drugs, a war on crime, or a war on terror.

None are worth fighting for. And none are winnable. It is meant to reward the elite at others’ expense. Nothing more, nothing less.

Think of it, we are all, quite simply, slaves to the system! The people at the bottom are paying for the people at the top to keep their lavish life styles. We pay our taxes and any money that is left over is coveted by major corporations.



Related: Google, Facebook And Amazon Are Just Extensions Of The Surveillance State; Dangerous Mafia Heads Of A
Fascist Corporate Regime + Internal Facebook Documents Reveal Zuckerberg Discussed Selling User Data To Developers, Advertisers

We are bombarded with adverts continuously, telling us to buy more stuff we don’t need. We are encouraged to spend, spend and then spend some more. We replace everything, even when it doesn’t need replacing. We need to get out of this mentality.

We need to re-cycle, re-use and make do with what we have. We have all been brainwashed into this consumerism insanity. It’s all been smoke and mirrors, mind-games, played out on the world stage, aiming to keep us all in a state of awe and fear.


We All Want to be Free, Healthy, Educated, and Live in a Peaceful Society

Our subconscious minds have been conditioned to see only what differentiates us, rather the things that bind us. Believe it or not, we’re extremely similar in all aspects.

We may come from different backgrounds or different cultures, but we all have the same basic values in life. We all want to be free, healthy, educated, to live in a peaceful society and to have access to the basic necessities for survival.

That’s about it. Wherever we live in the world. Basically, all we really want is to be happy and healthy.

Instead, we have wars, hunger, insecurity, homelessness, and many around the world don’t have access to clean water and food. And it’s all by design because, people who are constantly “on the edge” don’t have time for self-education, introspection and eventually spiritual awakening.

We all are the victims of mass propaganda and brainwashing.



Related: CBS Reporter Calls Mainstream Press ‘Political Activists,’ ‘Propagandists’ + Max Blumental Proves
Western Media A Propagandist For War Criminals


It has reached the point where families choose to believe the media and the governments of the world, rather than members of their own family and friends who have woken up to the truth and are attempting to warn them and awaken them.

The truth can be frightening and that is why people want to avoid it. They would rather stick their heads in the sand like an ostrich, believing that as long as they choose not to look at it, it will not exist.

Unfortunately for them, Truth has a way of existing, even in the face of ridicule and denial. It does not need the approval of a counterparty to become legitimate.

Truth simply Is. Once you know the truth, you can never go back, even if you want to. The truth cannot be unseen; once seen, the truth stays with you forever. In any event, be assured, the truth will come out in the end, as it always does.

The truth comes at a cost – it will end all the lies and the illusions that people previously based their entire lives on. And that is an on-going process. Many feel lost and afraid right now all across the spectrum of humanity.

This deliberate creation of chaos is designed to do just that. However, parallel and simultaneous to their psychotic designs, a massive arousal of the human spirit is occurring, spurred on by an arising of conscious awareness and a deep sense of growing personal realisation and empowerment.



Related: NWO Control System Vs. The Awakening - Which Will Win?

Most may not recognise these rising, seemingly confusing energetic changes, as being the creative process at work, but it is, The Great Awakening. First, preceding this creativity is a destructive process, eliminating everything that is unreal and inhibitive of personal development and progress.

These two dynamics work alongside each other.

The "Elite" see us as their slaves, our sole purpose being to provide them with our energy money, so that they can follow their master plan, bringing about the New World Order.

We have procreated very well and are now, in their view, overrunning the planet, so they now want to cull a large number of us. Hence GMO’s, fluoride, chemtrails, vaccinations and the endless wars; all these things lower our immunity for whatever they have planned for us.

They want us to be in a state of eternal slumber, hypnotised and brainwashed by their omnipresent propaganda and most of us have unwittingly complied with their wishes.

But, we are more powerful than them and they know it, which is why they have been so patient. Humanity is waking up, slowly but surely.



Related: Now That You’ve Awakened, How Do You Help Awaken Others?

One of the reasons humanity cannot grasp what is going on, is because these creatures are so evil, that it’s hard to believe just how vile they are. And people are actually right in their disbelief of these atrocities: human beings cannot be this cruel!

Humans are not at the pinnacle of this diabolical plan, it is a Reptilian agenda, and Reptilians cannot experience positive emotions. They are simply unable to care for others or to experience noble emotions, such as love or empathy.

They are driven by fear, hate, rivalry and competition. The truth is far stranger and more incredible than we can imagine, say whistle-blowers like Corey Goode.

Will our mass awakening to the deception produce a turnaround, into a world that makes a difference for everyone?

A world where there are no predators, no controlling hierarchy, no blood-sucking vampires, slave-drivers at the top, ruling the enslaved at the bottom. No more fighting for self-sufficiency, because we will achieve everything in the communities we live in.

It is up to all of us to contribute our part.





Related Articles:

Loneliness – The Dilemma Of The Awakening Mind

The Great Transformation: A World Awakening

In Harmony with All Life: The Open Source Way + Lifting The Veil: Merging Science And Spirituality

Spirit Led Activism - The True Power Of The People + Rites Of Passage - Encountering Spiritual “Initiations” On The Path


Is The Pineal Gland The Gateway To A Spiritual Awakening?



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Scientific American Writer Exposes The Tribal Cultist Arrogance And Dogmatic Lunacy Of Science 'Skeptics'
February 26 2025 | From: NaturalNews / Various

Today I'm tipping my hat to John Horgan, a blogger who writes for Scientific American, for his extraordinary article entitled Dear "Skeptics," Bash Homeopathy and Bigfoot Less, Mammograms and War More.



In his article, Horgan rightly points out that today's so-called "science skeptics" are little more than dogmatic tribal cultists (my words, not Horgan's) who celebrate "skeptical" thinking concerning their selected philosophical targets while vehemently denying anyone's right to question their own beliefs on things like breast cancer screening, vaccine safety, global warming and genetically engineered foods.


Related:
How ‘Science’ Is Used To Deceive The Public

As Horgan eloquently explains in his piece, real skeptics are skeptical of everything, not just selected topics that are targeted by the madness of status quo science crowds (i.e. the "cult of scientism").


Real Skepticism Means Questioning Everything... Especially the Status Quo

A real skeptic, in other words, would bring critical thinking to all of our science narratives and cultural beliefs, including those that cover the origin of the universe (cosmology), the origin of the human species, the nature of consciousness, the long history of indigenous botanical medicine, the cancer industry and mammography, homeopathy, antidepressant drugs, water filters, the existence of God and everything else imaginable.

But far too many of today's infamous "skeptics" (such as Richard Dawkins) are really just cultists who labor under the false banner of "science."

And they're offensive to real critical thinkers, it turns out.


"I don’t hang out with people who self-identify as capital-S Skeptics. Or Atheists. Or Rationalists," explains Horgan. "When people like this get together, they become tribal.

They pat each other on the back and tell each other how smart they are compared to those outside the tribe. But belonging to a tribe often makes you dumber."

I've seen this myself, on both ends of the medicine spectrum. I've seen insanely stupid pharmacology experts swear that statin drugs are such miraculous chemicals that they should be dripped into the public water supply. But I've also seen "raw foodies" at festivals swearing that their "water vortexer machines" could levitate water in defiance of the laws of gravity.

In both cases, my critical thinking alarms go haywire, and I shake my head in disbelief that so many people are so gullible, regardless of their level of academic education or technical mastery of certain subjects.

A highly trained doctor with an IQ of 200 can be just as functionally stupid as a high school dropout, I've observed. In fact, when it comes to medicine and health, many so-called "experts" are so ignorant of reality that they almost seem cognitively retarded.



Related: Why So Many “Experts” Make Such Disastrous Errors


My Experience as a Food Research Scientist Has Taught Me to Distrust Everything by Default

As a food scientist and lab science director of CWC Labs where I conduct food analysis via ICP-MS, LC/MS-TOF and other instruments, I've become even more skeptical of the mainstream natural products industry over the last few years.

Take note of the massive scam of commercial almond milk sold in grocery stores. Such products contain almost no almonds at all. Instead, they're thickened with carageenan and made to look milky white by the addition of an inorganic mineral compound called calcium carbonate - ground up rocks!

This calcium carbonate, when consumed in large quantities, can cause extreme bone pain, kidney calcification and may even contribute to the calcification of arteries. Yet it's added to a so-called "natural" health product that people are drinking in huge quantities while thinking they're being smart about their health. Truth be told, you'd be far better off drinking raw, unpasteurized cow's milk than commercial almond milk.



Related: How The Dairy Industry Tricked Humans Into Believing They Need Milk

I've also seen so much pollution in "natural" products - including toxic heavy metals and alarming quantities of pesticides and herbicides in supposedly "clean" products - that I've reached the point where my own food manufacturing operation now rejects 80% of the raw material lots we test. (See my upcoming book Food Forensics for detailed ICP-MS analysis revealing the heavy metals concentrations in over 800 foods, supplements and spices.)

Similarly, I find myself rejecting 80% of the total B.S. science nonsense reported by the scientifically illiterate mainstream media... (and sometimes even the "science" media).

I've literally seen seemingly credible reports in the mainstream media that claim the most ludicrous science nonsense, including claims that cars can be "powered" by air and that cell phones can be "powered" by water. The air powered cars stories always neglect to mention that the air must be pressurized by some other energy source; usually coal-generated electricity that's used to power the compressors in the first place.

I've also seen the Associated Press falsely report that all mercury has been removed from all vaccines in America (blatantly false), and I've seen the obedient Monsanto-puppet media (i.e. Forbes.com, a propaganda rag steeped in utterly false journalism) report ridiculous claims such as asserting that glyphosate disintegrates quickly in the food supply.



Related: Heartbreaking Letter From Dying EPA Scientist Begs Monsanto “Moles” Inside The Agency To Stop Lying About Dangers Of RoundUp (Glyphosate) & Monsanto Funneled Money To Front Groups To Attack Anti-GMO Activists, Court Documents Reveal

In truth, this cancer-causing weed killer survives food processing and human digestion, showing up in both urine and breast milk, fully intact in its original molecular form.

So why is there no skepticism among "skeptics" about the food chain persistence of pesticides? The false diagnosis hoax of mammography? The lunatic quack medicine diagnosis of "psychiatric disorders" that are treated with mind-bending psychiatric drugs? Or even the scientifically proven fact that some children are seriously harmed by certain vaccines, most notably HPV vaccines?

As Horgan writes in Scientific American:



"The Science Delusion” is common among Capital-S Skeptics. You don’t apply your skepticism equally. You are extremely critical of belief in God, ghosts, heaven, ESP, astrology, homeopathy and Bigfoot. You also attack disbelief in global warming, vaccines and genetically modified food...

Meanwhile, you neglect what I call hard targets. These are dubious and even harmful claims promoted by major scientists and institutions. In the rest of this talk, I’ll give you examples of hard targets from physics, medicine and biology. I’ll wrap up with a rant about war, the hardest target of all."


Real Scientists Reject the Cult of Scientism



Related: The Cult Of 'Scientism' Explained: How Scientific Claims Behind Cancer, Vaccines, Psychiatric Drugs And GMOs Are Nothing More Than Corporate-Funded Science Fraud

What Horgan is doing is, dare we say, exercising REAL scientific skepticism. He's refusing to sign up for the "cult of scientism" that all the other closed-minded skeptics obediently follow as their dogmatic mental prison.

Horgan understands that legitimate science is a process, not a belief system. "Science" isn't belief in vaccines, GMOs, chemotherapy and global warming. Those are conclusions, not processes.

Real science is a process of discovery; and that process must be subjected to questioning and criticism, or it isn't science at all.

Let me repeat that for emphasis: Real science is a PROCESS, not a set of conclusions. Any "scientific" belief system which rejects critical questioning isn't based in real science at all. It's just dogma.

This explains why the entire vaccine industry - as it is fraudulently promoted today - isn't scientific at all.




Related: The Top Four Reasons Why Many People, Doctors And Scientists Refuse To Take The COVID Vaccine & A New Zealand Doctor Speaks Out Against COVID Policies

Vaccine propaganda is founded in a dogmatic belief system that demands absolute obedience to political vaccine narratives while rejecting even the slightest questions or criticisms about vaccine ingredients, vaccine safety, vaccine adverse events or vaccine efficacy.

For example, merely asking the question of why flu shots still contain over 50,000 ppb mercury -- that's over 25,000 times the EPA limit of mercury in drinking water -- earns you widespread ridicule and condemnation. And yet the mercury is still being injected into children. Yet the entire vaccine propaganda establishment rejects even the hint of discussion of mercury in vaccines, pretending it doesn't exist.

By the way, how do I know for sure that flu shots still contain over 50,000 ppb mercury? Because I tested flu shots myself via ICP-MS. How accuracy is my testing via ICP-MS? My lab was recently awarded a certificate of excellence for producing extremely accurate results in a blind water contamination proficiency test involving 323 laboratories.




Related: A Quick Review Of Fake Medical Diagnostic Tests + Author Exposes The “Vaccine Deep State”- A Massive Criminal Fraud And Embezzlement Ring Inside The CDC

The vaccine establishment, as Natural News readers well know, is practicing delusional thinking masquerading as science. It's just as delusional as so-called "psychic surgeons" who claim to pull diseased liver parts out of a patient's body (which later turn out to be chicken livers, go figure...).

Any real skeptic, upon observing the quackery, propaganda and blatant deception of the vaccine industry, would have to conclude that the way vaccines are formulated, approved and promoted today makes a mockery of science.



More "Science" B.S. is Readily Found in the Fields of Physics and Medicine, Too


Speaking on the subject of computing and AI systems, Horgan explains;


"The Singularity is an apocalyptic cult, with science substituted for God. When high-status scientists promote flaky ideas like the Singularity and multiverse, they hurt science. They undermine its credibility on issues like global warming."

Of course, Horgan may not yet understand that belief in man-made global warming as the primary cause for rising CO2 levels is also based on a politicized science cult. But that's not even the point. I don't expect other scientists to arrive at the same conclusions I've reached.



Related: UN IPCC Scientist Blows Whistle On Lies About Climate, Sea Level

What I do expect, however, is that scientists should honor the process of critical scientific thinking. If they honor the process, they will eventually reach the correct conclusions on subjects such as man-made global warming, vaccine safety problems, the total con job of statin drugs and so on.

On medicine, Horgan nails it. He gets the fact that today's medical screening system is largely a fraud:



"Over the past half-century, physicians and hospitals have introduced increasingly sophisticated, expensive tests. They assure us that early detection of disease will lead to better health.

But tests often do more harm than good. For every woman whose life is extended because a mammogram detected a tumor, up to 33 receive unnecessary treatment, including biopsies, surgery, radiation and chemotherapy. For men diagnosed with prostate cancer after a PSA test, the ratio is 47 to one. Similar data are emerging on colonoscopies and other tests."

He's also right on the mark when it comes to psychiatric drugs and their fraudulent marketing:


"Over the last few decades, American psychiatry has morphed into a marketing branch of Big Pharma. I started critiquing medications for mental illness more than 20 years ago, pointing out that antidepressants like Prozac are scarcely more effective than placebos.

In retrospect, my criticism was too mild. Psychiatric drugs help some people in the short term, but over time, in the aggregate, they make people sicker.


He also exposes the total fraud of so-called "gene discoveries" that ridiculously claim genes have been discovered for things like gay-ness or intelligence:

Another hard target that needs your attention is behavioral genetics, which seeks the genes that make us tick. I call it gene-whiz science, because the media and the public love it.

Over the past several decades, geneticists have announced the discovery of "genes for" virtually every trait or disorder. We’ve had the God gene, gay gene, alcoholism gene, warrior gene, liberal gene, intelligence gene, schizophrenia gene, and on and on.

None of these linkages of single genes to complex traits or disorders has been confirmed. None!"


Much of What You'reTold Today Under the Banner of "Science" is Complete Bullshit


Horgan has come to the same conclusion that I've reached through a different path: Much of what we are taught today under the banner of "science" is complete bunk. Some of it is sheer hucksterism, and a lot of it qualifies as criminal fraud.

Check out my recent video compilation:


The 12 Biggest SCIENCE LIES You've Been Told by Corporations, Government and the Corrupt Media






At the top of that list of science frauds is, of course, vaccines. As I've exhaustively documented here on Natural News, many popular vaccines (flu shots, measles, mumps) simply don't work at all. Shockingly, outright admissions of a complete lack of scientific testing of the efficacy of such vaccines is admitted on their insert sheets.



Related: Why Mandatory Vaccination Is Unethical And Immoral + California Medical Doctor Explains How Doctors Receive No Medical Training on Vaccines – Indoctrination On Belief In Vaccines & First-Ever Peer-Reviewed Study Of Vaccinated Vs Unvaccinated Children Shows Vaccinated Kids Have A Higher Rate Of Sickness, 470% Increase In Autism

The Flulaval vaccine insert sheet, for example, admits there are "No controlled trials demonstrating a decrease in influenza" among people being injected with the vaccine.

Similarly, many vaccines are approved by the FDA's only after the regulatory agency reviewed so-called "scientific" studies authored by the vaccine manufacturers themselves -- studies that involved blood samples which were deliberately adulterated by vaccine manufacturers to product fraudulent results.

Yet despite these extraordinary admissions of lack of efficacy, vaccine research fraud and the known toxicity of vaccine ingredients (which still include formaldehyde, mercury, aluminum and MSG), the systematic rejection of such evidence by vaccine promoting "science skeptics" borders on the fringe of mental illness.

These are not scientists at all... they are con artists and criminals - like Poul Thorsen, a fugitive from justice who was once a CDC researcher - pretending to be scientists.

As a real scientist, I've dared to ask 21 questions we're never allowed to ask about vaccines. Such questions are based on reason and rationality. They include commonsense questions such as, "If measles vaccines confer measles immunity, then why do already-vaccinated children have anything to fear from a measles outbreak?"




The government tells us that lead in water is bad, but mercury in vaccines is good...


It is notable that the entire vaccine establishment not only refuses to answer such questions; they consider the mere act of questioning vaccine dogma to be blasphemy. The demand for absolute obedience to the false narratives surrounding vaccines has reached such a fever pitch that anyone can now see it's no longer based in science at all.

It is a kind of religious fervor put on by deranged zealots who claim an intellectual monopoly over all things related to vaccines. This phenomenon is, in a very real way, a "scientific dictatorship" - an apt oxymoron to describe today's juxtaposition of conformist demands and so-called "scientific evidence."



Related: Five Historical Vaccine Scandals Suppressed By The Establishment & FDA Admits Vaccines Contaminated With Serious Viruses Including Cancer + Measles Vaccination Is Not Protecting Against Measles

Hint: If you aren't allowed to ask questions about the evidence, it isn't evidence at all. It's dogma, plain and simple. Vaccine proponents, as they operate today, are faith-based dogmatists who don't need any legitimate evidence because they BELIEVE in vaccines. Their belief is so strong that it outweighs all evidence contrary to their current beliefs. And in case you didn't notice, what I've just described here is a cult, not a science.



Vaccine "Science" is a Massive Con Job

The other huge con job found in vaccines is described thusly: Vaccines only "work" on those who don't need them. In other words, when vaccines do work, they do so by initiating an immune response to a weakened virus that's introduced into the body.

This response requires an active and complex immune system that's functioning well... the same kind of immune system, in other words, that could ward off an infection of a live virus encountered in the wild.

Meanwhile, people who have suppressed immune systems and are therefore extremely vulnerable to infections in the wild also happen to have extremely poor (and sometimes completely nullified) responses to vaccines. They don't build antibodies, in other words, so the vaccines don't work for them (they are non-efficacious).



Related: U.S. Govt Loses Landmark Vaccine Lawsuit & Expert Study Shows Vaccinations Actually Turn Your Own Bodies Immune System Against You

In order to make vaccines "work" better on those with weakened immune systems, vaccine manufacturers add adjuvant chemicals that are irritants which cause excessive inflammation in the hope of eliciting a stronger immune response. While this may help some people, it also carries a very real risk of causing inflammatory damage to the neurology of some children who receive these vaccines.

The results, as borne out by the vaccine adverse events databases and Vaccine Injury Compensation Program, is a growing number of children who are maimed, neurological damaged, put into comas or even killed by vaccines.



Related: Vaccines For Profit And Destruction & You Cannot Be Pro-Freedom And Pro-Forced Vaccinations At The Same Time

The entire "skeptics" cult of modern medicine denies any of this is happening, and that's one reason why the skeptics are increasingly seen as high-functioning idiots who are possibly vaccine damaged themselves.

Zealotous hate-bloggers like Doctor David Gorski - a psychopathic, mentally ill vaccine promoter who also carries out cancer surgery on African-American victims in Detroit - now characterize the skeptics cult, a cabal of mentally deranged lunatics and gay sex fetish seekers like James Randi who was caught on tape soliciting sex from a young man.

Richard Dawkins, for his part, is also an anti-consciousness cultist who believes in the irrational dualism that no other humans on this planet are conscious beings other than himself. Everybody else, he claims, is an unconscious biological robot suffering under the illusion of self awareness.



Meet Three Real Scientists We Need to Empower to Ask More Questions of the Scientific Establishment


What kind of people do we really need to see more of in the realm of scientific skepticism? People like Rupert Sheldrake, author of Science Set Free. Sheldrake's work is transformative, as it challenges the underlying non-scientific assumptions of modern science.

We also need more people like Gilbert Welch, author of Less Medicine, More Health. This book challenges the seven false assumptions of modern medicine.



Another extraordinary scientist who deserves our support is Dr. David Lewis, author of Science for Sale: How the US Government Uses Powerful Corporations and Leading Universities to Support Government Policies, Silence Top Scientists, Jeopardize Our Health, and Protect Corporate Profits.

Dr. Lewis was maliciously attacked, discredited and ultimately thrown out of the government-funded scientific establishment for the simple reason that he questioned the safety of toxic biosludge -- recycled human and industrial waste that's sold as "organic fertilizer" to be spread on home gardens, childrens' playgrounds and city parks.





(I am currently investigating biosludge in my laboratory and will have some truly shocking, mind-blowing results to share with everyone this summer... you won't believe what's in this crap...) Check out Dr. Lewis's recent post entitled Inspector General dismantled scientific integrity at EPA.

The other thing we need, quite frankly, is independent scientists like myself who are conducting cutting edge, truly independent science, without any financial ties to governments, corporations or academia.

My science lab, which has now passed our ISO 17025 accreditation audit, is free to pursue precisely the kind of scientific analysis of food and medicine that is blackballed or censored in the government-funded scientific community.

Other scientists would lose their jobs if they pursued the kind of science I'm pursuing on a daily basis with absolute freedom.

Notably, this makes me a rare practitioner of real, independent science and a protector of the very kind of independent skepticism and scientific analysis that should be embraced by any system of knowledge that's based on legitimate science.


Yet the science I'm conducting is widely considered a threat to the scientific establishment, precisely because I'm willing to analyze vaccines for heavy metals and organic chemicals, for example.
Such research is simply not allowed by the cult of scientism (the vaccine zealots) because they depend on widespread ignorance of vaccine composition to continue parlaying their fraudulent lies about vaccine safety.


I Honor Scientists Who Pursue a Rigorous Process of Critical Thinking... and I Despise Obedient Status Quo Cultists

John Horgan might not yet be aware of the full story on vaccines, so he might disagree with me on such conclusions. But that's not the point. I honor Horgan's commitment to asking big questions. In fact, I honor those who vehemently disagree with me as long as they are following a process of authentic inquiry and open-minded skepticism.

What I despise is science cultists, dogmatic science propagandists and the worship of the "high priests" of science such as Neil DeGrasse Tyson, who can only be described as a "sciency" sleight-of-mind huckster who has more in common with stage illusionist David Copperfield than, say, Richard Feynman.



Related: The Carbonaro Effect: Magician Reveals How Fake News Media Indoctrinates The Gullible Masses With Junk Science

Tyson, like Dawkins, is a cultist. He has zero intellectual integrity and has sold out to the tribal dogmatists who spin tall tales of irrational mysticism that currently pass for "accepted science."

For my part, I don't claim to have all the answers - no human mind can possibly dare to claim a full understanding of the mysteries of nature (or the mind of God, for that matter).

But as a real scientist, I'm willing to skeptically explore the evidence on just about anything.

I don't reject entire fields of scientific inquiry merely because they are taboo. It doesn't mean I'm a sucker for silly claims, just that I'm intelligent and humble enough to realize that nature is far more mysterious than any human mind can possibly grasp. And we have much more to learn... many more scientific discoveries to make in the years ahead.



Related: These Five Traits Can Only Be Found In Genuine Empaths & Psychic Abilities Everyone Can Unlock

For example, psychic phenomena are often called "paranormal." But what if they are so commonplace that they're actually normal? Why can't we study things like pets somehow anticipating the random arrivals of their owners many minutes in advance? Or mothers having a seemingly intuitive emotional connection to their children even when separated by distance? Why can't we study dream premonition?

Consciousness after biological death? Or even the possibility that the brain is a "quantum antenna" that can receive information transmitted from other conscious sources, transmitted by a quantum entanglement mechanism that Einstein described as "spooky action at a distance?"

If we are true scientists, we must at least BE CURIOUS about the nature of the universe and the apparent consciousness we seem to experience inside that universe. The minute we lose curiosity and decide we have all the answers, we cease being scientists at all.



At that point, we just become mentally incapacitated dogmatic fools... like Dawkins and Randi, two people whom history will judge as being not just unwise hucksters, but even for slowing the progress of human knowledge into realms of understanding that are viciously attacked by "skeptics" today.

I often wonder just how many people have died needlessly due to the malicious "skepticism" of info-terrorist David Gorski or the Quackwatch propagandist Stephen Barrett.

How many cases of cancer could have been prevented or reversed by natural and complementary medicine?

How many studies might have been conducted in the pursuit of natural cures if not for the vicious, aggressive assaults on scientific curiosity being waged by "cult of scientism" intellectual bigots?



We'll never know the answer to that question, but at least a few people like John Horgan are willing to start asking some legitimate questions about the false assumptions of "skeptics." Have no doubt that Horgan himself will be maliciously slandered, attacked, defamed, censored and lied about for daring to ask such questions.

The one thing today's bullshit scientific establishment cannot tolerate is actual skepticism. It threatens the cultist beliefs of the faithful "scientism" worshippers, you see...



Related Articles:

The Ongoing Destruction Of The Minds Of Children & The Mass Dumbing Down Of Humanity Is Now Confirmed By Scientists

Scientists Explain How Earth’s Magnetic Field Connects All Living Systems

Extracting Energy From The Quantum Vacuum: Can Zero-Point Energy Power Our Planet? & For 30 Years The US Department Of Energy And “Scientific Establishment” Has Blocked The Truth About Cold Fusion (Low-Energy Nuclear Reactions), The Ultimate “Renewable” Energy Solution For Humanity

Darwinism Is “Full Of Holes” And Obsolete As A Scientific Theory, Declares Yale Professor + Mysterious Fossil Footprints May Cast Doubt On Human Evolution Timeline

The Global Takeover Is Underway & A Skeptical Look At The ‘Great Reset’: A Technocratic Agenda That Waited Years For A Global Crisis To Exploit

People’s Skepticism About Covid-19 Is The Fault Of The Lying Mass Media & A Personal Take On Covid-19 “Conspiracy Theories”


Science Explains Why Highly Intelligent People Prefer To Be Alone

Science Confirms That People Absorb Energy From Others

Everything Is Rigged: Medicine, Science, Elections, The Media, Money, Education, Search Engines, Social Media... You Are Living In A Fabricated Fairy Tale

The COVID-19 RT-PCR Test: How To Mislead All Humanity - Using A “Test” To Lock Down Society + Former Pfizer Science Officer Reveals Great COVID-19 Scam

Exposing The Bogus "97% Consensus" Claim Over Climate Change 'Science' & Top-Level Climate Modeler Spills The Beans On The ‘Nonsense’ Of ‘Global Warming Crisis’


“A Blatant Display Of Unscientific Propaganda:” Cornell Student Exposes GMO Propaganda In Scathing New Letter

Research Shocks Scientists: Human Emotion Physically Shapes Reality

Harvard Scientific Paper Details Entire Geo-Engineering Program Using Jet Aircraft



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The Fibonacci Sequence: What Is The Golden Ratio?
February 25 2025 | From: LiveScience / FractalEnlightenment / Various

The Golden ratio is a special number found by dividing a line into two parts so that the longer part divided by the smaller part is also equal to the whole length divided by the longer part.



It is often symbolized using phi, after the 21st letter of the Greek alphabet. In an equation form, it looks like this:

Related: Quasi-crystals and the Golden Ratio


a/b = (a+b)/a = 1.6180339887498948420 …

As with pi (the ratio of the circumference of a circle to its diameter), the digits go on and on, theoretically into infinity. Phi is usually rounded off to 1.618. This number has been discovered and rediscovered many times, which is why it has so many names - the Golden mean, the Golden section, divine proportion, etc.





Historically, the number can be seen in the architecture of many ancient creations, like the Great Pyramids and the Parthenon.

In the Great Pyramid of Giza, the length of each side of the base is 756 feet with a height of 481 feet. The ratio of the base to the height is roughly 1.5717, which is close to the Golden ratio.




Phidias (500 B.C. - 432 B.C.) was a Greek sculptor and mathematician who is thought to have applied phi to the design of sculptures for the Parthenon.

Plato (428 B.C. - 347 B.C.) considered the Golden ratio to be the most universally binding of mathematical relationships. Later, Euclid (365 B.C. - 300 B.C.) linked the Golden ratio to the construction of a pentagram.




Related: Neuroscience Says Listening To This Song Reduces Anxiety By Up To 65 Percent + The Miracle Of 528 Hz
Solfeggio And Fibonacci Numbers

Around 1200, mathematician Leonardo Fibonacci discovered the unique properties of the Fibonacci sequence.

This sequence ties directly into the Golden ratio because if you take any two successive Fibonacci numbers, their ratio is very close to the Golden ratio. As the numbers get higher, the ratio becomes even closer to 1.618.

For example, the ratio of 3 to 5 is 1.666. But the ratio of 13 to 21 is 1.625. Getting even higher, the ratio of 144 to 233 is 1.618. These numbers are all successive numbers in the Fibonacci sequence.



These numbers can be applied to the proportions of a rectangle, called the Golden rectangle. This is known as one of the most visually satisfying of all geometric forms - hence, the appearance of the Golden ratio in art.

The Golden rectangle is also related to the Golden spiral, which is created by making adjacent squares of Fibonacci dimensions. 




Related: Fibonnaci Number: The Mathematics


In 1509, Luca Pacioli wrote a book that refers to the number as the "Divine Proportion," which was illustrated by Leonardo da Vinci. Da Vinci later called this sectio aurea or the Golden section.

The Golden ratio was used to achieve balance and beauty in many Renaissance paintings and sculptures.

Da Vinci himself used the Golden ratio to define all of the proportions in his Last Supper, including the dimensions of the table and the proportions of the walls and backgrounds.





The Golden ratio also appears in da Vinci's Vitruvian Man and the Mona Lisa. Other artists who employed the Golden ratio include Michelangelo, Raphael, Rembrandt, Seurat, and Salvador Dali.



The term "phi" was coined by American mathematician Mark Barr in the 1900s. Phi has continued to appear in mathematics and physics, including the 1970s Penrose Tiles, which allowed surfaces to be tiled in five-fold symmetry.

In the 1980s, phi appeared in quasi crystals, a then-newly discovered form of matter.



Phi is more than an obscure term found in mathematics and physics. It appears around us in our daily lives, even in our aesthetic views.

Studies have shown that when test subjects view random faces, the ones they deem most attractive are those with solid parallels to the Golden ratio.





Faces judged as the most attractive show Golden ratio proportions between the width of the face and the width of the eyes, nose, and eyebrows.

The test subjects weren't mathematicians or physicists familiar with phi - they were just average people, and the Golden ratio elicited an instinctual reaction.




The Golden ratio also appears in all forms of nature and science. Some unexpected places include:

Flower petals: The number of petals on some flowers follows the Fibonacci sequence. It is believed that in the Darwinian processes, each petal is placed to allow for the best possible exposure to sunlight and other factors.

Seed heads: The seeds of a flower are often produced at the center and migrate outward to fill the space. For example, sunflowers follow this pattern.

Pinecones: The spiral pattern of the seed pods spiral upward in opposite directions. The number of steps the spirals take tend to match Fibonacci numbers.




Related: Is The Pineal Gland The Gateway To A Spiritual Awakening?


Tree branches: The way tree branches form or split is an example of the Fibonacci sequence. Root systems and algae exhibit this formation pattern.

Shells: Many shells, including snail shells and nautilus shells, are perfect examples of the Golden spiral.



Spiral galaxies
: The Milky Way has a number of spiral arms, each of which has a logarithmic spiral of roughly 12 degrees. The shape of the spiral is identical to the Golden spiral, and the Golden rectangle can be drawn over any spiral galaxy.

Hurricanes: Much like shells, hurricanes often display the Golden spiral.



Fingers
: The length of our fingers, each section from the tip of the base to the wrist is larger than the preceding one by roughly the ratio of phi.

Animal bodies: The measurement of the human navel to the floor and the top of the head to the navel is the Golden ratio. But we are not the only examples of the Golden ratio in the animal kingdom; dolphins, starfish, sand dollars, sea urchins, ants and honeybees also exhibit the proportion.

DNA molecules: A DNA molecule measures 34 angstroms by 21 angstroms at each full cycle of the double helix spiral. In the Fibonacci series, 34 and 21 are successive numbers.


The Fibonacci Sequence


The Fibonacci sequence is possibly the most simple recurrence relation occurring in nature.

It is 0,1,1,2,3,5,8,13,21,34,55,89, 144… each number equals the sum of the two numbers before it, and the difference of the two numbers succeeding it. It is an infinite sequence which goes on forever as it develops.

The Golden Ratio/Divine Ratio or Golden Mean – The quotient of any Fibonacci number and it’s predecessor approaches Phi, represented as ϕ (1.618), the Golden ratio.





The Golden Ratio is best understood geometrically by the golden rectangle. A rectangle unevenly divided resulting into one square and one rectangle, the square’s sides would have the ratio of 1:1, and the new rectangle would be exactly proportionate to the original rectangle – 1:1.618.

This iteration can continue both ways, infinitely. If you plot a quarter circle inside each of the squares as they reiterate, the golden spiral is formed.

The golden spiral is possibly the most simple mathematic pattern that occurs in nature like shells of snails, sea shells, horns, flowers, plants. Numbers are only what we use to organize quantitative information. golden ratio spiral galaxies.





The Golden Ratio can be seen from a Chambered Nautilus to a Spiraling Galaxy The Golden Ratio can be applied to any number of geometric forms including circles, triangles, pyramids, prisms, and polygons.

The Golden Ratio can be seen from a Chambered Nautilus to a Spiraling Galaxy The Golden Ratio can be applied to any number of geometric forms including circles, triangles, pyramids, prisms, and polygons.





The golden ratio is formed by thirds within thirds, sixths, the connection between two and three, including every even and odd number itself.

The ratio itself represents the transcendence of numbers, understanding our world is not numbers, but what numbers represent.





Through the spiral, the ratio illustrates how the numbers, all quantities, are quality. Eventually, all quality can be represented through quantity.

Properties qualitative and quantitative are just labels of information, our gathered indisputable fact.

Sunflowers have a Golden Spiral seed arrangement. This provides a biological advantage because it maximizes the number of seeds that can be packed into a seed head. If you graph any number system, eventually patterns appear.





Related:
Aston Martin, James Bond and the Golden Ratio

In mathematics, numbers and their patterns do not only continue infinitely linear, but in all directions.


"Breathtaking Proportions – The ‘Golden Ratio’ sits at the heart of every Aston Martin. Balanced from any angle, each exterior line of Rapide S works in concert and every proportion is precisely measured to create a lithe, pure form. Our engineering follows the same principle. A near perfect weight distribution ensures Rapide S is balanced in form and balanced in function.”

For example, considering infinite decimal expansion, even the shortest segments have an infinite amount of points.

Our universe and the numbers not only go on infinitely linear, but even it’s short segments have infinite points. (A beautiful short film on Fibonacci sequence in Nature - ‘Nature by Numbers’)


Nature by Numbers

 


The golden ratio is not the only mathematical pattern that reaches infinity, there are many other patterns as well that reach infinity. Knowing this, ask yourself, how could infinity occur twice?

If something were to happen infinitely, how could it happen twice? The answer is simple, infinity represents what is eternal, what is truly whole. For example, if infinity were to be used as a variable in mathematics like all other numbers, it would be denoted as 1∞, 2∞, 3∞, 4∞, etc.



The oneness of everything factual is what you know, what you perceive, what you are aware of, is all the universe looking at itself. This is the universe, even you are the universe, us and everything we know is all the same thing.

Since the numbers are everywhere, everything is a part of a pattern. Reflections of reflections, wheels within wheels. Life itself is a Fractal. (Another video on the Egyptian ‘Temple of Man’ is a symbolic representation of the Fibonacci series of balanced organic expansion and an expression of the underlying principles of life in the universe)

The Fibonacci Series - Egyptian Sacred Architecture






Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

How To Defeat The Empire
February 7 2023 | From: CaitlinJohnstone / Various

One of the biggest and most consistent challenges of my young career so far has been finding ways to talk about solutions to our predicament in a way that people will truly hear.



I talk about these solutions constantly, and some readers definitely get it, but others will see me going on and on about a grassroots revolution against the establishment narrative control machine and then say “Okay, but what do we do?” or “You talk about problems but never offer any solutions!”

Related: Pulitzer Prize-Winning CNN Journalist Busted For Fabricating Fake News, Resigns From CNN + Google Gestapo Goes Full Nazi Against Independent Media - Hiding “Controversial Content” And “Redirecting” Searches

Part of the difficulty is that I don’t talk much about the old attempts at solutions we’ve already tried that people have been conditioned to listen for.

I don’t endorse politicians, I don’t advocate starting a new political party, I don’t support violent revolution, I don’t say that capitalism contains the seeds of its own destruction and the proletariat will inevitably rise up against the bourgeoisie, and in general I don’t put much stock in the idea that our political systems are in and of themselves sufficient for addressing our biggest problems in any meaningful way.

What I do advocate, over and over and over again in as many different ways as I can come up with, is a decentralized guerrilla psywar against the institutions which enable the powerful to manipulate the way ordinary people think, act and vote.


“How To Win A Grassroots Media Rebellion“ - Caitlin Johnstone At Ron Paul Institute Conference

The mainstream media and its partners in government want to silence any non-regime voices. Australian renegade blogger joins the Ron Paul Institute's August 18th Washington conference to tell us how we can fight back!





I talk about narrative and propaganda all the time because they are the root of all our problems.

As long as the plutocrat-controlled media are able to manufacture consent for the status quo upon which those plutocrats built their respective empires, there will never be the possibility of a successful revolution.

People will never rebel against a system while they’re being successfully propagandized not to. It will never, ever happen.

Most people who want drastic systematic changes to the way power operates in our society utterly fail to take this into account.

Most of them are aware to some extent that establishment propaganda is happening, but they fail to fully appreciate its effects, its power, and the fact that it’s continually getting more and more sophisticated.

They continue to talk about the need for a particular political movement, for this or that new government policy, or even for a full-fledged revolution, without ever turning and squarely focusing on the elephant in the room that none of these things will ever happen as long as most people are successfully propagandized into being uninterested in making them happen.

It’s like trying to light a fire without first finding a solution to the problem that you’re standing under pouring rain.



Related: Why The Coordinated Alternative Media Purge Should Terrify Everyone

Certainly we can all agree that a fire is sorely needed because it’s cold and wet and miserable out here, but we’re never going to get one going while the kindling is getting soaked and we can’t even get a match lit.

The first order of business must necessarily be to find a way to protect our fire-starting area from the downpour of establishment propaganda.

A decentralized guerrilla psywar against the propaganda machine is the best solution to this problem.

By Psywar I mean a grassroots psychological war against the establishment propaganda machine with the goal of weakening public trust in pro-empire narratives.

People only believe sources of information that they trust, and propaganda cannot operate without belief. Right now trust in the mass media is at an all-time low while our ability to network and share information is at an all-time high.

Our psywar is fought with the goal of using our unprecedented ability to circulate information to continue to kill public trust in the mass media, not with lies and propaganda, but with truth.

If we can expose journalistic malpractice and the glaring plot holes in establishment narratives about things like war, Julian Assange, Russia etc, we will make the mass media look less trustworthy.





Mike Flynn: An Army of Digital Soldiers





Related: Did You Catch What The Patriots Are Doing? It’s Perfect



By Decentralized I mean we should each take responsibility for weakening public trust in the propaganda machine in our own way, rather than depending on centralized groups and organizations.

The more centralized an operation is, the easier it is for establishment manipulators to infiltrate and undermine it.

This doesn’t mean that organizing is bad, it just means a successful grassroots psywar won’t depend on it.

If we’re each watching for opportunities to weaken public trust in the official narrative makers on our own personal time and in our own unique way using videos, blogs, tweets, art, paper literature, conversations and demonstrations, we’ll be far more effective.

By Guerrilla I mean constantly attacking different fronts in different ways, never staying with the same line of attack for long enough to allow the propagandists to develop a counter-narrative.

If they build up particularly strong armor around one area, put it aside and expose their lies on an entirely different front. The propagandists are lying constantly, so there is never any shortage of soft targets.

The only consistency should be in attacking the propaganda machine as visibly as possible.



Related: Facebook Begins Killing The Independent News Industry

As far as how to go about that attack, my best answer is that I’m leading by example here. I’m only ever doing the thing that I advocate, so if you want to know what I think we should all do, just watch what I do.

I’m only ever using my own unique set of skills, knowledge and assets to attack the narrative control engine at whatever points I perceive to be the most vulnerable on a given day.

So do what I do, but keep in mind that each individual must sort out the particulars for themselves.

We’ve each got our own strengths and abilities that we bring to the psywar: some of us are funny, some are artistic, some are really good at putting together information and presenting it in a particular format, some are good at finding and boosting other people’s high-quality attacks.

Everyone brings something to the table. The important thing is to do whatever will draw the most public interest and attention to what you’re doing. Don’t shy away from speaking loud and shining bright.

It isn’t necessary to come up with your own complete 'How It Is' narrative of exactly what is happening in our world right now; with the current degree of disinformation and government opacity that’s too difficult to do with any degree of completion anyway.



Related: New Zealand Follows Communist China In Erecting “Great Firewall” Of Internet Content To Block All Independent Journalism About The Mosque Shootings

All you need to do is wake people up in as many ways as possible to the fact that they’re being manipulated and deceived. Every newly opened pair of eyes makes a difference, and anything you can do to help facilitate that is energy well spent.

Without an effective propaganda machine, the empire cannot rule. Once we’ve crippled public trust in that machine, we’ll exist in a very different world already, and the next step will present itself from there.

Until then, the attack on establishment propaganda should be our foremost priority.

The best way to get around the internet censors and make sure you see the stuff I publish is to subscribe to the mailing list for my website, which will get you an email notification for everything I publish.


Related Articles:

The Pentagon Has Officially Joined the War on Alternative Media

Google And Soros-Backed ‘Fact-Checkers’ Join Forces To Control News Search Results & USG Conspiracy To Censor Alternative Views As Fake

Google, YouTube, Twitter, Facebook, Comcast, Instagram Suffer Devastating Outages As Trump Goes To War With Big Tech’s Malicious Censorship And Fraud & "Wikipedia Is Broken," Controlled By Special Interests & Bad Actors Says Co-Founder

Trump Administration First Shot Across Big Tech Giants’ Bow: Warns Them Of Censorship


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

How To Become A Freethinker: A Practical Guide + 7 Lessons You Should Learn Early In Life
February 23 2025 | From: TheUnboundedSpirit / AustralianNationalReview

We humans like to think that we are freethinkers, but how many of us truly are?



How many people actually think for themselves, without falling victims to beliefs or ideologies?

Related: The Three Trigger Terms Being Used To Stop Critical Thinking

How many are not heavily influenced by the biased information that the media is presenting them with? How many are choosing to have certain opinions just because an authority figure told them to or because tradition holds them to be true?

The reality is that most people don’t know how to think critically, and blindly accept the beliefs that were handed to them by society. But unless one learns to think for oneself, how can one grow into a more conscious, wise person? It’s impossible.

So how can one learn to think for himself or herself? Well, here’s a small yet concise practical guide on how to become a freethinker that will help you to break free from the prison of belief and arrive at your own conclusions in your quest for truth.


How to Become a Freethinker?


Doubt your beliefs.

The first and most important step to become a freethinking individual is to doubt the beliefs that have been forced upon you by others. Whatever your beliefs are - whether religious, political, philosophical and so on - be sure to question them, scrutinize them, and discard any of them when you find no solid evidence supporting them.



Question authority. 
Most people choose to obey and follow what authority tells them is true and right. They don’t think for themselves- they let others do the thinking for them instead. A freethinker never accepts anything on authority. He/she asks questions and is open to accept any answers that point to the truth, even if they go against the opinions and beliefs of authority.

Observe your behavior. Although we tend to think that we have free will, most of our actions are actually carried out on an unconscious level. In a sense, we are victims to our habits.

To become a freethinker, you need to become more aware of your thoughts, actions, and overall behavior. Once you do so, you’ll be able to better understand yourself and make more conscious choices in life, without behaving in certain ways just because you feel compelled to.

Stop conforming. Another important step to become a freethinker is to detach yourself from group thinking. People choose to conform in all sorts of ways just in order to feel accepted and liked by others. To achieve that, many people unquestionably accept what others tell them out of the fear of being left out.





By escaping the herd mentality you’ll be able to think more clearly, without feeling the pressure to comply with others.

Use critical thinking. Learning how to use critical thinking is of utmost importance to freethinking. If you can’t analyze and critically assess the information that you come across, you’ll be an easy target for manipulation and thought control.

Critical thinking will assist you in your search to discover the truth, by helping you to avoid being influenced by biased opinions and false information.


Voice your mind. A freethinker is a rebel. It’s a person who is not afraid to speak his/her mind, no matter how opposing his/her ideas are to the establishment. Whatever you consider as true, right and of importance to be communicated to others, do openly talk about it, even if you are the only person who has the guts to do so.



Research.
 A freethinker cares about truth like nothing else. In the journey to finding truth, there are guides that can help one approach it easier and quicker. If you’re searching for truth, it would be beneficial if you gathered knowledge from as many sources as you can, whether that is books, documentaries, podcasts, and so on. Do whatever helps to expand your consciousness.

Keep an open mind. Last but not least, a freethinker is a person with an open mind. That means, a person who is open to learning new things and ready to change his mind when presented with evidence that contradicts his opinions and beliefs. A freethinker doesn’t accept anything blindly but at the same time doesn’t shrink from considering emerging perspectives and ideas that may challenge his/her worldview.




7 Lessons You Should Learn Early In Life

Most people experience a crisis at some point in their lives. It’s different for every individual and it is even harder to predict what that crisis may be.



However, at times like these we often regret not learning some key lessons in our earlier years.

Related: Critical Thinking Has Never Been More Important

Here are 7 such things that we should realise while we are still young.

Live In The Present

We often spend hours pondering about our past experiences and what the future holds for us. However, it’s important to realise that we can be happy only if we live in the present.

If we get too bothered with our past or too worried about the future, we miss living in the moment. The present belongs to us and we need to make the most of it.

Don’t live your life based on other people’s expectations

Our friends and family expect a lot from us. We shouldn’t always give priority to their expectations, especially when it contradicts our personal dreams and goals.

All your life there will be people who will tell you what you should and shouldn’t do. It is important for you to introspect and comprehend what is best for you.

Don’t make your problems bigger than they really are

Hurdles are inevitable. However, it is human tendency to magnify the scale of our problems by simply over-thinking.

Stop thinking too much because that’s not the solution to your obstacle. On the contrary,  over-thinking actually makes it harder to resolve issues.

Get out of your comfort zone

Most of us are intimidated by something or the other. To reach our highest potential, it is important to deal with these fears and nip them in the bud.

If you tackle your fears with a straight head, you may realise that they perhaps weren’t so scary in the first place.

Don’t Race

Young people want to achieve everything and often they want to do it before everyone else. We must realise that one of the most essential aspects of life is tenacity. We should have patience and faith, and only then can we become truly successful.

Don’t assume what others think of you

Realistically, the harsh truth is, you matter much less to other people than you think. You are not the centre of the universe and not everyone has an opinion about you or your opinions.

Stop fretting over your impression on others and live your life to the fullest.

Be Appreciative

Appreciate your life experiences and most importantly, appreciate yourself, your friends and your family. Give a 100 per cent to those who deserve it because it will make you happier in the long-run.


Related Articles:

The Business Of Journalists Is To Destroy The Truth & Americans Think The Media Is More Destructive Than Banks & Corporations + The Normals vs. Conspiracy Theorists


The Bullshit Philosophy Of Positive Thinking

Three Reasons Why Positive Thinking Is Making You More Miserable, And How To Have True Happiness In Life

A Zen Master Explains Why “Positive Thinking” Is Terrible Advice



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Conspireality: Is It Time For A Serious Conversation?
February 22 2025 | From: ConsciousEvolution / Various

One thing I’m noticing now more than ever before in my experience as a journalist and researcher, and as a human in general, is that people are hungry for information that is deeper than what they are getting through the mainstream media.



It feels as though people are beginning to recognize that there is a degree of corruption involved in our world and that politicians and traditional media outlets have been compromised in the process.

Related: The Business Of Journalists Is To Destroy The Truth & Americans Think The Media Is More Destructive Than Banks & Corporations + The Normals vs. Conspiracy Theorists

How can you weed through the confusion? What media can I trust? What is the truth? These are all big questions many are now having.


In Brief:

The Facts: The mainstream and traditional media seem to be failing to have important conversations that are controversial, while at the same time perhaps there isn't enough rigor and critical thinking in alternative media communities.

Reflect On: Given we are deeply feeling the need to make sense of our world, is it time we begin to look at developing the inner faculties necessary to move beyond ideology, limited thinking patterns and truly begin looking at what evidence around us says?

Further, there is a lack of trust in many professional or societal experts due to a felt sense that they have been compromised as well. In an attempt to get answers to these questions, people have been looking for alternative information or perspectives about many current events in an attempt to make sense of the world.

I’ve worked 11 years in independent media now. I founded Collective Evolution in 2009 for the purposes of having conversations I felt were important but perhaps not widely available.

Initially beginning as a platform for exploring consciousness awakening, CE ventured into current events, as I felt they often reflect the inner aspect of who we are as people – and as a collective.

That said, for most of the time CE has been around, we’ve covered some sort of alternative perspective on current events as part of our job.




Related: American Pravda: How The CIA Invented "Conspiracy Theories"

Our commitment was to do this in a way that was as open, transparent, and unbiased as possible. Improving in our style and quality over the years, we often get feedback from a wide audience feeling that we do a pretty good job of staying neutral and open to various possibilities, while still covering what might be considered controversial subjects.

Things people call ‘conspiracies.’

Calling these sometimes controversial subjects ‘conspiracy theories’ is a bit unfortunate as it’s a loaded term that brings about many connotations and a general lack of clarity.

Does ‘conspiracy theory’ mean there is no evidence? It is not probable? It is not to be believed? Only crazy people who don’t think critically look at them? Was the fact that the NSA spied on US citizens illegally a conspiracy theory before Edward Snowden revealed the truth about that to the world? It was.

The idea that ‘big brother’ is watching was considered a paranoid delusion by many, yet they were in fact watching and recording almost everything people in the US did.

Thus, the title of this piece includes the term ‘conspireality’ as it is my feeling that some things we often call conspiracy theories are in fact true, we just don’t know it yet or haven’t accepted it.



Related: A Country Without An Honest Media Is Lost: The Largest Conspiracy Theory Peddlers Are Mainstream Media And The US State Department

In that same token, there is an observation I’m seeing within the space of ‘conspiracies’ that is truly important to discuss and reflect on.

Note: much of what I want to share will be written here, more will be in the video at the bottom.


The Rise of The Alternative

For decades people have felt that there is more to mainstream media narratives when it comes to current events. The JFK assassination, UFOs, MK Ultra, the real cause of wars, powerful people who control aspects of society, etc.

Typically, much of these conversations remained on the fringe and were had on late night radio shows or unpopular books few knew about.

But the advent of the internet and it’s subsequent popularity birthed an opportunity for these ideas and conversations to spread more easily. As time went on, people began to feel ‘alternative’ history or facts about events that happen in our world are increasingly important.



Related: JFK: Dylan Strikes Again & Diana Mystery Solved: White Fiat Uno Driver Breaks His Silence - Why He Won’t Talk To Police

While it might be common to chalk this up to some form of mental illness or misstep in thought, there is actually a large number of intelligent and well-read people who are actively exploring very credible information that tells a different, and credible, story about widely accepted mainstream narratives.

A recent podcast on The Joe Rogan Experience with guest Tom O’Neil is a perfect example. Tom has spent the last 20 years of his life investigating and writing a book called Chaos: Charles Manson, the CIA, and the Secret History of the Sixties which was published by Little, Brown in the summer of 2019.

As the description of his book reads:


“Twenty years ago, when journalist Tom O’Neill was reporting a magazine piece about the murders, he worried there was nothing new to say.

Then he unearthed shocking evidence of a cover-up behind the “official” story, including police carelessness, legal misconduct, and potential surveillance by intelligence agents.


When a tense interview with Vincent Bugliosi - prosecutor of the Manson Family and author of Helter Skelter - turned a friendly source into a nemesis, O’Neill knew he was onto something. But every discovery brought more questions.

O’Neill’s quest for the truth led him from reclusive celebrities to seasoned spies, from San Francisco’s summer of love to the shadowy sites of the CIA’s mind-control experiments, on a trail rife with shady cover-ups and suspicious coincidences.

The product of two decades of reporting, hundreds of new interviews, and dozens of never-before-seen documents from the LAPD, the FBI, and the CIA, Chaos mounts an argument that could be, according to Los Angeles Deputy District Attorney Steven Kay, strong enough to overturn the verdicts on the Manson murders. This is a book that overturns our understanding of a pivotal time in American history.”


As I listened to the podcast episode, many of the subjects discussed, including the United State’s government mind control program MK Ultra, and the JFK Assassination were explored with undeniable evidence and important lines of questioning.

Contrary to the belief that many of these subjects are mere conspiracy theories brought on by people who only deal in circumstantial evidence and who believe anything that sounds like an entertaining theory, we’re seeing some real truth here.

Truth that would completely change the public’s perspective on government and the intelligence community. The implications are huge when you really start to look at it and what the evidence clearly indicates.

This is not the only event that evidently shows coverups. Recent admissions by the US Navy has clearly indicated that government and intelligence communities have been keeping the public in the dark about UFOs for a long time.

Looking at government documents and whistleblowers that have been available for decades, you can find out very quickly that much more is going on behind the scenes than people realize, and the discussion of UFOs is really nothing to be gawked at as it often is.



Related: The US Space Force Just Swore In Its First “Chief Of Space Operations” + Navy Patents UFO-Like Compact Nuclear Fusion Reactor And Hybrid Space / Sea Crafts

Before public admission of the reality of UFOs, the media and many academics made fun of people who believed in UFOs as if they were crazy. Now that same media is telling you they’re real.

While they aren’t necessarily saying who is manning these UFOs, the conversation is quickly turning towards admitting to so many of the things ‘conspiracy theorists’ have discussed.

One could say that UFOs as a conspiracy theory became reality when the NAVY admitted to the validity of the video evidence that emerged. Do we know exactly what is going on? No, but we know a lot more.

Likewise with the NSA’s ‘big brother spying’ program – it’s no longer a conspiracy theory thanks to Edward Snowden. In that sense, you can see where I’m getting my ‘conspireality’ term from – conspiracies that have become reality.

The question now is, how do we have conversations about remaining ‘conspiracies’ seriously? Where we look at the evidence with an open mind and truly see what it says.

Alternative media has been covering these topics for years prior to mainstream media even opening up to the idea. Alt media has been filling a void in media that aligns with a correct intuition people have that there is more to what we’re being told – and it involves some highly controversial topics.

Hence the rise in alternative media. Popularity grew because it was feeding something deep within people that they felt but could not get from the mainstream.

In return, the mainstream culture seems to have taken issue with the rise of alternative media as it represents a loss of having a monopoly on narratives.



Related: Mainstream Media Is Trying Hard To Convince Us That “Plandemic” Is A “Conspiracy Theory” + The New Normal


Time For A Serious Conversation?

Before I continue I want to be clear that this is a complex and nuanced conversation, and the themes I’m going to discuss don’t apply to all people, but seem to be a big part of ‘alternative’ thinking culture.

As mainstream or traditional media continues to fail to ask the right questions about what is going on in our world (whether it was due to a lack of interest in the part of journalists, direction from media directors, or perhaps a gag order from someone ‘higher up’), it can be said that alternative media may not always carry the necessary standards in reporting and conversation to be taken seriously.

Yet these emerging conversations are incredibly important and needed.

One other aspect of this I want to mention, that can be founding both mainstream/traditional media and some alternative media, is the lack of ‘spiritual’ context within current events.

Meaning, there are deeper questions about who we are, why we’re here and what life is about that many who are ‘waking up’ are asking and feeling – processing even, yet mainstream media doesn’t have the context to understand this nor empathetically report on it.

It can be said that some of alternative media fits in this boat as well.



Related: Google And Soros-Backed ‘Fact-Checkers’ Join Forces To Control News Search Results & USG Conspiracy To Censor Alternative Views As Fake

Lately, I’ve been grappling with this difficult topic, and I sometimes find it a bit tough to even put into words. It is something I’ve loosely discussed for years now, but am now really moving to open up a dialogue about it as I believe we’ve reached an absolutely critical juncture in time where we must begin to explore themes I’m about to present.

Themes that involve anything from free speech to societal decline, division, and our potential to create a world where we can thrive. I believe much of what we’ll discuss here is critical to all that and more.

The topic I’ve struggled with lately is that I feel many people in the ‘alternative’ or ‘conspiracy’ community, defined contextually for this article as those who are often well-intended in seeking alternative narratives the mainstream does not offer, seem to have become very ideological, absolute, and extreme about their positions.

The conversations being had often jump to conclusions even without evidence, and attack anyone who doesn’t agree with them as being ‘sheeple’ or brain dead. It’s creating huge divides, yet very few want to admit it.

Most importantly, it’s making it very hard to have these important conversations about controversial topics that need to be had at this moment. Further, and as I foresaw years ago, it’s also inviting censorship.

Let’s get clear here. You might see a meme that shows a picture with Bill Gates and Jeffrey Epstein, and thus it automatically means we now have proof Gates is a pedophile.



Related: The Silent War On "Q" Continues

‘The Deep State mass arrests are coming any day now.’ Just as they have been for the last 10 years. Yet still, if you don’t understand that these mass arrests are coming, you’re asleep.

The key distinction here is the sense of certainty, the sense that it’s all so obvious, even when it’s not. The use of poor evidence, circumstantial evidence, or none at all, to ‘prove’ what’s going on has overtaken critical thinking.

It almost seems like people have become more interested in the entertainment value of this controversial information as opposed to how true it actually might be or how much evidence there truly is.

Take the X22 report for example. He pulls together a ton of circumstantial evidence, matches it with Q posts and then offers an analysis. Many believe his work clearly shows facts in drawing conclusions, but in reality, it’s mere speculation.

This is perfectly fine, but people are getting lost in seeing this as unequivocal fact, as opposed to mere speculation. X22 has suggested for example that Julian Assange is safe and sound and his arrest is nothing but ‘part of the plan’ by the Q patriots to save America from the Deep State.

In his video, you can follow all of the evidence he proposes, why Assange had a book in his hand, what that book meant, and how it was a code for people to look deeper.

This, while those close to Assange, including independent reporters and family, have been saying he is being tortured and suffering deeply in prison. So on one hand you have ‘truthers’ saying he’s fine, don’t worry, part of the plan.



Related: Julian Assange On The War On Free Speech: “Everyone Else Must Take My Place” & Julian Assange Is Guilty Only Of Revealing The Evil Soul Of US Imperialism

And then you have those who actually know him and have access to him saying the situation is bad and people need to help do something about it. Those same truthers have then said “don’t worry, those reporters and family are part of the plan too… it’s all optics.” You can see the issue here.

What I’m getting at is many popular voices in alternative media approach ‘conspiracy theories’ in a way that turns circumstantial evidence into unquestionable truth. Delivered with a sense of certainty or sweeping generalizations.

They can often lack critical thinking because they match their circumstantial evidence with the overarching story they have chosen to believe as fact. In turn, many viewers of alternative media seem to have begun believing these ideas as pure truth, without applying the same critical thinking rigor to alt narratives as they would have to mainstream narratives.

This by no means is everyone who watches alternative media. In fact, I have often stated and observed that many who do view alternative media do so because they have developed great critical thinking skills and have realized that there is not much value these days out in watching mainstream or traditional media.

That said, there is still a large group of presenters and viewers who make up a culture within the alternative space that does contribute to undermining these conversations.

Take Jeffrey Epstein for example. A huge case that began to connect underage sex/pedophile rings to powerful people in the world. An idea that has been around for a long time thanks to survivors and whistleblowers who have told their story.



Related: Bill Clinton Poses With Epstein’s ‘Pimp’ Ghislaine Maxwell And A Sex Slave On Board Private Jet The ‘Lolita Express’

The mainstream media has never done a good job of covering this, and traditional journalists have often shied away from it. Now though, this conversation is huge and ready to be had – people are listening.

Then comes the part I’m trying to raise awareness about here: some people in the alternative community will undermine these conversations by aggressively positing that every politician pictured with Epstein is automatically a pedophile and involved.

This among other assertions that are easy to debunk of course. This makes it easy for mainstream media or fact-checkers to begin easily debunking ‘conspiracy theories’ related to Jeffrey Epstein as bogus – and in a lot of cases, they are right.

Yet, there is actually a meaningful conversation to be had here, there is truth to explore, but if people are not more careful, these conversations won’t be had because their lack of critical thinking and completely certain positions close the door for other onlookers and make it easy to bury this information as unfounded and delusional conspiracies.

After all, a quick Google search will return plenty of mainstream media positions analyzing the psychological nature of ‘those who believe in conspiracy theories’ as if there is no real truth to any of them, and that people are just ‘out of their minds’ of sorts.

For myself personally in doing this work for the last 11 years, it is extremely common to have our work lumped in all other “baseless conspiracy theories” due to the fact that we’re often covering the same topics that are considered baseless conspiracy theories because they were covered poorly by others or simply because they sound similar.



Related: New Study Reveals Surprising Truths About Conspiracy Theories

We become guilty by association and part of a culture of people who seem to simply believe everything without any real evidence, this, regardless of the fact that we approach these important conversations with evidence and rigor.

Perhaps you’ve had the experience where you suggest in conversation “I don’t feel Jeffrey Epstein killed himself.” And right away a friend says “oh, you sound like a conspiracy theorist.”

One might assume it’s because that friend is not open-minded or was convinced by mainstream media it’s all a conspiracy, when in reality that friend may have witnessed a ton of laughable and paranoid content with weak evidence and harshly stated ‘facts’ that when researched, returned no real results.

Thus the question becomes, is the ‘conspiracy’ community actually digging their own grave and just blaming mainstream media for why people don’t listen?


How Can We Adjust?

11 years ago I had a vision of creating media that approaches understanding our world in a different way. As our About Us page on CE states:


“We live in a time where virtually every aspect of our society is changing or crumbling. Power is shifting and old ways of looking at and understanding our world are no longer working. New voices and ideas are emerging that encourage us to look more deeply at why our world is the way it is, and what about us creates it to be this way.

Collective Evolution is a news-media and education company that creates content to explore how humanity can shift our consciousness and way of being to evolve beyond the personal and global challenges we face.

We help encourage the development of inner faculties to explore more about how we can arrive at truth as opposed to just saying what truth is. Our work encourages a greater connection to self, an increase of self-awareness and being aware of what’s around us. We encourage others to let information be as opposed to it defining who we are and developing ideology. 

What do our current events say about how we operate as people? What do our societal structures and common issues say about our level of thinking (consciousness) and what type of ideas we’re bringing to the table? What if the solution to the many challenges we feel we face today is actually in changing how we think, relate to one another, and even relate to our world?

We feel this is one of the key missing factors in mainstream media, alternative media and traditional societal discussions today, and therefore we create our content to inspire personal transformation and the expansion of collective consciousness through two key avenues: news media and personal transformation content."


We’ve always felt that bringing the inner work, inner transformation aspect into making sense of our world was key as it is empowering and actually allows each person to take responsibility for what they are creating in their life and in the world. By developing inner faculties like critical thinking, presence, self-awareness, and intuition, we can better understand our world and why it is the way it is.

We can also begin to become aware of an expanded state of who we are, which may choose to create society from a completely different mindset than simply believing we are a cog in the wheel with beliefs and ideologies that are outdated and don’t resonate with us.

Thus I’m putting forth a call here, firstly, perhaps it’s time we move on from this whole idea of calling things a “conspiracy theory.” We have learned by now that if we apply critical thinking and proper journalism to many of these controversial ideas, what’s worth exploring further becomes clear quickly.

I discuss these ideas much more deeply in a video I produced on this subject in relation to a few early statements made by David Icke during a London Real interview about COVID-19. David assertively states that “COVID-19 does not exist” and then proceeds to make a strong link between COVID-19 and 5G.

I’m not saying David is a bad researcher or anything of that fashion, on the contrary, I believe some of his work is solid, and asks some great questions.



Related: China’s Massive Amount Of Immunotoxic 5G Networking And The Wuhan Coronavirus: The Emperor’s New Virus

But what I’m saying is, if you look at the aftermath of that conversation, whereby assertions are made that are certainly nothing more than speculation but not presented as such, we can clearly see what shifts need to be made in how these conversations are approached so we can do a better job of having them seriously and uniting people.

5G as a conversation was deeply undermined as mainstream media had an easy time stating there is no evidence linking 5G to COVID, and now those who look into 5G safety might be highly skeptical because the ‘crazy conspiracy’ was that 5G created COVID.

Further, there are serious discussions to be had around the origins of COVID-19 and whether or not the authoritarian measures are truly necessary, yet how can we easily have those conversations when such a large portion of the community is simply saying COVID is a hoax and that it doesn’t exist?

This isn’t to say that these ideas should not be explored, this is the piece many seem to miss. They want it to be a black and white conversation – who are the good guys? Who are the bad guys? Should I do this, or that?

When in reality, this is a conversation about making sense of a situation that is extremely complex, and if we try and put forth one all-encompassing theory that is certain about what’s going on right now, we can’t possibly be accurate in that as we simply don’t know everything.

So why assert it as such?  It is virtually impossible. Yet those who don’t agree with this all-encompassing and obvious agenda... asleep.

This is the issue I want to talk about more in the video below. I also offer what I feel are some solutions and realizations people could reflect on to see how they feel for them.







Related Articles:

How To Get Rid Of Paranoid Conspiracy Theorists

Everywhere In The Western World, Government Is A Conspiracy Against The People & Cartels That Run The World

Obamagate Is Not A Conspiracy Theory & Disinformation From Schiff, Media Damaged America

ClimateChangeGate: The Hidden Agenda Behind The Huge Hoax And Global Criminal Conspiracy & Climate Change Hoax Collapses As New Science Finds Human Activity Has Virtually Zero Impact On Global Temperatures

Medical Destruction: It’s Not Just A Conspiracy Theory

Same Media That Once Deemed Chemtrails A Conspiracy Theory Now Openly Promotes Chemtrailing The Entire Planet To “End Climate Change” & Global Geoengineering (Chemtrails) Experiment Pushed By Bill Gates Also Funded By Nazi-Linked Alfred P. Sloan Foundation, Linked To Eugenics And Depopulation

FBI Document Adds “Fringe” Conspiracy Theories As Next Big Domestic Terror Threat & CIA, Climate And Conspiracy: More Notes From The Edge Of The Narrative Matrix

Microsoft Now Conspiring With Pro-Monsanto Front Group “NewsGuard” To Censor All Anti-GMO News On Mobile Devices



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Planned Obsolescence: How The Products You Buy Are Designed To Break
February 21 2025 | From: TheUnboundedSpirit / Various

How many times have you bought an electronic device, only to find out that it has stopped functioning properly just a short time after your purchase (or just after the Warranty ended)?



Planned Obsolescence: The absurd practise of designing products with a limited lifespan in order to maximise profits, based on the notion that infinite economic growth can be balanced by the finite resources of the planet...

You spent so much money on it, and suddenly you’re sad to know that it’s not working well anymore.

Related: How Consumerism Is Ruining Our Lives And The World

The result? Wasted expenses, labor, energy and finite resources, not to mention the toxic waste that ends up in landfills, poisoning the planet. But why is that so? Why is it that most products’ lifespan is so short, considering the advanced modern technological means of production?

Enter planned obsolescence.


Cyclical Consumption & Planned Obsolescence

Our economic system is based on consumption - the more we buy, the more money moves into the economy, and hence the more the economy grows. If money stops moving, the economic system is bound to collapse, since people will not be paid or have money to pay for the products and services they need or want.

There are two main ways our society manages to keep people buying stuff:

Firstly, through advertising. We’re exposed to thousands of advertisements each and every day whose sole purpose is to convince us to keep on shopping under the promise that doing so will make our lives better.

Through advertising, companies have managed to make us confuse our needs with our wants, thus making us desire to acquire things that we don’t truly need, so that we can fill in their pockets by emptying our own.



Related: Fear-Based Manipulation: How Politicians, Marketers And The Media Create Panic To Control The Masses

Secondly, through planned obsolescence, although this is not yet understood by many. If you didn’t know, planned obsolescence is a production technique that compels people to buy more and more stuff unnecessarily, by providing people with products of short lifespan.

Instead of creating goods with the intention to last for as long as it is technically possible - considering that we are living in a finite planet with finite resources as well as the importance of saving material and human energy - companies, whose sole interest is to make sales, purposefully design products of low quality that will soon break, in order to assure repeat purchases.



Planned Obsolescence & The Phoebus Light Bulb Cartel

In the early 20th century, technical efficiency brought about by industrial development in the US increased dramatically, which resulted in the production of higher quality goods at a much quicker pace.

Although that was a great success from a technological standpoint, the fact that the goods produced had increased lifespan was found to slow down consumption - hence it was an anathema for the economy.



Related: Bio-Resonant Therapy And Telecommunication Frequencies

In order to prevent this from happening even further, people were encouraged to make more purchases, but it was found that this alone couldn’t make a significant difference.

The “solution” given in the 1930s was to make it legally mandatory for all industries to produce goods of lower lifespan, which was believed to help reduce unemployment and increase consumption.

This brings us to the case of the Phoebus light bulb cartel.

In the 1930s, a single light bulb could last for up to 25,000 hours, but the cartel forced all companies produce bulbs limited to a maximum life of 1,000 hours in order to increase demand. Below is a trailer of The Light Bulb Conspiracy, a feature documentary film that investigates the evolution and impact of planned obsolescence.



The Light Bulb Conspiracy



In order to make sure that people make repeat purchases, most manufacturers today create products that have short life cycles. In other words, the products sold by most companies have been intentionally designed in such a way that they will break shortly after they’ve been purchased, so as to urge the general public to buy more of them in the future.


Market Efficiency vs Technical Efficiency

In our economic system, which is based on cyclical consumption, technical efficiency is only damaging to the market efficiency - both cannot co-exist by any means.

Increased technical efficiency decreases market efficiency, which is disrupting the flow of our economy.




Related: Brave New World And Individual Power & How The Elite Dominate The World: They Buy Politicians, And Incumbents Almost Always Win

But how stupid is it to keep on having such an economic system, knowing how technically inefficient it is as well as its tremendous negative impacts on society and the natural world?


Instead of urging people to buy more and more, would it not be wiser to make use of our current scientific knowledge to create an economic system that is based on technical efficiency and environmental sustainability?

I would like to leave you now with these questions in mind, which will hopefully help you to realize how obsolete our economic system is and urge you to seek out information about how alternative economic systems can be implemented that would actually promote social and environmental well-being.



Related Articles:


Five Damaging Lies Advertisements Desperately Want You To Believe


The Truth About Electro Magnetic Frequencies - What The Authorities Don't Tell You

Are There Patents To Manipulate The Human Nervous System Using Electromagnetic Frequencies?

Everything Is Rigged: Medicine, Science, Elections, The Media, Money, Education, Search Engines, Social Media... You Are Living In A Fabricated Fairy Tale

The World’s Best Economist



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

#TheStorm - How To Prepare For A Global Corruption Purge? [ Historical but Relevant ]
February 20 2025 | From: MartinGeddes / Various

In the last few weeks my thoughts have drifted towards the events of this season that are going to shake our world.



We have seen all the pieces being put in place for a mass justice event in the USA - the like of which has never been encountered before.

Related: Governments: The Enemy Of Freedom & Globalists Interviewed: They Admitted They Controlled The Government

I wish to share a few thoughts on how you might go about preparing for the "expected unexpected".


Large Scale Change Happens

It is not a novel insight to point out that major geopolitical change is an ongoing process.

Key events in living memory would include:

1970s - Oil shock; Vietnam War

1980s - Deregulation; sudden end of the Soviet empire

1990s - Gulf War; dotcom boom and bust

2000s - 9/11 + Iraq War; financial collapse

Here in the late 2010s, it is arguable that we are seeing the decline and end of Globalism, together with many supporting institutions and doctrines.

Whilst the counter-trend is labelled Nationalism by the media, it is better seen as anti-authoritarianism. The demand is for power be held closer to the people, rather than by an unaccountable political establishment.



Related: Globalism, Socialism, Technocracy: Three Names For The Same Thing

Anti-globalism is the narrative that joins together otherwise seemingly disparate events - mass protests in Hong Kong, Brexit in the UK, a "cold" civil war in France, a new government in Brazil, and the Trump administration in the USA.

Working people are tired of extreme wealth disparities, declining standards of living, and mass migration causing cultural upheaval.

Most of all, ordinary people demand and end to their exploitation through endemic corruption. Specifically, a two-tier justice system has evolved where a privileged class can easily evade consequences for their thieving behaviour.

This powerful stateless mafia - which controls many important political, financial, media and industrial institutions - now faces removal and justice.



Related: The Tables Have Turned: Here Comes The Real Story Of Collusion And Corruption


Corruption: The World's Biggest Industry

We have seen a number of corruption scandals break recently, including:

Pharma- illegal pushing of addictive opiates to the public

Banking
- LIBOR scandal, US mortgage fraud, 1MDB in Malaysia that may take down Goldman Sachs by the time it's done

Industrials
- huge accounting fraud at GE

Google
- involvement in espionage and treason on behalf of China

Hollywood
- Weinstein is a foretaste of its (child) rape culture being exposed

Social Media
- large-scale rigging of elections

Catholic Church
- cover-up of child abuse




Related: Everything Is Rigged: Medicine, Science, Elections, The Media, Money, Education, Search Engines, Social
Media... You Are Living In A Fabricated Fairy Tale


Now that the Mueller investigation has collapsed into nothing of consequence.

There are at least six major scandals about to break in Washington DC:

1. Pedogate - Epstein Island and the blackmail operations associated with it (NXIVM, SNCTM); UK royal family's involvement plus MI6; Israel and Mossad's dirty role; Hollywood's elite (notably at Disney) are up to their necks in this filth.

2. Spygate -
Obama personally authorising illegal FISA spying on the Trump administration, before and after the election. Draws FVYE spy network nations into the scandal, especially Britain.

3. Russiagate failed coup attempt -
Brennen, Clapper, Comey, Ohr, etc. - are all going to hang for treason. Italy has already cleaned house on this one, having been implicated in the set-up.

4. Election fraud in 2016 and 2018 by Democratic party (and for many years before).
May trigger the unseating of many in the House and special elections.

5. Clinton Foundation
- sale of state secrets to China; Haiti human trafficking (cf Epstein).

6. Uranium One
- illegal sale of US nuclear material to Russia (which draws Mueller into his own scandal…).




Related: American Center For Law And Justice Files Lawsuits Against ‘Deep State’ Over Clinton Investigation And
Uranium One

Corruption is a widespread phenomenon. Anti-corruption initiatives have a long history. Multinational business has been a thing for centuries.

That there might be a coordinated multi-country corruption purge should not be a matter of great controversy.

It is the confluence of so many simultaneous major scandals that is what gives #TheStorm its moniker and "black swan" outlier status. It will sweep away some compromised institutions, and put many previously untouchable people in jail.

This is a paradigm change in government and business, restoring trust and honour that have been missing for decades
.


The End of the American 'Deep State'

Whether it has been the East India Company, the Venetians, or the Spanish in South America, international trade has always allied to intelligence gathering - and trodden a fine line between legitimate commerce and organised crime (e.g. the opium wars, theft of gold).

To understand #TheStorm we need to recognise that the problem of a two-tier justice system itself comes from transnational crime cartels.



Related: Former High Ranking CIA Agent Gives A Break Down On What The US Deep State And Shadow Government Is Comprised Of

Corruption has its own business model, strategies, and organisational design patterns. "Institutionalised crime" syndicates are often of a military-like nature, with power coming from spying, clandestine operations, subversion, esoteric science, and deception.

That power is tied to specific families and secret societies, many being in Europe and Asia. From its founding, the United States has been fighting against fifth columnists, who were often working on behalf of European banking, aristocratic, and religious powers.

They have used their military intelligence networks to infiltrate American institutions and install their own people - who often become celebrated as quintessentially "American" in the process!

Three notable and well-documented events from the 1940s-1970s paint the contextual picture:

Operation Paperclip imported thousands of key members of the German Nazi regime into important scientific, academic and military posts after WW2.

Operation Northwoods showed the (corrupted) US Government was willing to use "false flag" attacks by its military against its own people for its geopolitical ends.

Operation Mockingbird weaponised the mass media against its own population, using agents who were covertly under the control of the CIA, a rogue intelligence agency under criminal leadership.

An unconstitutional private central bank - the Federal Reserve - was able to print as much money as necessary to bribe whoever it saw fit.



Related: Obama State At Center Of Anti-Trump Coup Cabal

This funded the activities of allied crooked banks, media companies, and military-industrial corporations. Collectively these "Deep State" actors over time compromised the US judicial, legal, and political systems - and subverted the Constitution.


Trump's de Facto Military Government

Once civilian institutions are too compromised, the only remaining way of peacefully reversing these changes is via the military.

Trump is far more than a figurehead, but to focus on him alone is to miss the big picture. He is the most visible part of a multi-decade Patriot plan to retake the country from the bankster criminals, and give it back to its people
.


Additional: Read about the Alliance that has been working behind the scenes for decades to take down the 'Cabal' within the work of David Wilcock.

Must Watch: "The Plan" to Defeat the Illuminati

Some of those reading this may be confused because the cabal-controlled mainstream media is doing everything within it's power to denigrate
Trump - as he is part of the effort to take the Illuminati down once and for all.

And the Alliance effort operates beyond the bounds of countries - out of neccessity; as that is how the Luciferian Cabal does.

Do you think you can trust the mainstream media? Look at whom they target. One must wonder why 'they' also do not like
Putin?

Related Articles:

The Silent War On "Q" Continues

An Introduction To 'Q'

Who Is QAnon? An Introduction To The QAnon Phenomenon #QAnon #GreatAwakening

Trump - Existential Threat To New World Order

Global Alliance Moving For A Checkmate Versus The Deep State

Battle for Disclosure: The Ultimate QAnon Brief

DECLAS: Section Five: The Forbidden Story




Related: Elite Contempt Is The Common Denominator In Populist Victories

It would be wise to take Trump and his generals very literally when they state their intentions, as their lives are on the line.

You can see Trump's closeness to the military with:

His inauguration - where he unusually and symbolically had soldiers appear behind him.

Choices of personnel, being surrounded by generals, especially from the Marines.

The famous "calm before the storm" remark, as he is often pictured with his senior military team on social occasions.

Focus on celebrating the military and its independence from foreign control for the 4th July celebrations this year.

His links to Admiral Rogers and General Flynn who know where the bodies are buried and have been involved in the resulting intrigue.

A deeply embedded crime network has had effective control over the US DoJ, FBI, and CIA - as illustrated by the Clintons' magical escapes from justice.

A similar purge of corruption and taming of the Federal Reserve was attempted under JFK, and failed.

The protection of the President needs can only come from a loyal military.



Related: The Broken Presidential Destiny Of JFK, Jr.

The "Q" programme of open source intelligence to bypass the compromised mass media is further evidence that this is a de facto military government with a civilian varnish.

The legal and justice systems are being cleaned up, and the "pioneer public" primed for stunning revelations that will shake the foundations of society.


#TheStorm is About to Make Landfall

Sessions, Durham, Huber, Horowitz, Rosenstein, Barr - there are objective reasons to believe that large DoJ legal teams have been quietly working for a considerable period under these leaders.

Their task is to indict those responsible for the scandals listed earlier. The job of some of these teams is complete, according to the DoJ website.

There has already been a record-breaking surge of indictments, arrests and convictions for human trafficking.

There has also been extensive building work done at Guantanamo Bay, and a new senior judge has been appointed for military tribunals there.



Related: Independence Day Video Message: America Will Be Lost If Those Who Hate It Are Not Stopped + Trump Becomes The First US President To Set Foot On North Korean Soil

There is an enabling executive order on courts martial, and federal capital punishment has been reinstated. The President has made many proclamations on the treasonous nature of the offences, and that they must never recur.

What is going to happen in late 2019 and into early 2020 is that multiple connected scandals are all going to break in fast succession. They will involve crimes against humanity, and horrors we had hoped had ended with the Nazis, Chairman Mao, or Pol Pot.

A recurring theme from insider leaks is that the trials are going to be televised as a kind of "Nuremberg 2.0".

Trump is not a politician. #TheStorm is not politics. This is about fixing the framework in which politics happens. #TheStorm is a restoration of the American Republic under control of its citizens, and the Constitutional rule of law.

The conspiracies against the people are very real, and their prosecution is now inevitable.



Related: Welcome To The Elite Apocalypse


Who Else? What Else? Where Else?

These events are going to be a shock to most of the public, who have been lulled into complacency by a media conspiracy of silence.

They will be scared and confused, since they will not know whom to trust, how bad the situation has been, or whether it is sufficiently contained.

Now is the time that forward-looking leaders can begin to prepare, so you can honestly state that this is on your radar, and you are taking proactive steps to manage the situation.

There is ample evidence of this being a very real and serious situation, and to ignore it is irresponsible.

We can be reasonably certain that the following will experience major impacts from #TheStorm:

Political foundations that are used to launder bribes and payoffs (e.g. under the cover of "book deals").

Charities that are nothing of the kind, being covers for illegal activities.

NGOs that have a covert purpose (e.g. Red Cross involvement in organ harvesting plus human trafficking).

Multi-national corporations who are using slave labour, or have operations in certain politically risky countries (e.g. Apple being forced to repatriate manufacturing from China).

Financial industry players, with many banks having large fraud liabilities. It is no secret that some like Bank of America, Citibank, HSBC, Wells Fargo, and Deutsche Bank face trouble, having over-indulged in nefarious business practises.

Media industry, which faces a cataclysmic loss of trust by the public as its past misdeeds and methods get exposed to the light.

Telecoms and IT, which is the foundation for a great deal of espionage. Amazon is tainted by its CIA associations; Google faces a total brand meltdown.

Energy, as a great deal of corruption is tied to oil and gas extraction and commodity trading, as well as the push for renewables driven by illegitimate concerns.





Related: Project Veritas Unveils New Investigation Targeting Deep State + Deep State On Death Throes After
Massive Multi-Pronged Attacks

#TheStorm will reveal three scams that are each trillions of dollars in scope that will further damage the reputation of the media, academia, government, and religious bodies:

War-for-profit (drawing in banks, arms industry, and public and private intelligence agencies)

Carbon tax (there is no "climate emergency")

Fraud through foreign aid


So What and What Next?

This is a "trust apocalypse": those who you were taught were most worthy of trust will repeatedly be proven to have betrayed it. Conversely, you will discover who the truly trustworthy are, as the lies and scams are exposed.

Confronting something of this magnitude in our own lifetimes can seem rather daunting. The MBA strategy books focus mainly on the positive creation of value in the legitimate economy.

Where we touch on fraud and crime it comes clearly boundaried in topics like "revenue assurance" and "business continuity planning".



Related: The Global Fascist State: Physical Control Of The Global Population Is Impossible

The collapse of a longstanding massive network of organised crime that intersects with every sector isn't something we have a precedent for. There isn't a chapter for this kind of scenario in the textbooks.

We just know that the November 2020 election cycle is a forcing function: the "swamp" needs to be exposed before then - so that the public is clamouring for total drainage.

To deal with this situation, here are some initial suggestions as to how you can take action now:

Get your own personal affairs in order as a hygiene factor. You can't be sorting out other people's problems if your own are a distraction. Clear the decks of anything optional or troublesome.

Set your moral compass now.
Those who thrive post-Storm will have different values to those who prospered before it. Be very clear with yourself what you and your organisation truly stand for, and what isn't changing and is non-negotiable.

Expand your information sources.
The mass media has become compromised by decades of infiltration and corruption. They are complicit in serious crime, if only via a conspiracy of silence, and cannot tell you the whole story. You need to look to alternative sources of journalism and analysis for an accurate picture.

Build your human network.
Consider creating a temporary and informal organisation to track and make sense of these changes. Use a "who knows, who cares, who can" model to draw in those sufficiently informed, motivated and resourced to act voluntarily and on their own initiative.

Manage your exposure.
Start to manage your risk of exposure to Deep State aligned companies and sectors. Think about the most important business contracts you have and whether they are robust enough for this kind of outlier business event. Begin to plan contingencies for disruptions on both your supply and demand sides.

Map the possible opportunities.
This is going to be a one-off opportunity to acquire talent from tainted institutions, buy up businesses at distressed prices, and occupy vacated market roles whose previous holders have been razed by #TheStorm. Making good enough moves quickly is likely to beat waiting for perfect certainty. Start making your shopping list.



Related Articles:

I Woke Up And The World Around Me Is Still Asleep: What To Do? + Once You Learn These Nine Lessons From
Confucius, Your Priorities In Life Will Completely Change

Society Is Made Of Narrative – Realizing This Is Awakening From The Matrix

Governments Are Corporations & The Gold Standard Will Break Up The Banking Cartel

Central Banking Exposed: Central Banks Only Care About Debt, Profit And Control


Why Are Public Officials Protecting GMO And The Pesticides Industry? Digging Down Into The Cesspool Of
Corruption


Forgotten History: US Bankers Financing US Enemies - And Why It Is Important Now

Are Elite Controllers A Fantasy? Read This


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The Dark Web Isn’t All Dark
February 19 2025 | From: TheAtlantic / Various

Despite its reputation for illegal activity, much of what goes on underneath the surface of the internet is legit.



Drugs, child porn, hitmen for hire: The dark web doesn’t have a particularly glowing reputation. When the leader of a illegal-drug marketplace called the Silk Road was arrested in 2013, many were introduced to the hidden side of the internet for the first time as the home of the notorious “eBay for drugs.”

Related: Dear Clinton Team: We Noticed You Might Need Some Email Security Tips

But because of how the dark web is organized - or rather, how it isn’t - it’s nearly impossible to determ - focuses on the strange and unusual: marketplaces for stolen Netflix credentials, personal data, and even paywalled academic research.

But the dark web and Tor, the privacy-preserving browser that’s used to access hidden sites - called onions - have myriad legitimate uses, too.

New research from Terbium Labs, a company that analyzes the dark web, took a small snapshot of onion sites - a random collection of 400 sites its web-crawling robots had found in the course of one day in August - and divided up the sites based on their purpose and content.

The results suggest that less than half of what goes on beyond the reach of search engines and traditional browsers is illegal.



Related: How To Access The Dark Web

The rest, it turns out, is legitimate, made up of dark-web mirrors of websites like Facebook and ProPublica, websites for companies and political parties, and forums for chatting about technology, games, privacy, or even erectile disfunction.

In addition, as on the “clear” internet, a good chunk of the webpages Terbium studied hosted legal pornography: photos, videos, and written material, available for free or for sale.

“Anonymity does not equate criminality, merely a desire for privacy,” wrote Clare Gollnick and Emily Wilson, the authors of the Terbium study.

That’s not to say the slice of the dark web that the analysis looked at didn’t have its fair share of unsavory and illegal material.

More than 15 percent of the sample was made up of sites selling drugs or pharmaceuticals; pages with content related to hacking, fraud, illegal porn, or terrorism turned up at least once. (A lot of these same categories of websites can be found on the clear web, too, hosted on sketchy domains or protected by passwords.)



Related: New Zealand Follows Communist China In Erecting “Great Firewall” Of Internet Content To Block All Independent Journalism About The Mosque Shootings

Terbium obtained the sample for the study with the same scanner that powers Matchlight, a service I’ve written about before that crawls shady forums and marketplaces on the dark web and the clear web in search of stolen sensitive or personal data.


“We’re trying to index what people don’t want indexed,”
Danny Rogers, Terbium’s CEO, told me earlier this year. “There’s no desire to make things easy to find. Fundamentally, it’s a more hostile environment to crawl.”

That makes studying the dark web really difficult. Terbium’s researchers acknowledged that their study is limited by its scope and the decisions that human analysts made in categorizing the websites the crawler came across. To complicate matters further, the dark web is notoriously transient, with some sites disappearing after only hours.

Just a week passed between the day Terbium took its dark-web snapshot and the day its analysts began categorizing the sites, but some amount of the 18 percent of non-functioning URLs the analysts found may have gone down even in that short a time.

The Terbium study only examined the makeup of a small chunk of the dark web - not the traffic patterns that show where users actually tend to visit. A 2014 study determined that more than 80 percent of visits to the dark web were to child-porn sites.



Related: ExtremeTech Explains: All About The Dark Web, And How To Use It + How To Start Browsing The Web Anonymously

But, as always, it’s hard to know just who those visitors were: That traffic could have come from bots, law-enforcement agencies investigating illegal porn sites, or even a cyber attack directed at the sites.

What’s more, the hidden sites on the dark web like the ones Terbium studied probably only make up a tiny part of the internet as a whole. Estimates from Tor itself show that the number of hidden sites has hovered between 5,000 and 6,000 over the last year - and that only about 2 percent of traffic on the Tor network is visiting them.

Most people who use Tor use it to browse the clear web while preserving their privacy and anonymity.

The network allows users to visit a normal website without revealing the types of information that are often used to track people as they make their way across the internet.

Tor’s privacy-preserving features can be particularly vital to journalists, human-rights advocates, or political dissidents operating in countries hostile to their work.


Related Articles:

WWW Founder Tim Berners-Lee working On A New Decentralised Web

New Zealand Shooting Being Used By Governments To Create An Internet Police State

The Real Reason Why The UN Wants Control Over The Internet

If You Question The Establishment You Are Guilty Of Espionage, Says Corporate Media - Because Russia + The “Fake News” Furor And The Threat Of Internet Censorship


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Climate Change Hoax Collapses As Michael Mann’s Bogus “Hockey Stick” Graph Defamation Lawsuit Dismissed By The Supreme Court Of British Columbia [ Historical but Relevant ]
February 18 2025 | From: NaturalNews / Various

For the past two decades, much of the hysteria about global warming - later re-labeled “climate change” - has been based on the so-called “hockey stick” graph produced by Michael Mann.



The graph (shown near the end of this article) has been used by the IPCC, the media and governments to push global warming hysteria to the point of mass mental illness, where Democrat presidential candidates claim humanity only has 12 years remaining before a climate apocalypse will somehow destroy the planet.

Related: Harvard study finds that wind turbines create MORE global warming than the fossil fuels they eliminate – and the same is true for scooters and electric cars

But the hockey stick graph is a fraud. A man-made computer software algorithm generated it, and the algorithm is rigged to produce a hockey stick shape no matter what data were entered.

Like everything else found in the rigged world of “climate science,” the hockey stick graph was a fraud the day it was generated.

Michael Mann didn’t like being called a fraud by his critics, so he sued them for defamation.

And late last week, one of those lawsuits was concluded by the Supreme Court of British Columbia, Canada, which threw out Mann’s lawsuit against Dr. Tim Ball. But there’s more. According to Principia-Scientific:


Not only did the court grant Ball’s application for dismissal of the nine-year, multi-million dollar lawsuit, it also took the additional step of awarding full legal costs to Ball. A detailed public statement from the world-renowned skeptical climatologist is expected in due course.

This extraordinary outcome is expected to trigger severe legal repercussions for Dr Mann in the U.S. and may prove fatal to climate science claims that modern temperatures are “unprecedented.




Related: UN IPCC Scientist Blows Whistle On Lies About Climate, Sea Level


Michael Mann Refuses to Turn Over the Data Behind the Graph, Insisting on Secrecy Instead of Transparency

This court decision reportedly stemmed from the fact that Michael Mann refused to turn over “R2 regression numbers” to the court, which would have revealed the data manipulations that led to the rigging of the hockey stick graph.

This unwillingness to disclose the graph algorithm and data points reveals the total lack of transparency and scientific integrity that has plagued Mann’s supposed “science” work for decades. As American Thinker explains:

Real science, not the phony “consensus” version, requires open access to data, so that skeptics (who play a key role in science) can see if results are reproducible.

More from Technocracy.news:


Mann’s now proven contempt of court means Ball is entitled to have the court serve upon Mann the fullest punishment. Contempt sanctions could reasonably include the judge ruling that Dr. Ball’s statement that Mann “belongs in the state pen, not Penn. State’ is a precise and true statement of fact.

This is because under Canada’s unique ‘Truth Defense’, Mann is now proven to have wilfully hidden his data, so the court may rule he hid it because it is fake. As such, the court must then dismiss Mann’s entire libel suit with costs awarded to Ball and his team.

The spectacular rise and fall of climate alarmism’s former golden boy is a courtroom battle with even more ramifications than the infamous Scopes Monkey Trial of 1925.

To much fanfare at the time, Mann had sued Ball for daring to publish the damning comment that Mann
“belongs in the state pen, not Penn. State.”

Dr Ball brilliantly backed up his exposure of the elaborate international money-making global warming scam in his astonishing book, ‘The Deliberate Corruption of Climate Science‘.

In his books, articles, radio and television appearances, Dr. Ball has been resolute in his generation-long war against those who corrupted the field of science to which he had selflessly dedicated his life.

Now aged 79, Ball is on the cusp of utter vindication. Despite the stresses and strains on himself and his family, Tim has stood at the forefront of those scientists demanding more openness and transparency from government-funded researchers
.




Related: Discovery Of Massive Volcanic CO2 Emissions Puts Damper On Global Warming Theory & Climate Change Hoax Collapses As New Science Finds Human Activity Has Virtually Zero Impact On Global Temperatures


“Climate Science Community in Crisis”

Technocracy.news goes on to explain the ultimate ramifications of this court decision:


A bitter and embarrassing defeat for the self-styled ‘Nobel Prize winner’ who acted as if he was the epitome of virtue, this outcome shames not only Michael Mann, but puts the climate science community in crisis.

Many hundreds of peer-reviewed papers cite Mann’s work, which is now effectively junked. Despite having deep-pocketed backers willing and able to feed his ego as a publicity-seeking mouthpiece against skeptics, Mann’s credibility as a champion of environmentalism is in tatters.

But it gets worse for the litigious Penn State professor. Close behind Dr Ball is celebrated writer Mark Steyn. Steyn also defends himself against another one of Mann’s SLAPP suits – this time in Washington DC. Steyn boldly claims Mann “has perverted the norms of science on an industrial scale.

Esteemed American climate scientist, Dr Judith Curry, has submitted to the court an Amicus Curiae legal brief exposing Mann.

The world can now see that his six-year legal gambit to silence his most effective critics and chill scientific debate has spectacularly backfired.



Related: Report Sheds Light On The Rockefeller Family’s Covert ‘Climate Change’ Plan

Principia-Scientific.org also says a “criminal investigation” of Mann is now likely in the United States over allegations that Mann committed scientific fraud in faking his hockey stick chart:


Penn State climate scientist, Michael ‘hockey stick’ Mann commits contempt of court in the ‘climate science trial of the century.’

Prominent alarmist shockingly defies judge and refuses to surrender data for open court examination. Only possible outcome: Mann’s humiliation, defeat and likely criminal investigation in the U.S.

The defendant in the libel trial, the 79-year-old Canadian climatologist, Dr Tim Ball (above, right) is expected to instruct his British Columbia attorneys to trigger mandatory punitive court sanctions, including a ruling that Mann did act with criminal intent when using public funds to commit climate data fraud.

Mann’s imminent defeat is set to send shock waves worldwide within the climate science community as the outcome will be both a legal and scientific vindication of U.S. President Donald Trump’s claims that climate scare stories are a “hoax.

As can be seen from the graphs below; Mann’s cherry-picked version of science makes the Medieval Warm Period (MWP) disappear and shows a pronounced upward ‘tick’ in the late 20th century (the blade of his ‘hockey stick’).

But below that, Ball’s graph, using more reliable and widely available public data, shows a much warmer MWP, with temperatures hotter than today, and showing current temperatures well within natural variation.



Related: What Climate Catastrophe?


The perpetrator of the biggest criminal “assault on science” has now become clear: Dr Mann, utterly damned by his contempt of the court order to show his dodgy data.

There can be little doubt that upon the BC Supreme Court ruling that Mann did commit data fraud, over in Washington DC, the EPA’s Scott Pruitt will feel intense pressure from skeptics to initiate a full investigation into Mann, his university and all those conspiring to perpetuate a trillion-dollar carbon tax-raising sting on taxpayers.


Read more news on real climate science at Climate.news.


Related Articles:

Sorry, climate change fanatics: Turns out, Greenland’s glaciers are actually growing

Amazing Science Lesson: Environmentalists Declare War On Photosynthesis In Stupefying Effort To
Exterminate All Recognizable Life On Planet Earth

Exceptionally rare warming above Antarctica may be affecting NZ's weather

GWPF Newsletter: Chinese Scientists Warn Of Global Cooling, Impact Of Solar Activity

NASA takes pictures of glaciers in the heat of summer, then claims, “They’re MELTING!”

Great Barrier Reef Is In Much Better Shape Than Climate Alarmists Claim, Australian Environment Minister Confirms


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Weather Weapons Are Real, They Have A Treaty To Regulate Them
February 17 2025 | From: Geopolitics / Various

There is still a sizable portion of our society who cannot grasp the reality of weather altering devices and technologies which have made us all unsure about which weather is real, and which ones are not.



This poses a big problem for those who understand how these weather devices are being used, but want to inform the public about the impending danger of the draconian laws that have been legislated based on the false pretext of global warming.

Related: Do You Know What We Are Breathing In From Weather Geoengineering Efforts?

Surely, Al Gore’s Inconvenient Truth movie and his green energy companies continue making money for the guy, but when the lie became impossible enough to sustain, they have begun using the more generic term, i.e. climate change.


Kilimanjaro Still Has Snow

One of the first glaring claims Gore makes is about Mount Kilimanjaro in Africa. He claims Africa’s tallest peak will be snow-free “within the decade.” Gore shows slides of Kilimanjaro’s peak in the 1970s versus today to conclude the snow is disappearing.

Well, it’s been a decade and, yes, there’s still snow on Kilimanjaro year-round. It doesn’t take a scientist to figure this out.



Related: Let's Review 50 Years Of Dire Climate Forecasts And What Actually Happened & New Zealand Climate Commission’s Radical Plan

Climate does change, it’s been that way since the birth of our solar system, but the phrase is now synonymous to abnormal weather patterns, flash flooding, forest wildfires, and to some extent, even earthquakes, all of which could be the handiwork of highly covert government entities trying to justify their subsequent invasive policies.

All of these calamitous events can affect the economic productivity and greatly hamper the development of the targeted regions on the planet. Indeed, weather weapons are a very effective tool for geopolitical coercion.

The nations possessing these weather weapons agreed that they won’t be used in wars and geopolitical conflicts. But who can ever refuse the power to play like the mythical gods of thunder and lightning?

We are not only talking here about “cloud seeding” technologies like Wikipedia would like us to limit our understanding about weather warfare:



Related: U.S. Attacked Philippines with HAARP

Weather warfare is the use of weather modification techniques such as cloud seeding for military purposes.


"Weather warfare is the use of weather modification techniques such as cloud seeding for military purposes.

Prior to the Geneva Convention, the United States used weather warfare in the Vietnam War. Under the auspices of the Air Weather Service, the United States’ Operation Popeye used cloud seeding over the Ho Chi Minh trail, increasing rainfall by an estimated thirty percent during 1967 and 1968. It was hoped that the increased rainfall would reduce the rate of infiltration down the trail.

With much less success, the United States also dropped salt on the airbase during the siege of Khe Sanh in an attempt to reduce the fog that hindered air operations.

A research paper produced for the United States Air Force written in 1996 speculates about the future use of nanotechnology to produce “artificial weather”, clouds of microscopic computer particles all communicating with each other to form an intelligent fog that could be used for various purposes. “Artificial weather technologies do not currently exist… "

- Wikipedia (the trusted source...)

The above phrase, “Artificial weather technologies do not currently exist…” is in disagreement to the statement made by the US Air Force during a budget hearing for HAARP, like so:




HAARP, or High Altitude Auroral Research Program, is said to be an experimental electromagnetic wave propagator which could deliver radio signals in any desired frequencies with a twist of a button, to strike at any target. But as that US congressional hearing suggest, the Air Force is already using a more advanced version, they are now willing to abandon the existing HAARP site in Alaska.

There are, of course, radar systems mounted on mobile platforms which could emit high powered EM signals, and can be positioned in any of the 1,000 US military bases, for steering “weather disturbance” to any triangulated terrestrial and extraterrestrial targets.

The other side of this all-in-one ultrahigh powered radio broadcast technology is to foster positive disposition, fry the electronics of an incoming ICBM, or MiRVs simultaneously, and render their thermonuclear/chemical warhead inert, and deliver controlled rainfall on arid deserts of Africa so that food abundance is assured at last.



Related: When Plutocrats Own The Weather & Nobody Is Buying The “Climate Change” Hoax Anymore

Yes, the most versatile weather weapon is staring right in plain sight and is using that same technology still being used in the wireless broadcast industry today.

The only notable difference is that the weaponized version is using billion watts of sheer power which is very feasible just by transforming the transmission voltage from a few hundred volts into the range of hundreds of million volts which is what Tesla was actually playing with.

Consider three radar installations firing upward in a triangle configuration, all at the same time. Those three hot nodes will then experience high gas pressures, and as a result, their common center will then become the “low pressure area [LPA],” which will be news broadcasted by your weather channel as where the potential typhoon will come from.

The fact that they can move the three points of attack will make the typhoon steerable to hit at any desired target.

For more in-depth study, the researcher can refer to the US Patent 4686605 by clicking on the image below:


Related: Meet Naomi Seibt - The 19-Year-Old, Blond Antidote To Greta Thunberg & NZ Government Begins National Climate Indoctrination Of Children

But no, the United Nations, Inc., or any of its subsidiary corporate states, are not capable of providing these commonsensical solutions any time soon. It can only afford to pay lip service to those pressing problems, because the Old Men running the show can’t get over with their myopic appreciation of the power entrusted to them, which they use only to impress young women.

Considering that our body, like everything else in nature, is made up of EM waves propagating at certain frequencies in space, we can also be altered, or our bodily functions can be influence for any desired effect.

If at certain microwave frequencies, a radar system can cook the atmosphere to increase gas pressure, and change the weather, it can also be used to deliver modulated brain wave frequencies to stimulate docility, or hyperactivity to destroy an entire targeted population without firing a single bullet.

This is the reason why the authorities sought to limit, or eradicate, its use in actual conflict scenario.



Convention on the Prohibition of Military or Any Other Hostile Use of Environmental Modification Techniques

The States Parties to this Convention,

Guided by the interest of consolidating peace, and wishing to contribute to the cause of halting the arms race, and of bringing about general and complete disarmament under strict and effective international control, and of saving mankind from the danger of using new means of warfare,

Determined to continue negotiations with a view to achieving effective progress towards further measures in the field of disarmament,

Recognizing that scientific and technical advances may open new possibilities with respect to modification of the environment,

Recalling the Declaration of the United Nations Conference on the Human Environment, adopted at Stockholm on 16 June 1972,

Realizing that the use of environmental modification techniques for peaceful purposes could improve the interrelationship of man and nature and contribute to the preservation and improvement of the environment for the benefit of present and future generations,

Recognizing, however, that military or any other hostile use of such techniques could have effects extremely harmful to human welfare,

Desiring to prohibit effectively military or any other hostile use of environmental modification techniques in order to eliminate the dangers to mankind from such use, and affirming their willingness to work towards the achievement of this objective,

Desiring also to contribute to the strengthening of trust among nations and to the further improvement of the international situation in accordance with the purposes and principles of the Charter of the United Nations,

Have agreed as follows:

Article I

  1. Each State Party to this Convention undertakes not to engage in military or any other hostile use of environmental modification techniques having widespread, long-lasting or severe effects as the means of destruction, damage or injury to any other State Party.

  2. Each State Party to this Convention undertakes not to assist, encourage or induce any State, group of States or international organization to engage in activities contrary to the provisions of paragraph 1 of this article.

Article II

As used in article 1, the term “environmental modification techniques” refers to any technique for changing – through the deliberate manipulation of natural processes – the dynamics, composition or structure of the Earth, including its biota, lithosphere, hydrosphere and atmosphere, or of outer space.

Article III

  1. The provisions of this Convention shall not hinder the use of environmental modification techniques for peaceful purposes and shall be without prejudice to the generally recognized principles and applicable rules of international law concerning such use.

  2. The States Parties to this Convention undertake to facilitate, and have the right to participate in, the fullest possible exchange of scientific and technological information on the use of environmental modification techniques for peaceful purposes. States Parties in a position to do so shall contribute, alone or together with other States or international organizations, to international economic and scientific co-operation in the preservation, improvement and peaceful utilization of the environment, with due consideration for the needs of the developing areas of the world.

Article IV

Each State Party to this Convention undertakes to take any measures it considers necessary in accordance with its constitutional processes to prohibit and prevent any activity in violation of the provisions of the Convention anywhere under its jurisdiction or control. Blah, blah,blah.

In witness whereof, the undersigned, being duly authorized thereto, have signed this Convention at Geneva, on the 18 day of May 1977.

- Convention on the Prohibition of Military or Any Other Hostile Use of Environmental Modification Techniques

The reality on the ground is far from being straightforward, i.e. countries possessing weather weaponry may not be actively firing at each other, but that doesn’t mean that the United States government, for example, is not using the same capability against its own people, or its smaller nation allies, you know, to keep them in line.

The chemical based geoengineering, for instance, is being extended to spray harmful chemicals instead of merely “cloud seeding”.


Historical Perspectives

It was Dr. Nikola Tesla who tried to give us wireless power so that global prosperity can be achieved by providing free and unlimited access to energy, for the benefit of all.



Related: Unraveling Nikola Tesla’s Greatest Secret: Radiant Energy

He constructed a “magnifying transmitter” which could deliver both power and data wirelessly to far off distances. In the process, he realized the vast potential of his device and the dangers it may pose when the technology falls into the wrong hands.

On April 28, 1997 U.S. Defense Secretary William Cohen made the following statement:


'"Others [terrorists] are engaging even in an eco-type of terrorism whereby they can alter the climate, set off earthquakes, volcanoes remotely through the use of electromagnetic waves…

So there are plenty of ingenious minds out there that are at work finding ways in which they can wreak terror upon other nations…

It’s real, and that’s the reason why we have to intensify our [counterterrorism] efforts.”

In February 1998, the European Parliament’s Committee on Foreign Affairs, Security and Defense Policy held public hearings in Brussels on the U.S based weather warfare facility developed under the HAARP program.



Related: Geoengineering And Weather Modification Exposed

The Committee’s “Motion for Resolution” submitted to the European Parliament:


'Considers HAARP… by virtue of its far-reaching impact on the environment to be a global concern and calls for its legal, ecological and ethical implications to be examined by an international independent body…; [the Committee] regrets the repeated refusal of the United States Administration… to give evidence to the public hearing …into the environmental and public risks [of] the HAARP program.”

- European Parliament, Committee on Foreign Affairs, Security and Defense Policy, Brussels, doc. no. A4-0005/99, 14 January 1999

The weapons referred to by Secretary Cohen are longitudinal EM wave interferometers (LWIs). Longitudinal EM waves easily travel through the ocean and earth with very little loss. In a distant interference zone, there appears real EM energy again, of the kind we have in our textbooks.

However, the energy arises from spacetime itself in the interference zone, as proven by M.W. Evans, P.K. Anastasovski, T.E. Bearden et al., “On Whittaker’s Representation of the Electromagnetic Entity in Vacuo: The Production of Transverse Fields and Energy by Scalar Interferometry,” Journal of New Energy, 4(3), Winter 1999, p. 76-78. (That entire issue of JNE contains some 60 papers by the Alpha Foundation’s Institute for Advanced Study (AIAS), dealing with the kind of higher symmetry electrodynamics needed to understand such weapons).

Though tested in prototype in the 1950s, the first strategic LWIs were deployed in Russia in April 1963, and were used to kill the U.S.S. Thresher nuclear attack submarine, underwater off the East coast of the United States, in April 1963. The signatures of the kill are 100% decisive.



USS Thresher

Related: Eco-Terrorism Correspondence

One day later, the same weapon placed an enormous electromagnetic burst (explosion) deep underwater, 100 miles north of Puerto Rico. From the surface of the ocean there arose a giant cone of water, rising a half mile into the air, turning into a mushroom, and falling back into the sea.

This was the second test of the new Russian strategic LWIs, under KGB control. By this test and the fact that the West did not even recognize what killed the Thresher, Khrushchev managed to stay in power another two years or so, after his Cuban Crisis fiasco where he lost face in front of the entire world.

World-wide weather engineering started in earnest by the Russians on July 4, 1976 - as a quirky sense of humor and “bicentennial gift” to the United States. The weapons have been used to shoot down aircraft, etc. worldwide also, mostly as tests, and have also destroyed ICBMs shortly after launch.

Both the scientific and political priesthoods are being used by the plutocrats at the highest totem pole of our society to impose upon humanity a world of endless scarcity in all aspects of our existence. They justify this policy by saying that if everything is free and easily accessible, people get lazy and just play around. What’s wrong with that?



Related: Dane Wigington Exposes The Globalist Geoengineering Weather Control Agenda In Fascinating Interview
With The Health Ranger

We are the only species in the entire solar system that consented to making life very difficult after we have discovered ways and means to make it easier.


"When I first joined the American Physical Society sixty-seven years ago it was much smaller, much gentler, and as yet uncorrupted by the money flood (a threat against which Dwight Eisenhower warned a half-century ago).

…The giants no longer walk the earth, and the money flood has become the raison d’être of much physics research, the vital sustenance of much more, and it provides the support for untold numbers of professional jobs.

For reasons that will soon become clear my former pride at being an APS Fellow all these years has been turned into shame, and I am forced, with no pleasure at all, to offer you my resignation from the Society.

It is of course, the global warming scam, with the (literally) trillions of dollars driving it, that has corrupted so many scientists, and has carried APS before it like a rogue wave.

It is the greatest and most successful pseudoscientific fraud I have seen in my long life as a physicist.

Anyone who has the faintest doubt that this is so should force himself to read the ClimateGate documents, which lay it bare. (Montford’s book organizes the facts very well.)

I don’t believe that any real physicist, nay scientist, can read that stuff without revulsion. I would almost make that revulsion a definition of the word scientist.

So what has the APS, as an organization, done in the face of this challenge? It has accepted the corruption as the norm, and gone along with it…”

- Top Scientist Resigns From His Post At The University Of California Admitting Global Warming Is A Big Scam

In February 1998, the European Parliament’s Committee on Foreign Affairs, Security and Defense Policy held public hearings in Brussels on the U.S based weather warfare facility developed under the HAARP program.

The Committee’s “Motion for Resolution” submitted to the European Parliament:


"Considers HAARP… by virtue of its far-reaching impact on the environment to be a global concern and calls for its legal, ecological and ethical implications to be examined by an international independent body…; [the Committee] regrets the repeated refusal of the United States Administration… to give evidence to the public hearing …into the environmental and public risks [of] the HAARP program.”

- European Parliament, Committee on Foreign Affairs, Security and Defense Policy, Brussels, doc. no. A4-0005/99, 14 January 1999

The Committee’s request to draw up a “Green Paper” on “the environmental impacts of military activities”, however, was casually dismissed on the grounds that the European Commission lacked the required jurisdiction to delve into “the links between environment and defense”. Brussels was anxious to avoid a showdown with Washington. (see European Report, 3 February 1999).

The possibility of climatic or environmental manipulations as part of a military and intelligence agenda, while tacitly acknowledged, has never been considered relevant. Military analysts are mute on the subject.

Meteorologists are not investigating the matter, and environmentalists are strung on global warming and the Kyoto protocol.



Related: 'Conspiracy Theorists' Vindicated: HAARP Confirmed Weather-Manipulation Tool

Ironically, the Pentagon, while recognizing its ability to modify the World’s climate for military use, has joined the global warming consensus. In a major study (pdf) , the Pentagon has analyzed in detail the implications of various global warming scenarios.

Power is never given, or handed down in a silver platter. It must be taken away from those who are incapable of using it wisely for the good and benefit of all lifeforms everywhere.

In lieu of these deplorables, we must put in management positions the visionaries, engineers and technologists, so that only the progressive use of science and technology is given the light of day.

This is the revolution worth fighting for.


Related Articles:

Exposing The Bogus "97% Consensus" Claim Over Climate Change 'Science' & Top-Level Climate Modeler Spills The Beans On The ‘Nonsense’ Of ‘Global Warming Crisis’

Head Of World Meteorological Organization Slams Climate Extremists, In Unprecedented Move & NASA Admits That Climate Change Occurs Because Of Changes In Earth’s Solar Orbit, And Not Because Of SUVs And Fossil Fuels

Climate Change Hoax Collapses As Michael Mann’s Bogus “Hockey Stick” Graph Defamation Lawsuit Dismissed By The Supreme Court Of British Columbia

UN IPCC Scientist Blows Whistle On Lies About Climate, Sea Level

World Extreme Weather: Is It Man Or Something Else?

Environmental Warfare and Climate Change


Ten Years On: Al Gore's 'Inconvenient Truth' Propaganda Film Turns Out To Be Total Bunk - How Is His Profit From Carbon Taxes Not Criminal Fraud?

An Inconvenient Review: After 10 Years Al Gore’s Film Is Still Alarmingly Inaccurate


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Footsteps Of The Amanah
February 16 2025 | From: GroupK

This e-Book is about the FOOTSTEPS of a man named Neil Francis Keenan that he made on his journey to becoming the elected AMANAH, the principal TRUSTEE of the underlying assets and collateral of the global financial and economic system.



This is a brief history [77,329 words] of this exceptional man as he trekked through the world of business and finance, always giving and helping, and making the World a better place. This is his story.

Related: Michael Tellinger "The Cabal Are Fighting For Survival"

It is necessary to understand what the AMANAH is.” In Arabic “amanah” means “trustee” or one who holds someone else’s assets that have been deposited and entrusted to them and usually under a written agreement or record.

This was the case prior to and following WW ll, whereby the Dragon Families moved a large portion of their wealth into hidden bunkers throughout Asia but particularly to Indonesia.

This individual is directly responsible and in charge of the deposits in all the bunkers placed there by the Golden Dragon Families. It’s like the CEO of all the golden, monies and precious stones placed there for generations. The only prior Amanah was Indonesian President Soekarno in the 1960’s during the JFK presidency…




President John F. Kennedy with President Soekarno

It is his story of where he purposely put his footsteps while trampling on falsehoods and those that perpetrate them. When you finish reading this chronology, you will realize that this one man DID ALL THAT and is still going stronger than before.



Related: Saving America [And The World] From The Kingmakers Cabal

Neil Keenan is the modern day “Man from La Mancha”, the Don Quixote of our era.

His windmills have been and still are those institutions and governments that are Illuminati constructs and puppet administrations.

He has been fighting the fight of a lifetime, from his Trillion Dollar Lawsuit to exposing the corruption and false narratives invading our societies. He names names and details what took place and often what will happen in truth.

Some say that he has bulldog DNA as when he attacks, he goes for the jugular… and never lets go! And there are a lot of evil people in his crosshairs that have reason to worry, because as Amanah, Neil has the legal authority to issue global arrest warrants.

And Neil has the global connections at the very top, within the 1% and “Above” that constantly feed him information. World leaders call him… regularly. He does not have to call them. That is the aura of the man. That is why he is the AMANAH.

Everyone who has shared a moment with Neil knows that he is an adventure story happening in almost every moment. So this brief introduction should give you a better understanding of the true character of the man and why he was unanimously elected as the “AMANAH.”

This is typical of Neil, as he plays a game until he becomes exceptionally proficient at winning. It can be physical sports, mental sports like chess or business ventures in the professional financial arena. He plays to WIN… and win he does.

From an early age Neil had been (without realizing) establishing a network throughout the Western hemisphere. This had become so large that even before going off to University one could say that Neil had a ‘database’ of contacts that was second to none.



Related: The Global Accounts: The Truth, The Thieves, The Liars And The Con Artists

This seemed to be the path to Neil’s life. Even when he played his sports, whether in the US, Canada or Europe. He made connections wherever he went.

People he could call if he had something to offer or they had something to offer him. As months became years even before Neil left for Europe he could make contact with some of the World’s biggest players.

Just keep in mind Neil did not always call said connections looking to make a deal, he would ofter call them just to make sure they were okay. This is how Neil managed things he liked to make sure people he liked were OK and if not what could he do to help them.

Fortunately the real players liked having this young man asking them if they were okay, realizing that Neil was looking for nothing and just making sure his “friends” were okay.

As Neil grew older so did his data base. By thirty years of age he had travelled throughout the Western Hemisphere making friends everywhere. It would not have been a strange site to see Neil in a restaurant or club having drinks with a President or major politician in any of the Latino or Caribbean countries.

It was just a matter of time for expansion. Neil was filled with energy and had to release it and release it he did.

In Europe he met with Popes and Kings, Presidents and Ministers, the Top Bankers and business leaders. What he saw and learned was that Europe under the European Union was a mess of bureaucratic rules and regulations that stifled business and only enhanced the very wealthy controllers.



Related: Pyramid Of Lies

The whole system was based on fraudulent deception and corruption, and he did not want to be a part of it.

But he did spend his time studying the systems, methodologies and technologies being employed. He took time to “know thy enemy” and spent months living in Switzerland.

Neil found that the foundation of financial wealth actually came from the East and from the ground through the sweat and toil of mankind and not from pencil pushing thieves. Thus in the early 2000’s he changed his focus again. He was looking East through Russia, China, Japan, Indonesia and Southeast Asia.



Related: Ending The 1901 Plan

This Look East focus resulted in Neil traveling extensively in Asia, particularly to meet people in Japan, South Korea, Hong Kong, Singapore and Indonesia.

His feet got on the Yellow Brick Road and it led him to the late Count Albert and the true Asian Dragon Families and the underlying truths behind global banking and finance as explained by his friend, the late Dr. Van De Meer.

This journey now follows the timeline of the Footsteps of the AMANAH from 2008 till today.

This is the true story of Neil Francis Keenan and the most recent challenges that he and his Team, Group-K, have had to face for him to become the global AMANAH, The Trustee of the underlying assets and collateral that is the foundation of the World’s financial and economic wealth.

These are Neil’s Footsteps down the Yellow Brick Road and an account of only some of the encounters and exposures along the way. There is much more in the archives of his website and posted videos, and that too is only a partial part of the real life story.

This reads like a movie novel and at the end you will reflect back and say “PHEW! He did all THAT!” Well, HE DID.

The difference is that Neil is not throwing his gauntlet down before windmills, but he is standing strong before the fortresses of the Illuminati Cabal and the steps of their un-Holy banks.

He chose and has been chosen. And his footsteps are on the path of a “glorious quest” to reach what no man has reached before. This is an amazing journey that he is sharing for mankind.

The powerful words of these verses describe a man that is not a delusional romantic, but a dedicated champion of mankind determined to WIN against all odds. This is the Neil Keenan, the Man of Providence.



Related: The Connection Between 9/11, JFK And The Global Collateral Accounts


Editors Note

This article is the equivalent length of a very long novel.

Read on below for the web article version if you wish, or if you would prefer, each section is available as a downloadable PDF file with links provided below:

FOOTSTEPS PREFACE

FOOTSTEPS PART 1 (2008-2015)

FOOTSTEPS PART 2 (2016-2018)

FOOTSTEPS PART 3 THE INITIATION

FOOTSTEPS PART 4 (2019-2020)

Now enjoy the Footsteps of the Amanah online if that is your choice. Continue reading at neilkeenan.com



Related Articles:

Understanding Trump’s United Nations Appearance – He Was Speaking To America, Scorning The Cabal Servants In The Room

What’s Happening Outside Keenan’s Reach - The Illegal Casinos Are Closing Down

Neil Keenan Update: Indonesia At Bat: Connect The Dots

Securing The Global Collateral Accounts: Neil Keenan Update

Making History & New Beginnings: Neil Keenan / Group K Update

Signs Of Cabal Defeat Are Now Obvious But, Expect One Last Big Push For War - Fulford / Wilcock / Keenan

I Won't Back Down - Neil Keenan Update



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
State Of The Nation 2025
February 15 2025 | From: NZPCR / Various

Freedom, democracy and the Rule of Law are the cornerstones of a modern society.



Flying a flag upside down signifies an entity is in distress

So, let’s start 2025 with a quick stocktake on how well these foundations are being defended.

Related: Waitangi Day 2025

First of all, it’s important to remind ourselves that the Coalition was elected on the promise of reversing Labour’s destructive policy agenda, that was undermining all three pillars of our society.


Freedom

Under Labour, freedom was under threat as never before. Like an authoritarian dictator, the former Prime Minister Jacinda Ardern used the pandemic to declare she was the ‘single source of truth’.

Anyone opposing her views not only risked being cancelled but could end up with the Police knocking on their door.

In the name of empathy and compassion, powerful new Hate Speech Laws were being planned that would have criminalised anything Labour disagreed with. Misinformation and Disinformation Centres had been established to promote Labour’s “woke” agenda and suppress views that did not conform.



Related: Ardern’s Authoritarian Streak On Full Show At UN & The Rise And Fall Of The Great Reset

Social media had become a censorship minefield until Elon Musk restored freedom to Twitter. Now Donald Trump’s election as US President appears to be restoring it to Facebook – although not yet in New Zealand.

Whilst our Coalition Government has ditched the hate speech restrictions, and is now attempting to restore free speech to universities, whether they comply or remain defiant is yet to be seen.

And that’s the problem the Coalition faces. All too often their policy changes fall on deaf ears. They are battling a State Sector that is largely hostile to anything that threatens their deeply rooted commitment to the agenda put in place by the Ardern Government.

With too many Ministers not following through to ensure the changes they have introduced are being enacted as proposed, there are now claims that the Coalition is “in Government, but not in power”.

And we can see it for ourselves whenever we turn on Television New Zealand News. “Aotearoa” still features strongly as the name of our country, the Maori language continues to be liberally splashed around, and some weather presenters use only Maori placenames rendering the forecasts incomprehensible to most New Zealanders.



Related: One Person One Vote

TVNZ is a flagship operation – high profile and State-owned. One would have expected it to uphold government policy.

Why they haven’t been brought into line more than a year after the election is a good question. Is it time to replace the Board? Or do management and senior staff need to go as well?

Whatever the solution, this dithering by the Coalition is making it look weak and foolish.

That government agencies are effectively thumbing their noses at official directives and getting away with it without consequences is totally unacceptable. The time for Ministerial rhetoric has passed.

Labour’s dangerous agenda needs to be purged from every cul-de-sac within the public sector. Until the Coalition confronts and defeats this ‘enemy within’, their own policy platform remains largely ineffective.

When the country voted for change, we expected the new Government to be up to the task of delivering on their promises. We expected the bureaucracy to implement their policies fully. [ Ha, yeah right. Same agenda, different 'party'... ]



Related: Maori Party Madness

If the Coalition wants to see an example of effective reform and follow-through, perhaps they should examine the performance of President Javier Milei in Argentina. Whilst his country still faces major challenges, and his approach is too confronting for most weak-kneed career-focused politicians, the progress he has made in only a year is undeniable.

An avowed libertarian, the former podcaster and economist campaigned for the Presidency – and for freedom – wielding a chainsaw. He promised to slash bureaucracy and wasteful government spending in order to bring hyperinflation under control.

He told the public that the country’s dire situation had been caused by decades of collectivist policies, and he pledged to abolish or merge the seventeen government departments into nine, cut public sector jobs by 70,000, chainsaw 700 laws from the Statute books, and turn entrenched budget deficits into surpluses.

Elected as President with a 56 percent majority in late 2023, but needing the support of the former ruling party to govern, he has significantly reduced inflation, trimmed government departments, cut 30,000 public sector jobs, abolished 200 laws, and delivered a budget surplus.



Related: David Seymour on the new Public Service directive: “Need, not race”

He has done this without losing public support, despite the outcry from his left-wing opponents.

Not content with focussing on defeating socialism – which he sees as the gravest of all threats to western civilisation – in his own country, he now wants to help defeat it around the world.

Accordingly, at his first United Nations address late last year he explained Argentina would not support the UN’s Pact for the Futurea reconstruction of their deeply socialist Agenda 2030:


"The 2030 Agenda… is nothing more than a supranational government program, socialist in nature, which seeks to solve the problems of modernity with solutions that violate the sovereignty of nation states and violate people’s right to life, liberty and property…

Argentina will not support any policy that implies the restriction of individual freedoms, or the violation of the natural rights of individuals, no matter who promotes it or how much consensus that institution has.

For this reason, we wish to express our dissent on the Pact of the Future, and we invite all the nations of the free world to join us… in the creation of a new agenda for this noble institution: the agenda of freedom.

The majority of countries – including New Zealand – supported the Pact of the Future.



Related: It's Time To Take Your Oath New Zealand

While many problems lie ahead for Argentina, their latest policy initiative to reduce the size of their bloated bureaucracy demonstrates a determination to achieve their goals: starting 2025, new state employees can only be hired if three existing employees are fired within the same department.

This initiative echoes moves by President Trump, who has made deregulation a cornerstone of his economic policy, promising to cut regulations by 75 percent, freeze new regulations, and require agencies to eliminate two existing rules for every new one adopted.

Yet the progress of our Coalition in reducing the size of our bureaucracy – which exploded under Labour from 47,000 to almost 66,000 – has been dismal.

The latest workforce data shows that in September 2024, the public sector stood at 62,820 full time jobs, down from 65,699 in December 2023 – a loss of just 2,879 jobs!

This is not the sweeping reform that was promised.



Related: ‘New Zealand’s History Curriculum ~ Education or Indoctrination?’

The Coalition has a long way to go to restore the numbers back to where they were before Labour embedded their political allies deep within State institutions.

One of the greatest advocates of freedom in New Zealand used to be the mainstream media. The self-regulatory body, the Media Council still says on their website: “There is no more important principle in a democracy than freedom of expression. Freedom of expression and freedom of the media are inextricably bound.”

They claim ‘balance’ is a key principle: “Publications should be bound at all times by accuracy, fairness and balance and should not deliberately mislead or misinform readers by commission or omission. In articles of controversy… a fair voice must be given to the opposition view.”

Yet is spite of these admirable goals, ever since an adoring media assisted Jacinda Ardern’s rise to power, balance has largely been absent. Falling audience numbers are a testimony to that.

Whether they will recognise the problem and re-establish their credibility remains to be seen. To date, there is little evidence to suggest they will.



Related: Takeover by Stealth


Democracy

We hoped He Puapua had died with the Ardern government.

Not so.

The He Puapua roadmap to replace democracy with tribal rule by 2040 – the 200th anniversary of the Treaty of Waitangi – continues to threaten our democratic future.

An example of its continued influence can be seen in the recent consultation on the Ministry of Regulation’s proposed Regulatory Standards Bill.

Iwi leaders criticised it for not including a specific Treaty of Waitangi clause.

The discussion document, prepared by the new Ministry, states: “The Ministry for Regulation has produced a Treaty Impact Analysis, which provides the Ministry’s initial analysis of the Treaty impacts of the proposal.”

Yet New Zealanders were under the impression that when the Coalition pledged to “Stop all work on He Puapua”, the Treaty of Waitangi would no longer be a consideration in the governing of our country – except in Treaty settlements.



Related: Ministers attack Waitangi Tribunal’s “increasingly activist” approach

What the Regulation Ministry’s heavily redacted Treaty Impact Analysis shows is that the Government is still evaluating legislation against Treaty principles – guided by a radical Cabinet Office directive created by the Ardern Government to deliver He Puapua.

In other words, this brand-new Ministry has clearly embraced He Puapua.

What has also become clear over the last year is that a ‘softly, softly approach’ does not work against tribal activism.

There is only one way to stop this madness and that’s to draw a line in the sand and say “No”. All references to the Treaty (except from settlement legislation) and all references to race should be removed from the Statute books.

That’s what the NZCPR will be pushing for in 2025.

Racial privilege for some is racial discrimination against others. Are we all equal – or are some more equal than others?

The Coalition needs to get off the fence and decide.  


Related: False Narratives


Rule of Law

A further front of attack is political activism within the judiciary. The introduction of “tikanga” or Maori custom – which can mean whatever anyone wants it to mean – into the law, has been driven by the activist judges of the Supreme Court.

This week’ NZCPR Guest Commentator is former Judge and Law Lecturer Anthony Willy, an outspoken critic of the inclusion of tikanga in the law. He has identified a new emerging threat to the Rule of Law – the proposed introduction of “Bijural Law”.

He explains that merging Tikanga with the Common Law into a new “bijural” legal system for New Zealand is the objective of a newly appointed Judge to the Court of Appeal – and he is deeply concerned that someone with such radical intent would have been approved by this Government.


"Now we have Justice Christian Whata not only an advocate of tikanga but seeking to use it to develop his bijural system of law.

If this is allowed to continue and if Parliament does not repeal the regulations requiring the insertion of tikanga in most law subjects, then litigation will become a lottery with the prize going to the most imaginative tikanga educated counsel…

It requires no conspiracy theorising to see this as part of the wider drive to dismantle a pillar of our democracy and impose the pernicious Ardern He Puapua construct in which a small group of activist Maoris seek to impose their wishes on the public with the long-term goal of taking over the governance of New Zealand.

The rot is now too deeply imbedded in our politics and in the law. To continue hoping, as do some of our political leaders, that it will go away, and commonsense and equal rights will prevail is utterly misguided.

They will not.”

It is time the Coalition told us whether they intend to remove tikanga from the law – or allow it to fester and undermine the Rule of Law in New Zealand.



Related: A New Era Begins


Conclusion

While the Coalition is clearly making progress in delivering their election pledges, they are weak in some of the key areas that underpin freedom, democracy, and the Rule of Law.

Many State institutions have been captured by radicals and continually undermine the Coalition.

Through their biased reporting the mainstream media poisons the public’s mind against the new Government, and tribal leaders continue their lust for power, assisted not only by the public sector and the media, but also by the Courts.

That is the reality of New Zealand in 2025.

The Coalition has a year to turn things around so that as we begin the journey to the election, they can demonstrate they have the situation under control – instead of merely saying so.

Whether they are up to the task – remains the big question of 2025.


Related Articles:

Is the Treaty debate bigger than statistics suggest?

“New Zealand is a racist country”: The Treaty of Waitangi and the loss of national unity

Weaponising race: How the Left lit the fuse and the Right can’t find the extinguisher – Newman calls for colour blindness in the public sector

Health NZ ends use of race-based patient priority tool

Simeon Brown blasts Local Government NZ for pushing a woke agenda over core services

Taxpayer Update: EXPOSED: 'White privilege' workshops | TVNZ's expensive rebrand

Why won’t the NZ Transport Agency release information about two public-private partnerships used to build highways?

Did Ardern squander NZ’s chance to ‘influence the world’ and is the current government doing the same?

Poukawa Revisited part 1 -Poukawa Archaeological Site, Proving Ancient habitation in NZ to 7000+ yrs

Therapeutic Products Bill – Save our Supplements by Making a Submission Before 15 Feb 2023

Leighton Smith Podcast Episode 181 - November 16th 2022

One Person One Vote

Sinking lids and rising profits: New Zealand’s pokie machine dilemma

Water fantasy revives in HB

Clown Town: Creative NZ in another race controversy over taxpayer-funding in the arts

Are idle hands the Devil’s playground? New Zealanders cite unemployment as one of the top crime drivers

How are NZ politicians kept safe?

NZ First’s Shane Jones condemns Te Pati Maori’s racist rhetoric

Building Success

Experts offer 5 reasons New Zealand should slow down on raising speed limits. Centrist offers a contrary perspective.

The Platform’s Michael Laws slams Jacinda Ardern’s new role

Bureaucrats are undermining democratically-elected councillors in local government

Electoral law breaches, whistleblowers, corruption and fraud: Te Pati Maori under scrutiny over mounting allegations

DOC’s ethnic-based land grab: What it means for all Kiwis

Nothing To Lose

The Stolen History Of Australia And New Zealand

SAY NO

New Zealand. Puberty Blockers and the Trans Agenda

Taxpayer Update: Public Service probe Mahuta's husband's | $300k for anime | Ram Raids

FOI reveals SHOCKING EXTENT of Avi Yemini NZ ban

Pharmacist Speaks Out William Bisset

The Fragile State of Truth Denialism in New Zealand

Pre-Historic Mega Structure Discovered In New Zealand: Kaimanawa Wall

Maori population approaches 1 million, at 17% of total NZ population

Michael Laws Exposes the Irony in Jacinda Ardern's Kindness & Empathy Mission

Get yer stuff and get out! Some say proposed bill threatens housing security for renters

NZTA blows $5.2 million on unusable app

New Zealand’s most extensive and costly, multi-year Royal Commission of Inquiry into Abuse in Care submits final report

What is the measure of a man’s mana? Rachael Evans on the challenge of integrating Maori Tikanga into New Zealand’s legal system

Opposition rises against “Soviet style media bill”

World’s media report horrific headlines about NZ

Can ACC handle the potential Abuse in Care compensation demands?

A report on abuses by New Zealand Police and Corrections

Some Professors are conveniently confused, and thus confusing others, about the difference between fact and opinion

Eleven killed – NIWA’s lack of historic storm knowledge a factor, concludes damning report

Gray on the failure of Health NZ and Maori Health Authority: “Well funded, well-intentioned, but poorly structured and executed”

Gisborne Businessperson: On Locals Protesting The New ‘Streets For People' Road Layout Design

Professor Robert MacCulloch: Peter Thiel and the Environmental Court

MACA Misinformation

Family failures vs state care in New Zealand’s underclass

Government tightens sanctions on beneficiaries with new traffic light system

New Zealand’s drug scene is a booming “golden nugget” for international crime gangs

A Colossal Mistake

A Dangerous Legacy

Rogernomics: The transformation of New Zealand’s establishment


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The Trap Of Romantic Love
February 14 2025 | From: TheUnboundedSpirit

The Search for Romantic Love: Most people - especially those brought up in the West - have been conditioned to believe that so-called romantic love is the most important pursuit in life and that only the ones who’ve found it are fulfilled.



From the tender age of one or two, we are told of fairy tales that end with two people of the opposite sex living “happily ever after”. As we age, novels, magazines, pop songs, television, Hollywood scripts, and self-help workshops reinforce the idea that romantic love is the ideal form of love.

Related: Liz Gunn Love Letter To All Kiwis - Speaking Up For Counterspin

We are led to believe that our happiness heavily depends on romantic love, and that our personal worth is reflected in how good we are with our romantic relationships. Not surprisingly, when we’re single or we don’t experience love as it’s usually portrayed, we wonder if there’s something wrong with us.

We think that we’re missing out on true love and are anxiously praying for that moment when the fair maiden or prince will save us from our desperate situation.

As we are, we feel emotionally empty - something is lacking within our psyche that needs to be filled, yet we can’t do that on our own. Only another person can do it, and unless we are lucky enough to connect with him or her, we won’t ever discover pure joy and lasting contentment.

The belief that we’re not complete as we are and that we need someone else to fill in our sense of existential emptiness isn’t a modern one. In fact, it’s ancient.

In Plato’s ~2,500 year-old philosophical text Symposium, the comic playwright Aristophanes describes the origins of humanity. As he points out, the original form of man was a four-legged, four-armed, double-sexed entity.

Zeus, however, was afraid that humans might steal the power of the gods, so he decided to take away their power by having them sliced in half. According to Aristophanes, their heads turned “towards the wound, so that each person would see that he’d been cut and keep better order.”

This, he explains, is why each human being is craving for a significant other to complete them. In his own words: “Now, since their natural form had been cut in two, each one longed for its own other half, and so they would throw their arms about each other, weaving themselves together, wanting to grow together.”



If taken literally, Aristophanes’ recount is total nonsense, yet metaphorically it shows the central role that romantic love plays in our lives: We are in an endless search for that “special someone” - the soulmate - the universe created just for us, and we are willing to give up anything to “lose ourselves” in his or her embrace.


Romantic Love as Addiction

The moment we fall in love, the world turns into a magical place. Suddenly, life becomes more beautiful, adventurous, meaningful… in short, life becomes worth-living again.

The only problem is that, having experienced the emotional high of romantic love, we want more of it, yet no matter how much of it we get, our thirst for it is never quenched.

In other words, romantic love is addictive. In fact, research has shown that falling in love can have a similar impact on the brain as cocaine. To study the brain function of people engaged in romantic love relationships, biological anthropologist Helen Fisher put a group of participants through MRI brain scans.

Interestingly, what she found was that they behaved just like addicts: They had obsessive thoughts, participated in risk-taking activities and found it hard to deal with withdrawals.

The brain of people in love secretes an ample amount of hormones like dopamine, norepinephrine and serotonin — hormones that boost their pleasure and confidence levels. Feeling the exhilarating psychological effects of this hormonal boost, everything seems perfect to the romantic love addict.

The promises of fairy tales have come true. At last, life is as it’s supposed to be. Yet, once the initial high fades, everything changes. Life becomes mundane, ordinary, boring once again.

This return to “normal” reality is usually enough to bring a relationship to an end. Once that happens, the romantic love addict will soon come face-to-face with that sense of inner emptiness which has forever been torturing his/her psyche. Then, to deal with his/her withdrawal symptoms, the romantic love addict will go off in search of a new hit, and the story will repeat itself one more time.


Romantic Love: A Dangerous Self-Delusion

As you can understand, romantic love is temporary - it comes quickly and goes away just as fast. No matter how strong the feelings of lust and passion in new relationships might be, they are soon bound to disappear into thin air, as the power of romantic love loses grip over our emotional world.

But while we’re possessed by romantic love, it’s so overwhelming that it distorts our perception and often leads us into making choices that we will later regret.

For example, projecting their long-yearned fantasies upon their “other half”, it’s a common phenomenon for people in fresh romantic love relationships to exaggerate the positive traits of their partner and reduce or deny the negative ones.

This illusion makes them believe they’ve found their one and only perfect match. Feeling a sense of total acceptance and adoration for their partner, they are under the impression that their love is going to last forever. As a result, they tend to make quick, immature choices, such as hurrying to marry, only to find years later that they resent their partner for failing to meet their expectations.



Related: Toxic Relationship Habits Most People Think Are Normal

Romantic love is a blind self-delusion - it only exists in the realm of fantasy, an imaginary world that we’ve cultivated with the help of the romantic tradition, mainly through media programming. Just like pornography fools us into believing that perfect sex exists, the romantic tradition fools us into believing that perfect relationships exist.

Yet, romantic love isn’t just delusional - it can also be dangerous once we’ve fallen into its trap. Not just because of the wrong choices it can urge us to make, as mentioned earlier, but first and foremost because it creates an ideal out of love that nobody can possibly reach (because it doesn’t exist in the first place - in fact, that’s the very reason why it’s called ideal).

Hence, no matter how nice, compatible people we date, the yearning for the perfect romantic relationship with the fairy tale Dream Lover will always lead us to disappointment. Obsessed with a fantasy world, we can’t enjoy reality.



Escaping the Trap of Romantic Love

To escape the trap of romantic love is quite difficult, considering that we have a billion-dollar industry that is day in and day out promoting a misrepresentation of actual love relationships, in effect making a profit from the exploitation of our deep-rooted emotional need to love and be loved.

You see, capitalism doesn’t give a damn about love. In fact, the less we love one another, the better it is for capitalism. From the market’s standpoint, it’s good that we’re unhappy with our relationships, because then happiness can be sold to us through products and services that promise to substitute for the loss of connection that we long for.

Unfortunately, we’re so desperate that we’ve bought into those promises. This is reflected in our efforts to show our partners love through the act of buying stuff. Take, for example, Valentine’s day, when couples have been persuaded to blindly consume things, thinking that this will elevate their relationship.

But how can an expensive ring substitute for a tight, filled-with-loving-warmth hug? And how can a ready-made meal in a high-class gourmet restaurant substitute for a sincere, intimate look into the beloved’s eye?



What we need isn’t more stuff, just like we don’t need more romantic movies. Neither, of course, do we need the Ideal Lover from the dreamworld. All of these offer us nothing of what we need, and only mess up with our hearts.

What we actually need is more understanding.


We need to understand that there’s no person out there who will complete us.

If we feel a sense of emptiness within, we’re going to keep on experiencing it no matter how many romantic love partners we spend our time with. That’s because our inner emptiness is nothing but a lack of self-love. 

Therefore, unless we’re able to love and accept ourselves, we’ll always feel incomplete, regardless of how much love is shown to us.


We need to understand that we can’t love another unless we first love ourselves.

Healthy love relationships can only exist between two already complete, fulfilled people who decide to enrich their lives by sharing their overflowing-with-love hearts.

Unfortunately, most of us are emotional beggars seeking for completion in another person, only to find that our emptiness is actually deepening once we wake up to the fact that our partner is just as empty as we are.




We need to understand that love relationships are based on freedom.

Normally, partners are trying to fit each other into their fantasy image of how the Ideal Lover should look and behave like, not realizing that by doing so they’re depriving them of their freedom to be themselves.

This inevitably results in a constant state of conflict that ultimately turns relationships into prisons of emotional torture.

Just like birds need freedom of space so that they can soar into the skies, partners in an intimate relationship need the freedom to be themselves so they can spread their wings of love and fly to the peaks of consciousness.


We need to understand that healthy relationships require a lot of work.

There’s no great relationship without a lot of work behind it. In other words, great relationships don’t happen to be - they are slowly built with care and effort.

No matter how special a relationship might be, hardships to one degree or another are going to be a natural of part it, and the important question is how you deal with them: Is it through discussion and understanding or through fighting and judging?

Lastly, we need to understand that the Perfect Relationship doesn’t exist.

Contrary to what the romantic tradition has made us believe, the Perfect Relationship doesn’t exist other than in our imagination.


No actual living person is without flaws, we need to stop projecting our fairy tale fantasies on our partners, if we actually want to build genuine love relationships on the foundation of honesty, understanding and acceptance.

In addition, love relationships aren’t all passionate sex and romantic walks on sandy beaches under the filled-with-stars night sky. They’re not forever-lasting, either. In fact, they’re usually quite ephemeral. So let’s not make promises of perfect and eternal love.

Let’s be honest to one another, and keep our love real. I know, this is not the stuff movies and books are made of, but the reality nonetheless, and we better accept it before we’re slapped by it hard in the face.

Love relationships can’t be perfect, but they can still be amazingly beautiful. So let’s make the most of them, by celebrating what we do have, instead of worrying about what we don’t.

Related: We Don’t Love You Anymore Jacinda & The Three Waters Op-Ed Stuff Doesn't Want You To Read


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

In Harmony With All Life: The Open Source Way + Lifting The Veil: Merging Science And Spirituality
February 13 2025 | From: RobertDavidSteele / KosmosJournal

We do not need a new paradigm but rather a return to the original indigenous paradigm that treated the Earth as a sacred Mother and understood that God was all of us, in harmony with one another and the cosmos, living by one principle (do no harm) and one practice (seventh generation thinking).



The Industrial Era has been both a blessing and a curse. It has radically altered the quality and diversity of life for a billion humans but it has also come at a great cost: the repression in extreme poverty of the other five billion; the eradication of thousands of species; and the destruction almost to a tipping point of the Earth.

Related: This Is How Your ‘Aura’ Affects Your Health & Those Around You + Magnetic Fields Of The Human Body And
Their Functions & 13 Signs You Are Experiencing A Spiritual Awakening


Changes to the Earth that used to take ten thousand years now take three years or less. In combination, colonialism, militarism, and capitalism have squandered the wealth of the Earth, creating an elite 1% that profits from the misery, enslavement, and deception of the 99%.

A revolution is in the making, aided by the Internet. Pockets of cultural and ecological wisdom, both indigenous and modern, are now connected at the same time that the lies - such as the 935 lies that led us into the elective war on Iraq - more easily detected.

Still absent is a precipitant of revolution - our Tunisian fruit seller - and a groundswell of demand for the fundamentals of conscious evolution, the tools for information-sharing and sense-making as a collective, a new civilization, one without corruption and waste, both made possible by transformative politics, which is to say politics with integrity, based on evidence, and in the public interest.

How are we to achieve this mass elevation of humanity in the face of what some call the looming ‘sixth extinction?’ I offer three visual interventions for reflection.


Electoral Reform

With a humble apology to all of those fighting for climate change and other worthy causes, I will tell you what I told Tom Steyer: no amount of money or protest will lead to an honest hearing for any single issue as long as we continue to have a rigged system in which two parties control the public treasury and 70% percent of all eligible voters are disenfranchised.

While I speak of the US in this instance, the same conditions apply in most countries, where virtual dictatorships and virtual fascism (control by banks) is the common standard.



Electoral Reform Act of 2016

I tried eight times over two years to connect with Bernie Sanders. Note that point twelve would have assured him the nomination and he, not Hillary Clinton, would be facing off against Donald Trump today, at the same time that Gary Johnson and Jill Stein would be viable nominees given the Instant Run-Off reform (point ten) as well as all the others.

The current effort to re-ignite a race war in the US, with leftist billionaires funding Black Lives Matter protests and fascist billionaires funding white paramilitary shooters killing cops and seeking to place the blame on blacks, will fail. To their credit, black leaders have identified the twin elements of this strategy.

The race war is intended to distract us from the fact that it is now clear to most that we are in a fight between the 1% who have destroyed the Earth and the hopes of humanity for their own selfish profit, and the 99% capable of creating infinite wealth.



Open Source Everything Engineering (OSEE)

I wrote the book itemizing over sixty opens, The Open Source Everything Manfesto: Transparency, Truth, and Trust, and subsequently developed, with Michel Bauwens and Marcin Jacubowksi, the below starting point for radically expanding public appreciation for what an open source everything mindset can accomplish.


Open Source Everything



Using this approach, I was able to document how one million Somalis could be moved from ghastly United Nations resettlement camps in Ethiopia, Kenya, and Uganda, back to an uncontested portion of Somalia (the northeast) with three things only in abundance: dirt, sunlight, and seawater.

For a one-time cost per person of $500 (i.e., $500 million total), I documented how we could provide them all with free energy, water, housing, food, and communications.


End All Waste

We can not only lift up the five billion poor, we can eradicate waste, now documented at 50% on average across agriculture, energy, housing, health, and security, among the one billion ‘rich.’ The below diagram shows how we do that, with a tip of the hat to co-creator Bojan Radej of Slovania.


The Waste Eradication Tri-Fecto

We do not lack for money on Earth. We lack for applied collective intelligence with integrity. We lack the precipitating event that will spark the revolution in which we all say “ENOUGH!” to predatory capitalism, unilateral militarism, and virtual colonialism.

What we have in abundance, what we have repressed for centuries, is the human imagination. Electoral Reform and Open Source Everything Engineering are the twin pillars of our liberation.



Lifting The Veil: Merging Science And Spirituality


Something miraculous is happening. The invisible is becoming visible. Human consciousness is taking a quantum leap into territory previously unknown as what began with just a few saints, sages, gurus, and a Savior is awakening in the hearts and minds of millions around the globe.



Human evolution is undergoing a profound shift; the proof can be seen with the naked eye. This shift is causing millennia-old beliefs and social structures to be scrutinized like never before - perhaps for the very first time.

Related: Spirit Led Activism - The True Power Of The People + Rites Of Passage - Encountering Spiritual “Initiations” On The Path

Even world-renowned physicist Dr. Stephen Hawking ditched his prior position in his book, The Grand Design: “belief in a creator was not incompatible with science” and now concludes that the Big Bang was as inevitable as gravity.

As science moves closer toward solving the Unifying Theory of Everything, would Dr. Hawking have changed his mind one more time?


Unifying Everything

What is presently emerging out of a weary world filled with very little practical value is a new and quantifiable reality being built by those already embodying a more expansive understanding of who we are and why we are here.

Most of us without a doubt have begun to ask questions - perhaps for the first time in our life. Whether you view current events as the end of the world or a new Golden Age is entirely dependent on whether you are bound by separation consciousness or have expanded beyond it into something new.


“There are only two ways to live your life. One is as though nothing is a miracle. The other is as though everything is a miracle.”

– Albert Einstein

What is currently crumbling around us is the fruit of humanity’s misguided labor, along with a planet stressed by an outdated and unsustainable human belief system. Most human suffering is self-created and derived out of inherent ignorance and limitation found in separation consciousness.

Separation consciousness is the belief that we are separate from one another, our environment, and even God.

Separation consciousness is the veil itself.


Separation Not Real

Just as its definition implies, a veil obfuscates a sun hidden by clouds, yet the sun remains ever present. Until recently, only a small number of people have transcended separation consciousness for humanity’s next stage of evolution: unity consciousness.

Whether you / we destroy ourselves is dependent on our ability to make the evolutionary leap from separation to unity consciousness where human suffering ends.



This is both the warning and reward contained within a universal prophecy spanning many cultures in various forms. The prophecy lends itself to both the physical and metaphysical planes of our lives.

With media focus on humankind’s struggle to emerge out of our collective cocoon of separation, we may be left blind to the miracle that is taking place right under our noses.

The biggest story of the millennium is the reality that millions are waking up to the realization that all life is irrevocably interconnected as the One - it always was. Most of humanity was still too unevolved to “get it” until now.


The Veil is Lifting

What unifies us and all of Creation is contained within the very air that we breathe. The all-pervasive answer to the riddle of the mystery of Life is hidden within the question, enigmatically lingering within reach. It is both the tangible and intangible aspects of our world as the scientific and unscientific.

Call it by any name you wish and you’ll find it there. The secret key that unlocks the end of human suffering is contained within you as your desire to know. Have you discovered it yet?

If you believe in a higher power or organizing force - and even if you don’t - when you awaken, you will be struck with the realization that the power that fuels and binds all of the Universe is not an outside intelligence.

What not even famous cosmologist, Dr. Stephen Hawking, biologist, and atheist Richard Dawkins or even Pope Francis have yet grasped (publicly) is that the creative power that unifies us is Creation itself. There is no separation.


'God' is Creation

Creation was not a singular event, but by self-definition, it will continue into perpetuity. What is so shocking is that this means that science and religion are not in opposition of one another, but are simply left- and right-brain interpretations of the One.



Our quest for knowledge of the One is the quest for reunion with and as the One. Joining hands in a way that has been all but forgotten, darkness turns to light. Fear becomes love. Competition changes to cooperation so that lack becomes abundance.

Unworthiness becomes value that ends racism, genocide, and slavery. Our planet is restored to good health.

Personal peace and of Peace on Earth depend on a new, more evolved understanding of God. It’s our time to thrive!


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The White Tangata Whenua + Maori Legend: Blonde Mummies Of The South Pacific
February 12 2025 | From: YourNZ / AtlanteanGardens / Various

Recently the Northern Advocate published some revised history claiming that white people from Europe settled Aotearoa before Maori came here.



Northern Advocate (NZ Herald): Pre-Maori faces created from skulls, says Northland historian:

Related:
Egyptians, Greeks came to New Zealand First?


“A Northland historian has released what he says are forensic reconstructions of pre-Maori Northlanders that support his theory that Chinese and European seafarers came to New Zealand centuries before Polynesians.

Kaipara based historian Noel Hilliam says a forensic expert from Edinburgh University has reconstructed features using skulls retrieved from heaps of ancient human bones that were once piled in caves at several sites around the Kaipara.

The faces depict a blond woman with Celtic characteristics common in Wales and a man of Mediterranean appearance.

Kaipara skeletons were found with strands of red hair and a London pathologist who examined them in 1997 did not consider them Polynesian.

In a message to Mr Hilliam, the Edinburgh pathologist said his examination of skulls and skeletal remains from four sites showed they were from two races.

“People known in your country as Turehu originated from Wales over 3000 years ago and those known as Waitaha originated from the Mediterranean,” the pathologist said.

“The two skulls you randomly uplifted from one site – the female, which I named Henrietta, is Turehu of 23 years of age and 1.3m tall going on the average height of skeletons I examined. She originates from Wales.

“The Waitaha male is 34 years old 1.65m tall, average among the skeletal remains examined, and originates from the Mediterranean.”

The historian has not disclosed the names of the pathologist and forensic expert because he expected controversy over their findings.”





The Mystery of the Kamanawa Wall

A pyramid in New Zealand? or just a pile of very even blocks of stone. If it is a man made structure, we know it is at least 1800 years old. In 186 AD the Taupo eruption covered a vast area in volcanic ash and pumice, including this mound of stone.







These sorts of claims are not new. From Dargaville and Districts News (Stuff) in 2012: `Greeks got here first’


“New Zealand history is going to be turned on its head when the book To the Ends of the Earth is launched next month, co-author Noel Hilliam says.

The controversial book, written by researcher Maxwell C Hill with additional information from Dargaville shipwreck explorer Noel Hilliam, Gary Cook and John Aldworth, looks at what they say is evidence that Greeks, Spanish and Egyptians travelled to New Zealand before Maori.

The 378-page book explores a variety of evidence from ancient maps to ancient rock formations, giant human skeletons, cave drawings, oral history and a multitude of other physical evidence.

“Our contention is that ancient Greek navigators were the first to sail down under, landing in New Zealand before the Christian era began, to become the first inhabitants of the islands,” Mr Hilliam says.”

Now Hilliam claims it was the Welsh who got here first.



Related: Disinterest In Pre-Maori History Stuns

Newshub details other claimed discoveries: From a non-Māori Maui to Spanish shipwrecks: Who is Noel Hilliam?

And reports: Amateur historian admits grave-robbing Maori burials


“Noel Hilliam told the Northern Advocate he had found skulls that pre-date Māori.

However Mr Hilliam’s research, which has no academic basis, has been widely criticised.

“The statement that the young adult woman is from Wales is ludicrous. There is no way to find that information out from the skull size and shape, nor is it possible to tell that a person has blue eyes and blonde hair from skeletal features,” University of Otago bio-archaeologist Dr Siân Halcrow told Vice.

Worse, his actions have been condemned as racist and illegal.

“It is the violation of a sacred site. Them raiding urupā and acquiring ancestral heads – they haven’t said where from – makes me really concerned,” Auckland University senior lecturer Dr Ngarino Gabriel Ellis told Vice.

“Taking from urupā, just like from anyone’s [grave], is a violation of our funeral practices. These are our ancestors. They were not intended to be removed and distributed.

“It’s also illegal to go and tamper with anyone’s grave – so why aren’t there criminal charges being pressed?”

Mr Hilliam has refused to name the ‘experts’ he talked to, and told Vice that while he knew he was breaking the law, he did it because the law was unjust.

The Northern Advocate has since removed the article.”

I couldn’t find the article yesterday but it is back on the Herald’s beta site.

Related: Megalithic New Zealand: Pyramids, Rabbits, And Megaliths Of Upper World And Underworld

The Spinoff: The white tangata whenua, and other bullshit from the ‘One New Zealand’ crew


“Over the past 30 years a growing a minority of New Zealanders has decided that the first inhabitants of their country had white rather than brown skin. They believe that one or more European peoples emigrated to these islands thousands of years ago, and established a populous and technologically sophisticated civilisation here.

This pigmentopia was invaded and conquered by the ancestors of Māori. The warlike Polynesians slew the white men they found, took the women as wives, and appropriated the indigenes’ greenstone carvings.

Mike Barrington’s article may have talked nonsense about New Zealand history, but it did provide a reasonably accurate narrative of the careers of the country’s pseudo-historians.

Hilliam has made other remarkable claims over the years. In 1982 he said he had found the remains of an old Spanish ship on a beach near Dargaville, but the wreck vanished before he could show it to anybody.

In 2008 he told Radio New Zealand that he had found a Nazi submarine off the Northland coast. The submarine had supposedly left Germany in the last days of the Third Reich, loaded with gold. Hilliam never made good on his promise to reveal the location of the submarine wreck.

The notion of a white tangata whenua promised to relieve Pakeha of their status as latecomers to New Zealand, and to counter Māori talk of historical injustice. But the theory had, and still has, a problem: a complete lack of evidence.

In recent years a series of scholars have run DNA tests on Māori, in an effort to trace their ancestry. These tests confirm that Māori are a Polynesian people, and that Polynesians have their origins in coastal Asia thousands of years ago. There is no genetic evidence for ancient contact between Polynesians and Europeans.

The believers in an ancient white civilisation are undeterred by the lack of evidence for their claims. They insist that a conspiracy of Māori leaders, politically correct academics, cowardly Pākehā politicians and sinister international organisations is working to conceal and destroy the physical legacy of New Zealand’s first inhabitants.

They claim that the stone city in Waipoua forest has been closed to visitors by Department of Conservation staff and local Māori. Elsewhere teams of explosives experts are blowing up the stone houses of the first New Zealanders and sealing burial caves.

Ancient European bones and artefacts are being quietly removed from museums, and roads are being built through the sites of Celtic observatories.”

I guess the Herald will remove the article from their beta site as well.



Related: Easter Island - Ancient Links With New Zealand Maori + The Real Indigenous People Of NZ




Maori Legend: Blonde Mummies Of The South Pacific

Maori oral traditions state that, upon arrival in New Zealand, Maori found that there was a large, well-established population already living in the country. The inhabitants were described as having skin complexion that was white to light-ruddy, with eye colors from blue to green to darker tints. Their hair color ranged from white and golden, with red being predominant in the general population.



The Maori term Pakeha, later used to describe white colonial Europeans, was derived from the ancient name Pakepakeha used to describe the former white population.

Pocket groups of these first inhabitants survived into the 20th century and are well-remembered by old-timers as the red headed, freckle-faced Maoris or Waka blondes.

Scholars probing definitions and development of the Maori term "Pakeha" (Maori name for white people) state the following: The derivation seems to be from ‘Pakepakeha’ mythical people who are mischievous beings, with fair skin and hair who lived deep in the forest, coming out at night.



Who Inhabited New Zealand Before the Polynesian / Melanesian Maori?

This is one of eleven mummified heads repatriated to New Zealand in 1998 of our earliest known inhabitants, who were referred to by the Maori as 'Kiri-Puwhero" (light-complexioned skin) with hair that was "Uru-Keru" (reddish, golden tinged).

These pre-colonial, mummified Europoid heads should be subjected to DNA analysis.



The ‘Pakepakeha’ are also linked to ‘Patupaiarehe’ by their fair skin and hair. The ‘Patupaiarehe’ had fair skin and beautiful voices, and gave people the secret of fishing with nets.

These creatures’ possess canoes made of reeds, which can change magically into sailing vessels. The ‘Patupaiarehe’ can also be linked to Nahe’s version of Pakeha as an abbreviation of ‘Paakehakeha’, gods of the ocean who had the forms of fish and man (Biggs, 1988).



A New Zealand stamp portrays the pre-Maori Patu-paiarehe people, now relegated to the realm of myth and legend

The coffins seen above were photographed in 1919 high up a cliff-face at a very remote part of New Zealand. Each coffin was hewn-out by stone tools from a single log, like a dugout canoe.

These skeletons display recognisable European physiology. They were already very old when found in isolated country, far from the consecrated ground of a churchyard.

The deceased people were, undoubtedly, the white Ngati Hotu, known in local Maori and European folklore to have hidden from the cannibals for centuries in this inhospitable region.



After the coming of the Polynesian-Melanesian cannibals to New Zealand, the earlier people were hunted to extinction as a food source.

Many of the Patu-paiarehe or Turehu women were forcibly absorbed into the Maori tribes as slaves. Fugitives or survivors amongst the earlier people moved to the very rugged and remote interior of the country and lived in the deep forests or dark caves, many succumbing to lung ailments from hiding out by day and foraging by night.


Ancient Bloodlines and Lost Civilizations

Maori oral traditions state that, upon arrival in New Zealand, they found that there was a large, well-established population already living in the country.

Robert Sepehr is an author, producer and anthropologist specializing in linguistics, archeology, and paleobiology (archeogenetics).






Related Articles:

Ancient Tattooed Aryan Mummies of Asia

Species with Amnesia

AncientOrigins

Amateur Northland historian asked to explain source of skulls



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Retired American Bishop Explains How The Church Invented Hell & What Religion Is Really Used For
February 11 2025 | From: Collective-Evolution / Various

Religion is a controversial topic, and I’d like to preface this article by saying that it is not my aim to belittle or diminish anyone’s beliefs.



My problem is not with faith but with religion as an organization, which has been used as a means of control, to pit people against each other, and to incite terror and war.

Related: Earliest Known Gospel Commentary: “Don’t Take The Gospels Literally”

Religion in this context serves the purposes of many various global elitist agendas.

Religion is also confusing, to say the least; within several different religions exist different ‘sects,’ each with their own teachings and version of the ‘truth’ and how to live one’s life.

Within Christianity alone, there are multiple versions of the Bible, and teachings that contradict one another. What one religion says in one part of the world may directly oppose what another says in a different part of the world. 

This alone is a recipe for feelings of confusion and isolation for anybody who is seeking ‘the truth.’ If various religions preach different ways of life and truths, they all can’t be correct, can they? I guess that’s why they call it faith
.

Below is a video of Jon Shelby Spong, a retired American bishop of the Episcopal Church, discussing these problems.



Related: The Opiate Of The Masses: When Religion Becomes An Addiction

He argues that religion is a business and it is used as a control mechanism (and he’s not the first insider to do so). We can see this happening most clearly in the rise of Islamophobia.

Islam has been turned into a scapegoat, a target at which we can direct all our fears and anger, and an excuse to invade other countries and create a more intense global national security state.

But the truth is, Islam has nothing to do with violence or terrorism. These manufactured fears are all part and parcel of ‘false flag’ terrorism, which you can read more about here if you are unfamiliar with the concept.

In the video, Spong affirms that “religion is always in the control business, and that’s something people don’t really understand. It’s in the guilt producing control business.”





He then goes on to describe the problem with religion as an organization:


“Every church I know claims that we are the true church, and they have some ultimate authority...

The idea that the truth of God can be bound in any human system by any human creed by any human book, is almost beyond imagination for me.

God is not a Christian, God is not a Jew or a Muslim or a Hindu a Buddhist; all of those are human systems which human beings have created to try to help us walk into the mystery of God.”

He is describing the difference between faith and religion. I myself have explored multiple religions, and have discovered teachings within all of them that deeply resonate with me. I’ve also found teachings that don’t resonate at all. I don’t believe one religion has all the answers.

Using fear to coax people into a certain way of life or belief system, just like the Bishop mentions above, seems to be common practice in nearly every religion, and that certainly doesn’t resonate with me.

The history of the church itself is problematic. Whether it be the church’s role in the First Nations Genocide here in Canada, or the European crusades, the church has a history of forcing their views upon others and of condemning science and new discoveries.

Furthermore, as the Bishop says above, people need to accept responsibility for the world. If we simply leave global change in the hands of God, we remove our own responsibility and agency in this world.



Related: Religion: How It Was Employed As A Control System To Divide & Conquer

If we want to change the world, WE have to do it. After the Paris terrorist attacks, the Dalai Lamai expressed this as well, arguing that it’s not enough to just pray. We must take responsibility for our planet.

We are also dealing with texts that are very old, and considering there are multiple versions of various texts, all of which have likely been manipulated, changed, and distorted over the years, I find it difficult to accept any one without question.

Another point that turns me away from religion is hypocrisy. Many people claim ties to their faith yet know very little about its tenets, and fail to follow what they claim to believe in. This is commonly seen within the ‘spiritual’ movement as well, which can be seen as another form of religion in itself.

When it comes to religion, I believe you have to do your own research; you have to read the books and examine the teachings for yourself.

Use your own head and find what resonates with you instead of allowing yourself to be indoctrinated and letting someone else do your thinking for you.



Related: What Christianity Looked Like Before The Birth of Jesus Christ

These texts are open to interpretation; it’s up to you to find meaning in them and apply it to your life. You can still believe in God and not be religious.

Religion is a manmade construct, and I think if God were to suddenly appear somewhere, he or she would have no idea what religion even was.

Religions as organizations are going to have to change. New discoveries are constantly being made that are challenging long-held belief systems.

We cannot grow if we refuse to have an open mind and accept new possibilities about the nature of reality, and it’s childish to hold on to old belief systems just because they are familiar.

I personally believe in the soul and other non-material phenomena, as well the idea that life does not end here on Earth, and I believe there is enough evidence in various forms, aside from my own intuition and gut feeling, to support this stance.



Related: Spirit Led Activism - The True Power Of The People + Rites Of Passage - Encountering Spiritual
“Initiations” On The Path

What about you? What do you believe? What it all boils down to, for me, is respect.

We must learn to respect each other’s viewpoints about ‘what is.’ We need to work with each other and accept our differences so we can focus on helping the planet, our shared home.


“It’s a mark of an educated person to be able to entertain an idea without accepting it.”

What do you think about religion and what Spong is saying in this video? Do you agree or disagree?


Related Articles:

City Council Scraps Christmas Concert Because Muslims, Sikhs “May Not Feel Included”

Antisemitic beliefs spreading among evangelical Christians in America

NZ Massacre Reveals Mainstream Media’s Double Standard In Covering Religious Attacks & The Christchurch
Shooting And The Normalization Of Anti-Muslim Terrorism



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Social Engineering - The War On The Higher Mind Of Humans: Here’s Why You Should Consider Converting Your Music To A=432 Hz
February 10 2025 | From: CollectiveEvolution / Various

“If you want to find the secrets of the universe, think in terms of energy, frequency and vibration.” - Nikola Tesla



“What we have called matter is energy, whose vibration has been so lowered as to be perceptible to the senses. There is no matter.” – Albert Einstein

Related: The A=432 Hz Frequency: DNA Tuning And The Bastardisation Of Music

Tesla said it. Einstein agreed. Science proved it. It is a known fact that everything - including our own bodies - is made up of energy vibrating at different frequencies. That being said, it seems logical to wonder, can sound frequencies affect us?

It would appear that this is the case. Frequencies affect frequencies, much like mixing ingredients with other ingredients affects the overall flavour of a meal. The way frequencies affect the physical world has been demonstrated through various experiments, such as the science of Cymatics and water memory.

Cymatics illustrate that when sound frequencies move through a particular medium such as water, air, or sand, they directly alter the vibration of matter. Below are pictures demonstrating how particles adjust to different frequencies.

Water memory also illustrates how our own intentions may even alter the material world. This has been demonstrated by Dr. Masaru Emoto, who has performed studies showing how simple intentions through sound, emotions, and thoughts can dramatically shape the way water crystallizes.



Related: In Harmony With All Life: The Open Source Way + Lifting The Veil: Merging Science And Spirituality

We all hold a certain vibrational frequency, and our bodies are estimated to be about 70% water. Given the above experiments, it stands to reason that musical frequencies could also alter our own vibrational state.

Every expression through sound, emotion, or thought holds a specific frequency which influences everything around it - much like a single drop of water can create a larger ripple effect in a large body of water.



Music Frequency

With this concept in mind, let us bring our attention to the frequency of the music we listen to. Most music worldwide has been tuned to A=440 Hz since the International Standards Organization (ISO) promoted it in 1953.

However, when looking at the vibratory nature of the universe, it’s possible that this pitch is disharmonious with the natural resonance of nature and may generate negative effects on human behaviour and consciousness.



Related: Study: 528Hz Sound "Miraculously" Cleaned Oil Polluted Water In The Gulf Of Mexico

Some theories (although unproven) even suggest that the Nazi regime had been in favor of adopting this pitch as standard after conducting scientific research to determine which range of frequencies best induce fear and aggression.

Whether or not the conspiracy is factual, interesting studies have pointed towards the benefits of tuning music to A=432 Hz instead.



Mathematics of The Universe

432 Hz is said to be mathematically consistent with the patterns of the universe. It is said that 432 Hz vibrates with the universe’s golden mean PHI and unifies the properties of light, time, space, matter, gravity and magnetism with biology, the DNA code, and consciousness.

When our atoms and DNA start to resonate in harmony with the spiralling pattern of nature, our sense of connection to nature is said to be magnified. The number 432 is also reflected in ratios of the sun, Earth, and moon, as well as the precession of the equinoxes, the Great Pyramid of Egypt, Stonehenge, and the Sri Yantra, among many other sacred sites.


“From my own observations, some of the harmonic overtone partials of A=432hz 12T5 appear to line up to natural patterns and also the resonance of solitons. Solitons need a specific range to form into the realm of density and span from the micro to the macro cosmos. Solitons are not only found in water mechanics, but also in the ion-acoustic breath between electrons and protons.”


– Brian T. Collins



Related: Research Shows We Can Heal With Vibration, Frequency & Sound + Which Is Worse: The NSA Or The FDA?

Color Spectrum Resonance

Another interesting factor to consider is that the A=432 Hz tuning correlates with the color spectrum and chakra system, while the A=440 Hz does not.


The Solar Spectrum & The Cosmic Keyboard

All of the frequencies in the spectrum are related in octaves, from gamma rays to subharmonics. These colors and notes are also related to our Chakras and other important energy centers. I

f we are to understand that… Chakras are connected to the Seven Rays of the Solar Spectrum, then the notes and frequencies we use for the same should be the same.

A432 Hz is the tuning of the Cosmic Keyboard or Cosmic Pitchfork, as opposed to the A440 Hz modern ‘standard.’ It places C# at 136.10 Hz ‘Om,’ which is the main note of the Sitar in classical Indian music and the pitch of the chants of the Tibetan monks, who tell us, ‘It comes from nature.'”

– Dameon Keller


Exploring The Difference

Let’s explore the experiential difference between A=440 Hz and A=432 Hz. Music lovers and musicians have noticed that music tuned in A=432 Hz is not only more beautiful and harmonious to the ears, but it also induces a more inward experience that is felt inside the body at the spine and heart.

Music tuned in A=440 Hz was felt as a more outward and mental experience, and was felt at the side of the head which projected outwards.

Audiophiles have also stated that A=432hz music seems to be non-local and can fill an entire room, whereas A=440hz can be perceived as directional or linear in sound propagation.


“The ancients tuned their instruments at an A of 432 Hz instead of 440 Hz – and for a good reason. There are plenty of music examples on the internet that you can listen to, in order to establish the difference for yourself. Attuning the instrument to 432 Hz results in a more relaxing sound, while 440 Hz slightly tenses up to body.

This is because 440 Hz is out of tune with both macrocosmos and microcosmos. 432 Hz on the contrary is in tune. To give an example of how this is manifested microcosmically: our breath (0,3 Hz) and our pulse (1,2 Hz) relate to the frequency of the lower octave of an A of 432 Hz (108 Hz) as 1:360 and 1:90.”

innergarden.org

“The overall sound difference was noticeable, the 432 version sounding warmer, clearer and instantly sounded more listenable but the 440 version felt tighter, with more aggressive energy.”

– Anonymous guitarist

The video below was created by someone with no opinion on whether A=432 Hz or A=440 Hz is better. Therefore, the way both versions of the melody is played is unbiased. It is up to us to tune in and feel which one feels more harmonious to us!





Here’s another example:

David HelplingSticks and Stones in 440 hz

David HelplingSticks and Stones in 432 hz



Personal Thoughts

I personally have enjoyed many bands, artists, and styles of music even though they were tuning in A=440 hz, however, after comparing a few songs in both A=432 hz and A=440 hz I can say I definitely feel and hear the difference.

I wouldn’t say that my experience of 440hz music has turned me into an aggressive person, but I can understand how an entire population being exposed to music that is more mind directed as opposed to heart directed - not to mention all of the materialistic and ego-driven lyrics in most popular music - is a perfect combination to maintain a more discordant frequency and state of consciousness within humanity.

This is, of course, simply my own opinion.


“Music based on C=128hz (C note in concert A=432hz) will support humanity on its way towards spiritual freedom. The inner ear of the human being is built on C=128 hz.”
– Rudolph Steiner

I cannot state with complete certainty that every idea suggested in this article is 100% accurate, nor am I an expert on the subject. I simply gathered interesting information from others who researched this issue more deeply.

For this reason, if we are looking for scientific validation for these claims, I suggest that we each do our own research on the matter with an open yet discerning mind. Perhaps more research on this topic will be done in the near future to help explain the phenomenon.



Related: The Fight to Save America From Satan's Subliminal Rock Messages

I believe we all possess intuition and the ability to observe without judgment, which can be more useful than resorting to ridicule when exposed to information that has not yet been accepted by the scientific community.

It is therefore up to us to tone down the urge to jump to conclusions and instead EXPERIENCE the difference between A=440 Hz and A=432 Hz. To do so, we need to listen with our entire body and a neutral awareness as opposed to with our mental ideas, judgments, and preconceptions.

If you are interested in changing your music’s pitch to A=432 hz, click here to learn how to do it.


Related Articles:

Bio-Resonant Therapy And Telecommunication Frequencies

The Secret Meeting That Changed Rap Music And Destroyed A Generation & The Troubling Case Of Paz de la Huerta And Her (Now Deleted) Instagram Account

Devil Music: A History Of The Occult In Rock & Roll

The Twelve Signs Your Vibrations Are Getting Lower



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Exclusive From General Flynn: If We Don't Act, 2% Of The People Are About To Control The Other 98%
July 1 2020 | From: WesternJournal / Various

I was once told if we’re not careful, 2 percent of the passionate will control 98 percent of the indifferent 100 percent of the time.



The more I’ve thought about this phrase, the more I believe it. There is now a small group of passionate people working hard to destroy our American [ and Western ] way of life.

Related: JFK to DJT – Patriots Fight to Reclaim the USA from the Deep State

Treason and treachery are rampant and our rule of law and those law enforcement professionals who uphold our laws are under the gun more than at any time in our nation’s history. These passionate 2 percent appear to be winning.

Despite there being countless good people trying to come to grips with everything else on their plates, our silent majority (the indifferent) can no longer be silent.

If the United States wants to survive the onslaught of socialism, if we are to continue to enjoy self-government and the liberty of our hard-fought freedoms, we have to understand there are two opposing forces:

One is the “children of light” and the other is the “children of darkness.”

As I recently wrote, the art and exercise of self-governance require active participation by every American. I wasn’t kidding! And voting is only part of that active participation.

Time and again, the silent majority have been overwhelmed by the “audacity and resolve” of small, well-organized, passionate groups.

It’s now time for us, the silent majority (the indifferent), to demonstrate both.

The trials of our current times, like warfare, are immense and consequences severe and these seem inconquerable.



Related: DOJ Releases Strzok Notes Implicating Obama & Biden DIRECTLY Ordered Sham Flynn Probe

As a policewoman from Virginia told me, “People don’t feel safe in their homes and our police force is so demoralized we cannot function as we should. In my 23 years with my department, I have never seen morale so low.”

Another woman from Mississippi told me that we need our leaders to “drop a forceful hammer. People are losing patience. It simply must be stopped! Laws MUST be enforced … no one is above the law.”

Don’t fret. Through smart, positive actions of resolute citizen-patriots, we can prevail. Always keep in mind that our enemy (these dark forces) invariably have difficulties of which we are ignorant.

For most Americans, these forces appear to be strong. I sense they are desperate. I also sense that only a slight push on our part is all that is required to defeat these forces. How should that push come?

Prayers help and prayers matter, but action is also a remedy. Our law enforcement professionals, from the dispatcher to the detective and from the cop to the commissioner, are a line of defense against the corrupt and the criminal.

It is how we remain (for now) in a state of relatively peaceful existence.

We must support them with all our being. They are not the enemy; they bring light to the darkness of night through their bravery and determination to do their jobs without fanfare and with tremendous sacrifice.




Urgent Direct Message From General Michael Flynn - A Call to Arms for All Patriots!





Related:
Exclusive from Gen. Flynn: Forces of Evil Want To Steal Our Freedom in the Dark of Night, But God Stands with Us



The silent majority (the indifferent) tend to go the way of those leading them. We are not map - or mind-readers; we are humans fraught with all the hopes and fears that flesh is heir to. We must not become lost in this battle. We must resoundingly follow our God-given common sense.

Seek the truth, fight for it in everything that is displayed before you. Don’t trust the fake news or false prophets; trust your instincts and your common sense.

Those with a conscience know the difference between right and wrong, and those with courage will always choose the harder right over the easier wrong.

I believe the attacks being presented to us today are part of a well-orchestrated and well-funded effort that uses racism as its sword to aggravate our battlefield dispositions. This weapon is used to leverage and legitimize violence and crime, not to seek or serve the truth.

The dark forces’ weapons formed against us serve one purpose: to promote radical social change through power and control. Socialism and the creation of a socialist society are their ultimate goals.

They are also intent on driving God out of our families, our schools and our courts. They are even seeking the very removal of God from our churches, essentially hoping to remove God from our everyday lives.



Related: The Railroading Of Michael Flynn – How It Happened And Why It Matters + Top GOP Lawmaker Says There Will Be ‘Criminal Referrals’ Against Mueller Team

Remember, we will only remain united as “one nation under God.”

And yes, there is a “resistance movement” by the forces of darkness. However, we must also resist these onslaughts and instead take an optimistic view of our situation. Like war, optimism can be pervasive and helps to subdue any rising sense of fear.

We must, however, be deliberate about our optimism. Otherwise, we may get lost in discouragement and despair of any failings we encounter. We must be tenacious in the ultimate end we wish to gain.

That end is to remain an unwavering constitutional republic based on a set of Judeo-Christian values and principles. We must not fear these and instead embrace each.

Our path requires course corrections. To move our experiment in democracy forward, we should fight and reject the tired and failed political paths and instead pursue a more correct path that shines a bright light on liberty, a path with greater and greater control of our livelihoods instead of being controlled by fewer and fewer of the too-long-in-power politicians.

They have discarded us like old trash.

Our will, our individual liberties and freedoms, remain powerful forces and must be understood and applied smartly. We must not be overly stubborn.



Related: How The Deep State ‘Justifies’ Itself In America

Following the Constitution as our guide and adapting to change as we have throughout history, we learn more about what freedoms humans desire.

At times, however, we have to fall back on what got us here. We cannot afford to lose our God-given human rights and the strong inner desire for freedom to choose and to breathe the fresh air of liberty. We must stand up and speak out to challenge our so-called “leaders” of government. We put them in charge; we can remove them as well.

It is through our rights and privileges as American citizens that we challenge the political class and leverage our election process so “we the people” can decide who will govern.

We must not allow a small percentage of the powerful to overtake our position on America’s battlefield. We, as free-thinking and acting individuals, must control how we will live and not allow a few passionate others to change our way of life.

To the silent and currently indifferent majority: Wake up. America is at risk of being lost in the dustbin of history to socialism.

The very heart and soul of America [ and indeed the entire Western World ] is at stake.



Related: Obamagate Is Not A Conspiracy Theory & Disinformation From Schiff, Media Damaged America

In war, as in life, most failure comes from inaction. We face a pivotal moment that can change the course of history of our nation.

We the people must challenge every politician at every level.

We also must stand and support our law enforcement professionals: They are the pointy end of the spear defending us against anarchy.

Now is the time to act.


Related Articles:

Justice Department Dropping General Michael Flynn’s Criminal Case + ‘Never Saw Any Direct Evidence’:
Clapper Admission Torpedoes Democrat Push To Revive Trump-Russia Conspiracy With Transcript Dump


Tip Of The Iceberg: Michael Flynn Case Should Be Dismissed To Preserve Justice

Former Law Enforcement Official: Benghazi Coverup Was To Protect Clinton Foundation – General Flynn
Attacked Because He Knew Too Much


A civil war has begun, but only one side is fighting: Soon, normal people across America will pick up rifles and defend this nation against

DOJ Has Evidence That Antifa, Other Similar Groups Have ‘Instigated’ Violent Activity: Barr & Antifa, Other Far-Left Groups Exploit Protests For ‘Revolution’


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
What Is Agenda 21?
July 3 2020 | From: MassAwakening / Various

Agenda 21 – and the recent variants Agenda 2030 and Agenda 2050 – is a plan to depopulate 95% of the world population by 2030, as has been described by many sources since the 1990's.



It is an action plan devised by the U.N. and signed by 178 governments at the UN Conference on Environment and Development held in Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, in 1992. Its goal is the depopulation of humanity because “we are too many”.

Related: Agenda 21 In New Zealand

It is promoted by the elites as a way to “save the planet” and implemented by governments worldwide. Bill Gates even shared his view about how to achieve this goal by vaccinations and other means in a TedX lecture:


“The world today has 6.8 billion people. That’s heading up to about nine billion. Now if we do a really great job on new vaccines, health care & reproductive health services, we could lower that by perhaps 10 or 15 percent.”

They push their globalist agenda on all of us of no rights to property and other rights. People were even fined for collecting rainwater in their own homes, according to: Globalism Through U.N.’s Agenda 21, Agenda 2030, and Vision 2050


The Means of Depopulation

This genocidal agenda of humanity has already begun and there are many means implemented to achieve this goal, including chemtrails (or “Geoengineering”), vaccines, irradiated food, GMOs (Codex Alimentarius), smart meters and 5G deployment.

One such mean which is relatively ignored in the alternative media is mass population migration from Africa and the Middle East into the U.S. and Europe.

In Israel, they helped bring about 100,000 migrants from Africa who conquered entire neighborhoods in Southern Tel Aviv and other cities where the local population literally became refugees in their own country and fled to other parts in the country.

They terrorize the locals and it’s horrendous what happens in these areas. However, all these means sound great when they are termed the “sustainable development” under Agenda 21.

So how people who barely earn 300 USD per year could afford a journey from Africa to Israel that costs (according to some immigrants’ testimonies) $3000 USD.



Related: The Globalists Are Openly Admitting To Their Population Control Agenda - And That's A Bad Sign

I discovered that this is being paid for and these immigrants are being protected by NGOs (Non-Government Agencies), which are funded by foreign governments and foundations.

I surmise that this is an orchestrated immigration to Israel, resembling that from Syria and Africa to Europe and the U.S., is to destroy the Western countries and those aligned with them from within.

Then I started thinking about what we aren’t being told about this massive population migration to Israel. At the beginning, the Israeli mainstream media called them “refugees.”

However, after the U.N. representatives had checked their status, they pointed out that only 6 percent of them were real refugees.

This required the mainstream media to change its terminology in regard to them as ”asylum seekers."


How Is Agenda 21 Implemented Locally Worldwide?

Again, Agenda 21 is carried out by NGOs funded by foreign countries, like the New Israel Fund (funded by the Ford Foundation and others, including Muslim countries) as well as such groups as the Open Society Foundation (George Soros) and Oxfam with the intentions, I surmise, to destroy Israel from within like with other Western countries.

Check the Periodic Report to ICLEI, the U.N.’s NGO that implements Agenda 21 locally, of 15 cities in Israel complying with its guidelines and here on YNET News.



Related: Six Issues That Are Agenda 21 & Agenda 21 In One Easy Lesson

According to the UN’s own website:


“This is a “comprehensive plan of action to be taken globally, nationally and locally by organizations of the United Nations system, governments and major groups, in every area in which human impacts on the environment."

This plan is involved in every aspect of our lives according to Rosa Koire, an activist and a lecturer who tirelessly works to inform the unaware public about the dangers of this plan.

U.N. Agenda 21 / Sustainable Development is a corporate manipulation using the Green Mask of environmental concern to forward a globalist plan.

It seems that using the word “sustainability” helps them promote their depopulation plan unabated. It sounds so “green”, advanced, and progressive..

Does 'Sustainability" ring a bell?

That’s the reason why most people will consider this plan as positive.

So, what is wrong with it? Pay attention to the actions of those implementing it and not to “nice”, placating words such as “sustainable development”.

For a long time, I had no idea that there was any connection between all these diverse topics.



Related: Agenda 2030 Translator: Decoding The UN’s New ‘Sustainable’ Development Goals

This agenda is run by the United Nations via an NGO called “International Council for Local Environmental Initiatives,” commonly known as ICLEI (pronounced Ik-lee).

It is implemented locally by municipalities of major cities worldwide, including London, Berlin, Rome. From my research, fifteen cities in Israel joined this NGO in 2008.

It should come as no surprise that Ron Huldai, Tel Aviv’s mayor, is the chairman of ICLEI Israel (or as it’s called the Forum 15, which is the forum of 15 cities in Israel that adopted ICLEI regulations).

This is paid for by you, and taxpayers worldwide (not only in the U.S.), without your knowledge or consent, as none of us was informed of it and obviously, and you didn’t have had a vote on its implementation.

This U.N. Agenda 21 is responsible for the development programs in your city that you are not aware of, behind the mass engineered immigration in the West and heavy population surveillance everywhere (as with “smart meters” and 5G).

You can check the Agenda 21 programs implemented in your city or town by searching Agenda 21 and the name of your city in Google. You’ll find them this way.

I found these programs implemented in Haifa, the city where I live.



Related: Entire Planet To “End Climate Change” & Global Geoengineering (Chemtrails) Experiment Pushed By Bill Gates Also Funded By Nazi-Linked Alfred P. Sloan Foundation, Linked To Eugenics And Depopulation

According to ICLEI’s official website, this NGO comprises “12 mega-cities, 100 super-cities and urban regions, 450 large cities as well as 450 medium-sized cities and towns in 84 countries.”

This NGOs stated goal is that “By 2050, a third of all humans will be living in cities.”



Click on the image above to view the ICLEI website

They also condition children to use sustainable transport which is closely tied to Agenda 21’s population management program, in attempt to bring most people into megacities and away from rural areas which will be deemed “open spaces” for wildlife and be more easily controlled by using public transport.

Recently we became familiar with a Swedish teenage girl called Greta Thunberg who according to mainstream media – that promotes agenda 21 and global warming / climate change – helps raise the awareness to climate issues (BBC).

Again, we can see here how children and teenagers and even children are being conditioned to such beliefs without perhaps realizing that they are being used to promote this agenda.

If the cabal doesn’t succeed one way (as with Al Gore), they will push their agenda in another way.

My primary concern here was that a hidden agenda is being masked as a beneficial plan for humanity, while being exactly the opposite. In reality, it’s a well-crafted lie to slip past our scrutiny.



Related: ClimateChangeGate: The Hidden Agenda Behind The Huge Hoax And Global Criminal Conspiracy & Climate Change Hoax Collapses As New Science Finds Human Activity Has Virtually Zero Impact On Global Temperatures

The upshot of all this is removing national sovereignty and empowering the U.N. to gradually take control over what was once national policies.


“It will remove and destroy all constitutions, restrict free speech and disarm the people. When Agenda 21 is fully realized, the United Nations will be in possession of all guns and subsequently, there will be no opposition to their control.”

Paul McGuire, an internationally recognized prophecy expert, speaker, minister, and author writes in his book The Babylon Code that;


“The true agenda of Agenda 21[/2030] is to establish a global government, global economic system, and global religion. When U.N. Secretary General Ban Ki-Moon spoke of ‘a dream of a world of peace and dignity for all’ this is no different than when the Communists promised the people a ‘worker’s paradise.’”


Is It Legal?

As this plan is covertly implemented in the name of U.N. Agenda 21 by an NGO called ICLEI, none of us had been informed about it or have voted for it in any way; it basically leads to the loss of personal freedom and sovereignty worldwide.

This is a deceit of humanity rooted in darkness and our complicit ignorance, which allows the U.N. to implement this treacherous plan.

This is totally undemocratic “and it relies on our passive, ill-informed acceptance of ‘authorities’.”




Agenda 21 in Less Than 5 Minutes





Related: The Ultimate Scam: How Al Gore Became The World’s First Carbon Billionaire” By Profiting Off Irrational Climate Fears






What Is Codex Alimentarius?

This is a term used for the food regulations that were written and ratified in 2009. In my research, I found a connection between IG Farben (former BAYER, BASF, HOECHST) and the food laws ratified by the UN.

It raises many important questions such as: How are these regulations connected to the depopulation agenda? And why is our food filled with toxins and elements that risk our health?

Are there really too many people on earth? Is the World Health Organization interested in our general wellbeing?


I found out that Nazis like Fritz ter Meer, a former executive member of IG Farben (which produced and supplied the Zyklon B to the death camps during the Second World War), who was incarcerated for fifteen years in prison after being convicted in the Nuremberg War Crimes Tribunal, was employed by the U.N. after being released.

He was part of the committee designed to plan the food resources for humanity that devised the Codex Alimentarius.

(This is an UN-sponsored global food standards body, which criminalizes the production of healthy nutrition both commercially and at your home, whether it’s organic food, your dietary supplements, or even your organic garden).



Related: CODEX Alimentarius: The Monstrously Toxic Power Play For Control Of The Global Food Supply & Natural Health Industry

Dr. Rima Laibow talks about these regulations, which has determined that vitamins are toxins and therefore to be limited in consumption to ineffective dosages, and which includes irradiating the food supply to destroy all nutrients in our food, and to switch to the GMO foods to be consumed by the masses.

This alone will lead to the death of three billion people worldwide in the next few decades according to Dr. Rima Laibow.

The World Health Organization apparently confirms these estimates.

Here is more explanation on those behind the outlining of this plan:


“Just fifteen years after they were convicted in the Nuremberg War Crimes Tribunal, Bayer, BASF and Hoechst were again the architects of the next major human rights offences.

In 1962, they established the Codex Alimentarius Commission.”


- Remark made by the Dr. Rath Health Foundation


Why Don’t People Hear About This Plan?

Most people use mainstream media, including TV, newspapers, radios and other means to keep informed, which suppresses this information; those in power control mainstream media and don’t want you to be aware of this plan.

This media has denied the existence of such a plan for years, despite the existence of a book entitled “Agenda 21” (350 pages) published by the UN.



Related: Agenda 21: Awareness And Activism + UN 2030 Agenda Decoded: Blueprint For The Global Enslavement Of Humanity Under Corporate Masters

So if you don’t rely on alternative media coverage, it’s improbable that you’ll find information about this vast global plan and all of its goals.

If the public worldwide had become aware of such a plan, they would immediately rise up against it and stop its implementation, which is definitely something “the powers that be” don’t want.

So they have introduced this plan incrementally by using appealing wording like “sustainable development” or some other “green”-sounding term so people would gladly accept it (as fascist regimes have always done).

However, it is not about environmental sustainability at all. Its true goals are implemented by deception, concealing its real aim to take over the entire planet and all its assets by a handful of people.

Those promoting this agenda include royalty (such as Prince Charles who is an avid advocate of this plan, as can be seen in his speech.


“The New Environmental Agenda’), top politicians like Obama, who addressed the U.N. General Assembly on September 27, 2015 and stated that the U.N. blueprint “is one of the smartest investments we can make in our own future.”

Bureaucrats, CEOs and the top of international banks and corporations like Hugh Grant, the CEO of Monsanto, said:


“The true agenda of Agenda 21[/2030] is to establish a global government, global economic system, and global religion. When U.N. Secretary General Ban Ki-Moon spoke of ‘a dream of a world of peace and dignity for all’ this is no different than when the Communists promised the people a ‘worker’s paradise.’”

The lifestyle of the “global elite” with their private trains and jets, fleets of cars, and palaces and their businesses are excluded from this plan and continue to be considered sustainable.



Related: Australian Government Pays Al Gore $320k To Conduct Climate Training As Rare Snowfall Hits & The Rockefeller Way: The Family’s Covert ‘Climate Change’ Plan


Chemtrails

In 2013, after finding out that “chemtrails” do exist, I started writing to well-known activists on this topic like Dane Winington (geoengineeringwatch.org); especially, after feeling distraught and helpless about it.

I was sick, my throat hurt, and there was no one I could turn to except for those activists reporting and sharing health tips on how to maintain our health and sanity when all this insane information comes out.

First, after realizing this phenomenon, I took a lot of pictures and then one day I noticed two airplanes spraying and leaving these white trails behind them that other planes didn’t leave.

This occurred so many times that a friend and I just watched these planes.

She also took some usable photos and videos and posted them on Facebook. I started feeling helpless and hopeless seeing these unmarked airplanes spraying and being unable to do anything except to watch them spraying their poison.

Later on, I also found out that not only do they spray from airplanes, but they also use underwater jet streams in the oceans aimed at our beaches where it’s relevant.



Related: Same Media That Once Deemed Chemtrails A Conspiracy Theory Now Openly Promotes Chemtrailing The Entire Planet To “End Climate Change” & Global Geoengineering (Chemtrails) Experiment Pushed By Bill Gates Also Funded By Nazi-Linked Alfred P. Sloan Foundation, Linked To Eugenics And Depopulation

The founder of this site Geoengineering Watch, Dane Winington, together with others filed a lawsuit against the authorities (the regime), who are supposedly behind this crime against humanity stating that HAARP is being used as a weapon that induces climate change.

I found out about a patent for H.A.A.R.P (High Frequency Active Auroral Research Program) that it has installations worldwide, which together with chemtrails they can actually create earthquakes, tsunamis, and other “natural” disasters.

Some also call them ionosphere heaters (the most famous one is located in Alaska, but such facilities can be found worldwide). The map was published on ClimateViewer News.

I watched videos that people worldwide uploaded on YouTube showing strange colorful “clouds” half an hour before a “natural” disaster occurred.


U.S Black Budget to Spray the Populace like Roaches

I found out that a secret “black” budget of former President Obama sponsoring our own demise; shockingly, I discovered that we unknowingly finance our own genocide (Secret Presidential Chemtrail Budget Uncovered - Congress Exceeds Billions To Spray Populace Like Roaches, according to the IntelHub.com and that it goes on for decades.

Here’s the words of Dane Winington on the ongoing chemtrails / Geoengineering:


“Historical records prove beyond doubt that climate engineering has been fully deployed on a substantial scale for over 65 years (hurricane suppression for over 53 years), so why do major publications continue to lie about this blatant reality?

Because that is what they are paid to do. Once global populations fully grasp the gravity of the biosphere collapse that is rapidly unfolding around them (further exacerbated by Geoengineering), our paradigm will overturn.

The power structure is trying desperately to hide this reality for as long as possible. Unfortunately, most environmental groups and organizations are major participants in Geoengineering denial.

I and several other activists just attended a global warming presentation with standing room only, we made sure that the Geoengineering subject was not omitted from this event.”


- GeoengineeringWatch.org

According to this agenda (Agenda 21 and Agenda 2030), humans (except for the "elite") are on the same level as animals.

We are to be managed like flora and fauna. Behind it all is a materialistic and secularized view of humanity, which rejects the idea humans are sacred and part of the divine!



Related: Congress Now Funding “Controversial” Geoengineering “Plan B” To Spray Particles In The Sky To Cool Earth

Needless to say, this is just the tip of the iceberg in regards to this hideous agenda, which I detail in my book, Mass Awakening.

As the title indicates this covers the real intent to control humanity by cutting us off from our higher sources, but I believe we will win this battle and show the methods I and others employ to keep our connection and fight back.


How Do We Know that We Are on a Positive Timeline and that We’re Being Saved?

David Wilcock argues that if what Alex Jones, who discussed this depopulation agenda by the cabal for years, including the FEMA camps in the U.S., had succeeded, we wouldn’t be here.

I feel that it needs to be emphasized: If what the cabal/the elites planned for us all would have worked as they wished and implemented, and there were no white hats, you wouldn’t have been here reading this article.



Related: Michael Tellinger "The Cabal Are Fighting For Survival"

They have done everything to curb fertility and depopulate the planet but we are still here and they, the cabal, are losing.

Remember this.


Related Articles:

Covid 19 coronavirus: Hamilton council takes private land for Peacockes subdivision project without paying

Behind the Green Mask : Agenda 21

Seriously? Bicycle Licenses Are Coming

Agenda 21 on Channel 7

UN Agenda 21and UN Agenda 2030. A Must See for Every Canadian

Firefighter blames government for Australia’s bushfire crisis 7News

Australian Politician tells Truth&Exposes Agenda 21,Club of Rome

Agenda 21 - The Plan Is to Depopulate

Pauline Hanson Candid on Agenda 21 Water Privatisation in Australia

Chemtrails, Geoengineering, Weather Modification & Weather Warfare


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

One Year Old Dies After Vaccination, Death Ruled Unexplained Due To Natural Causes & Questions To Ask Pro Vaxers
February 7 2025 | From: VacTruth / Various

Michael Witesell died three days after he was given six vaccine doses. His death was ruled as Sudden Unexplained Infant Death (SIDS).



We wanted to update our readers on a story we recently published, titled Indiana Baby Dies In His Sleep Days After Receiving 6 Vaccine Doses.

Related: Anti-vaxers are winning the war on social media. What's the CDC going to do about it?

Autopsy results have revealed baby Michael Whitesell’s liver and vascular systems were congested when he passed away. The coroner ruled one year-old Michael’s death as Sudden Unexplained Infant Death, due to natural causes, and the specific vaccines were not listed on the autopsy report.

At the age of one, on October 19, 2015, Michael Whitesell was taken in for the routine 12-month well baby check-up, where he was injected with the MMR, varicella, hepatitis A, and flu vaccines.

This was six vaccine doses given to him, in four injections. He let out a scream his parents had never heard before.

Three days later, he had a fever and was given Tylenol. He went to bed that night and died in his sleep, sometime the following morning. After he was found, his father Thomas performed CPR on him, until EMS showed up and took over.

Once investigators showed up, they tried to revive Michael, but it was accepted he was already gone and resuscitation efforts ceased.



Related: Cot Deaths Linked To Vaccinations + Harvard Medical School Doctor: Vaccine Science Is Not Settled

Investigators left baby Michael on the floor, on his back, with his little arms out to his side, turning more blue and darker by the minute, while waiting more than two hours for the coroner to show up. Investigators didn’t even cover up baby Michael with a sheet.

Those surrounding the scene were walking over Michael’s uncovered body. The doorway where Michael lay connected the children’s bedroom to the living room.

His three year-old brother Keegan didn’t know what was going on; he offered Michael some goldfish crackers in his mouth, because he thought his brother was hungry. He knew something wasn’t right but didn’t understand what had happened.

The family tried to keep Keegan outside, but it was so cold that morning and they had to keep going in and out of the house. The family was so distraught looking at Michael, while hoping he would just start breathing again.

Michael’s grandmother recalls no one saying they couldn’t cover him up themselves, but they were just mad, shocked and sad, dealing with so many emotions at one time.



Related: Recently Vaccinated Individuals Found to Spread Disease

They didn’t know if they were allowed to cover his body, thinking the investigators still needed to take pictures. You would think the investigators would cover up Michael without being asked. Michael’s family didn’t want Keegan to remember his brother this way.

While this was happening, the Indiana Department of Child Services (DCS) was notified. Michael’s parents, Thomas and Brittney Whitesell, were investigated; then three year-old Keegan was removed from the home and placed with Brittney’s grandmother, who lived about 25 miles away, in a retirement home with two ladies.

Thomas and Brittney were told Keegan would be returned once the autopsy results came back, to prove they didn’t hurt Michael. They were treated like criminals and the vaccines were never looked at as a cause of death.

Thomas and Brittney were fingerprinted, had background checks done on them, were tested for drug use on the spot, and they came back clean. It was so hard for them to have Keegan taken away like this, after just losing Michael.



Related: Vaccines For Profit And Destruction & You Cannot Be Pro-Freedom And Pro-Forced Vaccinations At The Same Time


Michael’s Autopsy Report Findings

The autopsy results revealed Michael was not abused at all. The autopsy report showed Michael Whitesell’s liver and vascular system were congested.

The coroner ruled one year-old Michael’s cause of death as Sudden Unexplained Infant Death, due to natural causes, and the specific vaccines he had received were not listed on the report.

The medical examiner confirmed Michael had vascular congestion in his brain, thymus, heart, lungs, liver, spleen, kidneys, adrenals, urinary bladder, gastrointestinal tract, pancreas and thyroid.

Petechiae of the thymus and lungs were noted, along with pulmonary and visceral congestion. The toxicology report came back negative and mentioned his urine was positive for glucose.



Michael Whitesell-Autopsy


Related: Proposed new Texas law would demand safety studies for vaccines… no wonder the entire vaccine industry opposes it


Vaccines Were Not Listed On The Autopsy Report

As expected, there was no mention on Michael’s autopsy report of the specific MMR, varicella and hepatitis A vaccines Michael had received just before he died. Only the flu shot was specified.

On the entire autopsy report and pathology report, the only mention of the vaccines Michael received shortly before his death was in this sentence the coroner wrote:


"Brittney also told me that Michael had received his 12 month vaccinations and flu shot on October 19th at the office of Doctor ———-.”

Michael’s grandmother Tina had contacted the coroner at least twice a week, telling him to mention the vaccines and to look into them being the cause of death.



Related: Glaxo Agrees to Pay $3 Billion in Fraud Settlement

Tina said:


"I knew he got sick of me calling and even argued with me a few times, but I stood my ground. My grandson had the right for a full, healthy life and did not deserve this.”

Even though the specific vaccines weren’t mentioned, except for the flu shot, this was a huge achievement.

Not listing the vaccines on the autopsy report is a common theme we see on reports of babies dying after vaccination.

This helps keep parents in the dark while protecting the vaccine program. We commend Michael’s family for their perseverance on this matter.

As mentioned in Michael’s original story, it is unacceptable that a medical examiner doesn’t have to list recent vaccines on the autopsy report, or the child’s recent hospital or emergency room visits associated with a vaccine reaction occurring just before the child died.

Tina also asked the coroner if he thought the vaccines took Michael’s life and immediately he said no. It is rather concerning that all of the ingredients injected into baby Michael could be so positively ruled out.



Related: Facebook Bans All Content On Vaccine Awareness, Including Facts About Vaccine Ingredients, Vaccine Injury And Vaccine Industry Collusion & Mark Zuckerberg Goes All-In With The Deadly Vaccine Industry In Sweeping New Plan To Censor All Posts That Question Big Pharma’s Vaccine Dogma

This makes no sense at all. The FDA and CDC admit that any vaccine can lead to death, but when it happens, medical examiners and doctors routinely say there is no connection, while there is no way they could disprove the connection.

Please take a look at the ingredients listed on the CDC’s website, showing what went through those needles and ask yourself how this could not kill a child, especially when the CDC and vaccine manufacturers admit life-threatening allergic reactions and death can be the outcome of receiving any vaccine.



Related: Medical police state cuts off research funding from scientist who found that vaccines cause autism


Michael’s Body Couldn’t Handle This Toxic Load

The immune response brought on from the vaccines was too great for Michael’s developing body to handle.

Based on these autopsy findings, did Michael suffer a cytokine storm, initiated from the vaccines that caused his immature immune system to overcompensate, while trying to detox his body from what was injected into him?

It appears so.

He was healthy and fine before those shots and, despite what the records read, considering parents every day are denied the truth that the vaccines harmed their baby, this family knows the vaccines took his life and they will fight for justice until the cause of Michael’s death is acknowledged.

One pathologist plausibly connected the vaccines to a the death of a different child who passed away after vaccination.

The pathology report shown in this story, SIDS Death Plausibly Linked to Vaccines in a 4-Month-Old Baby Boy, concluded that this child died shortly after receiving a set of vaccinations and that the autopsy showed no specific cause of death, leading to the SIDS diagnosis.

The pathologist was aware of how vaccines induce cytokine production, which can affect the brainstem, leading to respiratory failure, from which the baby did not recover. In his view;


"The vaccinations plausibly represent a substantial contributing factor to the death of this infant.”

Tina asked the doctor who vaccinated Michael to write a statement saying the vaccines caused Michael’s death. The doctor said she would not, unless the coroner or pathologist would admit this, because she didn’t see Michael after he was vaccinated, for anything. Even if the doctor had seen Michael after he was vaccinated, it is very unlikely she would have submitted to the request.


Keegan Was Returned Home After The Autopsy Report Proved His Parents’ Innocence

In the second week of December 2015, Michael’s autopsy results were made available. Once the autopsy report came in, the Indiana Department of Child Services (DCS) finally started working with Thomas and Brittney to help bring Keegan back home.

Keegan was finally rejoined with his parents once the autopsy results came in that proved Thomas and Brittney’s innocence that Michael was not abused by them.



Related: Vaccines' dark inferno: What's not on the insert labels?

When Keegan was going back home, all he talked about was going home to his mommy and daddy and how excited he was to see his dog Zena and the rest of the family. It was a very joyous moment.

The family will always be upset about how they were treated. They are not criminals and were treated as such.

They loved Michael and took great care of him. Looking back, they understand DCS was doing their job and have a lot of compassion for other families that have been put through this.

The Indiana Department of Child Services sent Thomas a letter, dated December 23, 2015. It stated:


"Mr. Whitesell,

This letter is in regards to the report/assessment regarding child abuse and/or neglect regarding the minor child, Keegan Whitesell.

The Department of Child Services has found your case to be Unsubstantiated.

This finding is due to the fact that there is currently no evidence to pursue a finding of Neglect of the minor child. No further actions will be taken on this assessment.”

Having Keegan taken away during such a tragic time hurt the family tremendously.

Thankfully, DCS did what they said they would do and returned Keegan, as soon as it was proven his parents did not harm Michael.

DCS is helping them now, to stay reunited. They are requiring Thomas and Brittney to obtain legal guardianship of Keegan, in order to keep him, which they are in the process of doing now.



Related: Vaccine-autism link: A rebuttal to the “There is no debate” narrative

The reason guardianship has to be obtained is because Thomas and Brittney are actually Michael and Keegan’s uncle and aunt, not their biological parents. They have raised both boys since birth and are seen as their parents.

Their biological mother, Thomas’s sister, was unable to raise her children due to suffering from epilepsy, which started right after she was given childhood vaccines.

The doctor never made her mother, Tina, aware that the vaccines were associated with these injuries and the connection was not made until after Michael died.

Due to Keegan’s biological mother’s health problems, she was unable to raise her boys and the boys’ fathers were not in the picture. This is why she entrusted her brother Thomas and his wife Brittney to raise them. It was a mutual agreement they had made but had never filed legal paperwork.

Thomas himself was born with his liver and intestines on the outside of his body. The doctors never told his mother Tina why or how this happened; they only told her it happens and that it is rare.




Immunologist and Doctors Comment on Vaccination and the Immune System





Related:
Japan leads the way: No vaccine mandates and no MMR vaccine = Healthier children





Thomas had to undergo three major surgeries to survive. Tina was told her son would never be able to have kids of his own.

That is why Thomas and Brittney were so thrilled to raise Michael and Keegan, since they couldn’t have children of their own.

Keegan’s biological father recently came forward, wanting custody of Keegan. He wanted nothing to do with Keegan until child protective services stepped in after Michael passed away.

DCS is recommending current placement of Keegan with Thomas and Brittney to continue, since he would be able to maintain essential connections with his biological mother and his family who have raised him since birth.

Since Keegan has resided with Thomas and Brittney the majority of his life, where he is provided a safe and stable environment, permanent placement is recommended with them, as it will not disrupt his stability and would be in the best interest of Keegan.



Related: Top Ten Facts About The Vaccine Industry That The Dishonest Media Refuses To Report


Grieving Parents Are Left To Pay For Their Vaccine-Injured Child’s Funeral Expenses

Funeral expenses are not paid for up front, by pharmaceutical companies or vaccine court, when you lose a loved one to any vaccine. Michael’s grieving family has to wait to receive money from their tax refunds, in order to pay for Michael’s headstone, something they really want for him, but have had to put off due to how expensive headstones are.

They will also have to pay an expert witness retainer fee in excess of two thousand dollars, to help them prove the vaccines were responsible. Most parents are unaware of this harsh reality when they bring their child to get vaccinated.

After filing a claim with the National Vaccine Injury Compensation Program (NVICP), they will await a long journey for justice, while knowing two-thirds of vaccine injury claims get denied.

They also learned the maximum death benefit they can receive for Michael is capped at $250,000, the price your child’s life is worth, should they be lethally harmed by a specific vaccine.



Related: Childhood vaccines could go into one jab


“We Miss You, Michael”

We leave you with words from Michael’s grandmother, Tina:


"We miss Michael so much and think about him every day. It’s cold and snowing here, and all I think about is how Michael is laying in the ground cold, when he should be with us, in a warm house. I just want to get in a time machine and go back to that day.

We have filed a claim with the National Vaccine Injury Compensation Program because we want justice for Michael. I want people to know the truth! I knew shortly after hearing about his death, it was the shots that ended his life. Healthy babies just don’t die in their sleep, period!

I wonder everyday if this is the day he would have learned to walk. He was so close to walking. He was so happy, always smiling and hardly ever cried. So healthy too, he only went to the docs for his well checkups. Then we lost him. He will always be in our hearts and in our minds. I truly feel for other parents who lost their babies, too. It hurts so much.

Every two years, I am going to find an age enhancement artist to keep his photo updated for us, so we will know, or kind of know, what he would have looked like.

Keegan is only three years old and his life changed on October 23, 2015. He has a little police car that was used in Michael’s funeral, near his casket. He keeps that car put up and plays with it sometimes and he will tell you, ‘Michael gave this to me.’

Keegan still talks about Michael. He told me he wants the moon to come out so he could see Michael. He tells us that Michael is at the moon or in the stars and that we need to go get him and bring him in, so he doesn’t get cold.

Michael and other babies no longer are here but getting the truth out in the open will help save others. My grandson had the right for a full, healthy life and did not deserve this. He deserved to live. Those vaccines totally changed and ruined our lives forever.”


Michael and Keegan Whitesell

Related: Vaccine-sensible Japan has world's lowest child death rate and highest life expectancy

Michael Eugene Whitesell, of Columbia City, Indiana, was born on September 30, 2014. He is pictured here with his older brother, Keegan.

Michael passed away on October 23, 2015, less than four days after he was vaccinated and given Tylenol.


Related Articles:

How can conservatives realize that climate change is a total hoax, but still be CONNED by the vaccine hoax which is run the exact same way?

Vaccines Kill and Retard between Aluminum Toxicity and Autism - CDC is a Criminal Organization

Measle-infected baby photos FAKED by NBC News to push mass hysteria and demand vaccine compliance

Bombshell Flashback: Merck faked mumps vaccine research, released faulty vaccine that didn’t work, say virologists in False Claims Act filing

Corvelva Releases Next Vaccine Analysis Results – independent testing once again turns up absolutely shocking finding

More Evidence of MMR Vaccine Failure: University Mumps Outbreak Among Vaccinated Students

Fox News spreads more fake news measles hysteria by claiming MMR vaccines don’t contain aborted human fetal tissue… but they actually do

US Vax Court Sees 400% Spike in Vaccine Injuries - Biggest Payout Goes to Flu Shot

Measles Vaccines Kill More People than Measles, CDC Data Proves

Scientists Explain Why HPV Vaccines Are Unsafe

Lead developer of HPV vaccines comes clean, warns parents & young girls it's all a giant deadly scam

Corrupt FBI targeted Dr. Suzanne Humphries after she went public with death threats that tried to silence her vaccine truth lectures

A little Melbourne girl of eight went BLIND after suffering an horrific allergic reaction to a routine vaccination



Questions To Ask Pro Vaxers

Here are some questions to at least consider:



Related: Twenty Vaccine Facts You Need To Know To Make An Informed Decision

Why is a newborn baby vaccinated on day 1 of life against a disease that is primarily transmitted sexually and through needles in drug users?

Why are babies given vaccines to produce antibodies when they don’t produce antibodies until after the age of 3 to 6 months?

Why is the govt telling parents to delay breast feeding and get more vaccines when breast-fed babies produce higher levels of antibodies? (See the .gov link at the bottom of this article)

Why are vaccine manufacturers not held responsible when their product injures your child? Why would they need to be protected from the effects of such wonderful products?

Why have no double blind, placebo, randomized controlled trials been done on any vaccines? Standard with any other drug. Some might say there have been, but injecting kids with an aluminum-adjuvant ‘placebo’ is not a placebo, it’s injecting kids with a known neuro-toxin.

Why is the world following the US when they are the most vaccinated population on the planet with the highest rates of infant deaths/SIDS in the western world?

Why are disease outbreaks occurring in populations with 90%+ vaccination rates?

Why are kids vaccinated against these diseases still catching and spreading them?

Why are we scared of non-fatal illnesses that train a child’s immune system how to behave on this planet?

Why are vaccine manufacturers allowed to cut down on antigen and insert cheap and nasty toxic additives that aggravate the injection site?

Why do we need multi-dose vaccines if the number 1 priority of vaccine manufacturers is your child’s safety?

Why will no doctor sign a written guarantee for your child’s safety prior to vaccinating them with a product they insist you have?


Related Articles:

The Autism Vaccine

Animal and Human DNA in Your Vaccine?!

MMR Vaccine Licensing Called Into Question Following ICAN's Latest FOIA Exposure of FDA Coverup

Texas lawmaker (Rep. Jonathan Stickland, R-Bedford) calls vaccines 'sorcery,' verbally attacks prominent advocate (Dr. Peter Hotez)

Our minister of education! Chris Hipkins hits out at anti-vaxxers as 'pro-plague'

Animal derived products and National Immunisation Schedule vaccines (updated August 2017)

Scientific evidence for and against causal associations for 47 adverse effects after immunization

Suppressed Facts About Vaccination

As if the current harm & injuries to children are not bad enough; things to look forward to

Proposal to widen access to pertussis (whooping cough) vaccine

Altering Human Genetics Through Vaccination

RFK, Jr.: Gardasil “The Science” Video and Other Facts

‘A mass sterilization exercise’: Kenyan doctors find anti-fertility agent in UN tetanus vaccine

The Poisoned Needle

Public health officials in New Hampshire publicly admit that MMR vaccine causes measles

Is the measles vaccine more dangerous than the disease?


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The Flawed Germ Theory; Unfortunately The Basis Of Modern Medicine
February 6 2025 | From: Tbyil / Various

Ever wonder why modern medicine is not helping the populations of the western world to become healthier? Maybe the foundation for health is wrong.



Pasteur's germ theory of disease has helped forward the one germ for one disease concept that has raised Big Pharma to the wealthy business of developing drugs for one germ to purportedly cure one disease while causing autoimmune and chronic diseases to flourish from destroyed immune systems.

Related: Cover Stories Are Used To Control Explanations & Medical Propaganda Headlines For Gullible Minds


Germ phobia, here comes the flu, get your flu shots or you may wind up as one of the 36,000 who manage to die from it each year according to the CDC. It's never more, never less - 36,000 deaths each flu season. Isn't there something fishy about that?

Then get out the antibiotics for every case of the sniffles. Don't forget the pharmaceutical antiviral Tamiflu, expensive, not so effective, and dangerous. The germ theory has turned out to be great for the pharmaceutical business model.



Related: Patients at risk and billions of dollars being wasted because of tests, scans and procedures that don't work

Now we have those nasty mosquitoes carrying the Zika virus, which has no real history of being problematic. So spray everything and everyone with toxic chemicals that do cause disease. And let's not forget those new vaccines. Over a billion dollars of government money has been recently set aside for Zika virus research and vaccines.


Why the Germ Theory is Flawed

The following quote is used by Dr. Robert O. Young in his book Sick and Tired?: Reclaim Your Inner Terrain:


“If I could live my life over again, I would devote it to proving that germs seek their natural habitat - diseased tissue - rather than being the cause of the diseased tissue; e.g., mosquitoes seek the stagnant water, but do not cause the pool to become stagnant.”

-
Dr. Rudolph Virchow (Father of Pathology 1821 - 1902)

Related: Shocking Report from Medical Insiders: a shocking amount of published research is unreliable at best, if not completely false, as in, fraudulent

Pasteur was the original scammer of the germ theory, not considered a worthy scientist by his peers. But he had good press. Media bias and corruption are nothing new.

Other scientists, especially Claude Bernard, claimed the inner terrain, which includes overall and organ specific pH levels and all facets of the immune system countered Pasteur's one germ for one disease theory with claims of pleomorphism within damaged or diseased tissue, which the Medical Mafia and Big Pharma refused to acknowledge.

Pleomorphism was proven when Royal Raymond Rife's universal microscope in the late 1930s revealed structural changes in microbes, up to 16, according their host's environment.

Microbes can start out as benign then alter themselves to survive if one's inner terrain is unhealthy.



Related: The Hypnotic Symbols Of Modern Medicine

In other words, inflammation and tissue degeneration with acidic pH levels attract pathogenic microbes or encourage existing ones into morphing as pathogenic microbes if already present and harmless or even beneficial.

The germ theory hoax is the basis of modern pharmaceutical medicine and killing good food with pasteurization and irradiation.

Not only do our highly acidic junk and processed foods with add sugars promote acidic pH levels under 7.3, so do overworking, stress, and anger.

The combination of our environmental toxic load and inadequate nutrition lead to the stagnant pools within our tissues that become the breeding grounds for existing or new pathogenic microbes to thrive.

Detoxing and seeking fresh whole foods with the proper supplements offer more disease protection from germs than all the vaccines in the world.




Related: Why Medically Caused Deaths Continue To Be Ignored

Vaccinations offer the following tradeoffs for thwarting germs: Death, lifelong disability, or most commonly autoimmune disease vulnerability.

Haven't you noticed? Autoimmune diseases and allergies have risen with the rise in vaccination schedules.

There have been studies in the USA among Amish children and in Europe among those raised on small dairy farms that demonstrate how being exposed to germs at an early age exercises the immune system and make it stronger, thus rendering natural immunization.

This is where rude, crude, over the top and hilarious George Carlin comes in:




Another Reason to Not Trust the CDC's Fear Mongering

Sharyl Attkinson was the news producer for CBS's Washington Bureau. During the Swine Flu “pandemic” of 2008-9, she was intent at getting to the truth of just how much of an epidemic it really was.

Sharyl, who is now independent with her own website and her book Stonewalled in circulation, questioned the authenticity of the CDC's reportage on incidents of Swine Flu.




Related: Sharyl Attkinson On The Hypnotic Power Of Germ Propaganda

After being stonewalled by the CDC with her Freedom of Information (FOI) requests for detailed statistics on the Swine Flu, she and her CBS Washington Bureau news staff did an end around – they went directly to state health departments and discovered only a very few flu cases, mostly single digit numbers, tested positive for Swine Flu.

Those numbers were not nearly enough to justify claims of a level 6 pandemic, considered the most severe and dangerous international pandemic level.

Then the CDC attempted damage control by announcing they had stopped counting because there were millions of Swine Flu cases and they couldn't keep up with it.



Related: A Primer For The Propagandized: Fear Is The Mind-Killer & Whistleblower: Newspaper Industry Chiefs Criminally Negligent Over Covid Scaremongering

Wow, if the first lie doesn't work then tell a bigger one, even if it doesn't make any sense at all. This incident forced Sharyl out of mainstream news. Can't question the CDC on mainstream TV.

You're better off sticking with alternative media and holistic health approaches for establishing a stronger immune system by lessening your toxic chemical load and increasing your nutritional level with organic foods and supplements.


Related Articles:

Louis Pasteur, Antoine Bechamp and the True Causes of Disease

The Deeper Reason For Drug Ads On Television & The Pharmaceutical Industry Is Largely Run By Leftists, Stunning New Research Finds… Vaccine Mandates, Drugging Of Children, Chemotherapy And More

Faking Medical Reality

Fluoride Officially Classified As A Neurotoxin In World’s Top Medical Journals & Perfluorinated Chemicals (PFCs) Found In Nearly Half Of All Fast Food Wrappers From McDonald’s, Burger King, Starbucks And other Food Retailers

Modern Medicine: How Healing Illness became Managing Symptoms for Profit


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The Study Of Fundamental Consciousness Entering The Mainstream
February 5 2025 | From: CollectiveEvolution / Various

The world-renowned neuroscientist Christof Koch, spent nearly two decades working alongside the co-discoverer of the DNA molecule, Francis Crick. 



Their mission was to find the neurobiological basis of consciousness.

Related: Physicist Says Parallel Universes Definitely Exist and We May Soon Explore Them

They discovered many insights into cognition and the functioning of perception, yet the central enigma, the nature of consciousness itself, remained mysteriously elusive.

In 2009, Koch shocked the scientific community by publishing his conviction that consciousness probably isn’t just in brains, but is a fundamental feature of reality


In Brief:

The Facts: Consciousness is appearing to be a fundamental property, just like liquids, solids and gas, consciousness and its connection to the physical material world is now gaining big time credibility.

Reflect On: How much do we have yet to discover? Are we ready to abandon what we thought we knew in light of new discoveries and evidence?

This is a view known to philosophers as ‘panpsychism.’ The theory Koch is now dedicating his research to is called ‘Integrated Information Theory’ or ‘IIT.’ It is the brainchild of neuroscientist Giulio Tononi of the University of Wisconsin-Madison.

In explaining his theory, Tononi asks us to consider a simple light sensitive photo diode like those found in a digital camera. A simple diode might respond to just two states: light or dark. 

We could present our diode with any number of images, yet regardless of the picture, the diode conforms to one of only two possible states. Is it light, or is it dark?

Now consider yourself looking at the same picture, lets say, of the Eiffel Tower on a beautiful spring day in Paris. For us, looking at this image results in a reduction from a near infinity of possible states.

Not an image of the Andromeda galaxy, not a childhood picture of your mother, not cells dividing in a Petri dish and so on.  Because of the vast number of images we are capable of recognizing, each one is highly informative.



Related: How Science Arrived At The Doorstep Of Spirituality

For Tononi, the vast amount of information capable of being integrated in the brain means that we have a comparatively huge capacity for consciousness.

Tononi’s theory, that consciousness is born out of networks with high integrated information, has novel ways of being tested in the laboratory.

In studies with sleeping participants, Tononi and his colleagues used transcranial magnetic stimulation to send a ripple of activity through the cortex of sleeping participants.

The researchers found that when dreaming, this ripple reverberated through the cortex longer than when participants were in stages of dreamless sleep.

This demonstrated that during dreaming, when the brain is conscious, the cortex has a higher degree of integration.

In another experiment, the researchers built tiny robots known as ‘animats’ that were placed into mazes. The animats used simple integrated networks capable of evolving over sequential generations.

To their surprise, the greater the degree of integration that the animats evolved, the quicker they were able to escape the mazes.



Related: In Harmony with All Life: The Open Source Way + Lifting The Veil: Merging Science And Spirituality

For Tononi this finding suggested that consciousness may play a more central role in evolution than had previously been thought.

The mathematical value of integrated information in a network is known as phi. But Tononi’s theory, now the topic of serious mainstream discussion, has an extraordinary implication.

Phi didn’t just occur in brains, - it is a property of any network with a total informational content greater than its individual parts. Every living cell, every electronic circuit, even a proton consisting of just three elementary particles have a value of phi greater than zero.

According to Integrated Information Theory, all of these things possess something, albeit but a glimmer of ‘what it is like’ to be them.

Tononi states:


“Consciousness is a fundamental property, like mass or charge. Wherever there is an entity with multiple states, there is some consciousness. You need a special structure to get a lot of it but consciousness is everywhere, it is a fundamental property.”

Integrated information theory is in its infancy and there are still many questions it must face. Did the information of brains operate at the level of the neuron, or the protein, or something deeper still? 

The electromagnetic field of the brain, as observed by psi researcher Dean Radin, is always re-establishing its quantum connection to the entire universe. Could a much richer informational interaction exist than has yet been imagined?

Physicists such as John Wheeler have laid the groundwork for a radical new understanding of reality, in which matter, the laws and constants of nature, and indeed the entire universe is best described, not in terms of physical objects, but through the play and display of a fundamental dynamic information.



Related: The Three Stages Of Spiritual Transformation

Quantum mechanics suggests that at the deepest level of nature, the entire physical universe is interconnected. Might the total information of the universe be integrated in some deep sense? Is it in a mysterious way conscious of itself?

As spiritual traditions throughout the ages have long asserted, instead of isolated and separate experiencing beings, we may experience on behalf of the greater evolving system in which we find ourselves.

In Koch’s highly anticipated 2012 book, ‘Consciousness – Confessions of a Romantic Reductionist’, he states:


“I do believe that the laws of physics overwhelmingly favored the emergence of consciousness. The universe is a work in progress. Such a belief evokes jeremiads from many biologists and philosophers but the evidence from cosmology, biology and history is compelling.”

Regardless of the validity of Tononi’s theory, today increasing numbers of scientists and academics are convinced that the existence of consciousness simply cannot be sensibly denied.

The study of fundamental consciousness is now entering the mainstream. This movement consists of thinkers in and outside of the mind sciences.

Yet despite their different academic backgrounds, they are united by two common convictions: that consciousness is an intrinsic rather than incidental emergence in the universe, and that any complete account of reality must include an explanation of it.


Related Articles:

You are Beautiful as You Are

What’s so great about meditation?

Waking Up To The Illusion

The Great Awakening Timeline Split – The Separation Of Realities Is Here

The Ten Most Dangerous Threats To Humanity That Must Be Defeated For Us To Live As Free, Conscious Beings

“Machine Consciousness” Debunked In New Mini-Documentary + The AI Threat Isn’t Skynet. It’s The End Of The Middle Class



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The Surveillance State: How To Disappear & It’s Why Big Tech Is Watching You: How You Spend Your Money Reveals Parts Of Your Personality, And Vice Versa
February 4 2025 | From: 21stCenturyWire / NaturalNews / Various

With each passing day, supposedly ‘free and democratic’ western governments are working overtime to emulate the type of surveillance states we see in countries like China and North Korea.




The goal is 24/7 digital tracking of every citizen, and this authoritarian agenda is being accelerated during the current manufactured COVID-19 ‘crisis.’ Besides going off-grid to a remote rural area, is it still possible to opt-out? 

Related: Governments Are Tracking Peoples Location Using Their Smartphones Because Of The Coronavirus

To answer this question, you will first need to audit which lines of tracking are currently in use.

Is it possible for a person to successfully evade this rapidly emerging Orwellian grid of surveillance and social control?

Even when wearing a mask in public, the State and its corporate enablers still have multiple lines of tracking honed on members of the public.

To create effective privacy shields, it is first necessary to deconstruct your current web of digital networks. In addition, there are also a number a new tools at your disposal.

City Lab reports:


“If extricating yourself from the electrical grid is, to some degree, a test of moxie and patience, extracting yourself from the web of urban surveillance technology strains the limits of both.

If you live in a dense urban environment, you are being watched, in all kinds of ways. A graphic released by the Future of Privacy Forum highlights just how many sensors, CCTCV cameras, RFID readers, and other nodes of observation might be eying you as you maneuver around a city’s blocks.

As cities race to fit themselves with smart technologies, it’s nearly impossible to know precisely how much data they’re accumulating, how it’s being stored, or what they’ll do with it."

“By and large, right now, it’s the Wild West, and the sheriff is also the bad guy, or could be,” says Albert Gidari, the director of privacy at Stanford Law School’s Center for Internet and Society.



The various nodes where sensors and other tech could detect your movements through the city - Click on the image to view a larger version in a new window

Related: The CIA’s Complicity in Recent Global Atrocities Revealed

Smart technologies can ease traffic, carve out safer pedestrian passages, and analyze environmental factors such as water quality and air pollution.

But, as my colleague Linda Poon points out, their adoption is also stirring up a legal maelstrom.


Surveillance fears have been aroused in Oakland, California, Seattle, and Chicago, and the applications of laws protecting citizen privacy are murky. For instance: data that’s stored on a server indefinitely could potentially infringe on the “right to be forgotten” that’s protected in some European countries.

But accountability and recourse can be slippery, because civilians can’t necessarily sue cities for violating privacy torts, explains Gidari.

What would it look like to leapfrog that murkiness by opting out entirely? Can a contemporary urbanite successfully skirt surveillance? I asked Gidari and Lee Tien, a senior staff attorney at the Electronic Frontier Foundation, to teach me how to disappear.

During the course of our conversations, Tien and Gidari each remind me, again and again, that this was a fool’s errand: You can’t truly hide from urban surveillance.



Related: "Smart City" Is Really Government Spying On An Unimaginable Scale

In an email before our phone call, Tien points out that we’re not even aware of all the traces of ourselves that are out in the world. He likens our data trail - from parking meters, streetlight cameras, automatic license plate readers, and more - to a kind of binary DNA that we’re constantly sloughing. Trying to scrub these streams of data would be impossible.

Moreover, as the tools of surveillance have become more sophisticated, detecting them has become a harder task. “There was a time when you could spot cameras,” Tien says.

Maybe a bodega would hang up a metal sign warning passersby that they were being recorded by a clunky, conspicuous device. “But now, they’re smaller, recessed, and don’t look like what you expect them to look like.”

Other cameras are in the sky. As Buzzfeed has reported, some federal surveillance technologies are mounted in sound - dampened planes and helicopters that cruise over cities, using augmented reality to overlay a grid that identifies targets at a granular level.


There are sensors everywhere,”
Gidari says. “The public has no ability to even see where they are.

The surest way to dodge surveillance is to not encounter it in the first place - but that’s not a simple ask. While various groups have tried to plot out routes that allow pedestrians to literally sidestep nodes of surveillance, they haven’t been especially successful.

In 2013, two software developers released a beta version of an app called Surv, which aspired to be a crowdsourced guide to cameras mounted in cities around the world. The app would detect cameras within a 100-meter radius of the user’s phone, but it failed to meet its crowdfunding threshold on Kickstarter.

The most effective solutions are also the least practical ones. To defeat facial recognition software, “you would have to wear a mask or disguises,” Tien says. “That doesn’t really scale up for people.”



Related: Responding To The “Nothing To Hide” Argument In Support Of Mass Surveillance + We Are All Targeted Individuals Now with Dr. Katherine Horton

Other strategies include makeup that screws with a camera’s ability to recognize the contours of a human face, or thwarting cameras by blinding them with infrared LED lights fastened to a hat or glasses, as researchers at Japan’s National Institute of Informatics attempted in 2012.

Those techniques are hardly subtle, though - in trying to trick the technology, you would stick out to the naked eye. And as biometrics continue to advance, cameras will likely be less dupable, too.

There are also legal hiccups to consider: Drivers who don’t want city officials to know where they parked or when, Gidari says, would have to outwit license plate recognition tools by obscuring their license plate, such as with the noPhoto camera jammer, a new $399 device that fires a flash at red light cameras in an attempt to scramble a readable image.

Obscuring license plates is already illegal in many cities and states, and others are chewing on new procedures.



LED glasses might not trick biometric cameras - but they will definitely attract the attention of folks on the street (Image Source: National institute of Informatics)

Related: San Francisco Bans Facial Recognition Technology

In their book Obfuscation: A User’s Guide for Privacy and Protest, Finn Brunton and Helen Nissenbaum, both professors at New York University, champion a strategy of “throwing some sand in the gears, kicking up dust and making some noise,” essentially relying on the melee of data jamming to “hide in a cloud of signals.”

A number of apps, websites, and browser extensions attempt to aid users in this type of misdirection - say, for instance, by running in the background of your regular web activities, trying to cover your digital tracks by throwing surveillance off your scent.

For example: A site called Internet Noise searches for randomized phrases and opens five fresh tabs every ten seconds. (I left it running as I wrote this, and now my browser history includes pictures of badgers, an online mattress store, an NPR article about the Supreme Court, and a research paper about gene mutation in hamsters.)

As a cloaking technique, it’s not a perfect veil, writes Emily Dreyfess in Wired: “It’s actually too random. It doesn’t linger on sites very long, nor does it revisit them. In other words, it doesn’t really look human, and smart-enough tracking algorithms likely know that.”

The site is more of a protest over Congress rolling back a not-yet-implemented FCC regulation that would have stymied ISPs from selling users’ browsing history.



Related: NZ Police trialled facial recognition tech without clearance

Still, Tien advocates a certain degree of self-protection. He views these measures as a kind of digital hygiene - the “equivalent of washing your hands when you go to the bathroom,” or getting a flu shot.

But he stresses that they’re only a partial prophylactic: “Nothing that will make you immune from the problem.”

Other techniques include employing Tor - a network that tries to anonymize the source and destination of your web searches by routing traffic along a convoluted path - and Signal, which offers encrypted messaging and phone calls.

The Electronic Frontier Foundation’s Surveillance Self-Defense toolkit also suggests particular tools and behaviors for specific scenarios.

People participating in protests, the guide suggests, might consider stripping meta-data from photos, to make it harder to match them with identities and locations.

But this isn’t a perfect solution, either, Tien says, because you can only control what you post. “If I take a picture and scrub the metadata, that’s one thing,”

Tien says: “If my friend takes a picture of me, I can’t do anything about that.” The Intercept produced a video illustrating step-by-step instructions for phone security at a protest, from adding an access passcode to turning on encryption settings.

On a daily basis, Tien tells me, “I don’t think you or I can exercise much meaningful self-help against the kind of tracking we’ll be seeing in real-world physical space.”

[ Comment: Another recommended step is looking into a VPN (Virtual Private Network) Service ]



Related: China’s Massive Amount Of Immunotoxic 5G Networking And The Wuhan Coronavirus: The Emperor’s New Virus

That’s fodder for a point he makes about a fundamental asymmetry in the information that’s available to the bodies that install the cameras and those who are surveilled by them.

There are relatively few laws relating to the expectation of privacy in a public space. The officials and organizations that install sensors, cameras, and ever-more-sensitive devices, he says, “have much more money than you do, much more technology than you do, and they don’t have to tell you what they’re doing.”

Ultimately, Tien and Gidari both take a long view, arguing that the most payoff will come from pushing for more transparency about just what this technology is up to.

Part and parcel of that, Tien says, is resisting the idea that data is inherently neutral. The whole messy, jumbled mass of it contains information that could have tangible consequences on people’s lives.

Tien says citizens need to remind their elected officials what’s at stake with data - and in the process, maybe “dampen their enthusiasm” for the collection of it.

He points out that sanctuary cities could be a prime example.



Related: Orwell’s Dystopian CCTV Surveillance State Comes To Life In China – Who’s Next?

There, he says, some advocates of immigrant rights are realizing that data collected via municipal surveillance “might not be such a good thing when we’re interested in protecting immigrants and the federal government is interested in deporting them.”

The practical strategies for opting out - of becoming invisible to some of these modes of surveillance - are imperfect, to say the least. [ Comment: Move out of a city if you are living in one. It's a start. ]

That’s not to say that data collection is inherently nefarious, Gidari says - as he wrote in a blog post for the CIS, “no one wants to live in a ‘dumb’ city.”

But he says that opting out shouldn’t need to be the default:


“I don’t think you should have been opted in in the first place.”




It’s Why Big Tech Is Watching You: How You Spend Your Money Reveals Parts Of Your Personality, And Vice Versa

Studies show that the way people spend their money can reveal some aspects of their personality, and it’s only a matter of time before corporations and governments take advantage of this fact to further their own agendas.



Researchers from University College London and Columbia University analyzed the spending of more than 2,000 UK consumers who had agreed to share their financial data for the analysis.

Related: NZ Police Spend Three-quarters Of A Million On Secret Facial-recognition Trial

They looked at more than 2 million spending records, analyzing the purchases people made at supermarkets and places like Amazon. Their spending was broken down into categories such as cafés, furniture stores, online retailers, insurance policies and supermarkets.

The participants also completed personality tests that assessed them on the big five personality traits of neuroticism, agreeableness, conscientiousness, extroversion and openness to experience.

The researchers then applied a machine learning technique to explore how people’s spending habits aligned with those traits. Their findings were published in the journal Psychological Science.

The scientists discovered that not every trait had a direct correlation with spending, but some narrower traits such as self-control and materialism had strong matches.

For example, people who are more open to experience had a tendency to spend more money on flights. Consumers who are considered more agreeable tended to donate more money to charity, while more materialistic consumers spent less on donations and more on luxuries like jewelry.

Those who are extroverted made more drinking and dining purchases, and conscientious consumers put more money into savings.




Harvard Professor Exposes Google and Facebook

In recent years, a number of brave individuals have alerted us to the fact that we're all being monitored and manipulated by big data gatherers such as Google and Facebook, and shed light on the depth and breadth of this ongoing surveillance. Among them is social psychologist and Harvard professor Shoshana Zuboff.





Related:
Google-Fitbit Merger Would Cement Google’s Data Empire




People who were categorized as being neurotic, which means they had greater anxiety and worries, generally had lower mortgage payments.

That could be because such personalities tend to have greater concerns about overextending themselves financially. Meanwhile, those who had greater self-control spent less money in bank fees.

The authors of the study said that their predictions were consistent across age ranges and salary brackets. There was only one exception:

People who lived in poor areas were more difficult to predict
.

That may be because when money is tight, people have fewer choices when it comes to spending it in ways that may express their personality.


How Can this Information be Used Against Us?

The authors of the paper noted that there are serious ethical concerns related to their research. Companies could analyze people’s spending patterns to help them identify more vulnerable consumers.

For example, financial services firms could target people who are lacking in self-control with messages about products that could turn out to be harmful.

The authors wrote: “There is an urgent need for policymakers to ensure that individuals (and societies) are protected against potential abuse of such technologies.”



Related: Google, Facebook And Amazon Are Just Extensions Of The Surveillance State; Dangerous Mafia Heads Of A Fascist Corporate Regime + Internal Facebook Documents Reveal Zuckerberg Discussed Selling User Data To Developers, Advertisers

Indeed, as more and more people spend the bulk of their money electronically using payment cards, people’s spending patterns can be studied at unprecedented levels.

This could allow those with access to people’s spending habits to determine their personality and use it in destructive ways.

It’s scary to think that people you have never met personally can so easily learn everything there is to know about you just by looking at how you spend your money.

This goes far beyond the grocery store checking how often you buy certain foods to target you with the right discounts and get you in their door; it’s Big Tech knowing if you’re introverted, agreeable or neurotic and possibly sharing that information with governments, who can then target you in all sorts of ways that are scary to imagine – and there’s no way to opt out of it.


Related Articles:

21st Century Wire Police State Files

The Rise Of The Western Spy Assclown

European Court Rules NSA Surveillance Practices Violate Human Rights

Edward Snowden: Facebook Is A Surveillance Company Rebranded As "Social Media"


Not So Smart Technology: Safety Inspector Blows The Whistle On Fire Hazards Of 'Smart' Electronics

Revealed: £1bn of taxpayers' cash to help foreign countries buy British arms


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Have You Been Seeing 11:11 Everywhere? What Is The Significance Of 11:11?
February 3 2025 | From: CollectiveEvolution / In5D

11:11 make a wish! I’m sure you remember this saying, and maybe you still say it today. It is the only time of the day (using the 12 hour clock) that all the numbers on the clock are the same.



Where does this saying come from? Should you even bother to make a wish? What makes this time so important and what is the significance of 11:11?

Related: The Zen of 11:11


The Phenomenon

It seems everyone today is talking about seeing 11:11 everywhere. In fact, in the popular movie I Origins, the concept comes up yet again.

A highly scientific guy begins seeing 11:11 in many places and is guided to follow the numbers until he eventually meets a highly spiritual girl and there personalities collide. It’s a fascinating film about reincarnation and it truly makes the view think. But back to 11:11!

Why are so many of us seeing this right now. Is it a biological thing where our bodies get in the habit of looking at a clock during this time? If so, what about when we randomly keep seeing it even on clocks that are out of sync with other clocks?



Related: Spirit Led Activism - The True Power Of The People + Rites Of Passage - Encountering Spiritual “Initiations”
On The Path


For me personally, as I started to awaken, I began to see this number all the time.  After a while I started to notice that there was some sort of spiritual connotation that went a long with the numbers 11:11.

I sometimes go through phases in my life where for a month I see this number on the clock twice a day, and sometimes there are periods where I hardly see it at all.  What does it all mean?

Am I more enlightened during the times when I see it? Is my soul or the universe trying to express something important?


Theories Behind 11:11

There are many different theories out there to express exactly what this apparent phenomenon of seeing the numbers 1111 is all about.

The most common theory is that when you see these numbers you should simply make a wish, and it is believed that it will come true.

Some people claim that when this number is seen it means that there is some kind of window opening up in your life and you should ask for the guidance of your ‘angels’ to find out what it is. Other theories state that there is something significant happening in the moment that you are in and you should pay attention to what is going on in your surroundings.

One of my favorite ideas that I read was that when you see 11:11 you should simply stop, and recognize the significance of the moment.



Related: This Is How Your ‘Aura’ Affects Your Health & Those Around You + Magnetic Fields Of The Human Body And Their Functions & 13 Signs You Are Experiencing A Spiritual Awakening

In my opinion and what resonates with me, is that when you see ‘11:11’ whether on a clock, a license plate, your bank statement or wherever you happen to see it, is like a friendly little sign from your soul, source, higher-self, or the entire Universe, whatever you choose to call it, God, if you will, that everything is in alignment and you are exactly where you need to be, right here, right now.

According to numerology the number 11 possesses the qualities of patience, honesty, spirituality, sensitivity, intuition and is idealistic.

I have read on a website that seeing 11:11 can be viewed as a glitch in the matrix, it is a very real way for the spirit world to communicate with us.



Related: Society Is Made Of Narrative – Realizing This Is Awakening From The Matrix

I don’t know if we will ever find out exactly what it means, I think you can decide for yourself what it means to you. I know I always get a smile on my face when I see it, it definitely makes me feel good and I love to share with others, ‘Hey look! It’s 11:11!’



What is the Meaning of 11 11?

There is a global 11 11 phenomenon that is perplexing many individuals in regard to numerical synchronicities and in particular, the number and the meaning behind 11:11. From teenagers to senior citizens, these synchronistic numbers seem to appear on a daily basis. What does 1111 mean?

For example, you might be putting gas in your car and when you’re done, you’ll notice that you put exactly 11.11 gallons in your car. Or you might be at the checkout line in a store and the cashier gives you $11.11 in change. 

As you’re going home, you might notice a license plate with the numbers 1111 on it.



Related: The Human Aura And DNA: How You Choose Your Genes

This happens most often when looking at the clock.

We’ve all seemingly had this experience: You just happen to look at the clock and it’s 11:11 am or pm.  It’s not like you are constantly waiting for this magical number to appear, it just does.

From an esoteric standpoint, 11:11 appears to be something that is genetically coded within our “junk” DNA as a cue to spiritually awaken.

Related: 11:11 And Other Repetitive, Synchronistic Numbers


What does 11:11 mean? 16 Meanings for 11:11

11:11 is subjective to the interpreter and to the interpretation.  In other words, YOUR interpretation is the only interpretation that matters!  Here are the many interpretations of 11:11.

11:11 Awareness: The first thing you should pay attention to when you see a synchronistic number is what you’re either doing or thinking at that particular moment.  You should also be cognizant of your surroundings, such as the song that you’re currently listening to or even something as simple as the rays of sunshine coming in through your window.



The actual word synchronicity was coined by psychologist Carl Jung, who described it as events that have “meaningful coincidences” if they occur with no apparent causal relationship, yet seem to be meaningfully related

Related: 11:11 And Synchronicity – What Does It Really Mean?

11:11 Gateway or Portal:  11:11 is the doorway between two worlds – between the 3rd dimensional and the 5th dimensional worlds.

Angelic Humans:  According to George Barnard, 11:11 is “the calling card for beings that are half angels and half humans”.

Angels and Spirit Guides: Your guardian angel or spirit guide is trying to connect with you.

Balance:  Your life is either gaining or becoming more in balance when you see 11:11.  This might also be an affirmation that your life is in complete balance as well.

Binary DNA Code: The brain is like a computer, which relies on binary codes (1’s and 0’s).  In this premise, 11:11 is the binary code that awakens your dormant (junk) DNA.

Digital Time Code: This theory encapsulates several theories within the same premise.  11:11 unlocks your DNA and opens the subconscious mind through physically seeing these digital numbers and re-remembering why your brain was coded to remember the importance of 11:11.

DNA Activation: The number 11 represents twin strands of DNA, so for some people, this is a sign of a DNA activation or upgrade.

Edgar Cayce: As I mentioned in a previous article, Edgar Cayce was quoted as saying, “The first lesson for six months should be One-One-One- One; Oneness of God, oneness of man’s relation, oneness of force, oneness of time, oneness of purpose, Oneness in every effort-Oneness- Oneness!”  Edgar may have meant, “The first lesson for six months should be 11:11.”



Related: Neuroscience Says Listening To This Song Reduces Anxiety By Up To 65 Percent + The Miracle Of 528 Hz Solfeggio And Fibonacci Numbers

Fibonacci Sequence:  The first two numbers of the Fibonacci Sequence are 1,1.  The Fibonacci Sequence is basically tied into Sacred Geometry and the Golden Ratio of Creation, so this number would represent an end to physical reality as we know it.

Global Consciousness: When you see 11:11, you feel connected with the Universe and everyone else who is currently experiencing this phenomenon. You completely understand what “we are all one” means.

Make a Wish: Many teens are playing the 11:11pm game without really even knowing the significance behind 11:11.  If they notice that it’s 11:11pm, they make a wish.  Is it possible that these children are indigos and 11:11 represents an awakening code for them?

Numerology: The number 11 is a Master Number and represents impractical idealism, visionary, refinement of ideals, intuition, revelation, artistic and inventive genius, avant-garde, androgynous, film, fame, refinement fulfilled when working with a practical partner.

Spiritual Purpose
: 11:11 presents you an opportunity to reflect on your spiritual purpose for being here.

Synchronicity: Your life has become total balance and the lesson you need to learn will appear before you.  “When the pupil is ready, the master appears”.

Wake Up Call:  11:11 signifies your spiritual awakening, as this number seems to be predominantly noticed by those who have begun their spiritual journeys. It may also be seen as a code to unlock your subconscious mind.

Also see: 11:11 Synchronicity - Repetitive Numbers and Their Meaning





Also see: 11:11 Glitch In Time Anomaly

Most likely, you are reading this article because you have also experienced the 11:11 phenomena.  If you haven’t experienced 11:11, then chances are, you will in the near future.

What is it really about? “Time “ will tell.


Related Articles:

 Number Sequences From Our Spirit Guides


The Fibonacci Sequence: What Is The Golden Ratio?

In Harmony with All Life: The Open Source Way + Lifting The Veil: Merging Science And Spirituality

Why ‘Conspiracy Theories’ & Spirituality Are Intimately Connected



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

5G Wireless Technology Is War Against Humanity & 5G - The Global Human Experiment Without Consent
July 28 2020 | From: GlobalResearch / ChildrensHealthDefense / Various

Disclosure about 5G - and its considerable risk for humanity - is occurring within the United Nations. This is thanks to longtime UN staff member and whistle-blower Claire Edwards, who recently contacted me with this powerful story which touches all of humanity and our shared future. Watch the interview above, or on YouTube here or on Facebook here.



The first eight months of WWII with no fighting was called The Phoney War. Using millimetre waves as a fifth-generation or 5G wireless communications technology is a phoney war of another kind.

Related: YouTube begins banning critics of 5G cell towers to cover up the crimes of the telecommunications industry

This phoney war is also silent, but this time shots are being fired – in the form of laser-like beams of electromagnetic radiation (EMR) from banks of thousands of tiny antennas – and almost no one in the firing line knows that they are being silently, seriously and irreparably injured.

In the first instance, 5G is likely to make people electro-hypersensitive (EHS).

Perhaps it was sitting in front of two big computer screens for many of the 18 years I worked at the UN that made me EHS.

When the UN Office at Vienna installed powerful WiFi and cellphone access points – designed to serve large, public areas – in narrow, metal-walled corridors throughout the Vienna International Centre in December 2015, I was ill continuously for seven months.

I did my best for two and a half years to alert the UN staff union, administration and medical service to the danger to the health of UN staff of EMR from these access points, but was ignored.



Related: 5G Technology Is The "Stupidest Idea In The History Of The World" Says Washington State Science Professor & Lloyds Of London And Other Insurers Refuse To Cover Health Claims Caused By 5G Wireless Technologies

That’s why, in May 2018, I took the issue to the UN Secretary-General, António Guterres[transcript]. He is a physicist and electrical engineer and lectured on telecommunications signals early in his career, yet asserted that he knew nothing about this.

He undertook to ask the World Health Organization to look into it, but seven months later those public access points remain in place. I received no replies to my many follow-up emails.

As a result, I welcomed the opportunity to join the effort to publish an International Appeal to Stop 5G on Earth and in Space because it was clear to me that, despite there having been 43 earlier scientific appeals, very few people understood the dangers of EMR.

My experience as an editor could help ensure that a new 5G appeal, including the issue of beaming 5G from space, was clear, comprehensive, explanatory, and accessible to the non-scientist.




The 5G Dragnet





Related:
Everyone Needs to Pay Attention to This Warning Regarding 5G





The International Appeal to Stop 5G on Earth and in Space is fully referenced, citing over a hundred scientific papers among the tens of thousands on the biological effects of EMR published over the last 80 years.

Having spent years editing UN documents dealing with space, I know that outer space is hotly contested geopolitically and any untoward event involving a military satellite risks triggering a catastrophic response.

Space law is so inadequate – just one example is the complexity of space liability law – that we could really call the Earth orbits a new Wild West. China caused international consternation in 2007 when it demonstrated an anti-satellite weapon by destroying its own satellite.

Space debris is the main concern among space-faring nations, with a so-called Kessler syndrome positing a cascade of space debris that could make the Earth orbits unusable for a thousand years.

Does launching 20,000+ commercial 5G satellites in such circumstances sound rational to you?



Related: 5G: The Dominoes Are Starting To Fall

I live in Vienna, Austria, where the 5G rollout is suddenly upon us. Within the last five weeks, pre-5G has been officially announced at Vienna airport and 5G at the Rathausplatz, the main square in Vienna, which attracts tens of thousands of visitors to its Christmas market each December and skating rink each January, which are special treats for children.

Along with birds and insects, children are the most vulnerable to 5G depredation because of their little bodies.

Friends and acquaintances and their children in Vienna are already reporting the classic symptoms of EMR poisoning:[9] nosebleeds, headaches, eye pains, chest pains, nausea, fatigue, vomiting, tinnitus, dizziness, flu-like symptoms, and cardiac pain.

They also report a tight band around the head; pressure on the top of the head; short, stabbing pains around the body; and buzzing internal organs.

Other biological effects such as tumours and dementia usually take longer to manifest, but in the case of 5G, which has never been tested for health or safety, who knows?




5G Technology: The Greatest Conspiracy of All Time?





Related:
5G Exposed: A Must-See Documentary on this Wireless ‘Experiment on Humanity’





Seemingly overnight a forest of 5G infrastructure has sprouted in Austria. In the space of three weeks one friend has gone from robust health to fleeing this country, where she has lived for 30 years.

Each person experiences EMR differently. For her, it was extreme torture so she and I spent her last two nights in Austria sleeping in the woods.

Interestingly, as she drove across southern Germany, she suffered torture even worse than in Austria, while in northern Germany she had no symptoms at all and felt completely normal, which suggests that there has been as yet no 5G rollout there.

There are no legal limits on exposure to EMR.

Conveniently for the telecommunications industry, there are only non-legally enforceable guidelines such as those produced by the grandly named International Commission on Non-Ionising Radiation Protection, which turns out to be like the Wizard of Oz, just a tiny little NGO in Germany that appoints its own members, none of whom is a medical doctor or environmental expert.




Canadian Doctors and Former Microsoft Canada President Warn About Grave Health Risks of 5G

The telecom industry has provided no scientific evidence that 5G is safe and there is research that already proves it isn’t.

Because of this, some government leaders have already declared moratoriums on installation.





Related:
5G industry leaders admit NO safety testing when questioned by Senator Blumenthal





Like the Wizard of Oz, ICNIRP seems to have magical powers. Its prestidigitation makes non-thermal (non-heating) effects of EMR exposure disappear into thin air, for taking into account the tens of thousands of research studies demonstrating the biological effects of EMR would invalidate its so-called safety guidelines.

It has bewitched the International Telecommunication Union, part of the UN family, into recognizing these guidelines.

And one little email sent to ICNIRP in October 2018 to submit Professor Martin Pall’s comments on ICNIRP’s new draft guidelines conjured up an immediate explosion of interest in the sender’s online presence – which had hitherto attracted none – from companies and individuals worldwide, one country’s immigration authorities, the office of the Austrian Chancellor (head of government), a firm of lawyers in Vienna and even Interpol!

I hope that people read and share our Stop 5G Space Appeal to wake up themselves and others quickly and use it to take action themselves to stop 5G.

Even eight short months of this 5G Phoney War could spell catastrophe for all life on Earth. Elon Musk is set to launch the first 4,425 5G satellites in June 2019 and “blanket” the Earth with 5G, in breach of countless international treaties.

This could initiate the last great extinction, courtesy of the multi-trillion-US-dollar 5G, the biggest biological experiment and most heinous manifestation of hubris and greed in human history.



Related: Microwave EMF Science: Deliberate Claptrap Misinformation? + ElectroSensitivity - A Case Study

People’s first reaction to the idea that 5G may be an existential threat to all life on Earth is usually disbelief and/or cognitive dissonance. Once they examine the facts, however, their second reaction is often terror.

We need to transcend this in order to see 5G as an opportunity to empower ourselves, take responsibility and take action. We may have already lost 80 per cent of our insects to EMR in the last 20 years.

Our trees risk being cut down by the millions in order to ensure continuous 5G signalling for self-driving cars, buses and trains.

Are we going to stand by and see ourselves and our children irradiated, our food systems decimated, our natural surroundings destroyed?

Our newspapers are now casually popularizing the meme that human extinction would be a good thing, but when the question becomes not rhetorical but real, when it’s your life, your child, your community, your environment that is under immediate threat, can you really subscribe to such a suggestion?

If you don’t, please sign the Stop 5G Appeal and get active in contacting everyone you can think of who has the power to stop 5G, especially Elon Musk[20] and the CEOs of all the other companies planning to launch 5G satellites, starting in just 20 weeks from now.

Life on Earth needs your help now.




Related: 5G Is War on Humanity. Towards An Unspoken Global Health Catastrophe? Claire Edwards

The transcript of my exchange with the UN Secretary-General of 14 May 2018 follows.


Staff member: Mr. Secretary-General

UN staff have repeatedly been told that they are the most important resource of this Organization.

Since December 2015, the staff here at the Vienna International Centre have been exposed to off-the-scale electromagnetic radiation from WiFi and mobile phone boosters installed on very low ceilings throughout the buildings. Current public exposure levels are at least one quintillion times (that’s 18 zeros) above natural background radiation according to Professor Olle Johansson of the Karolinska Institute in Sweden.

The highly dangerous biological effects of EMFs have been documented by thousands of studies since 1932 indicating that we may be facing a global health catastrophe orders of magnitude worse than those caused by tobacco and asbestos.

Mr. Secretary-General, on the basis of the Precautionary Principle, I urge you to have these EMF-emitting devices removed immediately and to call a halt to any rollout of 5G at UN duty stations, because it is designed to deliver concentrated and focused electromagnetic radiation in excess of 100 times current levels in the same way as do directed energy weapons.

In line with the UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights, to “Protect, Respect and Remedy”, 5G technologies MUST be subjected to an independent health and safety assessment before they are launched anywhere in the world.

There is currently an international appeal (Scientists call for Protection from Non-ionizing Electromagnetic Field Exposure) signed by 237 EMF scientists from 41 nations urging the UN and particularly the WHO to exert strong leadership in fostering the development of more protective EMF guidelines, encouraging precautionary measures, and educating the public about health risks, particularly risk to children and fetal development.

Mr. Secretary-General, we have a unique opportunity here at the UN Office at Vienna. Since our medical records are digitized, you have the possibility of releasing data on a closed population exposed to off-the-scale levels of electromagnetic radiation to establish if there have already been abnormal health consequences for the UN staff here in the last 28 months.

I urge you to do so and stop any 5G rollout in these buildings immediately.

Thank you.

UN Secretary-General:Sorry, because you are talking to someone who is a little bit ignorant on these things. You’re talking about the WiFi systems?

Staff member:On the ceilings of these buildings, WiFi boosters and cell phone boosters were installed without consultation, without information to staff in December 2015. Now, if you understand electromagnetic radiation, the signal is – if you cannot get a signal from your mobile phone, the signal goes to maximum strength and that then bounces off metal walls affecting the body multiple times at maximum exposure levels. So the situation here is extremely dangerous. I have heard anecdotally of many people who have had health problems. I don’t know if they are related but the Precautionary Principle would dictate that we use our medical records to look into this and that we remove these dangerous devices immediately. Thank you.

UN Secretary-General:Well, I’m worried because I put those devices in my house. [Laughter & applause]

Staff member:Not a good idea!

UN Secretary-General: This I will have to – I confess my ignorance on this but I’m going to raise this with WHO [World Health Organization] – which I think is the organization that might be able to deal with it properly for them to put someonetheir staff or organizations to work on that because I must confess I was not aware of that danger – [humorously] to the extent that I put those things in the rooms of my housein the ceiling.

Staff member:I would suggest that everybody start looking into this issue and particularly into 5G, which 237 scientists from 41 countries consider a threat that is far worse than the tobacco and asbestos threats of the past.

UN Secretary-General:Well, maybe I have learned something completely new. I hope it will be very useful to me but I confess it is the first time I hear about it.


Related Articles:

Vodafone's 'secret 5G rollout'

Birds fall from sky

Treaty claim looms as new stumbling block for Spark's 5G ambitions

YouTube Terminates Account of Sacramento Family Fighting Verizon 5G Small Cell Tower Installed Next to Children’s Bedroom

Ronald Powell (Harvard PhD): Oppose 5G on Health Grounds

“5G Ready”? UK Government’s “5G Rural First”: “Dangerously High” Levels of Electromagnetic Field Radiation (EMF) in Southern England

Verizon Turns On 5G in Atlanta, Detroit, Indianapolis, and D.C. Still No Scientific Evidence That This Is Safe

Reminder: You Don’t Want 5G OR 4G Small Cells Installed Near Where People and Animals Spend Long Periods of Time

AT&T Fires Up Sweat-Inducing 5G in “Sin City” With Plans for 20 More Despite Anticipating More Lawsuits

5G+Al+Si+F+Hg = The New Days of Atlantis

Why Is The Minister Of Health Taking Advice About The Health Effects Of 5G From A Committee Influenced By People With Ties To The Telecommunications Industry?

Los Alamos Research Explains How 5G Terahertz Waves Tear Apart DNA & Why We Must Stop The 5G Wireless Network

5G Dragnet




The Global Human Experiment Without Consent

5G is the next generation of cell phone infrastructure, yet it is categorically different than its predecessors (4G/LTE, 3G, 2G, etc.). It is not a simple upgrade. It is a major increase – and change – in the type of wireless radiation to which we will all be exposed, without consent, whether we use this service or not.


5G builds on existing infrastructure and, in addition, uses extremely high (millimeter-wave) frequencies of 24 gigahertz (GHz) or more.

Related: Mobile phones and 5G networks are accelerating the mass dumbing down of humanity… and it’s all by design

These 5G signals don’t travel far, so antennas will be installed approximately every 2-10 homes in residential neighborhoods.

5G will significantly increase our wireless RF radiation (radio frequency microwave) exposure on a 24/7 and 365 days a year basis.


No Safety Studies

In a February 2019 U.S. Senate hearing, senior telecom executives admitted they have not done any safety testing on 5G, nor do they plan to do any.

Currently, there are over two dozen cities in the U.S. and countless cities abroad that have 5G, yet there is no scientific evidence to support any claim of safety for it.




5G Exposed: A Must-See Documentary on this Wireless ‘Experiment on Humanity’

This new documentary by Sacha Stone investigates the science (and lack thereof) behind the effect of wireless technology on the human population – especially children. Exposing the industry bias and aversion to the overwhelmingly strong evidence that 5g is not just harmful, but a genuine threat to Humanity and all biological life.

The documentary features weapons development experts, biologists, molecular & cellular scientists, blood microscopists and activists outlining the first-hand science behind 5G and electro magnetic radiation with alarming calls to action.

With what’s at state - especially as 5G is now being rapidly deployed despite there being very strong evidence it is harmful - this is perhaps the most timely documentary.





Related: Senator Patrick Colbeck Testifies Against 5G



What related research does show is cause for alarm. Thousands of independent studies indicate adverse health impacts from wireless radiation.

These range from cancer and sterility to DNA damage. The government’s human exposure guidelines haven’t been updated in more than 20 years, while radiation from cell phones, cordless phones, WiFi and wireless baby monitors has increased exponentially in that time.


Planet Earth Blanketed in Radiation

The 5G agenda is vast. It includes 200 billion transmitting objects, according to estimates, that will be part of the Internet of Things (IoT) by 2020, with one trillion transmitting objects a few years later.

5G is meant to usher in more robotics, artificial intelligence and autonomous vehicles, including 5G antennas installed inside cars – behind our heads and irradiating our brains – so we can talk to people in other vehicles and instruct our driverless cars on where to take us.

5G base stations and 5G devices will have multiple antennas in phased arrays that work together to emit focused, steerable, laser-like beams that track each other.



Related: 5G: The Big Picture & Brussels Becomes First Major City To Halt 5G Due To Health Effects

Each 5G phone will function like a mini cell tower, containing dozens of tiny antennas working together to track and aim a narrowly focused beam to search and connect with the nearest cell antenna. The FCC has adopted rules that permit those beams to be as much as 20 watts, ten times more powerful than levels allowed on current phones.


Alarming Evidence of Harm

More than 10,000 peer-reviewed scientific studies conducted by independent researchers from around the world demonstrate the harmful biological effects of wireless radiation.

Because of their developmental stages, children are much more susceptible. In addition, wireless radiation effects are cumulative, putting children at greater risk.

Effects include:

Detrimental effects on fetal and newborn development

Detrimental effects on young children

Brain tumors and other cancers

DNA damage and altered gene expression

Neurological effects and cognitive impairment

Impaired sperm function and quality

Learning and memory deficits

Cardiovascular disease

Altered metabolism

And more...

The mechanisms of biological harm from wireless radiation were not well understood until Martin Pall, PhD, demonstrated how voltage-gated calcium channels are disrupted, resulting in excessive intracellular calcium ions affecting our cells.

Numerous independent studies on millimeter-wave radiation already show a range of biological effects, indicating that an increase in frequencies may worsen harmful effects.



Related: Information on Identifying 5G Small Cells


Government Corruption

The Telecommunications Act of 1996, section 704, gives the telecom industry free reign and prohibits opposition to wireless infrastructure based on environmental effects, which includes health effects. Thankfully, this prohibition is being challenged in court right now.

The telecom industry is supposed to be regulated by the Federal Communications Commission (FCC); however, the Harvard Center for Ethics describes the FCC as a “captured agency” that is dominated by the industry it is purported to regulate.

The multi-trillion dollar telecom industry wields massive lobbying power and formidable public influence through pervasive, propagandistic advertising and media presence promoting 5G.

In the Information Age, data drives the economy. 5G is being touted as the next industrial revolution, when, in fact, it amounts to surveillance capitalism, in which intimate details of our lives are tracked, recorded and sold to the highest bidder, irradiating us all the while.



Related: Vodafone New Zealand 5G Launches December 2019


Let’s Irradiate the Sky, Too

In addition to millions of new base stations on Earth, 5G includes an eventual 20,000+ satellites in low orbit, affecting the ionosphere. Players include Elon Musk’s SpaceX, OneWeb and Amazon.

At this time, 66 5G satellites have already been launched, with more on the way. The direct radiation from these satellites, combined with their contamination of our ionosphere, along with pollution of the global electrical circuit would likely be catastrophic to all life on Earth.

5G threatens to provoke serious, irreversible effects on humans and permanent damage to all of Earth’s ecosystems.

Immediate measures must be taken to protect life in all of its forms.

One solution is SafeG
, wired public networks that allow for wireless inside homes and businesses without forcing it on everyone.


Related Articles:

Activists Measured and Videotaped 5G Radiation Levels at Glastonbury Festival. It’s Not Pretty

RF Complaint: City of Santa Fe, New Mexico

Ontario Doctors Warn of Rising Health Care Costs after 5G Roll Out

The 5G Crisis: Awareness & Accountability Summit

Biological Effects of Living Near a Cell Phone Tower

5G Genocide – Ecocide Law Suit Gains Traction

Dr. Mary Redmayne to speak in Christchurch on “Raising Healthy Children in the Screenage” on August 9

5G Gigantic health hazard - dr Barrie Trower & sir Julian Rose

Spark conducts 'first NZ live trial' of 5G

3G Won’t, 4G Might And 5G Could Definitely Cause You Harm

5G cell tower stoush: Pirongia residents fight Spark over plans

Wireless Industry Confesses: “No Studies Show 5G is Safe”


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Serious Errors Found In Widely Cited Global Warming Study
February 2 2025 | From: CollectiveEvolution / Various

There is a troubling trend among internet readers, and that’s the fact that billions of people area reading titles of an article and having a bad reaction before reading the actual article and examining the sources.



The bad reaction usually comes when evidence is presented which strongly goes against the widely accepted belief held by the majority of people.

Related: How Climate Scientists Fiddle The Data Again & Again & Again & Again

This type of evidence is often ridiculed by the mainstream media, which is why the majority of people believe what they do in the first place.

We have been subjected to massive amounts of ‘mind-persuasion’ on various topics. Today, when evidence goes against the grain, especially when it threatens many political and financial interests, false evidence is manufactured in order to counter the actual evidence.


In Brief:

The Facts: A study claiming that the Earth’s oceans have retained 60% more heat than previously thought over the last 25 years, suggesting global warming was much worse than previously believed, has turned out to be false.

Reflect On: Many scientists within the field have been quite outspoken about the politicization of climate science, and how it's a serious problem. We see it in all fields, like the medical field, for example. Ridicule has been used to suppress discussion.

This has happened in all areas that touch humanity. I refer to it as the politicization of science, in this case, climate science. We’ve seen this everywhere, especially with medical science.



Related: Discovery Of Massive Volcanic CO2 Emissions Puts Damper On Global Warming Theory & Climate Change Hoax Collapses As New Science Finds Human Activity Has Virtually Zero Impact On Global Temperatures


“The case against science is straightforward: much of the scientific literature, perhaps half, may simply be untrue. . . . Science has taken a turn towards darkness.”
- Dr. Richard Horton, Editor in Chief of The Lancet

- Source

Now, just to be clear, this article is NOT debating climate change. Drastic and unexpected climate change and natural disasters are rampant right now on our planet, for multiple reasons. It’s clearly a problem that needs to be fixed and could have been fixed/mitigated decades ago, yet we still seem stuck.

Revolutionary technologies have been in existence for a long time, from solar, to wind, to vortex-induced vibrations and over-unity energy technology. Many of them have been subjected to patent suppression and secrecy, for “national security” purposes.

Meanwhile, it’s this national security apparatus that have created a breakaway civilization, one that’s become highly technologically advanced. They use these technologies, not for the benefit of humanity, but it seems more so, for their own purposes and the enslavement of humanity.



Related: Finnish Scientists: Effect Of Human Activity On Climate Change Is Insignificant

All that being said, climate change is, in my opinion, the result of multiple factors that go beyond human beings. These include natural cycles Earth has gone through before in it’s past, the activity of our sun, etc…

Again, I am not denying climate change, I am not even denying anthropomorphic climate change. I’m simply pointing towards the politicization of science. Something fishy is happening.

In fact, approximately more than thirty thousand scientists have all signed a petition regarding the political agenda of global warming.

The scientific consensus, which includes over 9,000 scientists with Ph.D.s, is the real scientific consensus. There is no real source for the “97” percent of scientists agreeing, that’s false information.


Warmer Oceans?

Princeton scientist Laure Resplandy (pictured above) and researchers at the Scripps Institution of Oceanography recently published a study claiming that the Earth’s oceans have retained 60% more heat than previously thought over the last 25 years, suggesting global warming was much worse than previously believed.

The reported was beamed out by multiple establishment mouthpieces, including the Washington Post, New York Times, BBC, Reuters and others.



Related: UN IPCC Scientist Blows Whistle On Lies About Climate, Sea Level

Independent scientist Nic Lewis found the study had “apparently serious (but surely inadvertent) errors in the underlying calculations.”

Lewis’ findings were quickly corroborated by another researcher. The post appeared on the website of Judith A. Curry, an American climatologist and former chair of the School of Earth and Atmospheric Sciences at the Georgia Institute of Technology.

She has been one of the many outspoken scientists in the field the “tribal nature” of parts of the climate-science community, and what she sees as stonewalling over the release of data and its analysis for independent review.

Lewis corrected the math area, and found that the paper’s rate of ocean warming “is about average compared with other estimates they showed, and below the average for 1993-2016.” Roger Pike Jr., a Professor at the University of Colorado, tweet his work and replicated the data.

Key phrase: “It’s a big error at the core of the paper’s findings.”



Related: Climate change scientists tout “benefits” of geoengineering (chemtrails) in renewed push to pollute the atmosphere, dim the sun and freeze the planet

It seems that the majority of climate scientists all support this type of fraudulent data, and the problem of political interests taking over what the science is actually saying.


“Lewis found the study’s authors, led by Princeton University scientist Laure Resplandy, erred in calculating the linear trend of estimated ocean warming between 1991 and 2016.

Lewis has also criticized climate model predictions, which generally over-predict warming. Resplandy and her colleagues estimated ocean heat by measuring the volume of carbon dioxide and oxygen in the atmosphere. The results: the oceans took up 60 percent more heat than previously thought.

The study only sent alarm bells ringing, especially in the wake of the United Nations’ latest climate."


Laure Resplandy, the author of the widely distributed and cited study, has recently replied, acknowledging the error. Although the reply comes from an establishment mouthpiece, one that ridicules any questioning of anthropomorphic climate change via carbon output.

Below is a brief interview with Curry.





Related: Sky Poisons Relief? First Signs of Hope


The Politicization Of Climate Science

Again, we need to be looking at deforestation, the lack of disclosure of new energy technologies, and the lack of implementation of new ones. We need to be looking at the destruction of our Earth and the poisoning of our water and soil, more so than we do our carbon output. But carbon is very heavily focused on.

The politicization of climate science is something that’s vouched for by the majority of actual climate scientists.

It’s hard to talk about because I am a proponent of clean energy technologies, and they are a must.

Our industries and our usage of pollution services, like the automobile industry, is a toxic and environmental health hazard. But the global elite are very smart, they are using climate change, and global warming, to basically cause climate hysteria for political and financial gains.



Related: James Delingpole: My Solution to Climate Change? Eat Prince Charles

The “97 percent” tagline is often used to demonize those who question anthropogenic induced climate change, and the mainstream media will do their best to make those who question it, no matter their background, credentials, or credibility, look foolish.

Ivar Giaever, a Norwegian-American physicist who shared the Nobel Prize in Physics in 1973, compares current climate science to pseudoscience.

Dr. Richard Lindzen, among many others, refers to this type of narrative as hysteria and argues that climate scientists raising this issue have been demonized. He’s one of the world’s top experts in the field and lead author of “Physical Climate Processes and Feedbacks,” Chapter 7 of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change’s Third Assessment Report on climate change.





Related: Make It Rain Launch

He is a dynamical meteorologist with interests in the broad topics of climate, planetary waves, monsoon meteorology, planetary atmospheres, and hydrodynamic instability.

He has made major contributions to the development of the current theory for the Hadley Circulation and pioneered the study of how ozone photochemistry, radiative transfer, and dynamics interact with each other.

He is also the Emeritus Sloan Professor of Meteorology at Massachusetts Institute of Technology.

A slide from one of his lectures below states:


“Global warming is about politics and power rather than science. In science, there is an attempt to clarify; in global warming, language is misused in order to confuse and mislead the public.

The misuse of language extends to the misuse of models. For advocated of policies allegedly addressing global warming, the role of models is not to predict but rather to justify the claim that catastrophe is possible.

As they understand, proving something to be impossible is itself almost impossible."

I am using him as one of many examples. pointed out how policymakers were heavily involved with the IPCC and their publications. He is one of many to do so. Here’s a video in which he did try to bring awareness to what climate scientists REALLY believe.

It’s quite contrary to the climate hysteria we see that’s constantly beamed. Right now it’s happening with forests fires, which have been happening for hundreds of millions of years.





Related: The Zero Carbon Bill


Why No Mention of Climate Engineering?

What about climate engineering? Geoengineering is the manipulation of the atmosphere through artificial means.

The US Air Force has the capability to manipulate climate either for testing purposes or for outright military-intelligence use.  These capabilities extend to the triggering of floods, hurricanes, droughts, and earthquakes.


Weather modification will become a part of domestic and international security and could be done unilaterally… It could have offensive and defensive applications and even be used for deterrence  purposes. 

The ability to generate precipitation, fog, and storms on earth or to modify space weather, … and the production of artificial weather all are a part of an integrated set of technologies
 which can provide substantial increase in US, or degraded capability in an adversary, to achieve global awareness, reach, and power."



Related: Top New Zealand Scientist Describes “Global Warming” As Pseudo-Science

We’ve covered this topic in depth in multiple articles, and right now, geoengineering is being proposed as a solution to climate change, or what scientists above mentioned as ‘climate hysteria.’ 

The weather today is largely manufactured and owned, it’s changed and manipulated for various reasons. It’s hard to tell what’s actually going on. Here’s a clip of Ex-Cia director voicing his support for geoengineering…

Climate hysteria can be created, as much as terrorism can in order to create the war on terrorism…


The Takeaway

You could literally write a book on how the majority of reputable scientists within the field of Climate Science, and the ones actually involved with the IPCC, are all concerned about these things.

As many of these scientists have pointed out, at a certain point, the final drafts and publications are taken over and written by politicians and policymakers.

There is a big problem here, and the elite who seem to be behind this type of thing, have been using their tools for years (mass media, education, etc..) to drill this idea in the people’s heads.




New Sun-Driven Cooling Period of Earth ‘Not Far Off’





Related: If progressives really wanted to reduce carbon emissions in America, they would cut off power to their own filthy liberal cities





Climate initiatives are being supported like war was with mass propaganda, our hearts and care for Mother Earth are being taken advantage of and capitalized on. Those who question the official narrative of global climate change are often the ones who care about Earth the most

This is one of the reasons it is so important for the awakening community to strive for the truth, and then to bring out that truth widely. The future of our planet hangs in the balance.



Related Articles:

Australian Government Pays Al Gore $320k To Conduct Climate Training As Rare Snowfall Hits & The Rockefeller
Way: The Family’s Covert ‘Climate Change’ Plan


Senator Malcolm Roberts Exposing 'Climate Crisis aka 'Climate Change' Scam! 20 July 2019

Green Gestapo Says You're Mentally Ill If You Challenge Climate Change + Over 30,000 Scientists Say 'Catastrophic Man-Made Global Warming' Is A Complete Hoax And Science Lie

Satellite Data: No Real Increase In Global Warming For The Last 23 Years + University Of Alabama Scientists: ‘No Evidence’ Climate Change Causes Extreme Cold

2018 Was The Year That Climate Change Scare Stories All Fell Apart: See The List Of Debunked Climate Hoaxes + The “Global Warming” Hoax: 30 Years Of Failed Predictions That Never Happened


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Narrative Is Crumbling
February 1 2025 | From: CaitlinJohnstone / Various

It’s difficult to understand what’s going on in the world.



It’s difficult to understand what’s going on in the world because powerful people actively manipulate public understanding of what’s going on in the world.

Related: Some of you aren't going to like this

Powerful people actively manipulate public understanding of what’s going on in the world because if the public understood what’s going on in the world, they would rise up and use their strength of numbers to overthrow the powerful.

The public would rise up and use their strength of numbers to overthrow the powerful if they understood what’s going on in their world because then they would understand that the powerful have been exploiting, oppressing, robbing, cheating and deceiving them while destroying the ecosystem, stockpiling weapons of armageddon and waging endless wars, for no other reason than so that they can maintain and expand their power.

The public do not rise up and use their strength of numbers to overthrow the powerful because they have been successfully manipulated into not wanting to.

Narrative is crumbling.

The public have been successfully manipulated into not wanting to rise up and use their strength of numbers to overthrow the powerful due to the way the powerful have been able to shore up mainstream narrative control in the form of purchasing mass media outlets, funding think tanks, buying politicians, implementing government opacity, pushing internet censorship, and other forms of perception management.



Related: Sharyl Attkisson: How Media Narratives Became More Important Than Facts & Every Nation Must Declare War Against Big Tech

The powerful use their control over mainstream narratives to ensure that enough members of the public believe they live in a free democracy where things aren’t perfect but it’s the best you could ask for, instead of in a corporatist oligarchy wherein the powerful exploit, oppress, rob, cheat and deceive them while destroying the ecosystem, stockpiling weapons of armageddon and waging endless wars.

As long as the powerful are able to exert control over mainstream narratives, there will never be enough members of the public willing to use their strength of numbers to shake off the powerful and create a healthy society.

The powerful will remain capable of exerting control over mainstream narratives for as long as the public maintains its current unhealthy relationship with mental narrative.

Narrative is crumbling.

A collective shift into a healthy relationship with mental narrative would mean thought becomes the useful tool we evolved it to be rather than this noisy, compulsive head-chatter which dominates our lives where we are driven by fear and attachment to imbue an endless string of mental stories with the power of belief.

If we had a healthy relationship with mental narrative we would naturally view stories about what’s going on in the world far more objectively, because rather than glomming onto them out of fear and attachment we would have psychological space enough to look at them and critically examine whether or not they are useful tools for us to use in the present moment.




Noam Chomsky - The 5 Filters of the Mass Media Machine

According to American linguist and political activist, Noam Chomsky, media operate through 5 filters: ownership, advertising, the media elite, flak and the common enemy.





Related: Video Montage of News Reporters Around the Nation Using the Same Script / Buzz Words





If humanity collectively made such a transition on a mass scale - a transition which sages across the millennia assure us humans are fully capable of - then humanity would become impossible to propagandize effectively.

If humanity becomes impossible to propagandize effectively, the lies will be impossible to conceal via mainstream narrative control, and humanity using the strength of its numbers to create a healthy society will become an inevitability.

And the funny thing is, in a weird way from way out of left field that nobody could possibly have anticipated, humanity’s current relationship with mental narrative appears to be drawing to a close.

The narratives are breaking down.

People’s old ways of understanding what’s going on in the world just aren’t holding together anymore.

Trust in the mass media is at an all-time low, and it’s only getting lower.

People are more aware than ever that anything they see can be propaganda or disinformation.

Deepfake technology will soon be so advanced and so accessible that nobody will even trust video anymore.



Related: FBI Document Adds “Fringe” Conspiracy Theories As Next Big Domestic Terror Threat & CIA, Climate And Conspiracy: More Notes From The Edge Of The Narrative Matrix

The entire media class will now [attempt to] spend years leading the public on a wild goose chase for Russian collusion and then act like it’s no big deal when the whole thing turned out to be completely baseless.

There’s a virus causing a massive disturbance in the entirety of human civilization with two wildly different narratives about it running simultaneously, and both sides are 100 percent convinced that all the facts have fully vindicated their position.

There are protests where people are becoming more and more aware that they are being fed empty narratives of approval and understanding while their core demands are going completely unaddressed.

New cold war escalations between the US-centralized empire and the unabsorbed governments of China and Russia are going to cause the media airwaves around the planet to become saturated in ever-intensifying propaganda narratives which favor one side or the other and have no interest in honestly telling people the truth about what’s going on.

Now they’re even babbling about UFOs.



Related: CBS Reporter Calls Mainstream Press ‘Political Activists,’ ‘Propagandists’ + Max Blumental Proves Western Media A Propagandist For War Criminals

It’s all accelerating toward a white noise saturation point.

How long do you think we can go on like this?

How far do you think humanity’s relationship with narrative can be stretched before it snaps completely and forces a completely new way of being?

How long before it becomes more and more common for people to begin looking to themselves as individuals to determine which narratives are useful to them instead of looking to establishment narrative managers like they used to?

How long before people find themselves more and more often asking the question “Is this true?”

How long before people find themselves more and more often asking the question “What is truth?”

How long before people find themselves more and more often asking the question “What else have I been deceived about?”

How long before people find themselves more and more often asking the question “How else have I been deceiving myself?”

The current strain that is being placed on our collective relationship with narrative is completely unsustainable.



Related: Society Is Made Of Narrative – Realizing This Is Awakening From The Matrix

This would be a bad thing if we’d had a healthy relationship with mental narrative, but we don’t; we have a profoundly unhealthy relationship with mental narrative which has left us susceptible to terrible abuses on a mass scale.

We are now, as a species, collectively squeezing ourselves out of our old unhealthy relationship with narrative.

Narrative is crumbling.

It’s all crumbling to the ground. This cannot be a bad thing.

It could end up being very, very good.


Related Articles:

Translation: We got caught, we are not taking the blame for this, it was CBS's fault

Wikipedia’s Culture of Editorial Chaos and Malice

Tucker Carlson Eclipses Competition As Ratings Go Through The Roof

London Real: 20% Drop in Public Confidence in Mainstream Media

MSM: "It's Our Job to Control What People Think"

Beijing Escalates Campaign to Reshape Global News Landscape: Survey


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Why Do We Condemn Others For Being ‘Less Awake’ Or ‘Less Conscious?’
January 13 2025 | From: CollectiveEvolution / Various

It’s humbling to remember that you once did not know the things you know today.



Yet sometimes many of us judge and condemn others who do not yet know what we currently know. Why? 

Related: I Woke Up And The World Around Me Is Still Asleep: What To Do? + Once You Learn These Nine Lessons From Confucius, Your Priorities In Life Will Completely Change

Would it be serving to simply share information with others, with no authority or worry about how they will react but simply with love and see what happens.


In Brief:

The Facts: So much of the time, many in the 'truth seeking' community will judge and condemn others who are not 'as awake.' This keeps us plugged into egoic consciousness and creating a world driven by polarity.

Reflect On: Right and wrong aside, as these are just subjective polarities, how does it feel to judge others? Does it connect you to them? Does it allow you to see and feel that they are inherently one with you? Do you feel free when driven by judgement?

I feel like I’ve written this statement in so many of the recent articles I’ve written:


“We’re in a time where so much truth about how our world really functions behind the scenes is coming to the surface.”

When people learn about this stuff, they feel they are ‘in the know” and one thing I’ve noticed since I started Collective Evolution 11 years ago, is that many in the community of ‘seeking truth’ seem to become judgemental of those who aren’t seeking the same thing or who don’t agree.



Related: Once We Awaken

It’s common to get caught up in the feeling or judgement that we might be better than others because we might be a little more aware or evolved in certain ways.

“I can’t believe that person still does that or thinks that way, man, they are so dense or 3D.” someone might say while snickering and hating on people.

“Look at these stupid sheep who know nothing about what’s going on in the world! Go back to your 9-5 job and just shut up!” says someone who judges the way someone sees the current world.

The truth is, YES, some of us do evolve in our awareness a little quicker, and we may see things a little differently.

YES, some of us do start to figure out what’s going on in the world a little faster than others. But does that make you better?

Does that make you step into a state of judgement? How does it feel to view people as ‘sheep’? Do you notice you feel good? Loving? Free? Connected to others? Do you feel you could look at others in the eye and see the inherent loving connection that exists between you and them?

Or is it clouded by the identification with ego because truthfully, in these moments, you are still asleep?



Related: A New Worldview Is Emerging That Can Change Our Entire Perspective On Reality + Spiritual Intelligence: A Journey Of Inner Awakening

All the journey of having some of us awaken a little quicker provides is brother and sister souls with the opportunity to learn from one another about what’s going on so we can all evolve and change this world together in the end.

So again we reflect, did you once not know something that now you judge someone for? Have people done this to you? How do these things feel? 

Does it help us to beat people up emotionally when they don’t have the same understandings as us? Do people not seem crazy and angry when they get mad at others who don’t understand truths? Is this going to help them awaken? Or shy away from this information?

I want to be clear, there is no right or wrong here. One isn’t ‘the nice thing to do’ and the other ‘the mean thing to do.’ I’m not telling you what to do. I suggesting you search within yourself and find the answer.

I’m bringing forth the idea of questioning how each of these experiences feel and then seeing which one you truly align with more.

The choice is ours as to how we act, but when the world doesn’t change and people wonder what’s going on, I often point to the fact that many people are waiting angrily and judgementally for the world to change, yet they are only adding to the problem by holding onto those emotions and staying plugged into a story of separation.

Isn’t it possible that given your polarity towards people, you are creating the need for them to reflect the opposite polarity back to you until you can activate your awareness enough to see the neutrality in things?



Related: Loneliness – The Dilemma Of The Awakening Mind

To see that yes, things are happening in the world, but by coloring them with your emotion and creating divides by judging others you are doing precisely what the deep state does in creating divide – it is all the same level of consciousness.

Awareness of self, the true self, beyond the ego, is the key to awakening to and creating a new reality. Yes, learning about the various forms of ‘corruption’ or societal manipulation, that is obviously happening, is helpful in opening the door for many to start to question their reality.

And it also gives us a reason, when we are less aware, to begin exploring the desire for change, but are we truly awake and free if we are still tied down and plugged into the polarity of the world we are working to change?

Can our reality really change if we are just operating from the same mindset and egoic state of being but with slightly different beliefs? If it can change, is it true and deep change? Would we truly be free? Can we access our highest potential when in anger and judgement?

See how it feels, explore these questions within yourself.


Going Deeper

I’ve created many materials over the past few years including a conscious breathing course and a personal transformation course designed to simply slow life down and get more in tune with yourself.

Neither of these courses are huge commitments and are approachable, ‘level 1’ like, approaches to seeing a different side of yourself – your true self. Utilize these tools if it resonates with you. Both are available in our inner circle called CETV.



Related: The Great Awakening Has Begun

Inside our inner circle, you will have access to powerful information, guided programs, and a community all geared towards being informed about what’s happening in our world, and how you can truly engage in a guided journey of personal transformation so that you can be a change-maker our world truly needs at this time.

You’ll be inspired by how many likeminded people inside are ready to share in this journey.

If you choose to sign up, try my 10 Day Conscious Breathing Challenge and the 5 Days of You Challenge.


Related Articles:

Society Is Made Of Narrative – Realizing This Is Awakening From The Matrix

The Study Of Fundamental Consciousness Entering The Mainstream

Brainwashing And The New Vocabulary: 12 Words & Phrases We Never Want To Hear Again & Just Like 9/11 Did, COVID-19 Is Shifting Human Consciousness In A Major Way

The Ten Most Dangerous Threats To Humanity That Must Be Defeated For Us To Live As Free, Conscious Beings

Propaganda, Human Consciousness, And The Future Of Civilization

How Science Arrived At The Doorstep Of Spirituality

Spirit Led Activism - The True Power Of The People + Rites Of Passage - Encountering Spiritual “Initiations” On The Path



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Lawful And Legal: Why You Need To Know What They Mean + It Is All A Word Game: Why “Persons” Are Not Real
January 30 2025 | From: Omnithought

Knowing the difference between the words lawful and legal can one day free your mind and soul from the illusion of the Matrix. The word lawful is related to Natural Law (God’s Law). It is used to communicate things of substance. As for the word legal, it is related to laws created by man and is used to communicate things of form.



In simpler terms, something that is lawful is of substance so it is real. On other hand, something that is legal is of form so it appears to be real. In other words, the word legal deals with fictional things. A fictional thing is not real and therefore it is DEAD.

Related: Why a Birthday Is a Celebration for the Birth of a Corpse

One of the ways they secretly tell you that you are playing a role of a dead character is the all caps name. Hence, the name in all caps on tombstones. You can find the all caps name on government documents, such as a state-issued ID. For more information about the all caps name, read my empowering article titled The Legal Name Game to Enslave Your Soul.


"If you agree to participate in the legal system, you also agree to be a dead person, and therefore you have no natural rights. 

What is legal is of “form”, what is lawful is of “substance”"

- Blacks Law 1st Edition

That which is legal has been formed by man. A legal entity has been formed by man.

That which is lawful is of substance / essence and is a creation of God. A lawful man is of substance / essence.


Natural Person: Any human being who as such is a legal entity

-
Amon v. Moreschi, 296 N.Y. 395, 73 N.E.2d 716.” Max Radin, Radin’s Law Dictionary (1955), p. 216

What is legal is of “form”… therefore a “legal entity” is an entity of form.
Since “any human being who as such is a legal entity“,  a human being is of form as well.



Human: Of the form and characteristics of man. (From Ballentine’s Legal Dictionary 3rd Edition).

Form: The antithesis of substance; the appearance or superficial aspect rather than the substance or the essence. (Ballentine’s Legal Dictionary 3rd Edition).

Natural Person = human being = legal entity

Legal entities are a conception of man; they are known in legalese as legal fictions.


The creation of a civil or legal person out of a thing, the investure of a chattel with toga civillis, may be an achievement of the imperial power, but it is beyond the compass of an American congress.

Congress must first emancipate the slave, before it can
 endow him with the rights of a citizen under the constitution, or impose upon him the responsibilities of a legal person, or compel him to pay money, or part with liberty.
 

- United States v. Amy, 24 Fed.Cas.792, 794 #14,445 (1859)

The creation of a legal person also creates responsibilities and liabilities for this new legal person - esponsibilities and liabilities due to a nation/country, which is also a legal entity.



Legal is defined as”the “undoing of God’s law” (1893 Dictionary of Arts and Sciences, Encyclopedia Britannica, a dictionary of arts, sciences and general literature / The R.S Peale 9th 1893).


James 4:12 "There is one lawgiver, who can save and destroy: who art thou that judgest another."


Ecclesiastes 1:15 That which is crooked cannot be made straight: and that which is wanting cannot be numbered."

A fiction and a lie can never be a reality and a truth. That which is empty cannot be measured or counted.

Comment: There are many non-lawyers now operating in legal circles who have been clever enough to understand how much of our legal system is based upon elements written into the bible.

These practitioners have been having phenomenal success working within the current Admiralty law system that we are still encumbered by. They are succeeding by leveraging the 'cabal' laws by forcing the legal system back on itself - and they have had some excellent wins for the little guy.




It Is All A Word Game: Why “Persons” Are Not Real


And 'We The People' are being enslaved because we aren't told the definitions!



Are you alive or dead?

Related: The Birth Certificate Odyssey

The key to the word game is “Person” and it is everywhere in our government and legal system from the federal level to the local level.

All laws and statutes are written for legal “Persons” not flesh and blood living men and women. The difference between the two is as significant as the difference between life and death . . . it’s everything!


Legal “persons” can’t walk

Legal “persons” can’t talk

Legal “persons” have no gender

Legal “persons” have no race

Legal “persons” cannot reproduce

Legal “persons” don’t occupy space

In legal-land, “PERSONS” AREN’T REAL – THEY ARE FICTIONAL



Hidden History

When the UNITED STATES went bankrupt in the 30s because of the banksters orchestrated “great depression”, so-called “federal” government representatives pledged (hypothecated) the future earnings and productivity of the American people to the banksters as payment of the debt.


Hypothecate;

1. To pledge (property) as security or collateral without delivery of title or possession.

2.
Usage Problem To hypothesize.

Franklin Delano Roosevelt (FDR) was put in office in 1933 to administer this new system of government/economics. It was called The New Deal and sold both to Congress and the American people as an emergency solution to a national economic nightmare.

The state of emergency declared at the time has been maintained ever since.



Related: The Federal Reserve Cartel: The Eight Families + 7 Not-So-Secret Homes Of Super Secret Societies

The people’s gold was confiscated and they were given a new currency to use called the FEDERAL RESERVE NOTE, the scrip of the privately owned central bank, the FEDERAL RESERVE.

The creation of the US Dollar / FEDERAL RESERVE NOTE actually brought in Rothschild’s New World Order and it was displayed on the one dollar bill in 1935 for all to see:

The motto inscribed beneath the pyramid in the Great Seal of America is “Novus Ordo Seclorum” which is Latin for “New Order of the Ages”, and synonymous with the “New World Order”.



Related: Central Banking and The Federal Reserve System

The accomplished researcher David Wilcock actually disputes this translation of Novus Ordo Seclorum:


“This passage is indeed quite revealing. What we learn is that "Novus Ordo Seclorum" does not mean "New World Order" as many conspiracy theorists would claim, but actually "A mighty order of ages is born anew."

- Source

We need to remind ourselves that the FEDERAL RESERVE NOTE (the US Dollar) is the currency of the private Federal Reserve banking cartel - not the currency of a sovereign nation.



Related: A Brief 100 Year History Of 9/11 And The Jekyll Island Banks

The hypothecated population’s earnings had to be tracked and taxed, so UNITED STATES citizens were encouraged to sign up for ‘federal’ Social Insurance aka Social Security. Not coincidentally the Social Security Act was also passed in 1935. [Today it is almost impossible to work, open a bank account, or make a doctor’s appointment without presenting a Soc Sec number.]


The Birth Certificate

Fairly soon afterward, the Birth Certificate tracking system was created and mothers were strongly urged to sign a Certificate of Live Birth as soon as they named their newborn infants.





Unbeknownst to the baby’s Mom and Dad, this document creates a  brand new fictitious “Person” that is recorded, and tracked through their Social Security number from then on. The “Person” is named JOHN DOE to coincide with the baby’s family-given name John Doe.

President Woodrow Wilson’s private papers exposed this confession of Colonel Edward Mandell House:


“Very soon, every American will be required to register their biological property in a National system designed to keep track of the people and that will operate under the ancient system of pledging.

By such methodology, we can compel people to submit to our agenda, which will affect our security as a charge back for our fiat paper currency. Every American will be forced to register or suffer not being able to work and earn a living.

They will be our Chattel and we will hold the security interest over them forever, by operation of the law merchant under the scheme of secured transactions.

Americans, by unknowingly or unwittingly delivering the bills of lading to us will be rendered bankrupt and insolvent, forever to remain economic slaves through taxation, secured by their pledges.



Persons

Here is proof that our laws/statutes are written for legal fiction “Persons” and corporations – not for flesh and blood living men:


Federal Register Act [of the UNITED STATES] (1935)

”person” means an individual, partnership, association, or corporation


UCC Article 1 – General Provisions

Sec 1-201 General Definitions

(27) “Person” means an individual, corporation, business trust, estate, trust, partnership, limited liability company, association, joint venture, government, governmental subdivision, agency, or instrumentality, public corporation, or any other legal or commercial entity.


California Statutes:

Government code Section 1-26

17. “Person” includes any person, firm, association, organization, partnership, limited liability company, business trust, corporation, or company.


Ohio Statutes:

Statutory definitions 1.59

(C) “Person” includes an individual, corporation, business trust, estate, trust, partnership, and association.

The words “man and woman” do not appear in any of these definitions. None of these legal entities are alive or even real. They are not substance, they are form. Essentially they are all artificial fictional legal constructs.

This is all done by subterfuge via the complicit, perhaps unaware, BAR Association’s army of attorneys. This scam is – and always has been – a fraud against all Americans.


Uniform Commercial Code (UCC)

In the 50s and 60s the Uniform Commercial Code was installed across America to fine tune and define this new legal system.



Related: Lord James Blackheath: 15 Trillion Dollar Fraud Exposed in UK Parliament Implicates Federal Reserve

This was done, without the knowledge or consent of the American people who still believe the US Constitution (with the Bill of Rights) is the law of the land. They cling to this belief in spite of overwhelming evidence that the opposite is true.

The reality is that they have been tricked into becoming tax and code slaves by the Rothschild international banking cartel and its BAR.

This nefarious system stays in place due to the “presumption” that we are all volunteering to be dead legal fiction “Persons”. According to UCC General Provisions, presumptions remain valid unless evidence is provided to the contrary.

The first step to rebutting the volunteer presumption is to recognize that President Bill Clinton presented us with a remedy in his Executive Order 13132 in 1999:


Federalism

Section 2: Fundamental Federalism Principles


“(d) The people of the States are free, subject only to restrictions in the Constitution itself or in constitutionally authorized Acts of Congress, to define the moral, political, and legal character of their lives.”

So, we need to create and publish a (rebuttal) notice defining our political and legal characters - for the record.

This entails resurrecting ourselves from the dead (from legal personage) and rebutting the presumption that we volunteered to be federal US citizens obligated under all of the thousands of inane (and many times undisclosed) rules, regulations and statutes passed by federal, state and local corporate governments.




Related: Attorney / researcher Melvin Stamper did a relatively thorough job explaining the entire issue of “Persons” in his book Fruit from a Poisonous Tree. Here is one chapter of that book with invaluable info on this topic: The Magicians


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Alarmism
January 29 2025 | From: NZCPR / Various

Fear is a natural survival instinct and arguably more motivating than logic and reason. It can also be used to great effect to shift the mindset of communities and nations.



While such manipulation is, of course, not uncommon, what is surprising is how blind societies are to recognising when fear is being used as a tool for political persuasion.

Related: The Ultimate Scam: How Al Gore Became The World’s First Carbon Billionaire” By Profiting Off Irrational Climate Fears

We recently saw this in the Government’s response to the Covid-19 pandemic when the Prime Minister used alarmist computer modelling to justify her “Captain’s Call” to lock the country down.

Claiming “tens of thousands of New Zealanders” could die, the PM rejected Ministry of Health advice to stay at Level 2 for 30 days, and imposed what we now know to be the most stringent policy response in the world.

Instead of relying on cost benefit analyses and regulatory impact statements from trusted government agencies to inform her decisions, the PM chose inaccurate computer models that grossly exaggerated the number of deaths.

It has now been revealed that the modelling she relied on did not take into account the contact testing and tracing that was central to the health response being implemented by Dr Ashley Bloomfield, the Director General of Health.

The explosion of predicted deaths that resulted, was then used by the PM to scare the country into accepting her hard-line lockdown.

This is not the first time the Prime Minister has used scaremongering to force her policy agenda onto the country. Her whole response to climate change has been based on fear.



Related: ClimateChangeGate: The Hidden Agenda Behind The Huge Hoax And Global Criminal Conspiracy & Climate Change Hoax Collapses As New Science Finds Human Activity Has Virtually Zero Impact On Global Temperatures

Climate change is, of course, a natural process influenced by a wide range of factors including the sun, clouds, and ocean currents.

Throughout history, the Earth’s climate has been far hotter than it is today and far colder. Sea levels have been far higher and far lower. Carbon dioxide – the trace gas used by plants to make food – has existed at far higher atmospheric concentrations and far lower.

But the United Nations’ climate models that are being used to redefine economic policy around the world, only focus on the minuscule proportion of carbon emissions produced by humans.

In doing so, they disregard not only the 97 percent of carbon dioxide from natural sources, but also the overwhelming influence that other crucial factors such as the sun have on the climate.

These alarmist models, which blame climate change on humans, are being used by politicians – including our Prime Minister – to implement the UN’s socialist agenda: state control of all economic activity through the regulation of carbon emissions.



Related: Carbon Dioxide Revealed As The “Miracle Molecule Of Life” For Re-Greening The Planet & Leonardo DiCaprio’s War On Carbon Is Actually A War Against All Plants, Rainforests And Ecosystems On The Entire Planet

Fortunately, most scams motivated by scaremongering are eventually exposed – often by the very people who pioneered the movements before they were captured by political extremists.

This week’s NZCPR Guest Commentator Michael Shellenberger is a leading American climate activist, who, having promoted global warming propaganda for almost three decades, has decided to stop the lies:


“On behalf of environmentalists everywhere, I would like to formally apologize for the climate scare we created over the last 30 years. Climate change is happening. It’s just not the end of the world. It’s not even our most serious environmental problem.

Here are some facts few people know: Humans are not causing a ‘sixth mass extinction’; Climate change is not making natural disasters worse;  Netherlands became rich not poor while adapting to life below sea level; Habitat loss and the direct killing of wild animals are bigger threats to species than climate change; Wood fuel is far worse for people and wildlife than fossil fuels…

I know that the above facts will sound like ‘climate denialism’ to many people. But that just shows the power of climate alarmism.”




Related: "The UN's 'Woke' Climate Change Propaganda Is An Insult To Science" + “What They Haven’t Told You About Climate Change.” – According To The Co-Founder of Greenpeace

Michael Shellenberger explains how difficult it has been to speak out against the climate scare:  


“I was embarrassed. After all, I am as guilty of alarmism as any other environmentalist. For years, I referred to climate change as an ‘existential’ threat to human civilization, and called it a ‘crisis’.

But mostly I was scared. I remained quiet about the climate disinformation campaign because I was afraid of losing friends and funding. The few times I summoned the courage to defend climate science from those who misrepresent it I suffered harsh consequences. And so I mostly stood by and did next to nothing as my fellow environmentalists terrified the public…

But then, last year, things spiralled out of control. Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez said ‘The world is going to end in twelve years if we don’t address climate change.’ Britain’s most high-profile environmental group claimed ‘Climate Change Kills Children.

As a result, half of the people surveyed around the world last year said they thought climate change would make humanity extinct.

And in January, one out of five British children told pollsters they were having nightmares about climate change. Whether or not you have children you must see how wrong this is.

I admit I may be sensitive because I have a teenage daughter. After we talked about the science she was reassured. But her friends are deeply misinformed and thus, understandably, frightened. I thus decided I had to speak out.”

While Michael Shellenberger deserves credit for speaking out and exposing the misrepresentation, those activists who lie who should be held to account – particularly by the media.

It is therefore regrettable that so many in the media have decided their interests are better served by aligning with the popularists, rather than adhering to the bedrock values of their profession.



Related: Meet Naomi Seibt - The 19-Year-Old, Blond Antidote To Greta Thunberg & NZ Government Begins National Climate Indoctrination Of Children

Prime amongst New Zealand’s serial alarmists is the Green Party’s Climate Change Minister James Shaw.

Not only does he knowingly describe carbon dioxide, the cornerstone of life on earth, as a “pollutant”, but he also continues to claim that as a result of climate change, adverse weather events are getting worse, which is another alarmist fabrication that is simply untrue.

But as the late Stephen Schneider, a Stanford University Professor who had been a lead author for the UN’s Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change explained, for advocates of climate alarmism the truth is not a priority:


“…we need to get some broad based support, to capture the public’s imagination. That entails getting loads of media coverage. So we have to offer up scary scenarios, make simplified, dramatic statements, and make little mention of any doubts we might have. Each of us has to decide what the right balance is between being effective and being honest.”

Fearmongering, of course, has been an effective tool to manipulate the public throughout history.

The myth that population growth will deplete food and resources, and ultimately destroy the planet, can be traced back to the writing of the Reverend Thomas Malthus in 1798.

These idea gained unprecedented traction following the 1968 release of The Population Bomb by Paul Ehrlich, an entomologist at Stanford University. The book incited such fear of overpopulation that it triggered waves of repression around the world.

The facts, however, tell a different story. Population growth has been slowing for more than three decades. Forty years ago, while the average woman had between five and six children to ensure the survival of the next generation, she now has between two and three.

Women are having fewer children because better healthcare means that most babies now live to grow up. As a result, half of the world is already below the long-term replacement level.



Related: Elon Musk Just Exposed The Oil Oligarchy’s Control Over Mainstream Media In Epic Rant

Concerns over ‘peak oil’ have also been in and out of vogue over recent decades. Driven by the theory that the world would run out of oil, the reality is that rather than resource depletion, scarcity has been the result of geopolitical disruption.

The Club of Rome, an Italian-based think tank established in 1965, investigated resource scarcity in their highly influential book The Limits to Growth. Using computer modelling, they forecast apocalyptic economic and environmental disaster.

Ironically, it has now become clear that, contrary to what they were predicting, the best way to improve humanity and the environment is through more growth, not less.

As countries improve their living standards, so too they improve social, economic and environmental wellbeing. It is the resourcefulness of free markets to innovate and maximise the efficient use of resources that results in a progressive improvement in living standards.

What is also bizarre is that while in the 1970s climate computer models predicted that the burning of fossil fuels would trigger another ice age, nowadays they are claiming the exact opposite – that the burning of fossil fuels will cause the planet to dangerously overheat.

This contradiction has not stopped our politicians – with fossil fuels identified as the villain, their policy response of an increasing carbon levy, has effectively imposed socialist state control over all economic activity.



Related: NASA Confirms: Sea Levels Have Been Falling Across The Planet For Two Years - Media Silent & Dr. Tim Ball Crushes Climate Change: The Biggest Deception in History

When the Prime Minister and Climate Change Minister introduced their Zero Carbon Act last year, they boasted about imposing the harshest restrictions on carbon emissions of any country in the world.

Then last month, they amended the Emissions Trading Scheme to cap carbon emissions, causing the price of carbon to jump from around $25 a tonne to $33.

At $25, New Zealanders were paying an ETS levy of around 4c for every litre of petrol they bought. At $33, the levy is now around 7 cents a litre, and at $35, it will be around 9c a litre. Such price hikes will flow right through the economy, increasing the cost of living.

The Climate Change Minister expects carbon prices will go much higher.

Meanwhile the carbon price rise has had a major impact on vegetable affordability, especially tomatoes.

With hothouses no longer economical in some areas, local growers are being forced to close. As a result, New Zealanders will see an increase in produce imported from countries with no carbon costs.

With the 2015 Paris Agreement on Climate Change specifying that measures introduced to enable countries to meet their carbon targets must not reduce food production, Minister Shaw is clearly breaking the rules.



Related: In Socialist Theocracy, Getting ‘Woke’ Brings Absolution

Governments can only get away with imposing socialist control under the guise of climate change because of their scaremongering.

By endlessly claiming that burning fossil fuels is causing dangerous global warming, they promote renewable energy as the only sustainable alternative.

In a controversial new film, Planet of the Humans, which climate activists have tried to ban, filmmaker Michael Moore provides a devastating indictment of the renewable energy scam, explaining it is not clean, green, nor sustainable, but is more destructive than the energy sources it seeks to replace.  

The film shows how wind, solar and biofuel projects destroy wildlife habitats, rare and endangered species, and millions of acres of forests, deserts and grasslands.

It exposes bogus claims about the benefits of renewable energy and explains that electricity for a small city of 50,000 households requires 15 square miles of solar panels, along with wind turbines, and a huge array of batteries – or a coal or gas power plant – for nights and cloudy days.

Paul Driessen, a senior policy analyst for the Committee For A Constructive Tomorrow, reviewed the film and describes the turbines:


“Each one is comprised of nearly 5,000,000 pounds of concrete, steel, aluminum, copper, plastic, cobalt, rare earths, fiberglass and other materials.

Every step in the mining, processing, manufacturing, transportation, installation, maintenance and (20 years later) removal process requires fossil fuels. It bears repeating: wind and sun are renewable and sustainable; harnessing them for energy to benefit mankind absolutely is not.”



Related: New Zealand’s Reputation Stained By Corruption - Case In Point: The Turitea Wind Farm

While some of the film’s conclusions are questionable, Michael Moore raises concerns about the merits of alternative energy that alarmists have conveniently ignored:


“We’re basically being fed a lie.” Maybe we’d be “better off just burning fossil fuels in the first place,”
than doing all of this.

Although dissenting voices are not yet dominating the debate about climate alarmism, there is enough concern for political leaders to stop the headlong rush into policy extremism and exercise some common sense judgement.

With New Zealand already struggling to recover from the harsh lockdown, the last thing this country needs is climate policy based on scaremongering to undermine our fragile economic recovery.


Related Articles:

Global Warming Alarmists Caught Doctoring '97-Percent Consensus' Claims

Coronavirus: New Zealand's Dangerous Political Vacuum & Health Experts Feel Censored Over Alternative Lockdown Plan

China’s Massive Amount Of Immunotoxic 5G Networking And The Wuhan Coronavirus: The Emperor’s New Virus

Manufactured Pandemic? Testing People For Any Strain Of A Coronavirus, Not Specifically For COVID-19 & An Open Letter To The New Zealand Police In A Time Of Covid-19

Brainwashing And The New Vocabulary: 12 Words & Phrases We Never Want To Hear Again & Just Like 9/11 Did, COVID-19 Is Shifting Human Consciousness In A Major Way

Fauci Knew About HCQ In 2005 - Nobody Needed To Die & Criminal Big Pharma Put In Charge Of COVID-19 Vaccine

Regarding Covid-19: Where Did Commonsense And #8 Wire Savvy Go? & Shelter In Place Is Weakening The Immune Systems Of Everyone Who Complies

Trump Halts WHO Funding, Accuses Health Body Of Conspiring With China To ‘Cover Up’ Covid-19 Outbreak & Covid World Order: Meet The Mob #2. “Doctor” WHO

Michael J. Burry (The Weird Genius In The Movie “The Big Short”): “End The Lockdown” & Bill Gates Calls For A “Digital Certificate” To Identify Who Received COVID-19 Vaccine + AG Barr ‘Very Concerned’ Over Bill Gates’ ‘Digital Vaccine Certificates,’ Calls Lockdown Measures ‘Draconian,’ Wants Gone By May



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Don’t Be Caught Out By ‘The Trick'
January 28 2025 | From: PhiBetaIota / Various

Anti-Zionism is not anti-semitism. An open letter to News Editors, journalists and Members of Parliament
.



In August 2002 former Israeli Minister of Education Shulamit Aloni was interviewed on the radio and television program Democracy Now.

Related: New Zealand False Flag By Zionist Israel With Police & Freemason Complicity

Israeli minister called accusation of “anti-Semitism” a “trick” to silence criticism of Israel

During the interview, she was asked:

Question: Often when there is dissent expressed in the United States against policies of the Israeli government, people here are called anti-Semitic. What is your response to that as an Israeli Jew?

Shulamit Aloni replied:


“Well, it’s a trick, we always use it. When from Europe somebody is criticizing Israel, then we bring up the Holocaust. When in this country people are criticizing Israel, then they are anti-Semitic.

And the organization is strong, and has a lot of money, and the ties between Israel and the American Jewish establishment are very strong and they are strong in this country, as you know.

And they have power, which is okay. They are talented people and they have power and money, and the media and other things, and their attitude is “Israel, my country right or wrong,” identification.

And they are not ready to hear criticism.

And it’s very easy to blame people who criticize certain acts of the Israeli government as anti-Semitic, and to bring up the Holocaust, and the suffering of the Jewish people, and that is to justify everything we do to the Palestinians.”

In New Zealand as with other Western countries “the trick” is used to silence criticism of Israel.

People such as newspaper editors, journalists and members of parliament are intensely pressured whenever they speak out against Israel’s brutal military occupation and apartheid policies towards Palestinians.

In New Zealand the pressure comes from groups like the Jewish Council, the Israel Institute, the Israel Parliamentary Friendship Group and the Israeli embassy.

Pressure from “the trick” helps silence criticism and good people end up making excuses for Israel’s murderous policies by blaming the Palestinian victims.

It’s an appalling inversion of truth and justice that leaves the public confused and gives the green light for Israel to continue its ruthless attacks on Palestinians who resist the occupation and fight for self-determination.



Related: Core Edicts Of The Khazarian Zionist Mafia Top Command (Part III)

Yes, there is genuine anti-Semitism in New Zealand and around the world and all of us must stand side by side with the Jewish community to fight it whenever it rears its ugly head.

However, using one monstrous evil – the Nazi genocide of European Jews in the 1930s and 1940s – to look the other way or back off criticism of another evil is cowardly and inexcusable.

Don’t be caught out by “the trick”.


Related Articles:

The Growing Anti-Semitism Scam

Understanding "Jewish" [Khazarian Zionist] Power

Zionists On Tape: “We Control America”

Why Confronting Israel Is Important: The Jewish State Is No Friend

Khazarians Then, Khazarians Now

The Khazarian Mafia’s System Of Cartels

The Khazarian Bankster Cult That Hijacked The World & Worthless Pieces Of Paper - Interest On Fake Money Is Confiscating Your Freedom

Israeli-born Gilad Atzmon Says the Criminal State of Israel Is Driving the World to War

Alain Soral Sentenced to 2 Years Jail for Sharing “Gilets-Jaunes” Anti-Rothschild Rap Video

Apparently, the Zionist Lobby now Controls the British and French Judiciary

Majestic 12 / Q: Israel is Over

Jews Are Feeling Guilty: They Should Be. Their Influence Has Been Cancerous to America

Israel's PM formally charged in corruption scandal

52 Zionist Strikes (Zionism is Not Judaism)

Jacob Cohen explains the Sayanim (Mossad's volunteer agents)

Zionist Trick (Video 1:21) Anti-Semitic: “Its a trick we always use it“ – Former Israeli Minister Shulamit Aloni


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
The Rothschild’s Global Crime Syndicate And How It Works
January 27 2025 | From: TheMilleniumReport / Various

Rothschild’s Crime Construct Part One.



Debt is their control Mechanism. Their power goes far beyond the Banking Empire. War is their most profitable business. Countries and individuals turned into corporations. The world is ruled from three independent sovereign states. Debt must first be created before being able to create debt money. The Rothschilds have infiltrated royalty and aristocracy through breeding.


Related: The Rothschild Bloodline: Financial Wizards & Wealthy Cults

The Rothschilds are the owners of the entire financial system

. The Rothschilds descend from Mayer Amschel Bauer who changed his name to Rothschild, derived from the Red Shields – Rotes Schild – of his house in Frankfurt/am M – Germany.

He established his international banking business by deploying his five sons, who set up shop in London, Paris, Frankfurt, Vienna, and Naples. The family was deceitfully elevated to the status of nobility in the Holy Roman Empire and the United Kingdom.

Behind the scenes, the Rothschild dynasty is unquestionably the most powerful bloodline on Earth and their estimated wealth exceeds $500 trillion. They own the entire financial system.

This mind-blowing scope of control functions as follows; The Rothschilds sit at the top of their pyramid-structured organisation, literally running the entire financial world with about eight thousand selected members.

Although it is difficult to fully investigate and verify, Rothschild may share his ultimate power with the House of Saud and the Soros family, and on lower levels with some other banking families, as will be explained later.



Related: George Soros Could Not Subvert Europe Without Washington’s Approval & Rothschild – Soros – McCain Connection To The Real #Russiagate Scandal

The Rothschilds have set up the world’s financial institutions making sure they literally receive 90% of the generated interest paid by the populace at large.

These criminals are Luciferians while on the surface, for easier public consumption, they have dubbed their religion Zionism. In truth, they worship Lucifer, which includes satanic ritual abuse, including paedophilia and the sacrifice of children.

The Rothschilds are headquartered in the Babylon-BIS-Tower in Basel

On the second echelon of the power structure, sits Rothschild’s fully owned BIS – Bank of International Settlement established in 1931 in the Netherlands.

Headquartered in Basel -Switzerland, and is recognised by all counties as being the top bank of all financial institutions in the world. Every Central Bank is a member of the BIS-bank. They have a civil organisation agreement for total immunity, and enjoy immunity from all worldly laws and rules, so no one can attack them.

Basel, where the Babylon style BIS-Tower is located was the location where the Nazis, during WW2 met to trade the stolen Jewish gold. The BIS issues instructions to all other financial institutions across the entire globe.



Related: Meet The Secretive Group That Runs The World

On the third echelon, directly below the BIS are the Rothschild-owned IMF – International Monetary Fund – and World Bank. The IRS and similar tax-collecting agencies in other countries, are structured as a foreign, private corporation of the IMF and forms the private “army” of the Federal Reserve – Fed – and all other Central Banks.

The main objective is to make sure the people pay their taxes and always remain useful slaves. Their sole devotion is to enslave entire countries and their populaces through their criminal debt money system.


Debt is Their Control Mechanism

By bailing-out countries after having intentionally manipulated them into debt and subsequently pretending to help them by calculating their maximum levels of debt, they make sure the debt can never be repaid, to keep them slavery bound.

This strengthens their hold/control on these countries as they pay them back through slave labour, while they additionally plunder all of their resources.

They blackmail the heads of these nations through various operations such as child sex trafficking, organ harvesting, and paedophilia, making sure all countries are fully integrated as hopeless slaves to their financial system, from which no escape is possible.




Related: Central Banking Exposed: Central Banks Only Care About Debt, Profit And Control

There are two Megabanks that offer loans to all countries around the planet, the World Bank and the IMF. The first one is jointly owned by the world’s top banking families, with the Rothschilds at the very top, being the main shareholder, while the second one is privately owned by the Rothschilds alone.

These two Megabanks offer loans to “developing countries” and use their almost impossible-to-pay-back interests to get their hands on the real wealth, namely land, mineral resources and precious metals.

The fourth echelon explained below, are almost all the central banks in the world that are similarly owned by the Rothschild family. To name but a few, these are the central Bank of England in the City of London, the Vatican Bank in Rome, and the Federal reserve in Washington DC, and the European Central Bank – the ECB in Frankfurt am/M.

While the central bank in London manipulates the gold price every day. The City of London, the Vatican in Rome and Washington DC are recognised as free states, to assure their immunity from literally everyone.

Consequently, all employees, of the established banking institutions are immune to prosecution and oversight.


Their Power Goes far Beyond the Banking Empire

The fifth echelon holds the regular banks and the stock markets, these form the executive branch of the debt system with their interest rate manipulation.



Related: The Great Transition: The Shadow Ruling Force Behind The Central Banks Secrecy Is Repugnant In A Free And Open Society

The true power of the Rothschilds goes far beyond the Banking Empire, they have also been behind all wars since Napoleon’s Waterloo war.

That’s when Nathan Rothschild, during the Battle of Waterloo in 1815, manipulated the stock market to purchase and pay for England. He discovered also how profitable it is to finance both sides of a war they’ve been doing that ever since.

Nathan found himself with an increase in wealth of 6,500 times more than what he had previously owned after his engineered stock market crash of 1815. In essence, he robbed Britain blind, and he became, for all accounts and purposes, the owner of most of England.

From that point forward his family, with more wealth than they could have ever dreamed of, became an influential player in governments, and they steered policy decisions going forward, by bribing and paying politicians from that time onward.

 It also bears noting that this scheme by Rothschild was historically important for another reason: It showed how ‘fabricating‘ a disaster could lead to massive financial gains.



Related: An Illustrated History Of The House Of Rothschild: 1743 - 2006 & The Illuminati Grand Plan


War is Their Most Profitable Business

And that also is the reason why the world still finds itself in the intertwined in endless wars, because it is very, very profitable to the Rothschilds and their parasite bankster bloodlines. And for as long as their debt money is used, the world will never know peace.

The Rothschilds and their banking cartel have funded both sides of virtually every war since that date in 1815 – wars initiated by their paid agents in government in cahoots with the military and intelligence agencies, have all been manipulated into existence.

This has cost the lives of at least hundreds of millions – 75 million in WW 1 and 2 alone, allowing the cabal to control governments and people through debt payments of the loans provided.

When the wars eventually devastate countries, the cabal banking cartel lends more money to rebuild them – the interest payment for these extended loans, ensures they will remain slaves to the cabal.

As the cabal also owns the defence companies, they also sell all weaponry, accumulating huge profits, requiring yet more loans to governments. If the Deep State didn’t want wars, there would be none.



Related: For ANZAC Day: All Wars Are Bankers' Wars


Countries and Individuals Have Been Turned Into Corporations

Beyond these atrocities, it may be shocking for many to find out that each country and each individual has been turned into a corporation that is ruled from abroad.

The construction is too complicated to be explained in a few words, but important to note is that the exploitation rights of these deceitfully created corporations are controlled by the British Crown and the Vatican within this organisation.

On a more practical note: All US Presidents, except for Donald Trump were cabal-appointed CEOs and their business is to make money for the British Crown and the Vatican, who take their share of the profits every year.


The World is Ruled from Three Independent Sovereign States

The British Crown covertly rules the world from the 677-acre – 2,7KM2, independent sovereign state, known as The City of London. This other Crown is comprised of a committee of 12 banks, headed by the Bank of England, controlled by the Rothschilds.

In 1815 after he had bought and paid for England, Nathan Mayer Rothschild made the following statement:


I care not what puppet is placed upon the throne of England to rule the Empire on which the sun never sets. The man who controls Britain’s money supply controls the British Empire, and I control the British money supply.”

The House of Rothschild is really at the top of the pyramid of power. They are behind the push to force onto the people of the world, a New World Order, hereby actively pushing towards complete and utter domination of the entire world.

They are behind the European Union, the Euro and the ECB. They also are behind the idea of a North American Union and the ‘Amero’ currency to become the new currency for the whole of the American continent.

They control all of the world’s secret services, including CIA, MI-5, MI-6 and Mossad, while their private army is NATO and their private government is the UN.



Related: The Crown Of England Is Owned And Operated By The Vatican


Debt Must First Be Created Before Being Able to Create Debt Money

All the money in the world is based on debt; first debt must be created in order to make debt money.

This is actually a contradiction in terminus, as money is paid to settle debt, which makes real money the opposite of debt. In truth, debt cannot be used as money, except in the world controlled by the Rothschilds.

Please read this paragraph again, until you really understand how we the people are being deceived and robbed of our hard-earned money, money that is created from our valuable energy, that streams into their pockets, because the Rothschilds have equated our energy money to their worthless debt money!

Go to the bank, sign a loan contract, digitally debt is created on your side, out of nowhere. This is how they create all the money in the world that is always based on debt, and so the economy runs on debt.

The charged interest rates for the loan, say 5%, is however not created from your debt/contract, that has to come from another loan contract for which similarly no interest money has been created.

This, in essence, amounts to stealing from Peter to pay Paul. This purposely creates a shortage in the debt money supply.



Related: The Money Changers

The interest income goes from the people at the bottom of the pyramid straight to the top of the pyramid; the Rothschilds with their selected wealthy few.

These interest payments thieve from other contracts which ensures the continuation into eternity of financial shortages. To fix this, they keep piling on debt contracts on top of yet more debt contracts to cover the debt on debt on debt holes they themselves have created. 

Worldwide this sucks the real value out of people’s money and resources.
 This is what causes the global national debt to continue to grow.

Meanwhile, the interest rate income is adding capital to the highest top of the pyramid. In addition to the interest rate scam, inflation results, which is yet another theft from us the people.

And the money keeps moving straight up continuously; again, to the very top of money-scam pyramid. As a matter of fact, the interest rate charges cause most of our financial troubles.

The 6th echelon in the pyramid-hierarchy is formed by the multinational corporations. These corporations are responsible to maintain assets and/or operations.



Related: Pyramid Of Lies

But actually, in many cases they exploit resources and employees. The Rothschilds own, directly or indirectly, almost all of these multinational corporations, such as Coca Cola, Monsanto, Shell, Nestlé, DuPont, P&G, Unilever, Philips, etc.

The 7th echelon in the pyramid structure is formed by the Governments. Governments play along by paying the usage taxes, 13% of the tax money brought in, goes directly back to the privately-owned banking system. Which is corruption at it’s finest.

Finally, on the 8th echelon, at the bottom of the pyramid, are we the people, constantly feeding the Rothschild – elites at the top. We are considered to be bottom-feeders; or useless eaters and we do our part by paying 90% of the interest rate charged that is subsequently divided over the top 10% or the highest top of the pyramid.

That’s how the Rothschilds have built their wealth in excess of 500 trillion dollars, resulting from the web they have woven around us.

Their plan is to completely take over the planet and in that respect, the Rothschilds have been incredibly successful, by hiding their manipulations behind their puppet-cronies.

They control humans like puppets on strings and so they have become the wealthy rulers and dark lords of planet Earth.



Related: NWO Control System Vs. The Awakening - Which Will Win?


The Rothschilds Infiltrated Royalty and Aristocracy Through Breeding

Sumerian – Babylonian – Khazarian bloodlines, like that of the Rothschilds, have used official marriages and concubines to infiltrate royal and aristocratic families.

DNA science has torn back the curtains of time and revealed the Serpent in these people. The ones today called “Jews,” are the very disciples of the evil entity who the Bible describes as, “that old serpent, the devil.” 

From the early centuries of the first millennia, the Khazars of Eastern Europe were known as the diabolical “Serpent People,” and now, the nation of Israel has admitted that its people are indeed, the Khazars.

Many politicians, Satanists and others throughout the system are mind-controlled to ensure complete control of events. From the outside – the side the public sees – they are quite normal, but when switched, they are very different people.

The originator of this mind-control process is the Nazi ‘Angel of Death,’ Josef Mengele, who was helped to escape to the United States by the Archon bloodline networks that control American Intelligence and the Roman Church.



Related: Babylonian Money Magic & How Modern "Commercial Law" Is Based On Ancient Babylonian Codes

They wanted the ‘camp doctor’ at Auschwitz, to continue his sickening genetic and mind-control research that he had conducted on Jewish children in the concentration camps.

National Borders don’t matter to the Archon Crime Cabal – they are one ‘global family’.

Rothschild, one of the main agents of the Khazarian – Archon bloodline, discovered the basic principle of power, influence, and control over people as applied to economics.

That currency or deposit loan accounts had the required façade of power that could be used to induce people into surrendering their real wealth in exchange for a promise of greater wealth – as opposed to real compensation.

People would put up real collateral in exchange for a loan of promissory notes. – On the principle:


“When you assume the appearance of power, people soon give it to you.”

Money – whether it’s a tangible piece of paper or a number on a screen – is intrinsically worthless, yet it fuels the modern world.

The ultimate control of money rests with the private cartel of central bankers, the Federal Reserve System, ECB, BoJ, BoE, etc.

Because of this, it is detrimental for citizens and it is extremely important to understand how this shadowy – private – organization works and how it’s ultimate goal is to forever enslave us in a descending pit of debt that we will never be able to crawl out of.

In order to better understand the importance of GOLD, its history, its significance to the crime cabal, its workings, and the massive fraud foisted upon us, it is important to understand Gold’s dominant role.



Related: Central Bank Issues Stunning Warning: "If The Entire System Collapses, Gold Will Be Needed To Start Over" & If You Borrow Money From The Bank, It Holds A Grip (‘Death Pledge’) Over You

Phillip Eugene de Rothschild, one of the millions of unofficial offspring of the family had a detailed correspondence with David Icke in which he explains the hierarchy of the Crime Cabal:

At the forefront are the royal families of Europe… Prince Philip… is the leading biological descendent of the ‘Reptilians’ as David Icke calls them.

Immediately below him are the males of my family line (Rothschilds) like court of ministers in charge of logistics and operations. The current monarchs of The Netherlands, Spain, Denmark, and some other old Austrian nobility (Habsburgs) are next in line of this occult power conspiracy.

How many more children and human beings need to suffer before humanity grows up and faces the reality and sheer evil of the force that controls them and their reality?

The British royal family, like all the royal bloodlines of Europe, are instituted on Satanism, paedophilia, and the manipulation of occult knowledge for deeply malevolent practices, that ends in league with the ‘dark suits’ expressions of the bloodlines in politics, banking, corporations and the media.



Related: The British Empire Is Un-Masked, But Desperate

They are all part of or involved in this gigantic web of paedophilia, Satanism, drug-running, and murder. The sick and depraved world of the Archon bloodlines, commonly referred to as Elites.

This entire mess we are in is the result of power, greed and criminality at the highest levels of the Church and the worlds’ governments.

The Vatican, CIA, and this Criminal Construct has not only taken control of our monetary system since its inception, but they believe they have been granted their power via Satanic worship and rites, during which they rape, torture and murder children, hence the term “Money Magic”, the creation of money out of thin air.

According to their belief system, they are granted the power to create the fraudulent money by their evil masters in exchange for them enslaving humanity and helping to create hell on earth.

We must figure out how to reject the system they have woven around us, to regain our freedom.



Related: The Connection Between 9/11, JFK And The Global Collateral Accounts

An increasing number of people are waking up to the fact that 99% of the Earth’s population is controlled by an elite 1% – but did you know that one family, the Rothschilds, rules everything, even the 1% top elites?

There is more to follow: Please share this information with everyone you know. If sufficient more people are awake, we’ll win this battle, our children and grandchildren will be grateful for your help.

To be continued…


Related Articles:

Judge Implicates Rothschild Family Partners In Elitist Sex Cult

Rothschild’s Greater Israel Plan Is Effectively Defeated

The Truth Is Out: Last Chapter Of The Rothschild Khazarian Mafia?

Hillary Clinton’s Relationship With The Rothschild / Rockefeller Establishment Is Now On Full Display

The Top Of The Pyramid: The Rothschilds, The Vatican And The British Crown Rule World



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

WaterGate Was PedoGate; 70% Of Top US Officials Compromised
January 26 2025 | From: Geopolitics / Various

The June 1972 break-in of the Democratic National Committee headquarters led to the resignation of US President Nixon in 1974, after his supposed role in the conspiracy to cover up.



But what was he “covering up,” really?

Related: Trump, Watergate, Nixon, Rockefeller: The Real Lesson & Deep State CEO Obama Running Black Ops To Undermine Trump & Alt-Media

Eyes Wide Open: An Australian Experience of CIA Child Trafficking.

Billy Grahan with Richard Nixon

Related: Media Covers Up Major Pedophile Sentencing


"The Watergate break-in was strictly based on one thing – the pedophile records that were being kept at the Democratic National Headquarters."


- Det. James Rothstein, NYPD, Retired

In October 2016, I presented at a Trauma and Dissociation conference in Seattle, USA. Following my talk, one attendee approached me in the hotel lobby where my fellow presenters sat at their merchandise stalls.

“All this!” she shouted while sweeping her arm across the sideshow alley of over-priced books, stickers and fridge magnets, “All this – is shit! You have the real stuff! Where’s your book?!” Tears welled in her eyes. “Write a book! Please write a book!”

Yes, I have the real stuff. I’m not some arrogant academic pretending to understand what it’s like to be a victim of the most heinous crimes.

I lived it. I spent my developmental years trapped in a mind control labyrinth.

I then spent my adult years navigating a way out. I eventually achieved what few victims have, true integration. I may therefore declare with authority what does and does not work.



Related: Major Satanic Ritual Abuse / Paedophile Network Exposed In Australia

I prefer the term ‘victim’ to ‘survivor’ because the latter implies my ordeal is over. My ordeal will likely never end. As Dr Reina Michaelson warned, “Fiona, I think this is a life sentence.”

I serve a life sentence for crimes committed against me, with the full knowledge and blessing of the Australian government.

I am constantly harassed by police, paid agitators, pedophile payroll academics and journalists, DID sleeper cells, perpetrator relatives, fake victims, fake advocates, professional social media trolls, and retired intelligence community thugs hired to do the dirty work of the VIP pedophiles who dare not overtly attack me since that would attract media attention to their role in the international child trafficking operation.

Recovery from extreme abuse begins with realising the true nature and extent of international child trafficking. In 2015, a certain journalist wrote favourable articles about me concerning my Sydney press conference.



Related: MP Nick Smith Hires Lawyer To Silence Child Abuse Ring Rumours

I subsequently phoned and asked him to investigate and publish my full story. If only one mainstream journalist published my testimony against Antony Kidman, I reasoned, it would blow the international child trafficking network wide open.

During this call, he relayed a conversation he once had with “a couple of spooks” who told him that all senior politicians are pedophiles because that is how they are controlled. He asked me if that was my story.

“That’s exactly right. That’s consistent with my experience,” I tried to contain my excitement. “The mainstream media has long documented the CIA’s involvement in drugs and weapons trafficking, right?”

He agreed, noting there had just been another story about that in the mainstream press.


"Well then, is it so hard to imagine they are also involved in trafficking children – which is far more lucrative than guns and drugs? ASIO and the CIA work together to traffic children between Australia and America. They’re the ones who trafficked me.”

The journalist promised to consider my request, bearing in mind he had a young family and publishing my story would surely place them at risk.



Related: The Luciferian Vatican Empire Is Imploding & As Many As 8 Million Children Are Kidnapped And Trafficked
Into Sex Slavery Every Year By Global Pedophile Networks – Of Which Many Politicians Are Members


But he never got back to me. A short time later, he suddenly developed a rare and aggressive form of cancer. I called him, expressed my condolences, and we chatted for a bit.

At the end of the conversation, I mentioned I was considering writing a book. I asked him to clarify and elaborate on what he told me of his encounter with the “spooks”.

“I never said that,” he bluntly asserted.

I sighed in resignation… It was over. There went my last chance at breaking into the mainstream media. There went years of building rapport and credibility with mainstream journalists.

Years of investigating other abuse cases and passing my findings on to television and newspapers.

Years of driving journalists around the district to meet the victims themselves. Years of results in other cases. The Gold Coast Hogtie Doctor story went international, with Neville Davis being permanently banned from practising medicine in Australia (although, that doesn’t stop him setting up shop in Thailand).



Related: Australia: A New Church Pedophile Scandal Erupts & Vatican's 3rd Most Powerful Figure, Cardinal Pell,
Charged With Multiple Sex Assaults


Gary Willis’ 20-year child abuse spree ended with a permanent ban on his teaching for the NSW education department (although, that didn’t stop him from working for Education Queensland, at Tallebudgera Primary School).

And NSW police were forced to do a mop up investigation of Daruk Boys Home after sensational headlines about a victim having his penis cut off went global (although, they left out the bit where Daruk boys were trafficked to VIP pedophiles at Kings Cross child brothels).

I had come so close. My 2015 press conference was statistically the most popular story on the Sydney Morning Herald website that day, even though their computer technicians refused to list it as the most viewed article.

The USA National Inquirer intended to run a front-page story about Antony Kidman being a pedophile, until they received a vicious letter from Nicole’s lawyers.

A journalist and her photographer husband flew up from Sydney to interview me for a major Australian magazine – until Nicole, who had lucrative contracts with Sydney’s media outlets, took a “Scientology approach to managing” me.



Related: Scientology Documentary: Mysterious Deaths - Real Stories

Finally, a UK journalist travelled around the country interviewing me and two other victims of Antony Kidman for the Daily Mail Online, until one of the victims (whose parents were Antony Kidman’s personal friends), was threatened and subsequently withdrew last minute.

Despite everything the pedophile network threw at me, my story still got out there, such that if you Google Antony Kidman’s name, the words ‘child abuse’ soon follow.

Once Nicole Kidman’s PR team shut down my mainstream media exposure, by drawing on Kidman’s lucrative contracts with every Australian media outlet, I turned to the internet. Armed with a simple meme app and a talent for lyric writing, I launched my own social media campaign.

I spent years in front of the computer, communicating with hundreds of victims and supporters, many fake, many genuine. I hit the conspiracy theory jackpot when David Icke featured an enormous photograph of me and my story on his Australian speaking tour.



Related: Nicole Kidman’s Father Dies Amid Pedophile, Child Murder Ring Allegations

My tactics worked. Online articles about Nicole Kidman, where the pubic was free to leave negative comments, were followed by streams of intelligent attacks on her orchestrated stardom.

I realised my impact when Kidman’s PR team paid a newspaper and a morning television show to feature an article tellingly titled, ‘Shame on you, Australia. Stop hating on Nicole Kidman.’

People don’t hate Nicole as an individual. They hate what the Harvey Weinstein scandal later highlighted: that Hollywood rewards something other than an ability to sing, dance or act. Hollywood rewards loyalty to their pedophile system.

But no amount of alternative media success can match a complete break into mainstream. So, I admitted defeat. I stopped posting and even checking my sites.

Days before the 2016 US Presidential Election, I received a barrage of texts from old friends asking if I was okay. People started inquiring about our family’s welfare. I had no idea what was happening.



Related: Detective Publishes Book Exposing High-Level Pedophile Ring, Shot In The Head & More

Then I checked my blog site. A spike of 100,000 views in one day stemmed from an article that activist group Anonymous published about my being trafficked to American VIPs.

They used my story to undermine Hillary Clinton’s candidacy and expose her involvement in a child sex trafficking ring. The Clinton Foundation was a front for the trafficking of children including Haiti earthquake victims.

Bill and Hillary’s trafficking network implicated her campaign chairman John Podesta. Podesta and his brother Tony were staying in a villa owned by UK politician Sir Clement Freud, near British child Madeleine McCann when she disappeared in Portugal.

Clement was Sigmund Freud’s grandson who was outed in mainstream British media as a pedophile. John and Tony Podesta perfectly matched the identikit images Scotland Yard released of Madeleine’s abductors.

Pedogate, as the scandal became known, surfaced when Wikileaks released emails from John Podesta’s account in October 2016.

The emails notably outed Hillary Clinton as a self-confessed “Molech” worshipper, and captured politicians ordering children for pedophile parties using fast-food code words.



Related: 60 Minutes Makes 'Special' On UK's VIP Paedophiles

The White House, for instance, made a massive ‘fast food’ order, contravening policy dictating all food be prepared onsite using raw ingredients to counter the security risk posed by externally prepared foods.

The trafficked kids were held in transit cellars within local Washington DC businesses, including a restaurant where a drag entertainer was caught on tape boasting about raping and killing kids.

Clean FBI and NYPD officers made multiple attempts to charge Clinton and other VIP members of the trafficking ring, but their efforts were typically thwarted by those above them in the chain of command.

Mainstream media giants launched a cover-up campaign against the leaked Podesta emails. The likes of CNN (founded by one of my pedophile rapists, Ted Turner) successfully drew the public’s attention from what was contained in the emails, to who might have leaked them and spread ‘fake news’.

Clinton herself never addressed or denied the emails contents. The emails were in fact leaked by US intelligence community staff who opposed organised pedophilia.



Related: Ben Swann Fired From CBS After Exposing D.C. Pizzagate

Mainstream journalists who reported the truth of the matter were promptly fired. Dozens of Clinton staff and associates met untimely deaths, in quick succession.

So Pedogate was discredited as ‘fake news,’ despite NBC’s June 11, 2013 televised report regarding Hillary Clinton using her position as U.S. Secretary of State to cease an investigation into child sex trafficking within the State Department.

Pedogate reached the public via social media. YouTube featured interviews with credible witnesses who testified to the existence of an international child sex trafficking operation involving US politicians and the CIA.

That was when I noticed retired NYPD Detective James Rothstein. The Pedogate ring, he explained, was the same network he investigated for 35 years.

Rothstein observed, the perpetrators were doing everything in their power to shut the Pedogate story down. He predicted the perpetrators would successfully bury it, like every other time their network was almost exposed.



Related: Corey Feldman Calls LAPD To Out Pedophiles During Dr. Oz Appearance & ‘House Of Cards’ Star Kevin
Spacey Hit With Additional Accusations Of Sexual Misconduct

Rothstein explained that the NYPD was no ordinary state police force, but a leading investigative agency with national and international offices.

Back in 1966, Rothstein became the first police detective assigned to investigate the prostitution industry. He soon discovered the underground sexual blackmail operation that compromised politicians with child prostitutes.

‘Human Compromise’ is the term he uses for this honey-trap process. Rothstein and his colleagues found that up to 70 percent of top US government leaders had been compromised. The CIA conducted the human compromise operation, while the FBI’s task was to cover it up.

James Rothstein was alerted to an identical VIP pedophile ring operating in the UK, when British Intelligence consulted him regarding the Profumo Affair. MI6 agents visited Rothstein in New York to extract what he knew about British politicians and other VIPs having sex with child prostitutes.

This was part of their effort to cover up the true pedophile nature of the Profumo scandal.



Related: Death By Hanging From A Doorknob - The Signature Of Pedophilia-Related Assassinations? Eleven People So Far - Who Knew Doorknobs Could Be So Deadly? & Pedophilia Is More Common Than You Think

Rothstein found the international pedophile rings are connected, and that their members meet at various world locations where each destination catered for a different type of degenerate sexual proclivity, including satanic themed abuse.

Rothstein and his colleagues encountered fierce resistance to the investigation and prosecution of members of the child trafficking operation.

His investigative journalist contacts at the New York Times and Washington Post could not get stories about the VIP pedophile ring printed. All police, FBI, customs and IRS officers who pursued the VIP pedophile network above street level had their careers subsequently destroyed.

Rothstein’s attempts to arrest key perpetrators were continually thwarted.

The choice example is when he served the head of the CIA’s human compromise operation, Tippy Richardson.



Related: Another Huge Vatican Linked Pedophile Ring Has Been Exposed

According to pedophile turned police informant Ben Rose, in November 1971, Tippy Richardson, businessman Leonard Stewart (from OPEC, Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries) and a surgeon named Dr Chesky, raped and murdered three boys aged 14 to 15 years in Rose’s apartment on East 64th Street in New York City.

The New York State Select Committee on Crime subsequently served subpoenas on both Tippy Richardson and Leonard Stewart. When served, Richardson said that because he worked for the CIA, the subpoena would be withdrawn under the National Security Act by the time Rothstein and his colleague returned to their offices. It was.

In 1972, Rothstein arrested one of the five Watergate burglars, CIA operative Frank Sturgis. During a subsequent two-hour interrogation, he discovered the truth about Watergate.

The burglars sought something they nicknamed “The Book” which listed the Democrat and Republican politicians who accessed child prostitutes, their sexual proclivities, the amounts they paid to rape kids, and such.

The official Watergate explanation is that the Republicans broke into Democratic National Committee Headquarters to obtain information about their election strategies.



Related: Mother Teresa’s Order Has Been Caught Trafficking Babies In India

People who lived through Watergate typically comment with a frown, “that never made sense.”

Rothstein’s experiences make better sense of why Nixon conspired to quash the Watergate investigation, why he suggested the investigation posed a threat to national security, why his personal secretary destroyed Oval Office tape recordings after they were subpoenaed, and why his own Vice President issued a pardon which protected him from prosecution for any crimes he had “committed or may have committed or taken part in” as president.

If Nixon’s crimes included pedophilia, that would make perfect sense.

I am confident President Richard Nixon and his good buddy ‘the Reverend’ Billy Graham were named in the Watergate pedophile records, because I was sex trafficked to both men as a young child.

When I spoke with James Rothstein, he said he had not heard that Nixon was a pedophile, but that he certainly knew from multiple victims Reverend Billy Graham was a rampant pedophile.

Rothstein also told me that during his investigations he became aware of an identical child sex trafficking ring in Australia involving Prime Ministers’ Although he never directly investigated it himself, he said Peter Osborne who worked in Australian intelligence knew the details.



Related: Trump takes action against child trafficking foster care system, dealing huge blow to left-wing deep state pedophilia

He also confirmed that Australian politicians and other VIPs attended international child brothels.

Another voice to surface in the wake of the Pedogate scandal was Dutch banker Ronald Bernard.

Bernard shed further light on the people and system behind the international child trafficking network during a series of interviews with an Irma Schiffers.

Bernard said he worked in international finance and high-end money laundering for 12 years. There he discovered that political power does not reside with publicly elected representatives, but with the world’s 8,000 to 8,500 wealthiest individuals who exercise power behind the scenes and who routinely manipulate the media.

These people, he explained, sit at the top of a power structure that resembles a pyramid. Directly beneath them sits the Bank for International Settlements (BIS).

Below the BIS sit the IMF (International Monetary Fund) and the World Bank.



Related: UN warns Britain over child voodoo rituals, pedophile sex tourists

Below them sit the Central Banks, which are illegally created private banks which oversee the commercial banking system of their respective countries. Below these sit the multinational companies. Finally, below these sit the countries’ governments.

Bernard said the wealthiest 8,000 to 8,500 people created the BIS in 1930. Since the world’s richest individuals are too young to have helped establish the BIS 88 years ago, he must be referring to banking dynasties like the Rothschilds.

In a Chapter titled, ‘Banking and the World’s Biggest Business,’ the book Dope, Inc.: Britain’s Opium War Against the U.S. (Kalimtgis, Goldman & Stienberg, 1978) lists the Rothschilds as one of the nine family dynasties responsible for the modern drug industry which, they assert, “is run as a single integrated world operation, from the opium poppy to the nickel bag of heroin sold on an inner-city corner.”

The current global drug trade was established by the British Crown during the Opium Wars, when P&O steam lines were founded to transport the drugs, the HSBC bank was established to launder the proceeds, and the ‘court Jews’ (Rothschilds) were employed to financially manage the operation. Apparently, little has changed, and the same operation has simply been expanded.


Illegal Immigrant Bought Baby for $80 in Guatemala to Get Priority Release in US





Related:
Pizzagate

There must have been some truth to the content of Dope Inc. because its revelations resulted in the HSBC bank losing its license to operate in the USA.

The book also inspired law enforcement officials to swap their assumption that drug trafficking consisted of pockets of independent criminal activity, for the fact it is a global network coordinated by the CIA, with proceeds laundered through banks and funneled into the CIA’s covert, terrorist operations.

This is the very system Ronald Bernard described. He said his own laundering operation dealt with governments, multinationals, terrorist organisations, and secret services.

Secret service agencies, he specified, do not serve and protect a people or country as the public expect. Instead, they are all criminal organizations that trade in drugs, weapons, and children.

According to Bernard, the wealthy elites controlled their employees by compromising and blackmailing them – just like James Rothstein said.


"The best way to understand the child trafficking industry is to trace the history of the drug trafficking industry.

As you read Dope Inc., cross out each occurrence of the word ‘drugs’ and replace it with the word ‘kids’ – this will give you a picture of the child trafficking network that victimised me.

Like the drug trade, 
the child sex trafficking industry is run by the very same people as a single integrated world operation."



Related: Rampant Child Porn Sharing Discovered On Pentagon Computers – Hundreds of Employees Implicated

At the top of this sit the wealthy elite who maintain control by ensuring only blackmailed, compromised politicians, military brass, and government officials occupy leadership.

The secret services, including ASIO, the CIA and British Intelligence, coordinate the child trafficking and human compromise operation, receive the victims procured via the little men, train these into suitable assets, and transport the victims nationally and internationally to service VIP pedophiles.

Australia is in the process of two federal investigations, the Royal Commission into Institutional Responses to Child Abuse, and the Royal Commission into Misconduct in the Banking, Superannuation and Financial Services Industry.

Only one of these investigations has shed any light on the global child trafficking network I personally reported to the Child Abuse Royal Commission.

On 5 April 2018, the newly appointed head of AUSTRC (Australian Transaction Reports and Analysis Centre) told the ABC news:


"I thought coming from the Australian Criminal Intelligence Commission that I had a pretty good handle on serious and organised crime side. I didn’t appreciate the depth and breadth of involvement with private entities and banks.

I didn’t appreciate how many industries it does actually touch.

There’s a misperception that money laundering is a victimless white-collar crime that’s probably just looking at tax avoidance – and it’s not.

It’s criminal entities using financial institutions here and nationally to move criminal funds around our country and our financial system overseas and it has a massive impact on everyday life; whether that’s child exploitation, serious and organised crime, drug importation – it all involves money laundering."




Related: Roseanne Barr Hints At Child Sex Trafficking Bombshell: ‘Trump Knows… Lots of People Will Become Woke As F*ck This Week’

Australia’s Commonwealth Bank was subsequently fined 700 million dollars for near 54,000 breaches of anti-money laundering and anti-terrorism financing laws, including the laundering of proceeds from child sex trafficking, and the channeling of funds into overseas terrorist organisations.

So, my very own bank, which wooed my kiddie custom with a green tin money box painted to resemble a building, simultaneously facilitated my child abuse.

An excerpt from a work in progress: EYES WIDE OPEN – An Australian Experience of CIA Child Trafficking by Fiona Barnett.

In short, the late US President Richard Nixon was probably looking for evidence of malfeasance by the high ranking Democratic Party leadership, and as a retaliation, was made the ultimate fall guy in order to save the organization from falling.

His fall from grace was a compromise between a JFK-like assassination and an early retirement.

Meanwhile, the conviction of the Vatican Treasurer Cardinal Pell, an Australian pedophile touted to be the handler of the incumbent White Pope Bergoglio, and the mass resignations of the bankers in 2012, which culminated in the unprecedented resignation of Pope Benedict in 2013, are proof enough that the Oligarchy Criminal Cabal has been experiencing a massive crackdown in its globalized Satanic operations.



Related: Kevin Spacey’s ‘Let Me Be Frank’: Is This Madness Or Is There A Deeper Meaning? & Adding P To LGBT

This means that the takedown of Jeffrey Epstein could be the watershed event for more takedowns in the near future if the current US government is working in earnest for the benefit of We, the People.

All we need to do now is to stay with the present course, inform as much people as we can, that all is not lost about our humanity afterall. Reject negativity in all forms of discourse, that’s part of their favorite staple to smear the messenger rather than the message.


Related Articles:

How Mexico Treats Journalists Who Expose Government-Commercial Pedophilia Networks - Coming Soon to the USA?

Gender studies professor: Women who believe men can’t become women are like white supremacists

Thoughtcrime: Mario Lopez Forced to Apologize For Comments About Transgender Kids

Precedents for Pizzagate

Did General Mike Flynn Sting Obama-Clinton-Mormon Child Trafficking to Turkey? Are White Babies from Polygamous Utah Mormons the Premium Pedophilia Product?

Whole Foods sponsors Drag Queen Story Hour to indoctrinate children with perversion, pedophilia and transgenderism

Australia Goes On Assault Spree Against Free Press

China’s Big Brother Social Control Goes To Australia & New Zealand Prime Minister, French President Head
Anti-Online Extremism Summit In Paris

The Stolen History Of Australia And New Zealand


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
A Textbook Case Of Treason + Trump: A Threat To The Deep State [ Historical But Relevant ]
February 21 2023 | From: Zerohedge / TranceFormation / a / Various

“A nation can survive its fools, and even the ambitious. But it cannot survive treason from within. An enemy at the gates is less formidable, for he is known and carries his banner openly.



But the traitor moves amongst those within the gate freely, his sly whispers rustling through all the alleys, heard in the very halls of government itself.” - Marcus Tullius Cicero

Related: Understanding Trump’s United Nations Appearance – He Was Speaking To America, Scorning The Cabal Servants In The Room

The Transition Integrity Project (TIP) is a shadowy group of government, military and media elites who have concocted a plan to spread mayhem and disinformation following the November 3 presidential elections.

The strategy takes advantage of the presumed delay in determining the winner of the upcoming election, (due to the deluge of mail-in votes.)

The interim period is expected to intensify partisan warfare creating the perfect environment for disseminating propaganda and inciting street violence.

The leaders of TIP believe that a mass mobilization will help them to achieve what Russiagate could not, that is, the removal Donald Trump via an illicit coup conjured up by behind-the-scenes powerbrokers and their Democrat allies.

Here’s a little more background from an article by Chris Farrell at the Gatestone Institute:


"In one of the greatest public disinformation campaigns in American history - the Left and their NeverTrumper allies (under the nom de guerre: “Transition Integrity Project”) released a 22-page report in August 2020 “war gaming” four election crisis scenarios:...

The outcome of each TIP scenario results in street violence and political impasse.

... Is it possible that the leadership of the American Left, along with their NeverTrumper allies, are busy talking themselves into advocating and promoting street violence as a response to a presidential election?

The answer is: Yes…. expect violence in the aftermath of the election, because now that is the new ‘normal.”

Farrell is right. As we can see from the many articles that have recently popped up in the media, the American people are being prepared for a contested election that will fuel public anxiety and revolt.

This all fits with the overall strategy of the TIP.

Selected journalists will be used to provide bits of information that serve the interests of the group while the people will be told to expect a long and drawn-out constitutional crisis.




Judicial Watch Statement on the Acquittal of President Donald Trump

(Washington, DC) – Judicial Watch President Tom Fitton made the following statement regarding the Senate’s vote to acquit President Donald Trump:




"Congratulations to President Trump on the overwhelming vote by the U.S. Senate to acquit him and reject the baseless impeachment charges against him.

Thankfully, the U.S. Senate rejected this act of tyranny by the Pelosi-Schiff coup cabal that controls the House of Representatives. Today is “Vindication Day” for the President, the rule of law and the Constitution.

Senate Majority Leader McConnell and the President’s defense team deserve thanks for limiting the damage to our Republic by successfully combating efforts to expand the trial to further abuse President Trump and the rule of law.

There must be accountability for this unprecedented abuse of power that targeted not only President Trump, but the Constitution. We have little doubt the President’s opponents will corruptly continue to abuse and harass him.

That’s why Judicial Watch will continue to investigate and pursue its dozens of lawsuits on the Biden-Ukraine scandal, details about Schiff’s misconduct as well the illegal spying on President Trump and other innocent Americans.”


Related Articles:

Senate Acquits Trump on Both Articles of Impeachment

Impeachment's Big Fail: No Proof of Trump 2020 Motive

More Officials May Be Ousted After Trump’s Acquittal, Says Kellyanne Conway





Meanwhile, the media, the Democrat leadership, trusted elites and elements in the Intelligence Community will put pressure on Trump to step down while firing up their political base to take to the streets.

TIP’s 22-page manifesto makes it clear that mass mobilization will be key to any electoral victory. Here’s an excerpt from the text:


“A show of numbers in the streets-and actions in the streets-may be decisive factors in determining what the public perceives as a just and legitimate outcome.” 

- (“Preventing a Disrupted Presidential Election and Transition” - The Transition Integrity Project)

In other words, the authors fully support demonstrations and political upheaval to achieve their goal of removing Trump.

Clearly, this scorched earth approach did not originate with Joe Biden, but with the cynical and bloodthirsty puppetmasters who operate behind the curtain and who will do anything to advance their agenda.

This is a full-blown color revolution authored and supported by the same oligarchs and deep-state honchoes that have opposed Trump from the very beginning.

They’re not going to back down or call off the dogs until the job is done and Trump is gone. And when the dust settles, Trump will [NOT] likely be charged, tried, sentenced and imprisoned.



Related: 'Trump Was Right': Evidence Of The Corrupt FBI (Cabal) Mission To Take Trump Down

His fortune will be seized, his family will be financially ruined, and his closest advisors and allies will be prosecuted on fabricated charges.

There’s not going to be a “graceful transition” of power if Trump loses. He will face the full wrath of the scheming mandarins he has frustrated for the last 4 years.

These are the men who applauded when Saddam and Ghaddafi were savagely butchered. Will Trump face the same fate as them?

Trump has less than one month to rally his supporters, draw attention to the conspiracy that has is presently underway, and figure out a way to defend himself against the coup plotters. If he is unable to derail the impending junta, his goose is cooked.

It’s worth noting, that the Transition Integrity Project (TIP) has no legal authority to meddle in the upcoming election.

They were not appointed by any congressional committee nor did any government entity approve their intrusive activities.

This is entirely a “lone wolf” operation designed to exploit loopholes in campaign laws in order to undermine public confidence in our elections and to express their unbridled hostility towards Donald Trump.




American Comeback





Related Articles:

Hitting back at the lamestream media by forcing them to question their own reporting

Donald J. Trump: Punisher Has Been Let Loose

President’s Brother Robert Trump Drops Injunction on Mary Trump

"Shut The Eff Up Forever" - Morning Show Host Slams Biden For Calling Trump "The First Racist President"

Why We Shouldn't Believe Polling About Trump





That said, their analysis will probably influence those who share their views. In the first page of their “Executive Summary” they say:


"We assess with a high degree of likelihood that November’s elections will be marked by a chaotic legal and political landscape. 

We also assess that the President Trump is likely to contest the result by both legal and extra-legal means, in an attempt to hold onto power.
” 

- (Ibid)

This short statement provides the basic justification for the group’s existence.

It presents the participants as impartial observers performing their civic duty by objectively analyzing exercises (war games?) that indicate that Trump will challenge the election results in a desperate attempt to hold on to power.

Not surprisingly, the group provides no evidence that the president would react the way they think he would.

In fact, their hypothesis seems extremely far-fetched given the fact that Trump has no militia, no private army, and very few allies among the political class, the Intelligence Community, the FBI, the military or the deep state.



Related: Spygate: Trump Holds All the Cards In This Game + Insider Exposes Google’s Efforts To Influence 2020 Election Against Trump

Who exactly does the group think would help Trump hold on to power: Bill Barr, Larry Kudlow, Melania?

There is nothing “impartial” about this analysis. It is partisan gibberish aimed at discrediting Trump while creating a pretext for launching a coup against him. Here is another sample of TIP’s “objective analysis” from page 1 of the manuscript:


"The Transition Integrity Project (TIP) was launched in late 2019 out of concern that the Trump Administration may seek to manipulate, ignore, undermine or disrupt the 2020 presidential election and transition process. 

TIP takes no position on how Americans should cast their votes, 
or on the likely winner of the upcoming election; either major party candidate could prevail at the polls in November without resorting to “dirty tricks.”

However, the administration of President Donald Trump has steadily undermined core norms of democracy and the rule of law and embraced numerous corrupt and authoritarian practices. 

This presents a profound challenge for those –from either party –who are committed to ensuring free and fair elections, peaceful transitions of power, and stable administrative continuity in the United States.” 

- (Ibid)


Got that? In other words (to paraphrase) “Trump is a corrupt dictator who hates democracy and the rule of law, but that is just our unbiased opinion. Please, don’t let that influence your vote. We just want to make sure the election goes smoothly.”

As we noted, the hatred for Trump permeates the entire 22-page document and that, in turn, undermines the credibility of the author to portray his project as an impartial examination of potential problems in the upcoming election.

There is nothing evenhanded in the approach to these issues or in the remedies that are recommended. This is a partisan project concocted by malicious elites who despise Trump and who plan to remove him from office by hook or crook.




Tucker Warns America: Democrats Fighting for “Complete Control” of United States






Related Articles:

#GoogleGestapo Plan to “Prevent” Trump Win in 2020

Twitter’s New ‘Fact-Checking’ Label Has Dangerous Implications, Experts Say

Tech giants, fake news media in PANIC over Trump’s targeting of Sec. 230; ending “viewpoint censorship” would crush fake news media’s propaganda monopolies on vaccines, 5G and GMOs

Trump Signs Executive Order Stripping Social Media Companies Of "Liability Shield"





So, do we know who the leaders of this (TIP) group are?

Well, we know who their two main spokesmen are: Rosa Brooks - Georgetown law professor and co-founder of the Transition Integrity Project, and Ret. Col. Lawrence Wilkerson, Distinguished Adjunct Professor of Government and Public Policy at the College of William & Mary, and chief of staff to former Secretary of State Colin Powell.

According to an article by Whitney Webb:


"(Rosa) Brooks… was an advisor to the Pentagon and the Hillary Clinton-led State Department during the Obama administration. 

She was also previously the general counsel to the President of the Open Society Institute, part of the Open Society Foundations (OSF), a controversial organization funded by billionaire George Soros. Zoe Hudson, who is TIP’s director, is also a former top figure at OSF, serving as senior policy analyst and liaison between the foundations and the U.S. government for 11 years.

OSF ties to the TIP are a red flag for a number of reasons, namely due to the fact that OSF and other Soros-funded organizations played a critical role in fomenting so-called “color revolutions” to overthrow non-aligned governments, particularly during the Obama administration. Examples of OSF’s ties to these manufactured “revolutions” include Ukraine in 2014 and the “Arab Spring”...

In addition to her ties to the Obama administration and OSF, Brooks is currently a scholar at West Point’s Modern War Institute, where she focuses on “the relationship between the military and domestic policing” and also Georgetown’s Innovative Policing Program. 

She is a currently a key player in the documented OSF-led push to “capitalize” off of legitimate calls for police reform to justify the creation of a federalized police force under the guise of defunding and/or eliminating local police departments.


Brooks’ interest in the “blurring line” between military and police is notable given her past advocacy of a military coup to remove Trump from office and the TIP’s subsequent conclusion that the military “may” have to step in if Trump manages to win the 2020 election, per the group’s “war games” described above.

Brooks is also a senior fellow at the think tank New America. New America’s mission statement notes that the organization is focused on “honestly confronting the challenges caused by rapid technological and social change, and seizing the opportunities those changes create.” 

It is largely funded by Silicon Valley billionaires, including Bill Gates (Microsoft), Eric Schmidt (Google), Reid Hoffman (LinkedIn), Jeffrey Skoll and Pierre Omidyar (eBay).

In addition, it has received millions directly from the U.S. State Department to research “ranking digital rights.” Notably, of these funders, Reid Hoffman was caught “meddling” in the most recent Democratic primary to undercut Bernie Sanders’ candidacy during the Iowa caucus and while others, such as Eric Schmidt and Pierre Omidyar, are known for their cozy ties to the Clinton family and even ties to Hillary Clinton’s 2016 campaign.”

- (““Bipartisan” Washington Insiders Reveal Their Plan for Chaos if Trump Wins the Election“, Unlimited Hangout)


Is it safe to say that Rosa Brooks is a Soros stooge overseeing a color revolution in the United States aimed at toppling Trump and replacing him with a dementia-addled, meat-puppet named Joe Biden?




Trump Asked If He Supports ‘Conspiracy Theory’ That He’s ‘Saving World From Satanic Pedophiles’

President Trump signaled his support of fighting the Satanic New World Order and the pedophiles that run it when asked by a reporter if he supported the Q Anon movement.





Related Articles:

‘Lock Her Up’ Chants Resume At Trump Rally

Hillary Clinton Says Biden Should Not Accept Results Of The 2020 Election

War With The International Banking Cartel

Executive Order on Preventing Online Censorship

Donald Trump: Executive Order Against Online Censorship

The Trump administration this week submitted a petition to the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) as part of an effort to prevent online censorship

Trump signs social media executive order that calls for removal of liability protections over 'censoring'

Anatomy of President Trump’s executive order to end political bias by the tech giants and challenge Sec. 230 (plus 10
urgent action items)






Political analyst Paul Craig Roberts seems to think so. Here’s what he said in a recent post at his website:


“I have provided evidence that the military/security complex, using the media and the Democrats, intends to turn the November election into a color revolution

The evidence of a color revolution in the works is abundantly supplied by CNN, MSNBC, New York Times, NPR, Washington Post and numerous Internet sites funded by the CIA and the foundations and corporations through which it operates...

All of these media organizations are establishing the story in the mind of Americans that Trump will not leave office when he loses or steals the election and must be driven out.

…With Antifa and Black Lives Matter now experienced in violent protests, they will be unleashed anew on American cities when there is news of a Trump election victory.

The media will explain the violence as necessary to free us from a tyrant and egg on the violence, as will the Democrat Party. The CIA will be certain that the violence is well funded….

… What is a reelected President Trump going to do when the Secret Service refuses to repel Antifa and Black Lives Matter when they breach White House Security? …

American Democracy is on the verge of being ended for all times, and the world media will herald the event as the successful overthrowing of a tyrant.”

 (“America’s Color Revolution” - Paul Craig Roberts)

Another of the leading spokesmen for TIP is Retired Colonel Lawrence Wilkerson who made this revealing statement in a recent interview:


“Let me just say some of the things that we’re putting out there. Among those things, one that is very important is the media, particularly the mainstream media.

They cannot act as they usually act with regard to elections. They have to play a coup on election night.

They can’t be declaring some state like Pennsylvania for one candidate or the other. When Pennsylvania probably has thousands upon thousands of votes yet to come in and count.

So, 
the media has to get its act in order and it has to act very differently than it normally does.”

(NOTE: In other words, Wilkerson does not want the media to follow the normal protocols for covering an election, but to adjust their reporting to accommodate the aims of the coup-plotters.

Does that sound like someone who is committed to evenhanded coverage of events, or someone who wants reporters to shape the news to meet the specifications of his own particular agenda? Here’s more from Wilkerson:
)


“Second, ...we also have learned that poll workers have to be younger. And we’ve started a movement all across the country to train young people. And we’ve had really good luck with the volunteers to do so, to be poll workers.

Because we found out in Wisconsin, for example, poll workers are mostly over 60. And many of them didn’t show up because they were afraid of COVID-19.

And so Wisconsin went from about one 188 polling places, to about 15. That’s disastrous.” (“
This ‘War Game’ Maps out what happens if the President contests the Election” - WBUR)

Why is Wilkerson so encouraged by the young people he’s trained to act as poll workers?




Anna von Reitz: Accomplishments by President Trump

While the Media Schmucks have been standing around snarking and stuffing people’s heads full of lies, omissions, deceits, and nonsense - this is just a partial list sent by a friend of what Donald Trump and his Administration has accomplished while you slept.




Related Articles:


Trump Accomplishments List: President Provides Six-Page Document Detailing Successes of Administration

US Will No Longer Be Passive Toward China, White House Adviser Says

Trump’s Second-Term Agenda Includes Ending Reliance on China, Illegal Immigration

Trump to Sign Sweeping Executive Order to Reduce US Reliance on China


Donald Trump Twenty-Four Months On…

Trump’s List: 289 Accomplishments In Just 20 Months, ‘Relentless’ Promise-Keeping






Doesn’t that sound a bit fishy, especially from a dyed-in-the-wool partisan who’s mixed up with a group whose sole aim is to beat Trump? And why are the authors of the TIP manifesto so eager to reveal their true intentions.

Take a look:


“There will likely not be an “election night” this year; unprecedented numbers of voters are expected to use mail-in ballots, which will almost certainly delay the certified result for days or weeks. 

A delay provides a window for campaigns, the media, and others to cast doubt on the integrity of the process and for escalating tensions between competing camps.

As a legal matter, a candidate unwilling to concede can contest the election into January.

- (Ibid)

So, that’s the GamePlan, eh?

The coup plotters want a contested election that drags on for weeks, deepens divisions among the population, undermines confidence in the electoral system, instigates ferocious street fighting in cities across the country, and gives the Biden camp time to mobilize its political resources in Congress to mount a Constitutional attack on Trump.

Can we at least call this treachery by its proper name: Treason - “The crime of betraying one’s country by trying to overthrow the government?”

If the shoe fits...


Related Articles:

Trump 'Approved' Assange Pardon In Exchange For Source Of DNC Leaks: Court Testimony

Trump Administration Ramps up Fight Against Human Trafficking

Don't Trust the Polls. Trump Will Prevail

"Will You Shut Up Man?" - Debate Post-Mortem: Trump Dominant But Biden Better Than Expected

Two Crucial Things Emerged From The First Presidential Debate

Trump, Biden Square Off on Policing, Pandemic, Economy in First Presidential Debate


Trump Nominated for Nobel Peace Prize

Trump Nominated for Nobel Peace Prize by Norwegian Lawmaker

Trump’s COVID Tweet Flooded by Satanic “Curse” Replies

Former Pfizer executive says covid-19 “pandemic is over,” so-called “second wave” based on fraudulent testing

Hydroxychloroquine is a Cheap and Effective Remedy for COVID-19: Anthony Fauci’s “Big Lie”

Coronavirus vaccine trial subjects report extreme exhaustion, shortness of breath, day-long headaches and shaking so violently that one of them cracked a tooth

Dr. Jerome Corsi interviewed by Mike Adams on the deep state COUP against Trump

The United States & Its Constitution Have Two Months Left

Dems deploying DARPA-funded AI-driven information warfare tool to target pro-Trump accounts

Fake news media now issuing claims of “CONFIRMED” for utterly fabricated, false stories (usually ones designed to hurt Trump)

Let’s Give Trump Some Credit - On Labor Day He Threw Down the Gauntlet to the Corrupt Military Brass

Donald Trump: On QAnon Against Pedophiles & Satanists

Democrats essentially CONCEDE the election: Nancy Pelosi demands “no debates” as Democrats face the truth that Joe Biden is a walking Alzheimer’s patient who belongs in a nursing home

War With The International Banking Cartel?

Young Pharaoh Hip Hop and Martial Arts - Want to Drain Black Swamp, Can Help Drain White Swamp

Q and Trump Team Defeat Deep State from Inside Out 2/3

Subcomandante Bloomberg It Is, "Another 'Obama' Won't Cut It... Folks Ain't Buying That Con Anymore"

"Ilhan Omar Did Marry Her Brother", Explosive New Report Confirms

EO to Order the Selected Reserve and Certain Members of the Individual Ready Reserve of the Armed Forces to Active Duty

Trump Takes a Stand for the Mentally Ill

Reactions to State of the Union Reflect Deepening Partisan Divide

Pelosi Does Her Best to Reelect Trump at State of the Union

More Bricks Appear In Advance Of Monday Demonstrations In Baltimore, Texas

Operation Mind Control: Top Constitutional Attorney Speaks Out Against Lockdowns & Martial Law

George Floyd Riots Infiltrated by Extremist Groups and Agents Provocateurs

This 2017 Video Explains How Black Lives Matter is Being Used by the Elite

House Pulls FISA Bill After Trump Threatens to Veto Legislation

2020: The Year of Activism




Trump: A Threat To The Deep State

“Trump is not one of us,” my MK Ultra handler Alex Houston warned as he dropped me off inside the doors of Atlantic City’s most opulent casino.



It was 1985, and I was under robotic MK Ultra mind control orders to meet Reagan’s attaché Philip Habib as detailed in TRANCE Formation of America.

Related: July 20, 1977: CIA Mind Control Project MKUltra Documents Released For The First Time

Saying someone is ‘not one of us’ was common trigger phraseology that forbid I should have ‘any contact any time anywhere with anyone’ outside the cabal of New World Order Deep State perpeTraitors.


A Threat To The Deep State

Donald Trump was of deep concern to those shadow government criminals in control of my mind, our media, information, education, and justice system.

I had no ability to question or reason under mind control, or I would have wondered what it was about Trump that intimidated them so much that he was ‘forbidden’.

Maybe they feared he had eyes to see, ears to hear, and soul to know that their criminal activity was draining our country and, in turn, was fully capable of draining their Wash DC swamp.

Today, people often ask me what I knew about Trump. Having never met him, perpeTraitors’ deep stated fear that ‘he’s not one of us’ says it all.




Listen to Trump: He Is Telling You the Truth

He is the only person brave enough to call out The Establishment which is every bit as evil and against you as Trump says.  

You can elect Trump or The Establishment. Trump is our last chance. If he goes down, there will never ever again be another challenger to The Establishment.  






Related Articles:


Trump Vs The Military-Industrial-Complex: Coup Concerns Escalate

President Trump promises to put down election day rioting using “insurrection” powers… will he invoke Fourteenth Amendment powers and remove all the TRAITORS, too?

America’s Color Revolution

Democrats Have Planned a Coup If Trump Wins Reelection

“Bipartisan” Washington Insiders Reveal Their Plan for Chaos if Trump Wins the Election

Schiff Is Laying Groundwork for Tying Up Trump’s Second Term in More False Charges

Election War Games: "A New America Waits In The Wings" After Pre-Planned Chaos



Like everyone else, I am experiencing our President and his Administration’s accomplishments as we live through these pivotal times in history.

I never thought I’d live to see the deeply entrenched swamp being drained, exposing the vast array of swamp creatures lurking in the murk.

Mark and I often pondered how dismantling the New World Order could possibly be accomplished and realized it would have to be a concerted effort on local, state, federal, and global levels.

This would require a Great Awakening of biblical proportions since awareness is the first step toward positive necessary change.


Analyze Reality

People also ask if I support Trump. Mark’s retort to such questions was always, “It’s not important who I support, it is who supports me that matters.”

In view of healing from my past, I know who to trust because I know how to trust, which means I scrutinize political actions, integrity of promises kept, and support positive changes on their own merits.

Controlled media, contrived polls, and rigged elections have finally been exposed, which empowers u.s. to vigilantly maintain free thought integrity of elections we reclaimed in 2016.

I’ve blown the whistle on global education for 30 years, and now I’m seeing this Administration address the issue on a federal level while empowering we-the-people to reclaim our local schools.



Related: Trump - Existential Threat To New World Order

Parents weary of seeing their precious children schooled and programmed to embrace socialism and gender confusion are demanding free choice in education, and it, too, has been granted.

Our criminal justice system is being restored to uphold our sacred Constitution through the appointment of Judges, while awareness empowers communities to secure justice on local levels. 

Wisdom out-thinks a criminal mind every time, and we are witnessing and participating in the greatest display of good triumphing over evil in history.


What I Think of Trump

People who still wonder what I think of Trump need only to read my testimony in TRANCE for their own answers and insight into the magnitude of what is being accomplished today.

Human trafficking is now being effectively addressed rather than sanctioned on federal levels, while we-the-people are empowered to take vigilant action in our own communities.



Related: Putin And Trump Versus The New World Order: The Final Battle

What my daughter and I endured under White House/Pentagon level MK Ultra mind control must never be allowed to happen to anyone ever again.

Awareness is key, and positive actions being taken today feel like univerSOUL justice to me.

Indeed, New World Order/Deep State perpeTraitors said it all when they claimed that Trump is not one of them… which, in turn, makes him one of US.


Related Articles:

Monarch Mind Control & The MK-Ultra Program

What The History Channel Left Out About The Declassified CIA Program: “History Of MK-Ultra”

Revenge: MKULTRA Victims Plan Class-Action Suit Against Government

The World Economic Forum Talks About “Mind Control Using Sound Waves” & Total Individual Control Technology – Insider Exposes How You And Your DNA Are Being Targeted

CIA MKULTRA: Drugs To Take Down The Nation

NY Times Reporter Found Murdered After Exposing MKUltra?


George Soros In Davos: 2020 Election Will Determine 'Fate Of The World' + Trump At Davos: “The Great American Comeback”

Trump Announces Declassification Of Russia Collusion, Clinton Email Probe Documents & Betrayal, Infuriating Betrayal

Federal Grand Jury To Hear Evidence That 9/11 Was A Controlled Demolition + President Donald Trump Implies 9/11 Was A Controlled Demolition

Trumpism Is Classical Economics & Justice Department Watchdog Has Evidence Comey Probed Trump, On The Sly

"Obamagate!" Trump Tweets Tucker Carlson's Crushing Breakdown Why The Former President Should Be Panicking

John Podesta Admits In Testimony Both DNC And Hillary Campaign Split The Cost For Bogus Trump-Russia Dossier That Launched The Coup + Attorney Clevenger Alleges Office Of DNI Has Communications Between Seth Rich And WikiLeaks – Russia Collusion A Lie!

Trump Halts WHO Funding, Accuses Health Body Of Conspiring With China To ‘Cover Up’ Covid-19 Outbreak & Covid World Order: Meet The Mob #2. “Doctor” WHO

Former CNN Host Piers Morgan Blasts The Crazy Left: “Liberals Have Become Unbearable” Which Is Why Trump Populism “Is Rising” + Subliminal Messages In Advertising: How They Affect Your Mind

Diamond and Silk: President Trump has done more for African Americans than President Obama

Trump Designates Antifa "A Terrorist Organization"

Trump Says Antifa to Be Designated a Terrorist Organization

They're Angry, Not Stupid! Why Trump Is Likely To Win Again

Man Who Has Been In Government For Nearly 50 Years Promises To Fix Government


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Hollywood Is Dying, And The Elites Don’t Care
January 24 2025 | From: AltMarket / Various

I don’t write much about the entertainment industry because, frankly, I see it as mostly irrelevant to the bigger picture.



Geopolitics and economics are the great driving force in our society, and the elitist groups that influence these elements should be our primary focus. That said, I have to admit that pop culture is a pervasive element of American public psychology, or at least it was until recently, and for decades the masters of pop culture all resided in Hollywood.

Related: Will Ferrell’s Comedy Skit About Child Trafficking is Disgusting

I have been a film buff for at least 20 years and I understand the business; I was even a screenwriter at one point and obtained an agent, but after dealing with the slimy behavior of some of the Hollywood ilk I was immediately disenchanted and decided to walk away.

What I realized at the time was that the entertainment world is designed for a very specific purpose: To steal the energies of talented people and exploit those energies to achieve the most meaningless or manipulative endeavors.

The people that manage and own production and distribution companies are for the most part talent-less; like most narcopaths they have no capacity to be creative.

So, they must feed on the intelligence and imagination of normal people in order to fuel their business. If it stopped there, then maybe the system would actually work and there could be some symbiosis.

Many artistic people don’t handle business very well, so someone has to.

But, production creatures want more than money, they also want to micromanage the message of every film, TV show, video game and product that is released.



Related: “Order Out Of Chaos”: How The Elite’s Plans Were Foretold In Popular Culture

They want to inject their own ideologies into every property. They do this because, as narcopaths, they desperately want to feel creative power even if it means hijacking the projects of others.

They also do it because they have an agenda to influence society to accept or reject certain ideas; they want to mold the politics and values of the public.

Hollywood is ultimately about narrative control, not free expression. If you have a unique message or an interesting story to tell, they are going to twist it into something else, something that feels a lot like every other story that gets produced.

Writers and directors with vision are either filtered out of the system or they are forced to conform to the propaganda model in order to get work. In the end, the people who get the most work and make it to the top are the people with no principles or morals; the people that will do anything to succeed.

Success and artistry are not necessarily mutually exclusive concepts. On the other hand, free expression and artistry are mutually inclusive – You cannot have one without the other.

If you have been noticing a severe decline in the quality of American entertainment over the course of the past decade, you are not the only one.

70% of Americans
say they would rather stay home and watch movies instead of paying to go to theaters, even if theaters reopen.




Nobody Cares What Celebrities Think





Related Articles:

Pointless Celebrities Call For World To ‘Not Return To Normal’; ‘Radical Transformation’ Of Economies

Celebrity Sparks Controversy After Saying She’s Going To Raise A Vegan Child Without Vaccinations

WHO Cares What Celebrities Think - #PropagandaWatch





Industry spin doctors will claim that the drop in interest is due solely to the coronavirus, but this is a lie. Domestic movie attendance hit a 25 year low in 2017, and this is part of a long term slide which was building for years beforehand.

It’s important to note that when I talk about “Hollywood” I’m including the internet streaming services, which are completely intertwined with the Hollywood machine.

While streaming services have been growing (to a point) because of the pandemic lockdowns, the subscription jump is an anomaly compared to the past few years.

Netflix in particular was on a severe slide in subscriptions before the pandemic hit, and with the “Cuties” child pornography debacle it will be interesting to see how many subscribers jumped ship in the final quarter of 2020.

Another interesting development among streaming services is that the most popular content is in most cases OLD content. Shows and movies from 10 to 20 years ago draw the most views by far.

New content consistently fails, and this is happening among all demographics from Gen Z to Baby Boomers. This says a lot about modern Hollywood’s decline.

The point is, Hollywood was crashing well before the pandemic and the reason is clearly related to the change in priorities from making money and making consumers happy to making value statements regardless of logic or practicality.



Related: We Need to Talk About That Ricky Gervais Monologue at the Golden Globes

There is a massive evolution going on, and the public is growing tired of the controlled pop culture paradigm as well as the intrusive zealotry of new hyper-political messaging.

Most people are not stupid; maybe slow to catch on to certain things, but not stupid.

They recognize when they are being bombarded with propaganda, and they don’t like it when the balance of storytelling and entertainment shifts too far in either direction, left or right.

Imagine if all movies, television, music, comics, etc. went full-bore evangelical Christian or Sharia Muslim and nothing else was allowed to be made?

Well, that is what is happening with the leftist cult religion of social justice right now; they have attempted to suffocate all other points of view and it is alienating millions of people that prefer to see multiple points of view represented, as well as people that just want to be entertained rather than preached to.

Telling a story is actually easy as long as you follow certain rules:

Rule #1: Don’t talk down to your audience.

Rule #2: Don’t tell your audience how they should think or feel.

Rule #3: Tap into archetypes that people relate to.

Rule #4: Write characters that audiences can feel sympathy for.

Rule # 5: Audiences will not feel sympathy for narcopathic characters.

Rule #6: Your characters MUST have a story arc, even if they end up right back where they started.

Rule #7: Most stories have a message, but not all messages matter to most audiences.

Rule #8: People do not need to see themselves in a story in order to relate to a story.

Rule #9: Stories made by committee will usually fail, or they are quickly forgotten.

Rule #10: A superior storyteller is able to meet audience expectations while at the same time surprising them. “Subverting expectations” is a method for weak minded and lazy storytellers.




Related: The 2020 VMAs: A Dystopian Abomination

The current crop of people in Hollywood and the entertainment industry in general are completely incapable of following any of the rules above. Why?

Because they don’t care anymore about telling good stories that inspire or entertain the public. They don’t even really care about the public and their money.

In fact, they often show disdain and hatred for the public.

The only thing they care about is force feeding their ideology to the public whether the public likes it or not.

Hollywood is no longer a business. They are no longer concerned with making a profit. They do not care if the public is repelled by their content.

Everything is changing. Hollywood is becoming what I suspect it was always meant to be: An Orwellian bullhorn blaring in the ears of the people 24/7.

When I look at Hollywood and the media today, I am consistently reminded of the loudspeakers in the cities and towns of communist North Korea, which fill the streets with propaganda songs and messages until it becomes an insidious background hum in the minds of every citizen.



Related: The Nostalgia Pendulum: A Rolling 30-Year Cycle Of Pop Culture Trends

There are even some places in NK where propaganda radios are installed by the government in every home, and people cannot shut them off.

Some critics argue that Hollywood is attempting to influence the public to think just like they do (to join the social justice cult), and this is partially true, but the reality is that this is about narrative saturation rather than pure thought control.

They know that many people will not be influenced by them, and they don’t care. They are removing all alternative viewpoints from people’s daily lives because they want to torture anyone who disagrees with them.

They seem to take joy in this.

Many North Korean citizens HATE the street speakers and the constant propaganda, but the job of propaganda is not always to convince everyone or control their thoughts, it is sometimes meant to send a message:

“You will get nothing else; we are here to make you miserable and there is nothing you can do about it. The only way to stop the misery is to give in and submit.”

To summarize, If they can’t brainwash you, they are perfectly content to remove all happiness from your life by ensuring you never see anything inspiring ever again.

The message is absolute, and like a black hole it absorbs and destroys everything else around it. Think of it like the Spanish Inquisition of the Dark Ages, but with a technological edge.



Related: Washington DC’s Role Behind The Scenes In Hollywood Goes Deeper Than You Think

Obviously, this is leading to people abandoning all new entertainment in droves. Propaganda films with blockbuster budgets are crashing and sales are dismal.

Classic franchises like Star Wars, Star Trek, Ghostbusters, etc are being abandoned by audiences.

Disney’s Mulan remake, filled with social justice and Chinese communist agitprop, was a complete and utter disaster. Numerous studios are now facing huge profit shortfalls and layoffs, and Covid is only partly to blame.

Netflix’s “Cuties”, a love letter to pedophilia posing as a “commentary” on the sexualization of children, is now under investigation and indictment and Netflix lost vast numbers of subscribers in protest.

And for good reason, the film features 11 year old girls acting out overtly sexual scenes including nudity and feigned masturbation all with creepy hovering camerawork (Note to Netflix: Child porn is NOT a 1st Amendment right).

Basically every production that carries a hard leftist message is failing. The saying “Get Woke, Go Broke” is popular for a reason. The hills that Hollywood and their streaming partners are choosing to die on might seem bizarre to most people.

But again, the Hollywood elites don’t care anymore. You want to know why they are doubling and tripling down on a garbage fire like “Cuties”?



Related: Luke Perry Dead At 52 After “Serious Stroke” & Star Of Hobbit Films Elijah Wood Says Hollywood Is Masking A Child Sex Epidemic

As mentioned, it’s about saturating the environment until there is nothing else while also sending a message that “there’s nothing you can do about it”. I think this says something about our immediate future.

Why is Hollywood now scorning any profit incentive? Are the elites that run Hollywood privy to some kind of information that makes them confident in their decision to undermine and alienate the majority of their consumers?

I mean, eventually these companies are going to go bankrupt if they continue on this path. Is it possible they understand that the system in general is on the verge of collapse anyway and they have decided to go out in a blaze of glory, like a suicide bomber?

It’s hard to say, but I question the state of storytelling in our culture for the foreseeable future. Alternative production and distribution is easily accomplished in the digital age.

Hollywood is completely unnecessary and Americans are starting to realize this. However, I wonder if alternatives will be allowed to exist, or will they be attacked and shut down in the name of the “new normal”?

If we are following a traditional communist model, then the goal will be to continue to eradicate choice until the only options left are those that are granted to us by centralized committee.



Related: Rampant Pedophilia With Child Actors The Next Shoe To Drop In Hollywood Sex Scandal & Mainstream Media Just Admitted Hollywood Infested With “Child Sex Trafficking”

My suspicion is that economic crisis along with corporate monopoly will be used to this end. Our only option at that point will be to avoid consuming anything they are selling.

But of course it’s also possible that one day you will have a TV installed in your home that you can never shut off, playing movies like Cuties nonstop until it becomes an ingrained background noise in your brain.


Related Articles:

Popular American Actress Shares That She Was Molested At Disney From Ages 6 to 14

Mariah Carey’s Sister Accuses Mother Of Abuse During Satanic Rituals

Mariah Carey’s Sister Highlights The Reality of Satanic Ritual Child Abuse & Murder

The Dark Streak Continues: Nick Gordon – the Ex of Bobbi Kristina Brown – Dies at 30

The Disturbing Hidden Meaning of “Lola” by Iggy Azalea

The Brand New VC E-Book 2020 Edition is Out Now

The 2019 American Music Awards: It Was Hell. Literally

The Strange Facts Surrounding Juice WRLD’s Death

The Eerie Synchronicity Surrounding Kobe Bryant’s Death

Hollywood Sci-Fi Filmmakers Tapped To Dramatize Fictional Climate Change To Scare Everybody Into Voting For Climate Totalitarians

This French Music Video Exposes the Occult Music Industry

The Blatant “Occult Elite” Symbolism at the 2020 Vogue Ball in Brazil

This French Music Video Exposes the Occult Music Industry

Pictures Showing How The Advertising Industry Exploits Women

Pamela Anderson Speaks Out Against Porn & Explains How It Can Ruin Lives & Relationships

The Most Expensive Hotel Room in the World Was Made For Elite Psychopaths

Comedian Ricky Gervais Criticizes Hollywood for Ethical Compromise, Political Lecturing, in Golden Globes Speech

The True Disturbing Meaning of “WAP” by Cardi B

Ariana Grande And The Illuminati Beta Kittens Of Pop Culture & Weird Ways Of The Elite Documentary

The Secret Meeting That Changed Rap Music And Destroyed A Generation & The Troubling Case Of Paz de la Huerta And Her (Now Deleted) Instagram Account

Kanye West Exposes Dark Truths About Kardashians, Tries to Break Away From Them

Something Is Terribly Wrong With Britney Spears’ Instagram Account

“Illuminati” by Lil Pump: Yeah, This Is What the Music Industry Has Sunken To

Symbolic Pics of the Month 12/19

Symbolic Pics of the Month 01/20

Symbolic Pics of the Month 02/20

Symbolic Pics of the Month 03/20

Symbolic Pics of the Month 05/20

Symbolic Pics of the Month 06/20

Symbolic Pics of the Month 07/20

Symbolic Pics of the Month 08/20

Symbolic Pics of the Month 09/20

Symbolic Pics of the Month 10/20


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The Stolen History Of Australia And New Zealand
January 23 2025 | From: Megaliths

Another researcher has put together a great vide on the subject of the hidden history of New Zealand and Australia. Links to related material are below.



This video is part 14 of 14: A playlist with all the episodes of "When The Survivors of Atlantis and Hyperborea Wake Up" is available on Youtube here.

Related: "Under The Carpet" New Zealand Hidden History Documentary





Related: Maori Artifacts Point To Early Polynesian Settlement In New Zealand


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
What Can We Learn Today From Orwell’s Predictions? + Return Of The Pendulum: 2024 Holiday Message
January 22 2025 | From: ThePulse / VigilantCitizen / Various

Orwell's predictions used to be widely mocked. Now, they seem utterly obvious.



"Political language is designed to make lies sound truthful and murder respectable, and give an appearance of solidity to pure wind." - George Orwell

I took a seminar on Orwell and D.H. Lawrence during my junior year at university. Then I remember several years after I graduated – in the actual year 1984 – how the media had a field day with debunking Orwell’s predictions.

Related: Orwell’s 1984 No Longer Reads Like Fiction - It’s The Reality Of Our Times & The Propaganda Ministry Known As “The Free Press”

In actuality, the Internet, which manifests Orwell’s dark view, began as ARPANET in 1983 and widespread civilian use began in the early 1990’s. But even back in college, the potential of Orwell’s dark vision of the future was seen by many as a possible future. 

With the seemingly endless Vietnam war and the killing of dissident students at Kent State, along with many other indications that the democratic dream was illusory, Orwell seemed to understand state sponsored fear very well.

Related: Western Propaganda - So Simple But So Effective


The Propaganda is Obvious

Now, when I watch the “news” in the evening, especially during the recent US election season, I was struck by how much obvious propaganda I was exposed to. 

The presidential race was “covered” every night with predictions and polls with very little serious insight into the actual intentions of the candidates, their programs or their backgrounds.

Coverage of the war in the Middle East is also starkly reminiscent of Orwell’s daily hate sessions, through the “telescreen” where citizens train their anger on foreign “enemies” – which seem to change regularly with one foreign country being friendly until it becomes the focus of hatred soon thereafter.



Related: Ten George Orwell Quotes That Predicted The World Today

There is also plenty of what Orwell called “Newspeak” – the use of language that actually obscures the truth and meaning of what is being discussed. In fact, protagonist Winston's job at the Ministry of Truth involves the very destruction of language and memory.

The current media assiduously avoids words that could promote dissent, which reminds me of how long the media often takes to acknowledge that politicians lie flagrantly, using words like misunderstanding or misrepresentation.


Language is Distorted to Support the Status Quo

Other euphemisms disguise the actual experiences of those mentioned; “senior citizens” is one of my favorites for old people. There are many others, including “collateral damage,” “correctional facility” and “food insecure,” which I find particularly offensive.

But to me, the most obvious example of Newspeak is the 24-hour “cable news” format that recycles the same videos with a slightly modified message by each “newscaster” whenever they are shown, and the roundtable “discussions” by “experts” which are most often characterized by binary thinking and little nuance – and generally involve more personal commentary than actual information.




Why news websites are disappearing in New Zealand’s shrinking media landscape

[ Perhaps because legacy media are nothing more than lying propagandists and purveyors of fluff? ]



“It is a fact that New Zealand’s news market is rapidly shrinking if measured by the number of players,” states Dr Merja Myllylahti, co-director of Auckland University of Technology’s Journalism, Media, and Democracy Research Centre.

Read more here


Related Articles:

‘Trans and Pregnant’ may give insight why TVNZ is bleeding millions of dollars

More media jobs lost across major outlets

Farewell to The Disinformation Project, and good riddance

Is RNZ stretching its role with celebrity news and Facebook ads?



One of the key aspects of Orwell’s novel is also how the overwhelming influence of the media – in this case the telescreen – results in the protagonist’s realization that he no longer can count on objective truth, along with the inculcation of deep fear as a means of control by the state.

Orwell’s work was often seen as a comment on the Nazis and the Communists – Hitler and Stalin – at the time of its publication and for decades later. And the principal agents of control were the nation-states that were constantly at war.


It’s No Longer Just the Government

I think that what we have moved to today, especially in the West, is a situation where commercial entities can accumulate massive power and wealth which they use through “lobbying” to influence the government to make decisions that favor their monopolies and control their markets at the expense of helping the general public.

In 1984 the main means of control is through fear, here, it’s the same. The fear used by corporations with the public is more subtle, making the individual feel more and more helpless to influence decisions made about his or her activities.

You experience this whenever you try to call a large institution – like a medical facility or corporation – and are confronted with artificial intelligence trying to get rid of you or a “customer service” representative telling you what the “policy” is regardless of its effect on you as a human.

Every app on your cell phone exists to monitor your activity – not for your benefit.




After Four Years of Censorship: Mainstream Media Now Confirms that “COVID Jabs May be to Blame for Increase in Excess Deaths”

If a report by The Telegraph had been published in early 2021, several million lives would have been saved.



But in 2021, censorship was imposed. Honest journalism was silenced. The media was supportive of the fear campaign.

Read more here


Related Articles:

Most Censored Paper on Earth: The Lancet-Censored “Sudden Death” COVID-19 Vaccine Autopsy Paper Has Been Peer-Reviewed and Published

COVID inquiry is a verdict of overreach and broken trust

Brooke van Velden calls out Labour’s ‘anti-worker’ vaccine mandates

Australia’s historic motion to suspend COVID vaccines could kick off a global movement

CDC Calls on Local Officials to Get Kids Vaccinated as Participation Continues to Decline

Slovakia Moves to Ban ‘Dangerous’ COVID ‘Vaccines,’ Declares Pandemic a ‘Fabricated Operation’

FDA lab uncovers excess DNA contamination in COVID-19 vaccines

House Releases Final Report on Origins of COVID-19





Everyone has heard of the concept of “Big Brother” from the novel to symbolize the constant surveillance carried out by the government; in the book it turns out that there has been a profile or dossier on Winston since the last war ended.

It is this surveillance which allows the party to completely break Winston, knowing that his deepest fear is rats – which is used in his final interrogation and surrender.


Everyone Today is Profiled

While the modern government also collects massive information on citizens today, often under the umbrella of national security, corporations have recently been revealed to also create complex profiles of consumers as they use the Internet and browse websites to influence their buying and lifestyle choices.

We also know that profiling firms like Cambridge Analytica have used and continue this information to bombard citizens with misinformation.

How many of us have been startled by a Facebook ad or number of ads that focus on areas that we had just searched for, or simply spoken about with others on our cell phones or even in person. Alexa and Siri are listening.




COP29. Climate Instability Worldwide: Does the US Military “Own the Weather”? “Weaponizing the Weather” as an Instrument of Modern Warfare?

There are too many coincidences and contradictions.



The fake narrative of reducing greenhouse gas emissions sets the stage for triggering economic and social chaos including devastating impacts on family farms Worldwide.

Assisting the Global South is COP29’s multi-billion dollar mandate: it’s a fraud! The Global South is targeted as one of main causes of global warming. The big oil companies are not the target. Quite the opposite.

Read more here


Related Articles:

The Real Cost of Net Zero: The shocking truth of the renewable energy push

King Charles lays down climate gauntlet for Commonwealth leaders

Too Hot to Handle: NIWA’s misleading temperature records

Eleven killed – NIWA’s lack of historic storm knowledge a factor, concludes damning report

The Monster Behind Weather Engineering?

The net zero scam Governments are pushing

COP29 deal is a “global Ponzi scheme”: Oxfam

Antarctica sea ice has increased since 1979, defying climate alarmist narratives

Environmental Modification Techniques (ENMOD) and the Turkey-Syria Earthquake: Erdogan Prevails against Washington



While this surveillance in the book serves to tell the party what it needs to know about Winson to get his complete capitulation – by the end of the book he even agrees that “2 + 2 = 5” -- the activities of corporations and the media today seem more subtly geared to simply preserving the status quo, and controlling what their clients and customers are able to understand.

Orwell's central message seems even more relevant given the ubiquity of the Internet and the current actions of both nations and corporations to control the messages that are broadcast to keep the populace docile.


With Modern Technology, Mind Control is a Reality

1984 shows how totalitarian control requires physical domination and the complete reconstruction of reality through the mass media and technology.

Winston's journey from dissent to submission demonstrates how systematic propaganda, combined with fear and surveillance, can influence not just our behavior but even our consciousness itself.

The telescreen – which in the book symbolizes all intrusive technology that we now have including nonhuman programmed intelligence – morphs from an agent of control to one of comfort, echoing the prescience of Aldous Huxley’s “Brave New World” where citizens are subjugated mainly by pleasure and drugs.

Of course, in our own time, we could draw an obvious analogy from Brave New World to Big Pharma.



Related: How We Are Being Misled

And as far as today’s corporate media is concerned the mind numbing repetitiveness of cable “news”, its propaganda and commercials eventually overcome most viewers’ resistance and lead to the complete acquiescence to an existence that is, of necessity trauma aware.

The fear induced today may be of destitution due to medical issues, or simply that the government or company knows what you’ve been secretive about. We now have the intense social isolation of possibly not fitting into the model of behavior promoted by the media.

In our time it may not be overt interrogation or prison but more subtle cues and influence carefully designed to break any notion of independent thought or dissent. We are witnessing this as a progression.

In the U.S. we have the example of reproductive rights actually being taken away from half of the population. Women in anti-abortion are living in fear for their lives if they should have a nonviable pregnancy and need to take it to term.



Related: “Greater Israel”: The Zionist Plan for the Middle East

We also have guns everywhere, militarized police forces with little accountability, and a justice system skewed in favor of those in power.

So when someone tells you that “1984” was science fiction – they are among the gullible

The good news? More and more people are coming to realize what I have been saying in this piece. With awareness, we can make new choices, and perhaps a critical mass can lead to greater change.


Related Articles:

Gabor Maté Used To Be A Zionist, Here's What Changed His Mind

John F. Kennedy, Malcolm X, Martin Luther King, Robert F. Kennedy. A Bizarre Kind of Executive Action: The Suppression of Epochal Documentaries. Edward Curtin

Transhumanist Technocracy Continues – Truth, Science and Spirit

Adrenochrome and Ritual Humiliation: The True Meaning of the Movie “The Substance”

It Was Bound to Happen: Jay-Z Accused of Abusing a 13-Year-Old Girl

Tokyo International Summit Crisis: Naming Names and Connecting Dots in the Globalist Agenda. Dr. Meryl Nass and James Corbett

Peter Thiel Goes On The Record About Bilderberg



Return Of The Pendulum: 2024 Holiday Message

In the past years, the elite pushed its agendas to absurd extremes. In 2024, people had enough and pushed back. Will the trend continue in 2025?



Related: Freedom Is The Only Way To Beat Authoritarianism

The Vigilant Citizen has been online for over 16 years. That’s a period long enough to witness a proverbial pendulum move toward outright insanity, and this year, finally, it appears to be moving back.

Since 2008, this site has highlighted mass media’s toxicity, deception, and hidden agendas. It has emphasized indoctrination in entertainment, disinformation in the news, and evil in power.

When I started writing about those things, they were not immediately apparent, and many did not see it. However, as the years passed, things worsened and became increasingly evident. Indeed, as world events unfolded and vital information surfaced, numerous “conspiracy theories” became obvious realities.

As people witnessed the ever-increasing depravity in mass media, they realized that those in power were not on our side: They’re actually working to create a culture that is sick, depraved, and outright satanic.

Not only that, they’ve been engaging in psychological warfare against our children. Through underhanded ways, they’ve been trying to form a generation that is sad, anxious, and deeply confused about the basic building blocks of life.




IRD's Data Leaks | Economy now worse than the GFC | Polling Pushback

Recently we launched IRD-Leak.nz following the extraordinary news that Inland Revenue has been caught red-handed leaking the private information of taxpayers to social media giants like Facebook, LinkedIn and Google. 



Already, more than 7,000 Kiwis have used the tool to make a Privacy Act request to Inland Revenue, demanding the status of their sensitive taxpayer data.

Right now, there's no telling where your information has ended up – and IRD and the Minister aren't fronting up. But clearly taxpayers want answers! 

Read more here


Related Articles:

www.irdleak.nz

Capturing a Country

Should patients choose medical staff by race? A closer look at affirmative action in New Zealand’s health system

Waikato Hospital staff ordered to speak English only in clinical settings

Concerns raised over Prosecution Guidelines potentially letting Maori offenders off easily based on race

Christchurch leads NZ with sanctions against firms tied to Israeli settlements

Lab-grown meat revolution crumbles: taxpayers could foot the bill

Study on puberty blockers delayed due to political concerns, says doctor



For instance, using mass media and the education system, they’ve managed to make people question their own
gender. If they could achieve such a feat, they could accomplish anything.

The pendulum’s momentum was so strong that people feared speaking out against the insanity. Stating some undeniable truths led to attacks, accusations, or outright cancellations.

A few years ago, The Vigilant Citizen was demonized and delisted by Google because I dared to write that “men cannot get pregnant.”

According to this elite-owned mega-corporation, it was an “unreliable claim” that must be punished. Interesting fact: It was the most reliable claim in human history.

At this point, it became evident to many: A globalist elite is attempting to turn the world into a soulless, cultureless, and faithless dystopia. The New World Order was becoming a reality. For a while, the pendulum had unstoppable momentum.

However, in 2024, something happened: The pendulum appears to have reached an extreme. And a cultural shift might be happening. The elite’s attempts at pushing its agenda often hit a wall. This phenomenon can even be measured in numbers.

In 2024, most movies with woke agendas flopped; Companies that pushed indoctrination were boycotted; Some politicians who were globalist tools got voted out, and news outlets that turned into propaganda outlets lost all credibility and viewership.

Does that mean that the elite will give up? Of course not. Let’s remember that one time in 2024 when the world “united” to celebrate an event.



Related: An In-Depth Look At The Depravity Of The 2024 Paris Olympics Opening Ceremony

The opening ceremony of the Paris Olympics was a crude and brazen celebration of the degenerate culture the elite is trying to instaurate

While this kind of display used to be received with praise or, at best, indifference, things played out differently this year. The backlash was immediate and decisive.

People knew it when they saw it, and they rejected it. Furthermore, attempts by mass media to normalize these things and gaslight those who speak out against them failed miserably.


Vigilance: More Than Ever

Before screaming victory, we must remind ourselves that they still hold power and resources. As we speak, they are plotting to find new deceptive ways to push their agendas.

They’re analyzing the current context and are devising new strategies to make their toxic messages resonate. As stated in the Bible, Satan disguises himself as an angel of light. And that’s exactly what they’ll try to do.

As we enter 2025, we must remain, more than ever, highly vigilant. Let’s never forget that the true fight is not between races, genders, religions or political affiliations but between good and evil.




Pop Artist Breaks from Manager and Label Over Viral Protest Song

Australian pop singer and former doctor Iyah May, also known as Marguerite Clark, has split from her manager and record label after refusing to alter the lyrics of her viral song Karmageddon. 

The song critiques Big Pharma, COVID policies, cancel culture, and societal division.





"Man-made virus, watch the millions die, biggest profit of their lives, here’s inflation, that’s your prize - this is Karmageddon,” May sings in the chorus, channelling her frustration with what she calls a “divided world and deceitful corporations”

May, who worked as a doctor during the pandemic, said the lyrics reflect her personal struggles, including career impacts and isolation due to her views. “For a long time, I felt isolated with my opinions,” she shared.

Since going independent, May claims her song has faced challenges, including shadow banning on Facebook. Despite this, Karmageddon has gained millions of views on X, resonating with those disillusioned by recent events. 

“It’s crazy how speaking truth can make people crazy,” she said, adding that the outpouring of global support has shown many feel unseen and excluded.

Related: IyahMay.com



This was a fact in the past and will remain a fact in the future. Some say that’s the only reason why we’re on Earth. If your side is winning, but that win came through the use of evil, did you actually win?

No, you’ve lost. Not only that, you’ve completely lost sight of why you’re on Earth in the first place.

With that being said, after years of seeing the proverbial pendulum moving toward insanity, seeing it moving back has been a source of relief. This movement must keep going because there’s still a lot of work to be done.

This year again, it has been an honor to share my thoughts and insights on this site, and I am infinitely grateful to all of you who supported it. In 2025, The Vigilant Citizen will continue its mission to open eyes, stimulate minds, and awaken souls. Because, before moving the world’s pendulum, we must first work on the pendulum that’s in our hearts.

Sincerely, VC


Related Articles:

Biden Awarding George Soros the Medal of Freedom is Proof That the “Conspiracy Theories” Are True

How the Ancient Greeks ‘Protected’ Democracy - and What It Teaches Us Today

The WEF Just Told Us What’s Coming Next | Full Report Released [Archival but Relevant]


Your slavery chains

Q - The Plan To Save The World, All Parts 1-6, Joe M, Storm Is Upon Us

“7 Countries in 5 Years” – Regime Change in Iran Coming Soon?

Technocracy Rising: Why It’s Crucial to Understand the End Game

OpenAI's New AI Model Lied & Schemed to Avoid Being Shut Down

Under Oath: CDC Admissions on Fluoride's Effectiveness

Jews, JFK and the FED

275+ female players push for LPGA to review transgender policy as Hailey Davidson competes

Debate on social media harms distracts from the need for action

Be Careful! This Is Serious...

“Nuclear High-Altitude Electromagnetic Pulse”: The United States Has Zero National Security

New Study Reignites Debate on Cellphone Radiation Safety

Symbolic Pics of the Month 12/24

Humanity’s 12-year awakening

An In-Depth Look at the Hidden Meaning and Symbolism in “Blink Twice”

The Interview Seen By Millions

It is important to know our true past

The truth about ‘speed kills’ – Part 2

US culture wars: Is the Parliament haka a warning sign?

Denzel Washington Steps Into Uncharted Territory, Shocking the Industry “It’s Not Talked About”

Central Bank Digital Currency EXPOSED!

Stop World Control

Twenty-six Things About the Islamic State (Al Qaeda, ISIS-ISIL-Daesh) that the U.S. Government Does Not Want You to Know About


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Bio-Resonant Therapy And Telecommunication Frequencies
January 21 2025 | From: ThomasKramer / Various

This paper is meant to be a layman’s understanding of “frequencies” and how they can be beneficial or harmful to humans and all other living things.



It is a little bit technical but this is necessary for understanding of how the pieces fit together.

Related: Are There Patents To Manipulate The Human Nervous System Using Electromagnetic Frequencies?

This is basically showing how the Bio-Resonance Resonance Therapies and telecommunication broadcasts work to influence healing or to intentionally create “dis-ease”.


A Little History

“In the Beginning was the Word"... a frequency vibration.

All of Creation is frequency based. Everything vibrates to its own unique drummer.

There are 9 fundamental frequencies in our universe.


74Hz 285Hz 396Hz 417Hz 528Hz 639Hz 741Hz 852Hz 936Hz

These are based on the Solfaggio scale and the numbers 3, 6 and 9.

528 Hz is the only frequency that corresponds to both a sound and the color green.

Together these audible frequencies form a perfect circle.


What is a Frequency?

It is the length of a wave over a period of time, most commonly viewed as the length of a sine wave from peak to peak measured in meters (or cm, mm, etc.) or in Hertz (Hz (m), KiloHz(cm), MegaHz (mm), GigaHz, TeraHz, etc. as the wave spacing becomes progressively shorter) as a number of cycles per second.



Related: Microwave EMF Science: Deliberate Claptrap Misinformation? + ElectroSensitivity - A Case Study


1 Hz = 29,979,245.8 meter wave length

Human brain waves are in ELF frequencies of 1 -20+ Hz

Human audible range is 20 Hz to 20 KHz

Test Yourself: 20Hz to 20kHz (Human Audio Spectrum)


Radio. TV, Radar, Telecoms are in KHz – THz bands

TeraHz frequencies are infrared (cooking) bands

Most people think that frequency vibrations are sinusoidal waves, but the correct visualization is more like a slinky toy spring and anybody who studies radio waves or radar will tell you that there are “side bands” that can be tapped into like at 90°, 180° or 270° and other degrees.

This means that the wave form is actual a “spiral”. More on this later.


Harmonics


“The frequencies of the various harmonics are multiples of the frequency of the first harmonic. Each harmonic frequency (fn) is given by the equation fn = n • f1 where n is the harmonic number and f1 is the frequency of the first harmonic.”
- Wikipewia

Simply, the frequency note you start with times a whole number will give you the harmonic of that note.

This is used in music in “three part harmonies” to make some beautiful music and vocals, but in radio / TV transmission “harmonic interference” is why there are gaps between broadcasting frequencies from channel to channel and this appears as “static noise” which is a “dis-harmony”.

432Hz & 440 Hz:



There is also an on-going debate as to how to base tune instruments to either the natural 432 Hz or the 440 Hz frequency that was established as the “international standard” in 1939 by the Rockefeller Group (that should make you wonder “why?”).

Using cymatic technology or simply placing a metal plate on top of a speaker and sprinkling sand on it and then tuning to both of these frequencies, you can easily SEE which frequency creates more harmonious shapes (432 Hz) and thus feels better to listen to.

All living cells, individually and in groupings, all vibrate in harmony with each other in a healthy entity. When there is “dis-harmony” (440 Hz) there evolves “Dis-ease”.

Water which makes up 87% of our bodies also reacts negatively to 440 Hz but very positively to other harmonious scale tuned notes that form beautiful patterns in the body when played.






The 11th Harmonic

The 11th harmonic of 48 Hz (11 times 48 = 528 Hz) but when played together is known to shatter all biological life!

If you don’t believe me, just listen to this.

I told you so... but you did it anyway.

The importance of this knowledge is that once you know the frequency of a pathogen, virus, bacteria, fungi or other specific harmful invader, you can use the 11th harmonic to kill it. This also applies to cancer cells and other tissues that are not operating at their normal frequencies.

And the good news is that in the past few decades, scientists have successfully mapped out millions of these cellular frequencies and are developing Bio-Resonance Therapy devices to counteract the dis-eases and dis-harmonies encountered.


528 Hz + 741 Hz

There are 9 Prime Frequencies in nature that when played in sequence create a perfect circle. These Prime Frequencies are:


174Hz, 285Hz, 396Hz, 417Hz, 528Hz, 639Hz, 741Hz, 852Hz, 963Hz

And the harmonies of these repeat throughout nature.

It should also be noted that the combination of the two prime frequencies of 528 Hz plus 741 Hz also creates dis-harmonies and can be extremely harmful to all life.

Played separately they are beneficial but together or hidden as a “side band” frequency on a “carrier wave” being broadcast, they can be very harmful.



Related: New Study: 528Hz Sound "Miraculously" Cleaned Oil Polluted Water In The Gulf Of Mexico

Simply, be aware when you hear things that are “OUT OF TUNE” or with a lot of “static”.

This is how THEY have weaponized frequencies that can cause fear, anger, confusion, lethargy, psychotic seizures and even heart attacks and death.

What may be more disturbing is that modern telecommunication cell towers use “
signal triangulation” to pinpoint your location down to 1-foot and then use extremely directional beam forming technology to target you wherever you are.

Add sideband harmful frequencies and THEY have the ultimate silent killer.

This is a wake-up call. Take heed and understand.


The Bio-Resonance Therapy Healing Computer – Counter Strike

The BRT Healing Computer is a highly precise frequency scanner and transmitter generator that first identifies “dis-harmonies” or frequencies that cause “dis-ease” and then automatically generates frequencies that nullify the “dis-harmonies” by using jamming techniques like the 11th harmonics or amplitude increases (essentially increase the volume) of the correct frequencies to bring cell functions back into harmony.

A healing session begins with a full body frequency scan of all the organs, chakras and aura.

This results in a comprehensive diagnostic report that details the baseline conditions prior to treatment. Based on the scan results, the computer algorithms then program a series of specific treatment frequencies transmitted into the body to treat the specific problem areas.



Related: Introduction / Overview: The ‘Healing Computer’ Technology

Typically the treatment frequencies also include frequency ranges that stimulate immune systems, as well as, frequencies that attack common known pathogens.

This healing session takes 15-20 minutes only per session and is followed by another full body scan which is then compared to the initial scan together with the detailed diagnostic results.


Fifth Generation Telecommunication (G5) Frequencies and Health

Currently there are very serious debates going on concerning the roll-out of advanced high-speed telecommunication networks and their health effects. This is addressed in this section but first some fundamental understandings.

Firstly, 1G, 2G, 3G, 4G, 5G, 6G all refer to a technical generation and not to a specific frequency but usually to frequency bandwidths that telecommunication transmitters and receivers function. Generally the shorter the wave length, the closer you can tune transmitter/receivers and the more bandwidth that can be dedicated to the data that you can transmit.

But there is an inherent problem with higher frequencies called “attenuation” or the rate of “absorption” in the atmosphere and in any objects in the way of the transmitting frequency beam. This means that cell towers for 5G or 6G have to be very close together as trees, buildings, rain or fog and anything solid like human beings tend to absorb the signals.



Related: Can EMF Make Us More Susceptible To Coronavirus Infection? & FCC Chair Commits To Enhancing WiFi/5G During Pandemic Despite Warnings From Experts + The First Report Of 5G Injury & Health Advocate Urges Nelson City Council To Halt 5G Roll-Out

Water (H2O) and Oxygen (O2) are the primary factors in all life forms on the surface of the Earth. Any alteration to their vibration frequencies and harmonics thereof, will have potentially serious effects on all life, particularly if specific frequencies effect in their bonding capabilities.


Dr. Andrija (Henry) Puharich

Dr. Puharich is an unsung hero in the frequency field. After WWII he went back to college and got his doctorate and then developed and patented a device that delivered sound waves direct to the skull of deaf individuals that allowed them to hear again.

This caught the eyes of the CIA, DOD and other Agencies that were interested in the effects of “radiation” (atomic fallout), so they grabbed him and set him up with his own private lab. This resulted in a number of important inventions and over 50 patents, but what is interesting here is his work with WATER DISSOCIATION (splitting water into Hydrogen and Oxygen).

Dr. Puharich’s patent U.S. Patent 4,394,230 in 1983 for a "Method and Apparatus for Splitting Water Molecules" which he developed and practically tested in his RV in the early 1970’s. This patent is a wellspring of technical information concerning frequencies that can cause water bonding to function various ways.



Related: Research Shows We Can Heal With Vibration, Frequency & Sound + Which Is Worse: The NSA Or The FDA?

Summarizing what Dr. Puharich did in order to split water began with his frequency generator that he set to attenuate (turn on and off) at a ramping up to full-on then down to full-off every 3 seconds.

This is like turning the volume to maximum and then off repeatedly. This caused pulsing of the atomic nucleus of both Hydrogen and Oxygen resulting in an expansion and contraction of both fields.

He then generated specific frequencies that affected the Hydrogen-Oxygen bonds. This is seen in these diagrams and accompanying frequencies below.



160 mm = 1.87 GHz 220 mm = 1.36 GHz

290 mm = 1.03 GHz 80 mm = 3.74 GHz



1200mm = 0.25 GHz 1750mm = 0.71 GHz 3000mm = 0.09 GHz

These frequencies and their harmonics cause the Hydrogen-Oxygen bonds to stretch, pull apart, come closer together, twist and even create an umbrella effect and the nuclear ballooning pulse adds to the eventual dissociation splitting of the water molecules.

What do you think would happen if you added an 11th harmonic as a sideband? Splitting water inside a body would be no fun. Notice that these are all in the low GigaHz transmission range and are very close to the microwave oven frequency of 2.45 GHz that rapidly heats water and causes a reverse atomic flipping.

This is another harmful frequency to avoid unless you like being cooked. Then you can add 443.9MHz, 5.8 GHz, 34.125 GHz and commercial oven frequencies of 915 MHz to the list of frequencies that cause dielectric polar heating of water.

And now you should begin to understand that there are plenty of ways to cook humans at a distance.
Or any other life forms.


Microwave Ovens and WiFi Controversy

Microwave ovens operate at a variety of bandwidths peaking around 2.450 GHz. This frequency range causes “polarized” molecules to “flip” and align with the peak or trough of this wave form.

It is this rapid flipping that essentially results in friction and heat. This is basically the same as rapidly bending a wire till it heats up and breaks.



Related: 5G And IoT: A Trojan Horse + Wifi Linked To Cancer And DNA Damage, Says New Report: Here’s What To Do

WATER being a polarized molecule is the principle molecule that does this flipping but it is not the only bipolar molecules that polar flip and thus heat up at this and nearby frequencies. The important understanding here is that this happens in a broader band around the 2.45 GHz.



This graph shows how the absorption levels ramp up around the microwave oven set bandwidth.



Related: 5G Network Uses Same EMF Waves As Pentagon Crowd Control System + NZ 5G Update: June 2018

These graphs show 4 different microwave ovens from the same manufacturer and model but having significant variations in magnetron emissions.

This is normal and is caused by a number of factors including slight variances in manufacturing tolerances, voltage or wattage output changes, and so on.

Typically microwave ovens operate at
600-1200 Watts but these frequencies are confined inside a steel box and are tested to see if no more than 5 milliwatts can be detected only 2 inches from the oven to prevent any serious harm to anyone nearby.

5G WiFi routers in your home operate at 0.1 – 40 Watts using omni-directional transmitters also in the 2.4 GHz bandwidth... but without shielding. Most WiFi routers operate in the milliwatt output ranges unless a larger range is required.

Also, since this is a narrow operating bandwidth, there is often “interference” between nearby routers causing potential “disharmonies” and “dis-ease”.

Generally any transmitters operating in the 2.4 GHz bandwidth can be dangerous, even at very low wattages. The atomic “flipping” of bi-polar molecules will occur in this range. And YOUR DNA is a di-pole antenna array. Understand? This can cause DNA damage.


High Band Transmitters (20 GHz to 300 GHz)

This is where things get real nasty. Take a close look at the “absorption rates” of microwave frequencies in this range for WATER AND OXYGEN.



Related: Do You Really Understand The Health Risks From Microwave Technology? + The Health Effects Of Microwave Radiation Spelled Out

Note the clear ramping up and down of these peaks.

What is important to SEE is that this “absorption” occurs over a broad frequency range and Oxygen alone or in H2O is energetically altered as a result of this electromagnetic broadcasted stimulation.

This is different than the 2.45 GHz flipping that changes the spin structure of water as it is more like an atom expansion. This is akin to blowing up a balloon and then trying to fit it back through a small hole that the empty balloon could fit through.



Related: Why Heating Food With Microwave Radiation Is Harmful To Your Health

Note how the absorption (attenuation) steadily climbs in this frequency range with Oxygen peaking at nearly 100% at 60 GHz and again at 40% at 118 GHz and Water following and peaking at near 100% at 183 GHz.

Actually you have consider the full ranges of ramping up and down as this is where frequency absorption is the greatest and presents the biggest threat to life. Looking at the graphs again you can see that the dangerous bands are in the 40 GHz-80 GHz and 100 GHz – 200+ GHz bandwidths.

The reasons that telecommunication companies want to use this High Band technology is:

1. It allows for broader bandwidth transmissions which increases data rates and

2. Decreases harmonic interference and

3. Allows for precise directional targeting of microwaves to pinpoint individual users

4. By using advanced triangulation and beam forming technologies


Simply put, it allows them to track you and send a high frequency microwave beam directly at YOU.

This all sounds great in that you will get higher speeds for down loading games or watching movies, but there is a very dangerous downside that THEY DO NOT TELL YOU ABOUT.

Watch this: 5G Dangers & Reality: Beamforming & Triangulation. Water Molecules & Microwave

Mentioned above were discussions about “harmful harmonics”, “side bands” and “amplitude modulation” (pulsing every 3 seconds) and these open the door to potential ABUSE when using High Band microwaves, especially at frequencies that are absorbed by WATER or OXYGEN.



Related: Know The Truth About Electro Magnetic Frequencies - What The Authorities Don't Tell You

Take for example the known Oxygen maximum absorption being at 60 GHz. Is that not the same as the 2nd harmonic of 30 GHz, or 10th harmonic of 6 GHz, or 20th harmonic of 3 GHz????? So broadcast frequencies can be different and achieve the same results.

And a similar effect can also be achieved at 50 GHz, or 72 GHz, or almost any frequency in the primary absorption ranges. It is not just one single bad frequency or harmonic thereof. There are “MANY” to chose from that will achieve the same results.


And What is the Result of 60 GHz Transmissions?

The result is that Oxygen in the air and in Water becomes more energized and simply swells up like a balloon making it less reactive in a normal way with the iron carrier in the hemoglobin in the blood cells throughout the blood stream. With no Oxygen being absorbed by the blood YOU DIE.

• Bombshell Plea From NYC ICU Doctor: COVID-19 Is a Condition of Oxygen Deprivation, Not Pneumonia! Ventilators May Be Causing the Lung Damage, Not the Virus!

Does Covid-19 Really Cause ARDS?

Should Covid-19 Ventilator Protocols be Changed?

Plea From NYC ICU doctor: COVID-19 is a Condition of Oxygen Deprivation,Not Pneumonia - Ventilators May be Causing the Lung Damage, Not the Virus

And the hardest places hit with the recent pandemic/scamdemic were those areas where advanced G5 transmission towers were installed and TURNED ON. Is this a coincidence?


Now a Look at Our Future

The Federal Communications Commission (FCC) is paving the way for 6G and beyond.

“On Friday [3 April 2020], the agency unanimously voted to open up “terahertz wave” spectrum that could one day be used for 6G services. The spectrum, which falls in the 95 gigahertz (GHz) to 3 terahertz (THz) range, will be open for experimental use to let engineers dreaming of the next generation of wireless begin their work.

The spectrum, once thought of as useless, could offer super high speed internet service for data intensive applications, such as super high resolution imaging and sensing applications.



Related: The A=432 Hz Frequency: DNA Tuning And The Bastardisation Of Music

But this spectrum isn’t without its challenges. Like millimeter waves, which are used for 5G, this terahertz spectrum has propagation characteristics that require very short transmission distances and line-of-sight transmission.

This means signals won’t be able to penetrate obstacles, like walls, and would be subject to interference from things like trees or changes in weather [or living human beings].

FCC Commissioner Jessica Rosenworcel said, “there is something undeniably cool about putting these stratospheric frequencies to use and converting their propagation challenges into opportunity.”

FCC gives access to 5.9GHz spectrum for rural wireless broadband amid coronavirus pandemic.”

Isn’t the 10th harmonic of 5.9 GHz equal to 59 GHz? That is in the peak range for Oxygen absorption, so it looks like the FCC is intent to cover “rural” farmers in Oxygen deprivation too. How nice.

Now take a look at this frequency graph, particularly in the 100 GHz to 95 THz range.



Related: Los Alamos Research Explains How 5G Terahertz Waves Tear Apart DNA & Why We Must Stop The 5G Wireless Network

Almost the entire sub-millimeter range has HUGE WATER frequency absorption rates and that continues into the infrared mid-range (infrared frequencies are what we use in electric stoves, ovens and heaters and is the prime bandwidth for solar radiation).

So the FCC has happily done a “cool” thing by opening up frequencies that cook the water in your body and then put you on a heater. How can that be “cool”?

By now you should have a basic understanding of how telecommunication systems work and can easily be abused. The question now is “how do we ensure these systems are NOT ABUSED?”

It should be apparent to YOU by now that we need to have safeguards in place to protect all life on Mother Earth. We simply cannot allow the use of specific frequencies that are obviously harmful to all life to be transmitted.

Life has been under intentional attack by those (like those in the FCC) whose intent or directed actions all lead to depopulation, disharmony and dis-eases.

Now YOU KNOW.

Here are some fundamental solutions that should be considered. Add your own too.



Related: The Quantum Theory On Mind-Body Connection + Morphic Resonance: The Science Of Interconnectedness


Solutions:

1. Frequency Test Every Transmitting Equipment and Certify Prior to Installation

Frequency testing is easily done with automatic frequency scanners and this can cover the carrier frequencies, harmonious and sideband frequencies which can automatically identify harmful or abusive frequencies.

2. Test Every Operating Program Before Certification

Harmful frequencies can easily be hidden in computer software coding. Transparency and cooperation with manufacturers and their programmers is thus mandatory.

3. Make All Transmission Equipment Manufacturers, Installers and Operators Fully Liable

Full legal liability is a primary deterrent if applied to companies and their shareholders, management and employees if any harm does occur.

4. BE INFORMED AND PROTEST.

Spread this knowledge to others and actively protest until real public safeguards are in place and properly independently monitored. The telecommunication industry will not comply unless broadly and publicly exposed, so do your part.

It has been the Elite’s stated objective to decimate global populations thus it is critically important to remove one of their most secretive and potentially harmful weapons against all humanity, as well as, all life on this planet.

Please awaken to this reality and know that you may already be microwave beam targeted wherever you go.

We need only GOOD VIBRATIONS.

The Beach Boys got it right over 50 years ago. Our turn now.


Related Articles:

The Twelve Signs Your Vibrations Are Getting Lower

MMS: The latest Health Restoration Newsletter: 'The Controversial Healing Cure'

1899 Merck Manual Shows Natural And Food - Based Medicine Once Reigned Supreme + The Healing Web

Nutrition And Mental Health + ADHD Is A Fabricated Disease, Says Reputed Neurologist

This Is How Your ‘Aura’ Affects Your Health & Those Around You + Magnetic Fields Of The Human Body And Their Functions

What Is Natural Health? A Comprehensive Guide to Living Healthy

Are Microwave Transmission Weapons Of Mass Destruction Being Used To Trigger Catastrophic Earthquakes? + New Zealand Earthquake: The world’s biggest offshore seismic blasting ship the Amazon Warrior 


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Loneliness More Hazardous To Your Health Than Obesity Or Smoking
May 23 2023 | From: Mercola / Various

Loneliness doesn't just affect your mind; it can also cause a number of health problems.




For example, previous research shows feeling lonely can raise your blood pressure up to 14 points, with greater increases the longer loneliness persists. With that, the risk for heart disease and dementia also increases.

Related: Five Lessons Most People Learn Way Too Late In Life + Three Profound Insights That Will Open Your Mind Wide

More recently, researchers concluded social isolation and loneliness may have more severe consequences than obesity and smoking. Other recent research reveals the brain-related changes associated with feelings of loneliness start to take place after as little as 24 hours of isolation.


Loneliness More Hazardous to Your Health Than Obesity

Negative emotions will invariably impact your physical well-being, and feeling lonely is no different. According to two meta analyses presented at the 2017 Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association, loneliness and social isolation - which are similar but not identical - pose greater threats to public health than obesity, raising your risk for premature death by as much as 50 percent. As reported by Medical News Today:


"While loneliness and social isolation are often used interchangeably, there are notable differences between the two. Social isolation is defined as a lack of contact with other individuals, while loneliness is the feeling that one is emotionally disconnected from others.

In essence, a person can be in the presence of others and still feel lonely.

According to a 2016 Harris Poll of more than 2,000 adults in the U.S., around 72 percent reported having felt lonely at some point in their lives. Of these adults, around 31 percent reported feeling lonely at least once a week."

The first analysis, which looked at 148 studies involving more than 300,000 adults, found social isolation increased the risk of premature death by 50 percent.

The second, which evaluated 70 studies that included more than 3.4 million individuals, found social isolation, loneliness and living alone correlated with a 29 percent, 26 percent and 32 percent increased risk of mortality respectively.



Related: How To Effectively Manage Social Anxiety

Overall, this is comparable to the risk of premature death associated with obesity and other well-established risk factors for mortality, including the risks associated with smoking 15 cigarettes a day.


Other Health Risks Associated With Loneliness

According to the American Osteopathic Association, which commissioned the Harris Poll cited above, loneliness plays a role in many chronic health conditions, including pain, drug or alcohol abuse and depression. Recent studies have linked loneliness to an increased risk for Alzheimer's disease, heart attack and stroke, and lower survival rates for breast cancer patients.


Studies have also shown that people who are lonely are more likely to experience:

Higher levels of stress

Poor sleep

Increased inflammation

Reduced immune function





Related: How Trying To Be Happy Makes Us Unhappy & 6 Stupid Things Most People Think Are Important


Epidemic of Loneliness and Social Isolation Looms Large

According to a 2010 study on loneliness conducted by the AARP, an estimated 42.6 million Americans over the age of 45 suffer from chronic loneliness, and census data reveals more than 25 percent of the U.S. population live alone. Why is loneliness becoming an increasingly prevalent experience?


According to researchers, common reasons include:

Long work hours

Use of social media surpassing face-to-face interaction

Frequent travel for work

Living far from family

Delaying and/or forgoing marriage


Commenting on the Harris Poll on loneliness, Dr. Jennifer Caudle, assistant professor of family medicine at Rowan University School of Osteopathic Medicine noted:


"Loneliness is an invisible epidemic masked by our online personas, which are rarely representative of our real emotions. It's important for patients to understand how their mental and emotional well-being directly affects the body …

Face-to-face communication is critical for emotional and mental health. Seeking out meaningful human interactions makes patients happier and, ultimately, healthier overall."

In light of a growing population of seniors and the rising prevalence of social isolation in general, Julianne Holt-Lunstad, Ph.D., a professor of psychology who led the two meta-analyses, suggests we need to tackle loneliness both on an individual basis and as a society.


To do this, she suggests devoting resources to:

Social skills training for school-aged children

Training doctors to incorporate social connectedness evaluations into their medical screening

Seniors are also advised to prepare for the social implications of retirement, as many adults have few if any social networks outside of the workplace


The Mind-Body Connection

It truly is amazing how your mindset can influence your physical health. It's a powerful force that can either bolster or undermine your physical and mental health.

One reason for this has to do with epigenetics, which centers on the notion that environmental factors such as stress and diet influence your genetic expression.

It is the expression of your genes - not the genes themselves - that dictates whether you develop certain diseases or age prematurely.



Related: The Quantum Theory On Mind-Body Connection + Morphic Resonance: The Science Of Interconnectedness

Your epigenome is readily influenced by physical and emotional stresses - how you respond to everything that happens in your environment, from final exams to childhood abuse. So, if you are chronically lonely, this negative emotion will influence the expression of your genes and thus impact your risk of developing disease.

This also explains why, as Dawson Church cites in his book "The Genie in Your Genes: Epigenetic Medicine and the New Biology of Intention," heart surgery patients who have a strong social support network and spiritual practice have one-seventh the mortality rate of those who don't!


Strategies to Address Loneliness



Related: Science Explains Why Highly Intelligent People Prefer To Be Alone

If you struggle with loneliness, you're certainly not alone. The question is what to do about it. Following are a number of suggestions and strategies pulled from a variety of sources that can help address loneliness
.

Join a Club

Proactive approaches to meeting others include joining a club and planning get-togethers with family, friends or neighbors, Meetup.com is an online source where you can locate a vast array of local clubs and get-togethers. Despite the evils of Facebook, it is a place where you can find local community interest groups.

Many communities also have community gardens where you can benefit from the outdoors while mingling with your neighbors.


Learn a New Skill

Consider enrolling in a class or taking an educational course. Even learn a new language - begin with a free app like Duolingo and maybe consider taking classes as well.



Related: Emotional Intelligence: The Social Skills You Weren't Taught In School


Create Rituals of Connection

As described by Baya Voce in the TED Talk above, rituals are a powerful means for reducing loneliness. Examples include having weekly talk sessions with your girlfriends and/or making meal time a special time to connect with your family without rushing.


Consider a Digital Cleanse

If your digital life has overtaken face-to-face interactions, consider taking a break from social media while taking proactive steps to meet people in person. Recent research shows Facebook may be more harmful than helpful to your emotional well-being, raising your risk of depression - especially if your contacts' posts elicit envy.



Related: A New, More Rigorous Study Confirms: The More You Use Facebook, The Worse You Feel

In one recent study, Facebook users who took a one-week break from the site reported significantly higher levels of life satisfaction and a significantly improved emotional life.


Make Good Use of Digital Media

For others, a phone call or text message can be a much-needed lifeline. As noted by Will Wright in his TED Talk, "digitizing empathy" can be a powerful way to help each other.

Examples of this include sending encouraging text messages to people who are struggling with loneliness, offering support and help to live healthier lives and follow through on healthy lifestyle changes.

In the U.K., seniors can call the Silver Line, a help line for older people where they can speak to a live person for as long as they wish. The help line is open 24 hours a day, year-round. The service receives an average of 10,000 calls per week.





Related: Why So Many Of Us Feel Lonely These Days


Exercise with Others

Joining a gym or signing up with a fitness-directed club or team sport will create opportunities to meet people while improving your physical fitness at the same time.


Shop Locally

Routinely frequenting local shops, coffee shops or farmers markets will help you develop a sense of community and encourage the formation of relationships.


Talk to Strangers

Talking to strangers in the store, in your neighborhood or on your daily commute is often a challenge, but can have many valuable benefits, including alleviating loneliness (your own and others'). Talking to strangers builds bridges between ordinary people who may not otherwise forge a connection.

People of the opposite gender, different walks of life or different cultures hold a key to opening up to new ideas or making connections with old ones. In this short video, reporter for The Atlantic, Dr. James Hamblin, demonstrates techniques for learning how to talk with strangers.



Related:
Scientists Explain How Earth’s Magnetic Field Connects All Living Systems


Volunteer

Volunteering is another way to increase your social interactions and pave the way for new relationships. When you are feeling sad, lonely and / or depressed, often helping others not only takes your mind off your problems - but can give you a sense of accomplishment in helping others.


Adopt a Companion Pet

A dog or cat can provide unconditional love and comfort, and studies show that owning a pet can help protect against loneliness, depression and anxiety.

The bond that forms between a person and a companion pet can be incredibly fulfilling and serves, in many ways, as an important and rewarding relationship. The research on this is really quite profound.



Related: Toxic Relationship Habits Most People Think Are Normal

For instance, having a dog as a companion could add years to your life, as studies have shown that owning a dog played a significant role on survival rates in heart attack victims. Studies have also revealed that people on Medicaid or Medicare who own a pet make fewer visits to the doctor.


The unconditional acceptance and love an animal gives to their owner positively impacts their owner's emotional health in ways such as:

Boosting self-confidence and self-esteem

Helping to meet new friends and promoting communication between elderly residents and neighbors

Helping you cope with illness, loss and depression

Reducing stress levels

Providing a source of touch and affiliation


If you're looking for a furry friend, check out your local animal shelter. Most are filled with cats and dogs looking for someone to love. Petfinder.com is another excellent resource for finding a pet companion.


Move and / or Change Jobs

While the most drastic of all options, it may be part of the answer for some.



To make it worthwhile, be sure to identify the environment or culture that would fit your personality best and consider proximity to longtime friends and family.



Related Articles:

Magnesium found to treat Depression better than antidepressant drugs: New science

Stunning research finds that yoga and meditation literally “repair” your DNA to eliminate disease and depression

Meditation in VR: Virtually mindful

Pineal Gland: How To Detox The Part Of Your Brain That Controls Sleep, Aging And Your State Of Mind


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
It's Official: This Is Straight Out Of Orwell's 1984...
January 19 2025 | From: TruthstreamMedia

Google is actually stepping into the role of 1984's 'Ministry of Truth'.




New internal guidelines to filter search results of web pages - based upon "well established historical and scientific facts".

Related: Mainstream Media Assaults On Freedom Of Speech: “The Truth” Is No Longer “Important” & Google: Time To Kill Free Speech

In other words, any website offering any information that contradicts the "official line" will be demoted in sear rankings.







Related: Not Just Surveillance: 3 Current Phenomena Exposing 1984 As An Instruction Manual For The State


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Ten Habits Of People Who Live Their Truth
January 18 2025 | From: CollectiveEvolution / Various

To live in your truth is a truly beautiful thing.




Living your life from an authentic place (what is authentic for you in this moment) means that you are actively creating a life that you desire.

Related: The Fall And Rise Of Truth, Trust And Society’s Capacity For Wisdom

It means you are most likely feeling more joy than pain, and more expansion than contraction.


An Authentic Life = A Purposeful Life

Living authentically also means that you are living a life on purpose. Which is why I think living authentically is so important. You came here with a role to play, and the closer you are to living what is truest for you, the closer you will be to fulfilling that purpose.

It is in this walking out of your purpose that you will feel the greatest sense of satisfaction within your life. Which is really the whole point! The more on purpose you are, the better you will feel.

Here are ten habits of people who are living on purpose to help inspire you to step more into your truth and live a life closer to the one that you desire.


1. The Opinions of Others Don’t Not Throw Them Off Of Their Course:

There will always be people who think what you are doing is wrong. We all have conditioned ideas about how we ‘should’ behave, what kinds of things we should and should not do, what kind of jobs we should have, and so on.

Those who are living their truths will be able to listen to people around them without being thrown off course by criticism or questioning. They are tuned into their own center and that is what leads and directs them.



Related: A New Worldview Is Emerging That Can Change Our Entire Perspective On Reality + Spiritual Intelligence: A Journey Of Inner Awakening


2. They Can Compassionately See Others Points Of View:

Those who are living in their truth can openly and honestly listen to others, and fully hear what they have to say.

They tend to be more interested in getting to know the person that they are speaking with as a unique individual, rather than needing to justify their own opinions and thoughts based on what the person they are speaking with is saying.


3. They Do Not Need Others To Agree With Them To Feel Secure:

They are happy to agree to disagree. Again they are living their lives from their internal compass, which means not everyone who they talk to has too agree with what they are doing or what they feel is the truth.

They realize that truth can be very individual and subjective, and they are OK with that.



Related: Thirty One Life Lessons I’ve Learned In 31 Years + Twenty Harsh Truths To Help You Get Your Shit Together


4. They Make Their Own Choices:

Those who are living authentically will totally ask for help when needed, and will take the opinions of those they respect into consideration, but at the end of the day they make their own choices.

They take what they have heard, and then tune into themselves and choose from within.


5. They Take Responsibility For Themselves:

When you are living your most high truth, you are no longer sitting in the seat of blame. Those walking this walk will understand that they ALWAYS have a choice, and that anything that happens to them in their lives was based on the choices that they made.

They also understand that they have the choice of how they react to what others in their lives do. They never play the victim card, because they understand that at the end of the day they are sovereign, and it is no one else’s job to do anything for them.

They steer their own ships and make no excuses for what happens.



Related: Ten Self-Evident Truths That We The People Have Spontaneously Come To Realize - That Will End All Government As We Know It


6. They Don’t Compromise On What They Need:

Authentic people understand that getting their needs met is not something to apologize for.

These people understand that when living in a world with others one needs to approach life with compassion and ease for all, and they understand how to create an environment around themselves where they can get their needs met in a way that is most harmonious for everyone.

There is always a way to get things done peacefully, and that is how an authentic person meets their needs. They also do not play the martyr, sacrificing themselves for other people, because they understand that in the long run doing so doesn’t really help anyone.


7. They Understand That Being “Selfish” Isn’t “Selfish” At All:

Those who are walking in their truth fully understand that one cannot give from an empty cup. These people take time every day to get their cups filled by doing the things they know nurture and replenish them.

They never feel guilty for taking care of themselves, because they understand that they are as valuable and worthy of love and attention as anyone else, and that they are then more effective givers when they have what they need.



Related: Ten Habits Of The Happiest People In The World


8. They Take Time Every Day To Tune Into Themselves:

This is one of the biggest things that sets those who are living in their truths apart from those who are not. When you are walking in your truth, you are taking time every single day to pause and check in with yourself.

You can’t walk in your truth if you don’t know what your truth is! Spending time in quiet contemplation of some sort every day sets these people up for a truth based life.


9. They Nourish And Care For Their Bodies:

They understand that their bodies are not only their vehicles here on earth, but are fine tuned machines that can help them to navigate pretty much all situations.

These people know that their bodies are a tool they can use in the quest to live their most authentic lives, and they are aware of how beneficial it is to truly take care of their bodies.

Nourishing their physical selves is an act of self-love that pours over into the rest of their lives.



Related: Eleven Habits Of Genuinely Likable People


10. They Don’t Judge Others:

Finally, Those who are living in their truths are gracious and compassionate towards everyone else – whether the person they are interacting with is also living their truth or not.

These people understand that everyone is on their unique journey, and that judgment and condemnation of others really doesn’t help anyone.

Because authentic people are so secure in what they are doing, they tend to be naturally less judgmental of what others are doing. You will feel a sense of welcoming and acceptance when you are around an authentic person.

What do you think? Do you identify with any of the items on this list? Do you know anyone who you feel is living their most authentic life?


Related Articles:

Science Says This Is How To Break Any Bad Habit

Listen Up Truth-Seekers: We’re On The Same Team

Ministry Of Truth: EU Takes A Bashing Over Orwellian 1984 Tweet

It’s Time To Tell The Truth About The Global War On Christianity (And The Rise Of Satanism)

Mainstream Media Assaults On Freedom Of Speech: “The Truth” Is No Longer “Important” & Google: Time To Kill Free Speech

Degeneracy And Fundamentalism Of Western Media Control & Truth In Media

In The Western World Lies Have Displaced Truth


New Study Reveals Surprising Truths About Conspiracy Theories

Life And Death In The Fake News Business & What Is Public Relations? How To Run A Public Relations Campaign Based On The Truth

The Ardern Effect: A Disturbance In The Force & Jacinda Ardern And Labour: The Truth Exposed



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
The Mandela Effect: Did You Know There’s A Term For When You’re Totally Positive Something Happened Even Though It Didn’t?
January 17 2025 | From: MandelaEffect / Various

It’s called the “Mandela Effect”, and a lot of people think it’s proof of an alternate universe.



The Mandela Effect is a theory put forth by writer and “paranormal consultant” Fiona Broome that shared false memories are in fact glimpses into parallel worlds with different timelines.


Broome says that the origin of her theory came out of a discussion about whether or not Nelson Mandela died in prison. Naturally, this happened backstage at Dragon*Con.

The website is a project of Fiona Broome. Fiona is a paranormal investigator with somewhat renegade ideas.

The “Mandela Effect” concept emerged from one of those quirky ideas.


“Many of us - mostly total strangers - remember the exact same events with the exact same details. However, our memories are different from what’s in history books, newspaper archives, and so on.

This isn’t a conspiracy theory, and we’re not talking about “false memories.” Many of us speculate that parallel realities exist, and we’ve been “sliding” between them without realizing it. (Others favor the idea that we’re each enjoying holodeck experiences, possibly with some programming glitches. In my opinion, these aren’t mutually exclusive.)

At this website, we’re using discussions to research real, alternate history and possible explanations for this phenomenon.

I started this website for additional research. I thought it was an interesting fringe topic (and potential book topic) for my spare time.

It’s turned into something much bigger."


Examples of the Mandela Effect

Below is a list of some of the most well-known examples, but this is just a fraction of what has been reported. Visit the Mandela Effect website where you can see people's testimonies posted of their experiences with these topics and many more.


1. Berenstein or Berenstain Bears?

Many people who visit the Mandela Effect website have fond memories of the Berenstein Bears books.



They read them as children, or family members read them aloud. It’s a cherished childhood memory. However, the books in this timestream are Berenstain Bears. A, not E, in last syllable.

That’s not what most visitors seem to remember.





The following are among the many memories people have shared, sometimes as part of longer comments.
The vast majority recall the books as Berenstein Bears.

In March 2014, JM said:



"I too clearly remember it as ‘Berenstein’ even though I never read the books. Why would anyone change that? Seems irrelevant."

 

Jennifer Shepherd said:


"I had overlooked the material here about people remembering the popular children’s books as being Berenstein Bears, not Berenstain Bears; I just saw that today and it blew my mind! I was a meticulous spelling nerd as a child and have ZERO doubt that the books the kids were reading were about the Berenstein Bears.

I tried to research Library of Congress and trademark info today, to see if maybe there had at some point been a changeover due to multiple parties using variations of the name. Nope, the official records state that the series was always Berenstain, after the very real last names of the authors (Berenstain.)"

 

2. 50 or 52 United States?

Many people recall the United States including 51 or 52 states, not 50.

The interesting point is that the memories are fairly consistent, and include Puerto Rico as a state. One teacher suggested this is a common misunderstanding. The daughter of a teacher said that she clearly recalls her mother teaching students that the 52 states included Puerto Rico.

So, is this simple confusion or a glimpse into alternate geography in another timestream?

One respondent listed the 52 states as he recalls them, including Puerto Rico and D.C.:

1. Alabama, 2. Alaska, 3. Arizona, 4. Arkansas 5. Colorado 6. California, 7. Connecticut, 8. Delaware, 9. Florida, 10. Georgia, 11. Hawaii, 12. Illinois, 13. Indiana, 14. Idaho, 15. Iowa, 16. Kentucky, 17. Kansas, 18. Louisiana, 19. Massachusetts, 20. Maryland, 21. Mississippi, 22. Maine, 23. Missouri, 24. Michigan 25. Minnesota, 26. Montana, 27. New Jersey, 28. New York, 29. North Carolina 30. New Hampshire, 31. Nevada, 32. Nebraska, 33. North Dakota 34. New Mexico, 35. Oklahoma, 36. Ohio, 37. Oregon, 38. Pennsylvania, 39. Puerto Rico. 40. Rhode Island 41. South Carolina, 42. South Dakota, 43. Tennessee, 44. Texas, 45. Utah, 46. Virginia, 47. Vermont, 48. Wisconsin, 49. West Virginia, 50. Washington, 51. Wyoming, 52. Washington DC

So, I think the question really is: In an alternate timeline, did Puerto Rico already become a state? Or, did the District of Columbia become one, separately or as well?

Or, is this simply confusion over districts, territories, and states?


3. Nelson Mandela – The Memories, So Far

The previous post, Nelson Mandela Died in Prison? triggered so many, varied responses, it’s difficult to find the Mandela memories in the 150+ comments that followed.

Here are some of them, as of February 2013. (If you leave a comment at this post, do me a favor: Keep it about Nelson Mandela memories. I’m in the process of separating the various memories into individual posts, for people interested in stories related to just one kind of memory.)

Perry Were noted:


"Both my wife and I remember Nelson Mandela dying in prison. Included in this memory are the funeral snippets on TV and a legal flap over book rights involving his Widow."

C. A. Low said:


"I have experienced this many times. Not only Mandela’s death, but also the death of Muammar Gaddafi several years ago…"



4. Patrick Swayze – Alive and Hospitalised?

In late January 2012, stories started emerging about Patrick Swayze being hospitalized. Is that due to confusion over recent interviews with his widow, Lisa?

Is this because his classic movie, Point Break, is - according to the Huffington Post - getting a reboot? I don’t see any news stories related to his brother, actor Don Swayze.  So, it’s not that the two were confused.

When I checked Google Insights, the following terms were listed in the current Rising Searches.





When the term is indicated as “Breakout,” it means it has at least a 5000% increase in searches, relative to the recent past.

Currently, most of those searches are coming from: Canada, USA, UK, Ireland,  Australia, Portugal and Hungary, in that order.

Is there a logical explanation for this quirky surge?  I’m looking for a logical explanation.

It might simply be the confusing headline from Fox -“Patrick Swayze’s widow Lisa Niemi blasts tabloids for coverage of husband’s cancer” - which didn’t make it clear that he was hospitalized over two years ago.

That seems the most likely explanation. However, I’m also wondering if this is Mandela Effect again.  I’d like to think there’s a parallel world in which Patrick Swayze is alive and well, even if - in that reality - he’s briefly in the hospital, hopefully for something minor.

Patrick Swayze, the talented actor, dancer and singer, was born on August 18, 1952  and left this world on September 14, 2009.

His acting career was highlighted by many wonderful films in which he starred, including Ghost, Point Break and Dirty Dancing.


5. Tiananmen Square and “Tank Boy”

Recently, visitors have mentioned Tiananmen Square and “Tank Boy.”

The following are some of the many comments by people who recall “Tank Boy” being run over and perhaps killed.

In September 2011, Angel said:


"I remember “tank boy” getting run over by the tank at Tiananmen Square. My husband doesn’t. We googled it and apparently he didn’t get run over. I have a very vivid memory though. I remember seeing a video of it. I remember learning this in 7th grade history."

Joy, Marna Ehrich, and Sez agreed.

In August 2012, Bree said:


"I remember TANK BOY getting run over. My partner and myself were talking about Tiananmen Square and tank boy. I mentioned how horrible it was that he was killed, my partner had no memory of that and thought I was crazy. He had to go on YouTube to show me that he lived. As i watched i had no recollection of that event of him living."

James agreed:


"Same here I remember seeing blood on the street after the tank rolled over him and how the backlash nearly caused communism to fall apart in china and then they switched to the capitalistic command economy. This is so weird."

 

6. Curious George and Dual Memories

In real life, almost everyone I’ve surveyed remembers Curious George with a tail.

Most usually know he was a chimp (though some books said he’s a “little monkey”), so he shouldn’t have had a tail… but they have specific memories of him with a tail.

That’s an interesting alternate memory. I did a fairly thorough search of Google Images, and found nothing showing Curious George with a tail. (If I overlooked an actual Curious George image with a tail, let me know.)

But, that’s not the only interesting (I almost said “curious”) thing about this particular memory.

It’s also the first where I’ve seen people pause and say:


"Wait. I remember him with a tail, but I can also see him without one. How can that be…?”

In the past, I’ve referred to those as “dual memories."

People have reported many dual memories at this site. That’s when two conflicting memories - nearly identical in most (but not all) respects - seem to be competing with each other.

Sometimes, both memories seem equally “real.” More often, people report the other memory as something vague, distant, or less real. However, they’re adamant that they have both memories, and can’t explain why.

So, I’m interested in your memories of Curious George. I’m also interested in how widespread the dual memory phenomenon might be.

In my real-life surveys, the Curious George question created a dramatic spike in bewildered responses involving dual memories.

And, in one case, pausing to reflect on the Great Pumpkin issue, the person realized he had dual memories for that Halloween special, as well: One in which Linus fell asleep and missed the Great Pumpkin, and one in which Linus was alone when he saw the Great Pumpkin.



7. Forrest Gump

If you recall the famous line from the Forrest Gump movie, which of the following did Forrest say?

a. “Life was like a box of chocolates…”

b. “Life is like a box of chocolates…”

The answer in this reality is A: “Life was like a box of chocolates…”. In my original response to this issue, I said:


"Forrest Gump’s accent is fairly heavy, and he doesn’t always enunciate clearly, but - the the film clip - I hear “was” far more than “is.”"

Here’s that clip from the film:





Also refer to Wikipedia ("Life is like a box of chocolates":


Etymology

Appeared in the 1994 film Forrest Gump, when the lead character Forrest Gump (played by Tom Hanks) says “Mama always said life was like a box of chocolates. You never know what you’re gonna get.” [Emphasis added.]

The book Norwegian Wood by Haruki Murakami, first published in Japanese in 1987, and in English in 1989, has the following: “Just remember, life is like a box of chocolates.” … “You know, they’ve got these chocolate assortments, and you like some but you don’t like others? And you eat all the ones you like, and the only ones left are the ones you don’t like as much? I always think about that when something painful comes up. “Now I just have to polish these off, and everything’ll be OK.’ Life is a box of chocolates.”

I’m not sure how much accent and enunciation, as well as pop culture references, have contributed to this apparent alternate memory. So, I can’t say this is a Mandela Effect issue.

However, one-for-one, everyone I’ve asked in real life about this quotation has been 100% certain the line was “Life is like a box of chocolates…”


8. Moving Countries: Does History Explain Alternate Geographical Memories?

A West Wing clip highlights some issues that make accurate geography challenging. While this was intended as a humorous scene, some people get lost in the political implications, and label this “liberal propaganda.”

In the context of alternate geography, political agendas (if there are any) aren’t the point.  History - and how it might continue to influence our maps - is relevant.

Here’s the video:




So, I think we need to look at current maps for modern-day references, and then at old maps to see if our memories are based on them.

People have reported a variety of locations that have moved.

Maybe our “alternate” memories are based on older maps from childhood geography classes, and those maps have been corrected in recent years.

Let’s rule that out, and then dig deeper.

For example, related to our discussion of Sri Lanka’s location - where it is in relation to India - I’d double-check where it is on maps in this timestream.



The next is a topological map. So, we know where the country is, and what it looks like, on today’s maps in this timestream.

Then, I’d look at old maps of Ceylon, an earlier name for Sri Lanka. I like to go back as far as I can, and then work forward to the 21st century.





The first map is dated around 1535, by Claudius Ptolemy. To determine the suggested location, a north-south orientation is needed. First, look at where the mountains are, compared with current maps. Then, Indian geographical references must be used.




Click on the image above to open a larger version in a new window

Based on the mountains, I’d guess that this showed Ceylon southwest of India. (Correct me if my reference points are wrong. I didn’t check the smaller islands indicated on that map, and they may suggest a different orientation.)

A map from around 1650 shows only the outline and geography of Ceylon, with no nearby land masses, except very small islands.  So, this map isn’t especially relevant to our study of Ceylon’s location in relation to India.

What caught my interest was how different the shape was, in this map.  I studied where the mountains are indicated, to get a sense of this map’s orientation. (This is one of several illustrations from Plantas das fortalezas, pagodes & ca. da ilha de Ceilão, a book by a cartographer and illustrator.)


Here’s another map from around 1700 – 1710, by Heinrich Scherer. Relative to India, this map suggests the southeast location indicated on maps in our current timestream. (This actual map came from the Maps Collection at the Library of Congress “American Memory” site.)



The really old maps are intriguing, but the earlier the map, the more questionable its accuracy.

It looks as if “alternate geography” memories of Sri Lanka’s location aren’t based on 20th century maps that were recently corrected. As far back as 1700 - and perhaps earlier - Sri Lanka (Ceylon) was represented at the southeast side of India.


More “Moving” Countries and Changing Geography

Many people remember islands, land masses, and countries in alternate locations. Some of those memories are startlingly similar.

I discussed this in two previous articles. The first was about Sri Lanka’s location, since that had attracted considerable comment.

The other article was about checking older maps, in case newer maps have been altered for political reasons. I showed the process I’d used to clarify Sri Lanka’s location, then and now.

However, specific countries and land masses seem to recur in our discussions. I’m moving those comments to this newer post, so they’re all in one location. (No pun intended.)

Many of the “altered” locations are around the Indian Ocean, but some are not.  New Zealand and land masses around Korea have been the most surprising (and consistent), so far.


So far, the major location discrepancies seem to relate to:

Andorra

Cuba

Denmark & Sweden – islands nearby

Korea

Japan

Mongolia

New Zealand

Oceania (in general)

Poland

Portugal

Sri Lanka (at its own article)


And then there are odd media references, such as the globe in the movie, Dazed and Confused. Are they pranks, Easter eggs, or the kinds of references that document a dramatically changing global landscape?


Close-up below and the actual world as we know it below right.




A phantom landmass?


There are many, many more Mandela Effect examples

Continue reading at: MandelaEffect


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
How Modern Life Separates Us From Nature
January 16 2025 | From: TheUnboundedSpirit

Everything alive is connected. Yet most of us feel separate from nature.



And from this feeling stems most of the suffering that exists in the world today.


Related: Scientists Explain How Earth’s Magnetic Field Connects All Living Systems

The reason why we feel separate from nature is first and foremost because we’ve been physically removed from it. Ever since our childhood, many of us don’t have the opportunity to spend much time in natural surroundings.

This is especially true for children who grow up in big cities, who aren’t allowed to spend much time outdoors, and where natural spots are nearly non-existent. So, they rarely have the chance to climb trees, to listen to birds or to swim in the sea.

School is also contributing to our separation from nature. Conventional schools place children in artificial environments (e.g. classrooms), where they are forced to stay seated for hours upon hours every day and pay attention to a board right in front of them.

Rarely do classes take place in nature, and when they do, they last only for a short while.

Most schools don’t teach children how to grow food. Therefore, most children don’t come in contact with plants and soil. All they learn about nature is through books, and even that knowledge is fragmented.



Related: The Inherent Problem With Mainstream Education And How It Keeps The World Stuck

That’s because school teaches children to see chemistry, biology, physics and other sciences as divided up in different compartments, and not as interconnected and interdependent fields, which they are.

Hence, on top of the physical removal from nature, there’s also a cognitive separation that pulls us further away from it.

By the time we reach adulthood, many of us feel so disconnected from the natural world that we don’t want to spend much time in it. Nature feels weird, wild and even inimical to us.

So we prefer to spend most of our time indoors, and we experience nature mainly in the form of products.

For example, the food we eat has been grown, chopped up and often precooked before packaged and sold to us. We don’t feel the need to grow our own food - we can just find what we want in the supermarket.

Because we are not involved in the production of what we eat, we have no idea what it takes to produce it.

For example, we often buy and eat animal flesh re-shaped in the form of burgers, not realizing that what we’re actually consuming is the parts of an animal that had its throat slit and was possibly abused throughout its entire life.



Related: An Invisible Form Of Oppression: Our Food System

The same applies for all our consumer choices, whether we’re talking about the water we drink, the clothes we wear, the furniture we have, the electronic devices we use, and so on.

But even when we hear about this, most of us are so desensitized that we don’t really care. Our separation from nature has made us treat it merely as a bunch of objects that lack sentience or inherent value.

The only value they have, we believe, is what they can offer us. In other words, nature is out there for us to exploit. Animals don’t really suffer, we claim, and even if they do, ultimately they were created for us to eat, so why care if they are abused and killed? They serve the purpose they’re supposed to serve.

This mindset of separation has resulted in the destruction of the world we notice all around us.

The sea is poisoned, so is the land, so is the air. And all that because of human activity. If we were feeling connected with nature, how could we choose to destroy it? We wouldn’t, for that would mean intentionally destroying part of our own body, since nature is our larger body.



Related: How Science Arrived At The Doorstep Of Spirituality

As long as we believe that we’re separate from nature, we will keep on harming it, and that’s because we won’t be able to feel love for it.

Love arises within us only in experiences of connection, so to heal our relationship with nature, we need to start seeing it as an extension of ourselves - or better, we need to start seeing ourselves as an extension of nature.

But how exactly can we snap out of the illusion of separateness? How can we dismantle our old, narrow sense of self and build a new one that embraces all that is alive? This, my friends, is the biggest challenge of our times.


Related Articles:

The Incredible Hidden Life Of Trees

Studies Show What Happens To The Human Body When We Walk Barefoot On Earth

Amazing Science Lesson: Environmentalists Declare War On Photosynthesis In Stupefying Effort To Exterminate All Recognizable Life On Planet Earth

How To Become A Freethinker: A Practical Guide + 7 Lessons You Should Learn Early In Life

Tribal Parenting – How To Heal Our Children + What Are The Consequences Of A Childhood Removed From Nature?

Undoing The Dis-Education Of Millennials

What You Pay Attention To Ends Up Controlling Your Life


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
News Archives



 

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

This website is optimised for viewing in Mozilla Firefox

Fair Dealing Notice

These pages / videos may contain copyrighted (©) material the use of which has not always been specifically authorised by the copyright owner. Such material is made available to advance understanding of ecological, political, human rights, economic, democratic, scientific, moral, ethical, and social justice issues, etc. With reference to The New Zealand Copyright Act 1994 such material is made available for critical, review, educational purposes and the reporting of current events. In accordance with The New Zealand Copyright Act 1994, this material is distributed without profit to those with a general interest in such information for research and education.

Fair Use Notice

These pages / videos may contain copyrighted (©) material the use of which has not always been specifically authorised by the copyright owner. Such material is made available to advance understanding of ecological, political, human rights, economic, democratic, scientific, moral, ethical, and social justice issues, etc. It is believed that this constitutes a 'fair use' of any such copyrighted material as provided for in section 107 of the US Copyright Law. In accordance with Title 17 U.S.C. Section 107, this material is distributed without profit to those with a general interest in such information for research and education.

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
 
 
Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi